Islam:
A Scientific View of God's Message to Humanity
By Hassan Ali El-Najjar
1445 / 2024
***
in English with Arabic Texts of Verses and
‘Hadeeths
Copyright Information
Islam: A Scientific View of God's Message to
Humanity, in English with Arabic Texts
Copyright © 2024/1445 by Hassan Ali
El-Najjar. All rights reserved.
Published in the United States of America by
the author.
In addition to this English version of the
book, which includes the Arabic texts of verses and ‘Hadiths, there’s another
English-only version. A third version of the book is in Arabic, which is titled
as:
الإسْلامُ:
رُؤْيَةٌ
عِلْمِيَةٌ
لِرِسَالَةِ
اللهِ لِلْبَشَرِيَّةِ
The book can be ordered by email at: sales@ccun.org
Or by mail at:
P.O. Box 2401, Alpharetta, GA, USA 30022
eBook Amazon ISBN: 9782792345364
CCUN ISBN: 978-1-7923-4537-1
Library
of Congress Control Number (LCCN): 2020913981
Cataloging-in-Publication
Data (Keywords):
Islam, Iman, Ihsan, guidance to humanity,
Quran, Hadith, Quran scientific evidence, creation and evolution, God’s
caliphs, Adam and angels, free worshipper, soul, spirit, spiritual-physical
relationship, heart-mind relationship, proclamation of faith, prayer, zakat
(charity), fasting Ramadhan, pilgrimage (Haj), Allah, angels, Last Day,
God’s precise measurement and just decrees, Noah, Abraham, Moses, Jesus,
Muhammed and his Night Journey (Al-Isra Wal Mi’raj).
About the author:
The
author of this book was born in Ghazza (Gaza), Palestine, in in 1369
Hijriya (1950 AD). He received the first eleven years of education in Gaza
Strip and his high school diploma from Raghadan School, in Amman,
Jordan, in 1968. He had his Bachelor’s degree in English Education from Ain
Shams University, Cairo, Egypt, in 1972. He worked as a teacher in Libya and
the United Arab Emirates before immigrating with his family to the United States,
in 1986. He had his Master’s degree in Cultural Anthropology, from the
University of Georgia, in 1988, and his Ph.D. in Sociology also from the
University of Georgia, in 1993. From 1991 until the
publication of this book, in 2020, he was a teacher at Dalton State College.
The
author’s full name is Hassan Ali Hassan Ahmed Muhammed Abdul Hadi (El-Najjar)
Muhammed Joudah Al-Harooni. His greatest grandfather, Joudah, emigrated from
the town of Arab Wadi Fatima, near Makkah (now in Saudi Arabia), in the
seventeenth century AD, and settled in Isdood (Ashdod), Palestine. The author’s
fourth grandfather (Abdul Hadi) was also known as El-Najjar (The Carpenter),
which became his descendants’ last name.
Hassan
Ali El-Najjar
Atalanta,
Georgia, USA, 1st Day of Ramadhan, 1445, March 11, 2024.
The Author’s Related Books
About Islam
***
أَعُوذُ
بِاللهِ مِنَ
الشَّيْطَانِ
الرَّجِيمِ
بِسْمِ
اللهِ
الرَّحْمَـٰنِ
الرَّحِيمِ
والصَّلَاةُ
وَالسَّلَامُ
عَلَى
سَيِّدِنَا
مُحَمَّدٍ ،
خَاتَمِ
الأنْبِيَاءِ
وَإمَامِ
الْمُرْسَلِينَ
***
ادْعُ
إِلَىٰ
سَبِيلِ
رَبِّكَ بِالْحِكْمَةِ
وَالْمَوْعِظَةِ
الْحَسَنَةِ
ۖ وَجَادِلْهُم
بِالَّتِي
هِيَ
أَحْسَنُ ۚ إِنَّ
رَبَّكَ هُوَ
أَعْلَمُ
بِمَن ضَلَّ
عَن
سَبِيلِهِ ۖ
وَهُوَ
أَعْلَمُ
بِالْمُهْتَدِينَ
(النَّحْلُ
، 26: 125).
وَمَنْ
أَحْسَنُ
قَوْلًا
مِّمَّن دَعَا
إِلَى
اللَّهِ وَعَمِلَ
صَالِحًا
وَقَالَ
إِنَّنِي
مِنَ الْمُسْلِمِينَ
(فُصِّلَتْ ، 41:
33).
وقالَ
رسولُ اللهِ ،
صَلَّى اللهُ
عليهِ وسَلَّمَ
: "بَلِّغُوا
عَنِّي ولو
آيَةً" (التِّرْمِذِيُّ:
2669 ،
الْبُخَاَرِيُّ: 3461).
***
I seek refuge with God from the Stoned Shaytan (Satan)
In the Name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful
Peace and blessings be upon our Master, Mu’hammed,
the Seal of Prophets and Imam of the Messengers
Invite to the way of your Lord with
wisdom and good instruction and argue with them in a way that is best. Indeed,
your Lord is most knowing of who has strayed from His way, and He is most
knowing of who is (rightly) guided (Al-Na’hl, 16: 125).
And who is better in speech than one
who invites to Allah, and does righteousness, and says, "Indeed, I am of
the Muslims" (Fussilat, 41: 33).
The Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said:
“Teach on my behalf, even one verse (of the Holy Quran) (Al-Tirmidthi:
2669, Al-Bukhari: 3461).
* See the Note about the translation of meanings and the
transliteration of Arabic sounds above the first Endnote.
***
This book is a scientific view of
Islam, introducing it to average readers, researchers, and policy makers. In
addition to providing basic information about this religion, it attempts to
answer some of the fundamental questions about the human existence and its
purpose. Moreover, it is intended to be a main source of knowledge about this
great religion, which is followed by about 1.7 billion people worldwide.
Verses from the Holy Quran are the
main source of information for the topics discussed in this book, and other
books written by this author about Islam, followed by ‘Hadeeths (sayings) of the
Prophet, peace and blessings of Allah be upon him (pbbuh). Then,
interpretations of the Quran verses by the most renowned Muslim scholars, ,
particularly Al-Tabari, Al-Qurtubi, and Ibn Katheer, are used as
a background for understanding the meanings of verses.. Their interpretations
are valued for including ‘Hadeeths of the Prophet, pbbuh, as well as opinions
and applications of his Companions, may Allah be pleased with them (mAbpwt). Finally, verses of the Holy Quran, mentioned
in the discussed topics, are explained in relation to our contemporary
knowledge from the social and natural sciences, particularly anthropology,
sociology, biology, and cosmology. The objective is to show that the Holy Quran
is the Word of Allah (the God), praise to Him, as it contains so many
scientific facts, which have been discovered only in the past few centuries.
Consequently, it is an assurance to believers and an invitation to others, to
believe in the Lord of the Worlds, and His Message to humanity.
This author has divided his work
about Islam into seven related books (parts). The first book (Islam: A Scientific View of God’s Message to
Humanity) includes ten chapters. It starts with a brief introduction
about the Holy Quran, the Sunna, and Islamic research, as the main sources of
knowledge about Islam. Then, there is an introduction to the three levels of
faith: Islam (performing the five duties), Ieman (faith), and I’hsan
(righteousness). This is followed by a discussion about of the scientific
evidence for God’s existence and for the Holy Quran as His message to humanity.
An exploration is conducted, after that, about the issue of creation and
evolution, from an Islamic perspective, including how life started on Earth,
how it evolved, and the divine intervention. God’s decision to honor humans as
worthy of ruling over Earth is also addressed, with particular attention
to Adam’s winning of the contest with the angels and getting out of Paradise.
Then, there is an investigation of the issue of whether humans are free in
their choice to believe in God or not. This is followed by an examination of
some relationships of special importance in explaining the tenets of Islam. The
first is the relationship between the spiritual and physical aspects of Islamic
teachings. The second is the relationship between the concepts of the mind,
self, soul, spirit, and happiness. The third is the relationship between the
heart and the mind. With God’s will, this book has been completed and published
on amazon.com, to enable readers to get it as a paper copy. In addition, it is
available to readers for free reading and downloading on the author’s two
websites: ccun.org and aljazeerah.info.
The second
book (The Five Pillars of Islam: A Scientific View of the Two
Proclamations of Faith, Prayer, Charity, Fasting, and Pilgrimage)
includes five chapters, providing basic information about the first level of
faith (Islam), as manifested in the five pillars of the faith structure. These
are the Islamic proclamation of faith, performing prayers, giving Zakat
(charity), fasting the month of Ramadhan, and making the Haj (pilgrimage) to
the House of Allah in Makkah, once in a person’s lifetime, if possible. Each
one of these mandated ways of worship is explained in terms of rationale,
rules, and practices, directly from the verses of the Holy Quran, ‘Hadeeths
explaining them, and interpretations of Islamic scholars. In addition,
contemporary scientific research is used to show the benefits of performing
them, to the individual and to society. This book has also been completed and
published, together with the first book, in one volume, on amazon.com, to
enable readers to get it as a paper copy. In addition, it is available to
readers for free reading and downloading on the author’s two websites,
mentioned above.
The following three remaining books
address the second level of faith (Ieman), namely, the belief in Allah (the God)
and in His angels, messengers, messages, the Last Day, as well as in His
precise measurement and His just decrees. Thus, the third
book (Allah, His Good Names: Who Is
He? What Does He Want for Humans?) aims at knowing about Allah, praise to Him, through His names and His adjectives, which
He mentioned in the Holy Quran. It also contains His rationale for the creation
of humans on the Earth. This book has also been completed and published on amazon.com, to
enable readers to get it as a paper copy. In addition, it is available to
readers for free reading and downloading on the author’s two websites,
mentioned above.
The fourth
book (Messengers of Allah to His
Intelligent Creations) contains seven chapters, about the Messengers of Allah,
praise to Him, to humans and jinn. It starts with a chapter about angels, who
are the honored worshippers and messengers of Allah to His creations. Then,
there are five chapters about the five human messengers, known for their
determination and for the miracles they were provided with. These are Noo’h,
Ibraheem, Moosa, ‘Eisa, and Mu’hammed (Noah, Abraham, Moses, Jesus, and
Mu’hammed), peace and blessings of Allah be upon them. The seventh chapter is
about the Night Journey and Ascent to heavens (Al-Isra Wal Mi’raj), which was a
miracle, honoring the final Prophet of Allah. It was also a glad tiding to
humans, that they can fly over the regions of the Earth, and through space to
heavens, with permission of Allah. This book has not been published as a paper
copy yet. However, its English version is available to readers for free reading
and downloading on the author’s two websites, mentioned above.
The fifth
book (God’s Precise Measurement, His Just Decrees, and the Last Day)
addresses the remaining articles of the second level of faith (Iman). It
contains three chapters, about signs of the Hour, the Last Day, as well as
God’s Precise Measurement and His Just Decrees (Al-Qadar wal Qadha).
This book has not been published as a paper copy yet. However, the English
versions of its second and third chapters are available to readers for free
reading and downloading on the author’s two websites, mentioned above.
Concerning the third level of faith
(I’hsan), it will be addressed, God willing, in two books. The sixth book (An
Introduction to Islamic Shari’a: Commands of Prohibition and Admonition in the
Holy Quran) is available, as an initial draft version, to readers for free
reading and downloading on the author’s two websites, mentioned above. The seventh book is a
continuation of the “Introduction to Islamic Shari’a,” but it contains “God’s Commands
of Justice and Righteousness.” It has not been completed yet.
***
***
الإسْلَامُ:
نُبْذَةٌ
مُخْتَصَرَةٌ
***
أَعُوذُ
بِاللهِ مِنَ
الشَّيْطَانِ
الرَّجِيمِ
بِسْمِ
اللهِ الرَّحْمَنِ
الرَّحِيمِ
I seek refuge with God
from the Stoned Shaytan (Satan)
In the Name of Allah,
the Beneficent, the Merciful
***
The word "Islam" means
believing in Allah (The God) [1] to the extent of submitting your will to Him.
In this sense, the Messengers of Allah, such as Noah, Abraham, Moses, and Jesus
Christ (Noo’h, Ibraheem, Mousa, and 'Eisa), peace and blessings of Allah be
upon them (pbbut) all, as well as their righteous followers, are also
considered Muslims. It is one religion, revealed to humans on the
Earth for thousands of years to guide them in this life and to reward them
in the Hereafter. Mu’hammed, pbbuh, was the last of these Muslim Prophets
and Messengers of Allah. [2]
The Arabic root verb of the word
"Islam" is /salima/, meaning kept safe. The word "Muslim"
is one of its derivatives. Prophet Mu’hammed, pbbuh, said: "The Muslim is (the
person) from whose tongue and hand people are kept safe." In other words,
a Muslim does not harm people with his/her tongue or hand.
The word "Islam" is also a
derivative of the verb /aslama/, which means to submit, from which came the
noun "Muslim" (the one who submits to God), as in verse 2: 112.
Moreover, Islam means peace (silm), as mentioned in verse 2: 208. [3]
Finally, Islam is the first level of faith,
the attainment of which is required to gain the mercy and contentment of Allah,
in order for a person to live happily in this life and to enter Paradise in the
hereafter. A higher level is Iman (faith or belief in the unseen), as we learn
from verse 49: 14, and the highest is I'hsan (righteousness). These three
levels of faith are presented in the second Chapter of this book, as the major
components of a well-known ‘Hadeeth, on the basis of which this book has been
divided into three parts: an introduction, Islam, and Iman. Concerning I’hsan,
it will be a separate book, insha Allah (God willing), because it is very much
larger in size, containing the Commands of Allah, as revealed in the Holy
Quran.[4]
Sources of the Islamic teachings:
1. The Holy Quran
The Holy Quran (pronounced as two separate
syllables Qur - an) is referred to, by some authors, as “Koran” but this is an
inaccurate translation, as the letter Q is closer to the Arabic sound than the
letter K. The Holy Quran is the first source of the Islamic teachings. It is
the Book of God and His Message to humanity. It was revealed to Prophet
Muhammed, pbbuh, in 23 years, starting from 610 AD, as mentioned in verse 53:
4-5. [5]
The Holy Quran was written by the scribes
during the life of the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, as he received its verses, by
inspiration through the Angel, Jibril (Gabriel), peace be to him. He would
speak and they would write down the revelations. Then, they would read that,
which they wrote to him, and he would approve of it. He would also tell them
about the order of Chapters and where to place the revealed verses.
By the death of the Prophet, pbbuh, some of
the Holy Quran Chapters were in his house and others were in the houses of his
Companions. The first Caliph, Abu Bakr, mAbpwh, collected all Chapters in one Book. However, it was the third
Caliph, ‘Uthman, mAbpwh, who kept the Quraysh version of the Holy Quran and
burned out all other versions, which were written in different dialects. The
‘Uthman’s version of the Holy Quran is the only one which Muslims have today.
It has been guarded and kept safe from any changes or distortions, by the will
of Allah, who stated that promise in verse 15: 9. [6]
The Holy Quran includes God’s teachings to
humanity, including His commands and His prohibitions, the core of which were
also revealed through His former Messengers. It also includes clarifications
about the disputes between Jews and Christians, such as over the nature of
Jesus and his Message to the Israelites.
The first Arabic word uttered by the Angel
Jibril, peace be to him, to Prophet Muhammed, pbbuh, was the command verb
/iqra'/, which means "Read." This means that Allah, the
Knowledgeable, wants His beloved human creation to be as knowledgeable as they
can be, through reading, writing, and the accumulation of knowledge.
As the Word of God and His Message to
humanity, the Holy Quran has been preserved as it is, without any changes,
since it has been revealed, 1,400 years ago. It is available today, in its
Arabic original version, and its translations into other languages, in many
libraries and internet sites. An example is www.tanzil.net, which has 18
different English translations, in addition to translations to other languages,
and an Arabic search function. It also carries Quran recitations by 26 renowned
reciters, so people can hear verses recited while looking at the written text.
Another important site is http://quran.ksu.edu.sa/ which carries the Quran Arabic text and its
translations to various languages. It also posts the nine books of Sunna, which
explain and authenticate ‘Hadith. In addition, it has a research function,
which allows access to the major interpretations of the Holy Quran by early
Islamic scholars, including Bin Katheer, Al-Qurtubi, and Al-Tabari.
[7]
2. The Sunna
The Sunna represents the second source of
Islamic teachings, after the Holy Quran. It includes sayings (‘Hadiths) and actions
of the Prophet, pbbuh, as well as his approval of people’s sayings and actions.
It also includes his explanation of the Quran verses in more details. In
addition, the Sunna contains his teachings and his lifestyle, which were
examples for Muslims to follow in various aspects of life.
The Prophet, pbbuh, generally prohibited his
Companions from writing down anything he said, except the Holy Quran, to avoid
any possibility of mixing his sayings with God’s revelations. However, he allowed it later.
Thus, some of the Sunna was recorded during his lifetime but the majority of it
was collected and recorded a long time after his death. Actually, Muslim
scholars have developed an independent discipline for that purpose, known as
‘Hadeeth Science, which specializes in the collection, recording, scrutiny,
authentication, and discussion of the ‘Hadeeth. [8]
An example of how the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, explained and summarized the Holy Quran, to God’s worshippers, is the
‘Hadeeth narrated by Companion ‘Abdullah Bin (Son of) ‘Omar, mAbpwt both. He
said that he heard the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, saying: “
"Islam has been built on five (pillars): The
proclamation that there is no other god than Allah and that Muhammed is the
Messenger of Allah, performing the prayers, paying charity (Zakat), making the
pilgrimage to the House (of Allah in Makkah), and fasting (during the month of)
Ramadhan.” [9]
Thus, the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh,
summarized the five Islamic ways of worship (‘ibadat), in one ‘Hadeeth, to make
it easy on people. All of these ways of worship are mentioned in various
chapters of the Holy Quran but the ‘Hadith puts them together, emphasizing them
as the five major and manifest Islamic obligations. For example, the
proclamation of faith was mentioned in verse 3: 18 and verse 40: 33, prayers
and charity (Zakat) in verse 2: 110, fasting in verse 2: 183, and Haj in verse
3: 97. [10]
3. Research
by Islamic Scholars
Research by Islamic scholars has become the
third source of Islamic teachings. Most of these scholars are graduates of Islamic universities, who
hold the highest degrees in Islamic studies. Thus, they are experts on the
first two sources. They provide current interpretations of the Holy Quran,
explain to the people the basic principles of their religion, and give rulings
(fatwas) about new innovations, such as those which may happen in social,
economic, financial, and medical aspects of life. For example, recreational
addictive and harmful drugs were not mentioned in the Holy Quran. So, Islamic
scholars pointed that there is more harm from using them than the sought
benefits. As a result, such drugs should be treated the same way of treating
alcoholic beverages. Allah, praise to Him, commanded Muslims to avoid them, in
verse 5: 190, which was explained by the Prophet, pbbuh, as prohibition. [11]
Since
the last few decades of the 20th Century, a category of Muslim
social and natural scientists has emerged, tasking itself of demonstrating that
the Holy Quran is full of scientific evidence, which shows that it is the Word
of God, and that nobody else could have produced it. Thus, they have
contributed to deepening the faith and increasing the understanding of Muslims
of their religion, on the basis of science and reasoning. This is of great
importance, particularly because of the internet age, which has enabled
anti-religion forces to spread their falsehoods easily. In addition, it is a
creative way to call for Allah among non-Muslims, particularly those who are
highly educated, and those who have left their religions because of the
contradiction with reasoning and basic scientific facts. This book aims at
achieving that goal, as demonstrated in its various chapters, particularly the
third and fourth Chapters.
***
مُسْتَوَيَاتُ
العَقِيدَةِ
الثَّلَاثِ:
الإسْلَامُ
وَالإيمَانُ
وَالإحْسَانُ
***
أَعُوذُ
بِاللهِ مِنَ
الشَّيْطَانِ
الرَّجِيمِ
بِسْمِ
اللهِ الرَّحْمَنِ
الرَّحِيمِ
I seek refuge with God
from the Stoned Shaytan (Satan)
In the Name of Allah,
the Beneficent, the Merciful
***
Introduction
One
day, the Angel Jibril (Gabriel), peace be to him, appeared as a man to the Messenger
of Allah, Muhammed, peace and blessings be upon him (pbbuh), and his companions
in the Medina mosque. The encounter became a very well-known 'Hadith (saying),
narrated by the Second Caliph, Omar, may Allah be pleased with him.
Jibril
asked the Messenger of Allah five questions about the meaning of Islam, Iman,
I'hsan, the Hour, and the Hour signs. As he answered each question, Jibril
complimented him saying that he told the truth. When Jibril left, the Messenger
of Allah told his companion, who did not know the man, that he was Jibril who
came to teach them their religion.
This
'Hadith not only summarized the major principles of God’s message of guidance
to humanity, but it also attracted our attention to the three levels of faith:
Islam, Iman, and I'hsan, which are the focus of this Chapter and the basis for
organizing this book into its main parts.
Text of the Prophet's 'Hadith:
On
the authority of Omar, who said: One day, while we were sitting with the
Messenger of Allah, there appeared before us a man whose clothes were
exceedingly white and whose hair was exceedingly black. No signs of journeying
were to be seen on him and none of us knew him. He walked up and sat down by
the Prophet, resting his knees against his (the Prophet's) and placing the
palms of his hands on his thighs, he said:
O
Muhammed, tell me about Islam?
The
Messenger of Allah said: Islam is to proclaim that there is no other god than
Allah and Muhammed is the Messenger of Allah, to perform the prayers, to pay
the Zakat (charity), to fast (during the month of) Ramadhan, and to make
the pilgrimage to the House (of God) if you are capable to do so.
He
said: You have spoken rightly, and we were amazed at him asking him (the
Prophet) and saying that he had spoken rightly (told the truth).
He
said: Then, tell me about Iman?
He
(the Prophet) said: It is to believe in Allah, His angels, His books, His
messengers, the Last Day, and to believe in God's
precise measurement and His just decrees on everything, including (what may be perceived as) good or
bad.
He
said: You have spoken rightly (told the truth).
(Jibril)
said: Then, tell me about I'hsan?
He
(the Prophet) said: It is to worship Allah as if you are seeing him, and while
you do not see Him, He truly sees you.
He
said: Then, tell me about the Hour?
He
(the Prophet) said: The one questioned about it does not know more than the
questioner.
He
said: Then, tell me about its Signs?
He
(the Prophet) said: That the slave-woman will give birth to her mistress and
that you will see the barefooted, naked, destitute sheep herdsmen constructing
the highest buildings.
Then,
(Jibril) left and I stayed for some time. Then he (the Prophet) said: “O Omar,
do you know who the questioner was? I said: Allah and His Messenger know
better. He said: He was Jibril (Gabriel), who came to teach you your religion. [12]
Islam:
Thus,
according to the above-mentioned ‘Hadith, there are three levels of the faith
structure, a person can reach. The first level is Islam, which was explained by Prophet
Muhammed (pbbuh) as observing the five major ways of worship ('Ibadat).
It
follows that to be a Muslim, a person has
to proclaim that there is no other god but Allah (praise to Him) and that
Muhammed (pbbuh) is His Messenger. The importance of this proclamation of faith is that a person
acknowledges the existence of Allah (God), praise to Him, as the Creator of the
Universe, and that Muhammed (pbbuh) is the Messenger of God. This means that a
person accepts the message of God revealed to humanity through him, as expressed
in the Word of God (the Holy Quran) and the Sunna (his sayings, actions, and
what he approved of).
Once
a person pronounces the Islamic proclamation, then he/she proceeds to observe
the Islamic obligations, namely to perform the five daily prayers, pay the
annual Zakat (charity), fast during the month of Ramadhan, and make the
pilgrimage to the House of Allah in Makkah, if he/she is capable to do so
physically and financially (These ways of worship were introduced in Chapter 1,
“Islam: A Brief Introduction” but addressed
in more details in the second part of this book).
It
is important to note that these are ways of worshipping Allah ('Ibadat), as He
wanted and commanded Muslims to do. He promised to reward those who worship Him with an everlasting
life in His Paradise, in the hereafter. In addition, they would enjoy the peace
of being believers in this life. However, those who disdain worshipping Him
will be punished by the torment of the lack of faith in this life and the
painful torment in Hell, in the hereafter, as stated in the Holy Quran
(Al-Nisa, 4: 172-173). [13]
In
analyzing these Islamic ways of worshipping God, one discovers that all of them
benefit the worshipper directly and his/her society in this life, then they are
rewarded with Paradise in the hereafter (Such benefits are discussed in more
details in Chapter 8, “The Relationship between the Spiritual and the Physical
Aspects of Islamic Teachings” and in the second part of this book).
Before
performing each one of the five prayers,
a Muslim has to clean himself/herself through wudhou,
by washing the mouth, nose, face hands, arms, ears, hair, and feet. Muslims
also should take showers after sexual intercourse and menstruation (Al-Ma-ida,
Al-Baqara, 2: 222), on
Fridays, and keep their clothes clean. [14]
By
praying five times a day at specific times, Muslims live in orderly fashion,
budgeting their time, towards work, rest, and sleep. More important is that
prayer is a connection between a worshipper and his/her Creator, in five
specific times a day, if performed correctly it is peace for the human self and
a constant reminder for avoiding sins. In addition, prayers function as an
exercise five times a day, doing certain movements that range between standing,
bowing, prostrating, and sitting down on the floor. These unique movements
function as an exercise for various body organs, by stretching muscles,
tendons, and backbone. For example, bowing and prostrating push more blood to
certain areas of the body, like the brain.
By
paying the Zakat (charity) a Muslim
assists the needy and contributes to the well-being of society. It is, at
least, 2.5 percent of a person’s wealth, annually. When properly given, the
poor and the needy will not be left alone and behind in society. It is a
systematic expression of compassion and social solidarity. The Zakat does not
replace government taxes. However, it contributes to the welfare and well-being
of society in areas not covered by government-funded projects.
Fasting
during the month of Ramadhan,
by abstaining from food, drinks, and sexual activity from dawn to the sunset,
has tremendous benefits for the body and the soul of a worshipper. Fasting
strengthens the control of the self over the body desires. It allows the rich
to feel the suffering of the hungry poor and prompts them to share food with
them when they break the fast at the sunset. By eating moderately then, many
people lose weight, get rid of some of the accumulated fats throughout the year.
The body also gets rid of the harmful toxins, as well as the weak and sick
cells. In addition, fasting gives a break to the digestive system, after eleven
months of continuous hard work.
Finally,
pilgrimage
(‘Haj) to the House of Allah in Makkah, is the climax of
being a Muslim. It is a personal journey for God first, but it also gives great
satisfaction to the pilgrim (‘Haaj), as he/she leaves everything in
this life behind. As it is answering God’s invitation for them to visit His
ancient House, pilgrims are filled with joy as they see the Ka’ba, circumambulate (circulate) around it, and perform various ‘Haj rituals. In
addition, ‘Haj includes remembrance of the story of Ibraheem (Abraham) and his
son, Isma’eel (Ishmael), peace be upon them, particularly their obedience to
Allah, praise to Him, and their rejection of Al-Shaytan (Satan) and his
whispers. Moreover, the pilgrimage to Makkah is a worldwide conference of
millions of Muslims, where they meet there representing all nations, racial
groups, and ethnic divisions (49: 13), for just few days. Therefore, Allah,
praise to Him, instructed them to be loving, caring, and tolerant of each
other. They are also instructed to avoid arguments and instead to praise Him
for His countless benefits and bounties they have been enjoying in this life
(2: 197) and will be enjoying in the hereafter. [15]
Iman:
By
being a Muslim, as explained above, a person is promised God's rewards in this lower life and in the
hereafter. Properly practiced, the Islamic ways of worship (‘ibadat)
are beneficial to Muslims as individuals and as communities. However, for those
who are more ambitious to be closer to God, to gain a higher level of his
rewards, and to enjoy more intellectual happiness, they need to reach a higher
level of faith than Islam, which is Iman, as we are told by verse 49: 14 of the
Holy Quran, which states:
قَالَتِ
الْأَعْرَابُ
آمَنَّا قُل
لَّمْ تُؤْمِنُوا
وَلَـٰكِن
قُولُوا
أَسْلَمْنَا
وَلَمَّا
يَدْخُلِ
الْإِيمَانُ
فِي قُلُوبِكُمْ (الْحُجُرَاتُ
، 49: 14).
The
A'arab (desert dwellers) said, "We have believed." Say: "You
have not believed,” but say 'We have submitted,” for faith has not yet entered
your hearts (Al-'Hujurat, 49: 14).
In
this Verse, the A'arab (desert dwellers) said, "We have believed."
They meant to say: "We have reached the level of Iman." But Allah,
praise to Him, told His Messenger to tell them that they still have not
believed. That's why they instead should say: 'We have submitted (to Allah by
becoming Muslims) because the second level of faith (Iman) has not yet entered
their hearts.
So,
what is that second level of faith (Iman)?
Iman is to believe
in Allah, His angels, His books, His messengers, and the Last Day, as we read
in verse 4: 136 of the Holy Quran:
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا آمِنُوا
بِاللَّـهِ
وَرَسُولِهِ
وَالْكِتَابِ
الَّذِي
نَزَّلَ
عَلَىٰ
رَسُولِهِ
وَالْكِتَابِ
الَّذِي
أَنزَلَ مِن
قَبْلُ وَمَن
يَكْفُرْ
بِاللَّـهِ
وَمَلَائِكَتِهِ
وَكُتُبِهِ
وَرُسُلِهِ
وَالْيَوْمِ
الْآخِرِ فَقَدْ
ضَلَّ
ضَلَالًا
بَعِيدًا (النِّسَاءُ
، 4: 136).
O
You who have believed, believe in Allah and His Messenger, (in)
the Book that He sent down upon His Messenger
and the Scripture which He sent down before. And whoever disbelieves in Allah,
His angels, His books, His messengers, and the Last Day has certainly gone far
astray (Al-Nisa, 4: 136).
Iman is also the belief in God's precise measurement and His
just decrees on everything, as we learn from the 'Hadeeth of the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, which has been mentioned.
This
means that the second level of faith (Iman) is more of an intellectual nature
than the first level (Islam), where a person is saved by worshipping Allah
(God) through actions, that is, through performing the five obligations
mentioned above. So, Iman comes by thinking about that which Allah told us
about in the Holy Quran, including the many scientific statements, which were
unknown at the time of revelation and until the 19th Century. Such thinking
provides ample evidence that the Holy Quran is the Word of Allah, and that no
human being can produce a book like it, or even a chapter, like any of its
chapters. [16]
In
other words, reaching the second level of faith (Iman), requires higher and
deeper degrees of knowledge and acknowledgement. This includes a belief in the
existence of Allah (God) and His angels, as well as in His Books, Messengers,
the Last Day, and in His precise measurement and just decrees. So, Iman can be attained through the
realization of the unseen, such as the existence of God, through the pieces of
evidence He provided us with, such as the Holy Quran. However, many people
believe in God, as unseen, without the need for physical or intellectual
evidence, that is by intuition. Moreover, philosophers can reach the second
level of faith by logic. They postulate that the existence of the creation must
be the evidence for the existence of the Creator, Allah, praise to Him. [17]
Thus,
a person reaching Iman (a Mumin: a believer)
believes that not only Allah (God) exists but He, praise to Him, can do
anything He wants. A Mumen believes in everything God told in the Holy Quran.
He or she also believes that there are other intelligent creations of God than
human beings, particularly angels. Among these are Jibril (Gabriel, the medium
between God and His human Messengers), Mika-il (Michael, the angel of
sustenance), Ezra-il (angel of death), Israfil (angel of the Trumpet), Radhwan
(custodian of Paradise), and Malik (custodian of the Hellfire). In addition,
there are many other categories of angels who perform tasks related to humans.
Among these are Raqeeb and 'Ateed (the angels who keep records for our good
deeds and bad deeds), Naakir, and Nakeer (the angels who question a human being
briefly after death), and Sa-iq and Shaheed (the angels who organize people in
groups and lead them during the events of the Last Day). A Mumen is a person
who believes that these angels exist, and that we are affected by them. [18]
A
Mumen also believes that God revealed His guidance to humanity in other Books,
before the Holy Quran. These included the Su’huf (Papers) of Ibrahim
(Abraham), the Torah (in the Old Testament), which was revealed to Moussa
(Moses), the Zaboor (the Psalms), which was revealed to Prophet Dawood (David),
and the Engel (the New Testament), the teachings of the Messiah, ‘Eissa Bin
Mariam (Jesus Christ, the son of Mary), peace and blessings of Allah be upon
all of them. These Books included the same message of guidance to humanity
summarized in the Holy Quran. A Mumen, further, has the same and equal respect
and love for all messengers of God, and does not consider one of them as better
than the others.
A
Mumen believes that this life is a test, in which all our deeds and activities
are recorded by angels. We will be held accountable for the entire test when we
meet our Creator on the Day of Reckoning. So, the belief in the Last Day is an
acknowledgement of the inevitability of accountability and reckoning. It is an
incentive for people to do good in this life in order to be rewarded by an
everlasting life in Paradise, and a warning against doing bad in order to avoid
punishment in the Hellfire. [19]
Further,
a Mumen believes in God’s precise measurement and His just decrees (Al-Qadar
wal Qadha). People are free in what they say and do, in the matters
which they control or have authority over. However, there are other matters,
which may not be understood by people, because these are beyond their control.
Some of these matters are perceived as good, such as unexpected successes or
fortunes. A Mumin’s response in this case is thanking Allah for receiving them.
Other matters may be perceived as bad, despite the fact that these may turn to
be good results later on, such as the actions of Al-Khadir’s actions, Mousa
(Moses) perceived as evil, before knowing the rationale behind doing them (Al-Kahf,
18: 65-82).
Sometimes,
some matters may result in outright bad consequences, such as death and
destruction during war as well as natural and environmental disasters. In these
cases, the bad consequences are the result of decisions made by people, whether
by going to war to settle differences, or not taking the appropriate measures
to avoid natural and environmental disasters. Allah, praise to Him, warned
humanity to avoid such possible consequences, as both innocent people and their
oppressors will be affected alike (Al-Anfal, 8: 25).
Finally,
believers (Muminoon) thank Allah in all circumstances but they are also
expected to use their time, knowledge, wealth, and energy with the best way
possible, during their first life on Earth, because they are going to be
questioned about all these qualities in the hereafter. This means that believers
(Muminoon) should not surrender to the upheavals, natural or environmental
disasters, diseases, or any difficulties facing them. They should do their best
to avoid them. Thus doing, they practice their free will, which does not
contradict with God’s circumventing foreknowledge of their choices. [20]
I'hsan:
I'hsan is the highest
of the three levels of faith and the closest to pleasing God. It is to worship Allah as if
you see Him. While you do not really see Him, He truly sees you. Then, I'hsan
means that a Mu'hsin (a person who
practices I’hsan) is sure that Allah is seeing him/her in everything he/she
says or does. Therefore, a Mu'hsin does his/her best to say and do only that
which pleases Allah and conforms to His commands. This is the level of
righteousness, perfection, as well as doing and saying the ultimate good for
the sake of goodness, to the person’s best knowledge and ability.
The
noun "I'hsan" in Arabic is a derivative of the verb
"a’hsana," which means doing things better. Thus, the literal
linguistic meaning of I'hsan is saying the best, as expressed in verse 41: 33
of the Holy Quran. It is also doing the best, which is observing God’s commands
(For more information about God's commands, see the first Chapter of the fourth
part of this book, “Islamic Law, Shari'a: Prohibition, Don't Do, and Do Commands).
The noble meanings of I’hsan are expressed in
many verses of the Holy Quran. Throughout His Book, Allah, praise to Him,
commands believers to practice I’hsan in words and actions and in the treatment
of parents. He announces His love for Mu’hsins, assures them that they should
have neither fear nor sadness, and promises them with the best rewards in the
hereafter. [21]
Conclusion
The
objective of mentioning the three levels of faith is to motivate the human self
to pursue the course of elevation from one level to the other. As humans struggle
to be better in their words and actions, they not only gain the best physical
and spiritual benefits in this life but they also get the contentment and mercy
of their Creator, who promised them an everlasting life in His Paradise, in the
hereafter.
and the Holy Quran Is His Message to
Humanity
***
الدَلِيلُ
العِلْمِيُ عَلَى
وِجُودِ
اللهِ
سُبْحَانَهُ
وَتَعَالَى
وَعَلَى
أنَّ القُرْآنَ
الْكَرِيمَ هُوَ
رِسَالَتُهُ
لِلْبَشَرِيَّةِ
***
أَعُوذُ بِاللهِ
مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ
الرَّجِيمِ
بِسْمِ
اللهِ الرَّحْمَنِ
الرَّحِيمِ
I seek refuge with God from the Stoned Shaytan
(Satan)
In the Name of Allah, the Beneficent, the
Merciful
***
Introduction *
At the beginning of the 21st
Century, many people in the world no longer believe in God. Even some of those
who profess such belief are not sure. Others have a distorted belief, which
makes them behave in misguided and dangerous ways. In brief, there is a lot of
ignorance on this Planet, at this time, about the Creator of life and about His
message to humanity, which has been told in the religious Holy Books.
But before addressing the problem of misguided
believers, it is more essential to address the question of atheism, or the
belief that God does not exist in the first place. This belief has developed as
a result of lack of scientific evidence in teaching about God. Many world
religions involve illogical myths and weird rituals that belittle the human
mind, leading to the disbelief that these myths and rituals are from a Supreme
Being, who is supposed to be more intelligent than the human beings He has created,
and as a result is worthy of being worshipped by them.
Another important reason for atheism is that
leaders of many religions, including the major ones, put themselves in a
collision course with science. This has alienated the most educated and most
intelligent people and made them susceptible to atheism, indifference, or at
least not taking religion seriously.
So, how can this problem of God’s existence be
resolved?
To convince the most intelligent beings on this
Planet that God does exist, scientific evidence supporting this fact has to be
brought to the discussion.
The Holy Quran (pronounced in two separate
syllables Qur - an) is full of such evidence. Actually, the Islamic Holy Book
can be broadly divided into two parts, in terms of content. The first involves
the scientific evidence that its ultimate author is the Creator of life
Himself, in order to convince humans that He exists and that the Holy Quran is
His message to humanity. The second part
involves His teachings, the Shari'a, which if followed by humans will lead them
to happiness in this life and in the everlasting hereafter.
The story of life on Planet Earth, including
human life, is told in the Holy Quran in a way that would light up the eyes of
scientists if they read it. It’s almost the same story, which is told to
students of biology. It leaves no doubt about the fact that life started in a
very simple way a long time ago and kept evolving ever since (See Chapter 4, “Creation and Evolution in
the Holy Quran”).
The scientific story of creation of life is
just one example of how the Holy Quran convinces its readers that no human on
this Planet could have authored this Book. Many of the scientific facts
revealed became known only in the last century or so. The Messenger of God,
Prophet Mu’hammed (pbbuh) was
an illiterate man. It was impossible for him or for any other human being more
than 1400 years ago to know about such facts.
This Chapter is divided into three parts. The
first includes examples of verses, containing facts just explained or
discovered recently by scientists, about the creation of the heavens and the
Earth, as well as the existence of intelligent beings, other than humans. The
second part includes examples of verses, mentioning facts just explained or
discovered recently by scientists, about life on Earth, in relation to the
darkness of ocean waters, formation of clouds, plant pairs, and sex of insects.
The third part of this Chapter provides information about the numerical miracle
in the design of the Holy Quran. This is an emerging research area, which
demonstrates, through so many examples, that the letters, words, and chapters
of the Holy Quran are designed and arranged according to numerical
relationships. As a result, this Book could not have been authored by any human
being. It’s the Word of God and His Message to humanity.
First,
examples of verses, containing facts just explained or discovered recently by
scientists, about the creation of the heavens and the Earth, as well as the
existence of intelligent beings, other than humans:
1.
Allah, praise to Him, tells us that His Throne had been on water before He created the heavens
and the Earth.
وَهُوَ
الَّذِي
خَلَقَ
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضَ
فِي سِتَّةِ
أَيَّامٍ
وَكَانَ عَرْشُهُ
عَلَى
الْمَاءِ (هُودُ ، 11: 7).
And it is He who created the heavens and the
Earth in six days - and His Throne had been upon water (Hood, 11: 7).
This means that water preceded other elements,
and consequently the formation of our solar system, as we know it. In his interpretation
of this verse, Al-Tabari mentioned a 'Hadeeth in which companion Abu
Razeen Al-‘Uqayli, mAbpwh, asked the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh: “Where had our
Lord been before He created the heavens and the Earth? He said: “(He was) in clouds, and there was air above and below Him.
Then, He created His Throne on Water." Ibn ‘Abbas, mAbpwh and with his
father, said that “the water was over the wind,” as was mentioned by Al-Qurtubi,
and Ibn Katheer. [22]
This was exactly what scientists concluded in
their most recent research, in 2014. They found that some of the water we have
is older than the Earth age, which is estimated at about 4.6 billion years. It
is even older than the Sun. This is a confirmation to the meanings contained in
this verse, and consequently a piece of evidence that the Holy Quran is the
Word of God. It is a Book, which cannot be approached by falsehood (Fussilat,
41: 42) and it was pronounced by the illiterate Prophet, pbbuh, who did not
know reading or writing before the revelation. There was no way for him, or
anybody else on the Earth to know these facts back then.
[23]
2.
Verse 21: 30 tells us that the heavens and the Earth
were a joined entity. Then, Allah splintered them (causing them to
scatter in space). The verse also tells us that Allah created every living
thing (in them) out of water, which was already there.
أَوَلَمْ
يَرَ
الَّذِينَ
كَفَرُوا
أَنَّ السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضَ
كَانَتَا
رَتْقًا
فَفَتَقْنَاهُمَا وَجَعَلْنَا
مِنَ الْمَاءِ
كُلَّ شَيْءٍ
حَيٍّ أَفَلَا
يُؤْمِنُونَ
(الأنْبِيَاءُ
، 21:
30).
Have those who disbelieved not considered that
the heavens and the Earth were a joined entity, and We splintered (separated)
them and made from water every living thing? Then, will they not believe?
(Al-Anbiya, 21: 30).
Then, Allah, praise to Him, caused life to
start in the places which contained water before the splintering incident, as
He told us in verse 7 of Soorat Hood (Chapter 11 of the Holy Quran), as was
interpreted by the three renowned interpreters: Al-Tabari, Al-Qurtubi,
and Ibn Katheer.
At the beginning of the 20th Century, some
astrophysicists estimated the age of the universe between 10 and 20 billion
years. However, more recent estimates date it back to about 13.8 billion years.
This is according to the Big Bang theory, which is agreed upon by most
contemporary astrophysicists. Though the theory described the beginning of the
universe as a result of a big bang, astrophysicists now agree that it was an
event, not necessarily a bang. [24]
This is evidence about the accuracy of the verb
"fataqa" used in the verse, which refers to splintering a substance
(like ice), causing it to scatter into smaller pieces.
Astrophysicists tried to explain how the event happened,
as a result of the interaction between elements, energy, and time, without
mentioning the logical existence of God, who caused the event to happen.
However, Muslims know with certainty that Allah, praise to Him, is the One Who
caused it to happen, as He had told us about it more than 14 centuries before the
existence of astrophysics. He is the First, the Originator, the Creator of the
Heavens and the Earth, the Great, and the Highest. [25]
3.
Verse 51: 47 tells us that Allah, praise to Him, built the heaven, which is continuously expanding.
وَالسَّمَاءَ
بَنَيْنَاهَا
بِأَيْدٍ وَإِنَّا
لَمُوسِعُونَ
(الذَّارِيَاتُ
، 51: 47).
We built the heaven with (Our) hands, and We
are expanding (it) (Al-Dthariyat, 51: 47).
In this verse, Allah (God), praise to Him, is
telling us that He built the heaven, using the past tense of the verb (built),
which means that the act of building was completed in the past. Then, He tells
us that He is expanding it, using the present continuous tense of the verb, to
indicate that the expansion of heaven is continuously happening.
While the three renowned Islamic scholars
pointed to the vastness of heaven, astrophysicists starting of the 20th Century
were very specific about this scientific fact, describing it as "the
expanding universe," which is precisely described as such in this verse of
the Holy Quran. [26]
4.
Verse 67: 3 tells us that Allah created seven
heavens, as straight layers, one over the other, without a faulty
difference between them, whether you look at them once or more than once.
الَّذِي
خَلَقَ
سَبْعَ
سَمَاوَاتٍ
طِبَاقًا مَّا
تَرَىٰ فِي
خَلْقِ
الرَّحْمَـٰنِ
مِن
تَفَاوُتٍ فَارْجِعِ
الْبَصَرَ
هَلْ تَرَىٰ
مِن فُطُورٍ
(الْمُلْكُ ، 67: 3).
(It is Allah) Who created seven heavens, as
layers (strata). You do not see in the creation of the Beneficent any
inconsistency. So, return (your) vision (to the sky), do you see any breaks?
(Al-Mulk, 67: 3).
The scientific fact mentioned in this verse,
about heavens as parallel layers, has been confirmed by many astrophysicists,
who argue that there are several parallel universes. The only difference is
that they use the word "universe" instead of the word
"heaven" mentioned in this verse. [27]
5. Verse 84: 19 is related in meaning to the
above-mentioned verse 67: 3, particularly in describing heavens as parallel layers, one over the other,
but it adds a prophecy about the human space travel, from one layer of heavens
to another.
لَتَرْكَبُنَّ
طَبَقًا عَن
طَبَقٍ
(الانْشِقَاقُ
، 84: 19).
You will surely ride (travel) from one layer
(of heavens) to another layer (Al-Inshiqaq, 84: 19).
The three renowned Islamic interpreters of the
Holy Quran agreed with this meaning, by mentioning the interpretations of Ibn
'Abbas and Al-Shi'bi, who limited space travel from one heaven to another to
the Messenger of Allah. Al-Qurtubi added a question, wondering if the Verse was
a prophecy about the Prophet's Night ـJourney
(Al-Issra Wal Mi'raj).
In answering Al-Qurtubi's question, it's
clear that Surat Al-Inshiqaq (Chapter 84 of the Holy Quran), including verse
19, was a Makkan Chapter, and it was revealed after the Night Journey, which
was also described in Surat Al-Najm (Chapter 53). If the Prophet alone was the one
intended by this Verse, then the verb used would be in the past tense. However,
the verb used in this Verse is in the present tense, which also conveys the
future. This means that it is a prophecy about human space travel, in general,
from one planet to another, from one solar system to another, and from one
galaxy to another. [28]
6.
Verse 55: 33 is related to the above-mentioned verse (84: 19), as it contains
an invitation, which amounts to a
prophecy, for humans and Jinn to attempt space
travel.
يَا
مَعْشَرَ
الْجِنِّ
وَالْإِنسِ
إِنِ اسْتَطَعْتُمْ
أَن
تَنفُذُوا
مِنْ أَقْطَارِ
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
فَانفُذُوا ۚ
لَا
تَنفُذُونَ
إِلَّا
بِسُلْطَانٍ (الرَّحْمَـٰنُ ، 55: 33).
O company of Jinn and humans, if you are able
to penetrate (pass) through the zones of the heavens and the Earth, then
penetrate. You will not penetrate except by power (of science) (Al-Ra'hman, 55:
33).
This prophecy was fulfilled for the Jinn first,
as we are told by verse 72: 8, that the Jinn have reached heaven, but its
powerful guards repelled them with burning flames. We take this information
from the Holy Quran as a given because we are not qualified yet, as humans at
this stage of our knowledge, to investigate it.
وَأَنَّا
لَمَسْنَا
السَّمَاءَ
فَوَجَدْنَاهَا
مُلِئَتْ
حَرَسًا
شَدِيدًا
وَشُهُبًا (الْجِنُّ
، 72: 8).
And we (Jinn) have touched the heaven but found
it filled with powerful guards and burning flames (Al-Jin, 72: 8).
Then, this prophecy started to be fulfilled for
humans during the second half of the 20th Century (14th Century of Hijra,
Islamic Calendar), when the Soviets and Americans started their space travels,
followed by Europeans, then Asians afterwards.
For centuries, readers of the Holy Quran,
including the three renowned interpreters, could not interpret this Verse as a
future possibility of human space travel between heavenly bodies. However, this
issue has become a normal bit of news in the media nowadays, as space travels
occur almost monthly, not only for orbiting Earth and docking to the
international space station, but also for the exploration of outer space, other
planets, and even going beyond our solar system. [29]
7. Verse 65: 12 tells us that Allah created seven
heavens and seven Earth-like planets.
اللَّـهُ
الَّذِي
خَلَقَ
سَبْعَ
سَمَاوَاتٍ وَمِنَ
الْأَرْضِ
مِثْلَهُنَّ يَتَنَزَّلُ
الْأَمْرُ بَيْنَهُنَّ
لِتَعْلَمُوا
أَنَّ
اللَّـهَ
عَلَىٰ كُلِّ
شَيْءٍ
قَدِيرٌ
وَأَنَّ اللَّـهَ
قَدْ أَحَاطَ
بِكُلِّ
شَيْءٍ
عِلْمًا
(الطَّلاقُ
، 65:
12).
It is Allah who has created seven heavens and
of the Earth like of them (seven planets like Earth). (His) command descends
among them so you may know that Allah is over all things competent and that
Allah has encompassed all things in knowledge (Al-Talaq, 65: 12).
This Verse means that there are seven heavens
inhabited by angels, and that God's commands descend among them. Likewise,
there are seven planets like Earth, inhabited by others of God's creatures, and
that God's commands also descend among them.
The three renowned Muslim interpreters of the
Holy Quran agreed that there are seven Earth-like planets. Al-Tabari
interpreted the Verse, saying: "There is no disagreement about that the
heavens are seven, layered one over the other, as evidenced in the 'Hadeeth of
Al-Isra Wal Mi'raj (the Prophet's Night Journey and Ascent to Heavens), and
other 'Hadeeths."
Then, Al-Tabari added that "there
are also seven Earth-like planets. The majority of scholars agree that these
planets are also layered, one over the other, and that the distance between one
Earth-like planet and another is like the distance between one heaven and
another, and that there are God's creatures inhabiting each one of them."
Thus, this Verse is an invitation for
researchers to look for these Earth-like planets, discover them, and their
intelligent inhabitants. It's thrilling that we are living at a time in which
space scientists are actively searching for evidence about the existence of
life on other planets, in our solar system, as well as in other solar systems
in our galaxy, and even in other galaxies. The most important piece of evidence
for life they look for is whether water exists on a planet or not, which is in
total agreement with the Holy Quran Verse 21: 30 mentioned above.
On February 22, 2017, NASA published a report
about the discovery of a solar system, which scientists called Trappist-1. It
is located in the in the constellation Aquarius, which is about 39.6 light
years (about 235 trillion miles) away from our Earth. The report mentioned that
there are seven planets the size of our Earth, all orbiting their sun, with a
possibility of water on all of them, and the possibility of life on three of
them, at least. Though the report is not giving absolute evidence of water or life
on these planets, it opens the door for the possibility of discovering that in
the future, whether in this group of planets or in others. Thus, this NASA
discovery supports the scientific facts mentioned in this Verse. [30]
8.
Verse 14: 19 tells us that Allah created the
heavens and the Earth with the right proportions.
أَلَمْ
تَرَ أَنَّ
اللّهَ
خَلَقَ السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالأَرْضَ
بِالْحقِّ
إِن يَشَأْ
يُذْهِبْكُمْ
وَيَأْتِ
بِخَلْقٍ جَدِيدٍ
(إبْرَاهِيمُ
، 14: 19).
Have you not seen that Allah created the
heavens and the Earth with the right proportions? If He wills, He can do away
with you and bring a new creation (Ibrahim, 14: 19).
Allah, praise to Him, used the Arabic word
" ’haq" to describe how He created the heavens and the Earth. In
Arabic dictionaries, " ’haq" means right, truth, justice, and
balance. It is also the opposite of wrong and falsehood. Thus, the meaning of
the Verse is that Allah created the heavens and the Earth with the right
proportions. This refers to the precision and perfect balance in the
relationships between the Earth and the Sun, the Moon, and other planets in our
solar system.
In its orbit around the Sun, the Earth occupies
an ideal location, which has enabled life to start, continue, and flourish on
it. The wonderful diversity of the fauna and flora on this planet is the result
of its optimal and balanced relationship with the Sun, the Moon, and other
planets of our solar system. In particular, life on Earth flourished as a
result of turning around itself, which creates the 24-hour cycle of day and
night. It is also a result of its annual orbit around the Sun, which leads to
the seasonal changes. Moreover, the different geographical regions have been
created in reaction to the differences in the sunlight reaching these regions.
Water constitutes 70% of Earth and the human
body as well, which is another example of balance and precision between the
Earth and its inhabitants. There is also a balance in the relationship between
oxygen and carbon dioxide, both of which are necessary for plants and animals
on the planet. Further, there is a balance between the ozone layer and other
gases, such as those resulting from the industrial pollution. If this balance
is disturbed, the ozone layer may lose its capability to protect the Earth from
the harmful cosmic radiations. Thus, all these examples refer to the precision
and balance in the components of the Universe, and among them, as expressed by
the word "haq" (right
proportions) mentioned in this Verse. [31]
9. Verse 79: 30 tells us that the Earth is egg-shaped (not flat, as some humans
believed, or even a perfect circular globe), which is a scientific fact, just
recently discovered.
وَالْأَرْضَ
بَعْدَ
ذَٰلِكَ
دَحَاهَا
(النَّازِعَاتُ
، 79: 30).
And the Earth, after that, He made it egg-shaped (Al-Nazi'at,
79: 30).
The scientific fact included in this Verse is
specifically mentioned in the verb (da'haha, دَحَٮٰهَآ). Many
translators incorrectly translated it as "extended it." The
correct translation is that He made it egg-shaped. The evidence for this
meaning of the verb is that the noun "da'hya" is used by North
African Arabs in reference to an "egg." The author of this book heard
it by himself, during his stay in Libya, from 1972 to 1976.
Allah, praise to Him, wanted to describe to
humans how the Earth looks like, using something they were familiar with at
that time, which is the egg of a chicken or a bird. For the later generations
of humans, the egg shape is the most accurate description of how the Earth looks
like, as it has been discovered recently that the Earth is less than a perfect
circular globe. Today, we have wonderful photos of our beautiful blue planet,
showing it in a circular shape, taken by astronauts, satellites, space
telescopes, and the international space station.
This scientific fact was not known to Arabs
before Islam, but many Islamic scholars of natural sciences mentioned it in
their writings. It's interesting that the three renowned interpreters of the
Holy Quran did not know about the meaning of da'hya as an egg. Otherwise, they
would have mentioned that meaning in their interpretations, which usually
include as many meanings as possible. [32]
10.
The following verses tell us that the heavens are
inhabited by intelligent beings (the angels), who submit to their
Lord, Allah, and worship him as do many people on
Earth.
وَمِنْ
آيَاتِهِ
خَلْقُ
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
وَمَا بَثَّ
فِيهِمَا مِن
دَابَّةٍ وَهُوَ
عَلَىٰ
جَمْعِهِمْ
إِذَا يَشَاءُ
قَدِيرٌ (الشُّورَى
، 6: 38).
And of His signs is the creation of the heavens
and the Earth, and what He has dispersed throughout them of creatures. And He,
for gathering them when He wills, is competent (Al-Shoora,
42: 29).
وَلَهُ
مَن فِي
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
ۖ كُلٌّ لَّهُ
قَانِتُونَ
(الرُّومُ ، 30: 26).
And to Him belongs whoever is in
the heavens and the Earth. All are to Him devoutly obedient (Al-Room, 30: 26).
أَفَغَيْرَ
دِينِ
اللَّـهِ
يَبْغُونَ
وَلَهُ أَسْلَمَ
مَن فِي
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
طَوْعًا
وَكَرْهًا
وَإِلَيْهِ
يُرْجَعُونَ (آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3:
83).
So, is it other than the religion of Allah they
desire, while to Him have submitted (all) those within the heavens and the
Earth, willingly or by compulsion, and to Him they will be returned? (Aal-'Imran,
3: 83).
أَلَمْ
تَرَ أَنَّ
اللَّـهَ
يُسَبِّحُ
لَهُ مَن فِي
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
وَالطَّيْرُ
صَافَّاتٍ ۖ
كُلٌّ قَدْ
عَلِمَ صَلَاتَهُ
وَتَسْبِيحَهُ
ۗ وَاللَّـهُ
عَلِيمٌ
بِمَا
يَفْعَلُونَ
(النُّورُ ، 24: 41).
Do you not see that Allah is exalted by whoever
is within the heavens and the Earth and (by) the birds with wings spread (in
flight)? Each (of them) has known his prayer and (his) exalting (of Allah), and
Allah is Knower (Knowledgeable) of what they do (Al-Noor, 24: 41).
***
The following verses also tell us that there
are other intelligent beings, who inhabit what is in
between the heavens and the Earth, (the Jinn). Some of these
creatures also submit to their Lord, Allah, and worship Him, as many humans do
on Earth.
قَالَ
فِرْعَوْنُ
وَمَا رَبُّ
الْعَالَمِينَ
﴿٢٣﴾ قَالَ
رَبُّ
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
وَمَا
بَيْنَهُمَا إِن
كُنتُم
مُّوقِنِينَ ﴿٢٤﴾ (الشُّورَى
، 26: 23-24).
(The)
Pharaoh said, "And what is the Lord of the worlds?" (23) (Moussa, Moses) said, "The Lord of the
heavens and the Earth and what is in between them, if you should be
convinced" (24) (Al-Shoora, 26: 23-24).
قُلْ
أُوحِيَ
إِلَيَّ
أَنَّهُ
اسْتَمَعَ نَفَرٌ
مِّنَ
الْجِنِّ
فَقَالُوا
إِنَّا سَمِعْنَا
قُرْآنًا
عَجَبًا
(الْجِنُّ ،
72: 1).
Say, (O Muhammed), "It has been revealed
to me that a group of the Jinn listened and said, 'Indeed, we have heard an
amazing Quran” (Al-Jinn, 72: 1).
وَأَنَّا
لَمَسْنَا
السَّمَاءَ
فَوَجَدْنَاهَا
مُلِئَتْ
حَرَسًا
شَدِيدًا
وَشُهُبًا
(الْجِنُّ ،
72: 8).
And we (Jinn) have touched (reached) the heaven
but found it filled with powerful guards and burning flames (Al-Jinn, 72: 8).
وَأَنَّا
مِنَّا
الْمُسْلِمُونَ
وَمِنَّا
الْقَاسِطُونَ فَمَنْ
أَسْلَمَ
فَأُولَـٰئِكَ
تَحَرَّوْا
رَشَدًا
(الْجِنُّ ،
72: 14).
And among us (Jinn) are Muslims (who submit to
Allah), and among us are the unjust. And whoever have become Muslims - those
have sought out the right course (Al-Jinn, 72: 14).
وَأَنَّهُ
كَانَ
رِجَالٌ
مِّنَ
الْإِنسِ يَعُوذُونَ
بِرِجَالٍ
مِّنَ
الْجِنِّ
فَزَادُوهُمْ
رَهَقًا
(الْجِنُّ ،
72: 6).
And there were human men who sought refuge with
jinn men, but they (only) increased them in burden (Al-Jinn,
72: 6).
The above verses tell us that there are
intelligent beings in heavens (the angels), who believe in Allah (God) and
worship Him. The verses also tell us that there are other intelligent beings,
who live in between the heavens and the Earth (the Jinn). Some of them believe
in Allah and worship Him but others do not. Thus, these verses attract our
attention to the possibility of communication and interaction between us and
them in the future, as it happened in the past with Prophet Sulayman (Solomon),
pbuh.
وَحُشِرَ
لِسُلَيْمَانَ
جُنُودُهُ
مِنَ الْجِنِّ
وَالْإِنسِ
وَالطَّيْرِ
فَهُمْ يُوزَعُونَ (النَّمْلُ
، 27: 17).
And (it was)
gathered for Sulayman (Solomon) his soldiers of the Jinn, humans, and birds,
and they were (marching) in rows (Al-Naml, 27: 17).
The possibility of communication and
interaction with aliens from other solar systems has increased recently with
the advances in human space discovery endeavors, such as the various kinds of
telescopes on Earth and in space, and the various devices sent to outer space.
There is also a possibility that such intelligent beings may reach us first
before we reach them, whether in communication or in actual arrival of their
astronauts to our planet. When this happens, it should not be a surprise to
people on Earth, particularly to Muslims, who know about this issue from God's
Book, the Holy Quran. Their arrival should not be a shock, which shakes
people's faith. To the contrary, if these intelligent beings are believers, we
should rejoice the event, which may lead to benefiting humanity. However, if
they are not believers, then we need to be careful about dealing with them, as
they may cause us harm. [33]
***
Second, examples of verses, including
facts just explained or discovered recently by scientists, about life on Earth,
in relation to the darkness of ocean waters, formation of clouds, plant pairs,
and sex of insects:
11. Verse 24: 40, provides us with an
accurate description of deep-water levels of darkness in the
ocean.
أَوْ
كَظُلُمَاتٍ
فِي بَحْرٍ
لُّجِّيٍّ يَغْشَاهُ
مَوْجٌ مِّن
فَوْقِهِ
مَوْجٌ مِّن فَوْقِهِ
سَحَابٌ ۚ
ظُلُمَاتٌ
بَعْضُهَا فَوْقَ
بَعْضٍ إِذَا
أَخْرَجَ
يَدَهُ لَمْ يَكَدْ
يَرَاهَا ۗ
وَمَن لَّمْ
يَجْعَلِ اللَّـهُ
لَهُ نُورًا
فَمَا لَهُ
مِن نُّورٍ (النُّورُ
، 24:
40).
Or (the Unbelievers' state) is like
layers of darkness in a vast deep ocean, overwhelmed with waves topped by
waves, topped by clouds: Layers of darkness, one above another, if a person
stretches out his hand, he can hardly see it! For anyone to whom Allah does not
make light, he has no light (Al-Noor, 24: 40).
This scientific fact was discovered
only few decades ago. Nobody could dive deep enough in the ocean, more than
1400 years ago, and come back to tell about what
he/she saw there. Only in the 20th Century, humans were capable of
seeing that after using their military submarines. For the general public, this
happened in the 1980s, when the French oceanographer Philippe Causteau and his
crew showed us some videos about the upper parts of the ocean depth, in their
TV series.
Now, we know that there are three levels of
light and darkness in ocean waters. The first level extends from the water
surface to about 600 feet down, where the sunlight can penetrate enough to
enable us to see. The second level extends from 600 feet to about 3,000 feet
under the sea surface, which allows only a small degree of the sunlight and
consequently a very small vision capability. The third level starts below 3,000
feet, which represents 90% of the ocean waters. This is the level of complete
darkness, where a person may not be able to see his hand, as accurately
described in this Verse. [34]
12. Verses 30: 48 and 24: 43 provide an
accurate description of the water cycle, from winds to
clouds, then to rain.
اللَّـهُ
الَّذِي
يُرْسِلُ
الرِّيَاحَ
فَتُثِيرُ
سَحَابًا
فَيَبْسُطُهُ
فِي السَّمَاءِ
كَيْفَ
يَشَاءُ
وَيَجْعَلُهُ
كِسَفًا
فَتَرَى
الْوَدْقَ
يَخْرُجُ
مِنْ خِلَالِهِ
ۖ فَإِذَا
أَصَابَ بِهِ
مَن يَشَاءُ
مِنْ
عِبَادِهِ
إِذَا هُمْ
يَسْتَبْشِرُونَ (الرُّومُ
، 30: 48).
It is Allah Who sends the Winds,
and they raise the Clouds. Then, He spreads them in the sky as He wills, and
breaks them into fragments, until you see raindrops coming out from the midst
of it. When He makes them reach whoever He wills of his servants, then they
rejoice! (Al-Room, 30: 48).
أَلَمْ تَرَ
أَنَّ اللَّـهَ
يُزْجِي سَحَابًا
ثُمَّ يُؤَلِّفُ
بَيْنَهُ ثُمَّ
يَجْعَلُهُ رُكَامًا
فَتَرَى الْوَدْقَ
يَخْرُجُ مِنْ
خِلَالِهِ وَيُنَزِّلُ
مِنَ السَّمَاءِ
مِن جِبَالٍ فِيهَا
مِن بَرَدٍ فَيُصِيبُ
بِهِ مَن يَشَاءُ
وَيَصْرِفُهُ
عَن مَّن يَشَاءُ
ۖ يَكَادُ سَنَا
بَرْقِهِ يَذْهَبُ
بِالْأَبْصَارِ (النُّورُ ، 24: 43).
Do you not see that Allah makes the
clouds move gently, then joins them together, then makes them into a heap?
Then, you will see rain coming out of it. And He sends down hail from the sky
mountains (of clouds). He strikes whom He wills with it, and He turns it away
from whom He wills. The vivid flash of its lightning is close to blinding the
sights (of people) (Al-Noor, 24: 43).
These two verses accurately describe the water
cycle, which starts with the evaporation of water from oceans, seas, rivers,
and lakes, as a result of the sun heat. The wind helps water vapor molecules to
become more condensed, as clouds. Then, winds carry clouds to other places, and
up to the colder and higher layers of air, where water molecules become more
condensed. At that point, water molecules become too heavy for the wind to
carry, and drop down, in what we call as rain. Concerning hail, it forms as a
result of more condensation of water molecules, when these are carried by wind
to higher and consequently colder layers of the atmosphere. There, water
molecules freeze as icy balls, which drop down as hail because clouds cannot
carry them anymore. [35]
13.
Verse 36: 36 mentions that Allah, praise
to Him, has created pairs for reproduction purposes, including human and plant pairs, as well as
others unknown to us.
سُبْحَانَ
الَّذِي
خَلَقَ
الْأَزْوَاجَ
كُلَّهَا
مِمَّا
تُنبِتُ
الْأَرْضُ
وَمِنْ أَنفُسِهِمْ
وَمِمَّا لَا
يَعْلَمُونَ
(يَس ، 36: 36).
Exalted is He who created all pairs - from what
the earth grows, and from themselves and from that which they do not know (Ya-Seen, 36:
36).
In
addition to this verse, which mentions the word “pairs,” there are other
verses, which also mention it as singular (pair) and plural (pairs). These
words refer to the male and female elements, which are necessary for the sexual
reproduction in humans as well as in plants.
The word "pairs" mentioned in the
above verses refers to the sexual reproduction in plants through the
interaction between the male and female elements. This pairing can be found in
two separate plants producing the same fruit (such as date-palm trees), or in
two different flowers in the same plant (such as cucumbers), or in the same
flower containing male and female organs (pistils and stamens), such as
tomatoes. In addition to human intervention, insects and winds play a major
role in carrying the male pollens to fertilize the female organs of various
kinds of plants. These facts became accurately known recently,
after the establishment of modern sciences and the invention of the telescope. [36]
14. The following verses mention eight kinds of insects.
The first four verses mention bees, ants, mosquitos, and spiders, as singular female nouns.
The other four verses mention flies, butterflies, locusts, and lice, all in the
plural form. This difference, in referring to these insects, represents
scientific facts, which were discovered more than 13 centuries after
revelation, when microscopes were invented, allowing scientists to distinguish
between male and female insects.
The first four kinds of insects were accurately
mentioned in the singular female noun because only females are the active
workers. It is the female bee, which works outside the nest and produces honey.
Likewise, it is the female ant, which works outside the colony. Moreover, it is
the female mosquito, which attacks humans and animals to suck their blood.
Finally, it is the female spider, which builds its web-house to hunt other
insects. Concerning the male bees, ants, and spiders, they are either killed or
die after mating. For the male mosquito, it does not have the sucking needle
that the female has. Consequently, it does not bite humans and animals to suck
their blood as the female mosquito does.
In Verses 16: 68-69, there are three words that
refer to the bee in the singular female form, as expressed in the three
commands "ittakhidthi," (اتَّخِذِي)
"Kuli," (كُلِي) and "fasluki" (فَاسْلُكِي) (take, eat, and follow). Verse 27: 18
refers to the female ant with the singular female noun "namlaton."
Likewise, Verse 2: 26 refers to the female mosquito with the singular female
noun "ba'oudhatan." Verse 29: 41 refers to the spider in the
singular female form, as expressed in past tense of the verb ""ittakhadthat
(she took).
In Verses 16: 68-69, we are told
that it is the female bee that makes honey, a very recent bit of knowledge for humans. We know now that male
bees die after mating with the queen and live only for about 90 days. Only
female bees survive to be the workers, which gather nectar and make honey. This
bit of knowledge could never be known to humans before the invention and use of
microscopes.
وَأَوْحَىٰ
رَبُّكَ
إِلَى
النَّحْلِ
أَنِ اتَّخِذِي
مِنَ
الْجِبَالِ
بُيُوتًا
وَمِنَ
الشَّجَرِ
وَمِمَّا
يَعْرِشُونَ
﴿٦٨﴾ ثُمَّ كُلِي
مِن كُلِّ
الثَّمَرَاتِ
فَاسْلُكِي
سُبُلَ
رَبِّكِ
ذُلُلًا يَخْرُجُ
مِن بُطُونِهَا
شَرَابٌ
مُّخْتَلِفٌ
أَلْوَانُهُ
فِيهِ
شِفَاءٌ
لِّلنَّاسِ إِنَّ
فِي ذَٰلِكَ
لَآيَةً
لِّقَوْمٍ
يَتَفَكَّرُونَ
﴿٦٩﴾ (النَّحْلُ
، 16:
68-69).
And your Lord inspired the (female) bees to take (build) its houses (hives) on mountains, trees, and in
(people's) gardens (68)
Then (you female bee) eat from all the fruits
and (you female bee) follow the ways of your Lord laid down (for you). There
emerges from their bellies a drink, varying in colors, in which there is
healing (cure) for people. In that, (there) is a sign for a people who give
thought (Al-Na'hl, 16: 68-69).
In Verse 27: 18, there is a
reference to a female ant speaking to other ants, which is also a recent bit of
knowledge. We know now that male ants die after mating with the queen, and only female ants survive to be the workers, just like the case with bees mentioned above. This bit of
knowledge could have never been known to humans before the invention and use of
microscopes and the advanced studies in biology.
قَالَتْ
نَمْلَةٌ
يَا أَيُّهَا
النَّمْلُ
ادْخُلُوا
مَسَاكِنَكُمْ
(النَّمْلُ
،
27: 18).
" ... a female
ant said: "O you ants enter your dwellings" (Al-Na’hl, 27: 18).
Verse 2: 26 refers to the mosquito with the
singular female noun "ba'oudhatan."
إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ لَا
يَسْتَحْيِي
أَن يَضْرِبَ
مَثَلًا مَّا بَعُوضَةً
فَمَا
فَوْقَهَا (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 26).
Indeed, Allah is not timid to present an
example - that of a female mosquito or what is bigger than it (Al-Baqara, 2: 26).
This reference to the mosquito in the female
noun form distinguishes it from male mosquitos, for its different
characteristics. Female mosquitos live twice the
life of males. It is the one which sucks
human and animal blood, which is necessary for production of its
eggs. It is capable of doing that because it has a sucking needle that males do
not have. That's why males feed on plant food.
Verse 29: 41 refers to the spider in the
singular female form, as expressed in the past tense of the Arabic verb ittakhadthat
(she took), because it is the female spider, which
builds its web-house to hunt other insects. Males do not participate
in building the house or are allowed to live in it. That's why the Verse refers
to the house as the female spider house.
Moreover, the Verse tells us that spider house
is the weakest of houses, in a reference to the familial
relationship between the female spider and her male mate. We know
now that female spiders eat their male mates after the sexual intercourse. In
some kinds of spiders, females lure males for mating in order to eat them.
These scientific facts could not be known until the invention of microscopes
and the establishment of the modern biology science.
مَثَلُ
الَّذِينَ
اتَّخَذُوا
مِن دُونِ اللَّـهِ
أَوْلِيَاءَ
كَمَثَلِ الْعَنكَبُوتِ
اتَّخَذَتْ بَيْتًا وَإِنَّ
أَوْهَنَ
الْبُيُوتِ
لَبَيْتُ
الْعَنكَبُوتِ لَوْ
كَانُوا
يَعْلَمُونَ
(الْعَنْكَبُوتُ
، 29: 41).
The example of those who take allies other than
Allah is like that of the (female) spider,
who takes a home. And indeed, the weakest of homes is the home of the
(female)spider, if they only knew (Al-'Ankaboot, 29: 41). [37]
***
The other four kinds of insects,
which are mentioned in the Holy Quran, are referred
to in the plural noun form, applying to both males and females,
reflecting scientific facts about them, which were discovered only lately after
the invention of the microscope and the establishment of the modern biology
science. In these four kinds of insects, both males and females work, and
females do not kill males, as in the cases of the four species mentioned above.
Verse 22: 73 mentions
flies twice, in the plural form, reflecting a scientific fact.
Biologist discovered that the fly life span is about
35 days, for both males and females. That is why the Verse referred
to both of them in plural, without distinguishing one of them from the other.
يَا
أَيُّهَا
النَّاسُ
ضُرِبَ
مَثَلٌ فَاسْتَمِعُوا
لَهُ إِنَّ
الَّذِينَ
تَدْعُونَ
مِن دُونِ
اللَّـهِ لَن
يَخْلُقُوا ذُبَابًا
وَلَوِ
اجْتَمَعُوا
لَهُ وَإِن
يَسْلُبْهُمُ
الذُّبَابُ
شَيْئًا لَّا
يَسْتَنقِذُوهُ
مِنْهُ ضَعُفَ
الطَّالِبُ
وَالْمَطْلُوبُ (الْحَجُّ
، 22: 73).
O people, an example is presented, so listen to
it. Indeed, those you invoke besides Allah will never create flies, even if they gathered together for that
purpose. And if the flies should steal away from them a (tiny) thing, they
could not recover it from (the flies). Weak are the pursuer and pursued
(Al-'Haj, 22: 73).
Verse 101: 4 describes how people will look
like when they hear the first blow of the Trumpet, ushering the beginning of
the Hour, and starting the Last Day. At that moment, people will be disoriented
and dispersed on Earth like the butterflies.
يَوْمَ
يَكُونُ
النَّاسُ كَالْفَرَاشِ
الْمَبْثُوثِ
(الْقَارِعَةُ
، 101: 4).
It is the Day when people will be like the
butterflies, dispersed (Al-Qari'a, 101: 4).
The Verse mentions the butterflies in the plural noun form, reflecting a scientific fact. There is no difference between male and female butterflies in
their life span or work. Females are not distinguished from males in
any important characteristic. Therefore, the plural noun form was used in the
Verse.
Finally, in Verse 7: 133, locusts and lice are also mentioned in the plural
noun form for each one of them, reflecting a scientific fact. There is no
difference between males and females, in these two species, in their life span
or stages of development.
فَأَرْسَلْنَا
عَلَيْهِمُ
الطُّوفَانَ وَالْجَرَادَ
وَالْقُمَّلَ وَالضَّفَادِعَ
وَالدَّمَ
آيَاتٍ
مُّفَصَّلَاتٍ
فَاسْتَكْبَرُوا
وَكَانُوا
قَوْمًا
مُّجْرِمِينَ (الأعْرَافُ
، 7: 133).
So, We sent upon them the flood, locusts, lice, frogs, and blood, as distinct
signs, but they were arrogant and were a criminal people (Al-A'araf, 7: 133).
Locusts are also mentioned in another verse of
the Holy Quran (54: 7), which describes people's condition after the second
blow of the Trumpet, after they rise up from under the earth to its surface.
They will be like the spreading locusts.
خُشَّعًا
أَبْصَارُهُمْ
يَخْرُجُونَ
مِنَ
الْأَجْدَاثِ
كَأَنَّهُمْ جَرَادٌ
مُّنتَشِرٌ (الْقَمَرُ
، 54: 7).
Their eyes humbled, they will emerge from the
graves as if they were locusts spreading
(Al-Qamar, 54: 7).
Scientists estimate the size of spreading
locusts about 10 billion in each swarm. This is the closest image that we can
imagine about the number of people who will come out of earth for Judgment, in
the Last day. They will come out in waves, as Verse 78: 20 tells us:
يَوْمَ
يُنفَخُ فِي
الصُّورِ
فَتَأْتُونَ أَفْوَاجًا
(النَّبَأُ ، 78:
18).
The Day the Trumpet is blown, you will come
forth in waves (Al-Naba, 78: 18).
The world population now is more than 7 billion
people, which is only one wave. Only God knows how many waves of humans will be
there. [38]
***
15. The topic of the scientific
facts in the Holy Quran has been addressed in many books, book chapters, and articles, which can be
considered supplemental to this Chapter. These include various chapters of this
book, particularly the fourth Chapter, “Creation and Evolution in the Holy
Quran.” Examples of other works which address this topic are those authored by
Zaghloul El-Naggar, Maurice Bucaille, Ibrahim and
others, Shah Alam,
Ebrahim Azarpour, Yahiya Emerick, and Mohammad
Humayoun Khan. [39]
Third, the Numerical Miracles of the Holy Quran:
16. Since the
last few decades of the 14th Hijri Century (20th
Christian Century), a new category of Muslim researchers has emerged with a
focus on the numerical miracles of the Holy Quran. However, their works are
still at the early stages, incremental, selective, and without agreed upon
methods of research. However, their findings showed that the letters, words,
verses, and chapters of the Holy Quran are mentioned in calculated numbers and
in a tight numerical system. Thus, their works demonstrate that it is the Book
of God, which could have never been authored by anyone else, except Him, as
stated in verse 17: 88.
قُل
لَّئِنِ
اجْتَمَعَتِ
الْإِنسُ
وَالْجِنُّ
عَلَىٰ أَن
يَأْتُوا
بِمِثْلِ
هَـٰذَا الْقُرْآنِ
لَا
يَأْتُونَ
بِمِثْلِهِ
وَلَوْ كَانَ
بَعْضُهُمْ
لِبَعْضٍ
ظَهِيرًا" (الإسْرَاءُ
، 17: 88).
Say, "If humans and the jinn gathered in
order to produce the like of this Quran, they could not produce the like of it,
even if they backed up each other (with help and support)" (Al-Isra, 17:
88).
Moreover, their research findings provide
evidence that such tight numerical system of the Holy Quran represents a
guarantee that the Book of God will stay intact, without any changes,
alterations, additions, or omissions. If any changes happen, then the numerical
balance in the relationships of letters, words, verses, and chapters would have
been affected, which would be discovered by researchers. Thus, Allah, praise to
Him, has guarded His Book by making it self-preserving, as stated in verse 15:
9.
إِنَّا
نَحْنُ
نَزَّلْنَا
الذِّكْرَ
وَإِنَّا
لَهُ
لَحَافِظُونَ
(الْحِجْرُ ، 15: 9).
Indeed, We sent down the
Quran and We will be its guardian (Al-‘Hijr, 15: 9).
Examples of Research on the Numerical Miracles of
the Holy Quran
There have been hundreds of
researchers, who focus on the numerical miracles of the Holy Quran. Here are
brief introductions about five of them, just as examples, without any implication that
other researchers are less important in their work or findings.
Rashad Khalifa (1973, 1981) was the first researcher in this category to
discover the importance of number 19, as evidence for the tight numerical
system in the Holy Quran. He started with the first verse of the Book of God,
Al-Basmala. He found that it is composed of 19 letters. He also found that each
of its words is repeated in the Holy Quran with a number, which is a perfect
multiplier of the number 19.
Further, he found that the separate letters, at the start of 29 chapters
(Suras) of the Holy Quran, have specific numerical indications. For example,
the separate letters (muqatta’at): Alif, Lam, Meem (A L M), at the start of
Chapters 2, 3, 29, 30, 31, and 32, are repeated in the Holy Quran 9,899 times,
which is a multiplier of number 19. The findings of his research encouraged many researchers
to follow his path, in their attempts to find more letter and word counts,
which are multiples of number 19, and number 7 later on. However, despite his
pioneering work, which triggered research in this area, Rashad Khalifa
started to focus more on supporting his theory by any means than accepting his
research findings. This led him to twist the data, to the extent that he
suggested the exclusion of two verses, which did not suit his calculations. [40]
Bassam Jarrar
(2003) addressed the topic of number 19, showing its importance for the
numerical miracle of the Holy Quran. He also used the gematrical (Jummal)
calculation method, in assigning specific numerical values to the researched
letters and verses. For example, he demonstrated that there is a numerical
resemblance between the words “Adam” and “Eissa” (Jesus), both of which are
mentioned in verse 3: 59, as follows:
إِنَّ
مَثَلَ
عِيسَىٰ
عِندَ
اللَّـهِ
كَمَثَلِ
آدَمَ ۖ
خَلَقَهُ مِن
تُرَابٍ
ثُمَّ قَالَ
لَهُ كُن
فَيَكُونُ"
(آلُ عِمْرَانَ
، 3: 59).
Indeed, the example of ‘Eisa (Jesus) to Allah is
like that of Adam. He created him of the earth matter (dirt or soil); then He
said to him, "Be," and he was (Aal-‘Imran, 3: 59).
He observed that the name of “‘Eisa” (Jesus),
peace be upon him, is repeated in the Holy Quran 25 times. So does the name of
“Adam,” peace be upon him, which is also repeated 25 times. Counting the word
“’Eisa” from the beginning of the Holy Quran until verse 3: 59, he found that
it is repeated 7 times, so does the word “Adam,” which is also repeated 7
times.
He also looked for another resemblance, in
another chapter, which he found in Surat Maryam (Chapter 19 of the Holy Quran).
It’s known that Maryam was the daughter of ‘Imran, and the first resemblance
was in Surat Aal-‘Imran (Chapter 3 of the Holy Quran), where the first moment
of the creation of ‘Eisa (the inception) was mentioned. However, more details
about his creation came in Chapter 19.
The word ‘Eisa (Jesus) was mentioned in Surat
Maryam (Chapter 19) only once, in verse 34, and that was the 19th
time, counting from the beginning of the Holy Quran text. That was also the
case for the word “Adam,” which was mentioned once, in verse 58 of the same
Chapter, and that was also the 19th time, counting from the
beginning of the Holy Quran text.
Thus, in Chapter 19, the words “’Eisa” was
mentioned in the Holy Quran for the 19th time, so was the word
“Adam.” Moreover, if we count starting from verse 34, which mentions ‘Eissa,
peace be to him, we find that verse 58 (which mentions Adam, peace be upon him)
is the 25th verse. This is one more confirmation about the
similarity between them.
In addition to his valuable efforts in showing
the numerical miracles in the Book of God, Bassam Jarrar is one of the
contemporary interpreters of the Holy Quran. His interpretations are
characterized by a linguistic depth and by using evidence from social life and
facts of science, which gave his videos much following on the internet. [41]
‘Adnan Al-Rifa-‘i (2009)
was also interested in number 19. He reorganized the Arabic alphabet in a
certain way, giving each letter a different numerical value. Then, he applied his gematrical system to
the first verse of the Holy Quran, Al-Basmala, which he described as the key to
understand the numerical miracle of the Book of God, as it is composed of 19
letters.
He also mentioned verse 30 of Surat Al-Muddathir
(Chapter 74), “عَلَيْهَا
تِسْعَةَ
عَشَرَ”, as the only verse in the Holy Quran, which
mentions number 19. It states that “over (the hellfire), there are 19” (angels
in charge). He found that the total gematrical value of its letters is 114,
which is the total number of the Holy Quran chapters, and it is a multiple of
number 19.
He added that if we exclude the repeated
separate letters (muqatta’at), the
total gematrical value of the remaining letters will be 361, which is a
multiple of number 19. Further, he pointed that the total gematrical value of
verses 30-37 of Surat Al-Muddathir (Chapter 74) is 2,185, which is a multiple
of number 19. In addition, he provided many examples of verses and verse parts,
the gematrical values of which are multiples of number 19.
All in all, ‘Adnan Al-Rifa-‘I’s contributions
and hard work deserve to be recognized, despite his selectivity in only giving examples of the cases which
apply to his arguments, while not mentioning others which do not apply. Thus
doing, his research method has the basic selectivity problem, which is facing
the numerical miracle research in general. [42]
Abdul Da-im Al-Ka’heel (2006)
has become one of the famous researchers in the topic of the numerical miracle
of the Holy Quran, particularly because of the spread of his videos about that
in the internet. He criticized the selectivity of other researchers,
particularly Rashad Khalifah, who gave himself the liberty to delete the
letters and words which did not fit his argument about number 19.
He pointed that there are other miraculous
numbers in the Holy Quran, in addition to number 19, such as number 7, which he
considered as the base for the numerical system of all words, verses, and
chapters of the Holy Quran.
He found that number 11 is present in the
letters of verses, which mention the Oneness of God. He also found number 13 as
representing the number of years of the Prophet’s mission in Makkah, number 23
as representing the number of years in which the Prophet, pbbuh, received
revelation, and number 29 as representing the number of chapters which start
with separate letters (muqatta’at). He also provided many numerical facts in
the Holy Quran, including its first verse and first chapter, showing the numerical
harmony (consistency) of number 7 in Surat Al-Ikhlas
(Chapter 112) of the holy Quran.
Al-Ka’heel criticized other researchers who
used gematrical systems, such as ‘Hisab Al-Jummal, to give numerical values for
the letters, words, and chapter numbers of the Holy Quran. He mentioned that
such a method is scientifically baseless and whatever findings researchers
found were the result of using selected examples. Further, he warned
researchers to stay away from predicting dates of future events, because these
are part of the unknown, which is the sphere of Allah alone.
He also observed that the current numerical
miracle research is limited to the use of Al-Mus’haf Al-Imam text of the
Holy Quran, which is based on the reading of ‘Hafs from ‘Asim.
Moreover, he called on researchers to come to an agreement on consistent
research methods and on the used data, which should be from the Holy Quran
text. He argued that if the methods and the data are correct, then the findings
will be correct, which should represent a true miracle, not just a coincidence.
Actually, he took the initiative (2012) to
address the problem of inaccuracy among some researchers, in counting the
letters and words of the Holy Quran. He formed and chaired a Committee of experts from various
Arab countries, which worked for about seven years, for that purpose. The main
established standard the Committee came up with was counting a letter if it is
physically written, not how it is pronounced. The Committee also developed a
digitized copy of the Holy Quran, with search functions, and launched it to be
used by researchers and the general public (2018). [43]
Khalid Al-Faqih (2017) wanted to
avoid the selectivity problem, which was experienced by other researchers.
Therefore, he embarked on a research endeavor, which applies to the whole text
of the Holy Quran, using the gematrical system of ‘Hisab Al-Jummal. He observed
the rules and guidelines established by Abdul Da-im Al-Ka’heel (2012) and his
Committee, in order to be as accurate as possible in counting the letters and
words of the Holy Quran. In particular, a letter is counted if it is physically written, not how it is pronounced.
This means that the stressed letters are counted once, not twice as some
researchers did.
He started with the calculation the Holy Quran Constant
(HQC), by dividing its gematrical value (23,506,544) by the cumulative
sum of verse numbers (333,667). The result was that the HQC is: 70.44911244,
which resembles the way the Quran was mathematically
designed, structured and configured. He argued that it must have the keys to
unlock the secrets of the Quran, such as unleashing the Quran statistics
(words, verses and chapters) and revealing its numerical connection with the
golden ratio of living and non-things (Ф).
He calculated the Holy Quran Golden Ratio (HQGR), to compare
it with the golden ratio, by dividing the
number of the Holy Quran chapters (114) by the HQC (70.44911244).
Thus, he found that the HQGR is: 1.618189304, which resembles the golden ratio
of things (1.6180339887), with 99.99% accuracy. He considered that finding a
clear piece of evidence that the Holy Quran is the Book of Allah, who designed
His Book to match His other designs, in His dominium. [44]
Creation and Evolution in the Holy
Quran
***
الخَلْقُ
وَالتَّطَوُّرُ
فِي القُرْآنِ
الكَرِيمِ
***
أَعُوذُ
بِاللهِ مِنَ
الشَّيْطَانِ
الرَّجِيمِ
بِسْمِ
اللهِ الرَّحْمَنِ
الرَّحِيمِ
I seek refuge with God
from the Stoned Shaytan (Satan)
In the Name of Allah,
the Beneficent, the Merciful
***
Introduction
Through
the meanings of the first ten Quran verses addressed in Chapter 3 of this book,
we saw how Allah (God) started the creation of the universe, including the
seven heavens and the seven earth-like planets, as well as the intelligent
beings living in them. This Chapter focuses on the themes of creation and
evolution, by addressing how Allah started the creation of life on Earth and
how He left it to evolve as a result of learning from adaptation to the various
environments, with His intervention to improve His creation.
In
particular, the creation and evolution of human beings will be addressed
through the discussion of the following 43 verses, which
the author identified in the Holy Quran and presented in a suggested order of
creation and evolution.
Meanings
of these verses are explained by consulting with the three renowned
interpreters of the Holy Quran (Al-Tabari, Al-Qurtubi, and Ibn
Katheer). Then, the meanings are compared with the scientific evidence,
particularly from anthropology, biology, and cosmology. The objective is to
tell the story of God's creation of life and how it evolved on Planet Earth,
not only by using the linguistic meanings of the verses but also by using the
relevant scientific facts.
From
the meanings of these verses, researchers can find support for the evolutionary
theory, which dominates all natural sciences. Moreover, the scientific facts
included in these verses represent further pieces of evidence that the Holy
Quran is the
Word of Allah, the All Knowledgeable, as humans did not know these facts until
the establishment of modern sciences, during the second half of the 19th
Century.
The 43 Verses, Which Tell the Story of Creation and Evolution in the
Holy Quran
1-2. Allah, praise to Him in His highness (sub’hanahu
wa ta’ala), tells us in verse 29:19
that He “begins the
Creation, then repeats it.” He did that before when humans went extinct on the
surface of the Earth (76: 1). Then, He recreated them again. Therefore, He has
commanded us in verse 29: 20 to “travel through the Earth and see how He began
the Creation,” in order to explain to us how He can repeat it again in the
Hereafter, as follows:
أَوَلَمْ
يَرَوْا كَيْفَ يُبْدِئُ
اللَّـهُ
الْخَلْقَ
ثُمَّ يُعِيدُهُ إِنَّ
ذَٰلِكَ
عَلَى
اللَّـهِ يَسِيرٌ)الْعَنْكَبُوتُ
، 29:
19(.
هَلْ
أَتَىٰ عَلَى
الْإِنسَانِ
حِينٌ مِّنَ
الدَّهْرِ لَمْ
يَكُن
شَيْئًا
مَّذْكُورًا (الإنْسَانُ
، 76:
1).
قُلْ
سِيرُوا فِي
الْأَرْضِ فَانظُرُوا
كَيْفَ
بَدَأَ
الْخَلْقَ ثُمَّ
اللَّـهُ
يُنشِئُ
النَّشْأَةَ الْآخِرَةَ إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ
عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَيْءٍ
قَدِيرٌ )الْعَنْكَبُوتُ
، 29: 20(.
Do
they not see how Allah begins the Creation, then repeats it? That is easy for
Allah (to do) (Al-'Ankaboot, 29: 19).
Has
there come upon the human (being) a period of time when
he was not a mentioned thing? (Al-Insan, 76: 1).
Say:
"Travel through the Earth and see how He began
the Creation. Then, Allah makes the latter Creation. Allah is
capable of (doing) everything" (Al-'Ankaboot, 29: 20).
Thus,
the emergence of modern sciences,
which investigate how the Universe, including our solar system, started, as
well as how life began and how it has continued on our planet, represents an
implementation of this divine command. This included the establishment of
anthropology with its four (archaeological, biological, linguistic, and
cultural) sub-disciplines, biology, physics, chemistry, astrophysics, and
geography, to name some of them.
By
comparing the facts reached by scientists in these sciences, about the
beginning of life and its evolution, with the meanings contained in relevant
verses of the Holy Quran, a clear fact emerges: Such verses are but pieces of
evidence that these are the Words of Allah, the Great Creator. His objective is
that we obey His commands and avoid His prohibitions, in order for us to be
happy in this life and in the hereafter.
3. Verse 50: 15
confirms the meaning, which was mentioned in Verse 29: 19 above, that there was
a first creation of life on Earth. It
states:
أَفَعَيِينَا
بِالْخَلْقِ
الْأَوَّلِ
ۚ بَلْ هُمْ
فِي لَبْسٍ
مِّنْ خَلْقٍ
جَدِيدٍ (قَ ، 50: 15).
Were We then tired with the first
creation? (No), they (nonbelievers) are in confusion
about a new creation (Qaf, 50: 15).
4. Verse 21: 30 tells us that Allah, praise to
Him, has made water as a basic condition for life to exist, as follows:
أَوَلَمْ
يَرَ
الَّذِينَ
كَفَرُوا
أَنَّ السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضَ
كَانَتَا
رَتْقًا
فَفَتَقْنَاهُمَا وَجَعَلْنَا
مِنَ
الْمَاءِ
كُلَّ شَيْءٍ حَيٍّ أَفَلَا
يُؤْمِنُونَ (الأنْبِيَاءُ
، 21: 30).
Have
not those who disbelieve seen (known) that the heavens and the Earth were of
one connected entity, then We splintered (separated) them, and We made every living thing out of water? Will they
not then believe? (Al-Anbiya', 21: 30).
This
verse is a source of support for scientists who have reached the
established biological fact that water is necessary for any life form to exist.
For decades, space programs have had a major goal of investigating whether
there is water on other planets or not, in order to begin the exploration of
whether there is life on those planets or not. This Verse and several other
verses in the Holy Quran have stated clearly that every living being has been
created from water.
Water
covers about seventy percent of the surface of the Earth, which has provided it
with the essential requirement of life. Scientists now know the components of
cells in primitive unicellular organisms, as well as in the advanced complex
ones. However, they do not know how life started in the first cell, and they
have never been able to create life in a cell.
This
Verse tells us that it is Allah (God), Who created living beings out of water.
As we learn from the verses addressed below. He did that by blowing of His
Spirit into the first cell, creating life in it, which became the primary
software or DNA of living things.
5. Verse 20: 30
tells us that the first creation of life on Earth was out of earth matter (dirt
or soil), in addition to water, as mentioned in Verse 21: 30 above.
وَمِنْ
آيَاتِهِ
أَنْ خَلَقَكُم
مِّن تُرَابٍ ثُمَّ
إِذَا أَنتُم
بَشَرٌ
تَنتَشِرُونَ
(الرُّومُ
، 30: 20).
And
of His signs is that He created you from the earth matter (dirt or soil).Then,
you became humans spreading (throughout the Earth) (Al-Room, 30: 20).
Water
is the first condition for life to exist but this Verse tells us that the earth
matter was the other condition for the human life to exist. The most relevant
word in this verse is "turab,"
which is the earth matter that can be translated into dirt or soil. The same word is also mentioned in five
other verses in relation to the first creation of life on Earth. [45]
6. Verse 32: 7
tells us that the first creation of life was in clay,
which is a combination of water and earth matter (dust or soil).
الَّذِي
أَحْسَنَ
كُلَّ شَيْءٍ
خَلَقَهُ وَبَدَأَ خَلْقَ
الإنْسَانِ مِنْ
طِينٍ (السَّجْدَةُ
،
32: 7).
(Allah
is He) who has made everything He created better, and He began the creation of
the human (being) out of clay (Al-Sajda, 32: 7).
In
this verse, we are told that the first creation of
human beings was out of clay, but that was the beginning. The most
relevant word in this verse is "began"
(bada-a), which tells us clearly that the creation happened in a process that
had a beginning. It did not happen at once.
Water
is the basic condition for life to exist, as we know from Verse 21: 30,
mentioned above, but in Verse 30: 20, the earth matter (dust or soil) is added
as a second condition. In this Verse (32: 7), we learn that the first creation
of life was in clay, which is a confirmation for the previously mentioned two verses, as clay is the
combination of water and earth matter (dust or soil). This is also what we know
from the scientific evidence available to us today, as there is a wide
agreement among scientists that the beginning of life was in clay, which is
basically composed of water and earth matter (dust or soil). [46]
7. Verse 37:
11 describes the clay, in which life started, as sticky
clay:
فَاسْتَفْتِهِمْ
أَهُمْ
أَشَدُّ
خَلْقًا أَم
مَّنْ
خَلَقْنَا ۚ
إِنَّا
خَلَقْنَاهُم
مِّن طِينٍ
لَّازِبٍ (الصَّافَّاتُ
،
37: 11).
Then, (O Mu’hammed) inquire of them (the
Makkan nonbelievers), "Are they a stronger creation (than others) We have
created?" Indeed, We created them from sticky clay (Al-Saffat,
3711).
The
three renowned interpreters of the Holy Quran agreed on the meaning of the word
"lazib," in the verse, as sticky. Thus, the first creation of life
began in sticky clay. Its molecules were sticky to each-other and it would stick to
anything that touched it.
8. Verse 15: 26
provides another description of the clay used
in the first creation of life, mentioning
that it was dry
clay with a stinking smell.
وَلَقَدْ
خَلَقْنَا
الإِنسَانَ
مِن صَلْصَالٍ
مِّنْ حَمَإٍ
مَّسْنُونٍ (الْحِجْرُ
، 15: 26).
We
created the human being from dry clay, molded of blackened (and) stinking mud
(Al-'Hijr, 15: 26).
This
verse gives a very specific description of the environment where life started.
It refers to places where water was combined with the earth matter (dust or
soil), creating stinking clay. This description is the same as the one used by
biologists, who mention that life on Earth started in clay, where water is
mixed with the earth matter (dust or soil). This includes various primary
elements, some of which have stinking smell, such as hydrogen sulfides, thus
making the clay stinking, precisely as mentioned in this Verse. [47]
9. Verse 55: 14
confirms that the clay of the first
creation was dry, like pottery.
خَلَقَ
الإِنسَانَ
مِن صَلْصَالٍ
كَالْفَخَّارِ (الرَّحْمَـٰنِ
، 55: 14).
He
created the human (being) of a hard clay, like pottery (Al-Ra'hman, 55: 14).
This
Verse (55: 14) tells us that the clay, which was used for the first creation of
life, was dry, like pottery, confirming what was mentioned in Verse 15: 26
above. However, when such dry clay was moistened with water, it became suitable
for the start of life in it, as water is the first condition for life to exist
(21: 30), and Allah knows best.
10. Verse 71: 14
tells us that the creation of humans happened in
stages, not at once, as was also mentioned in Verse 32: 7, by the
use of the verb "began" (bada-a).Thus, the creation of humans from
clay was the first stage of the first creation, which was followed by other
stages, as we learn from other verses below.
وَقَدْ
خَلَقَكُمْ أَطْوَارًا
(نُوحُ ، 71: 14).
He has created you in successive (and diverse) stages (Noo'h, 71:
14).
From
the following verses, we learn that there are two creations. The first one was
in nature, which included five stages. These are starting life in the cell,
fashioning in the right proportions, walking on two legs, imaging, and blowing
of God's Spirit. The second creation is in the womb, which also includes five
stages. These are the fertilized egg (zygote), leech, lump (like a chewed
substance), bones, and muscles, as will be discussed later in Verse 23: 14
below.
11. Verse 6: 2
tells us that after Allah had created life in clay, He
willed to leave His creation on its own, for a certain time He determined.
هُوَ
الَّذِي
خَلَقَكُم
مِّن طِينٍ
ثُمَّ قَضَى
أَجَلاً
وَأَجَلٌ
مُّسمًّى
عِندَهُ ثُمَّ
أَنتُمْ تَمْتَرُونَ
(الأنْعَامُ ، 6: 2).
He
is Who created you from clay, then He spent a term of
time (away from you), and (it is) a specific term He determined. Yet,
you doubt (His ability)! (Al-An'am, 6: 2).
Scientists
generally, and biologists and anthropologists in particular, can have support
from this Verse, as well as from the following verses, for their evolutionary
explanation of how different species evolved on the Earth, on their own, in
specific periods of time, when Allah, praise to Him, determined to spend some
time away from His creation.
Thus,
this Verse summarizes the two concepts of creation and evolution. While
creation refers to God's intervention, making changes and improvements on His
creation, evolution refers to the changes which happen to organisms as a result
of their interaction with, and adaptation to, their physical and social
environments. This is also the basic principle of the evolutionary theory,
which dominates the natural sciences.
12. Verse 4: 1
tells us that at the start of the first creation, there
was only one living self (unicellular organism). Then, another self (cell) came
out of it, to become its mate. The Verse also tells us that these
two primary cells were the origins of the second creation of men and women (in
the womb).
يَا
أَيُّهَا
النَّاسُ
اتَّقُواْ
رَبَّكُمُ
الَّذِي خَلَقَكُم
مِّن نَّفْسٍ
وَاحِدَةٍ وَخَلَقَ
مِنْهَا
زَوْجَهَا وَبَثَّ
مِنْهُمَا
رِجَالاً
كَثِيراً وَنِسَاء (النِّسَاءُ
، 4: 1).
O Humans! Be pious (careful of your duty) to your Lord, Who created you from a
single self (living cell), and from it He created its mate, and from them He
has spread a multitude of men and women (Al-Nisa, 4: 1).
Biological
science tells us that the earliest form of life was represented by single cell
organisms found in water, then these multiplied by splitting themselves. With
the course of time, reproduction evolved to become as a result of pair-mating,
instead of the archaic forms of splitting or dividing. (See Appendix 1 about the "Origins of Life on Earth," as agreed upon by
natural scientists).
13. Verse 82: 7
mentions the first three stages of the first
creation. These are starting life
in the first cell, fashioning with the
right proportions, and walking upright on two
legs.
الَّذِي خَلَقَكَ
فَسَوَّاكَ
فَعَدَلَكَ (الانْفِطَارُ
، 82: 7).
It
is He Who created you, fashioned you with the right
proportions, and straightened you up (Al-Infitar, 82: 7).
The
first stage was
the creation of life in the first cell
(unicellular prokaryote), as expressed in the Arabic verb “khalaqa”
(created). This was the stage of primitive organisms, which humans share with
other living beings, through the life software, presented in the shared areas
of the DNA.
The
second stage was
fashioning with the right proportions, as
expressed in the Arabic verb “sawwa” (fashioned), in which the unicellular
prokaryote organisms evolved to the multicellular eukaryote organisms,
including animals.
While
humans share the first two stages with other organisms, the third stage represented the human departure from
the animal kingdom. This is expressed by the Arabic verb “ 'adalak,” which
means that God straightened up humans, enabling them
to walk in an upright way, on two legs. These three stages are
recognized now as scientific facts, taught in biology textbooks. [48]
In
their interpretation of Verse 82: 7, Al-Tabari and Al-Qurtubi
read the third verb with emphasis, “‘addalak” (doubling the consonant d), which
means that Allah, praise to Him, made humans balanced and straightened up. However, Ibn Katheer was clearer.
He read it with a light pronunciation, “’adalak” (with one d), which means that
Allah, praise to Him, made humans straightened up, in an upright posture. Thus,
following Ibn Katheer’s interpretation, a “straightened up” means with an “upright
posture,” which becomes possible by walking on two legs, not four, like
animals.
In
addition, Ibn Katheer mentioned a 'Hadeeth of the Prophet, pbbuh, in which he
said that Allah, praise to Him, fashioned humans in the right proportions and
made it possible for them to walk in a balanced way, in an upright posture (‘adaltuka), which allowed them to walk between the
“bardayn,” the two cold times of the day
(before the sunrise and the sunset). [49]
The
meaning of the Arabic verb (‘adaltuka)
in this ‘Hadeeth is that humans became capable of walking between the two cold
times of the day as a result of having an upright posture and walking on two
legs. This meaning depends on reading the Arabic word for the two cold times as
“bardayn,” as mentioned in another
‘Hadeeth, by the Prophet, pbbuh, who said: “Whoever
performs the prayers of the two cold times, he (she) enters Paradise.” [50]
However,
this meaning does not stand if the word for the two cold times is spelled as “burdayn,” as in the case of the text of the first
‘Hadeeth. This is because the word “burdayn” means two striped outer garments.
So, it is more likely that the correct spelling of the word is “bardayn,” not
“burdayn,” but Allah and His Messenger know better.
14. Verse 64: 3
refers to a fourth main stage of the first creation
of life on Earth, which is the stage of making
humans in the best of images.
خَلَقَ
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضَ
بِالْحَقِّ وَصَوَّرَكُمْ
فَأَحْسَنَ
صُوَرَكُمْ وَإِلَيْهِ
الْمَصِيرُ (التَّغَابُنُ
، 64: 3).
He
created the heavens and the Earth in truth and imaged you in the best of
images, and to Him is the (final) destination (Al-Taghabun, 64: 3).
In
this fourth stage, the Creator made humans in the best of images, that is in
beauty, grace, and the right proportions of features, as expressed in the
Arabic verb a'hsana sowarakum (made you in the best of
images). It's amazing that many people do not appreciate this divine honor
for them, as they inject harmful substances to their bodies, or eat too much
without hard work or exercise, which may result in diseases and pain, as well
as in tarnishing the divine beauty God bestowed on them (more
about this fourth stage of creation follows the presentation of verse 7: 11
below).
15. Verse 82: 8
tells us that the genetic structure of the human
child represents that which is shared with humanity and before.
فِي أَيِّ
صُورَةٍ مَّا
شَاء
رَكَّبَكَ (الانْفِطَارُ
، 82: 8).
In
whatever image (form) He willed, He assembled you (Al-Infitar, 82: 8).
In
explaining this verse, Al-Tabari and Ibn Katheer mentioned the Prophet's
'Hadith, in which he said, "When the fertilized egg settles in the womb,
Allah connects it genetically to Adam." Al-Qurtubi agreed with
them, in that the human fetus may reflect characteristics and features of
relatives and non-relatives, and even features of animals. [51]
So,
despite the fact that people may differ in their external features, such as
their height, weight, skin color, and facial feature, yet they carry the same
genetic heritage they share with other humans, since the first creation, all
the way to Adam, and their parents. Most likely, people may look like their
parents and close relativesو but it is possible that they may differ
from them. Some people may even have some features of animals, such as in the
shape of their ears, noses, mouths, chins, necks, and eyes.
16. Verse 15: 29
refers to a fifth main stage in the first creation
of life on Earth, which was blowing part of God's
Spirit in humans.
فَإِذَا
سَوَّيْتُهُ وَنَفَخْتُ
فِيهِ مِن
رُّوحِي فَقَعُوا
لَهُ
سَاجِدِينَ
(الْحِجْرُ ، 15: 29).
And
when I have proportioned him and blown into him of My Spirit, then fall down to
him in prostration (Al-'Hijr, 15: 29 ; Sad, 38: 72).
This
Verse, which was also repeated in 38: 72, shows that blowing God's Spirit was
the fifth stage of the first creation, which preceded God's command for angels
to prostate to Adam. The evidence for this conclusion is the use of the
conjunctive letter f (fa), which refers to direct temporal sequence of events,
without delay. In comparison with Verse 7: 11, the command of prostration came
with the use of the conjunctive word "thumma," which means then and
refers to a delayed temporal sequence of events.
Concerning
God's Spirit, which was blown into humans, we know little about that, as Verse
17: 85 tells us. However, there is a slight discussion about God's Spirit in
Chapter 9 of this book, "Mind, Self, Spirit, Soul, and Happiness."
Blowing
God's Spirit in humans, in the fifth stage of the first creation, distinguished
them from animals and honored them, by giving them the noble human
characteristics, such as choice, acquisition of knowledge, and construction,
which are discussed in Chapter 5, "Humans, as God's Caliphs on
Earth."
But
it can be said that the blowing of God's Spirit in humans was a way to honor
them and to elevate their status among other creatures. It added to the human
DNA a number of noble characteristics, such as the ability to distinguish
choose between right and wrong, logic, the ability to abstain from doing harm
to the self and others, planning, expression, acquisition of knowledge, and
construction, as will be discussion in Chapter 5, "Humans, as God's
Caliphs on Earth."
17-20. Verse 7: 11
refers to God's command to angels, to prostrate to
Adam, as a sign to honor humans and in recognition to their
intellectual capabilities.
وَلَقَدْ
خَلَقْنَاكُمْ
ثُمَّ
صَوَّرْنَاكُمْ
ثُمَّ
قُلْنَا
لِلْمَلآئِكَةِ
اسْجُدُواْ
لآدَمَ
فَسَجَدُواْ
إِلاَّ
إِبْلِيسَ
لَمْ يَكُن مِّنَ
السَّاجِدِينَ (الأعْرَافُ
، 7: 11).
And
We created you (humans, in plural form), then imaged you (also addressing
humans in plural form), then said to the angels: Prostrate to Adam! And they
prostrated, all except Iblis (Satan), who was not of those who made prostration
(Al-A'raf, 7: 11).
This
Verse refers to the greatest event in the history of
humanity, which was also mentioned in Verse 15: 29 above. In
comparison with other species on Earth, humans reached a high level of
intellect and morality, which qualified them for the honor of receiving
communication from their Creator, who decided to make them His caliphs
(deputies) on Earth.
The
high level of intellect was reflected in the human capability to invent various
ways of communication, including language, which facilitated the exchange of
information and ideas. This, in turn, helped humans to adapt to their various
environments, utilizing available resources, and consequently achieving more
prosperity.
If
we compare the human mental and communication capabilities with those of their
closest relatives in the animal kingdom, the chimpanzees, we find that humans
have excelled as a result of having numerous physiological advantages. A major
difference between humans and other animals is that humans are much more
intelligent than any animal species on the planet, as measured by the EQ
comparisons. Humans also have very much larger brain processing and memory
centers, which contributes to advanced communication capabilities. In addition,
the human pharynx is shaped as a right angle, which enables the production of
precise sounds, by the tight control of air, passing through the vocal cords.
These precise sounds became the basic units of human languages. With these
communication and mental capacities, humans became capable of advanced
thinking, complex processing of information, communication with others, and
receiving communication from their Creator, through inspiration. [52]
Humans
also have achieved the capability to be moral beings, which they gained from
their Creator's blowing of His Spirit into their DNA. So, they became inclined
to do good, capable of distinguishing between right and wrong, and in
possession of the will to choose their decisions and deeds. Therefore, they
became accountable to such decisions and deeds. Physiologically speaking, the
front lobe of the human brain, which processes intellectual, moral, and ethical
issues, is much larger and more developed in the human brain than in brains of
any other species on Earth.
In
Arabic dictionaries, the word nasiya, mentioned in verses 11: 56 and 96:
15-16, means the forehead. In his interpretation of Verse 11: 56, Al-Qurtubi
mentioned clearly that the Arabic word nasiya, mentioned in these verses,
means the forehead, which may become a lying and sinning forehead. It is in the
front lobe of the brain, as the part in which intellectual, moral, and ethical
processes take place. Consequently, the front lobe (nasiya) will be held
responsible for the committed lies and sins. [53]
إِنِّي
تَوَكَّلْتُ
عَلَى
اللَّـهِ
رَبِّي
وَرَبِّكُم مَّا
مِن دَابَّةٍ
إِلَّا هُوَ
آخِذٌ بِنَاصِيَتِهَا إِنَّ
رَبِّي
عَلَىٰ
صِرَاطٍ
مُّسْتَقِيمٍ
(هُودُ ، 11: 56).
Indeed,
I have relied upon Allah, my Lord and your Lord. There is no creature but that
He holds its forehead. Indeed, my Lord is on a straight path (Hood, 11:
56).
أَلَمْ
يَعْلَم
بِأَنَّ
اللَّـهَ
يَرَىٰ ﴿١٤﴾ كَلَّا
لَئِن لَّمْ
يَنتَهِ
لَنَسْفَعًا بِالنَّاصِيَةِ
﴿١٥﴾ نَاصِيَةٍ
كَاذِبَةٍ
خَاطِئَةٍ ﴿١٦﴾ (الْعَلَقُ
، 96: 14-16).
Does
he not know that Allah sees? (14) No! If he does not desist, We will surely
strike (his) forehead - (15) A lying, sinning forehead. (16) (Al-'Alaq, 96: 14-16).
In
recognition of these human advanced intellectual and moral capabilities and
achievements, Allah decided to make humans His caliphs (deputies) on Earth. The
angels were surprised because they saw some humans shedding blood and
committing acts of corruption. So, Allah chose Adam to represent humanity (3:
33), in a contest between him and the angels, to show them that he is worthy of
God's trust and honor, as He created him with His own hands (38: 75).
In
verse 11: 7, Allah, praise to Him, addressed humans in the plural form, that He
created them and made them in the best image (mentioning the first and fourth
stages of creation, for brevity purposes). Then, He mentioned Adam, pbuh, in
the singular form, as one of the humans whom He created, fashioned,
straightened up, and blew of His Spirit into them. However, He chose Adam to be
their best representative in that great event.
In
addition, Allah, praise to Him, has honored humans to be His caliphs (deputies)
on the Earth for worshipping Him by choice (Al-Balad, 90: 10), for their
ability to acquire knowledge (Al-Baqara, 2: 31), and for their love and ability
for construction on the Earth (Hood, 11: 61), doing all that as an inherent
behavior in them, which was also observed by anthropologists, who called them:
“Homo sapien sapiens” (the reasoning, wise human beings). [54]
When
Adam won the contest, Allah commanded the angels to prostrate to him, in
recognition of his winning. All angels obeyed and prostrated, except Iblis
(Satan), who refused, arguing that he was better than humans, and saying that
he was created of fire while Adam was created originally of clay (Al-A’araf, 7:
12).
قَالَ مَا
مَنَعَكَ
أَلَّا
تَسْجُدَ
إِذْ أَمَرْتُكَ
ۖ قَالَ أَنَا
خَيْرٌ
مِّنْهُ خَلَقْتَنِي
مِن نَّارٍ
وَخَلَقْتَهُ
مِن طِينٍ (الأعْرَافُ
، 7: 12)
(Allah)
said: "What prevented you from prostrating when I commanded you?" (Satan)
said: "I am better than him. You created me from fire and created him from
clay" (Al-A’araf, 7: 12).
Further,
he asked Allah to delay his punishment, to prove his point that humans are not
worthy of God's trust in them. Allah accepted the challenge because of His
knowledge that many humans are going to be good and thankful to Him. He warned
Satan, his offspring, and their followers among the Jinn and humans that all
will be punished in the hellfire (7: 12-18, 11: 119), as will be discussed in
Chapter 6, "Adam's Contest with the Angels and Getting Out of
Paradise."
21. Verse 14: 19, tells
us that Allah, praise to Him, is capable, if He wills, to destroy all humans,
cause them to disappear from existence, and replace them with a new creation.
He is capable of doing so, as He is the Creator of the heavens and the Earth,
the creation of which is greater than the creation of humans, as mentioned in
verse 40: 57.
أَلَمْ
تَرَ أَنَّ
اللّهَ خَلَقَ السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالأَرْضَ بِالْحقِّ إِن
يَشَأْ
يُذْهِبْكُمْ
وَيَأْتِ
بِخَلْقٍ
جَدِيدٍ
(إبْرَاهِيمُ
، 14: 19).
لَخَلْقُ السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
أَكْبَرُ مِنْ
خَلْقِ
النَّاسِ
وَلَٰكِنَّ
أَكْثَرَ
النَّاسِ لَا
يَعْلَمُونَ
(غَافِرُ ، 40: 57).
Have you not seen
that Allah has created the heavens and the
earth with the right proportions? If He
wills, He can remove you and bring ( in your place ) a new creation (Ibraheem,
14: 19).
The
creation of the heavens and earth is
greater than the creation of mankind, but
most of the people do not know (Ghafir, 40: 57).
There
are two meanings relevant to the subject of this Chapter in the above verse.
First, Allah, praise to Him, has created heavens and Earth with the right
proportions, which is a reference to the perfect system of interrelationships
between components of the universe.
The
Earth is placed in a perfect position and distance from the sun in order for
life to flourish and continue on it. Proximity and distance from the closest
point to the sun on Earth (the equatorial region) has led to the variation of
environments and climates, leading to the wonderful variation in the fauna and
flora in the biosphere. The proportion of water in the planet (70%) is equal to
the proportion of water in the human body. The balance between oxygen and
carbon dioxide and the formation of the ozone, which protects Earth from the
harmful ultraviolet cosmic radiation, all are examples of the right proportions
of creation mentioned in the above verse.
The
second meaning is related to God's threat that He can cause humans to disappear
if they disobey Him and bring a new creation, which is better. Natural
scientists may find support from the meaning of this verse to their theories
about the many now-extinct species, which once dominated Earth, like dinosaurs.
22. Verse 76: 11
tells us that there was a time in which humans went extinct, without a trace on
the Earth.
هَلْ
أَتَىٰ عَلَى الْإِنسَانِ
حِينٌ مِّنَ
الدَّهْرِ لَمْ
يَكُن
شَيْئًا
مَّذْكُورًا (الإنْسَانُ
، 76: 1).
Has
there (not) come upon the human (being) a period of time when he was not a
mentioned thing? (Al-Insan, 76: 1).
Biologists
and anthropologists, in particular, may find support in Verse 76: 1 for their
hypotheses about disappearances of some early human species, such as Homo
Erectus and Neanderthals, as the Verse
states that there was a time in which humans disappeared (were not a mentioned
thing). This Verse also refers to God's ability to bring the extinct species
back to life, and consequently to His ability to resurrect humans for reckoning
and judgment, in
the hereafter, as mentioned in Verses 29: 19-20 above. [55]
23. Verse 32: 8
tells us about the second creation of the human life, in the womb. As males and
females, later, are paired to reproduce by uniting the watery genetic materials
of males and eggs of females.
ثُمَّ
جَعَلَ نَسْلَهُ
مِنْ
سُلالَةٍ مِنْ
مَاءٍ
مَهِينٍ (السَّجْدَةُ
، 32: 8).
Then
He made his offspring from a quintessence of despised
water (Al-Sajda, 32: 8).
24. Verse
32: 9 mentions two stages of the first creation, which are fashioning in
due proportions and blowing God's Spirit in humans. It also mentions the
development of the fetus in the second creation, in the womb, including the
hearing, sight, and hearts. These are favors Allah has bestowed on humans, for
which only few of them thank Him.
ثُمَّ
سَوَّاهُ
وَنَفَخَ
فِيهِ مِنْ
رُوحِهِ
وَجَعَلَ
لَكُمُ السَّمْعَ
وَالأبْصَارَ
وَالأفْئِدَةَ قَلِيلاً
مَا
تَشْكُرُونَ (السَّجْدَةُ
، 32: 9).
Then
He fashioned him (in due proportions), and blew in him of His Spirit, and made
for you hearing, sight, and hearts; (however) little thanks you give (Al-Sajda,
32: 9).
Thus,
Allah, praise to Him, has bestowed life on His creation, including humans, by
providing them with a software that enables them to be living, through the
automatic functioning of their organs. However, He honored humans by blowing
part of His Spirit in them, as another software which allows them to
distinguish good from evil and consequently enables them to choose their
actions (For more about blowing some of God’s spirit in humans, see Chapter 9
of this book: “Mind, Self, Soul, Spirit, and Happiness from an Islamic Perspective.”
25. In Verse 71: 17, Allah, praise to Him, teaches us
about the story of the human life by giving an analogy between humans and
plants, as both came out of the earth.
وَاللَّهُ أَنبَتَكُم
مِّنَ
الْأَرْضِ
نَبَاتًا
(نُوحُ ، 71: 17).
And Allah has caused
you to grow out of the earth like plants (Noo'h, 71: 17).
This
means that, originally, organisms started in the earth, inside the stinking
clay. Then, they left to the sea and to the surface of the earth, like plants
which grow out of the earth to appear on its surface.
A
related meaning is that Allah, praise to Him, has (originally) planted humans
and other organisms in earth and caused them to grow out of it like plants,
which pass through different and successive metamorphosing stages, from
seeds to growing plants, then to the flowering stage, and ultimately to
the death of the grown plants. However, life restarts, as the dying plants
produce seeds, which repeat the cycle of life again. The analogy also
indicates that humans will be resurrected for reckoning in the Last Day, just
like plants are resurrected after their death, through the seeds. [56]
26. Verse 18: 37
details the meaning mentioned in Verse 71: 14 above (He
has created you in successive (and diverse) stages), by mentioning the first
creation and some stages of the second creation (in the womb), as follows:
قَالَ لَهُ
صَاحِبُهُ
وَهُوَ
يُحَاوِرُهُ أَكَفَرْتَ
بِالَّذِي خَلَقَكَ
مِن تُرَابٍ
ثُمَّ مِن
نُّطْفَةٍ ثُمَّ
سَوَّاكَ
رَجُلاً (الْكَهْفُ
، 18: 37).
His
companion said to him, while arguing with him: Have you disbelieved in Him Who
created you of the earth matter (dirt or soil), then of a nutfah (union
of a father’s sperm and a mother’s egg), then fashioned you into a man?
(Al-Kahf, 18: 37).
While
mentioning earth matter (dust or soil), in this Verse, is a reference to the
first creation, mentioning nutfah (union of a father’s sperm and a
mother’s egg) is a reference to the first stage of the second creation, in the
womb, which is followed by four other stages, as will be explained in Verse 23:
14, later.
Mentioning
the sex of the fetus (then fashioned you into a man) is a reference to the
scientific fact that the external sexual organs start to appear about six weeks
after the egg fertilization. However, distinguishing males from females is
possible starting from the ninth week after fertilization. [57]
27. Verse 35: 11
confirms the meanings mentioned in Verse 18: 37 and adds another meaning
related to the human reproduction by pairing:
وَاللَّهُ
خَلَقَكُمْ
مِنْ تُرَابٍ
ثُمَّ مِنْ نُطْفَةٍ ثُمَّ
جَعَلَكُمْ
أَزْوَاجًا (فَاطِرُ
، 35: 11).
Allah created you
from the earth soil, then from a nutfah (union of a father’s sperm and a
mother’s egg), then He made you pairs (or mates: males and females) (Fatir,
35: 11).
28. Verse 40: 67 adds the second stage of the
second creation, in the womb, ('alaqa: leech):
هُوَ
الَّذِي
خَلَقَكُم
مِّن تُرَابٍ
ثُمَّ مِن
نُّطْفَةٍ
ثُمَّ مِنْ عَلَقَةٍ ثُمَّ
يُخْرِجُكُمْ
طِفْلاً (غَافِرُ ، 40: 67).
He
is Who created you from the earth soil, then from a nutfah (union of a
father’s sperm and a mother’s egg), then from a leech (a fertilized egg
sticking to the womb, sucking nutrients from it like a leach), then He brings
you out (of the womb) as a child (Ghafir, 40: 67).
Thus,
the first stage of the second creation is the nutfah, which is the
Arabic word for a fertilized egg, a zygote, or the union of a father’s sperm
and a mother’s egg. The second stage is described in this Verse as an 'alaqa,
which is the Arabic word for a leech. In this case, it refers to a fertilized
egg sticking to the womb, sucking nutrients from it, like a leech which sticks
to the animal or human body, sucking blood from it.
29-31. Verses 23:
12-14 mention the first creation from clay, then list the five successive
stages of the second creation in the womb, as follows:
وَلَقَدْ
خَلَقْنَا
الْإِنسَانَ
مِن سُلَالَةٍ
مِّن طِينٍ
﴿١٢﴾ ثُمَّ
جَعَلْنَاهُ نُطْفَةً فِي
قَرَارٍ
مَّكِينٍ
﴿١٣﴾ ثُمَّ
خَلَقْنَا
النُّطْفَةَ عَلَقَةً
فَخَلَقْنَا
الْعَلَقَةَ مُضْغَةً
فَخَلَقْنَا
الْمُضْغَةَ عِظَامًا
فَكَسَوْنَا
الْعِظَامَ لَحْمًا ثُمَّ
أَنشَأْنَاهُ
خَلْقًا
آخَرَ ۚ فَتَبَارَكَ
اللَّـهُ
أَحْسَنُ
الْخَالِقِينَ
﴿١٤﴾
(الْمُؤْمِنُونَ
، 23: 12-14).
We created the human being from a product of clay; (12)
Then, We placed it as a nutfah (fertilized egg) in a safe (deep) lodging; (13)
Then, We created the nutfah into an ‘alaqa (leech).
Then, We created the ‘alaqa into mudh-gha (a little lump, like a chewed substance).
Then, We created the mudh-gha into bones.
Then, We clothed the bones with meat (muscle).
Then, We produced it (the human being) as another creation.
So blessed be Allah, the Best of creators! (14). (Al-Muminoon, 23: 12-14).
Only
recently in human history, biological and medical researchers could reach such
accurate knowledge about the five major stages of the fetus development,
as described in the verses above.
The
first stage is the nutfah (the fertilized egg), which lasts about
a week after fertilization, during which its cells multiply by division. Then,
it develops into 'alaqa (leech) during the second and third weeks, which
is the second stage of the fetus development. It looks like a leech in
its appearance and in its characteristics, as it sticks to the womb wall, from
which it sucks blood, exactly like a leech which sticks to the body of an
animal or a human to suck blood from it.
During
the fourth week, and more specifically on the twenty-second day, the heart
starts beating, and the fetus develops to the third stage of the second
creation in the womb, which is the mudh-ghah (a chewed
piece of food), as it accurately looks like, without any observed organs first.
Then, organs start to appear, during the fourth and fifth weeks.
A
little before the end of the sixth week, specifically during days 38-40 after
fertilization, the fourth stage of the second creation in the womb
starts. The cartridge skeleton starts to form at the beginning of the seventh
week, leading to the bone formation, and the appearance of the head and
limbs.
Finally,
the fifth stage starts at the end of the seventh week and continues
during the eighth week, bones are coated with flesh (muscle), and the
formation of the internal and internal organs is completed, but these continue
to grow in size after that. [58]
32. While the
above-mentioned verses told us about the various stages of the first and second
creations of life on this planet, the following verses attract our attention to
some natural and cosmic phenomena around us, to encourage us to think about
them. Some of these verses are about how the resurrection will happen in the
Last Day. Other verses invite us to search for the reasons behind the
differences in people's skin colors and languages, in the nature of Earth, and
in the relationship between the Earth and each of the Moon and the Sun, in
order to increase our faith in the Creator and to benefit from this
information.
In
Verse 10: 92, we read about an archaeological event, in which the mummy of the
Egyptian Pharaoh is promised to be found, to be a sign for people to believe
and a piece of evidence about the authenticity of the Exodus story, including
the split of the sea and the drowning of the Pharaoh.
فَالْيَوْمَ
نُنَجِّيكَ
بِبَدَنِكَ لِتَكُونَ
لِمَنْ
خَلْفَكَ آيَةً
وَإِنَّ
كَثِيراً
مِّنَ
النَّاسِ
عَنْ آيَاتِنَا
لَغَافِلُونَ (يُونُسُ
، 10: 92).
Today,
We save you (Pharaoh of Egypt) through saving your body so that you may be a
sign for those after you. Lo! Most people are heedless of Our signs (Younus,
10: 92).
The
Verse is related to the divine command for humans to travel on Earth to know
how God started creation of life on the planet. This command has been fulfilled
by the establishment of the modern sciences, including archaeology, which led
to the discovery of the mummies of kings of ancient Egypt (the pharaohs).
Bin
Katheer (Volume 2: 203-205) mentioned that when Moussa (Moses, pbuh) hit the
sea with his stick, it split like a huge cliff on each side, creating twelve
paths for the twelve Israelite tribes, each one separated from the other by a
glass window. When the Pharaoh and his army arrived and saw the awesome view,
they were afraid to proceed but the senior angel, Jibril (Gabriel), encouraged
them to continue by marching in front of them. When all of them were in the
middle of the path, God ordered the sea waters to merge again, drowning them
all.
Bin
Katheer added that despite what they saw by their eyes, the Israelites asked
Moussa to show them the body of the Pharaoh to make sure that he died. God gave
them what they wanted by throwing the body of the Pharaoh to the shore, so they
can see it, as a sign of God's punishment for those who oppress believers.
This
author sees a different interpretation for the Arabic words liman khalfaka
(to those after you). The Israelites of Moussa (pbuh) lived at the time of the
Pharaoh, not after his time. Therefore, the sign was intended to be to those
who would come after that time, simply because the Israelites saw the miracle
and lived it, themselves.
A
closer interpretation to the meanings of the verse is that the Children of
Israel crossed the Gulf of Suez, at a narrow area, about 12 miles wide, close
to its northern tip. After the Pharaoh and his soldiers drowned, the sea waves
threw his body on the western coast of the Gulf, not the eastern coast, where
the Israelites were. Then, the Egyptians took the body back to their capital,
where it was mummified, following their custom of mummifying their kings and
notables. Consequently, his body was hidden until the discovery of the Egyptian
mummies, in 1898, which are now displayed in the Royal Mummies Room of the
Egyptian Museum, in Cairo.
There
is no agreement among historians and biblical scholars about the Pharaohs
involved in the story or the time frame they lived in. Ancient Egyptian
records, the Bible, and the Holy Quran did neither mention the name of the
Pharaoh, nor his time. However, according to Encyclopedia Britannica, the
oppressive Pharaoh was Ramses II (1279-1212 BC) and the Exodus pharaoh was his
son, Mernepta’h (1212-1202 BC). This opinion is supported by the biblical
scholar by Joshua Mark, who denies that Ramses II was the drowned Pharaoh.
This
opinion was also supported by Maurice Bucaille, who argued that Ramses II
oppressed the Israelites, but he died while Moussa (Moses) was in Mayan. This
means that his son, Mernepta’h (1212-1202 BC) was the one who drowned while
chasing the Israelites. His mummy was discovered in the Valley of Kings, in
Thabes, in 1898, together with other mummies of the Egyptian pharaohs. In 1975,
Bucaille participated with a group of medical doctors in examining Mernepta’h’s
mummified body and they found that he died of drowning. This specific
discovery, and other scientific facts in the Holy Quran, influenced him to
accept Islam, as he mentioned in his books, articles, and interviews. [59]
33-35. Verses 17:
49-51 tell us about some archaeological prophecies, which happened, and other
prophecies, which have not happened yet, mentioning God's response to human
doubts about Resurrection, in the hereafter:
وَقَالُواْ
أَئِذَا
كُنَّا عِظَاماً
وَرُفَاتاً أَإِنَّا
لَمَبْعُوثُونَ
خَلْقاً
جَدِيداً (الإسْرَاءُ
، 17: 49).
قُل
كُونُواْ حِجَارَةً
أَوْ
حَدِيداً (الإسْرَاءُ
، 17: 50).
أَوْ خَلْقًا مِّمَّا يَكْبُرُ فِي صُدُورِكُمْ (الإسْرَاءُ
، 17: 51).
And
they say: When we are bones and dust, are
we going to be resurrected as a new creation? (Al-Isra, 17: 49).
Say:
(Yes, you will be resurrected even if) you are stones
or iron (Al-Isra, 17: 50).
Or a created
matter,
which is greater (or stronger than iron) in your minds (Al-Isra,
17: 51). [60]
In
their interpretations of these three verses, the three renowned interpreters of
the Holy Quran, Al-Tabari, Al-Qurtubi, and Ibn Katheer, mentioned that the
Quraysh pagans asked the Messenger of God, Muhammed (pbuh), a rhetorical
question, casting doubt about God's ability to resurrect people for reckoning,
in the Last Day. They asked him about how Allah is going to be able to
resurrect people after their death, which turns them into bones and dust.
In
response, Allah inspired His Messenger to answer them, saying that He is not
only capable to resurrect them after becoming bones and dust but also if they
become rocks, or iron, or stronger than iron. The three interpreters did not
explain how human beings may become rocks, iron, or stronger than iron because
the knowledge of their time did not allow them to know these possible changes,
which may happen to humans. However, for us, these verses refer to some
scientific facts and prophecies, which have already happened, and others which
are continuously happening.
Verse
17: 49 mentions a fact known for a long time, which is the change of the dead
body into bones and dust. However, Verse 17: 50 represents a prophecy which was
not realized until the 13th Hijri Century (19th Century AD), after the
establishment of modern sciences. In particular, anthropology, with its four
major sub-disciplines, related to archaeology, biology, linguistics, and
culture, was established to specialize in studying human pre-history and
pre-industrial history.
Archaeologists
were able to discover various plant and animal fossils, which they classified
on the bases of kind and time, including human fossils that date back to
millions of years ago. Biological anthropologists with assistance from
archaeological anthropologists have reconstructed human prehistory through
classifying discovered human fossils by time using accurate dating methods,
like potassium-argon and radio-carbon-14 methods. They have agreed on a general
sequence of evolutionary changes of the human body. In particular, they have
focused on studying the human skeleton, skull, and fingers among other features
to investigate these evolutionary changes (See Appendix 2).
What's
relevant in this verse is the fact that humans can become fossils in clay rocks
but some human bodies can also become fossilized in rock layers which are rich
in iron ore, thus becoming iron fossils.
Verse
17.51 continues to answer the rhetorical question, posed by the Quraysh pagans,
by indicating that humans may contemplate the introduction of a fifth possible
kind of changes of themselves, which may make them even stronger than iron (in
addition to bones, dust, clay rocks, and iron). This could be a reference to
the ideas about future biological engineering. Actually, in our time,
people who lose limbs may have their lost flesh and bone limbs replaced by
synthesized artificial limbs or body parts, made of iron, plastic, or other
metals which are stronger than iron. Some of these metals have been used to
strengthen the backbone, various bones, and teeth. Others made of materials
like human cells have been used as replacement for damaged cells, such as in
the case of hernia.
Thus,
the verse is saying to people that the Creator will still resurrect them for
reckoning, on the Day of Judgment, even if they change themselves into
something stronger than iron. [61]
36. Verse 30: 22
Verse
30: 22 invites people of knowledge (scholars) to study effects of the Earth and
the heavenly bodies on the human external biological differences (like skin
color) and cultural differences (like languages):
وَمِنْ
آيَاتِهِ
خَلْقُ
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالأرْضِ وَاخْتِلافُ
أَلْسِنَتِكُمْ
وَأَلْوَانِكُمْ إِنَّ
فِي ذَلِكَ
لآيَاتٍ
لِلْعَالِمِينَ (الرُّومُ
، 30: 22).
And
of His signs is the creation of the heavens and the Earth, as well as the
difference of your languages and colors. In these, there are signs for
people of knowledge (Al-Room, 30: 20).
This
verse addresses scholars from various social and natural sciences, inviting
them to believe in God. For natural scientists, particularly those studying how
the universe came into being (Chapter 3), this verse invites them to have a
look at the verses of the Holy Quran, which tell humans how this happened. When
they find that their knowledge about the universe has already been revealed in
God's Book, then this is the evidence for them to believe that it is God's
message to humanity.
This
verse tells us that the differences in human
languages and in colors of human skin are
related to the creation of the heavenly bodies and the Earth, which is exactly
what we know today. The Earth is shaped in the form of a less-than prefect
globe, pointed at its both poles and enlarged at its equator. This shape of the
Earth allows light coming from the Sun to reach our planet in different
distances, the shortest of which is to the equator and the longest is to each
of the North and South poles. It follows that the equatorial region is the
hottest because it is the closest to the sun, while the Arctic and Antarctic
regions are the coldest because they are the farthest regions from the
sun.
The
archaeological record shows that the oldest human fossils have been found in
Africa, then more recent fossils have been found in Asia and Europe, and most
recently in the new world. This is a reference to human migration to the north
and south of the equator.
In
order for the human skin to repel the harmful concentrated ultraviolet
radiation from the sun and the cosmic, it has adapted to living in the
equatorial region by pigmenting itself as dark as possible. As humans started
to settle away from the equatorial African region, skin color started to be
less and less pigmented, until it becomes the fairest skin color in the
Scandinavian Peninsula. If Africa was elongated to reach the Antarctic region,
as Scandinavia reaches the Arctic region, then we would see South African
blonds with blue eyes.
Moreover,
sufficient ultraviolet radiation in the equatorial region provides organisms
with enough Vitamin D, which is necessary for bone formation. As humans
migrated to the north and the south away from the equator, fairer skin color
was needed in order for cells to be able to receive more ultraviolet radiation,
to generate more Vitamin D.
Other
primates, like chimpanzees and gorillas on the equator and the macaque monkeys
in Japan have shown the same adaptation strategy. Macaque monkeys have fair
skin and fair hair color with red faces, in northern Japan, in contrast to
dark-skinned and dark-eyed primates in the African equatorial region. [62]
The differences in human languages may
also be explained as adaptation to different environments. As various human
groups started to migrate to new regions looking for new resources of plant and
animal foods, they had to develop new vocabulary to describe these resources
found in the new environments.
As
a group settles in a territory for a long time, their vocabulary expands to
include their expressions of the material components of their culture, such as
the tangible things and tools, as well as the non-material components, such as
their ideas, arts, and literature.
A
language starts very simple, as a pidgin,
with couple of thousand words, expressing the basic components of the culture
of a given group. As a group settles in a geographically marked territory,
isolating it from other groups by natural barriers such as deserts, mountains,
water, or forests, then the pidgin may grow to a full
language as the population grows and
its culture expands.
A
variant of a language, a dialect, may
form as a result of migration of part of the population to a new territory, or
if a political or natural barrier takes place, such as in the case of American
English vis-a-vis British English. Moreover, a dialect has a chance to evolve
to a different language, such as the case
of English, which was originally part of a Proto-Germanic language. Another
example was the emergence of the Tamazight language spoken by the Amazigh
in Bilad Al-Maghrib (North Africa), after the ‘Himyarite and Can’anite
Arabs had settled there and became isolated from their Eastern Arabian origins.
[63]
When
speakers of different languages meet suddenly and realize that they need to
continue communication with each other as groups, then they may create a new
form of language known as Creole, which
has components from different languages. This was the case of the Caribbean
Creoles, at the beginning of the discovery of the New World. Ultimately, these
Creoles become fully developed national languages,
taught in schools and used in various ways of communication.
The
European imperialist invasion and colonization of the New World, Africa, and
Asia introduced such European languages as Spanish, Portuguese, English, and
French to become the dominant or official languages after independence. The
imperialist administrations imposed European languages on the indigenous
populations by using them in schools. Thus, the European languages became the
national and official languages in the countries of the New World.
Likewise,
after the independence of many African and Asian nations, European languages
continued to be used because of the existence of several national languages, in
addition to having European-educated bureaucracy, which communicates only in
European languages.
The
use of European languages in this way is known among linguists as lingua franca, such as in the cases of India,
Pakistan, Singapore, and Malaysia, in Asia. In these countries, English has
become the lingua franca, the language in common, among the various linguistic
groups. Most African countries have also continued to use the language of the
European imperialist administrators as their lingua franca, in addition to
teaching their national languages in schools and using them in the media. Thus,
French became the lingua franca in Niger and Chad, Portuguese in Mozambique,
and English in Nigeria and South Africa. [64]
To
sum up, the difference in human skin colors and languages is related to the
adaptation to different environmental regions, which have been created by the
shape of the Earth and its relationship to the Sun and the other heavenly
bodies, as Verse 30: 22 points.
37-39. Verses 39: 5,
17: 12, and 36: 38 point to some scientific facts about the relationship
between the Earth, the Moon, and the Sun, and how that relationship affects people
on Earth:
خَلَقَ
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالأرْضَ
بِالْحَقِّ
يُكَوِّرُ
اللَّيْلَ
عَلَى
النَّهَارِ
وَيُكَوِّرُ
النَّهَارَ
عَلَى
اللَّيْلِ
وَسَخَّرَ
الشَّمْسَ
وَالْقَمَرَ كُلٌّ
يَجْرِي
لأَجَلٍ
مُسَمًّى (الزُّمَرُ
، 39: 5).
He
has created the heavens and the earth with the right (proportions). He makes
night to succeed day (in a cycle), and He makes day to succeed night (in a
cycle), and He ordained for the Sun and the Moon that each runs on for a
specific time term (Al-Zumar, 39: 5).
This
verse provides us with information about how the heavens and the Earth have
been created with the right proportions to allow them to be sustained and
functioning. Day and night succeed each other, as a result of the earth turning
around itself. This allows living organisms to work and rest in a regular
cycle. Seasons have been possible by the Earth orbiting the sun in an annual
journey, which allows diversification of activities on it. Had there been only
night (if for example the earth is too far away from the Sun) or only daytime
(if a planet is located between two suns), then life could not be sustained as
it has been on Earth. The planet could be too cold or too hot to sustain
prosperous life.
Thus,
part of the creation of life on planet Earth is the suitable conditions of
temperature, light, and darkness, which were made possible by God's creation of
the heavens and the earth with the right proportions. See also Verse 14: 19,
discussed above.
The
verse also includes scientific facts about the Sun and the Moon. It mentions
that both of them are running, each one has its own orbit, they will continue
doing so for a specific term of time.
وَجَعَلْنَا
اللَّيْلَ
وَالنَّهَارَ
آيَتَيْنِ ۖ
فَمَحَوْنَا
آيَةَ
اللَّيْلِ
وَجَعَلْنَا
آيَةَ
النَّهَارِ
مُبْصِرَةً
لِّتَبْتَغُوا
فَضْلًا مِّن
رَّبِّكُمْ
وَلِتَعْلَمُوا
عَدَدَ
السِّنِينَ
وَالْحِسَابَ
ۚ وَكُلَّ
شَيْءٍ
فَصَّلْنَاهُ
تَفْصِيلًا (الإسْرَاءُ
، 17: 12).
And
We have made the night and day two signs, and We erased the sign of the night
and made the sign of the day visible, that you may seek bounty from your Lord,
and may know the number of years and the account (of time). And everything We
have set out in detail (Al-Isra, 17: 12).
From
Verse 17: 12, we learn about more benefits the Sun provides for the life of
organisms on Earth, by creating day and night, as a result of the Earth orbit
around it. Humans have been able to create the lunar and solar calendars, which
have helped them to organize their activities throughout the year and prompted
them to learn counting.
لَا
الشَّمْسُ
يَنبَغِي
لَهَا أَن
تُدْرِكَ
الْقَمَرَ
وَلَا
اللَّيْلُ
سَابِقُ النَّهَارِ
ۚ وَكُلٌّ
فِي فَلَكٍ
يَسْبَحُونَ
(يَسِ ، 36: 40).
It
is not allowable for the Sun to reach the Moon, nor does the night overtake the
day, but each, in an orbit, is swimming (Ya Seen, 36: 40).
Verse
36: 40 refers to the fact that the Earth, the Moon, and the Sun have specific
orbits. For thousands of years, humans observed the changes which happen as a
result of the Moon orbit around the Earth, such as the oceanic tides and
recessions. They also observed the seasonal changes as a result of the Earth
orbit around the Sun. However, they have not been able to know about the Sun
orbit until recently. During the last few decades, we have been able to know
that our Sun orbits the center of its Milky Way galaxy, once every about 225
million years. This means that it completed 22 orbits during its age, of the
past five billion years. This verse had referred to that scientific fact about
fourteen centuries before we discovered it. [65]
40. Verse 79: 30
mentions that the Earth is egg-shaped (a less than perfect globe), which humans
did not know until few centuries ago:
وَالأَرْضَ
بَعْدَ
ذَلِكَ دَحَاهَا (النَّازِعَاتُ
، 79: 30).
And the Earth, after
that, He made it egg-shaped (Al-Nazi'at, 79: 30).
The
Earth is shaped in the form of a less-than prefect globe, pointed at its both
poles and enlarged a little bit at its equator. So, it is not flat as Europeans
thought at the time of the revelation and for centuries after that. If the Holy
Quran described the Earth shape as just a circular globe, then somebody would
challenge it later because it is a little bit less than a perfect globe. That's
why it is described as an egg-shaped, which is the closest shape that people
could identify.
The
egg-shape of the Earth allows the light coming from the Sun to reach our planet
in different distances, the shortest of which is to the equator and the longest
is to each of the North and South poles.
It
follows that the equatorial region is the hottest because it is the closest to
the sun, while the Arctic and Antarctic regions are the coldest because they
are the farthest regions from the sun. This explains differences in human
languages and skin color, as explained in Verse 30:22 above.
The
most relevant word in this verse is the verb "da'ha,"
which means: “made it look like an egg in its shape.” This author never heard
the usage of the Arabic verb da'ha (made it egg-shaped), or its noun da'hya (egg) in the eastern Mediterranean Arab
region. However, he heard the noun in Libya, in the early 1970s, and learned
that other North African Arabs use it to refer to an egg.
This
meaning for the verb "da'ha," was
not mentioned by the three renowned interpreters of the Holy Quran. Al-Tabari,
followed by Al-Qurtubi, interpreted it as extending the Earth in a way
that enables people to earn their living, through the availability of water and
pastureland” (Al-Nazi'at, 79: 31). Bin Katheer followed them with the same
interpretation. He did not explain the meaning of the verb “da’ha” and its
origins, as he used to do in his
However,
the Arabic dictionary, Al-Jami', mentioned that the Arabic word da'hya means an
egg, and even mentioned this Verse (79: 30), referring to the Earth as an
egg-shaped. [66]
The
egg-shape of Earth allowed the existence of the major geographical regions of
vegetation and rainfall, with rain forests on the equatorial (tropical) region
and less rain to the north and south of it (the dry regions), then to more rain
as we go farther to the north and south (the moist regions), and finally to the
absence of vegetation to the northernmost and southernmost parts of the planet
(polar regions) because snow and ice cover the freezing land.
Moreover,
by describing Earth as egg-shaped, God Almighty, praise to Him, is telling
humans that the Holy Quran is His Word and message to humanity. Europeans
thought that the earth was flat until Copernicus and Galileo told them that it
was a globe, allowing Columbus and other explorers to sail west in order to
reach India in the east. More recent geographical research showed that the
earth is not a perfect globe.
To
sum up, this great verse is telling us that God, the Knowledgeable, made Earth
egg-shaped, in order to make it inhabitable by His creatures. The egg-shape of
the earth created the rainfall and vegetation regions, as Verse 79: 51 also
reveals. This geographical diversity encouraged human migrations from less
hospitable to more hospitable regions, consequently leading to phenotypic and
cultural differences between diverse human population groups. [67]
41. Verse 13: 41
gives support for the fact that Earth is a less-than prefect globe by
explaining how this has happened.
أَوَلَمْ
يَرَوْا
أَنَّا
نَأْتِي الْأَرْضَ
نَنقُصُهَا
مِنْ
أَطْرَافِهَا (الرَّعْدُ
، 13: 41).
Haven't
they seen that We come to the Earth, reducing it from its outlying parts?
(Al-Ra'd, 13: 41).
The
meaning is that the outlying parts of the Earth have been diminishing, as a
result of climate changing conditions, such as mudslides, rains, storms, and
hurricanes, leading to its shape of a less-than-perfect globe. Some
researchers paid attention to this observation, showing with calculations that
the Earth is not a perfect globe. [68]
42. Verse 79: 31
mentions the relationship between the Earth vegetation and rainfall regions and
its shape, as a less than perfect globe (egg-shaped):
أَخْرَجَ
مِنْهَا مَاءهَا
وَمَرْعَاهَا (النَّازِعَاتُ
، 79: 31).
He
produced as a result (of its egg-shape) its water and its pasture (Al-Nazi'at,
79: 31).
This
means that the Earth egg-shape has led to the diverse climate and rainfall
regions, as well as diverse fauna and flora. This diversity encouraged humans
to immigrate to the regions which are more abundant in water and plant life, in
search for pasture and fertile lands. Consequently, immigration led to the
human inhabiting of various geographical regions of Earth. Moreover, this
natural diversity led to the diversity in skin color and in culture, as was
explained earlier.
43. Verse 24: 45
reminds us that the first creation was from water. It also reminds us that the
second creation, which is in the womb, is also from water of the male and the
egg of the female. Then, it tells us how organisms, particularly mammals, move
on earth, crawling on their bellies, or walking on two legs, or on four legs:
وَاللَّهُ
خَلَقَ كُلَّ
دَابَّةٍ مِن مَّاء فَمِنْهُم
مَّن يَمْشِي
عَلَى
بَطْنِهِ وَمِنْهُم
مَّن يَمْشِي
عَلَى رِجْلَيْنِ
وَمِنْهُم
مَّن يَمْشِي
عَلَى أَرْبَعٍ
يَخْلُقُ
اللَّهُ مَا
يَشَاءُ
إِنَّ اللَّهَ
عَلَى كُلِّ
شَيْءٍ
قَدِيرٌ (النُّورُ ، 24: 45).
Allah
has created every (living) creature from water. And of them are those that walk
(move) on their bellies; and of them are those that walk on two legs; and of
them are those that walk on four. Allah creates what He wills. Indeed, Allah is
Capable of (creating) everything (Al-Noor, 24: 45).
This
diversity in the movements of organisms reflects their ability to adapt to
their different environments and the available food. Thus, reptiles walk (move)
on their bellies, as snakes do. Humans and birds walk on two legs. Animals walk
on four legs, except the kangaroo, which walks or hops on two legs. This bit of
information was unknown to the inhabitants of the Old-World continents of Africa,
Asia, and Europe, as Australia was discovered about 900 years after this
revelation. But Allah, the All-Knowledgeable, praise to Him, has told us about
it, as yet another piece of evidence that the Holy Quran is His Message to
humanity.
Conclusion
Allah,
praise to Him, started the creation of life on Earth. Then, he left it to
evolve, as a result of adaptation to different environments, with His
intervention to improve His creation, every now and then, as He determines.
The
first creation passed through five main stages, which included starting life in
the cell, fashioning in the right proportions, walking on two legs, imaging,
and blowing of God's Spirit. The second creation is in the womb, which also
includes the five stages of the fertilized egg, leech, lump, bones, and
muscles.
The
facts of science included in the verses mentioned in this Chapter demonstrate
that the Holy Quran is the Book of Allah and His Message to humanity. These
facts were unknown to human scientists at the time of revelation and all the
way until more than 13 centuries later, when modern sciences were established.
As
also demonstrated by the verses mentioned in this Chapter, there is no
contradiction between the creation and evolution of living beings, on this
planet, including humans, as both happened with God’s will and His knowledge. [69]
==================================================================
Appendix 1
The origins of Life on Earth
The
story of life on Earth as told by scientists is identical to that mentioned in
the above verses of the Holy Qur'an, which state that life started in wet, warm
clay, where water
mixed with the Earth's basic elements. This applies to the unicellular
prokaryotic cells, which reproduced by division into similar pairs, through the process known as binary fission.
About
3.8 billion years ago, life began to develop on Earth. The atmosphere of early
Earth included carbon dioxide, water vapor, carbon monoxide, hydrogen, and
nitrogen, in addition to other elements. Life was the product of chemical
interactions between the Earth elements and energy from the sun, volcanoes,
windstorms, and lightning, which produced organic molecules, the necessary
building blocks of life.
The
first form of life was the unicellular prokaryotes and unicellular eukaryotes.
The first multicellular eukaryotes (soft-bodied animals) appeared in the ocean
about 630 million years ago. This view that life started in water came out as a
result of 20th century research conducted by the Russian A. I. Oparin, the
Scottish J. B. S. Haldane, and the Americans Stanley Miller and Harold Urey.
Other
researchers hypothesized that "early polymerizations leading to the origin
of life may have occurred in cracks in the deep ocean floor where hot water, carbon monoxide, and minerals such as
sulfides of iron and nickel spew forth. Such hydrothermal vents would have been
better protected than Earth's surface from the catastrophic effects of
meteorite bombardment. Today, these hot springs produce precursors of
biological molecules and energy-rich food, including the highly reduced
compounds, hydrogen sulfide and methane."
A
different hypothesis about how life started on Earth indicates that life's
chemical building blocks (organic polymers) "may have formed and
accumulated on rock or clay surfaces,
rather than in the primordial seas. As Clay
consists of microscopic particles of weathered rock, it is particularly
intriguing as a possible site for early polymerizations, because it binds
organic monomers and contains zinc and iron ions that may have served as
catalysts. Laboratory experiments have confirmed that organic polymers form
spontaneously from monomers on hot rock or clay
surfaces" (Solomon, Berg, Martin, 2006: 385-387).
The
accumulation of organic molecules led to the formation of the protobiont simple
pre-cells. But "how pre-cells evolved into
living cells remains to be solved." Understanding molecular
reproduction provides us with some clues.
Biologists
found that genetic information in living cells is stored in the nucleic acid
DNA, which is transcribed into messenger RNA, which is translated into the
proper amino acid sequence in proteins. Of special importance is the fact that
both DNA and RNA can form spontaneously on clay
and are capable of self-replication. However, biologists hypothesize that RNA
existed on Earth before DNA. So, the
self-replicating genetic code, forming on clay, was the link between organic molecules and living cells
(Solomon, Berg, Martin, 2006: 388-389).
Then,
the genetic information stored in DNA molecules is replicated and passed to new
cells during cell division (Solomon,
Berg, Martin, 2006: 2, 66). One example of such cell division is the binary fission of prokaryote reproduction
(Solomon, Berg, Martin, 2006: 446). This is a process in which one cell divides
into two similar cells, as illustrated
by the division of bacterium Streptococcus pyogenes photograph on page 435 of
Solomon, Berg, Martin (2006: 436).
The
oldest fossil cells that are widely accepted are 2 billion years old. However,
microfossils discovered in Greenland indicate that there were living
prokaryotic cells about 3.8 billion years ago. These cells got their energy
supplies from available organic molecules. Getting energy from sunlight
needed a mutation. Getting hydrogen by
splitting water needed another mutation and a longer time, which was the case
with cyanobacteria. These were the photosynthetic organisms, which existed
about 3.1 to 3.5 billion years ago.
By
2 billion years ago, cyanobacteria had produced enough oxygen to change the
Earth's atmosphere in two major ways. First, new aerobic organisms (aerobes)
adapted to the availability of oxygen and used it in more effective production
of energy. These organisms produced oxygen and carbon dioxide regularly, which
allowed oxygen to continue in existence as a stabilized and renewable element
necessary for more efficient production of energy in the biosphere. Second,
formation of accumulated oxygen layers in the upper atmosphere formed the ozone
layer, which protects inhabitants of Earth from the harmful ultraviolet
radiation from the sun (Solomon, Berg, Martin, 2006: 389-391). [70]
==========================================================================
Appendix 2
Stages of the human departure from the ape family
There
is no agreement among paleoanthropologists on one theory about the evolution of
humans and their departure from their closest relatives, the chimpanzees (as
humans share 99% of their DNA with them), in the ape family. However, the
competing hypotheses agree on major facts on the basis of the archaeological
fossil, record. Here are the main features of components of these working
hypotheses:
I. Sahelanthropus Tchadensis,
which was discovered in 2002, indicates a hominid origin dating back to 6-7
million years ago (mya), with some main differences from chimpanzees in the
form of a flatter face, different teeth, and a larger brain. However, there is
no evidence of walking upright, which is "a hallmark characteristic of
hominids," as Verse 82:7 above
states.
II. Australopithecines,
which include seven main species.
1. Ardipithecus Ramidus
is a species, which dates back to about 5.8 - 4.4 million years ago (mya).
2. Australopithecus Anamesnsis, is a species, which dates
back to about 4.2 - 3.9 mya, had a mixture of human-like and apelike features.
Back teeth and jaws larger than those of chimpanzees, front teeth smaller, was
bipedal having an upright posture, the first marked human evolution from the
ape family.
3. Australopithecus Afaresnsis is a species, which
dates back to about 4 - 3 mya, the common ancestor of the extinct A. Rubustus
and the A. Africanus, had relatively small brain, pronounced supraorbital
ridges, a jutting jaw, and large canine teeth. No evidence of making tools or
fire.
4. Australopithecus Africanus is a species, which
dates back to about 3 - 2.4 mya, walked erect, had human-like hands and teeth,
ate both plants and animals, had smaller brain than that of present humans but
much like that of its primate ancestors.
5. Australopithecus Aethiopicus is a species, which
dates back to about 2.5 - 2.2 mya, the ancestor of the Robustus and Boisei
extinct branches.
6. Australopithecus Robustus is a species, which
dates back to about 2 - 1.4 mya. Some researchers classify the extinct A.
Robustus in a separate genus, Paranthropus.
7. Australopithecus Boisie is an extinct species, which dates
back to about 2.2 - 1.1 mya.
Summary of the main characteristics of A. Aethipicus, A. Rubustus,
and A. Boisie:
These
are "larger than A. Africanus and have extremely large molars, very
powerful jaws, relatively small brains, and heavy skull crests. Most females
lacked the skull crests and had substantially smaller jaws, another example of
sexual dimorphism in early hominids. The teeth and jaws suggest a diet, perhaps
of tough roots and tubers, which would require powerful grinding. These
so-called robust australopithecines may or may not be closely related but are
generally thought to represent evolutionary offshoots, or side branches, of
human evolution" (Solomon, Eldra P., Linda R. Berg, and Diana W. Martin,
2006: 412).
III. Homo Habilis
is a species, which dates back to 2.3 - 1.6 mya, the first hominid to have
enough features of the same modern human genus. It was small, with a larger
brain and smaller premolars and molars than australopithecine. It left behind
sites with primitive tools, stones with sharp edges for cutting and scraping,
pebble choppers and flakes. Some researchers argue for classifying it more as Australopithecus
than as homo.
IV. Homo Ergaster
is a species, which dates back to 2 - 1.4 mya, the African ancestor of both
Homo Erectus and Homo Heidelbergensis. Thus, it is the ancestor of modern
humans.
V. Homo Erectus,
which dates back to 1.7- 0.2 mya, is believed by some researchers as the east
Asian offshoot of homo ergaster. Many researchers argue that it apparently
evolved from homo habilis, but it was taller, had a larger brain which kept
getting larger. However, it retained some ape characteristics like the heavy supraorbital
ridge and projecting face. It was the first hominid to have fewer differences
between the sexes. It made more advanced stone tools, known as Acheulean tools,
including hand axes, choppers, borers, and scrapers. It lived in northern
colder areas, scavenged, hunted, wore clothes, built fire, lived in caves or
shelters, and used spears as weapons. Some
researchers argue that it went extinct in its east Asian region
when more recent humans arrived later. However, there is no consensus on this
argument.
VI. Homo Heidelbergensis,
which dates back to 800 -100 thousand years ago, was the ancestor of both Homo
Neanderthalensis and Homo Sapiens. Some researchers call it as archaic Homo
Sapiens.
VII. Homo Neanderthalensis,
which dates back to 230 - 30 thousand years ago, now extinct. This species
lived in Western Asia. Then, it proceeded to Europe as ice glaciers covering
the continent receded northward. These early humans, Neanderthals, had short,
sturdy build. Their faces projected slightly, their chins and foreheads
receded. They had heavy supraorbital ridges, and jawbones, and their brains and
front teeth were larger than those of modern humans. Their nasal cavities were
large (in adaptation to the European ice age), and their cheekbones were
receding.
There
is no consensus among researchers that Neanderthals were a separate species
from Homo sapiens. They had more sophisticated (Mousterian) tools than H
Erectus, like pointed spears, with which they hunted large animals. They had
advanced social cooperation, rituals, and religious beliefs, as evidenced in
burials.
About
30,000 years ago, Neanderthals disappeared
from the archaeological record. Some researchers argue that they
were outcompeted or exterminated by the more efficient Homo sapiens. Support
for this hypothesis comes from analysis of the mitochondrial DNA of Neanderthal
bones, which showed them as an evolutionary dead end, that did not interbreed
with more modern humans.
This
hypothesis was challenged by another, based on discovering a skeleton of a
4-year-old child in Portugal, which dates back to 24,500 years ago. The
skeleton showed mixed features of both humans and Neanderthals (short lower
limb bones). Researchers following this hypothesis argue that there was
interbreeding between the two species. However, others still disagree saying
that the child represented a normal variation in the human species.
VIII. Homo Sapiens,
or modern “reasoning humans,” appeared about 300 thousand years ago, according
to recent discoveries in Morocco. However, there are other estimates to its
emergence, dating it back to 200-100 thousand years ago. It seems that it was
more intelligent, more graceful, and more beautiful than its predecessors, as
it is revealed by the size of the skull, facial features, and the right
proportions of the body. By about 30,000 years ago, Homo sapiens became the
only remaining members of genus Homo. Their skull lacked a heavy brow ridge and
had a distinct chin. [71]
There
are two competing hypotheses about the origin of modern Homo sapiens.
The
first is called out-of-Africa, through which researchers argue that Homo
sapiens originated in Africa about 200,000 - 100,000 years ago, then spread to
the Middle East, Asia, then to Europe.
The
second is the multi-regional hypothesis, on the basis of which researchers
argue that Homo Erectus spread around the world, then geographical isolation
allowed evolution to modern humans. These groups continued to interact and
interbreed with one-another, which prevented a complete reproduction isolation,
but leading to the present day human regional variations. Both hypotheses draw
support from studies about fossils, molecular biology, and population genetics.
IX. Homo Sapien Sapiens,
or the “reasoning, wise humans,”
Some
researchers argue that the current species (homo
sapien sapiens) has evolved tremendously in comparison with its ancestors
(homo sapiens), about 30,000 years ago. This latest evolutionary change
happened basically in the brain, particularly in the neocortex, which is
associated with the complex thinking, distinguishing humans from other mammals.
This development in the human brain led to various ways of cultural expression,
such as the beautiful paintings on cave walls, depicting animals, plants, and
humans. It also led later to the making of tools, weapons, and jewelry. [72]
Thus,
this is the fifth stage of creation, in which the Creator's focus was on the
human brain. It is likely that Adam, peace be upon him, appeared during the
past 30,000-15,000 years, when humans reached this stage of cultural
expression, which enabled them to receive communication from their Creator.
During that period, humans were still hunter-gatherers but they started
practicing horticulture and pastoralism. However, that was well before the
agricultural revolution, which started about 8,000-6,000 years ago. Here are
some links about the new homo sapien fossil discoveries in Morocco:
Humans:
God's Caliphs on Earth
***
الْإنْسَانُ:
خَلِيفَةُ
اللهِ عَلَى
ألأرْضِ
***
أعُوذُ بِاللهِ
مِنَ
الشَّيْطَانِ
الرَّجِيمِ
بِسۡمِ
ٱللهِ ٱلرَّحۡمَـٰنِ
ٱلرَّحِيمِ
I
seek refuge with God from the stoned Shaytan (Satan)
In
the name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful
***
Introduction
A necessary background for this Chapter can
be found in Chapter 4, "Creation and Evolution in the
Holy Quran," which tells the Quran story of how Allah (God), praise to
Him, created life on Earth, let it evolve, and intervened to improve His
creation.
This Chapter is a continuation of the topic
of creation and evolution but with focus on human beings, as they represent the
climax of the five stages of creation: starting life, fashioning in the right
proportions, walking upright on two, imaging them in the best of images, and
blowing of God’s Spirit in them. When Allah, praise to Him, felt that He taught
humans enough, He decided to make them His deputies (caliphs) on Earth. When
the angels expressed their surprise, Allah chose Adam to represent humanity in
a contest with them, to show them that human beings are worthy of His decision
of trusting them to rule the Earth. That story is the subject of Chapter 6,
"Adam's Contest with the Angels, and Getting Out of Paradise."
The verses related to the topics of Chapters 3, 4,
and 5, like the rest of the verses of the Holy
Quran, are very concise and each word contained in them has a specific meaning
within a certain context but it may have other meanings in other contexts. That
is why the translation from Arabic is not enough. It has to be explained
further with facts from the sciences, particularly from Anthropology and
Biology in this case, as well as with interpretations of the early prominent
Islamic scholars, namely as Al-Tabari, Al-Qurtubi, and Ibn
Katheer. [73]
Meaning of Human Caliphate on Earth
The starting point in this Chapter is the
word “khalifa” (خَلِيفَةً۬), or caliph, which is mentioned in
Verse 30 of Surat Al-Baqara (Chapter 2) of the Holy Quran. The root of the word
is the Arabic verb “khalafa,” which means: ”to come after or succeed.”
وَإِذْ
قَالَ
رَبُّكَ
لِلْمَلَائِكَةِ
إِنِّي
جَاعِلٌ فِي
الْأَرْضِ خَلِيفَةً ۖ قَالُوا
أَتَجْعَلُ
فِيهَا مَن
يُفْسِدُ فِيهَا
وَيَسْفِكُ
الدِّمَاءَ
وَنَحْنُ نُسَبِّحُ
بِحَمْدِكَ
وَنُقَدِّسُ
لَكَ ۖ قَالَ
إِنِّي
أَعْلَمُ مَا
لَا
تَعْلَمُونَ (البَقَرَة
، 2: 30).
And when your Lord said to the angels: I am making a caliph on the Earth. They said: Are You
making therein one who corrupts in it and sheds blood, while we hymn Your
praise and sanctify You? He said: Surely, I know that which you do not
know (Al-Baqara, 2: 30).
The Arabic noun Khalifa (caliph) is
derived from the verb khalafa, which means to succeed or to come after. Thus,
a caliph (Khalifa) is a ruler who comes after or succeeds a former
ruler. The main meaning is that Allah, praise to Him, has honored humans by
making them responsible for the Earth and its construction, as stated in verse
11: 61. But the direct meaning in this verse is that Allah, praise to Him, has
willed that humans become His caliphs, in ruling the Earth, according to His
Law (Shari’a), and on His behalf.
اعْبُدُوا
اللَّـهَ مَا
لَكُم مِّنْ
إِلَـٰهٍ
غَيْرُهُ ۖ هُوَ
أَنشَأَكُم
مِّنَ
الْأَرْضِ
وَاسْتَعْمَرَكُمْ
فِيهَا (هُودُ
،
11: 61).
Muslims used the word to describe the second
head of the Islamic State, Abu Bakr Al-Siddiq, may Allah be pleased with
him (mAbpwh), referring to him as the Caliph of the Prophet, or his successor,
as the Prophet, peace and blessings of Allah be upon him (pbbuh), was the first
head of the Islamic State. Then, Muslims continued describing their rulers as
such until the end of World War I, at the beginning of the twentieth century,
when the Ottoman Caliphate was defeated by the Western empires and was replaced
by the Turkish and Arab secular states.
Another related meaning to the word “Khalifa”
or “caliph” is that Allah, praise to Him, has willed that humans shall succeed
each other in ruling the Earth, century after century, until He inherits this
planet and all that which is on it
In explaining the meaning of this verse, Al-Siyouti mentioned
that Allah, praise to Him, decided to make Adam as His caliph on Earth, to be
responsible for implementing His Law on it.
Al-Tabari used the same explanation, mentioning a narration
by the Companions Ibn Mas’ood and Ibn ‘Abbas, mAbpwt all. However, he added, as
Ibn Katheer did, saying that the meaning of caliphate is the succession of a
century of people by another.
Al-Qurtubi was clear in that the caliphate, or succession,
is that of Adam succeeding God, praise to Him, on Earth. He cited Ibn Mas’ood
and Ibn ‘Abbas, mAbpwt, in saying that Adam, peace be to him, was God’s Caliph
in implementing His Law and commands.
Human Caliphate on Earth is an Honor, But with Responsibility
God’s will, or mandate, to make humans His
successors (caliphs) on Earth, is a great honor to them. This honor was mentioned
in several verses of the Holy Quran, such as in 2:30 (above), 17: 70,
and 17: 62.
وَلَقَدْ
كَرَّمْنَا
بَنِي آدَمَ
وَحَمَلْنَاهُمْ
فِي الْبَرِّ
وَالْبَحْرِ
وَرَزَقْنَاهُم
مِّنَ الطَّيِّبَاتِ
وَفَضَّلْنَاهُمْ
عَلَىٰ
كَثِيرٍ
مِّمَّنْ
خَلَقْنَا
تَفْضِيلًا (الإسْرَاءُ
، 17: 70).
And
We have certainly honored the children of
Adam, carried them on the land and sea, provided for them of the good things,
and preferred them over much of what We have created, with (definite) preference
(Al-Isra, 17: 70).
قَالَ
أَرَأَيْتَكَ
هَـٰذَا
الَّذِي
كَرَّمْتَ عَلَيَّ
لَئِنْ
أَخَّرْتَنِ
إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ
الْقِيَامَةِ
لَأَحْتَنِكَنَّ
ذُرِّيَّتَهُ
إِلَّا
قَلِيلًا (الإسْرَاءُ
، 17: 62).
He
said: Do You see this whom You have honored
above me, if You reprieve me until the Day of Rising (Resurrection), I will
seize his offspring, except a few (Al-'Isra, 17: 62).
Despite
the fact that the mandate has been a great honor to humans, it has been associated with a grave
responsibility at the same time. It is true that they lived up to God’s
expectations in many centuries and stages of their history. However, they
failed in many other occasions and times. They did injustice to themselves and
to the planet they have been entrusted to rule over and care about.
The very characteristics of success that
humans possess could be used in bad ways, as a result of following Al-Shaytan
(Satan) and his wicked ways, which took many humans away from the right path of
God.
Verse 72 of Surat Al-A'hzab (Chapter 33) of
the Holy Quran tells us that the Heavens, the Earth, and the Mountains (as
solid and strong as they are) could not carry God’s mandate and the
responsibility associated with it. However, humans were happy to carry it, or
accept it, out of ignorance about the burdens of the responsibility associated
with God’s mandate for them to become His successors on Earth.
إِنَّا
عَرَضْنَا الْأَمَانَةَ
عَلَى
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
وَالْجِبَالِ
فَأَبَيْنَ
أَن
يَحْمِلْنَهَا
وَأَشْفَقْنَ
مِنْهَا وَحَمَلَهَا
الْإِنسَانُ ۖ إِنَّهُ
كَانَ
ظَلُومًا
جَهُولًا (الأحْزَابُ
،
33: 72).
We offered the trust (of succession, caliphate) to the heavens and
the Earth and the mountains, but they refused to undertake it, and were afraid
of it. But the
human (being) undertook it (because) he was unjust (to himself) and ignorant (of the
consequences of his undertaking) (Al-A'hzab, 33: 72).
Thus, God’s trust in his human creation to be His caliphs on Earth
was based on His knowledge of them as capable of receiving His mandate of
ruling Earth and living up to the responsibilities associated with that
mandate. In particular, Allah, praise to Him, tells us about some of the
characteristics that made humans trustworthy of His mandate. These are
represented by their ability to learn, to build, and to
choose.
Human Ability to Learn
Allah, praise to Him, made humans His caliphs
on Earth, after they proved to Him their ability to learn, to accumulate
knowledge, to process that knowledge, to make rules and laws on the basis of
their knowledge, and to make use of what they have learned.
Allah, praise to Him, facilitated for humans
to learn by making Earth abundant in food and resources and protected it from
harmful cosmic effects. He surrounded it with several layers of atmospheres as
protection and made its distance from the Sun ideal for life to flourish and
progress. Thus, humans have enjoyed peaceful and comfortable conditions in most
regions of Earth, which freed them to learn.
Allah, the Compassionate, praise to Him,
never left His creation completely alone or lonely to despair. He would
intervene to improve His creation with fashioning in the right proportions and
best imaging. He also instructed them to learn, use their knowledge for their
benefit, and guided them to how they can achieve that.
God’s first word and command to humans,
delivered through the Senior Angel, Jibril (Gabriel), peace be to him, to the
Messenger of Allah, Muhammed, peace and blessings of Allah be upon him (pbbuh)
was "Read" (اقْرَأْ). He actually repeated it three
times to confirm its importance to humanity, as stated in the first five verses
of Surat Al-‘Alaq (Chapter 96) of the Holy Quran.
اقْرَأْ بِاسْمِ
رَبِّكَ
الَّذِي
خَلَقَ ﴿١﴾
خَلَقَ
الْإِنسَانَ
مِنْ عَلَقٍ ﴿٢﴾
اقْرَأْ
وَرَبُّكَ
الْأَكْرَمُ ﴿٣﴾
الَّذِي
عَلَّمَ
بِالْقَلَمِ ﴿٤﴾ عَلَّمَ
الْإِنسَانَ
مَا لَمْ
يَعْلَمْ ﴿٥﴾ (الْعَلَقُ
،
96: 1-5).
Read! In the name of your Lord, Who created, (1)
Created the human (being), out of an 'alaq
(leech-like embryos), (2)
Read! And your Lord is the Most Generous, (3)
He Who taught with the pen, (4)
(He) taught the human (being) that which he did not know (Al-‘Alaq, 96: 1-5).
There are many verses in the Holy Quran,
which urge humans to learn, acquire knowledge, and pursue science. When we look
at some of them, such as 55: 1-4, and 2: 239, 2: 282, we find that Allah,
praise to Him, states that He has taught humans to read and understand the Holy
Quran. He also taught them that which they did not know. Verse 53: 5 tells us
that the Messenger of Allah, Mu’hammed, pbbuh, was taught by the senior angel, Jibreel,
peace be upon him. [74]
الرَّحْمَـٰنُ
﴿١﴾
عَلَّمَ
الْقُرْآنَ ﴿٢﴾
خَلَقَ
الْإِنسَانَ ﴿٣﴾ عَلَّمَهُ
الْبَيَانَ ﴿٤﴾ (الرَّحْمَـٰنِ ، 55: 1-4).
فَاذْكُرُوا
اللَّـهَ
كَمَا عَلَّمَكُم مَّا
لَمْ
تَكُونُوا
تَعْلَمُونَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2:
239).
وَلَا
يَأْبَ
كَاتِبٌ أَن
يَكْتُبَ
كَمَا عَلَّمَهُ
اللَّـهُ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2:
282).
إِنْ
هُوَ إِلَّا
وَحْيٌ
يُوحَىٰ ﴿٤﴾ عَلَّمَهُ
شَدِيدُ
الْقُوَىٰ ﴿٥﴾ (النَّجْمُ
،
53: 4-5).
The Beneficent, (1) has taught the Quran, (2)
created the human (being), (3) taught him speech (Al-Rahman, 55: 1-4).
Remember Allah, as He has taught you that which you did not know (Al-Baqara, 2:
239).
A scribe should not refuse to write as Allah has taught him (Al-Baqara, 2: 282).
It is an inspiration, being inspired (to him)
(4), taught
by one mighty in power (5) (Jibril) (Al-Najm, 53: 4-5).
Human Tendency and Capability of Construction
God’s trust in His creation of human beings to be His caliphs on
Earth was further based on His knowledge of their tendency and capability of
construction. He expected humans to be creative, in continuously improving
their conditions on Earth, reaching the stage of civilization, as Ibn Khaldoun
described it, using the Quran term of ‘Amarah, which means construction and
civilization. [75]
Verse 30: 9 is an invitation for humans to excavate the previous
civilizations, to learn lessons from them. While this is a command for humans
to study historical and pre-historical sites to learn about previous human
civilizations, it's also a direct reference to the human tendency and
capability of construction.
أَوَلَمْ
يَسِيرُوا
فِي
الْأَرْضِ
فَيَنظُرُوا كَيْفَ
كَانَ
عَاقِبَةُ الَّذِينَ
مِن
قَبْلِهِمْ ۚ كَانُوا
أَشَدَّ
مِنْهُمْ
قُوَّةً وَأَثَارُوا
الْأَرْضَ
وَعَمَرُوهَا
أَكْثَرَ
مِمَّا
عَمَرُوهَا (الرُّومُ
،
30: 9).
Have they not travelled on the Earth to see what was the end of those who were before them? They were
much stronger than them, and they plowed the land and constructed upon it more than these have constructed (Al-Room,
30: 9).
There is no doubt that construction benefited from the other two
human characteristics of learning and choice. The three qualities interacted
with each other, producing this wonderful human phenomenon, which has pleased
Allah, Who did bet on humans to do so, and to be thus, in front of His angels.
Verses 11: 61 and 9: 18 include references to
the human construction, as follows:
وَإِلَىٰ
ثَمُودَ
أَخَاهُمْ
صَالِحًا ۚ قَالَ
يَا قَوْمِ
اعْبُدُوا
اللَّـهَ مَا
لَكُم مِّنْ
إِلَـٰهٍ
غَيْرُهُ ۖ
هُوَ أَنشَأَكُم
مِّنَ
الْأَرْضِ
وَاسْتَعْمَرَكُمْ
فِيهَا (هُودُ ، 11: 61).
إِنَّمَا
يَعْمُرُ
مَسَاجِدَ
اللَّـهِ مَنْ
آمَنَ
بِاللَّـهِ
وَالْيَوْمِ
الْآخِرِ
وَأَقَامَ
الصَّلَاةَ
وَآتَى
الزَّكَاةَ
وَلَمْ
يَخْشَ
إِلَّا
اللَّـهَ (التَّوْبَةُ
، 9:
18).
And to the people of Thamud, (We sent) their
brother Sali’h. He said: O (my) people! Worship Allah, you have no other god
than Him. He
made you from the earth and (enabled) you to construct therein (Hood, 11: 61).
The mosques of Allah are constructed (as well as visited and maintained) by
whoever believes in Allah and the Last Day, and by whoever observes the prayer
and pays charity (zakat), and fears none except Allah (Al-Tawba, 9: 18).
Human Freedom of Choice
No
doubt, the human ability and love for constructions came as a result of the
human ability to learn and to choose. These three human qualities interacted to
produce the human wonderful phenomenon, which pleased the Creator, praise to
Him. So, He has willed to honor humans by making them His caliphs to rule
Earth, despite the angels' surprise, as He knows that which they do not know.
He has created humans with the ability to choose, to see who among
them is going to thank Him for it, and who is going to be ungrateful for such a
blessing. As verses 76: 3, 89: 8-10, and 91: 7-8 reveal, humans are capable to choose between right and
wrong as well as between obedience and disobedience to their Creator.
إِنَّا
هَدَيْنَاهُ
السَّبِيلَ إِمَّا
شَاكِرًا
وَإِمَّا
كَفُورًا (الإنْسَانُ
،
76: 3).
أَلَمْ
نَجْعَل
لَّهُ
عَيْنَيْنِ ﴿٨﴾
وَلِسَانًا
وَشَفَتَيْنِ
﴿٩﴾ وَهَدَيْنَاهُ
النَّجْدَيْنِ ﴿١٠﴾ (الْبَلَدُ ، 89: 8-10).
وَنَفْسٍ وَمَا
سَوَّاهَا ﴿٧﴾
فَأَلْهَمَهَا
فُجُورَهَا
وَتَقْوَاهَا ﴿٨﴾
(الشَّمْسُ ، 91: 7-8).
We guided him (the human being) to the path (of choice, to see if he
chooses to be) grateful
or disbelieving (Al-Insan, 76:
3).
Have We not made for him two eyes? (8) And a
tongue and two lips (to speak with)? (9) And guided him to the two paths (to choose from)?
(Al-Balad, 89: 8-10).
By the (human) self, and how He
fashioned it, (7) by inspiring it to (to know the paths of) disobedience and piety. (8)
(Al-Shams, 91: 7-8). [76]
Allah, praise to Him, wanted to enjoy seeing his human creation
obey Him and observe His commands by choice. So, when He told His angels, that
He would make humans His caliphs on Earth, they were surprised because of their
knowledge of human corruption and violence (blood-shedding). But Allah, praise
to Him, answered them in Verse 2:30, saying that He knew that which they did
not know. He knew that as some humans may choose to corrupt and shed blood,
others will choose to obey His commands and do good deeds to themselves, to
others, and to their Planet.
Thus, the above verses tell us that humans are born with the
ability to identify what’s right and what’s wrong as well as the ability to
choose which of the two paths they are going to follow. These innate
capabilities were blown into humans from God’s Spirit, part of fifth stage of
creation, as discussed in Chapter 4, and as mentioned in verse 15: 29.
فَإِذَا
سَوَّيْتُهُ وَنَفَخْتُ
فِيهِ مِن
رُّوحِي فَقَعُوا
لَهُ
سَاجِدِينَ (الْحِجْرُ
، 15: 29).
And when I have proportioned him and blew into him of My Spirit,
then fall down to him in prostration (Al-‘Hijr, 15:
29).
Responsibilities of God’s Caliphs on Earth
As mentioned in many verses in the
Holy Quran, the human caliphate
of God on Earth is associated with heavy responsibilities, which humans are
capable of doing. If they live up to the undertakings of these
responsibilities, they will receive great rewards in this life and in the
hereafter. Otherwise, they may be replaced by others in this life, and punished
in the hereafter.
First, Allah, praise to Him, mentions in the Holy
Quran that the caliphate or succession of humans on Earth is a test for them, as He wants to
see whether they are thankful or ungrateful for the blessings He bestowed on
them, as mentioned in Verses 6: 165, 10: 14, and 7: 129.
Second, in return for successorship on Earth, humans need to believe in Allah and in His Messenger, to spend for His sake, and do good deeds, as stated
in verses 57: 7, 24: 55, 57: 7,
Third, humans need to acknowledge God’s favors to them, which should
prompt them to thank Him for the good
body He fashioned for them and for making them His Caliphs on Earth, as stated
in Verse 7: 96.
Fourth, Allah, praise to Him, also mentions that disbelievers,
merciless, and miserly people may be replaced by others, who are better than them, as we read
in Verses 6: 133 and 11: 57.
Fifth, in addition to believing in Allah, mentioning His
blessings, doing good deeds, the human caliphate of God on Earth is conditioned on many
responsibilities, such as not corrupting the
Earth, ruling people with justice and according to God’s commands, patience,
and piety, as
mentioned in verses 10: 73, 7: 74, 38: 26, 35: 39, 27: 62, and 7: 128. [77]
Conclusion
By reaching the fifth stage of creation, humans demonstrated their
ability to learn, construct, and choose freely. As a result, their Creator
willed that they were trustworthy of ruling the Earth, as His successors
(caliphs). That honor came with heavy responsibilities, which are mentioned in
many verses of the Holy Quran. Allah, praise to Him, promised humans to allow
them the continuation of their caliphate of Earth, as long as they follow His
commands. Otherwise, they will be replaced by others in this life and punished
in the hereafter.
Adam's Contest with the Angels, and
Getting Out of Paradise
***
امْتِحَانُ
آدَمَ
أَمَامَ
الْمَلَائِكَةِ
،
وَالْخُرُوجُ
مِنَ
الْجَنَّةِ
***
أعُوذُ
بِاللهِ مِنَ
الشَّيْطَانِ
الرَّجِيمِ
بِسۡمِ
ٱللهِ
ٱلرَّحۡمَـٰنِ
ٱلرَّحِيمِ
I seek refuge with God
from the stoned Shaytan (Satan)
In the name of Allah,
the Compassionate, the Merciful
Introduction
This
Chapter addresses the story of Adam, God's will to make him and other humans
His caliphs on Earth, his contest with the angels, living in Paradise, and
getting out of it. However, a necessary background for this Chapter can be
found in the previous three chapters.
Chapter
3 provides a background about the creation of the universe, including heavens
and Earth. The verses used involve scientific facts just recently discovered.
Thus, these facts provide “The Scientific Evidence That God Exists and the Holy
Quran Is His Message to Humanity.”
Chapter 4, "Creation and Evolution in the Holy Quran," tells
the Quran story of how Allah (God), praise to Him, created life on Earth, let
it evolve, and intervened to improve His creation.
Chapter 5,
"Humans, As God's Caliphs on Earth," is a continuation of the topic
of creation and evolution but with focus on humans as God's caliphs on Earth,
due to reaching the climax of the five stages of creation. As Allah, praise to
Him, saw the human ability to learn, construct, and choose, He willed that they
became worthy of His decision to make them His caliphs, or successors, on
ruling this planet, following His commands.
Thus,
He declared to His angels that he had decided to give humans that mandate. They
were surprised for His decision due to their knowledge of humans as corruptors
of the Earth and shedders of each-other's blood. They asked their Lord about
why He would do that for such a creature. He answered them that He "knows
that which they do not know." Then, He brought Adam, as a representative
of humanity, to a contest with the angels, to show them that human beings
deserve the honor He accorded them. [78]
Who Was Adam?
The
following seven verses from the Holy Quran tell us that Adam, peace be upon
him, was the best of God's human creation. Allah, praise to Him, CHOSE him to represent humanity in the contest
with the angels, because of his ability to learn, build, and choose, as
explained in Chapter 5.
First, Verse
7: 11 clearly states that
Allah, praise to Him, created humans (khalaqnakum, in plural), then
fashioned them in the image He wanted (sawarnakum, also in plural form).
These two verbs refer to the first and fourth stages of the first creation, as
mentioned in Chapter 4 of this Book. The
use of the word "then"
indicates the passage of a long period between the two stages.
وَلَقَدْ خَلَقْنَاكُمْ
ثُمَّ صَوَّرْنَاكُمْ ثُمَّ
قُلْنَا
لِلْمَلآئِكَةِ
اسْجُدُواْ
لآدَمَ فَسَجَدُواْ
إِلاَّ
إِبْلِيسَ
لَمْ يَكُن مِّنَ
السَّاجِدِينَ (الأعْرَافُ
، 7: 11).
And
We created you (humans, in plural form), then fashioned you (made you in the image you are, also addressing
humans in plural form), then said to the angels: Prostrate to Adam! And they
prostrated, all except Iblees (another name for Satan), who was not of those
who made prostration (Al-A'araf, 7: 11).
When Allah, praise to Him, decided that
humans have reached the level of being trustworthy of the mandate to be His
caliphs on Earth, He chose Adam to represent them in front of the skeptical
angels. When he won the contest, the angels were ordered to prostrate to him,
as an acknowledgement of his winning and his worth to receive God’s mandate.
It is noteworthy that the verse mentions that
the command of prostration to Adam came after the creation and fashioning of
humans. He was chosen from among them.
Second, Verse 3: 59 states that both of 'Eisa (Jesus) and Adam,
peace be upon them, were alike in that they were created of the Earth soil. We
know for sure that Jesus was created in his mother’s womb, which means that the
verse is referring to the first creation of life on Earth, out of clay (which
is water and soil together). The verse tells us that this also applies to the
creation of Adam, which is another reference to Adam as one of the humans, not
the first of them.
إِنَّ مَثَلَ
عِيسَىٰ
عِندَ
اللَّـهِ
كَمَثَلِ آدَمَ ۖ خَلَقَهُ
مِن تُرَابٍ ثُمَّ
قَالَ لَهُ
كُن
فَيَكُونُ (آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 59).
The example of ‘Eissa (Jesus) for Allah is as that of Adam. He
created him from the earth soil. Then, He said to him: "Be". And he
was (Al-'Imran, 3: 69).
Third, Verse 3: 33
states that Allah, praise to Him, CHOSE
(Istafa in Arabic) Adam, Noah, the family of Ibrahim (Abraham),
and the family of 'Imran above people of
all the worlds (throughout the centuries). This means that Adam was chosen as the best human of his
time, just like the others were in their times. If he were the first and only
human being, then there would be no choice. Thus, the use of the verb “chose”
in this verse is a piece of evidence that Adam was the best human, not the
first one.
إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ اصْطَفَىٰ
آدَمَ وَنُوحًا
وَآلَ
إِبْرَاهِيمَ
وَآلَ عِمْرَانَ عَلَى
الْعَالَمِينَ (آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 33).
Allah
chose Adam, Noah,
the family of Ibrahim (Abraham), and the family of 'Imran, above the
worlds (Al-'Imran, 3: 33).
The
same Arabic verb (Istafa), used in Verse 3: 33 is also used in Verse 3:
42, in reference to Maryam, the mother of 'Eissa (Jesus), peace be upon both of
them. Allah, praise to Him, mentions that He CHOSE
her from among the women of all the worlds. For sure, there were many women in
the world for Allah, praise to Him, to choose from, to be a mother for 'Eissa
(Jesus). This further explains the use of the same verb in Verse 3: 33, which
confirms that Allah, praise to Him, CHOSE
Adam, to represent humanity in the majestic contest with the angels.
وَإِذْ
قَالَتِ
الْمَلَائِكَةُ
يَا
مَرْيَمُ
إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ اصْطَفَاكِ
وَطَهَّرَكِ
وَاصْطَفَاكِ
عَلَىٰ
نِسَاءِ
الْعَالَمِينَ
(آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 42).
And (mention) when the angels said, "O Maryam (Mary), indeed Allah has chosen you, purified you, and chosen you
above the women of the worlds (Al-'Imran, 3: 42).
Fourth, the reference
to immortality, in Verses 20: 120 and 7: 20, gives more support for the
interpretation that Adam was not the first human. The verses show that he knew
that humans were mortals. He could not know that if he never saw other humans
dying at his time.
فَوَسْوَسَ
إِلَيْهِ
الشَّيْطَانُ
قَالَ يَا آدَمُ
هَلْ
أَدُلُّكَ
عَلَىٰ
شَجَرَةِ الْخُلْدِ وَمُلْكٍ
لَّا
يَبْلَىٰ (طٰهَ ، 20: 120).
Then, the Shaytan (Satan) whispered to him, saying: O Adam! Shall I lead you to the tree
of eternity and a dominion that does not decay?
(Ta Ha, 20: 120)
فَوَسْوَسَ
لَهُمَا
الشَّيْطَانُ
لِيُبْدِيَ
لَهُمَا مَا
وُورِيَ
عَنْهُمَا
مِن سَوْآتِهِمَا
وَقَالَ مَا
نَهَاكُمَا
رَبُّكُمَا
عَنْ هَـٰذِهِ
الشَّجَرَةِ
إِلَّا أَن
تَكُونَا مَلَكَيْنِ
أَوْ
تَكُونَا
مِنَ
الْخَالِدِينَ (الأعْرَافُ ، 7: 20).
Then, the Shaytan (Satan) whispered to both of them, in order to
manifest to them that which was hidden to them of their shame (nakedness), and
he said: Your Lord forbade you from this tree to prevent you from becoming
angels or (you both) becoming of the immortals (Al-A'araf, 7: 20).
Finally, Verse 38: 75
mentions God's direct intervention in the creation of Adam (and humanity in
general, in the stages of the first creation), with His Own Hands. This was
mentioned in an exclamatory rebuking style, to emphasize the Iblis (Satan)
disobedience abomination.
قَالَ يَا
إِبْلِيسُ مَا
مَنَعَكَ أَن
تَسْجُدَ
لِمَا
خَلَقْتُ بِيَدَيَّ أَسْتَكْبَرْتَ
أَمْ كُنتَ
مِنَ
الْعَالِينَ (صَ
، 38: 75).
(Allah) said: O Iblees
(Satan), what prevented you from prostrating to that
which I created with My Hands? Were you arrogant, or were you among
the haughty? (Saad, 38: 75).
The Story of Adam [79]
The
story of Adam started with God's decision to give humans a mandate to be His
caliphs (successors) in ruling the Planet of Earth, as stated in Verse 2: 30.
وَإِذْ
قَالَ
رَبُّكَ
لِلْمَلَائِكَةِ
إِنِّي
جَاعِلٌ فِي
الْأَرْضِ
خَلِيفَةً ۖ
قَالُوا
أَتَجْعَلُ
فِيهَا مَن
يُفْسِدُ فِيهَا
وَيَسْفِكُ
الدِّمَاءَ
وَنَحْنُ نُسَبِّحُ
بِحَمْدِكَ
وَنُقَدِّسُ
لَكَ ۖ قَالَ
إِنِّي
أَعْلَمُ مَا
لَا
تَعْلَمُونَ (البَقَرَة
، 2: 30).
"And when
your Lord said to the angels: I am making a caliph on the Earth. They said: Are You making therein
one who corrupts it and sheds blood, while we hymn Your praise and sanctify
You? He said: Surely I know that which you do not know" (Al-Baqara,
2: 30).
To show
the angels that Adam was worth His trust, Allah, praise to Him, prepared him
for a knowledge contest with them. He asked them about names of things that
they did not know about. When they acknowledged their lack of knowledge, He
asked Adam to tell them about what they did not know. When Adam answered with what his Lord had
taught him, Allah, praise to Him, told the angels to make prostration to him,
in acknowledgement to his winning of the contest. All angels prostrated in
obedience to God's command, except Iblis (Satan), who refused to do so in
arrogance and disobedience, as stated in Verses 2: 31-34.
وَعَلَّمَ
آدَمَ
الْأَسْمَاءَ
كُلَّهَا ثُمَّ
عَرَضَهُمْ
عَلَى
الْمَلَائِكَةِ
فَقَالَ
أَنبِئُونِي
بِأَسْمَاءِ
هَـٰؤُلَاءِ
إِن كُنتُمْ
صَادِقِينَ ﴿٣١﴾
قَالُوا
سُبْحَانَكَ لَا
عِلْمَ لَنَا
إِلَّا مَا
عَلَّمْتَنَا إِنَّكَ
أَنتَ
الْعَلِيمُ
الْحَكِيمُ ﴿٣٢﴾
قَالَ يَا
آدَمُ
أَنبِئْهُم
بِأَسْمَائِهِمْ فَلَمَّا
أَنبَأَهُم
بِأَسْمَائِهِمْ
قَالَ أَلَمْ
أَقُل
لَّكُمْ
إِنِّي
أَعْلَمُ غَيْبَ
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
وَأَعْلَمُ
مَا
تُبْدُونَ
وَمَا
كُنتُمْ
تَكْتُمُونَ ﴿٣٣﴾
وَإِذْ
قُلْنَا
لِلْمَلَائِكَةِ
اسْجُدُوا
لِآدَمَ
فَسَجَدُوا
إِلَّا
إِبْلِيسَ أَبَىٰ
وَاسْتَكْبَرَ
وَكَانَ مِنَ
الْكَافِرِينَ
﴿٣٤﴾ (البَقَرَةُ ، 2: 31-34).
And He taught Adam the names - all of them. Then He
showed them to the angels and said, "Inform Me of the names of these, if
you are truthful." (31)
They
said, "Exalted are You; we have no knowledge
except what You have taught us. Indeed, it is You who is the
Knowing, the Wise." (32)
He
said, "O Adam, inform them of their names."
And when he had informed them of their names, He said, "Did I not tell you
that I know the unseen [aspects] of the heavens and the earth? And I know what
you reveal and what you have concealed." (33)
And
(mention) when We said to the angels,
"Prostrate before Adam." So, they prostrated, except for Iblees(Satan).
He refused and was arrogant and became of the disbelievers. (34) (Al-Baqara, 2: 31-34).
How did Allah teach Adam?
The
Holy Quran tells us that Allah, praise to Him, has taught humans what they did
not know (2: 239), including reading (55: 4) and writing (2: 282).
فَإِنْ
خِفْتُمْ
فَرِجَالًا
أَوْ رُكْبَانًا فَإِذَا
أَمِنتُمْ
فَاذْكُرُوا
اللَّـهَ
كَمَا عَلَّمَكُم
مَّا لَمْ
تَكُونُوا
تَعْلَمُونَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 239).
And
if you fear (an enemy, pray) on foot or riding. But when you are secure, (pray)
mentioning Allah, as He has taught you that which
you did not know (Al-Baqara, 2: 239).
الرَّحْمَـٰنُ
﴿١﴾ عَلَّمَ
الْقُرْآنَ ﴿٢﴾ خَلَقَ
الْإِنسَانَ ﴿٣﴾
عَلَّمَهُ
الْبَيَانَ ﴿٤﴾ (الرَّحْمَـٰنُ
، 55: 4).
The
Beneficent (1) Taught the Quran, (2) Created the human, (3) taught him clear speech (4) (Al-Ra'hman,
وَلَا
يَأْبَ
كَاتِبٌ أَن يَكْتُبَ
كَمَا
عَلَّمَهُ
اللَّـهُ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 282).
Let
no scribe refuse to write as Allah has taught him (Al-Baqara, 2: 285).
Verse
42: 51 tells us that humans cannot receive communication directly from God.
Rather, this has to be by inspiration to their minds, or behind a barrier, or
through His angelic messengers who inspire to humans, with permission from Him,
as we read in Verse 53: 4.
وَمَا
كَانَ
لِبَشَرٍ
أَنْ
يُكَلِّمَهُ
اللَّهُ إِلا وَحْيًا
أَوْ مِنْ
وَرَاءِ
حِجَابٍ أَوْ
يُرْسِلَ
رَسُولا
فَيُوحِيَ
بِإِذْنِهِ
مَا يَشَاءُ
إِنَّهُ
عَلِيٌّ
حَكِيمٌ (الشُّورَى
، 42: 51).
A
human could not handle that Allah speak to him except by inspiration, or from behind a barrier (veil), or by sending
of a messenger (an angel) to inspire,
with His permission, what He (Allah) wills, for He is Most High, Most Wise
(Al-Shoora, 42: 51).
إِنْ
هُوَ إِلَّا وَحْيٌ
يُوحَىٰ ﴿٤﴾
عَلَّمَهُ
شَدِيدُ
الْقُوَىٰ ﴿٥﴾ (النَّجْمُ
،
53: 4-5).
It
is an inspiration revealed (to him) (4) taught by one mighty in power (Jibril) (5) (Al-Najm, 53: 4-5).
An
example of God’s communication with humans is His revelation to His Messengers
and Prophets, whether as awake or during their sleep. The Messenger of Allah,
Muhammed, received revelation (18: 27) while being awake. Sometimes, he may
hear a bell-ringing sound, at the start of a revelation session, and he would
sweat heavily, even in a very cold day. In other times, he would see the angel
Jibril (Gabriel) as a man, speaking to him. [80]
He would also receive revelation during his
sleep (8: 43), as Ibrahim, Abraham (37: 102) and Yousuf, Joseph (12: 4) did.
However, God’s revelation is not limited to His Messengers and Prophets.
Rather, He has communicated with other humans to guide them to the good of
humanity, such as His revelation to the Egyptian Pharaoh about the seven cows,
during his dream (12: 43). He even communicates with other creatures, such as
bees (16: 68). Moreover, many discoverers and inventors mentioned that they
reached their discoveries or inventions during their sleep. [81]
Further,
Allah, praise to Him, has facilitated learning, by granting humans the peace of
mind, the blessings of stability, and the abundance of resources necessary to
satisfy their basic needs. Then, these blessings made them ready to learn by
adaptation to their different environments and to each other (Allah knows
better).
All Angels Prostrated to Adam, Except Iblis (Satan)
There are nine verses in the Holy Quran, which state that all
angels obeyed God's command to prostrate to Adam except Iblees (Satan). This
theme is confirmed and emphasized well in these verses, which are 2: 34, 7: 11,
15: 30-32, 17: 61, 18: 50, 20: 116, 38: 73, and 38: 74.
فَسَجَدَ
الْمَلَائِكَةُ
كُلُّهُمْ أَجْمَعُونَ
﴿٣٠﴾ إِلَّا
إِبْلِيسَ أَبَىٰ
أَن يَكُونَ
مَعَ
السَّاجِدِينَ
﴿٣١﴾ (الْحِجْرُ
، 15: 30-31).
So, the angels prostrated, all of them, entirely, (30)
Except Iblees. He refused to be with those who prostrated. (31)
(Al-‘Hijr, 15: 30-31).
Linguistically,
the above-mentioned nine verses show that Iblees (Satan) was an angel, but he
was the only one who refused to prostrate, in disobedience to his Creator’s
command. Verses 7: 12, 15:32-33, 17: 61, and 38: 75 mention that the main
reason of the Shaytan (Satan) disobedience to God was his arrogance, which made
him think that he was better than Adam and humans. He believed that he was
created from a more superior material (fire) than the clay from which Adam was
created.
قَالَ
مَا مَنَعَكَ
أَلَّا
تَسْجُدَ
إِذْ أَمَرْتُكَ
ۖ قَالَ أَنَا
خَيْرٌ
مِّنْهُ خَلَقْتَنِي
مِن نَّارٍ
وَخَلَقْتَهُ
مِن طِينٍ (الأعْرَافُ ، 7: 12).
قَالَ
يَا
إِبْلِيسُ
مَا لَكَ
أَلَّا تَكُونَ
مَعَ
السَّاجِدِينَ ﴿٣٢﴾ قَالَ
لَمْ أَكُن
لِّأَسْجُدَ
لِبَشَرٍ خَلَقْتَهُ
مِن
صَلْصَالٍ مِّنْ حَمَإٍ مَّسْنُونٍ ﴿٣٣﴾ (الْحِجْرُ
،
15: 32-33).
وَإِذْ
قُلْنَا
لِلْمَلَائِكَةِ
اسْجُدُوا
لِآدَمَ
فَسَجَدُوا
إِلَّا
إِبْلِيسَ قَالَ
أَأَسْجُدُ
لِمَنْ خَلَقْتَ
طِينًا (الإسْرَاءُ ،
17: 61).
قَالَ يَا
إِبْلِيسُ
مَا مَنَعَكَ
أَن تَسْجُدَ
لِمَا
خَلَقْتُ
بِيَدَيَّ ۖ أَسْتَكْبَرْتَ
أَمْ كُنتَ
مِنَ
الْعَالِينَ (صَ ، 38: 75).
(Allah) said: “What prevented you to prostrate when I commanded
you?” (Iblees) said: “I am better than him. You created me of fire, while You
created him of clay”
(Al-A'araf, 7: 12).
(Allah) said: “O Iblees, what is (the matter) with you, that you
are not with those who prostrate?" (32) He said: "Never would I
prostrate to a human, whom You created out of dry clay from a stinking
black mud."
(33) (Al-‘Hijr, 15: 32-33).
And We said to the angels: “Prostrate to Adam,” and they
prostrated, except Iblees (Satan). He said: “Do I prostrate to whom You have created, of clay?” (Al-Isra, 17: 61).
(Allah)
said: "O Iblees (Satan), what prevented you from prostrating to (that)
which I created with My Hands? Were you arrogant,
or were you among the haughty?” (Saad, 38: 75).
Verse
18: 50 was the only one of the nine above-mentioned verses, which referred to
Iblees (Satan) as a jinni, as follows:
وَإِذْ
قُلْنَا
لِلْمَلَائِكَةِ
اسْجُدُوا
لِآدَمَ
فَسَجَدُوا
إِلَّا إِبْلِيسَ
كَانَ
مِنَ
الْجِنِّ فَفَسَقَ
عَنْ أَمْرِ
رَبِّهِ ۗ (الْكَهْفُ
، 18: 50).
And
(mention) when We said to the angels: "Prostrate to Adam," and they
prostrated, except for Iblis. He was of the jinn and disobeyed the command of
his Lord (Al-Kahf, 18: 50).
The dominant meaning of the word
“Jinn,” which is mentioned in verse 18: 50, is that it refers to a distinct
species, other than angels. This is the main opinion provided by the three renowned
interpreters of the Holy Quran (Al-Tabari, Al-Qurtubi, and Ibn
Katheer), and many contemporary interpreters. It follows that Iblis was a
Jinni, not an angel. The core of this interpretation is that the angels are
created as obedient creatures while the Jinn, like humans, have the freedom of
choice to believe in and obey their Creator or disbelieve in and disobey Him.
So, if Iblees was an angel, he would not be able to disobey his Creator. He
would have prostrated to Adam, like the rest of the angels.
This interpretation depends on the
meaning contained in such verses as 16: 49-50, which state that angels do what
Allah, praise to Him, commands them to do:
وَلِلَّهِ
يَسْجُدُ مَا
فِي
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَمَا فِي
الْأَرْضِ
مِن دَابَّةٍ
وَالْمَلَائِكَةُ
وَهُمْ لَا
يَسْتَكْبِرُونَ
﴿٤٩﴾
يَخَافُونَ
رَبَّهُم
مِّن
فَوْقِهِمْ وَيَفْعَلُونَ
مَا
يُؤْمَرُونَ ۩ ﴿٥٠﴾
(النَّحْلُ
، 16: 49-50).
And
to Allah prostrates whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the Earth of
creatures, and the angels, and they are not arrogant. (49) They fear their Lord
above them, and they do what they are commanded. (50) (Al-Na’hl, 16: 49-50).
This interpretation is also based
on the meaning contained in the verse, which describes the custodian angels of the Hell
Fire as “harsh and severe, who do not disobey Allah in what He commands them”
(Al-Ta’hreem, 66: 6).
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا قُوا
أَنفُسَكُمْ
وَأَهْلِيكُمْ
نَارًا
وَقُودُهَا
النَّاسُ
وَالْحِجَارَةُ
عَلَيْهَا
مَلَائِكَةٌ
غِلَاظٌ
شِدَادٌ لَّا
يَعْصُونَ
اللَّـهَ مَا
أَمَرَهُمْ وَيَفْعَلُونَ
مَا
يُؤْمَرُونَ
(التَّحْرِيمُ
، 66: 6).
O you who have believed! Ward off from yourselves and your families
a Fire (Hell) whose fuel is (composed of)
men and stones, over which are angels (who
are) stern (and) severe, who do not
disobey the Commands they receive from Allah
and do that which they are commanded (Al-Ta’hreem, 66: 6).
However, this interpretation maybe
countered with another competing interpretation. Basically, this verse applies
to the hereafter, which is about the execution of God’s judgment but during the
first lower life, angels may be different from each other in their behaviors.
This may be understood from several verses of the Holy Quran, such as verse
21:29, which includes a warning for angels not to claim that they are Gods.
Verse 4: 172 warns them of reckoning if they disdain worshipping Allah, their
Creator. This meaning may also be conveyed from and Verse 39: 75, which
states that Allah will judge among them rightly on the Last Day. Moreover,
verse 2: 102 mentions that there were two angels (Haroot and Maroot), who
taught magic to people in Babyl (Babylon), while knowing that this is a form of
disbelief. [82]
The three renowned interpreters
also mentioned a different interpretation provided by Ibn ‘Abbas, mAbpwh and
his father, for the word “Jinn,” which is mentioned in verse 18: 50. Basically,
he said that Iblees (Satan) was from a category of angels called Jinn.
Within this context, the
interpretation of the word “Jinn” maybe supported in the following ways. First,
it may describe the main job of this category of angels as custodians of
Al-Jannah, the name of Paradise in Arabic. Second, it
may describe their ability to be invisible, as it is a derivative of the Arabic
verb “Janna,” which means to become invisible, as explained in Verse 6: 76 of
the Holy Quran. Third,
Al-Qurtubi mentioned that Iblees had four wings, which is a
characteristic of angels, who may have two, or three, or four wings, as stated
in verse 35: 1. Fourth, while
the Jinn were created from the flames of fire, as mentioned in verse 55: 15,
the angels were created from light, as mentioned in a ‘Hadeeth narrated by the
Mother of Believers, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh. Apparently, there is a clear relationship
between the two categories of creatures, as Light is a product of fire anyway,
like the sun light, which is the product of its fire (God knows better). Finally,
this relationship is also mentioned in the Holy Quran. Verses 37: 149-157 are
about angels and mention them by name. However, in verse 37: 158, the word Jinn
is used to refer to them, instead of the word “angels.” [83]
Anyway, whether Iblees was a Jinni or an angel, he was
cursed and banished from God’s mercy because of his arrogance and disobedience
to his Creator, not because of the material from which he was created.
God's Punishment to the Shaytan (Satan)
When
Iblees (Satan) disobeyed his Creator and insisted on his disobedience by
stating his reasons for that, Allah, praise to Him, banished him, ordering him
to descend, or get out of Paradise, and out of His mercy, as mentioned in Verse
7: 13 and 15; 34-35.
قَالَ فَاهْبِطْ
مِنْهَا فَمَا
يَكُونُ لَكَ
أَن
تَتَكَبَّرَ
فِيهَا فَاخْرُجْ إِنَّكَ
مِنَ
الصَّاغِرِينَ (الأعْرَافُ ، 7: 13).
قَالَ
فَاخْرُجْ
مِنْهَا
فَإِنَّكَ رَجِيمٌ ﴿٣٤﴾ وَإِنَّ
عَلَيْكَ اللَّعْنَةَ
إِلَىٰ
يَوْمِ
الدِّينِ ﴿٣٥﴾ (الْحِجْرُ
، 15: 34-35).
(Allah) said: “Then, go down (descend) from it. It is not for you to show arrogance in it. So, get out, you are of the degraded” (Al-A'araf, 7: 13).
[Allah]
said, "Then get out of it, for indeed, you are
expelled. (34) And indeed, upon you is
the curse until the Day of Recompense." (35) (Al-‘Hijr, 15: 34-35).
The
early Muslim interpreter of the Holy Quran, Al-Qurtubi, explained the
two verbs (descend and get out) of verse 7: 13 as descending out of an Earthen
Paradise to other parts of the Earth. This interpretation is consistent with
the development of Adam's story, but Allah knows better.
Then,
Iblees (Satan) asked Allah to give him (and his offspring) the opportunity to
show that humans do not deserve His trust, saying that he would derail them
from the right path. Allah, praise to Him, accepted the challenge and delayed
Satan's punishment, until the first blow of the Trumpet, but bot to the second,
which starts Resurrection, as he asked, as stated in verses 38: 79-81 and 17:
62.
قَالَ
رَبِّ فَأَنظِرْنِي
إِلَىٰ
يَوْمِ
يُبْعَثُونَ ﴿٧٩﴾
قَالَ
فَإِنَّكَ
مِنَ
الْمُنظَرِينَ
﴿٨٠﴾ إِلَىٰ
يَوْمِ
الْوَقْتِ
الْمَعْلُومِ ﴿٨١﴾ (صَ
، 38: 79-81).
قَالَ
أَرَأَيْتَكَ
هَـٰذَا
الَّذِي كَرَّمْتَ
عَلَيَّ لَئِنْ
أَخَّرْتَنِ إِلَىٰ
يَوْمِ
الْقِيَامَةِ
لَأَحْتَنِكَنَّ
ذُرِّيَّتَهُ إِلَّا
قَلِيلًا (الإسْرَاءُ ، 17: 62).
(Iblees) said:
"My Lord, then reprieve
me (delay
my punishment) until
the Day they are resurrected." (79) (Allah) said: "So, indeed, you are of those
reprieved (80) Until
the Day of the time well-known." (81) (Saad, 38: 79-81).
(Iblees) said: "Do You see this one, whom You have honored
above me? If
You delay me until the Day of Rising, I will surely dissuade (control) his
descendants, except for a few" (Al-Isra, 17: 62).
After
securing God's approval of delaying his punishment, the Shaytan (Satan)
revealed his evil plan of derailing as many humans as he can from the straight
path of their Creator, by sitting on that path in order to block it for them,
as stated in verse 7: 16.
قَالَ
فَبِمَا
أَغْوَيْتَنِي
لَأَقْعُدَنَّ
لَهُمْ صِرَاطَكَ
الْمُسْتَقِيمَ (الأعْرَافُ ، 7: 16).
(Satan) said: “Because You have sent me astray (to destruction), I will surely sit for them on Your straight path” (Al-A'araf, 7: 16).
The
cursed Iblees (Satan) continued saying that he would come to humans from all
directions trying to tempt them away from God's straight path, by telling them
to focus on the pleasures of this life and forget about the hereafter, and he
predicted that most of the humans would not be thankful to God.
ثُمَّ لَآتِيَنَّهُم مِّن
بَيْنِ
أَيْدِيهِمْ
وَمِنْ
خَلْفِهِمْ
وَعَنْ
أَيْمَانِهِمْ
وَعَن
شَمَائِلِهِمْ
ۖ وَلَا
تَجِدُ
أَكْثَرَهُمْ
شَاكِرِينَ (الأعْرَافُ ، 7: 17).
Then, I shall come to them from between their hands and from their
back, and from their right and from their left, and You will not find most of
them as thankful (Al-A'araf, 7: 17).
Allah,
praise to Him, then ordered him out of Paradise and out of His mercy, promising
to punish him and his human followers in the Hell fire, as stated in verse 17: 63.
قَالَ
اذْهَبْ فَمَن
تَبِعَكَ
مِنْهُمْ
فَإِنَّ
جَهَنَّمَ
جَزَاؤُكُمْ جَزَاءً
مَّوْفُورًا (الإسْرَاءُ ، 17: 63).
(Allah)
said: "Go, for whoever of them follows you, indeed Hell will be the
recompense of you - an ample recompense” (Al-Isra, 17: 63).
Then,
Allah, praise to Him, warned His worshippers to beware
of the Shaytan (Satan) deceptive tools, which he will use to block them
from following God’s straight path. These tools include his voice, his riding
soldiers, his foot soldiers, wealth, children, and his false promises (17: 64).
However, Allah, praise to Him, has promised that the Shaytan (Satan) will have no
power over God's faithful worshippers, who will be guarded by Him (Al-Isra, 17:
65).
وَاسْتَفْزِزْ
مَنِ
اسْتَطَعْتَ
مِنْهُم بِصَوْتِكَ
وَأَجْلِبْ
عَلَيْهِم
بِخَيْلِكَ
وَرَجِلِكَ
وَشَارِكْهُمْ
فِي الْأَمْوَالِ
وَالْأَوْلَادِ
وَعِدْهُمْ ۚ
وَمَا
يَعِدُهُمُ
الشَّيْطَانُ
إِلَّا غُرُورًا (الإسْرَاءُ
،
17: 64).
إِنَّ
عِبَادِي
لَيْسَ لَكَ
عَلَيْهِمْ
سُلْطَانٌ ۚ
وَكَفَىٰ
بِرَبِّكَ
وَكِيلًا۬ (الإسْرَاءُ
،
17: 65).
And fool any of them whom you can with your voice and bring your
horse (riding) and foot (soldiers) against them, and be their partner in wealth
and children, and promise them. And whatever the Shaytan (Satan) promises them
is no more than deception (Al-Isra, 17: 64).
(As for) my
worshippers, you have no power over them, and your Lord is (their) sufficient
Guardian (Al-Isra, 17: 65).
God's Warning to Adam
Then,
Allah, praise to Him, turned to Adam, to warn him to
beware of the deceptive methods of his enemy, Iblis, who aimed at getting him
and his wife out of Paradise. He told him that if this happens, it will cause
him to toil in earning his living (20: 117). He also reminded him that, while
living in paradise, he is guaranteed to have food, water, clothes, and
dwelling. Moreover, he does not need to work under the sun heat (20: 118-119).
However, if he is expelled from it, he will be forced
to toil, in order to earn his living.
فَقُلْنَا
يَا آدَمُ
إِنَّ هَـٰذَا
عَدُوٌّ
لَّكَ
وَلِزَوْجِكَ فَلَا
يُخْرِجَنَّكُمَا
مِنَ
الْجَنَّةِ فَتَشْقَىٰ
﴿١١٧﴾
إِنَّ
لَكَ أَلَّا
تَجُوعَ
فِيهَا وَلَا
تَعْرَىٰ ﴿١١٨﴾ وَأَنَّكَ
لَا تَظْمَأُ
فِيهَا وَلَا
تَضْحَىٰ ﴿١١٩﴾ (طَٰهَ ، 20: 118-119).
We
said: “O Adam! This
is an enemy to you and to your wife. So, do not let him get you both out of
Paradise, and cause you to toil (117). (It
is ordained for you that) you will neither be hungry in it nor be without
clothes (118), And that you will neither get thirsty in it, nor get exposed to
the sun heat (119)” (Ta-Ha, 20: 117-119).
In explaining the last word of Verse 20: 117 (fatashqa), the early
Muslim interpreters mentioned that it meant "to toil in earning your
living," as contrasted with the easy and comfortable way of life in
Paradise, where food, water, clothes, and dwellings were available.
Thus, when Adam was deceived by Iblees, he
was forced out of Paradise. Then, he had to toil in earning his living. Al-Tabari
and Al-Qurtubi mentioned that he had to plow, using a red bull. Al-Qurtubi
added, mentioning Sa’eed Bin Jubair’s interpretation, that he had to work under
the heat of the sun, throwing
the seeds, tending the crop, harvesting, carrying the harvest home, grinding
the wheat seeds to make flour, and baking the flour dough on fire to make
bread.
This description of Adam’s lifestyle, after
getting out of Paradise, applies to the characteristics of the horticultural
society, which appeared in Egypt and West Asia (Palestine, Syria, and Iraq),
about 15,000-14,000 years ago. That society was characterized by the
domestication of plants and animals. It was preceded by the hunting-gathering
society. Then, it evolved to intensive agriculture about 8,000-5,000 years ago, when more
sophisticated methods were used, such as irrigation, construction of roads, building
dams and canals, as well as using wagons on wheels. This led to the appearance
of the agricultural civilizations on the banks of the great rivers in Egypt,
Iraq, and other regions of the world. [84]
God's Covenant with Adam
Allah, praise to Him, offered Adam and his wife to stay in
Paradise, enjoying its comfort and its abundance of food, in return for
obedience to His commands, which aimed at their welfare and well-being. He told
them that they could eat anything in Paradise except from one tree. He further
warned them not to be even near that tree. If they did, they would be unjust to
themselves because they would cause themselves to be expelled from Paradise.
This meaning was conveyed in Verses 2: 35 and 7:19. However, Verse 2: 35 alone
included the word "raghadan," which may be translated as
"freely," describing how much they could eat. Concerning the
forbidden tree, nobody knows for sure what kind of tree it was, but the early
interpreters mentioned that it could have been the wheat plant, grapevine, or
fig tree.
وَقُلْنَا
يَا
آدَمُ
اسْكُنْ
أَنتَ
وَزَوْجُكَ
الْجَنَّةَ وَكُلَا
مِنْهَا
رَغَدًا
حَيْثُ
شِئْتُمَا
وَلَا
تَقْرَبَا
هَـٰذِهِ
الشَّجَرَةَ
فَتَكُونَا
مِنَ
الظَّالِمِينَ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 35).
وَيَا
آدَمُ
اسْكُنْ
أَنتَ
وَزَوْجُكَ
الْجَنَّةَ فَكُلَا
مِنْ حَيْثُ
شِئْتُمَا
وَلَا تَقْرَبَا
هَـٰذِهِ
الشَّجَرَةَ فَتَكُونَا
مِنَ
الظَّالِمِينَ
(الأعْرَافُ ، 7: 19).
And We said: “O Adam! Dwell you and your wife in Paradise, and eat
from it freely wherever you will, but do not come near this tree. Otherwise,
you will be unjust (to yourselves)” (Al-Baqara, 2: 35).
And O Adam! Dwell you and your wife in Paradise and eat from
whatever you will, but do not come near this tree. Otherwise, you will be of
the unjust (to themselves) (Al-A'araf, 7: 19)
Adam Forgets his Covenant with God
Verse
20: 115 tells us that Adam forgot his covenant with God, which allowed him to
enjoy living in Paradise as long as he did not eat from that tree. He did not
persist in rejecting the Shaytan's whispering and was not firm (strong) enough
to repel his temptations, that if he ate from that tree, he would be immortal,
with permanent dominion (20: 120).
وَلَقَدْ
عَهِدْنَا
إِلَىٰ آدَمَ
مِن قَبْلُ فَنَسِيَ
وَلَمْ
نَجِدْ لَهُ
عَزْمًا (طَهَ ، 20: 115).
فَوَسْوَسَ
إِلَيْهِ
الشَّيْطَانُ
قَالَ يَا
آدَمُ هَلْ
أَدُلُّكَ
عَلَىٰ شَجَرَةِ
الْخُلْدِ
وَمُلْكٍ
لَّا يَبْلَىٰ (طَهَ ، 20: 120).
And We did make a Covenant with Adam beforehand, but he forgot,
and We found no firmness in him (Ta Ha, 20: 115).
Then, the Shaytan (Satan) whispered to him, saying: “O Adam! Shall
I lead you to the tree of eternity and a dominion that does not decay (end)?” (Ta-Ha,
20: 120)
The Shaytan continued to whisper to Adam and his wife, telling
them that if they ate from the tree, they may become angels or immortals. The
reference to immortality, in verses 7: 20 and 20: 120, gives more support for
the interpretation that Adam was not the first human. He could not know that
humans were mortals if he never saw other humans dying before him. Then, the Shaytan intensified his pressure on
them, shifting from whispering to swearing to them, saying that he was just
advising them for their best interest. Because of their innocence, they
could not believe that the Shaytan would deceive them by swearing falsely (7:
21).
فَوَسْوَسَ
لَهُمَا
الشَّيْطَانُ لِيُبْدِيَ
لَهُمَا مَا
وُورِيَ
عَنْهُمَا
مِن
سَوْآتِهِمَا
وَقَالَ مَا
نَهَاكُمَا
رَبُّكُمَا
عَنْ هَٰذِهِ
الشَّجَرَةِ
إِلَّا أَن
تَكُونَا
مَلَكَيْنِ
أَوْ تَكُونَا
مِنَ
الْخَالِدِينَ
﴿٢٠﴾ وَقَاسَمَهُمَا
إِنِّي
لَكُمَا
لَمِنَ
النَّاصِحِينَ
﴿٢١﴾ (الأعْرَافُ ، 7: 20-21).
Then, the Shaytan (Satan) whispered to them both, in order to
manifest to them that which was hidden to them of their shame (nakedness), and
he said: “Your Lord forbade you from this tree, to prevent you from becoming
angels, or becoming of the immortals” (20) And he swore to them (saying): “I
am a (sincere) adviser to you” (21) (Al-A'araf, 7: 21).
Adam Breaching his Covenant with God
Then, Adam and his wife (‘Hawwa, Eve) breached their covenant with their Lord,
when they disobeyed him and went astray, away from His guardianship. As soon as they ate from that tree, they lost
their innocence and realized that they were naked. They were ashamed of their
nakedness and started to cover themselves with leaves from the Paradise trees,
as related in Verse 20: 121. At that moment, their Lord called them asking
about why they did forget his warning to them, not to eat from that tree, and
not to listen to the Shaytan, their clear enemy? (7: 22).
فَأَكَلَا
مِنْهَا فَبَدَتْ
لَهُمَا
سَوْآتُهُمَا
وَطَفِقَا
يَخْصِفَانِ
عَلَيْهِمَا
مِن وَرَقِ
الْجَنَّةِ ۚ وَعَصَىٰ
آدَمُ
رَبَّهُ
فَغَوَىٰ (طَهَ ، 20: 121).
فَدَلَّاهُمَا
بِغُرُورٍ ۚ
فَلَمَّا
ذَاقَا
الشَّجَرَةَ بَدَتْ
لَهُمَا
سَوْآتُهُمَا
وَطَفِقَا يَخْصِفَانِ
عَلَيْهِمَا
مِن وَرَقِ
الْجَنَّةِ ۖ
وَنَادَاهُمَا
رَبُّهُمَا أَلَمْ
أَنْهَكُمَا
عَن
تِلْكُمَا
الشَّجَرَةِ
وَأَقُل
لَّكُمَا
إِنَّ
الشَّيْطَانَ
لَكُمَا
عَدُوٌّ
مُّبِينٌ (الأعْرَافُ ، 7: 22).
Thus, they both ate from it. Then, their shame (nakedness of their
private parts) became apparent to them, and they began to cover themselves of
Paradise leaves. And Adam disobeyed his Lord, so he went astray (Ta-Ha,
20: 121).
Thus, he led them on with deception. And when they tasted (of) the
tree, their shame (of nakedness) became manifest to them, and they began to
cover themselves with leaves of Paradise. And their Lord called them, (saying):
Did I not forbid you from that tree and tell you that the Shaytan (Satan) is to
you a clear enemy? (Al-A'araf, 7: 22).
Then, Allah praise to Him, addresses children of Adam, who would
come after him, telling them that covering themselves with righteousness and
piety is better than false ways of covering their wrongdoing. He, praise to
Him, uses the analogy of what happened to Adam and Eve after losing their
innocence. They were ashamed of realizing their nakedness before God and
started to cover themselves with leaves from the Paradise trees.
يَا بَنِي
آدَمَ قَدْ
أَنزَلْنَا
عَلَيْكُمْ
لِبَاسًا يُوَارِي
سَوْآتِكُمْ
وَرِيشًا ۖ وَلِبَاسُ
التَّقْوَىٰ
ذَٰلِكَ
خَيْرٌ ۚ
ذَٰلِكَ مِنْ
آيَاتِ
اللَّـهِ
لَعَلَّهُمْ
يَذَّكَّرُونَ (الأعْرَافُ ، 7: 26).
O Children of Adam! We have bestowed upon you clothing to conceal
your shame, and feathering, but the clothing of piety (righteousness) is
better. That is of the revelations of Allah, so that they may
remember (Al-A'araf, 7: 26).
In his interpretation of Verse 7: 26, Al-Qurtubi referred to the
agricultural society, saying that Allah, praise to him, caused rain to fall
down so that children of Adam (by inspiration from Him) could grow cotton and
linen, from which they made clothes to cover their nakedness. However, He,
praise to Him, reminds children of Adam that the best clothing is that of piety
(righteousness), which is explained as fear of God, faith in Him, doing good
deeds, shyness, obedience to God, and observance of His commands.
Getting Out of Paradise
Thus, as a result of breaching their Covenant with their Lord, He,
praise to Him, ordered Adam and Eve out of His Paradise to other parts of the
Earth, where they would live, die, and be resurrected on the Last Day. From
that moment on, they would toil to earn their living. Their offspring would
compete for the possession of resources, which leads to enmity and hostility
among them. The Shaytan (Satan), their enemy, would also be there, doing his
best to derail them from God's straight path, as verses 2: 36, 2: 38, and 7:
24-25, and 20: 123 tell us.
فَأَزَلَّهُمَا
الشَّيْطَانُ عَنْهَا
فَأَخْرَجَهُمَا
مِمَّا
كَانَا فِيهِ
ۖ وَقُلْنَا
اهْبِطُوا
بَعْضُكُمْ
لِبَعْضٍ
عَدُوٌّ ۖ
وَلَكُمْ فِي
الْأَرْضِ
مُسْتَقَرٌّ
وَمَتَاعٌ
إِلَىٰ حِينٍ
(الْبَقَرَةُ ، 2:
36).
قُلْنَا اهْبِطُوا مِنْهَا
جَمِيعًا فَإِمَّا
يَأْتِيَنَّكُم
مِّنِّي
هُدًى فَمَن
تَبِعَ
هُدَايَ فَلَا
خَوْفٌ
عَلَيْهِمْ
وَلَا هُمْ
يَحْزَنُونَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 38).
قَالَ
اهْبِطُوا
بَعْضُكُمْ
لِبَعْضٍ عَدُوٌّ
ۖ وَلَكُمْ
فِي
الْأَرْضِ
مُسْتَقَرٌّ وَمَتَاعٌ
إِلَىٰ حِينٍ
(الأعْرَافُ ، 7: 24).
قَالَ
فِيهَا
تَحْيَوْنَ وَفِيهَا
تَمُوتُونَ
وَمِنْهَا تُخْرَجُونَ (الأعْرَافُ ، 7: 25).
قَالَ اهْبِطَا
مِنْهَا
جَمِيعًا ۖ
بَعْضُكُمْ
لِبَعْضٍ عَدُوٌّ
ۖ فَإِمَّا
يَأْتِيَنَّكُم
مِّنِّي
هُدًى فَمَنِ
اتَّبَعَ
هُدَايَ
فَلَا
يَضِلُّ وَلَا
يَشْقَىٰ (طَهَ ، 20: 123).
So, the Shaytan (Satan) caused them to err, (thus) slipping them out of it
(Paradise), away from the (happy state in) which they were. And We said: Descend (get down), some of you are enemy to others. There shall be for you on earth a
habitation and belongings (or enjoyment) for a time (Al-Baqara, 2: 36).
We said: “Descend
(get down) from it, all of you. And when guidance comes to you from Me, whoever follows My guidance - there will be no fear concerning them, nor will they grieve”
(Al-Baqara, 2: 38).
(Allah) said:
“Descend (get down)! Some of you are enemy to others. There will be for you on earth a
habitation
and provision for a while” (Al-A'araf, 7: 24).
(Allah) said:
“On it (on Earth), you shall live, and on it you shall die,
and from it you shall come
out”
(Al-A'raf, 7: 25).
(Allah) said, "Descend
(get down) from it - all, (your descendants) being enemies to one another. And
if there should come to you guidance from Me - then whoever follows My guidance will
neither go astray nor suffer“ (Ta-Ha, 20: 123).
Al-Tabari interpreted the verb "descend" (اهۡبِطُواْ), in verse 2: 36, by using the same verb in Verse 2: 61,
mentioning that it means coming to a valley, land, or a place to live in it.
Al-Qurtubi was more specific in that it means coming down, from a higher
place to a lower one.
In his interpretation of the same verb used
in the above Verses, Ibn Katheer summarized two interpretations from his
two predecessors and other scholars before him. He mentioned that the first
meaning was descending from Heavens to Earth, and the other was descending from
the Earthen Paradise to other parts of the Earth. However, Ibn Katheer was more
supportive of the latter interpretation. He added that Paradise could not be in
heavens because Iblis (Satan) was already banished from heaven when he disobeyed
God (7: 13). So, he could not enter it again. [85]
قَالَ فَاهْبِطْ
مِنْهَا فَمَا
يَكُونُ لَكَ
أَن
تَتَكَبَّرَ
فِيهَا
فَاخْرُجْ
إِنَّكَ مِنَ
الصَّاغِرِينَ
(الأعْرَافُ ، 7: 13).
(Allah) said: "Descend from it (Paradise),
for it is not for you to be arrogant therein. So, get out. indeed, you are of
the debased” (Al-A’araf, 7: 13).
This
author adds more support for Ibn Katheer’s interpretation that Paradise in the
Adam story was on Earth, for two main reasons. First, this interpretation is consistent with the main Caliphate
Verse (2: 30), which states that humans would be God's caliphs on Earth (not in
heavens). Second, from a linguistic perspective, researching the
verb "descend" (اهۡبِطُواْ) in the Holy
Quran shows that it is used in seven verses. These include the four verses
mentioned above in relation to the Adam story (2: 36,
2: 38, 7: 24, and 20: 123). It is also used in a fifth verse (7: 13), in
reference to driving the Shaytan (Satan, Iblis) out of heavens, after his
disobedience of God, by refusing to make prostration to Adam.
The sixth verse which
includes the verb “descend” (اهْبِطْ) is 11: 48. It is used to describe Noo’h’s
(Noah’s) disembarkation from the ship (Ark), after the flood, which happened
without any doubt on Earth (see verse 11: 44), not in heavens.
قِيلَ يَا
نُوحُ اهْبِطْ
بِسَلَامٍ
مِّنَّا
وَبَرَكَاتٍ
(هُودُ ، 11: 48).
It
was said, "O Noo’h (Noah), descend
in peace from Us and blessings” (Hood, 11: 48).
The seventh verse which
includes the verb "descend"
(اهۡبِطُواْ) is 2: 61, which is related to the story of the Israelites when
they were in the Sinai Peninsula desert, after fleeing Egypt.
Allah,
praise to Him, provided for them with sustenance from Him, in the form of "Manna
and quails" (Taha,
20: 80). However, they complained, demanding to get the vegetables they used to
eat in Egypt. Then, Allah, praise to Him, replied to them saying: “Descend (get down) to Egypt and you will have what
you asked for” (Al-Baqara, 2: 61).
Thus,
the verb "descend" (اهۡبِطُواْ) is used in this verse to mean leaving a place to another, or
leaving a higher place to another which is lower, but both of the two places
are for sure on Earth, as the Sinai Peninsula desert is part of Egypt. So, the
use of this verb should not necessarily be understood to mean descending from
heaven to Earth. Rather, it is simply descent from a place to another, here on
Earth, and Allah, praise to Him, knows better.
Repentance and Forgiveness
When Adam and 'Hawa (Eve) realized that they disobeyed their Lord,
they wanted to ask Him for forgiveness and for acceptance of their repentance.
To help them do that, He conveyed to them the words with which they could plead
with correctly, as mentioned in verse 2: 36. So, they used these words in their
calling on Him (Du’a), which are contained in verse 7: 23. Then, He forgave
them and accepted their repentance, as He is the Forgiver and the Merciful.
فَتَلَقَّىٰ
آدَمُ مِن
رَّبِّهِ
كَلِمَاتٍ
فَتَابَ
عَلَيْهِ ۚ
إِنَّهُ هُوَ
التَّوَّابُ
الرَّحِيمُ (الْبَقَرَةُ ، 2:
37).
قَالَا رَبَّنَا
ظَلَمْنَا
أَنفُسَنَا وَإِن
لَّمْ
تَغْفِرْ
لَنَا
وَتَرْحَمْنَا
لَنَكُونَنَّ
مِنَ
الْخَاسِرِينَ
(الأعْرَافُ ، 7: 23).
Then Adam
received from his Lord words, and He accepted
his repentance.
He is the Acceptant of Repentance, the Merciful (Al-Baqara, 2: 37).
They said: “Our Lord! We have oppressed (wronged
or did injustice to) ourselves. And if You do not forgive us and
have no mercy on us, we will be surely of the losers" (Al-A'araf, 7: 23).
Then, Allah, the Merciful, praise to Him, not only accepted their
repentance, but also guided them to the straight path (20:122). Moreover, He
promised followers of His guidance (His Messages) neither to get lost in this
life nor be distressed in the hereafter (20: 123), and neither to fear the
hereafter nor to be sad about what they miss in this life, as expressed in
Verses 20: 123 and 2: 38.
ثُمَّ
اجْتَبَاهُ
رَبُّهُ فَتَابَ
عَلَيْهِ
وَهَدَىٰ (طَهَ
، 20: 122).
قَالَ
اهْبِطَا
مِنْهَا
جَمِيعًا ۖ
بَعْضُكُمْ
لِبَعْضٍ
عَدُوٌّ ۖ
فَإِمَّا
يَأْتِيَنَّكُم
مِّنِّي
هُدًى فَمَنِ
اتَّبَعَ
هُدَايَ
فَلَا
يَضِلُّ وَلَا
يَشْقَىٰ (طَهَ ، 20: 123).
قُلْنَا
اهْبِطُوا
مِنْهَا
جَمِيعًا ۖ
فَإِمَّا
يَأْتِيَنَّكُم
مِّنِّي
هُدًى فَمَن
تَبِعَ
هُدَايَ فَلَا
خَوْفٌ
عَلَيْهِمْ
وَلَا هُمْ
يَحْزَنُونَ (الْبَقَرَةُ ، 2:
38).
Then his Lord brought him back (to Him), accepted his repentance, and guided (him) (Ta-Ha, 20: 122).
He said: “Descend of it, both of you. Some of (your offspring will
be) enemy of each-other. When guidance comes to you from Me, then whoever follows My guidance will
neither get lost nor be distressed” (Ta Ha, 20: 123).
We said: “Descend of it, all of you. When guidance comes to you
from Me, then whoever follows My guidance no fear shall come upon them, and
they shall not be saddened” (Al-Baqara, 2: 38).
Finally, just as Allah, praise to Him, extends His mercy for those
who repent of their wrongdoing, He warns those who reject His revelations
(messages of guidance brought to them through His Messengers) to be everlasting
in the Hell Fire, as stated in verse 2: 39.
وَالَّذِينَ
كَفَرُوا
وَكَذَّبُوا
بِآيَاتِنَا
أُولَـٰئِكَ أَصْحَابُ
النَّارِ ۖ
هُمْ فِيهَا
خَالِدُونَ (الْبَقَرَةُ ، 2:
39).
But those who reject and disbelieved in Our revelations, such are companions of the Fire. They are everlasting in
it (Al-Baqara, 2: 39).
Conclusion
This Chapter is about the story of Adam's contest with the angels
and his expulsion from Paradise, as a result of falling as a prey for the
Shaytan deception. It also included God's glad tiding to the believers, who
follow His guidance, that they will be rewarded with an everlasting life in His
Paradise.
It’s also a continuation of the topics addressed in the previous
three chapters, which attempted to provide answers to some of the fundamental
questions about the universe, origins of life, and how humans came into being
on Earth, reaching the climax of ruling this planet, as Caliphs of God.
Though the verses, which have been selected as references for the
addressed topics in these four chapters, are from different Suras (chapters) of
the Holy Quran, the coherence cannot be denied by any person with an open mind
and reasoning. These verses were revealed to Prophet Muhammed, peace and
blessings of Allah be upon him, more than1400 years ago. However, only in the
19th century, human scientists were able to start thinking with an evolutionary
perspective, particularly in biology and anthropology. Their accounts can get a
lot of support from the basic facts mentioned in these verses.
We are absolutely led to one striking conclusion: The Holy Quran
is the Word of Allah, the All-Knowledgeable, Who knows everything about Planet
Earth and its inhabitants, as well as the heavens and what's in them.
He, praise to Him, called himself "Allah" (See the third
book about Islam by this author, titled, "Allah, His Good Names: Who Is He? What Does He Want for Humanity? "). He also described
Himself as the Beneficent and the Merciful to His creation, particularly human
beings. His pleasure is to see them happy in this life and in the hereafter. In
order to lead them to happiness, He has prescribed to them a lifestyle that
protects them from self-inflected misery, as this author points to in Chapter 9
of this book, titled, "Mind, Self, Soul, Spirit, and Happiness from an Islamic Perspective."
Worshippers by Choice, Or Forced Slaves?
***
عِبَادٌ
مُخَيَّرُونَ
أَمْ
عَبِيْدٌ
مُجْبَرُونَ؟
***
أعُوذُ
بِاللهِ مِنَ
الشَّيْطَانِ
الرَّجِيمِ
بِسۡمِ
ٱللهِ
ٱلرَّحۡمَـٰنِ
ٱلرَّحِيمِ
I seek refuge with God
from the Stoned Shaytan
In the name of Allah,
the Beneficent, the Merciful
Introduction
There are many translations of the Holy Quran from Arabic to
various languages. In one website alone (www.tanzil.info),
there were seventeen English translations, by July 2018, in addition to
translations to other languages. However, most of them lack accuracy when it
comes to the topic of this Chapter.
One example is the translation of the root verb 'abada “عَبَدَ” (to
worship) and
its various derivatives. The verb is clear in its meaning, so are its
derivatives, such as 'ibad (worshippers).
Most translators translated the singular adjective 'abd (عَبْدٌ), "worshipper," into "slave,"
"bondman," or "servant," which is incorrect, as argued
throughout this Chapter. Only two of the seventeen translations provided
correct translations, such as "worshipper" and "votary."
Eight other translations showed an understanding of the word,
'ibadatihi by correctly translating it as "His worship," in Verse 4:
172, which is the Quran guidance in explaining the adjective 'abd as
"worshipper." However, there
was no consistency in applying that understanding to the same adjective, after
that. [86]
This observation applies to the plural form of the same adjective,
'ibad (عِبَاد), which
should be translated as "worshippers," according to Verse 4: 172, as
also argued throughout this Chapter. However, it was translated in nine
different translations, mainly as "servants" as well as
"bondmen" and "slaves." Some translators also used the
words "creatures, votaries, devotees, men, and human beings" in their
translations. Only one of the
seventeen translations, by Qaribullah and Darwish, provided the correct
translation of "worshipers." [87]
These inaccurate translations may mislead readers, particularly
those who do not know Arabic, to think that the Holy Quran refers to
Muslims and believers in general as "slaves," which is not true. This
inaccuracy in translation may also mislead people, who read translations of the
Holy Quran, to adopt the wrong and extreme views of Al-Qadariya and Al-Jabriya.
These two defunct groups appeared around the end of the first Hijri Century,
more than 1,300 years ago. They argued that humans are "forced
slaves," and consequently should not be held responsible for their
actions.
This Chapter attempts to clarify the issue, educating Muslims and
non-Muslims about it, through discussing the meanings of the Holy Quran related
verses. It starts with a comparison between the words 'ibad (worshippers) and
'abeed (slaves or bondmen), then there is a general discussion about the topic
of "Choice and Predestination,” as the larger context for answering the
question of whether believers are worshippers by choice or they are forced
slaves.
In part, this Chapter is a continuation of the discussion of the
Caliphate and Choice, which started in Chapter 5, "Humans, as God's Caliphs on Earth." It is also lightly addressing the
deep question of whether Allah, praise to Him, has willed that we are His
worshippers by choice, or we are forced slaves who carry out His predestined
will. In the discussion of this issue, this author is using the middle-ground
approach, Al-Wasatiya, following Verse 2: 143 of the Holy Quran.
وَكَذَٰلِكَ
جَعَلْنَاكُمْ
أُمَّةً
وَسَطًا لِّتَكُونُوا
شُهَدَاءَ
عَلَى النَّاسِ
وَيَكُونَ
الرَّسُولُ
عَلَيْكُمْ
شَهِيدًا (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 143).
And thus, we have made you (Muslims)
a middle-ground (balanced) community, that you will be witnesses over the
people, and the Messenger will be a witness over you (Al-Baqara, 2: 143).
In interpreting this verse (2: 143), early Muslim scholars,
particularly Al-Tabari and Al-Qurtubi, mentioned that Allah, praise to Him,
has taught the believers to be in a balanced and just middle-ground position,
unlike followers of other religions before them, who went to the extreme on
both ends. While followers of Moussa (Moses), peace be upon him, gave him a
hard time in accepting him and his teachings (33: 69), followers of 'Eissa
(Jesus), peace be upon him, went to the other extreme of glorifying him to the extent of
worshipping him beside God, or even instead of Him (5: 72-73). [88]
So, the Islamic position towards the question of choice or
predestination is a balanced (middle-ground) one. While, as humans, we have a
choice on matters that are within our reach, there are things beyond our
capabilities that we have no choice about. Consequently, we are held
responsible for our decisions about matters that we can influence or
control. The topic will be further discussed in the last Chapter of this
book, "God's Precise Measurement and His Just Decree,
Al-Qadar Wal Qadha."
Worshippers ('ibadعِبَاد ) Or Slaves ('abeedعَبِيد )?
There are about 243 verses of the Holy Quran, which mention the
root verb of worship ('abada) and its derivatives. In about 96 of these verses,
people are referred to as "worshippers" ('ibad), or other forms of the adjective.
There are twenty verses mentioning
the word "the worshippers" (al-'ibad), four verses mentioning the
word "worshippers" ('ibad) as a subject, two verses mentioning the
word "worshippers" as a predicate ('ibadan), seven verses mentioning
the word "your worshippers" ('ibadak), twelve verses mentioning the
word "Our worshippers" ('ibadana, as in 38: 45), thirty-four verses
mentioning the word "His worshippers" ('ibadahu), and seventeen
verses mentioning the word "My worshippers" ('ibadi).
وَاذْكُرْ عِبَادَنَا
إِبْرَاهِيمَ
وَإِسْحَاقَ
وَيَعْقُوبَ
أُولِي
الْأَيْدِي
وَالْأَبْصَارِ
(صَ ، 38: 45).
And mention Our worshippers, Ibraheem, Is’haq, and Ya’coob (Abraham,
Isaac, and Jacob), those of (strong) hands and (wise) sights (visions) (Saad,
38: 45).
The
word 'ibad (worshippers) is an Arabic
plural adjective, which is not disputed to mean and be associated with the act
of worship. It refers to humans, who choose to worship their Creator, Who
installed in them the ability to choose, by creation, as mentioned in verses 2:
186, 15: 49, and 18: 65. However, there is an exception for this general
meaning, which can be found in very few verses, in which the word
"'ibad" (worshippers) refers to non-believers. [89]
وَإِذَا
سَأَلَكَ عِبَادِي
عَنِّي
فَإِنِّي
قَرِيبٌ ۖ
أُجِيبُ
دَعْوَةَ
الدَّاعِ
إِذَا
دَعَانِ ۖ
فَلْيَسْتَجِيبُوا
لِي
وَلْيُؤْمِنُوا
بِي
لَعَلَّهُمْ
يَرْشُدُونَ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2:
186).
نَبِّئْ
عِبَادِي
أَنِّي أَنَا
الْغَفُورُ
الرَّحِيمُ
(الْحِجْرُ ، 15: 49).
فَوَجَدَا
عَبْدًا
مِّنْ
عِبَادِنَا آتَيْنَاهُ
رَحْمَةً
مِّنْ
عِندِنَا
وَعَلَّمْنَاهُ
مِن
لَّدُنَّا
عِلْمًا
(الْكَهْفُ ، 18: 65).
And
when My worshippers ask you, (O Mu’hammed), concerning Me, indeed, I am
near. I respond to the invocation of the supplicant when he calls upon Me. So,
let them respond to Me (by following My commands), and believe in Me, that they
may be (rightly) guided (Al-Baqara, 2: 186).
(O
Muhammed), inform My worshippers that I am, indeed, the Forgiving, the Merciful
(Al-‘Hijr, 15: 49).
And
they found a worshipper from among Our worshippers,
to whom we had given mercy from Us and had taught him from Us a (certain)
knowledge (Al-Kahf, 18: 65).
This
also applies to the singular adjective of the word 'ibad
(worshippers), which is ‘abd (a worshipper).
There is no problem whatsoever that it refers to an individual who worships
his/her Creator, praise to Him, by choice. The same meaning is conveyed by
another singular adjective, 'aabid (عَابِد), which also refers to an individual
who worships his/her Creator, by choice, as mentioned in verse 109: 4.
وَلَا
أَنَا عَابِدٌ
مَّا
عَبَدتُّمْ (الْكَافِرُونَ
،
109: 4).
Nor
will I be a worshipper
of what you worship (Al-Kafiroon, 109: 4).
However,
this singular adjective, 'abd (عَبْد), was confused by some people
because it is also the singular adjective of another plural adjective, 'abeed (slaves).
This confusion should not have happened, as this meaning came in the Holy Quran
only twice. In verse 16: 75, it is used with the qualifying
adjective /mamlook/,
to mean an "owned slave." It is
also mentioned in verse 19: 93, in reference to all of God’s intelligent
creations (humans, angels, and jinn), who will be resurrected as helpless and
powerless, in the hereafter. This means that they will be
"slaves" to the Owner of the Last Day. In any other usage of the word
‘abd, it means a worshipper.
ضَرَبَ
اللَّهُ
مَثَلًا عَبْدًا
مَّمْلُوكًا
لَّا
يَقْدِرُ
عَلَىٰ
شَيْءٍ وَمَن
رَّزَقْنَاهُ
مِنَّا
رِزْقًا
حَسَنًا
فَهُوَ
يُنفِقُ
مِنْهُ
سِرًّا
وَجَهْرًا ۖ
هَلْ
يَسْتَوُونَ
ۚ الْحَمْدُ
لِلَّهِ ۚ بَلْ
أَكْثَرُهُمْ
لَا
يَعْلَمُونَ
(النَّحْلُ ، 16: 75).
إِن كُلُّ
مَن فِي
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
إِلَّا آتِي
الرَّحْمَـٰنِ
عَبْدًا (مَرْيَمُ ، 19: 93).
Allah gives an example (of) an owned slave (who is) unable to do (any) thing, and
(another, who is not an owned slave) to whom We have provided from Us good
provision, so he spends from it secretly and publicly. Are they equal? Praise
to Allah! But most of them do not know (Al-Na'hl, 16: 75).
There
is no one in the heavens and the Earth, but that he comes to the Beneficent (on
the Last Day) as a slave (Maryam, 19:
93).
The clear meaning is that people are not slaves. Rather, they are
worshippers, if they choose to worship their
Creator, whether they are referred to by singular or by plural forms of the
adjective. The evidence is that "worshippers" are honored for their
free will and their ability to choose, while "slaves" are deprived of
this ability and that honor. Therefore, the honored angels, Messengers of God,
Prophets, and believers are all referred to individually with the adjective ‘abd (a
worshipper) or
its various forms, to mean an honored "worshipper," as mentioned in
the 23 verses of the Holy Quran, in which the singular adjective is used. [90]
The Decisive Evidence
Verse
4: 172, which describes ‘Eissa (Jesus), peace be to him, is decisive in providing
the evidence that the word, " 'abd," means the one who worships
Allah. Thus, " 'abd," in 'abdullah, means "Worshipper of Allah,”
NOT "slave of Allah,” as the verse explains his actions as 'ibadah (عِبَادَة) "worship."
It should be enough in answering the question, about whether we are God's
worshippers or slaves, once and forever.
Accordingly,
believers are worshippers of Allah, by their own choice. They are not slaves,
who are forced to do so. Moreover, this verse tells us that the angels,
including those who are closest to Allah, are also His honored worshippers, who
do not disdain His worship, as He described them in verse 21: 26.
وَقَالُوا
اتَّخَذَ
الرَّحْمَـٰنُ
وَلَدًا ۗ
سُبْحَانَهُ
ۚ بَلْ عِبَادٌ
مُّكْرَمُونَ (الأنبياء
، 21: 26).
The
Messiah does not disdain to be a worshipper of Allah,
nor do the closest angels (to Him). Whoever disdains His worship and is too arrogant (to worship Him), He
will gather all of them to Him (Al-Nissa, 4: 172).
And
they said, "The Beneficent has taken a son." Exalted is He! Rather,
they (the angels) are honored worshippers
(Al-Anbiya, 21: 26).
The five verses which
describe the wrong-doers and self-oppressors as slaves ('abeedعَبِيد ):
There are only five verses
in the Holy Quran, which refer to people as "slaves" ('abeed), in the
plural form, all of which are in reference to people who "oppress"
themselves by rejecting God's messages to humanity. Thus, these are the ones
who are slaves to their desires, arrogance, and stubbornness, as expressed in
their rejection of faith in their Creator.[91]
The
first verse which described self-oppressors as "slaves" ('abeed) was
3: 182, describing a category of people, who said that God, praise to Him, is
poor, Who needs loans from the wealthy. The second verse was 8: 50, referring
to the disbelievers who fought against Muslims in the Battle of Badr. The third
verse was 22: 10, about one of the leaders of disbelievers. The fourth verse
was 41: 46, referring to Children of Israel, who gave Moussa (Moses), peace and
blessings be upon him, a hard time. The fifth verse was 50: 29, mentioning the
misguided in this life, who follow their desires, away from the path of Allah,
and try to blame it on the devil.
Thus, when people are mentioned as
"slaves" ('abeed) in the Holy Quran, it is a reference to
disbelievers, who reject the path of Allah, as well as to the disobedient ones.
They are slaves to their arrogance, ignorance, pride, stubbornness, and
misguidance. However, believers are only mentioned as "worshippers"
of God ('ibad), not "slaves" ('abeed).
Here are the five verses which
describe the wrong-doers and self-oppressors as slaves ('abeed):
First, a
description of, and a reply to, the arrogant miserly ones:
لَّقَدْ
سَمِعَ
اللَّـهُ
قَوْلَ الَّذِينَ
قَالُوا
إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ
فَقِيرٌ
وَنَحْنُ
أَغْنِيَاءُ سَنَكْتُبُ
مَا قَالُوا
وَقَتْلَهُمُ
الْأَنبِيَاءَ
بِغَيْرِ
حَقٍّ
وَنَقُولُ ذُوقُوا
عَذَابَ
الْحَرِيقِ ﴿١٨١﴾ ذَٰلِكَ
بِمَا
قَدَّمَتْ
أَيْدِيكُمْ
وَأَنَّ
اللَّـهَ
لَيْسَ
بِظَلَّامٍ لِّلْعَبِيدِ
﴿١٨٢﴾ (آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 181-182).
Allah has heard the saying of those
who said: "Allah is poor and we are rich!" We shall write
(record) what they said and (We shall write) their killing of the prophets
unjustly, and We say (to them): "Taste the torment of the burning (Fire) (Al-'Imran,
3: 181).
This
is because of what your hands committed before, and Allah is not unjust to the
slaves (Al-'Imran, 3: 182).
The word "slaves" in verse
3: 182 refers to a category of people who were mentioned in the preceding verse
(3: 181), which addresses a falsehood by a Jewish rabbi, called Fin'has,
who claimed that God is poor, and therefore needs money from the rich. Thus,
when He asks them to spend on the poor, He needs them, while they, as rich, do
not need Him.
The three early renowned Islamic
scholars (Al-Tabari, Al-Qurtubi, and Ibn Katheer) mentioned that
verse 3: 182 was God's reply to Fin'has, promising to punish him, and
those who are like him, in the hereafter, for the money their hands earned but
did not spend on the poor. Ibn Katheer added that they were described as slaves
as an expression of disdain and humiliation for them.
Second,
a description of the disbelievers who fought against Muslims in the Battle of
Badr:
وَلَوْ
تَرَىٰ إِذْ
يَتَوَفَّى الَّذِينَ
كَفَرُوا الْمَلَائِكَةُ
يَضْرِبُونَ
وُجُوهَهُمْ
وَأَدْبَارَهُمْ
وَذُوقُوا
عَذَابَ
الْحَرِيقِ ﴿٥٠﴾ ذَٰلِكَ
بِمَا
قَدَّمَتْ
أَيْدِيكُمْ
وَأَنَّ
اللَّـهَ
لَيْسَ
بِظَلَّامٍ لِّلْعَبِيدِ
﴿٥١﴾ (الأنْفَالُ
، 8: 50-51).
If you could see how the angels
complete records (take souls) of those who disbelieve, striking
their faces and their backs and (saying to them): Taste the torment of the
burning (Fire) (Al-Anfal, 8: 50).
This is because of what your hands
had committed before, and Allah is not unjust to the slaves (Al-Anfal, 8:
51).
The word "slaves" in Verse
8: 51 refers to a category of people who were mentioned in the preceding
Verse (8: 50), which addresses the disbelievers who fought against Muslims in
the Battle of Badr but it also addresses the disbelievers in general, as
related by Ibn Katheer and Al-Tabari. However, Al-Qurtubi did not
mention the disbelievers of Badr in particular, saying it is about the
disbelievers in general.
***
Third,
a description of those who insist on rejecting faith, without knowledge or a
book, just out of stubbornness and arrogance:
وَمِنَ
النَّاسِ مَن
يُجَادِلُ
فِي اللَّـهِ
بِغَيْرِ
عِلْمٍ وَلَا
هُدًى وَلَا
كِتَابٍ
مُّنِيرٍ ﴿٨﴾ ثَانِيَ
عِطْفِهِ
لِيُضِلَّ
عَن سَبِيلِ اللَّـهِ لَهُ
فِي
الدُّنْيَا
خِزْيٌ وَنُذِيقُهُ
يَوْمَ
الْقِيَامَةِ
عَذَابَ
الْحَرِيقِ ﴿٩﴾ ذَٰلِكَ
بِمَا
قَدَّمَتْ
يَدَاكَ
وَأَنَّ اللَّـهَ
لَيْسَ
بِظَلَّامٍ لِّلْعَبِيدِ
﴿١٠﴾ (الْحَجُّ ، 22: 8-10).
There is among people someone who argues about Allah, without
Knowledge, without Guidance, and without a Book of Enlightenment (Al-Haj,
22: 8).
(Arrogantly) bending his neck (away
from the truth), in order to lead (people) away from the Path of Allah. For
him, there is disgrace in (this) lower life, and on the Day of Resurrection We
shall make him taste the torment of the burning (Fire) (Al-Haj, 22:
9).
(And We say to him): This is for
what your hands had committed before, and Allah is not unjust to the slaves
(Al-Haj, 22: 10).
The three early Islamic scholars
related that the first ten verses of Surat Al-'Haj (Chapter 22) applied to one
of the leaders of the non-believers, Al-Nadhr Bin Al-Harith, who argued
about issues he was ignorant about, without any support from a book or guidance.
He denied the Day of Resurrection, the Mission of the Prophet, peace and
blessings of Allah be upon him (pbbuh), and the Holy Quran as the word of God.
He also claimed that the angels are God's daughters.
Moreover,
whenever he was invited to the truth, he would arrogantly bend his neck away,
so he did not want to hear it. He would insist on trying to lead people away
from the path of Allah, and that is why he would be punished in the Hell Fire,
in the Day of Judgment.
Thus,
the word "slaves" in verse 22: 10 is used to describe Al-Nadhr
Bin Al-Harith and people like him, as a derogatory expression of disdain and
humiliation to them, as disbelievers, who are slaves of their arrogance and
ignorance.
Fourth, a description
of those who insisted on disputing the authenticity of the Torah, without knowledge about
what they were disputing:
وَلَقَدْ
آتَيْنَا
مُوسَى الْكِتَابَ
فَاخْتُلِفَ
فِيهِ وَلَوْلَا
كَلِمَةٌ
سَبَقَتْ مِن
رَّبِّكَ
لَقُضِيَ
بَيْنَهُمْ وَإِنَّهُمْ
لَفِي
شَكٍّ
مِّنْهُ مُرِيبٍ ﴿٤٥﴾ مَّنْ
عَمِلَ
صَالِحًا
فَلِنَفْسِهِ وَمَنْ
أَسَاءَ
فَعَلَيْهَا وَمَا
رَبُّكَ
بِظَلَّامٍ لِّلْعَبِيدِ
﴿٤٦﴾ (فُصِّلَتْ
، 41: 45-46).
And We gave Moussa (Moses) the Book
but it was differed about. If a Word from your Lord had not preceded it, the
matter would have been judged between them. They are still suspiciously in
doubt about it (Fussilat, 41: 45).
Whoever does a righteous deed, it is
(counted) for his soul (self); and whoever does an unrighteous deed, it is
(counted) against it; and your Lord is not unjust to the slaves (Fussilat,
41: 46).
The
word "slaves" in verse 41: 46 describes those who disputed what was
revealed to Moussa (Moses), peace and blessings of God be upon him, without
being sure of what they disputed. They deserve this derogatory description of
"slaves," for their disbelief and rejection for the Book revealed to
the Messenger of God, as they were slaves to their arrogance and stubbornness.
Their punishment was delayed to the hereafter as a result of a precedent Word
from God. Otherwise, they would have been punished for that during their first
life on Earth.
***
Fifth, a description
of the misguided ones, who blame the devils for their misguidance:
قَالَ
قَرِينُهُ
رَبَّنَا مَا
أَطْغَيْتُهُ
وَلَـٰكِن
كَانَ فِي
ضَلَالٍ
بَعِيدٍ ﴿٢٧﴾
قَالَ لَا
تَخْتَصِمُوا
لَدَيَّ
وَقَدْ قَدَّمْتُ
إِلَيْكُم
بِالْوَعِيدِ
﴿٢٨﴾ مَا
يُبَدَّلُ
الْقَوْلُ
لَدَيَّ
وَمَا أَنَا
بِظَلَّامٍ لِّلْعَبِيدِ
﴿٢٩﴾ (قَ ، 50: 27-29).
His (devil) companion will say (in the Day of Judgment:
"Our Lord, I did not make him transgress, but he was in far astray
(Qaf, 50: 27).
(Allah) will say: "Do not
dispute before Me (because) I had already presented you the warning (Qaf, 50:
28).
The word (what you said) does not
change with Me, and I am not unjust to the slaves (Qaf, 50: 29).
The
word "slaves" in verse 50: 29 describes those who are misguided,
following their desires away from the path of God, and who are also encouraged
to transgress against themselves by listening to their devil companions. When,
on the Day of Judgment, they accuse the devils of being responsible for their
misguidance in this life, the devils will dispute it saying that they were
already far away from the path of Allah. Then, both of them will be punished in
the Hell Fire by Allah, who is never unjust to those who are "slaves"
to their desires and misguidance.
Choice, Or Predestination?
A fundamental question
that many people have asked is whether we are predestined to do what we have
been doing or we have the freedom to choose? The unequivocal answer from the
mainstream Islamic perspective is that we are free to choose and that we are held
responsible for our choices on matters that we can choose from. At the same
time, Muslims accept God's predestination in matters which are beyond their
control. These include God's foreknowledge and His intervention to help those
who ask for His assistance, as well as "God's Precise Measurement
and His Just Decree, Al-Qadar Wal Qadha," as explained in Chapter 25.
Throughout the Holy Quran, Allah,
praise to Him, says that life on earth is a test for human beings. They will be
rewarded by living an everlasting life in Paradise if they pass it, or they
will be punished in the Hell Fire if they fail it. This means that human beings
have a choice to do right or wrong. If they have no choice, then they may not
be held accountable for their actions by God, the Just, the Merciful, and the
Compassionate.
Evidence for Choice in the Holy Quran
The
evidence from the Holy Quran about choice is tremendous, as documented in the
following verses:
First, people
are encouraged to make their free choices:
Throughout the Holy Quran, Allah,
praise to Him, commands and invites people to work and take initiatives in the
pursuit of their benefits, which is an encouragement for them to make choices.
He also invites them to call on Him, to help them change their life for better.
He has promised to answer their sincere calls. So, there is a choice for people
to call on Him or not, then there is a willingness and a promise on His own
side to help them change their life for better. This meaning is mentioned in
many verses, such as 9: 105, 16: 97, 40: 60; 7: 55, 2: 186, 27: 62, 47: 19, and
14: 41.
وَقُلِ
اعْمَلُوا فَسَيَرَى
اللَّـهُ
عَمَلَكُمْ
وَرَسُولُهُ
وَالْمُؤْمِنُونَ (التَّوْبَةُ
، 9: 105).
مَنْ
عَمِلَ صَالِحًا مِّن
ذَكَرٍ أَوْ
أُنثَىٰ
وَهُوَ
مُؤْمِنٌ فَلَنُحْيِيَنَّهُ
حَيَاةً
طَيِّبَةً وَلَنَجْزِيَنَّهُمْ
أَجْرَهُم
بِأَحْسَنِ
مَا كَانُوا
يَعْمَلُونَ
(النَّحْلُ ، 16: 97).
وَقَالَ
رَبُّكُمُ ادْعُونِي
أَسْتَجِبْ
لَكُمْ (غَافِرُ
، 40: 60).
ادْعُوا
رَبَّكُمْ تَضَرُّعًا
وَخُفْيَةً (الأعْرَافُ
، 7: 55).
وَإِذَا
سَأَلَكَ
عِبَادِي
عَنِّي فَإِنِّي
قَرِيبٌ أُجِيبُ
دَعْوَةَ
الدَّاعِ
إِذَا
دَعَانِ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 186).
أَمَّن
يُجِيبُ
الْمُضْطَرَّ
إِذَا
دَعَاهُ (النَّمْلُ
، 27: 62).
وَاسْتَغْفِرْ
لِذَنبِكَ
وَلِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
وَالْمُؤْمِنَاتِ (مُحَمَّدُ
، 47: 19).
رَبَّنَا
اغْفِرْ لِي
وَلِوَالِدَيَّ
وَلِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
يَوْمَ
يَقُومُ
الْحِسَابُ (إبْرَاهِيمُ
، 14: 41).
And say: "Work (do good deeds),
for Allah will see your deeds, and (so, will) His Messenger and the believers
(Al-Tawba, 9: 105).
Whoever among believers, whether a
male or a female, does righteousness (good deeds), We will surely cause him/her
to live a good life, and We will surely give them their reward (in the
Hereafter), according to the best of what they used to do (Al-Na'hl, 16:
97).
And your Lord said: "Call upon
Me; I will respond to you" (Ghafir, 40: 60).
Call upon your Lord in humility and
privately (Al-A'raf, 7: 55).
And when My worshippers ask you (O
Muhammad) about Me, indeed I am close (to them). I respond to the invocation of
the supplicant when he/she calls upon Me (Al-Baqara, 2: 186).
Who else (other than Allah) responds
to the desperate one when he calls upon Him (Al-Naml, 27: 62).
And ask for forgiveness, for your
sin, and for the believing men and the believing women (Muhammed, 47:
19).
Our Lord, forgive me, my parents,
and the believers, the Day the account (reckoning) is established (Ibrahim, 14:
41).
***
Second,
on the Day of Judgment, people will be judged by their deeds,
even as small as a dust particle, good or bad, as mentioned in verses 99:
6-8.
يَوْمَئِذٍ
يَصْدُرُ
النَّاسُ
أَشْتَاتًا
لِّيُرَوْا
أَعْمَالَهُمْ
﴿٦﴾ فَمَن
يَعْمَلْ
مِثْقَالَ
ذَرَّةٍ خَيْرًا
يَرَهُ ﴿٧﴾ وَمَن
يَعْمَلْ
مِثْقَالَ
ذَرَّةٍ
شَرًّا يَرَهُ
﴿٨﴾ (الزَّلْزَلَةُ
، 99: 6-8).
That Day, the people will depart
separated (into categories) to be shown (the result of) their deeds. (6) So whoever does an atom's weight
of good will see it, (7)
And whoever does an atom's weight of evil will see it. (8) (Al-Zalzala, 99: 6-8).
***
Third,
humans are capable to choose between right and wrong:
God’s trust in His human
creation to be His caliphs, representing Him on Earth, was based on His
knowledge of them as being capable to choose between right and wrong.
Allah, praise to Him, wanted to enjoy seeing his human creation
obey Him and observe His commands by choice. When He told His angels that He
would make humans His caliphs on Earth, they were surprised because of their
knowledge of human corruption and blood-shedding (violence). But Allah, praise to Him,
answered them saying that He knew what they did not know, as stated in Verse
2:30.
وَإِذْ
قَالَ
رَبُّكَ
لِلْمَلَائِكَةِ
إِنِّي
جَاعِلٌ فِي
الْأَرْضِ
خَلِيفَةً قَالُوا
أَتَجْعَلُ
فِيهَا مَن
يُفْسِدُ فِيهَا
وَيَسْفِكُ
الدِّمَاءَ
وَنَحْنُ نُسَبِّحُ
بِحَمْدِكَ
وَنُقَدِّسُ
لَكَ قَالَ
إِنِّي
أَعْلَمُ مَا
لَا
تَعْلَمُونَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 30).
And
when your Lord said to the angels: “I am making a caliph (successor) on the
Earth.” They said: “Are You making therein one who corrupts it and sheds blood,
while we hymn Your praise and sanctify You?” He said: “Surely, I know that
which you do not know” (Al-Baqara, 2: 30).
He knew that as some humans may choose to corrupt and shed blood,
others will choose to obey His commands and do good deeds to themselves, to
others, and to their Planet. Humans are born with the characteristic of being
able to identify what’s right and what’s wrong. They are also born with the
ability to choose which of the two paths they are going to follow. This freedom
of choice is inherent, not learned. It is part of the original DNA software
inscribed in them by their Creator, Who has praised those who keep the soul (self)
pure and warned those who corrupt it, as stated in verses 76: 3, 90: 10, and 91: 7-10.
إِنَّا
هَدَيْنَاهُ
السَّبِيلَ إِمَّا
شَاكِرًا
وَإِمَّا
كَفُورًا (الإنْسَانُ
، 76: 3).
وَهَدَيْنَاهُ
النَّجْدَيْنِ (الْبَلَدُ
، 90: 10).
وَنَفْسٍ
وَمَا
سَوَّاهَا ﴿٧﴾ فَأَلْهَمَهَا
فُجُورَهَا
وَتَقْوَاهَا ﴿٨﴾ قَدْ
أَفْلَحَ مَن
زَكَّاهَا ﴿٩﴾ وَقَدْ
خَابَ مَن
دَسَّاهَا ﴿١٠﴾ (الشَّمْسُ
، 91:
7-10).
We
guided him (the human being) to the path (of choice, to see if he chooses to
be) either grateful or disbelieving (Al-Insan, 76: 3).
And (We) have shown him the two
ways? (Al-Balad, 90: 10).
And by the (human) self (soul) and
how He fashioned it, (7)
And inspired it to (to know the
paths of) disobedience and piety. (8) Truly, whoever keeps it pure will succeed, (9) And truly whoever corrupts it will fail (10) (Al-Shams, 91: 7-10).
***
Fourth, people's deeds are
recorded, to be the bases for judgment in the hereafter:
The deeds people choose to do,
during their first life on Earth, are written and recorded, to be the bases for
judgment in the hereafter. On the Day of Judgment, people will be presented
with two different numbered books, recording their deeds. These are Sijjeen for
wrong doers, and 'lliyyeen for good doers, as mentioned in verses 83: 7-9 and
83: 18-20.
كَلَّا
إِنَّ كِتَابَ
الْفُجَّارِ
لَفِي
سِجِّينٍ ﴿٧﴾ وَمَا
أَدْرَاكَ
مَا سِجِّينٌ ﴿٨﴾ كِتَابٌ
مَّرْقُومٌ ﴿٩﴾ (الْمُطَفِّفِينَ
، 83: 7- 9).
كَلَّا
إِنَّ كِتَابَ
الْأَبْرَارِ
لَفِي
عِلِّيِّينَ ﴿١٨﴾
وَمَا
أَدْرَاكَ
مَا
عِلِّيُّونَ ﴿١٩﴾
كِتَابٌ
مَّرْقُومٌ ﴿٢٠﴾ (الْمُطَفِّفِينَ
، 83: 18- 20).
No! Indeed, the book (record) of the
wicked is in sijjeen. (7)
And what do you think is sijjeen? (8) It is a numbered book (record) (9) (Al-Mutaffifeen, 83:
7-9).
No! Indeed, the book (record) of the
righteous is in 'illiyyeen. (18) And what do you think is
'illiyyoon ('llyyeen)? (19)
It is a numbered book (record) (20) (Al-Mutaffifeen, 83:
18-20).
***
Fifth, God's Messengers told people to act on their
ability to do good deeds:
Because the human self (part of the
soul) is equipped with the ability to differentiate between good and evil, life
is a test for people about whether they will do good or bad, as stated in Verse
67: 2. Allah, praise to Him, sent His messengers to tell people to act on this
ability and do good deeds during their first life on Earth. Then, people will
be rewarded for their good deeds or punished for their bad deeds in the
hereafter, as stated in verses 17: 15 and 4: 165.
وَمَا
كُنَّا
مُعَذِّبِينَ
حَتَّى
نَبْعَثَ
رَسُولا (الإسْرَاءُ
، 17: 15).
رُسُلا
مُبَشِّرِينَ
وَمُنْذِرِينَ
لِئَلا
يَكُونَ
لِلنَّاسِ
عَلَى
اللَّهِ حُجَّةٌ
بَعْدَ
الرُّسُلِ
وَكَانَ
اللَّهُ عَزِيزًا
حَكِيمًا (النِّسَاءُ
، 4: 165).
He,
Who created Death and Life, to test you, (seeing) who amongst you is best in
deeds, and He is the Exalted, the Forgiving (Al-Mulk, 67: 2).
We
are not punishing (a group of people) until We send a Messenger (to warn them)
(Al-Isra, 17: 15).
Messengers,
who gave good news as well as warning, in order for people not to have an
argument on Allah after the Messengers, and Allah is Exalted,
Wise (Al-Nisa, 4:165).
Middle Ground in Choice
and Predestination
The
relationship between human choice and God’s will or influence, on basis of His precise measurement (predestination)
has been a subject for discussion and research since the early years of Islam.
The common view about this relationship is that humans have the freedom of
choice on the matters they are capable to handle in this life, as Allah does
not require from a person to do something beyond his/her ability (2: 286).
However, there is an agreement that Allah has His own evaluation of things and
His own will to act independently from what people can do. This includes His
omniscient knowledge, which precedes the occurrence of events and their results
(65: 12), and His intervention, if He wills, to help those who seek His support
(2: 186, 40: 60), or to punish those who reject faith in Him and spread
corruption on Earth (2: 205, 41: 13). [92]
Because
people do not know anything about God's evaluation of things and His
intervention for or against them, then the best they can do is to follow His
commands and avoid His prohibitions. When they do that, they pass His test,
which enables them to enjoy happiness in this life, and an everlasting life in
His Paradise, in the hereafter.
Thus,
the middle-ground approach in discussing this topic agrees on the human choice
and responsibility towards things which humans can do. At the same time, it
agrees on the acceptance of God's predestination, as represented by His "Precise Measurement and His Just Decree (Al-Qadar Wal Qadha)." [93]
The
Prophet, pbbuh, addressed the issue, opting for choice and human initiative,
which does not contradict with God's predestination (Al-Qadar and Al-Qadha).
One of the Prophet's companions asked him once: O Messenger of
Allah, we invoke spells, apply medicines, and practice caution. Do these
(things) avert anything from God’s predestination? He said: These are (also)
from God’s predestination.” [94]
In
another 'Hadeeth narrated by Companion Abu Hurayrah, mAbpwh, the Prophet, pbbuh,
urged believers to take initiatives and be strong in pursuing what benefits
them in this life, while asking for God's assistance, which does not contradict
with God's omniscient knowledge, His will, and His intervention.
He
said: "The strong believer is better and more beloved by Allah than the
weak believer, with goodness in both. Be vigilant in pursuing what benefits
you, ask for God's assistance, and do not be helpless (doing nothing). If
something wrong happens to you, do not say I wish if I did this or that, then
things could have been different. Instead, say that Allah has measured and did
what He willed. Looking back and regretting what you did opens the door for the
Shaytan (Satan)." [95]
Further,
the Companion Abu ‘Ubayda Bin Al-Jarra’h, asked Caliph ‘Omar, mAbpw them both, about the
issue of predestination and the answer was the same as given by the Prophet,
pbbuh. The Caliph intended to travel to Bilad Al-Sham (now Syria, Lebanon,
Palestine, and Jordan) with a group of the Companions. After they had actually
left the Capital of the Islamic State, Medina, they received news that there
was an epidemic spreading there.
In
response to that news, ‘Omar decided to go back to Medina. When he announced
his decision, Abu ‘Ubayda asked him: "O Prince of the Believers! Are you
running away from Qadarullah (God's precise measurement and predestination)?" ‘Omar answered him promptly: "Yes, we run
from God's predestination to God's predestination." His opinion was
supported by Companion ‘Abdul Ra’hman Bin ‘Awf, who told him of a ‘Hadeeth, in
which the Prophet, pbbuh, said: “If you hear about an epidemic in a territory,
do not enter it; and if it happens in your territory, do not leave, to escape
it.” [96]
Finally,
the famous Sufi Abdul Qader Al-Jilani had a very succinct treatment of the
issue, which was related by Ibn Taymiya and Ibn Al-Qayyim in a book titled
"Fetou'h Al-Ghayb" (Openings of the Unseen), may Allah reward
all of them. Al-Jilani said: "The real man does not surrender to the
predestination. Rather, he struggles with the predestination by the
predestination." [97]
By
the end of the first Hijri century, some groups of scholars, such as
Al-Qadariya and its opposite Al-Jabriya, went astray from the Sunni majority,
in arguing for a total human choice without God's influence or foreknowledge to
a total Divine influence, without any choice for humans. Both arguments are
extremes and have been rejected by the majority of Muslim scholars ever since
they emerged.
Some
proponents of Al-Qadariya wrongly argued that God, praise to Him, predestined
and willed (qaddara wa Qadha) the good and the bad for humans, such as
their sins, like infidelity and disobedience to Him.
Others
went to the other extreme wrongly arguing that humans are capable of
everything, and they are totally independent from God. Therefore, humans
control their own destiny (qadar).
Al-Jabriya went
extremely further than the first group of Al-Qadariya arguing wrongly that a
human being is "forced" (mujbar) to carry out God's predestined
script, without any will of his/her own.
Both
arguments represented views of the "self-Isolated" (Mu'atazila)
groups, whose ultimate conclusions contradict with the essence of the Islamic
teachings, as expressed in the Holy Quran, which emphasize human choice and
responsibility in this life, and consequently reward or punishment in the
hereafter. However, Islamic teachings require acceptance and recognition of
God's precise measurement and His just decree and discretion (Al-Qadar Wal Qadha). [98]
Verses about the Relationship between Human Choice and
God's Influence (by Decree or Intervention)
This is demonstrated in verse 14: 27 about guidance to believers
and misguidance to transgressors, verse 40: 34 about misguidance to
transgressors and skeptics of God, verse 40: 74 about misguidance to
disbelievers, verse 47: 1 about misguidance to disbelievers who avert people
from the way of Allah, verse 47: 2 about guidance to believers who do good
deeds, verse 11: 15 about initiatives in this lower life, verses 81: 28-29
about the human will and God's will, verses 92: 5-10 about rewarding believers who
give charity and punishing the miserly disbelievers, verses 74: 55-56 about the
human will to acknowledge and worship God and His will concerning that, verse
4: 78 about good or bad things which may happen to people, and verse 7: 28
about that Allah does not command committing lewdness. To the contrary, He
forbids it, as mentioned in verse 16: 90.
يُثَبِّتُ
اللَّـهُ
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا بِالْقَوْلِ
الثَّابِتِ
فِي
الْحَيَاةِ الدُّنْيَا
وَفِي
الْآخِرَةِ وَيُضِلُّ
اللَّـهُ
الظَّالِمِينَ وَيَفْعَلُ
اللَّـهُ مَا
يَشَاءُ
(إبْرَاهِيمُ
، 14: 27).
كَذَٰلِكَ
يُضِلُّ
اللَّـهُ
مَنْ هُوَ مُسْرِفٌ
مُّرْتَابٌ (غَافِرُ
، 40: 34).
كَذَٰلِكَ
يُضِلُّ
اللَّـهُ الْكَافِرِينَ
(غَافِرُ ،
40: 74).
الَّذِينَ
كَفَرُوا وَصَدُّوا
عَن سَبِيلِ
اللَّـهِ أَضَلَّ
أَعْمَالَهُمْ
(مُحَمَّدُ ،
47: 1).
وَالَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا وَعَمِلُوا
الصَّالِحَاتِ
وَآمَنُوا
بِمَا
نُزِّلَ
عَلَىٰ
مُحَمَّدٍ
وَهُوَ الْحَقُّ
مِن
رَّبِّهِمْ ۙ كَفَّرَ
عَنْهُمْ
سَيِّئَاتِهِمْ
وَأَصْلَحَ
بَالَهُمْ (مُحَمَّدُ
، 47: 2).
مَنْ
كَانَ
يُرِيدُ الْحَيَاةَ
الدُّنْيَا
وَزِينَتَهَا
نُوَفِّ
إِلَيْهِمْ
أَعْمَالَهُمْ
فِيهَا
وَهُمْ
فِيهَا لا
يُبْخَسُون (هُودُ ، 11: 15).
لِمَنْ
شَاءَ
مِنْكُمْ
أَنْ
يَسْتَقِيمَ (28) وَمَا
تَشَاءُونَ
إِلا أَنْ
يَشَاءَ
اللَّهُ رَبُّ
الْعَالَمِينَ
(التَّكْوِيرُ
، 81: 28-29).
فَأَمَّا
مَنْ
أَعْطَىٰ وَاتَّقَىٰ
﴿٥﴾ وَصَدَّقَ
بِالْحُسْنَىٰ
﴿٦﴾ فَسَنُيَسِّرُهُ
لِلْيُسْرَىٰ
﴿٧﴾ وَأَمَّا مَن
بَخِلَ
وَاسْتَغْنَىٰ
﴿٨﴾ وَكَذَّبَ
بِالْحُسْنَىٰ
﴿٩﴾ فَسَنُيَسِّرُهُ
لِلْعُسْرَىٰ
﴿١٠﴾ (الْلَّيْلُ
، 92: 5-10).
فَمَن
شَاءَ
ذَكَرَهُ (الْمُدَّثِّرُ
، 74: 55).
وَمَا
يَذْكُرُونَ
إِلَّا أَن يَشَاءَ
اللَّـهُ هُوَ
أَهْلُ
التَّقْوَىٰ
وَأَهْلُ
الْمَغْفِرَةِ
(الْمُدَّثِّرُ
، 74: 56).
وَإِذَا
فَعَلُوا
فَاحِشَةً
قَالُوا وَجَدْنَا
عَلَيْهَا
آبَاءَنَا
وَاللَّـهُ
أَمَرَنَا
بِهَا قُلْ
إِنَّ اللَّـهَ
لَا يَأْمُرُ
بِالْفَحْشَاءِ أَتَقُولُونَ
عَلَى
اللَّـهِ مَا
لَا تَعْلَمُونَ (الأعْرَافُ
، 7: 28).
إِنَّ اللَّـهَ
يَأْمُرُ
بِالْعَدْلِ
وَالْإِحْسَانِ وَإِيتَاءِ
ذِي
الْقُرْبَىٰ
وَيَنْهَىٰ عَنِ
الْفَحْشَاءِ
وَالْمُنكَرِ
وَالْبَغْيِ
ۚ
يَعِظُكُمْ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تَذَكَّرُونَ
(النحل ، 16: 90). صدق
الله العظيم.
Allah keeps firm those who believe, with the firm
word, in the lower life and in the Hereafter. And Allah sends astray
(misguides) the transgressors (wrongdoers). And Allah does
what He wills (Ibraheem, 14: 27).
Thus, Allah sends astray (misguides) whoever is excessive in
transgression and skeptic (about Him) (Ghafir, 40: 34).
Thus, Allah sends astray (misguides) the disbelievers (Ghafir,
40: 74).
Those who
disbelieve and avert (people) from
the way of Allah - He will misguide (waste) their deeds (Mu’hammed, 47: 1).
And those, who believe and do righteous deeds and believe in what has been sent down upon Muhammad
- and it is the truth from their Lord, He will
remove from them their misdeeds and
amend their condition (Mu’hammed, 47: 2).
Whoever wants the lower life (this
world) and its glitter, We shall allow them to complete their deeds in it,
without diminution (Hood, 11: 15).
To whoever among you who wills to go
straight (Al-Takweer, 81: 28).
And you do not will, except what
Allah wills, the Lord of the Worlds (28) And you do
not will except that Allah wills -
Lord of the worlds. (29) (Al-Takweer, 81: 28-29).
Whoever wills, may heed (in remembrance) to it (to the Holy Quran) (Al-Muddathir,
74: 55).
But they will not heed except as Allah wills. He is the Lord of Piety and the
Lord of Forgiveness" (Al-Muddathir, 74: 56).
If a good thing befalls
them, they say: "This is from Allah" but if a bad thing befalls them, they say: "This
is from you" (O Prophet). Say (to them): "All
(things are) from Allah." Why do these people barely understand
a talk (an issue like this)? (Al-Nisa, 4: 78).
When they commit
lewdness (a big sin), they say: "We found our fathers doing so," and
"Allah commanded us to do it." Say: "Allah does not command committing lewdness. Do you say about Allah what you do not know? (Al-A'araf, 7: 28).
Indeed, Allah commands
justice, good conduct, and giving to relatives. And (He) forbids immorality (big
sins), bad conduct, and injustice (oppression). He admonishes you that you may remember
(Al-Na'hl, 16: 90).
Allah, Almighty, has told the truth.
***
Conclusion
A direct answer to the
question included in the title of this chapter is that humans are not slaves,
who are forced to believe in their Creator, or disbelieve in Him. To the
contrary, they are equipped with the ability to choose between belief and
disbelief, as well as between the right and wrong in their decisions and deeds.
However, there are limitations to their freedom of choice, represented by
things beyond their control or reach. Consequently, they are only held
accountable, by God and by each other, for their decisions and deeds in the
matters which they can influence or control.
Allah, praise to Him,
has willed for humans to be free in making their choices, in their relationship
with their physical and social environments, and in their relationship with
Him. That is why He, praise to Him, has accepted the request of Iblis (Shaytan,
Satan, the devil) to give him a chance to prove that humans do not deserve
God's trust in them, to be His good caliphs on Earth. However, He promised to
punish both the Shaytan and those humans who choose to follow him, causing harm
to themselves, to others, and to Earth.
God's acceptance of
the Iblis request was on the basis of His foreknowledge that some humans are
going to worship Him out of love, obedience, and choice. That is why He refers
to them in the Holy Quran as His "worshippers," who are going to be rewarded
by leading an everlasting life in Paradise. He also warned those who choose to
disobey Him with punishment in the Hell Fire.
If Allah, praise to
Him, has willed for humans to be forced "slaves," without freedom or
choice, they would have been so. If this was His will, then these
"slaves" would not be capable of disobedience or of wrong-doing, and
consequently, there would be no need for a Last Day, or for Reckoning, or for
Judgment.
Because Allah, the
Creator, praise to Him, has willed that humans should have freedom of choice,
slavery is a form of great disobedience to His will. It is the highest form of
abomination, as it deprives humans the freedom of choice that the Creator gave
to them.
The Holy Quran refers
to people generally, and to believers in particular, as "worshippers"
('ibad), or other forms of the adjective, because of their capability to
worship Him. Only five verses of the Holy Quran refer to people as "slaves"
('abeed), in the plural form. However, all of these five verses refer to those
people as self-oppressors because of rejecting God's messages to humanity.
These are slaves to their arrogance, ignorance, pride, stubbornness, and
misguidance.
The freedom of choice
that Allah, praise to Him, has given to humans is an essential part of testing
them, during their lower (first) life on Earth. Therefore, it is taken away
from them on the Day of Resurrection and Reckoning. On that Day, a person will
appear before his/her Creator as a helpless and powerless "slave," as
stated in Verse 19: 93.
Following God’s
teachings, as revealed in the verses of the Holy Quran, the Messenger of Allah,
Muhammed, pbbuh, his Companions, and the overwhelming majority of Islamic
scholars urged people to work hard and take initiatives in pursuing what
benefits them in this life, as long as they observe God’s teachings and commands.
They should do that without hesitation, because their freedom of
choice and their actions are also part of God's omniscient knowledge, and
consequently, His will and His decree (qadar).
Finally, the
translators of the mentioned seventeen translations of the Holy Quran did their
best to convey the message of God from its authentic Arabic text to English
readers worldwide, may Allah reward them for their efforts. However, it is
clear that almost all of them, except Qaribullah and Darwish, are far from
being accurate in their translations, as discussed above. [99]
The solution is a
better and an institutionalized way to translate the Holy Quran from Arabic to
English and other languages. This should be conducted by a Committee of Muslim
Scholars, consisting of scholars of the Quran and the Sunnah, who are proficient
in Arabic, as well as natural scientists and social scientists. Such a
committee is going to provide much more accurate translations than the current
individual efforts, as it provides translations with linguistic and scientific
interpretations for the verses of the Holy Quran.
It's time to provide
billions of people on Earth with the Word of God, translated much more
accurately by experts from various sciences than the individual efforts of
current translators, may Allah reward them all for their great efforts. This is
an invitation by this author to anyone who is involved in the interpretation
and translation of the Holy Quran to participate in the effort of the
establishment of such a Committee.
The Relationship Between the
Spiritual and Physical Aspects of Islamic Teachings
***
العَلَاقَةُ
مَا بَيْنَ
النَّوَاحِي
الرُّوحِيَةِ
وَالْجَسَدِيَّةِ
فِي
التَّعَاليمِ
الإسْلَامِيَّةِ
***
أَعُوذُ
بِاللهِ مِنَ
الشَّيْطَانِ
الرَّجِيمِ
بِسْمِ
اللهِ الرَّحْمَنِ
الرَّحِيمِ
I seek refuge with God
from the Stoned Shaytan (Satan)
In the Name of Allah,
the Beneficent, the Merciful
***
Introduction
Allah, praise to Him, started the creation of
life on Earth. Then, he left it to evolve, as a result of adaptation to
different environments, with His intervention to improve His creation, every
now and then, as He wills.
The first creation passed through five main
stages, which included starting life in the cell, fashioning in the right
proportions, walking on two legs, imaging, and blowing of God's Spirit. The
second creation is in the womb, which also includes the five stages of the
fertilized egg, leech, lump, bones, and muscles, as discussed in Chapter 4.
This Chapter is a continuation of previous
chapters but with more focus on the fifth stage of creation, the blowing of
God's Spirit in human beings, which enabled them to accept the mandate of
caliphate they were honored with. This stage is particularly characterized by
the human ability of distinguishing between good and evil, as well as the freedom
of making decisions about these two paths.
On the basis of the topics which has been
discussed in the previous chapters, it is possible to say that every living
being on Earth is composed of a material body and a soul, in comparison with
the non-living things, such as rocks, which are composed of material substance
only.
The soul
of living beings on Earth is located in the brain, which is the center of
command and control over the body organs. As a result of observing the main
functions of the brain, it can be inferred that the soul is composed, at least,
of three main interrelated components.
The first component of the soul represents the
inherent original software of life, which
God, the Eternally Living, the Originator, installed into the first cell, which then evolved into
various life forms. The original software of life has become the logistical
command and control center, which is charged with the automatic functioning of
the body organs.
The second component of the soul is represented
by the mind software,
which enables the living organism to collect information for its own benefit.
In doing so, it depends on the normal functionality of the original software of
life. Thus, the mind is the entire body of knowledge an organism receives in
its entire life, through its senses and through synthetic analysis of the
acquired knowledge.
The third component of the soul is represented
by the morality software, which God blew
from His Spirit in humans, thus distinguishing them from other organisms, as
pointed in Chapter 4. It enables humans to create the moral self (personality),
through the interaction with others, as well as through successive
decision-making and analyses, on the basis of the mentally acquired knowledge.
Two major ideal types of the human “self” have been identified for thousands of
years, which are the good and the evil types. However, logically speaking, a
spectrum of possibilities lies between the two types.
This means that the body internal and external
organs are controlled by the inherent life software and that the mind is
charged with data collection and processing in all organisms. For humans, the self is the
climax of the spiritual side of their existence. It’s charged with the
decision-making, not only about what benefits them, but also about what’s right
and wrong in their life.
Thus, the physical aspects of the human
existence are not only inseparable from its spiritual aspects, but they are
also subordinate to them, as demonstrated in the following examples of the
Islamic teachings.
The Physical and Spiritual Aspects of the Five Main Mandated Islamic Ways of Worship:
Islamic
teachings have their own spiritual and physical aspects, both of which are
necessary for understanding Islam, God's message of guidance to humanity. If
Muslims focus on one aspect only, there would be impairment in understanding
their religion.
The
spiritual and the physical aspects of the Islamic teachings are inseparable,
whether these are related to the daily-life interactions with people and the
environment, or to performing the five mandated ways of worshipping Allah
('ibadat): the proclamation of faith, performing prayers, giving zakat
(charity), fasting the month of Ramadhan, and making the haj
(pilgrimage), for those who are able to do it. [100]
First, Muslims cannot keep their faith as a secret,
unless there is a serious danger threatening their life. Proclaiming openly and
publicly that they are Muslims has many benefits to them, other Muslims, and
the community they are living in. It is an announcement that the speaker is
going to abide by a set of rules, which guide his/her behavior to the
betterment of humanity.
When
they proclaim publicly that there is no other God
than Allah and Muhammed is His messenger, they are saying that they are
not here, in this life, by accident. There is a Creator, Who has created the
Universe, and He is in charge of it. They also say that they believe in the
guidance the Messenger of Allah brought to humanity: The Holy Quran and the
Sunna. Thus, the proclamation of faith is not just uttering spoken words. It is an
association of these words with deeper meanings, which influence our life. [101]
Second, when Muslims make wudhou'
(washing) before performing prayers, it includes physical acts but with
spiritual meanings. Washing your hands, mouth, nose, face, arms, ears, hair,
and feet, five times a day, aims at cleanliness. This is the essence of the wudhou'
requirement. Allah, praise to Him, has required these physical acts, not as
meaningless rituals, but to lead to a deeper meaning, cleanliness. He wants
humans to be clean and healthy. [102]
The
five Islamic prayers
(dawn, noon, mid-after-noon, sunset, and dusk) are all physical acts of
standing, bowing, kneeling, prostrating, and sitting down on the ground. These
prayer movements are performed in a certain way taught to Muslims by the
Messenger of Allah, Muhammed, pbbuh.[103]
These
movements, performed five times a day, constitute a physical daily exercise
activity, contributing to the welfare and well-being of the human body. Bowing
down (rukou’), for example, benefits the back muscles and the backbone, which
are stretched to relieve them from the pressure formed as a result of sitting
or standing, for long hours every day. Prostration (sujood) provides the brain
with bigger quantities of blood, with more oxygen and nutrients, than
otherwise. It also relieves the brain from the electromagnetic waves, which we
get from the air and from the electric and electronic devices we use throughout
the day. Finally, sitting down allows thigh and leg muscles, ligaments, and
tendons to be stretched, thus becoming more flexible and healthier.
At
the same time, each one of the prayer movements also involves spiritual
aspects, represented by contemplation and thinking about the meaning of the
verses of the Holy Quran and the words of praise to Allah, which are recited in
each prayer movement. These acts of contemplation and thinking have tremendous
benefits in terms of creating and maintaining internal mental peace for the
worshipper. More important is that the five prayers keep the worshippers in a
continuous contact with their Creator, which influences their behavior
positively, strengthens the human self, and contributes to its well-being in this life and the hereafter. Finally, performing the
prayers is a great opportunity for calling on Allah, to ask Him for whatever a
person may need, particularly during prostration, as recommended by the
Prophet, pbbuh. [104]
Third, Giving Zakat (charity) is a form of assistance to the
poor in society. It is, at least, 2.5 percent of a person’s annual savings.
This is an Islamic act of worshipping God through giving away a small part of
what He has given to a person,
for the benefit of those mentioned in the Holy Quran. If we think about the physical act of giving
alone, it may not be understood, as it contradicts with the human nature, which
attempts to maximize the potential for survival by amassing as much wealth as
possible, to help achieve that goal. However, when we think about the meanings
(the spiritual aspects) associated with it, it can be perfectly
understood.
Giving
zakat (charity) spreads love, compassion, and mercy in society. It is a
practical application of social solidarity. Without it, the poor will be left
alone to fend for themselves, which creates feelings of injustice and may lead
to instability in society.
Conversely, Zakat represents a constructive social interaction, in which
recipients feel that there are those who give them a hand and help them in
society. Thus, love and compassion spread among people, instead of the harmful
negative feelings.
Zakat
also means that the wealth of a person may not be the result of his or her work
alone. A lot of wealth is inherited directly from parents or relatives. It may
also be inherited indirectly because of one's gender, race, ethnicity, national
origin, or citizenship status. Moreover, people receive more indirect wealth,
in the form of public spending, in such areas as education, health care, roads,
and security services. Consequently, they should think of the wealth they have
as a gift from Allah, the Ultimate Giver, Who expects them to give part of it,
as a "known right," to those who are the less fortunate, in the area
of the accumulation of wealth, as stated in verse 24 of Surat Al-Ma'arij
(Chapter 70) of the Holy Quran.
Finally,
Zakat means purification, in Arabic. Thus, giving assistance to the poor and
the needy purifies the self of the giver and makes him/her a purer (better)
person, which brings more happiness to him/her, just like the happiness people
feel when they assist and care for their children. [105]
Fourth, fasting during the month of Ramadhan means that Muslims abstain from
eating, drinking, smoking, and sexual intercourse during the daytime. This
extends from about one hour before the Sun rises until the Sun sets. Without
proper understanding of Islam, fasting will be an act of starving and
tormenting people. In fact, it has so many benefits both to the human body and
the human self. [106]
As
mentioned in the Holy Qura, “To fast is better for you, if you were to know”
(Al-Baqara, 2: 184). So, it strengthens the body physically, through getting
rid of unnecessarily gained fats throughout the year. If people fast properly,
by doing the same daily activities and eating food normally at the end of the
fasting day, they are more likely to lose weight. It has become a fact that
losing weight is prescribed by medical doctors as a medication for and
prevention of many diseases. It keeps people healthy and looking good.
Fasting
is also beneficial for the digestive system organs, like the stomach and the
intestines, which are bombarded for many hours every day with a lot of food to
process and digest. Fasting the month of Ramadhan gives these organs a
break, which rejuvenates them and makes them healthier. Moreover, the body gets
rid of unhealthy cells by denying them nutrients, as priority goes to the
healthy cells first.
Spiritually,
fasting leads to contemplation about hunger and hungry people in a person's
community and around the world. That's why Muslims are most generous in Ramadhan.
It leads to giving charity and other acts of support to the needy, and to
social solidarity with the poor.
Finally,
fasting is training for the self to control body desires and resist the
temptation for indulgence in food. Moreover, the strength gained by the self
enables it to resist other desires like taking advantage of or controlling
others, which are prevalent in our planet at this time.
For
all these great physical and spiritual benefits, Muslims around the world end
the month of Ramadhan by ‘Eidul Fitr, which is a celebration of
breaking the fast. It’s observed by a collective prayer, in which all men,
women, and children in the community participate. Then, people enjoy special
meals and visit relatives and friends.
Fifth, the Haj, is a pilgrimage to Makkah, at least once in a
person's lifetime, if he/she is capable of doing that. This is a visit to the
first House of Allah on Earth. There, about three million Muslims gather to
confirm their faith as well as to remember and act out the story of the
Messenger of Allah Ibrahim (Abraham), when he left his son, Ismail, and his
wife Hajar (Hagger), there (Peace be upon all of them). Then, when Ismail grew
older, his father Ibrahim came to slaughter him in obedience to God, Who was
just testing him. They passed the test, and Ibrahim was given a sheep to
slaughter instead of his son. Then, the two of them rebuilt Al-Ka'bah, the
House of the Lord, and thus the most sacred place of worship for Muslims on
Earth. [107]
The
Haj act of worshipping Allah, praise to Him, involves physical as well as
spiritual aspects. It requires a lot of walking between the House of the Lord
and other holy Makkah areas, like Mina, Arafat, and Muzdalifah, as well as making Tawaf
(circling) around Al-Ka'bah and Sa'y (fast walking or running) between Al-Safa
and Al-Marwa.
Because
it requires physical strength and financial capabilities (travel and lodging expenses), it has been
prescribed only on those who are capable to do it, once in a person's lifetime.
Haj also includes slaughtering an animal and
feeding it to the poor. Millions of animals are killed in Makkah then shipped
to the poor around the world, every year. It is a direct benefit to the poor
but also gives happiness to the pilgrims, as givers.
Spiritually, pilgrims returning from Makkah
describe a great feeling of happiness, as their pilgrimage becomes the climax
of their spiritual journey in this life. They feel completed and accomplished,
which gives them a feeling of content about their existence on this planet.
Thus, the pilgrimage to
Makkah contributes to spreading happiness and peace around the world.
For
the rest of Muslims around the world, the Haj days are observed by
contemplating about the meanings of this way of worship (‘ibada), by fasting
the day of Arafa, and by celebrating ‘Eidul Adh’ha, in commemoration of
the story of the sacrifice. It is a great day of expressing appreciation to their Creator,
for all of His blessings, particularly of having good families and prosperous
communities.
Examples from Daily-Life Interactions
The
Holy Quran and the Sunna (teachings of the Prophet) guide Muslims in their
daily life interactions with people and the environment. In every teaching of
Islam, the physical aspects cannot be separated from the spiritual aspects of
what Muslims are supposed to do.
Without
proper understanding for this inseparability between the physical and the
spiritual aspects of the teachings, some people may get lost or may exaggerate
the physical acts, which may take them away from the meaning of the teachings.
Here are some daily-life examples about the relationship between the two
aspects.
In
response to God’s command in verse 62: 9, Muslim men are required to perform a
weekly congregational (collective) prayer at a masjid, on Friday, but this is
optional for Muslim women.
‘Hadeeths
of the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, detail what is recommended to do before
coming to the masjid. So, on Fridays, Muslims are instructed to take a
shower, particularly after sexual intercourse, clean their teeth, put on the
best clothes they have, and not to eat onions or garlic.
‘Hadeeths
also emphasize the importance of arriving to the masjid early, and listening to
the sermon (khutba), attentively. In addition, Muslims are instructed to
complete the prayer lines and make them straight. As they stand for prayer,
they need to be connected to each other, leaving no empty spaces between them.
Further,
Muslims are instructed not to be arrogant or bragging in their words, actions,
attitudes, or even in their clothing.
Finally,
whenever women go out of their homes, they are instructed to cover their body,
as their beauty should be only shown to their husbands. At home, they can take
off some of their clothes in the presence of members of their immediate families
(father, mother, brother, sister, uncles, aunts, nieces and nephews). [108]
Explanation
Why
are Muslims instructed to take a shower, clean their teeth, put on the best
clothes they have, and not to eat onions or garlic before coming to the mosque
for the weekly collective prayers?
All
these teachings lead to benefits for them as individuals and as groups but also
there are deeper meanings beyond any physical act they may perform, which may
lead to benefits to the individual, to other people involved in the
interaction, and to society at large.
The Prophet, pbbuh, emphasized that the attentive listening to the sermon (khutbah) is a main goal of attending the
Friday congregational prayer at the masjid. That is why he forbade any talk by
worshippers while the imam is giving the sermon. He also mentioned that God's
rewards for worshippers increase by the early coming to the masjid before the
start of the sermon. [109]
Taking
a bath (showering)
is cleanliness. It benefits the body by removing the sweat and dust. However,
it benefits other people in the Mosque, who are sitting close to each other. A
shower removes the smelling of human odors that may not be pleasant to others.
Most importantly is that worshippers need to be clean, as they speak to their
Creator, while they pray to Him. [110]
Putting
on clean and good clothes also benefits
the person by feeling good and benefits other people who like to interact with
clean people in pleasant contexts. What matters is the cleanliness of clothes,
not the colors, as the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, put on different colors of
clothes, like white, red, yellow, and green. He also put on green and black
headdresses. [111]
The Prophet, pbbuh, also taught that
worshippers need to clean their teeth
before performing every prayer, using a toothbrush-like plant root (miswak).
This is an application of the overall Islamic principle of cleanliness, which
means that, in our time, people need to use the best available means to achieve
this goal, such as toothbrushing, mouth washing, and flossing.
Eating
onions and garlic before going to the
mosque may leave particles of these foods sticking to the mouth of the person
who eats them. Thus, the
smelling may harm other people in the mosque, who may be sensitive to these smells. Then, the
teaching here for Muslims is to be careful not to do anything that may cause
harm or discomfort to others. This can be generalized to other foods or other
odors. [112]
Why
are Muslims instructed to complete the first lines when they
stand for prayers? If not, then you may find them scattered irregularly in the
Mosque, which is inefficient use of the space, to say the least. Also, being in
lines, they become closer to the imam, hearing him clearly. [113]
Muslims
are also instructed not to be arrogant or bragging in their words, acts,
attitudes, or even in their clothing. At the time of revelation, people who had
long gowns reaching the ground were described as arrogant or bragging, as poor
people had less expensive, short gowns. [114]
If
you take it literally, all Muslims should have shorter pants or gowns (Thawb),
but this is not what the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, wanted Muslims to do.
Today, pants and gowns come in various lengths but are sold for the same price.
So, the length of your pants does not correlate with wealth or poverty and
consequently with humility or arrogance.
This
way, we can understand why the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, instructed Muslim men not to wear golden
ornaments or silk-made clothes. These are used by women for
beauty purposes, which is something men should not try to emulate.[115]
Finally,
whenever women go out of their homes,
they are instructed to cover their body,
as their beauty should be only shown to their husbands, as mentioned in verse
24: 31 and 33: 59. There is a deep meaning here. It's not an attempt to control
women. It's a true understanding of the human nature. If followed properly,
society will avoid a lot of the problems it faces unnecessarily. It is natural
for men to be looking at women but if they see them covered decently, they
usually deal with them with respect. Thus, the Islamic teaching for women
to wear decent clothing, when they are outside of their homes, is for their own
protection and well-being. [116]
Conclusion
Allah,
praise to him, has bestowed on humans the gifts of life, knowledge acquisition,
and morality, through installing the software of life, mind, and self in them.
Using these gifts wisely enables us to understand the meanings of what we do,
what is happening around us, and consequently be happy in this life and in the
hereafter.
When
we think about the Islamic teachings with this perspective, we can see that
these are not meaningless rituals. To the contrary, Islamic teachings make
perfect sense, as they guide our daily interactions, for our well-being as
individuals, communities, and societies. Following them properly requires
thinking about the deeper meanings and goals which are associated with them.
However, without such thinking, we may go astray, away from what Allah, praise
to Him, wants us to understand and do, for our benefit here and in the
hereafter.
Spirit, Soul, Mind, Self, and Happiness, from an Islamic Perspective
***
الرُّوحُ وَالْعَقْلُ
وَالنَّفْسُ
َوَالسَّعَادةُ
،
مِنْ
مَنْظُورٍ
إسْلامِيٍ
***
أَعُوذُ
بِاللهِ مِنَ
الشَّيْطَانِ
الرَّجِيمِ
بِسْمِ
اللهِ الرَّحْمَنِ
الرَّحِيمِ
I seek refuge with God
from the Stoned Shaytan (Satan)
In the Name of Allah,
the Beneficent, the Merciful
***
Introduction
The concepts of Spirit, soul, mind,
self, and happiness are closely related in the Holy Quran. This Chapter
attempts to explain some meanings, which are associated with these concepts,
their interconnectedness, and their relevance to Islamic teachings in general.
Whenever the word Spirit (roo'h, رُوح) is mentioned in the Holy Quran, it refers to a characteristic
of God, praise
to Him, and to Jibril, peace to him. However, it is the source of the human soul, which includes
the capabilities of the human existence (life), acquisition
of knowledge (the mind), and morality
(the self, nafs, نَفْس), as discussed before in this book. [117]
While we, as humans, have started to
understand the relationship between the human brain and the mind it incubates,
we know very little about the Spirit, as we learn from the Holy Quran: [118]
وَيَسْأَلُونَكَ
عَنِ
الرُّوحِ ۖ
قُلِ الرُّوحُ
مِنْ أَمْرِ
رَبِّي وَمَا
أُوتِيتُم
مِّنَ
الْعِلْمِ
إِلَّا
قَلِيلًا
(الإسْرَاءُ ،
17: 85).
And they ask you about
the soul. Say, "The soul is of the affair of my
Lord. And you (humans) have not been given of knowledge (about it), except a little (Al-Isra, 17: 85).
Scientists of our time
have been able to clone animals. This has made it easier for people to believe
that the All-Knowledgeable Creator, praise to Him, is capable of resurrecting (cloning) the human body on the Last
Day. However, for Reckoning and Judgment to happen on that Day, the human soul
has to return to its body.
The current information revolution has demonstrated that
information can be captured in compacted disks (CDs), mobile audio-visual
drives and devices, as well as computer hard drives and smart phones. Then, it
can be transferred through space (from Earth to satellites orbiting our planet,
then back to Earth, to be captured back by various devices).
However, humans have neither been capable of transferring
information directly from the human brain nor to it. This is the sphere of
Allah (God), praise
to Him, so far. At the time of
death, He sends His angels to take the human soul. They transfer it from the
brain to the barzakh, which is a place where it is kept until the Last
Day, on which the human body will be resurrected. Then, it will be paired with
its soul, as we are told in the Holy Quran: [119]
وَإِذَا
النُّفُوسُ
زُوِّجَتْ (التَّكْوِيرُ
، 81: 7).
And when the selves (part of souls) are paired (Al-Takweer, 81: 7).
The Relationship Between Faith and Happiness, Lack of Faith and
Unhappiness
Those who truly believe in Allah and in His ability to resurrect
them for reckoning, on the Last Day, would behave in a good way during their
first lifetime on Earth. This includes doing good deeds, being patient, and
showing contentment, which is the “good life,” mentioned in the following verse
of the Holy Quran:
مَنْ
عَمِلَ
صَالِحًا
مِّن ذَكَرٍ
أَوْ أُنثَىٰ
وَهُوَ مُؤْمِنٌ
فَلَنُحْيِيَنَّهُ
حَيَاةً
طَيِّبَةً وَلَنَجْزِيَنَّهُمْ
أَجْرَهُم
بِأَحْسَنِ
مَا كَانُوا
يَعْمَلُونَ (النَّحْلُ
، 16: 97).
Whoever
does good deeds, whether male or female, while being a believer - We will surely cause him (or her) to
live a good life, and We will surely give
them their reward (in the Hereafter) according to the best of what they used to
do (Al-Na'hl, 16: 97).
Believers will also enjoy the everlasting happiness in Paradise,
which their Lord promised them with, and were given glad tidings about, as
follows:
وَأَمَّا
الَّذِينَ
سُعِدُوا
فَفِي
الْجَنَّةِ
خَالِدِينَ
فِيهَا مَا
دَامَتِ
السَّمَاوَاتُ
وَالْأَرْضُ
إِلَّا مَا
شَاءَ
رَبُّكَ عَطَاءً
غَيْرَ مَجْذُوذٍ
(هُودُ ، 11: 108).
And for those
who will be happy,
they will
be in the Paradise, everlasting therein,
as long as the heavens and the Earth last, except as your Lord wills, an
extended gift (108) (Hood, 11: 108).
Conversely, those who do not believe in God and the Day of Reckoning may act in an
evil or a bad way during their lifetime on Earth. As a result, they will be
punished by not living in peace and happiness in this life and by being
punished in the Hellfire in the hereafter, as we read in Verse 3: 56 as well as
in Verses 20: 124-127 and in Verses 11: 105-107 of the Holy Quran.
فَأَمَّا الَّذِينَ
كَفَرُوا فَأُعَذِّبُهُمْ
عَذَابًا
شَدِيدًا فِي
الدُّنْيَا
وَالْآخِرَةِ وَمَا
لَهُم مِّن
نَّاصِرِينَ
(آلُ عِمْرَانَ
، 3: 56).
And
as for those who disbelieved, I will torment
them with a severe torment in this lower life and
the Hereafter, and they will have no helpers" (Aal-'Imran, 3:
56).
وَمَنْ
أَعْرَضَ عَن
ذِكْرِي
فَإِنَّ لَهُ مَعِيشَةً
ضَنكًا
وَنَحْشُرُهُ
يَوْمَ
الْقِيَامَةِ
أَعْمَىٰ ﴿١٢٤﴾ قَالَ
رَبِّ لِمَ
حَشَرْتَنِي
أَعْمَىٰ وَقَدْ
كُنتُ
بَصِيرًا ﴿١٢٥﴾ قَالَ
كَذَٰلِكَ
أَتَتْكَ
آيَاتُنَا
فَنَسِيتَهَا وَكَذَٰلِكَ
الْيَوْمَ
تُنسَىٰ ﴿١٢٦﴾ وَكَذَٰلِكَ
نَجْزِي مَنْ
أَسْرَفَ
وَلَمْ
يُؤْمِن
بِآيَاتِ
رَبِّهِ وَلَعَذَابُ
الْآخِرَةِ
أَشَدُّ
وَأَبْقَىٰ ﴿١٢٧﴾ (طَهَ
، 20: 124-127).
And
whoever turns away from My remembrance - indeed, he will have a depressed life, and We will gather him (with
others) on the Day of Rising (Resurrection) blind."
(124)
He
will say, "My Lord, why have you brought me to the gathering blind while I
was (during my first life) seeing?" (125)
(Allah)
will say, "Thus, Our signs came to you, and you forgot them; and thus, you
will this Day be forgotten." (126)
And
thus, We will recompense he who transgressed and did not believe in the signs
of his Lord. And the punishment of the Hereafter is more severe and more
enduring (127) (Ta-Ha, 20:
124-127).
يَوْمَ
يَأْتِ لَا
تَكَلَّمُ
نَفْسٌ إِلَّا
بِإِذْنِهِ فَمِنْهُمْ شَقِيٌّ
وَسَعِيدٌ ﴿١٠٥﴾
فَأَمَّا
الَّذِينَ
شَقُوا فَفِي
النَّارِ
لَهُمْ
فِيهَا
زَفِيرٌ
وَشَهِيقٌ ﴿١٠٦﴾
خَالِدِينَ
فِيهَا مَا
دَامَتِ
السَّمَاوَاتُ
وَالْأَرْضُ
إِلَّا مَا
شَاءَ رَبُّكَ إِنَّ
رَبَّكَ
فَعَّالٌ
لِّمَا
يُرِيدُ ﴿١٠٧﴾ (هُودُ
، 11: 105-107).
The Day it comes, no nafs (self) will speak except by His
permission. And among
them will be the wretched and the happy (105). As for those who will be
wretched, they will be in the Fire. For them therein is exhaling and inhaling (106). (They will be) everlasting
therein as long as the heavens and the Earth last, except what your Lord wills.
Indeed, your Lord is a doer of what He wants (107) (Hood,
11: 105-107).
If
we think about God’s commands, we will find them aiming at people’s good and
their happiness in this lower life, before reaching the hereafter. All good
deeds and the ordained ways of worship, such as prayers, giving zakat
(charity), and fasting, bring great benefits to the worshipper first, then to
his/her family, community, and society at large, as will be discussed in Part
II of this book.
Likewise,
if we think about God’s prohibitions, we will find out that these aim at
shielding people from committing sins, which otherwise lead to their misery,
suffering, and pain, in this lower life, before reaching the hereafter.
Verse
2: 195 provides examples of such commands and prohibitions. Allah, praise to Him, commands people
to spend on others who are less fortunate, to do their best in performing the
good deeds, and avoid causing their own destruction, with their own hands.
وَأَنفِقُوا فِي
سَبِيلِ
اللَّـهِ وَلَا
تُلْقُوا
بِأَيْدِيكُمْ
إِلَى التَّهْلُكَةِ ۛ وَأَحْسِنُوا
ۛ إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ
يُحِبُّ
الْمُحْسِنِينَ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 195).
Spend in the way of
Allah and do not cast into (your)
destruction with your own hands. Do good deeds; Allah loves the good
doers (Al-Baqara, 2: 195).
When
the wealthy spend on the poor, and the haves on the have-nots, they spread
love, compassion, and solidarity among relatives, neighbors, community members,
and society as a whole. The feeling of happiness, then, is not limited to the
recipient only, but it also reaches the giver, who enjoys a great feeling of
happiness, for his/her ability to give to others and benefit them, and for the
expressions of love and gratitude he/she receives from them.
Verse
2: 195 also includes God’s command of I’hsan, which is worshipping Allah while
knowing that He sees us, even if we do not see Him, as we are taught by the
Messenger of Allah, peace and
blessings be upon him. This means that we need to do our best in
performing as many good deeds as we can. This also includes saying good words,
smiling to people, giving advice, volunteering to help the needy, and good
treatment of others. When such I’hsan behavior spreads among people, it also
spreads stability, security, love, and happiness among them. [120]
Allah,
praise to Him, also
prohibits us to do anything which may lead us to harm or destroy ourselves,
because He is the Merciful, who wants us to live in happiness, in this lower
life, before reaching the everlasting happiness in the hereafter. Examples of
what some people do, which may lead to their destruction with their own hands,
include smoking, drinking alcoholic beverages, abusing drugs, gambling, committing
zina (premarital and extramarital sexual intercourse), and accepting this
promiscuous behavior.
These
deviant behaviors lead to misery, suffering, pain, and fatal diseases in many
cases. Consequently, these behaviors deprive the perpetrators of the happiness
they can enjoy if they obey their Creator, Who has warned them against that in
verses 5: 90 and 17: 32.
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
إِنَّمَا الْخَمْرُ
وَالْمَيْسِرُ
وَالْأَنصَابُ
وَالْأَزْلَامُ رِجْسٌ
مِّنْ عَمَلِ
الشَّيْطَانِ
فَاجْتَنِبُوهُ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تُفْلِحُونَ
(الْمَائِدَةُ
، 5: 90).
وَلَا
تَقْرَبُوا الزِّنَىٰ
ۖ إِنَّهُ
كَانَ
فَاحِشَةً
وَسَاءَ
سَبِيلًا
(الإسْرَاءُ ، 17: 32).
O
you who have believed, indeed, intoxicants,
gambling, (sacrificing on) stone alters, and divining arrows are but defilement from the work of Shaytan (Satan). So, avoid it, that
you may be successful (Al-Ma-ida, 5: 90).
And
do not approach zina (premarital and
extramarital sexual intercourse). Indeed, it is ever a great sin and an evil way (Al-Issra, 17:
32).
In
the United States, for example, about 480,000 people die every year as a result
of various types of cancer, due to smoking tobacco.
About 88,000 more die as a result of diseases, traffic accidents, and cruelty
due to the use of alcoholic beverages. In addition, these addicts inflict enormous pains on
themselves and on their families, before they die. This includes loss of
productivity, physical
abuse, sexual
assaults, and rapes. Moreover, smokers and alcoholic patients cause the largest
burden on the health care system, which costs the American society hundreds of
billions of dollars every year. Addiction to gambling
is also as harmful to the gambler, his/her family, and society in general. It diminishes the capabilities of the human
self and causes a great loss in time, energy, and productivity for the addict
and for society as well. [121]
The
spread of zina (premarital and
extramarital sexual intercourse), and accepting it, has brought enormous
calamities and various types of pain and suffering to the involved individuals,
their families, and society at large. Infidelity has been cited as the major
cause of divorce, which is the fate of
about half of the marriages in
the United States, each year. Consequently, children of divorce suffer
from living with only one of their biological parents, which may lead to
psychological and behavioral problems at home, school, and society as a whole.
Tolerance for premarital sexual activity has led to the highest rates of teenage pregnancy, which are unprecedented in the
human society since the agricultural revolution, six thousand years ago. If a
teenager aborts her pregnancy, she may suffer from psychological problems, such
as depression, or physical problems, such as infertility. If she does not abort
it, she is more likely to live in a lower standard of living, as a result of
dropping out of school to work, in order to spend on herself and her child or
children. Finally, multiple sexual partners has been associated with the spread
of various types of sexually-transmitted diseases,
many of which may lead to infertility or even to death, but all of which do
lead to suffering, pain, and loss of productivity for the individual, family,
and society as a whole. [122]
Thus,
obedience to God, by observing His commands, leads people to enjoy a good
quality of life, which is happiness. However, disobedience to Him leads to
suffering, pain, and unhappiness, here during people’s lower life, before they
reach the hereafter. Verse 2: 177 mentions some of the good deeds of righteousness and piety, which bring happiness
in this lower life and everlasting happiness in the hereafter, as follows:
لَيْسَ
الْبِرَّ أَن
تُوَلُّوا
وُجُوهَكُمْ قِبَلَ
الْمَشْرِقِ
وَالْمَغْرِبِ
وَلَـٰكِنَّ
الْبِرَّ
مَنْ آمَنَ
بِاللَّـهِ
وَالْيَوْمِ
الْآخِرِ
وَالْمَلَائِكَةِ
وَالْكِتَابِ
وَالنَّبِيِّينَ
وَآتَى الْمَالَ
عَلَىٰ
حُبِّهِ
ذَوِي
الْقُرْبَىٰ
وَالْيَتَامَىٰ
وَالْمَسَاكِينَ
وَابْنَ السَّبِيلِ
وَالسَّائِلِينَ
وَفِي الرِّقَابِ
وَأَقَامَ
الصَّلَاةَ
وَآتَى
الزَّكَاةَ
وَالْمُوفُونَ
بِعَهْدِهِمْ
إِذَا عَاهَدُوا
ۖ
وَالصَّابِرِينَ
فِي الْبَأْسَاءِ
وَالضَّرَّاءِ
وَحِينَ
الْبَأْسِ ۗ أُولَـٰئِكَ
الَّذِينَ
صَدَقُوا ۖ
وَأُولَـٰئِكَ
هُمُ
الْمُتَّقُونَ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 177).
Righteousness is not whether you face towards the east or
the west. But righteousness is to believe in Allah, the Last Day, the angels,
the Book, and the Prophets; and to give wealth, however cherished, to
relatives, the orphans, the needy, the destitute traveler, the beggars, and to
free slaves. (The righteous are also those) who establish prayers and pay the
ordained charity (zakat); who are true to their promise when they have
promised; who are patient in misfortune and hardship and during the time of courage.
Such are the truthful; such are the righteous (Al-Baqara,
2: 177).
Audio-Visual Records on the Day of Reckoning
When people stand before their Creator, on
the Day of Reckoning, they will be given their books, which record all their
words and deeds, during their first life on Earth. They will be surprised that
even the smallest of their deeds are recorded in these books, as mentioned in
verses 86: 4 and 99: 7-8.
إِن
كُلُّ نَفْسٍ
لَّمَّا
عَلَيْهَا حَافِظٌ (الطَّارِقُ
، 86: 4).
فَمَن
يَعْمَلْ مِثْقَالَ
ذَرَّةٍ
خَيْرًا يَرَهُ ﴿٧﴾
وَمَن
يَعْمَلْ مِثْقَالَ
ذَرَّةٍ
شَرًّا يَرَهُ
﴿٨﴾
(الزَّلْزَلَةُ
، 99: 7-8).
There is a record keeper over
(charged with) every (human) self (Al-Tariq, 86: 4).
Whoever
does an atom's weight of good will see it, (7) And whoever does an atom's weight of evil will see it. (8) (Al-Zalzala, 99: 7-8).
The believers will be happy that their good
deeds are recorded for them, but the criminals will regret seeing their bad
deeds are also recorded for them, as we are told in verses 3: 30 and 18: 49.
وَوُضِعَ
الْكِتَابُ
فَتَرَى
الْمُجْرِمِينَ
مُشْفِقِينَ
مِمَّا فِيهِ
وَيَقُولُونَ
يَا
وَيْلَتَنَا
مَالِ هَـٰذَا
الْكِتَابِ
لَا
يُغَادِرُ
صَغِيرَةً
وَلَا
كَبِيرَةً
إِلَّا
أَحْصَاهَا وَوَجَدُوا
مَا عَمِلُوا
حَاضِرًا وَلَا
يَظْلِمُ
رَبُّكَ
أَحَدًا
(الْكَهْفُ ، 18: 49).
(On that) Day, every
(human) self will find what it has done of good present (before it), and (will
also find) what it has done of evil, (for
which) it will wish if there was a long time separating it from its evil deeds
(Aal-'Imran, 3: 30).
And
the book (of deeds) will be placed (given to each person), and you will see the
criminals fearful of that which is in it; and they will say, "Oh, woe to
us! What is this book that leaves nothing small or
great except that it has listed it?" And they will find what
they did present (to each one of them). And your Lord does injustice to no one
(Al-Kahf, 18: 49).
If
the criminals deny what they did, then Allah, praise to Him, will show them evidence from their
body organs, which were used in committing their evil deeds. Thus, their
hands, legs, hearing, sights, and skins will testify against them, as
mentioned in verses 36: 65 and 41: 20.
الْيَوْمَ
نَخْتِمُ
عَلَىٰ
أَفْوَاهِهِمْ
وَتُكَلِّمُنَا
أَيْدِيهِمْ
وَتَشْهَدُ أَرْجُلُهُم بِمَا
كَانُوا
يَكْسِبُونَ (يَسِ
، 36: 65).
Today (on the Day of Reckoning), We will set a seal on their
mouths, and their
hands will speak to us, and their feet bear witness, to (all) that, which they earned
(did) (Ya Seen, 36: 65).
When
they reach it (the Fire), their hearing, their
sight, and their skins will bear witness against them, to all that they did (Fussilat,
41: 20).
In previous centuries, it should
have been hard for people to imagine how their voices and deeds can be recorded
and saved in a book, or a record. However, this has become a normal thing to do
since the start of radio and television broadcasting. Media units routinely
record people’s voices and images and broadcast them around the clock. Even the
average person is capable of doing that by using cameras, computers, CDs, and
smart phones. So, if we, as humans, have been capable of doing that, then it
should be a given that it is easier for the Creator, praise to Him, to have His angels record people’s
deeds, and to make these records available to them on the Day of Reckoning, on
which He does not do injustice to anybody.
Another way to understand
how people’s voices, images, anي deeds can be captured and recorded, even
after their death, is through the electromagnetic waves, which are produced by
their actions. These are permanent records, which can be captured in space,
from certain locations in the universe. The evidence for the feasibility of
this to happen is the fact that when we see a star, it does not mean that it is
still in the same location which we see it in. Actually, it should have left
its location a long time ago but we’re capable to capture its image right now,
from our location in the universe. This scientific fact is mentioned in verses
56: 75-76 of the Holy Quran. It follows that our voices, images, and deeds can
be captured somewhere in the universe and can be given to us as records, on the
Day of Reckoning. [123]
فَلَا
أُقْسِمُ
بِمَوَاقِعِ
النُّجُومِ ﴿٧٥﴾ وَإِنَّهُ
لَقَسَمٌ
لَّوْ
تَعْلَمُونَ
عَظِيمٌ ﴿٧٦﴾
(الْوَاقِعَةُ
، 56: 75-76).
I swear by the locations of the stars, (75) and
it is a mighty oath, if you could know (76)
(Al-Waqi’a, 56: 75-76).
Thus, the honorable angels record all of people’s words and deeds.
Then, these records will be saved in certain destinations, after death, as we
are told by verse 6: 67. On the Last Day, the human self will return to be
paired with its body, as mentioned in verse 81: 7. Finally, people will receive
their records, to be ready for reckoning.
لِّكُلِّ
نَبَإٍ
مُّسْتَقَرٌّ ۚ
وَسَوْفَ
تَعْلَمُونَ (الأنْعَامُ
، 6: 67).
وَإِذَا
النُّفُوسُ
زُوِّجَتْ (التَّكْوِيرُ
، 81: 7).
For every bit of news (information),
there is a destination (to be saved in), and you will
know it (Al-An'am, 6: 67).
And when the (human) selves are paired (with their bodies) (Al-Takweer, 81: 7)
Verse
6: 67 also prophesized that we would know how people’s words and actions can be
recorded and kept safe, to be shown again at any time after that. This prophecy has been fulfilled in our time, as we have
been capable of capturing human actions, in voice and images. We are also
capable of broadcasting these through radio and TV electromagnetic waves
throughout the terrestrial and extraterrestrial space.
The main idea here is that if humans have been capable of
accomplishing that, then it should be a given that Almighty Allah, praise to Him, and His angels are more capable
of capturing the human soul, including the self, and returning it to its body,
on the Last Day.
Reckoning on the Basis of Obedience or Disobedience to God's
Commands
The two concepts of good and evil are not left to people to
define. Otherwise, they may never agree on what constitutes each one of them.
Allah, praise to Him, revealed His teachings about these concepts through the messages
He sent to guide humanity. These messages were delivered by God’s messengers
throughout human history. The
Holy Quran mentions names of 25 Prophets and
Messengers of God but verses 4: 164 and 40: 78 tell us that there were other
Messengers who are not mentioned. [124]
A Messenger was different from a Prophet in that he was given a
message from God to deliver it to people. Examples of Messengers include Noo’h
(Noah), Ibrahim (Abraham), Moussa (Moses), ‘Eissa (Jesus), and Mu’hammed, who
had a strong will in their persistence to deliver their messages despite the
great dangers they faced, peace and blessings of Allah be upon all of
them.
However, a Prophet received messages from God, to teach people and
remind them of the message of a Messenger who came before him. Examples of
Prophets include Sulayman (Solomon), Elysa’ (Elisha), Dhul Kifl, Younus
(Johah), Zakariya, and Ya’hya (John), peace and blessings of Allah be upon them. Both the Messengers and Prophets
were supported with prophecies and miracles, to convince people that they had
God’s support for their missions.
God's messages to humanity, through His messengers, include His
commands, which aim at spreading good behavior and happiness among people in
this life, and promise
everlasting happiness in the hereafter. God’s messages also include His
prohibitions, which aim at saving them from falling into evil behaviors and
their harmful consequences in this life, and punishment in the hereafter. Allah summarized these meanings in verse 16:
90, which shows that He commands what’s good and forbids evil, as follows: [125]
إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ
يَأْمُرُ
بِالْعَدْلِ
وَالْإِحْسَانِ
وَإِيتَاءِ ذِي
الْقُرْبَىٰ وَيَنْهَىٰ عَنِ
الْفَحْشَاءِ
وَالْمُنكَرِ
وَالْبَغْيِ
ۚ يَعِظُكُمْ لَعَلَّكُمْ
تَذَكَّرُونَ (النَّحْلُ
، 16: 90).
Indeed,
Allah commands justice,
good conduct, and giving to relatives; and forbids
immorality, bad conduct, and transgression. He admonishes you, so that perhaps
you will remember (Al-Na’hl, 16: 90).
Thus, there is an association between obedience to God and
happiness in this life and in the hereafter. Likewise, there is an association
between disobedience to Him and suffering in this life and in the hereafter.
Obedience to God
has been mentioned as associated with the great winning, in verse 4: 13; with a
high-ranking status in Paradise, in verse 4: 69; with winning, in verse 24: 52;
with the greatest winning, in verse 33: 71; and with entering Paradise gardens
in verse 48: 17.
Disobedience
to God has been mentioned as associated with painful punishment, in verse 48:
17; with humiliating punishment, in verse 4: 14; with being clearly lost, in
verse 33: 36; and with punishment in the Hellfire, in verse 72: 23. [126]
The Spirit
The Spirit (rou'h, رُوح) is a characteristic of God, which He blew in the first cell,
giving life to all living beings. God's Spirit has also been blown in humans,
in particular, enabling their souls to include the morality scale (the self, nafs, نَفْس), in addition to the capabilities of existence (life) and the acquisition of knowledge (the mind), which humans share in different degrees
with other living beings.
The
word "Spirit” (roo'h, رُوح), is mentioned
21 times, in 20 verses of the Holy Quran. It refers to a characteristic of God
and His commands, which are carried by the Senior Angel, Jibril (Gabriel), and
other Angels, to implement God’s will on humans. However, the only knowledge we
have about God’s Spirit is what He told us, and that is little, as stated in
the above-mentioned verse
17: 85.
The
Holy Quran refers to Jibril, peace
be to him, in particular, as the Spirit, the Trusted Spirit, and the
Spirit of the Holy, as mentioned in verses 78: 85, 26: 193, and 16: 102.
However, verse 16:2 refers to angels (in
plural), as the ones who descend with the Spirit of
God’s command on whom He wills among
His worshippers. [127]
يَوْمَ
يَقُومُ الرُّوحُ وَالْمَلَائِكَةُ
صَفًّا ۖ لَّا
يَتَكَلَّمُونَ
إِلَّا مَنْ
أَذِنَ لَهُ
الرَّحْمَـٰنُ
وَقَالَ
صَوَابًا (النَّبَأُ
، 78: 38).
نَزَلَ
بِهِ الرُّوحُ
الْأَمِينُ (الشُّورَى
، 26: 193).
قُلْ
نَزَّلَهُ رُوحُ
الْقُدُسِ مِن
رَّبِّكَ
بِالْحَقِّ
(النَّحْلُ ، 16: 102).
يُنَزِّلُ
الْمَلَائِكَةَ
بِالرُّوحِ مِنْ
أَمْرِهِ
عَلَىٰ مَن
يَشَاءُ مِنْ
عِبَادِهِ
أَنْ
أَنذِرُوا
أَنَّهُ لَا
إِلَـٰهَ
إِلَّا أَنَا
فَاتَّقُونِ
(النَّحْلُ ، 16: 2).
The Day that the Spirit (Jibril) and the angels will stand in
rows, they will not speak except for one whom the Beneficent (the Most
Merciful) permits, and he will say what is correct (Al-Naba’,
78: 38).
The Trusted Spirit (Jibril) came down with it
(Al-Shu'ara, 26: 193).
Say the Spirit
of the Holy (Jibril) has brought it (the
revelation) down from your Lord in truth” (Al-Na'hl, 16: 102).
He sends down the angels, with the Spirit of His command, upon whom He wills
of His worshippers, (telling them): "Warn that there is no (other) deity
except Me; so be mindful of Me."(Al-Na’hl, 16: 2).
The Mind
The mind is the second
component of the soul, after the capability of life. It is represented by a
software program, which enables the living organism to collect and process
information for its own benefit. Thus, the mind contains the body of knowledge
an organism acquires in its entire life, through its senses and through the
synthetic analysis of the acquired knowledge.
This
means that there’s a match between the mental capabilities of an organism and
its brain structure, which also means that cognition is a
reflection of the materialistic capabilities of the brain. This explains
why humans are more capable of the comprehension of their surroundings, more
capable in the storage of information, and faster in remembering, thinking
about, processing, and using such information, as discussed in Chapter 4 of
this book.
The
Arabic word mind (‘aql عقل)
does not appear in the Holy Quran as a noun in the singular form. Rather, its
verb (‘aqala عَقَلَ)
is used instead, meaning to understand, comprehend, and distinguish. It also
means to tie, tighten, control, or restrict. Thus, minding or reasoning means
subjecting one’s thinking to known restrictions, rules, laws, and controls in
order for one’s behavior to become as educated, safe, wise, and intelligent as
possible.
This
verb appears 49 times in the Holy Quran, in five different forms, which are as
follows: ‘aqalouh (they reasoned it) in verse 2: 75, na’qil (we
reason) in verse 67: 10, ya’qiluha (he reasons it) in verse 29: 43, ta’qiloon
(you all reason) in verse 2: 44 and 23 other verses, and ya’qiloon (they
reason) in verse 36: 68 and 21 other verses, as in the following examples: [128]
أَفَتَطْمَعُونَ
أَن
يُؤْمِنُوا
لَكُمْ وَقَدْ
كَانَ
فَرِيقٌ
مِّنْهُمْ
يَسْمَعُونَ
كَلَامَ
اللَّـهِ
ثُمَّ
يُحَرِّفُونَهُ
مِن بَعْدِ
مَا عَقَلُوهُ وَهُمْ
يَعْلَمُونَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 75).
وَقَالُوا
لَوْ كُنَّا
نَسْمَعُ
أَوْ نَعْقِلُ
مَا
كُنَّا فِي
أَصْحَابِ
السَّعِيرِ
(الْمُلْكُ ، 67: 10).
وَتِلْكَ
الْأَمْثَالُ
نَضْرِبُهَا
لِلنَّاسِ ۖ
وَمَا يَعْقِلُهَا
إِلَّا
الْعَالِمُونَ
(الْعَنْكَبُوتُ
، 29: 43).
أَتَأْمُرُونَ
النَّاسَ
بِالْبِرِّ
وَتَنسَوْنَ
أَنفُسَكُمْ
وَأَنتُمْ
تَتْلُونَ
الْكِتَابَ ۚ
أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ
(البْقَرَةُ ، 2: 44).
وَمَن
نُّعَمِّرْهُ
نُنَكِّسْهُ
فِي الْخَلْقِ أَفَلَا
يَعْقِلُونَ (يَسِ
، 36: 68).
Do you (people of Faith) hope that they will believe in you, while
a party of them used to hear the Words of Allah (the Torah), then they would
distort them (knowingly), after they had reasoned (understood) them" (Al-Baqara,
2: 75).
They will further say: "Had we listened, or reasoned, we would not have been among the
companions of the Blazing Fire! (Al-Mulk, 67: 10).
And these examples (which) We present to the people, but none will
reason (understand) them except those of
knowledge (Al-‘Ankaboot, 29: 43).
Do you enjoin right conduct on the people and forget (to practice
it) yourselves, and (yet) you recite the Scripture? Do you not reason?" (Al-Baqara, 2: 44).
And
he to whom We grant long life We reverse in creation. Do they not reason (understand)? (Ya-Seen, 36:
68).
The
Holy Quran refers to the mind by using its essential characteristic, as the
essence or the core of the human being. In particular, it is used to describe believers as the ones with the minds (al-albab, .(الألباب
This praise of
the believers, as the reasoning ones, has been mentioned in 16 verses. Here are
three examples, which include verses 2: 197, 2: 269, and 3: 190. [129]
وَاتَّقُونِ
يَا أُولِي الْأَلْبَابِ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 197).
وَمَا
يَذَّكَّرُ
إِلَّا أُولُو
الْأَلْبَابِ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 269).
إِنَّ
فِي خَلْقِ
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
وَاخْتِلَافِ
اللَّيْلِ
وَالنَّهَارِ
لَآيَاتٍ لِّأُولِي
الْأَلْبَابِ (آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 190).
O you who have (reasoning) minds, avoid my anger (or my punishment)" (Al-Baqara, 2: 197).
Only those with (reasoning) minds will
remember (and understand God's message)" (Al-Baqara, 2: 269).
In the creation of the heavens and the Earth, and the alternation
of night and day, there are signs for those with (reasoning) minds (Al-Imran, 3: 190).
The Self
The
third component of the human soul is represented by the morality software,
which God blew from His Spirit in humans, thus distinguishing them from other
organisms, as pointed in Chapter 4. It enables humans to create the human self (personality),
through the interaction with others, as well as through successive
decision-making processes and information analyses, on the basis of the
mentally acquired knowledge.
Two
major ideal types of the human “self” have been identified for thousands of
years, which are the good and the evil types. However, logically speaking, a
spectrum of possibilities lies between the two types.
The Holy Quran tells us that God has given the human being the freedom to choose,
through his/her inherent ability to differentiate between good and evil deeds,
and through his/her ability to choose between them, as expressed in verse 90:
10.
وَهَدَيْنَاهُ
النَّجْدَيْنِ (الْبَلَدُ
، 90: 10).
And We
guided him the two paths (of
good and evil)?" (Al-Balad, 90: 10).
The Holy Quran is very specific about the contrast between the two
choices and the consequences of the human deeds. In Verses 91: 7-10, Allah, praise to Him, says that when He has fashioned
the human self (by blowing His Spirit in the human soul), He has equipped it
with the ability to choose to be pious or deviant, following the straight path
or going astray from it. Consequently,
the winner in this life and in the Hereafter is the one who purifies the self
with good deeds, and the failure is the one who immerses
it in bad deeds and corruption.
وَنَفْسٍ
وَمَا
سَوَّاهَا ﴿٧﴾
فَأَلْهَمَهَا
فُجُورَهَا
وَتَقْوَاهَا ﴿٨﴾ قَدْ أَفْلَحَ
مَن
زَكَّاهَا ﴿٩﴾
وَقَدْ خَابَ
مَن
دَسَّاهَا ﴿١٠﴾ (الشَّمْسُ
، 91: 7-10).
And
(by) the self and He who fashioned it,
(7) And inspired it (with its) deviance and its
righteousness. (8) He has succeeded,
who purifies it, (9) And he has failed,
who immerses it (in bad deeds and corruption). (10) (Al-Shams,
91: 7-10).
It
is noteworthy that modern social sciences have discovered this fact about the
human self, which has been articulated in the Holy Quran, more than 14
centuries ago. Since the beginning of the 20th Century, sociologists
and psychologists reached the conclusion that the human self (personality) has
two main components, one representing the moral values and norms of society
(including religious teachings), and the other representing the self and body
interests alone. Thus, the normal human being is the one who seeks the
satisfaction of his/her body needs and self-desires, in a way that does not
contradict with the prevailing social values and norms. As such, the human self
(personality) develops and evolves, and its awareness of itself and of others
increases, through the continuous interaction between its two components, as
well as between the human being and his/her social and physical surroundings. [130]
Death
of the Body and Completion of the Self Record
Allah, praise to Him, teaches us that there is a difference between the two concepts
of death (mowt) and completion of the self-record (wafah). Death happens when the life
software stops working, as a result of a stop in the work of the brain and the
heart. Thus, death means the end of life for the body, with the completion of
the deeds of the human self, in this lower life. However, wafah (wafat) can
happen to the dead and the living body alike. It happens when the angels stop
recording the deeds of the human self, whether the body is still alive, while
asleep, or at its death, as we learn from verses 39: 42 and 6: 60-61.
اللَّـهُ
يَتَوَفَّى
الْأَنفُسَ حِينَ
مَوْتِهَا
وَالَّتِي
لَمْ تَمُتْ
فِي
مَنَامِهَا ۖ
فَيُمْسِكُ
الَّتِي
قَضَىٰ
عَلَيْهَا
الْمَوْتَ
وَيُرْسِلُ
الْأُخْرَىٰ
إِلَىٰ أَجَلٍ
مُّسَمًّى ۚ
إِنَّ فِي
ذَٰلِكَ
لَآيَاتٍ لِّقَوْمٍ
يَتَفَكَّرُونَ
(الزُّمَرُ ، 39: 42).
وَهُوَ
الَّذِي يَتَوَفَّاكُم
بِاللَّيْلِ
وَيَعْلَمُ
مَا
جَرَحْتُم بِالنَّهَارِ
ثُمَّ
يَبْعَثُكُمْ
فِيهِ لِيُقْضَىٰ
أَجَلٌ
مُّسَمًّى ثُمَّ
إِلَيْهِ
مَرْجِعُكُمْ
ثُمَّ
يُنَبِّئُكُم
بِمَا كُنتُمْ
تَعْمَلُونَ ﴿٦٠﴾ وَهُوَ
الْقَاهِرُ
فَوْقَ
عِبَادِهِ وَيُرْسِلُ
عَلَيْكُمْ
حَفَظَةً
حَتَّىٰ إِذَا
جَاءَ
أَحَدَكُمُ الْمَوْتُ
تَوَفَّتْهُ رُسُلُنَا
وَهُمْ لَا
يُفَرِّطُونَ
﴿٦١﴾
(الأنْعَامُ ، 6: 60-61).
Allah
completes records of the selves at the time of their death,
and those that do not die (He completes their records) during their sleep.
Then, He keeps those for which He has decreed death and releases the others,
for a specified term. Indeed, in that are signs for a people who give thought
(Al-Zumar, 39: 42).
And
it is He who completes your records by night and knows what you have committed by day. Then, He
revives you therein, that a specified term may be fulfilled. Then, to Him will
be your return. Then, He will inform you about what you used to do. (60) And He is the Subjugator (Subduer) over
His worshippers (creation), and He sends over you record keepers (angels),
until when death comes to one of you, Our messengers complete his record, and they do not leave out (any detail of
it) (61) (Al-An'am, 6: 60-61).
***
When death happens to the human body and the record of the self is
completed and taken over by angels, they transfer the record to the Creator’s
depository, to be kept there, until the Last Day, as we learn from verse 6: 67.
لِّكُلِّ
نَبَإٍ
مُّسْتَقَرٌّ
ۚ وَسَوْفَ
تَعْلَمُونَ (الأنْعَامُ
، 6: 67).
For every bit of news (information),
there is a destination (to be kept in), and you will know
it (Al-An'am, 6: 67).
Thus, the two verses refer to two situations in which a person's
record is completed and taken over by angels. The first is during his/her
sleep, but the record will be reopened when a person wakes up. The second is a
final completion of a person's record of his/her lower (first) life on Earth,
when he/she dies.
Some
Messengers of Allah, however, were lifted alive to heavens to save them from
the physical death of the body. As a result, their records on Earth were
completed though they did not die. An example of such a case was Jesus Christ, peace to him, who had "wafah" (completion
of his record on Earth) but not mowt (physical death of the human body). This was also the case of Idrees, peace to him, as well as the case of martyrs, whose life on
Earth ends but they are alive in heavens, as stated in Verses 3: 55, 4: 157,
19: 56-57, and 3: 169. Verse 4: 157 states that 'Eissa, peace to him, was not killed,
thus confirming that what happened to him was wafah (completion of record), not
mowt (death).
إِذْ قَالَ
اللَّـهُ يَا
عِيسَىٰ
إِنِّي مُتَوَفِّيكَ
وَرَافِعُكَ
إِلَيَّ
وَمُطَهِّرُكَ
مِنَ الَّذِينَ
كَفَرُوا
وَجَاعِلُ
الَّذِينَ اتَّبَعُوكَ
فَوْقَ
الَّذِينَ
كَفَرُوا إِلَىٰ
يَوْمِ
الْقِيَامَةِ
ۖ ثُمَّ
إِلَيَّ
مَرْجِعُكُمْ
فَأَحْكُمُ
بَيْنَكُمْ
فِيمَا
كُنتُمْ
فِيهِ
تَخْتَلِفُونَ (آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 55).
وَقَوْلِهِمْ
إِنَّا
قَتَلْنَا
الْمَسِيحَ
عِيسَى ابْنَ
مَرْيَمَ
رَسُولَ
اللَّـهِ وَمَا
قَتَلُوهُ
وَمَا
صَلَبُوهُ وَلَـٰكِن
شُبِّهَ
لَهُمْ وَإِنَّ
الَّذِينَ
اخْتَلَفُوا
فِيهِ لَفِي
شَكٍّ
مِّنْهُ مَا
لَهُم بِهِ
مِنْ عِلْمٍ
إِلَّا
اتِّبَاعَ
الظَّنِّ وَمَا
قَتَلُوهُ
يَقِينًا (النِّسَاءُ
، 4: 157).
وَاذْكُرْ
فِي
الْكِتَابِ إِدْرِيسَ إِنَّهُ
كَانَ
صِدِّيقًا
نَّبِيًّا ﴿٥٦﴾ وَرَفَعْنَاهُ
مَكَانًا
عَلِيًّا ﴿٥٧﴾ (مَرْيَمُ
، 19: 56-57).
وَلَا
تَحْسَبَنَّ
الَّذِينَ
قُتِلُوا فِي
سَبِيلِ
اللَّـهِ
أَمْوَاتًا ۚ
بَلْ أَحْيَاءٌ
عِندَ
رَبِّهِمْ
يُرْزَقُونَ
(آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 169).
(Mention) when Allah said, "O 'Eisa (Jesus), I am completing your
record (on Earth), lifting you to Me (in heaven), purifying you from
those who disbelieved, and making those who followed you (dominant) over those
who disbelieved, until the Day of Rising (Resurrection).” Then, (addressing
people), to Me is your return, and I will judge between you concerning that in
which you used to differ" (Aal-'Imran, 3: 55).
And
for their saying: "We killed the Messiah, Jesus, son of Mary, the
Messenger of God;" (here is the answer): They
neither killed him nor crucified him, but it so appeared to them.
Those who disagreed in the matter are only (lost) in doubt. They have no
knowledge about it, other than conjecture. Certainly, they did not kill him
(Al-Nisa, 4: 157).
And
mention in the Book, Idrees. Indeed, he
was a man of truth and a prophet. (56) And We lifted him (to) a high place. (57) (Maryam, 19: 56-57).
And
do not count those who have been killed in the path
of Allah (the martyrs) as dead.
Rather, they are alive, near their Lord,
receiving provision (Aal-'Imran, 3: 169).
Return of the Self to its Body
The
importance of the self-record is that it will be used as the basis for holding
it accountable for its performance, during its lower (first) life on Earth, as
stated in verses 74: 38 and 81: 14.
كُلُّ
نَفْسٍ
بِمَا
كَسَبَتْ
رَهِينَةٌ
(الْمُدَّثِّرُ
،
74: 38).
عَلِمَتْ
نَفْسٌ مَّا
أَحْضَرَتْ
(التَّكْوِيرُ
،
81: 14).
Every
self will be hostage
(accountable) to what it has earned (Al-Muddathir, 74: 38).
A self will know what it has brought (Al-Takweer,
81: 14).
So,
during the Last Day, the human body is resurrected, as we know from verse 23:
16 (by cloning it from its coccyx, as explained by the Messenger of Allah,
peace and blessings be upon him). Then, the self will be transferred back
to its resurrected body, as verse 81: 7 tells us, in order to be able to
communicate with its Creator, during the reckoning. [131]
ثُمَّ
إِنَّكُمْ
يَوْمَ
الْقِيَامَةِ
تُبْعَثُونَ
(الْمُؤْمِنُونَ
، 23: 16).
Then,
you will be resurrected on the Day of Rising
(Al-Muminoon, 23: 16).
وَإِذَا
النُّفُوسُ زُوِّجَتْ" (التَّكْوِيرُ
، 81: 7).
And
when the selves are paired (with the bodies) (Al-Takweer, 81:
7).
Finally,
the self will be rewarded or punished on basis of its choices and deeds, during
its lower (first) life performance on Earth, as mentioned in verses 79: 34-41,
as follows: [132]
فَإِذَا
جَاءَتِ الطَّامَّةُ
الْكُبْرَىٰ ﴿٣٤﴾ يَوْمَ
يَتَذَكَّرُ
الْإِنسَانُ
مَا سَعَىٰ ﴿٣٥﴾
وَبُرِّزَتِ
الْجَحِيمُ
لِمَن يَرَىٰ ﴿٣٦﴾ فَأَمَّا
مَن
طَغَىٰ ﴿٣٧﴾ وَآثَرَ
الْحَيَاةَ
الدُّنْيَا ﴿٣٨﴾ فَإِنَّ الْجَحِيمَ
هِيَ
الْمَأْوَىٰ ﴿٣٩﴾ وَأَمَّا
مَنْ خَافَ
مَقَامَ
رَبِّهِ وَنَهَى
النَّفْسَ عَنِ
الْهَوَىٰ ﴿٤٠﴾ فَإِنَّ الْجَنَّةَ
هِيَ
الْمَأْوَىٰ ﴿٤١﴾ (النَّازِعَاتُ
، 79: 34-41).
When there comes the Greatest Calamity (of the
Last Day) - (34)
The Day when the human
being will remember that for which he strove, (35)
And the Hellfire will be
exposed for (all) those who see - (36)
So, as for he who transgressed (37)
And preferred the lower
life (first life on Earth), (38)
Then, indeed, the Hellfire will be (his) refuge. (39)
But as for he who feared the position of
his Lord and prevented the self from
the (unlawful) inclination, (40)
Then, indeed, Paradise will be (his) refuge. (41) (Al-Nazi'at, 79: 34-41).
Summary and Conclusion
The concepts of
the Spirit, soul, mind, self, and happiness are closely related in the Holy
Quran. They are interconnected, in the sense that understanding them
individually cannot be complete without understanding how they are related to
each other.
God’s
Spirit is the source of the human soul, which includes the capabilities of the
human existence (life), acquisition
of knowledge (the mind), and morality (the self). In particular, as human beings, we are elated over a lot of
God’s creations because of our ability to collect, process, and use data in a
good way, by choice. However, He warned those who use it in an evil way, to
punish them for that, in the Hereafter.
The
human body is just an instrument that incubates and sustains the brain, which
houses the human mind, from which the self develops and evolves throughout a
person's lifetime on Earth.
Allah,
praise to Him, created
the moral and wise human (homo sapien sapiens) by the installation of the
morality software from His Spirit into the human DNA. This is what allows and
enables the human self to start a life-long process of data processing and
decision making, while having the ability to differentiate between good and
evil.
When the body dies,
as a result of old age, sickness, or accidental injury, the wafah takes place too. This means that the record of the human soul, including the human self as well as its decisions and deeds,
is completed (ended) by angels.
In
the Hereafter, the self is going to be judged on the basis of its performance
during its first life on Earth. If it is obedient to God in its behavior, it
will be living in happiness in this life and in the hereafter. But, if the
human self is disobedient to its Creator, it suffers in this life and in the
hereafter.
Thus,
goodness is obedience to God and evil is disobedience to Him.
It
follows that whatever happens to human beings in their lower (first) life is going to be good for
them in the hereafter, as long as they are obedient to Allah, praise to Him, even if they
become poor, get sick, or killed unjustly.
It
is good because their ultimate destination is an eternal happy life in
Paradise. They have to work as hard as they can in their pursuit of happiness,
during their first life on Earth, but they have to observe God in everything
they say or do.
You
may get to some or all of the goals you want to achieve here in this life (such
as wealth, power, prestige, reproductive activities, offspring, material
belongings etc.) but there's a possibility that you may not get what you are
pursuing because of circumstances beyond your control.
Thus,
success or failure, in the Islamic sense, is not necessarily in the achievement
of goals, or the lack there of. Rather, it is in how you conduct yourself
during the process of pursuing your endeavors, goals, wants, and desires.
Heart-Mind Relationship in the Holy
Quran
***
الْعَلَاقَةُ
بَيْنَ
الْقَلْبِ
وَالْعَقْلِ
فِي
الْقُرْآنِ
الْكَرِيمِ
***
أعوذُ
باللهِ منَ
الشيطانِ
الرجيم
بِسْمِ
اللَّـهِ
الرَّحْمَـٰنِ
الرَّحِيمِ
I
seek refuge with God from the Stoned Shaytan
In
the name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful
Introduction
The
Holy Quran refers to the heart as a processor of information, particularly
concerning emotions, morality, and reasoning. This reference to the heart as
such attracts attention to the relationship between the heart and the brain and its mind,
in general, and between the heart and the human self, in particular, as it is
the active part of the mind, which makes decisions, particularly
in relation to morality.
This
Chapter starts by listing down the Quran verses which describe the heart, in
order to shed some light on the mind-heart relationship. This is followed by a
review of some academic research studies about the subject, in order to explain
such relationship from a scientific viewpoint. Finally, the Chapter will be
concluded by a comparison between the Quran descriptions of the heart and the
scientific explanations of the heart-mind relationship.
Verses mentioning the heart in the Holy Quran
The word "heart" is mentioned in the
Holy Quran 132 times, in 126 verses. It is mentioned 19 times as a singular
noun, once in a dual form, and 112 times in a plural form. These verses
describe the heart with four categories, as good, bad, weak, and reasoning
characteristics. This means that
the human heart has its own mind, with its own memory. It also has its own
self, which deals with the information analysis, morality issues, and
decision-making. [133]
The first category of the heart characteristics includes such “good”
qualities as being sound,
repentant, calm, guided, loving, righteous, merciful, healthy, good, pure,
decorated with faith, open to faith, tender, brave, and devoted. Here are three
examples, which describe the heart as “good.”
إِلَّا
مَنْ أَتَى
اللَّـهَ بِقَلْبٍ
سَلِيمٍ (الشُّعَرَاءُ
، 26: 89).
مَّنْ
خَشِيَ
الرَّحْمَـٰنَ
بِالْغَيْبِ وَجَاءَ
بِقَلْبٍ
مُّنِيبٍ (قَ ، 50: 33).
وَقَلْبُهُ مُطْمَئِنٌّ
بِالْإِيمَانِ
(النَّحلُ ، 16: 106).
Except he, who came to Allah with a sound heart (Al-Shu’ara, 26: 89)
Who feared The Beneficent (God) without seeing Him, and came with
a repentant
heart (Qaf, 50:
33)
... and his heart is assured (calm) by faith (Al-Na’hl,
16: 106).
The second category of the heart characteristics includes such “bad” qualities
as harsh, sinning, heedless, deviant, blind, restless, disgusted, closed,
hardened (cruel), purposeful in wrong-doing, regretful, ill-willed, rejecting,
vexed, suspicious, hypocrite, denier, and distracted. Here are three examples,
which describe the heart as “bad”:
وَلَوْ
كُنتَ فَظًّا غَلِيظَ
الْقَلْبِ لَانفَضُّوا
مِنْ
حَوْلِكَ فَاعْفُ
عَنْهُمْ
وَاسْتَغْفِرْ
لَهُمْ
وَشَاوِرْهُمْ
فِي الْأَمْر
(آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 159).
وَلَا
تَكْتُمُوا
الشَّهَادَةَ
ۚ وَمَن يَكْتُمْهَا
فَإِنَّهُ آثِمٌ
قَلْبُهُ ۗ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 283).
ثُمَّ قَسَتْ
قُلُوبُكُم مِّن
بَعْدِ
ذَٰلِكَ
فَهِيَ
كَالْحِجَارَةِ
أَوْ أَشَدُّ
قَسْوَةً ۚ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 74).
If you were severe (rude) or harsh-hearted (in treating them), they would have left you (Aal-‘Imran, 3: 159).
Do not conceal the testimony. And whoever conceals it his heart is sinning (Al-Baqara, 2: 283)
Then
your hearts became hardened (cruel) after
that, being like stones or even harder (Al-Baqara, 2: 74).
The third category of the heart characteristics includes such “weak” qualities as empty, needs support, sick, and
terrified. Here are three examples, which describe the heart as “weak.”
وَأَصْبَحَ
فُؤَادُ أُمِّ
مُوسَىٰ فَارِغًا ۖ
إِن كَادَتْ
لَتُبْدِي
بِهِ لَوْلَا
أَن رَّبَطْنَا
عَلَىٰ
قَلْبِهَا لِتَكُونَ
مِنَ
الْمُؤْمِنِينَ
(الْقَصَصُ ، 28: 10).
فَيَطْمَعَ
الَّذِي فِي
قَلْبِهِ
مَرَضٌ (الأحْزَابُ
، 33: 32).
وَإِذْ
زَاغَتِ
الْأَبْصَارُ
وَبَلَغَتِ
الْقُلُوبُ
الْحَنَاجِرَ وَتَظُنُّونَ
بِاللَّـهِ
الظُّنُونَا
(الأحْزَابُ ، 33: 10).
And the heart of Moosa’s mother became empty (of all else). She was about to
disclose (the matter concerning) him had We not bound fast (supported) her heart that she
would be of the believers (Al-Qasas, 28: 10).
...
lest the one in whose heart there is sickness should aspire (to you). (Al-A’hzab, 33: 32)
(Remember)
when eyes shifted (in fear), and hearts reached the throats (became terrified) and you assumed about Allah (various)
assumptions (Al-A’hzab, 33: 10).
The fourth category of the heart characteristics
includes such “reasoning” qualities as
thinking, reasoning, being able to receive inspiration, and earner of rewards
or punishment. Here are three examples, which describe the heart as “weak”:
نَزَلَ
بِهِ الرُّوحُ
الْأَمِينُ ﴿١٩٣﴾ عَلَىٰ
قَلْبِكَ لِتَكُونَ
مِنَ
الْمُنذِرِينَ ﴿١٩٤﴾ (الشُّعَرَاءُ
، 26: 193-194).
وَلَقَدْ
ذَرَأْنَا
لِجَهَنَّمَ
كَثِيرًا
مِّنَ
الْجِنِّ
وَالْإِنسِ ۖ لَهُمْ
قُلُوبٌ لَّا
يَفْقَهُونَ
بِهَا (الأعْرَافُ
، 7: 179).
أَفَلَمْ
يَسِيرُوا
فِي
الْأَرْضِ
فَتَكُونَ لَهُمْ
قُلُوبٌ
يَعْقِلُونَ
بِهَا أَوْ
آذَانٌ
يَسْمَعُونَ
بِهَا ۖ
فَإِنَّهَا
لَا تَعْمَى
الْأَبْصَارُ
وَلَـٰكِن تَعْمَى
الْقُلُوبُ
الَّتِي فِي
الصُّدُورِ (الحْجَ
ُّ، 22: 46).
The
Trustworthy Spirit has brought it down (193) Upon your heart,
(O Muhammad) that you may be of the warners (194) (Al-Shu’ara, 26: 193-194).
And We have created for Hell many of the jinn and humans (because)
they have hearts with which they do not understand
(Al-A’araf, 7: 179).
Have they not traveled throughout the Earth, with hearts to reason with, and ears to hear with? Truly, it is not the eyes that become blind but do the hearts which are in the chests (Al-Hajj, 22: 46). [134]
‘Hadeeths
mentioning the heart
The
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, described the heart of being humbled in submission
to God, or not humbled, in his 'Hadith, in which he said: "Oh Allah! I ask
you for beneficial knowledge, humbled heart,
satisfied self, and answered supplication."
He
also mentioned that the heart can be tender or cruel, when he said: “If you
want to make your heart tender (kind),
feed the needy and pat the head of the orphan."
In a
third 'Hadith, the Prophet, pbbuh, mentioned that the heart is capable of
imagination. He said: “Allah said: I have prepared for my righteous worshippers
what an eye has never seen, what an ear has never heard, and what a human heart has never imagined.”
Finally,
he told us that the heart is capable of giving edicts, or opinions, about right
and wrong. He said: “Ask your heart and yourself for (legal or moral) rulings
(He said that three times). Righteousness is what yourself and your heart are
content with. Sinning is what yourself is discontented with and is echoed (with
the same discontentment) in the chest (heart), no matter what opinions people
gave you.” [135]
The heart-mind relationship, through some scientific research
studies
There
are nine verses which mention that Allah, praise to Him, knows what is in the chests, what the chests hide,
and that the Holy Quran heals what is in the chests. Thus, there should be no
confusion or doubt that these verses refer to the heart, which is in the chest,
not to the brain, which is in the head, as clearly pointed in Verse 22: 46,
mentioned above. However, the heart and the brain have their own minds, which
are continuously communicating and interacting with each other. [136]
Many
academic researchers found that the heart has its own mind, just like the brain
does. They also found that there is a strong
relationship between the heart and
the brain, as well as between their two minds.
Here is a short review of some of their findings, just as examples, but by no
means, this is a survey or a review of the literature. [137]
Rayl
(2016) mentions that there is a two-way biological superhighway, connecting
emotions (which is a mental function) and the heart. Chronic stress and events
with certain emotional themes can kick off an inflammatory process that leads
people to both depression and cardiovascular disease. On the other hand,
inflammation can start with heart disease, which then causes stress and
eventually depression. Thus, the heart will be affected by traumatic mental
incidents, such as in the case of a person who is quick to anger and fast
to explode. [138]
Martin (2006) mentioned that he and his team spent the last 15
years studying the “heart” physically, emotionally and spiritually. They mapped
the communication pathways between the heart, the brain, and the rest of body.
They learned that the
heart is the master controller in the human system. It is capable of sending powerful,
healing commands throughout the entire body. These commands from the heart have
a dynamic impact on the nervous, hormonal, and immune systems. Moreover, they
also found that these commands influence brain functions and have the ability
to improve cardiovascular disease, hypertension, diabetes, and psychological
problems. [139]
Shah and others (2003) mention that there is a relationship between emotions and psyche (mind) on one side and heart disease on the other.
There is evidence linking cardiovascular and neuropsychiatric
disorders and the possible mechanisms and pathophysiology of this
association. There is also a possible role of using mood enhancing
therapies (mainly antidepressants) and their safety in patients with
cardiovascular disorders. [140]
Shah et al (2003 - 2) also
mention that there is a plausible biological basis for the association between
psychiatric morbidity (mind) and cardiovascular (heart) disease. Anxiety, panic disorder, and
depression are common in patients with coronary heart disease and
hypertension. [141]
Cynthia
Chatfield (2004) reviewed the research studies conducted by Candace Pert, which
has provided scientific evidence that a biochemical basis for awareness and
consciousness exists, that the mind and body are indeed one, and that our
emotions and feelings are the bridge that links the two. Pert explains that we
are one system; the brain is integrated into the body, at a molecular level.
Thus, our bodies are in fact our subconscious mind, and our emotions are
located throughout our minds and bodies. She further explained that we are made
of highly complex psychosomatic communication networks of information
molecules. This means that we are not “brain centric” at all, and that a state
of mind is actually a state of consciousness in the body as well. [142]
Pearsall
et al. (2005) published the findings of their study about the relationship between the two minds of the heart and the
brain, including their summary of the personality changes which
happen to people after heart transplant surgeries. They mentioned that the
heart recipient may also receive some of the personality traits of the donor,
such as memories, habits, behaviors, and preferences. This means that the
transplanted heart continues to keep its previous memories, which were formed
during the donor’s life. They also found that the transplanted heart influences
the recipient’s mind to adopt some traits of the donor’s personality. They
checked the reported changes by asking the donor’s family members and friends
about them, as well as by comparing them with medical or official records. The researchers emphasized that the
recipients did not know that donors used to have these personality traits
(See details about the ten studied cases in the Appendix to this Chapter). [143]
Conclusion
There is a very close and interactive relationship between the two minds of
the heart and
the brain,
particularly in dealing with emotions and in reaction to the incidents a person
is faced with.
People with optimistic and good lifestyle enjoy peace of the mind
and calmness of the heart. However, pessimism and suffering from life problems
may be associated with mental and cardiac disorders.
There is evidence for the fact that the heart reasons, makes decisions, and performs
functions which serve the welfare and well-being of the body as a whole. This
is representing by its healing signals, which have a dynamic impact on the
nervous, hormonal, and immune systems.
The heart is like the brain in
that each one of them has its own mind (software). The brain cells house the mind, which
contains the information coming to the brain cells through the senses, as well
as the processes of such information and making decisions about them (the human
self).
Similarly,
the heart cells also receive information from other body organs, including the
brain and its mind. Then, the heart processes such information and makes
decisions about it, for the welfare and well-being of the body as a whole. This
means that the heart also has its own mind and it reasons, just like the brain
does.
========================================================================
Appendix to Chapter 10
Changes to Personality Traits After Heart Transplant Surgeries
Here’s a summary of ten cases studied by
Pearsall et al. (2005) about changes in personality traits, which happened to
recipients after heart transplant surgeries, particularly in memories, habits,
preferences, and behaviors. The researchers emphasized
that the recipients did not know that donors used to have these personality
traits.
The first heart
donor (Paul) was an 18-year-old boy, who was killed in an automobile
accident. His father said that he used to write poetry and play a guitar. He
wrote a song in which he mentioned that he was giving his heart to Danny. The recipient was an 18-year-old girl, who was diagnosed
with endocarditis and subsequent heart failure. She said that, after the
surgery, she started to like music and wanted to start learning how to play the
guitar. She considered the donor as her lover, who knew her name, and she felt
that she was familiar with his songs.
The second heart donor (Jerry) was a 16-month-old boy, who drowned in a bathtub. The
recipient (Carter) was a
seven-month-old boy diagnosed with tetralogy of Fallot. The donor’s mother said
that when the recipient first saw her, he ran into her and started dubbing his
nose against her, just like her son (Jerry) used to do. She felt his energy as
her son’s energy. She added that when the recipient boy (Carter) became
six-years-old, he said the same baby-talk words that her son (Jerry) said and
he played with her nose just like her son (Jerry) did. Finally, in the middle
of the night, Carter came in and asked to sleep with her and her husband. He
cuddled up between them exactly like Jerry did. When they began to cry, he told
them not to cry because Jerry (the donor) said everything was okay. The
recipient’s mother said that her son ran into the donor’s mother and father and
called them “mama” and “Daddy” when he never did that to any strangers before.
Moreover, he developed stiffness and some shaking on his left side, after the
surgery. It turned that the donor used to have a mild cerebral palsy mostly on
his left side, too.
The third heart donor was a 24-year-old woman who was the victim of
an automobile accident. Her sister said that she was a gay artist, who liked to
look at a naked woman while painting a landscape scene. The recipient was a
25-year-old male graduate student suffering from cystic fibrosis who received a
heart-lung transplant. After the surgery, he started to feel that he had a
woman’s way of thinking about sexuality. His girlfriend mentioned that he
became a much better lover, with much more cuddling and hugging. He likes to go
shopping, carrying a purse. He goes to museums every week, standing before a
painting for minutes, without talking. He loves staring at landscapes.
The fourth heart donor was a 17-year-old black male student, who was
a victim of a drive-by shooting. His mother reported that he loved music and
was in a violin class. When died in the street, he was hugging his violin case.
The recipient was a
47-year-old white male foundry worker diagnosed with aortic stenosis. He
reported that he feels guilty after having sex with his wife, thinking that a
black man was sleeping with her. He added that he used to hate classical music
but now he loves it. His wife reported that he invited his black friends over
from work, for the first time, as he doesn't see their color anymore. She added
that he was never interested in classical music and never listened to it
before. Now, he sits for hours and listens to it. He even whistles classical
music songs that he could never know.
The fifth heart donor was a 19-year-old woman, who was killed in an
automobile accident. Her mother reported that she was vegetarian and loved men.
When she was dying, she wrote a note about the impact of the car hitting her. The
recipient (Susie) was a
29-year-old woman, who was diagnosed with cardiomyopathy secondary to
endocarditis. She reported that she could no longer eat meat, stopped being
interested in women, and spoke about feeling the accident the donor had. Her
brother corroborated what she said about her new vegetarian and heterosexual
tendencies.
The sixth heart donor (Gus) was a 14-year-old girl, who was injured in a gymnastics
accident. Her mother reported that she was a gymnast who used to hop and jump
all the time. She also used to giggle when she got embarrassed, and she was
anorexic, skipping meals and throwing up food. The recipient was a
47-year-old man, who was diagnosed with benign myxoma and cardiomyopathy. He
reported that, after the surgery, he started to feel young, as a teenager. He
would giggle, which bothered his wife. Finally, when he would feel hungry and
eat, he then would feel nauseated, which induces throwing up the food. The
recipient’s brother corroborated what he said about feeling young, giggling,
and vomiting food.
The seventh heart donor (Jimmy) was a
3-year-old girl, who drowned in the family pool, when her teenage babysitter
was on the phone and her mother was away with her boyfriend. She never saw her
father, as her parents were divorced. The recipient was a
9-year-old boy, who was diagnosed with myocarditis and septal defect. His
mother reported that he used to love water and the lake before the surgery but
became afraid of water afterwards. The recipient, who did not know anything
about the donor, reported that he talks to her sometimes and that she is sad
and afraid. She also says: “she wishes that parents wouldn't throw away their
children.”
The eighth heart donor (Stacy) was a 19-year-old woman, who had suffered a broken neck
in a dance class. The donor's mother reported that she wanted to be an actress,
but she had a lot of academic potential. Her father also mentioned her love for
singing and dancing and his desire that she would go to Harvard to become a
physician, instead of going to Hollywood to become an actress. The recipient (Angela) was a
19-year-old woman diagnosed with cardiomyopathy. She reported that she would
think of the donor as her sister. She talks to her and feels that she wanted to
be more an actress than a nurse. So, the recipient now wants to be a nurse or a
doctor, changing her college classes, hoping that her donor be happy.
The ninth heart donor (Timmy) was a 3-year-old boy, who fell from an apartment
window. The recipient (Daryl) was a 5-year-old boy, who had septal defect and
cardiomyopathy. The donor’s mother reported that when she met with the
recipient, he looked at her with the same smile of her son. She also learned
that the recipient (Daryl) made up the
name “Timmy” for himself and recognized his right age. The recipient (Daryl)
identified several facts about the donor. He called him Tim, who was half of
his age, used to play with Power-Ranger toys, and who fell down. The
recipient's mother reported that Timmy fell trying to reach a Power-Ranger toy
that had fallen on the ledge of the window. So, Daryl won't even touch his
Power-Rangers anymore.
The tenth heart donor (Carl) was a 34-year-old police officer, who was shot
attempting to arrest a drug dealer. The donor's wife reported that the police
knew the drug dealer, who shot her husband in the face. He had long hair and a
beard. The recipient (Ben) was a
56-year-old college professor, who was diagnosed with atherosclerosis and
ischemic heart disease. He reported that, after the surgery, he began to dream
of seeing a glimpse of a bearded man (who looks like pictures of Jesus),
followed by flashlights on his face, which caused his face to become very hot,
and actually burning.
Pearsall,
Paul P., Gary E. Schwartz, and Linda G. Russek. 2005. “Organ Transplants and
Cellular Memories.” Nexus Magazine, Volume 12, Number 3 (April - May).
https://www.paulpearsall.com/info/press/3.html
A Scientific View of God's Message to Humanity
By
Hassan Ali El-Najjar
1445
/ 2024
***
Book 2
***
The Five Pillars of Islam:
A Scientific View of the Mandated Ways of Worship
(Two Proclamations of Faith, Prayer, Charity, Fasting,
and Pilgrimage)
***
الأرْكَانُ
الْخَمْسَةُ
لِلإِسْلَامِ:
رُؤْيَةٌ
عِلْمِيَّةٌ لِلْعِبَادَاتِ
الْمَفْرُوضَةِ
(نُطْقُ
الشَّهَادَتَيْنِ
، وَ إقَامُ
الصَّلَاةِ ،
وَإيتَاءُ
الزَّكَاةِ ،
وَ صَّوْمُ
رَمَضَانَ ، وَحِجُّ
الْبَيْتِ
لِمَنْ
اسْتَطَاعَ
إلِيْهِ سَبِيلاً)
***
Introduction
أعوذ
بالله من
الشيطان
الرجيم
بسم
الله الرحمن
الرحيم
I seek refuge with Allah from the Stoned
Shaytan
In
the name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful
***
Islam is the belief in Allah, praise to Him, as
the God and the Creator, to the extent of submission to Him. According to this
meaning, the Messengers whom Allah sent to tell His Messages to humanity, such
as Noo’h, Ibraheem, Moosa, and ‘Eisa (Noah, Abraham, Moses, and Jesus), peace
and blessings of Allah be upon them (pbbut), and their righteous followers,
were all Muslims. Mu’hammed, pbbuh, was
the final of God’s Messengers and the seal of His Prophets. He was honored by
completing God’s Messages to humanity, as stated in verse 5: 4 of the Holy
Quran. Thus, Islam is the religion which Allah has willed for people on the
Earth, as guidance for them in this lower life, and according to which they
will be judged in the hereafter. [144]
الْيَوْمَ
أَكْمَلْتُ
لَكُمْ
دِينَكُمْ وَأَتْمَمْتُ
عَلَيْكُمْ
نِعْمَتِي
وَرَضِيتُ
لَكُمُ
الْإِسْلَامَ
دِينًا"
(الْمَائِدَةُ
، 5: 3).
This day I
have completed for you your religion and
finalized My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion
(Al-Ma-ida, 5: 3).
The word “Islam”
is a noun, which means safety and security, as it is derived from the Arabic verb “salima,” which
means to be safe and secure from harm. So, “a Muslim is the one from whose
tongue and hand people are safe,” as the Prophet, pbbuh, said. Further, as a
derivative of another verb “aslama” (to submit), the word “Islam” means submission to Allah, praise to Him, as stated in verse 2: 112.
Moreover, “Islam” means “peace,” as mentioned in verse 2: 208 of
the Holy Quran.[145]
In addition,
“Islam” is the first level of faith, in the religion of Allah, by which a
Muslim gains God’s contentment and His mercy, which bestows him with happiness
in this lower life and in the hereafter. A higher level of faith is “Iman,” as
Allah has told us in verse 49: 14 of His Holy Book:
قَالَتِ
الْأَعْرَابُ
آمَنَّا ۖ قُل
لَّمْ تُؤْمِنُوا
وَلَـٰكِن قُولُوا
أَسْلَمْنَا وَلَمَّا
يَدْخُلِ
الْإِيمَانُ
فِي قُلُوبِكُمْ
(الْحُجُرَاتُ
، 49: 14).
The Bedouins (desert dwellers) said: "We
have believed." Say (O Mu’hammed): "You have not (yet) believed; but
say (instead): 'We have submitted, for
faith has not yet entered your hearts” (Al-‘Hujurat, 49: 14).
According to this meaning, the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, defined the first level of faith (Islam), in a
famous ‘Hadeeth, saying that “Islam is to proclaim
that there is no other god than Allah and Muhammed is the Messenger of Allah,
to perform the prayers, to pay the Zakat (charity), to fast (during the month
of) Ramadhan, and to make the pilgrimage to the House (of God) if you
are capable to do so.” He also defined the second level of faith (Iman), in the
same ‘Hadeeth, saying that “Iman” is
to believe in Allah, His angels, His books, His messengers, the Last Day, and
to believe in God's precise measurement and His
just decrees on everything,
including (what may be perceived as) good or bad.” [146]
The Messenger of Allah, pbbuh,
taught us in the ‘Hadeeth, which starts with: “Islam
is built on five,” that the five mandated ways of worship (‘ibadat) represent
the pillars of the Islamic faith structure. Thus, the first way of worship is
the proclamation of faith, by believing
in and proclaiming that there is no other god but Allah and Mu’hammed is His
Messenger. This is the base of a person’s faith, according to which a Muslim
recognizes the existence of God, praise to Him, as the Creator of the universe
and those living in it, including humans. It is also a recognition that
Mu’hammed, pbbuh, is the final Prophet and Messenger of Allah to humanity. This
means that he/she accepts the Message he received from his Lord, which is the
Holy Quran and the Sunna explaining it.
After
the proclamation of faith, a person becomes a Muslim, obligated to perform the
other four mandated ways of worship, which are: establishing prayer, giving zakat (charity), fasting the month of Ramadhan, and
making the pilgrimage
(‘Hajj) to the House of Allah, in Makkah, if he/she is capable of making the
journey (physically and financially). It is important to notice that these ways
of worship have been mandated as commands by Allah, praise to Him, in many
verses of the Holy Quran, which have been mentioned in various chapters of this
book, and summarized by the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, in this ‘Hadeeth. In
response, Allah, praise to Him, has promised His worshippers, who worship Him
through performing these ways of worship, with His everlasting happy life in
His Paradise, in the hereafter. In addition, they will enjoy the peace of faith
in this lower life. However, those who reject faith in Him, and disdain His
worship, will be leading an unhappy lower life and will be punished in the
hellfire, in the hereafter. [147]
While this
book focuses on the five mandated ways, there are other ways of worship, which
are worth mentioning, for their good influence on the individuals, communities,
and societies, in this life, in addition of God’s generous rewards for the
worshipers in the hereafter. Among these ways of worship is supplication, which is calling upon Allah, praise to Him, for His
mercy, comfort, and help. The Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said that
“supplication is the worship,” as it represents a recognition by worshippers
that they need their Lord’s help. In addition, Allah, praise to Him, has told
us in the Holy Quran that He answers the calls of His worshippers (2: 186) and
commanded us to use His Good Names, when we call upon Him (7: 180).
وَإِذَا
سَأَلَكَ
عِبَادِي
عَنِّي
فَإِنِّي
قَرِيبٌ ۖ أُجِيبُ
دَعْوَةَ
الدَّاعِ إِذَا
دَعَانِ ۖ
فَلْيَسْتَجِيبُوا
لِي وَلْيُؤْمِنُوا
بِي
لَعَلَّهُمْ
يَرْشُدُونَ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2:
186).
وَلِلَّهِ
الْأَسْمَاءُ
الْحُسْنَىٰ فَادْعُوهُ
بِهَا (الأعْرَافُ
، 7:
180).
And when My worshippers
ask you (O Mu’hammed), about Me, indeed I am near. I answer the invocation (call) of the supplicant when
he calls upon Me. So, let them respond to Me (by obedience), and believe in Me,
that they may be (rightly) guided (Al-Baqara, 2: 186).
And to Allah
belong the Good Names. So, invoke Him by them (Al-A’araf, 7: 180). [148]
Another way of
worship is “I’hsan,” which was defined by the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, as “worshipping Allah, as if you see Him. Though you
do not see Him, He sees you.” Allah, praise to Him, has told us in the Holy
Quran that “I’hsan” is doing good deeds and righteousness (Al-Ma-ida, 5: 93), spending
for the sake of Allah at times of ease and times of hardship, restraining self
at the time of anger, and pardon people (Aal-‘Imran, 3: 134), patience (Hood,
11: 115), obedience to Allah (Al-Saffat, 37: 104-105), and a strive for
the sake of Allah (Al-‘Ankaboot, 29: 69). [149]
Rationale Behind Mandating
Worship
Allah, praise
to Him, is not in need of His creations, they are the ones who need Him (Fatir,
3515), as He is the Owner of the heavens and the Earth (Luqman, 31: 26). Thus,
when He has willed that the jinn and humans are required to worship Him, it is
not because He needs them to do so, or to provide for or feed Him, as He is the
Provider for all of His creations (Al-Dthariyat, 51: 56-58). However, He
gets contentment from their righteousness (Al-‘Hajj, 22: 37). Actually, the mandated
ways of worship (‘ibadat) represent a training for them during this lower life,
in order for their selves to become better, which makes them worthy of winning
an everlasting life in Paradise, whose width is as vast as the width of the
heavens and the Earth (Aal-‘Imran, 3: 133; Al-‘Hadeed, 57: 21). [150]
It follows that Allah, praise to
Him, willed to make humans as His caliphs on the Earth. This was an honor He
bestowed on them, as He knew that some of them will observe His commands and worship
Him, by their own choice (Al-Isra, 17: 70). This also means that He trusts them
to be capable of the responsibility towards the status He accord them with, and
that they are capable of passing the test which He decreed for them during this
lower life (Al-A’hzab, 33: 72-73; Hood, 11: 61). By passing His test, they become
“good” by choice, which makes them worthy of dwelling in His Paradise, thus
populating His vast Dominion, in the hereafter (Al-A’araf, 7: 43). [151]
Our Lord,
Allah, praise to Him, has invited us to
think about the creation of the heavens and
the Earth (Aal-‘Imran, 3: 191), the meanings of the Quranic stories (Al-A’araf,
7: 176), His provision for His worshippers (Al-Ra’d, 13: 3; Al-Na’hl, 16: 11),
descending the Holy Quran on them and explaining it to them (Al-Na’hl, 16:
144), and subjecting the heavens and the Earth for their benefit (Al-Jathiya,
45: 13). Allah, praise to Him, has also invited us to contemplate about
and remember the verses of the Holy Quran (Saad,
38: 29), to draw conclusions from
their meanings (Al-Nisa, 4: 83), as the commands of Allah, praise to Him, are
all for the good of His creations, as stated in verse 16: 90 of the Holy Quran.
[152]
إِنَّ
اللَّهَ
يَأْمُرُ بِالْعَدْلِ
وَالْإِحْسَانِ
وَإِيتَاءِ ذِي
الْقُرْبَىٰ
وَيَنْهَىٰ
عَنِ الْفَحْشَاءِ
وَالْمُنكَرِ
وَالْبَغْيِ
ۚ يَعِظُكُمْ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تَذَكَّرُونَ"
(النَّحْلُ ، 16: 90).
Indeed, Allah commands justice, good conduct, and giving
to relatives. He forbids immorality, bad conduct, and oppression. He admonishes
you that you may be reminded (Al-Na’hl, 16: 90).
Thus, contemplation about the
meanings of the mandated ways of
worship (‘ibadat) leads us to observe the great
benefits, which are
reaped by worshippers. This not only applies to the
individual worshippers, but it also benefit worshipping groups, communities,
and societies, during this lower life. Then, they receive the greatest reward
of leading an everlasting life in Paradise, in the hereafter, as detailed in
various chapters of this book, and as demonstrated in the following examples.
The mandated
(fardh) prayers should be preceded by making “wudhou”
(ablution), which represents continuous cleanliness for the human body, as it is
performed five times a day. It includes washing with water each of the hands, the
face (including cleaning the mouth and the nose), the arms (from the hands to
the elbows), touching the head with water, and (washing) the feet till heels.
Muslims are also required to take a bath (or a shower) after sexual intercourse
(5: 6), and women to do so after the monthly menstruation (2: 222) and after
delivery of children. They are also required to keep their clothes clean. [153]
By performing the five prayers on
time during the day, Muslims lead an organized life, in which time and daily
activities are budgeted between work, rest, and sleep. More important is that
prayers function as a communication between worshippers and their Lord, Allah,
praise to Him, at five daily specific times. If the prayers are performed
appropriately, they give peace and assurance to the human self, and keep it permanently
away from committing sins. Through the prayer unique body movements, such as the
organized repetition of standing, bowing down, prostration, and sitting on the
floor, It is in fact an exercise for various body organs, particularly muscles
and joints. These body movements also activate the circulation of the blood in
more than the normal level, to reach some areas in the human body with more
concentration, such as in the case of the brain when a worshipper is making a
prostration.
By giving Zakat (charity), a
Muslim assists the poor and the needy and contributes to the welfare and
well-being of society, by spending on other aspects of this way of worship. An
important aspect of Zakat is giving away financial charity, which is 2.5% of a
person’s annual savings. This is a small amount of money, but it results in
great benefits to the beneficiaries if it is observed by all those whom the
Zakat apply to. When this way of worship (‘ibada) is conducted, the poor may
not feel that they are left behind and alone in society. Consequently, Zakat
becomes a continuous and practical expression of sympathy and social
solidarity. Needless to say, the mandated Zakat is not the only way of spending
for the sake of Allah. Extra giving (Sadaqa) leads the givers to become
closer to the recipients, but more important is that it leads them to be closer
to their Lord, Who bestowed the favor of wealth on them, in the first place. Moreover,
the Zakat is not part of the taxes, which a government collects, to spend on
its various projects and programs. It serves society through spending on
aspects of life which are not covered by government projects and programs.
The third
mandated way of worship is fasting the month of Ramadhan, during which Muslims abstain
from eating, drinking, and sexual relations, from dawn to the sunset every day.
This way of worship (‘ibada) brings great benefits to worshippers, spiritually
and physically. Spiritually, fasting trains the human self to control its
desires and strengthens it in taming its physical instincts. It also gives the
wealthy a unique opportunity to feel the hunger suffered by the poor and the
needy, which helps them control and discipline the desires of the human self.
That is why there is an increase in charitable giving in Ramadhan, with
the goal that there may not be a fasting person without food at the time of
breaking the fast, at the sunset. The spirit of giving may extend after that to
other months of the year.
Fasting the
month of Ramadhan also brings numerous physical benefits to the human
body. Eating moderately at the time of breaking the fast leads many people to
lose weight. This means getting rid of the extra fats which they have
accumulated during the previous year. More important is that by getting rid of
the extra fats, the human body also gets rid of the toxins and the harmful
chemicals, which have been entering the body with foods, drinks, and polluted
air, during the previous year. In addition, the hunger resulting from fasting
during the second half of the day, prompts the human body to get rid of its
weak, sick, and abnormal cells, such as cancerous cell. This is due to the body
wisdom, which decides to deny the little remaining nutrients to such cells, to
give them to the healthy cells, instead. Finally, fasting gives the human
digestive system more rest during the daytime of the month of Ramadhan
than it does during the previous eleven months.
‘Hajj is
the fifth mandated way of worship (‘ibada). It is making the pilgrimage to the House of Allah, in Makkah, when a worshipper is
capable of making the journey, physically and financially, leaving behind all
what concerns people in this life. Because ‘Hajj is answering God’s invitation
to visit His ancient House, Muslim pilgrims feel overwhelming happiness when
they see the first House of Allah on the Earth, the Ka’ba, while circumambulating
it, and while performing other rituals therein. In addition, ‘Hajj includes
rituals which reminds pilgrims of the story of Ibraheem, Isma’eel, and Haajar
(Abraham, Ishmael, and Hagar), peace be upon them. In particular, it reminds
them of the Islamic basic teaching of obedience to Allah, praise to Him, and to
beware of the Shaytan (Satan) and his evil whispers. Further, ‘Hajj is
an international conference of Muslims, who come from everywhere on the Earth,
with their different skin colors, languages, and nationalities, to know about
one-another, as their Lord wanted for them (Al-‘Hujurat, 49: 13). Finally, the
gathering of millions of pilgrims in the Holy
city of Makkah, in just few days at the same time, is a great event.
Therefore, Allah, praise to Him, has commanded them to treat each other well
and to avoid any disputes (Al-Baqara, 2: 197), so they may gain His best rewards,
which are His mercy, forgiveness, and happiness in this lower life and in the
hereafter. [154]
A Scientific View of the Two Proclamations of Faith, Prayer,
Charity, Fasting, and Pilgrimage
***
Chapter 11
Islamic Proclamation of Faith
***
نُطْقُ
الشَّهَادَتَيْنِ
الرُّكْنُ
الأَوَّلُ
فِي
الإِسْلَامِ
***
أعوذ
بالله من
الشيطان
الرجيم
بسم
الله الرحمن
الرحيم
I seek refuge with Allah from the
Stoned Shaytan
In
the name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful
Introduction
The
proclamation of faith is the first of the five pillars of the Islamic faith
structure, followed by performing the five daily prayers, giving Zakat
(charity), fasting the month of Ramadhan, and making the pilgrimage
(Haj) to the First House of Allah on Earth, Al-Ka'aba, in Makkah.
Overall,
these ways of worshipping Allah,
praise to Him, are beneficial to the worshippers, their families, their
communities, and the world. However, the proclamation of faith has special
importance, as it directs the other ways of worship to be in obedience to God,
in order to achieve the maximization of the benefits, and to gain His blessings
and His mercy in this life and in the hereafter. [155]
The
proclamation of the Islamic faith is an announcement about the belief in the
oneness of God and the acknowledgement of His final Messenger to humanity,
Mu’hammed, pbbuh, as follows:
"أشهدُ
أنَّ لا إلهَ
إلاَّ الله ،
وأشهدُ أنَّ مُحمداً
رسولُ الله"
"I bear witness that
there is no other god than (except) Allah, and I bear witness that Mu’hammed is
the Messenger of Allah."
The
importance of this proclamation of faith is in that a person acknowledges the
existence of Allah (God), praise to Him, as the Creator of the Universe, and
acknowledges that Mu’hammed,
pbbuh, is the Messenger of Allah. [156]
Thus, the proclamation of faith means that a
person accepts the final Message of Allah, which is revealed to humanity
through His Messenger, Muhammed (pbbuh), as expressed in the in the Holy Quran
and its
explanation, the Sunna. People have believed in God’s existence as a
result of their realization that
there should be a Creator for the Universe. This belief was reinforced by God’s
messages to them, which confirmed God’s existence and His Oneness. The final of
these messages has been the Holy Quran, which provided humans with the
scientific evidence about the existence of the Creator of the heavens and the
Earth, as was discussed in the third and fourth chapters of the first book
about Islam by this author. [157]
Verses containing the proclamation that “there is no other god than
(except) Allah”
God’s
oneness is mentioned 37 times in 36 verses, in the Holy Quran. The proclamation
that “there is no other god than (except) He” is mentioned in 30 verses. In
addition, there are two verses in which the proclamation states that “there is
no other god than (except) Allah.” The proclamation that “there is no other god
than (except) Me” is mentioned
three times. God’s oneness is also mentioned once, by Younus (Jonah), peace be
to him, and once by the Pharaoh, when it was too late for him to
acknowledge it. [158]
Here
are three examples from these verses:
شَهِدَ
اللَّهُ
أَنَّهُ لَا
إِلَٰهَ
إِلَّا هُوَ وَالْمَلَائِكَةُ
وَأُولُو
الْعِلْمِ قَائِمًا
بِالْقِسْطِ
ۚ لَا إِلَٰهَ
إِلَّا هُوَ
الْعَزِيزُ
الْحَكِيمُ
(آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 18).
إِنَّمَا
إِلَٰهُكُمُ اللَّهُ
الَّذِي لَا
إِلَٰهَ
إِلَّا هُوَ ۚ وَسِعَ
كُلَّ شَيْءٍ
عِلْمًا (طَهَ
، 20: 98).
إِنَّهُمْ
كَانُوا
إِذَا قِيلَ
لَهُمْ لَا
إِلَٰهَ
إِلَّا
اللَّهُ يَسْتَكْبِرُونَ
(الصَّافَّاتُ
، 37: 35).
إِنَّنِي أَنَا
اللَّهُ لَا
إِلَٰهَ
إِلَّا أَنَا فَاعْبُدْنِي
وَأَقِمِ
الصَّلَاةَ
لِذِكْرِي
(طَهَ ، 20:
14).
Allah has witnessed,
so have the angels and those of knowledge, that
there is no other god except Him, and that He is maintaining (His
creation) with justice. There is no other god except Him, the Exalted in Might,
the Wise (Aal-'Imran, 3: 18).
Your
god is Allah, with Whom there is no other god.
He has encompassed all things in knowledge (Ta Ha, 20: 98).
Indeed
they, when it was said to them: "There is no
deity but Allah," they were arrogant (Al-Saffat, 37:
35).
Indeed,
I am Allah. There is no god except Me.
Worship Me, and establish the prayer of My remembrance (Ta Ha, 20: 14).
***
Moreover,
the Holy Quran not only includes God’s proclamation of His existence and His Oneness
but it also contains His reasoning with humans, telling them that there can be
no other god beside Him, in heavens and the Earth. Otherwise, these would be
corrupted (destroyed), as mentioned in verse 21: 22.
لَوْ
كَانَ
فِيهِمَا
آلِهَةٌ
إِلَّا اللَّهُ
لَفَسَدَتَا
ۚ
فَسُبْحَانَ
اللَّهِ رَبِّ
الْعَرْشِ
عَمَّا
يَصِفُونَ
(الأنْبِيَاءُ
، 21: 22).
Had
there been (in the heavens and the Earth) gods beside Allah, they both would
have been corrupted (ruined). So Exalted is Allah, Lord of the Throne, above
what they describe (Al-Anbiya, 21: 22).
Verses containing
the proclamation that Mu’hammed is the Messenger of Allah
The
word “Messenger” (Rasool) is mentioned 235 times, in 215 verses, in the Holy
Quran. About 177 of these are in reference to Muhammed, pbbuh, as the Messenger of Allah, who received
God’s final Message to humanity, as mentioned in the following examples:
وَمَا مُحَمَّدٌ
إِلَّا رَسُولٌ
قَدْ خَلَتْ
مِن قَبْلِهِ
الرُّسُلُ ۚ
(آلُ عِمْرَانَ
، 3: 144).
مَّا كَانَ مُحَمَّدٌ
أَبَا أَحَدٍ
مِّن
رِّجَالِكُمْ
وَلَـٰكِن رَّسُولَ
اللَّـهِ
وَخَاتَمَ
النَّبِيِّينَ
ۗ وَكَانَ
اللَّـهُ
بِكُلِّ
شَيْءٍ
عَلِيمًا
(الأحْزَابُ ، 33: 40).
وَالَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
وَعَمِلُوا
الصَّالِحَاتِ
وَآمَنُوا
بِمَا نُزِّلَ
عَلَىٰ
مُحَمَّدٍ وَهُوَ
الْحَقُّ مِن
رَّبِّهِمْ ۙ
كَفَّرَ عَنْهُمْ
سَيِّئَاتِهِمْ
وَأَصْلَحَ
بَالَهُمْ
(مُحَمَّدُ ، 47: 2).
مُّحَمَّدٌ
رَّسُولُ
اللَّـهِ ۚ وَالَّذِينَ
مَعَهُ
أَشِدَّاءُ
عَلَى الْكُفَّارِ
رُحَمَاءُ
بَيْنَهُمْ ۖ
(الْفَتْحُ ، 48: 29).
قُلْ يَا
أَيُّهَا
النَّاسُ إِنِّي رَسُولُ
اللَّـهِ
إِلَيْكُمْ
جَمِيعًا
(الأعْرَافُ ، 7: 158).
Mu’hammed is not but a messenger (of God), before whom (other) messengers
have passed (Aal-'Imran, 3: 144).
Mu’hammed is not the
father of (any) one of your men, but (he is) the Messenger
of Allah, and the seal (last) of the prophets. And Allah is, of everything,
Knowing (Al-A'hzab, 33: 40).
And
those who have believed (in God), have done good deeds, and believed in what
has been sent down upon Mu’hammed, and it
is the truth from their Lord, He will remove from them their misdeeds and amend
their condition (Mu’hammed, 47: 2).
Mu’hammed, the Messenger of Allah, and those with him, are forceful against the
disbelievers, merciful among themselves (Al-Fat'h, 48: 29).
Say,
(O Mu’hammed): "O mankind, indeed, I am the
Messenger of Allah to you all
(Al-A'araf, 7: 158).
Continuity of God’s Messages of Guidance to Humanity
The
Islamic proclamation of faith confirms the continuity of God’s guidance to
humanity, as represented by the Messages He sent through His Messengers, from
Adam to Muhammed, peace be upon
all of them.
As such, it gives peace of mind to the believers
that they are not here by accident and they are not left lonely on this small
planet, in God’s vast Universe. Thus, the proclamation of faith gives a
profound meaning to the other ways of worship, as it puts them in the context
of observing the Commands of the Creator, praise to Him. Performed properly,
the ways of worship, contained in the Holy Quran, lead to happiness in this
lower life and in the Hereafter.
Out of His love and care, Allah, the Merciful
and the Compassionate Creator, has completed His messages of guidance to
humanity by sending His final Message, through His final Messenger, Muhammed,
pbbuh. We do not know the number of God’s Messengers and Prophets, or their names, except for the
twenty-five, who are mentioned in the Holy Quran. However, there are some
‘Hadiths about this subject but the ‘Hadith scholars concluded that these are
weak, or even fabricated. [159]
Verses
4: 164-165 tell us that there are others who were not mentioned in God’s Book.
Like the ones who were mentioned, they were sent with God’s messages to guide
people, give them glad tidings, and warn them against wrongdoing. So, people
don’t have an excuse when they meet their Creator, for accountability, in the
Hereafter.
وَرُسُلًا قَدْ
قَصَصْنَاهُمْ عَلَيْكَ
مِن قَبْلُ وَرُسُلًا لَّمْ
نَقْصُصْهُمْ
عَلَيْكَ وَكَلَّمَ
اللَّـهُ
مُوسَىٰ
تَكْلِيمًا
(النِّسَاءُ ، 4: 164).
رُّسُلًا
مُّبَشِّرِينَ
وَمُنذِرِينَ لِئَلَّا
يَكُونَ
لِلنَّاسِ
عَلَى اللَّـهِ
حُجَّةٌ
بَعْدَ الرُّسُلِ وَكَانَ
اللَّـهُ عَزِيزًا
حَكِيمًا
(النِّسَاءُ ، 4:
165).
And
(We sent) messengers about whom We had related (their
stories) to you before, and messengers
about whom We had not related to you. And Allah spoke to Moosa (Moses) with
(direct) speech (Al-Nisa, 4: 164).
(We
sent) messengers as bringers of good tidings and
warners, so that people will have no argument against Allah after
the messengers. And ever is Allah Exalted in Might and Wise (Al-Nisa, 4: 165).
***
Further,
the Holy Quran tells us that Allah, praise to Him, sent Messengers and Prophets
to guide people wherever they lived on Earth and confirmed that He won’t punish
a community without sending them His guidance and His warning first, as
mentioned in verses 35: 24, 16: 36, and 17: 15.
وَإِن
مِّنْ أُمَّةٍ
إِلَّا خَلَا
فِيهَا نَذِيرٌ (فَاطِرُ ، 35:24).
وَلَقَدْ
بَعَثْنَا
فِي كُلِّ أُمَّةٍ
رَّسُولًا
أَنِ
اعْبُدُوا
اللَّـهَ
وَاجْتَنِبُوا
الطَّاغُوتَ
ۖ (النَّحْلُ
، 16: 36).
وَمَا
كُنَّا
مُعَذِّبِينَ
حَتَّىٰ نَبْعَثَ
رَسُولًا
(الإسْرَاءُ ، 17: 15).
And
there was no community but that there had
passed within it a warner (Fatir, 35: 24).
And
We certainly sent into every community a messenger (saying): "Worship Allah and avoid idol
worship" (Al-Na’hl, 16: 36).
And
We would never torment until We sent a messenger (Al-Isra, 17: 15).
Messengers of Allah, Prophets, and their followers are all
Muslims
There are many verses in the Holy Quran, which
refer to previous Messengers of Allah, Prophets, and their followers as Muslims
(those who submit their will to God). The
objective is to confirm that Islam is God’s message of guidance to humanity,
which was revealed in different times, through different messengers, as we
learn from the verses 3: 19 (about Islam), 10: 72 (about Noo’h, Noah), 2: 131-133
(Ibrahim, Abraham, his children, and grandchildren), 12: 101 (Yousuf, Joseph), 5: 44 (the
Prophets), 3: 52 (Disciples of ‘Eisa, Jesus), and 3: 20 (Mu’hammed), peace and blessings of Allah
be upon them all, as stated in the following verses. [160]
إِنَّ
الدِّينَ
عِندَ
اللَّـهِ الْإِسْلَامُ (آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 19).
فَإِن
تَوَلَّيْتُمْ
فَمَا
سَأَلْتُكُم
مِّنْ أَجْرٍ
ۖ إِنْ
أَجْرِيَ
إِلَّا عَلَى
اللَّـهِ ۖ
وَأُمِرْتُ
أَنْ أَكُونَ
مِنَ الْمُسْلِمِينَ (يُونُسُ
، 10: 72).
إِذْ قَالَ
لَهُ رَبُّهُ أَسْلِمْ ۖ
قَالَ أَسْلَمْتُ
لِرَبِّ
الْعَالَمِينَ
﴿١٣١﴾ وَوَصَّىٰ
بِهَا
إِبْرَاهِيمُ
بَنِيهِ وَيَعْقُوبُ
يَا بَنِيَّ
إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ اصْطَفَىٰ
لَكُمُ
الدِّينَ
فَلَا
تَمُوتُنَّ إِلَّا
وَأَنتُم مُّسْلِمُونَ
﴿١٣٢﴾ أَمْ
كُنتُمْ
شُهَدَاءَ
إِذْ حَضَرَ
يَعْقُوبَ
الْمَوْتُ
إِذْ قَالَ
لِبَنِيهِ
مَا تَعْبُدُونَ
مِن بَعْدِي
قَالُوا
نَعْبُدُ إِلَـٰهَكَ
وَإِلَـٰهَ
آبَائِكَ
إِبْرَاهِيمَ
وَإِسْمَاعِيلَ
وَإِسْحَاقَ
إِلَـٰهًا
وَاحِدًا
وَنَحْنُ
لَهُ مُسْلِمُونَ ﴿١٣٣﴾ (الْبَقَرَةُ ، 2: 131- 133).
رَبِّ قَدْ
آتَيْتَنِي
مِنَ
الْمُلْكِ
وَعَلَّمْتَنِي
مِن
تَأْوِيلِ
الْأَحَادِيثِ
ۚ فَاطِرَ
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
أَنتَ
وَلِيِّي فِي
الدُّنْيَا
وَالْآخِرَةِ
ۖ تَوَفَّنِي مُسْلِمًا
وَأَلْحِقْنِي
بِالصَّالِحِينَ
(يُوسُفُ ، 12: 101).
إِنَّا
أَنزَلْنَا
التَّوْرَاةَ
فِيهَا هُدًى
وَنُورٌ ۚ
يَحْكُمُ
بِهَا
النَّبِيُّونَ
الَّذِينَ أَسْلَمُوا (الْمَائِدَةُ
، 5: 44).
فَلَمَّا
أَحَسَّ
عِيسَىٰ
مِنْهُمُ
الْكُفْرَ
قَالَ مَنْ
أَنصَارِي
إِلَى
اللَّـهِ ۖ
قَالَ
الْحَوَارِيُّونَ
نَحْنُ
أَنصَارُ
اللَّـهِ
آمَنَّا
بِاللَّـهِ
وَاشْهَدْ بِأَنَّا
مُسْلِمُونَ (آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 52).
فَإِنْ
حَاجُّوكَ
فَقُلْ أَسْلَمْتُ
وَجْهِيَ
لِلَّـهِ
وَمَنِ
اتَّبَعَنِ ۗ
(آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 20).
Indeed,
the religion in the sight of Allah is Islam
(submission to God) (Aal-‘Imran, 3: 19).
(Noo’h,
Noah, said to his people): And if you turn away (from my advice), then no
payment have I asked of you. My payment (reward); is only from Allah, and I
have been commanded to be of the Muslims"
(Younus, 10: 72).
When
his Lord said to him, "Submit" (be a Muslim),
he said "I have submitted (become a Muslim)
to the Lord of the worlds." (131) And Abraham instructed his sons (to be
Muslims) and (so did) Ya’qoob, Jacob, (who said): "O my sons, indeed,
Allah has chosen for you this religion, so do not die except while you are Muslims." (132) Or were you witnesses when
death approached Ya’qoob (Jacob), when he said to his sons: "What will you
worship after me?" They said, "We will worship your God and the God
of your fathers, Ibraheem, Isma’eel, and Is’haq - One God. And we are Muslims (in submission) to Him" (132)
(Al-Baqara, 2: 131-133).
(Yousuf, Joseph, said): My
Lord, You have given me some sovereignty (power) and taught me of the
interpretation of dreams. (O, You) Creator of the heavens and the Earth, You
are my protector in this life (world) and in the Hereafter. Cause me to die a Muslim and join me with the righteous" (Yousuf, 12: 101).
Indeed,
We sent down the Torah, in which was guidance and light, for the Prophets who
submitted (to Allah, were Muslims) to
judge with … (Al-Ma-ida, 5: 44).
But
when ‘Eisa (Jesus) felt (persistence in) disbelief from them, he said,
"Who are my supporters for (the cause of) Allah?" The disciples said,
"We are supporters for Allah. We have believed in Allah, and (you Jesus)
bear witness that we are Muslims
(submitting to Him) (Aal-‘Imran, 3: 52).
So,
if they argue with you, say, "I have submitted
myself to Allah (in Islam), and (so have)
those who follow me" (Aal-‘Imran, 3: 20).
The Difference between Prophets and Messengers of Allah
The Holy Quran verses mentioned two
categories of people who received communication from Allah, by inspiration, to
tell it to people. Twenty-five of them were mentioned directly by name,
including twelve Messengers and thirteen Prophets, who are different from each
other in two major ways. First, a Messenger
was a man who received inspiration and a new message from Allah, praise to Him, to tell it to people.
However, a Prophet was a man who received inspiration and from Allah to preach,
educate, and remind people of a message sent to a previous Messenger. [161]
In verse 3:19 (mentioned above), Allah,
praise to Him, has stated that all His messages to humanity constitute one
religion, Islam. In verse 5: 3, He further stated that He perfected the
religion of Islam and completed it
to humanity, with the revelation of the Holy Quran. Thus, there is no need for
any more messengers, after Mu’hammed, pbbuh, as He promised, in verse 15: 9,
that He would preserve His final message intact.
الْيَوْمَ أَكْمَلْتُ
لَكُمْ
دِينَكُمْ وَأَتْمَمْتُ
عَلَيْكُمْ
نِعْمَتِي
وَرَضِيتُ
لَكُمُ الْإِسْلَامَ
دِينًا ۚ
(الْمَائِدَةُ
، 5: 3).
إِنَّا
نَحْنُ
نَزَّلْنَا
الذِّكْرَ
وَإِنَّا
لَهُ لَحَافِظُونَ (الْحِجْرُ
، 15: 9).
This day I have perfected for you your
religion and completed My favor upon
you and have approved for you Islam as religion (Al-Ma-ida,
5: 3).
Indeed, it is We, who sent
down the Remembrance (the Holy Quran), and indeed, We
will be preserving it (Al-‘Hijr, 15: 9).
Thus,
Mu’hammed, pbbuh, was the last
of God’s Messengers. He was also described as the last of the Prophets, in verse 33: 40. So, there will be no need for prophets
to preach, educate, and teach people about God’s Book, like what Prophets did
after Moosa (Moses), peace be upon him, as we are told by Verse 5: 44. This
job will be maintained by the scholars, who are mentioned in verse 3: 18 (mentioned
above) with high regards, directly after mentioning Allah and the angels, as
stated in the following verses:
مَّا كَانَ مُحَمَّدٌ
أَبَا
أَحَدٍ مِّن
رِّجَالِكُمْ
وَلَـٰكِن رَّسُولَ
اللَّـهِ
وَخَاتَمَ
النَّبِيِّينَ ۗ
(الأحِزَابُ ، 33: 40).
إِنَّا
أَنزَلْنَا التَّوْرَاةَ فِيهَا
هُدًى
وَنُورٌ يَحْكُمُ
بِهَا
النَّبِيُّونَ الَّذِينَ
أَسْلَمُوا
(الْمَائِدَةُ
، 5: 44).
شَهِدَ
اللَّـهُ
أَنَّهُ لَا
إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا
هُوَ
وَالْمَلَائِكَةُ
وَأُولُو
الْعِلْمِ قَائِمًا
بِالْقِسْطِ
ۚ لَا
إِلَـٰهَ
إِلَّا هُوَ
الْعَزِيزُ
الْحَكِيمُ
(آلُ عِمْرَانَ
، 3: 18).
Mu’hammed was not the
father of (any) one of your men, but (he was) the
Messenger of Allah and last of the prophets (Al-A'hzab, 33:
40).
We
sent down the Towraah (Torah), in which (there) was guidance and light. The Prophets who
submitted (themselves to Allah as Muslims) judged by
it (Al-Ma-ida, 5:
44).
Allah has witnessed,
so have the angels and those of knowledge, that
there is no other god except Him, and that He is maintaining (His
creation) with justice. There is no other god except Him, the Exalted in Might,
the Wise (Aal-'Imran, 3: 18).
The second major difference between Prophets and Messengers of God is that the Messengers were
supported with clear and strong physical miracles, to help them convince people
that they were Messengers of Allah. Examples of these miracles were Noo’h's
Arch, Salih's she-camel, rescuing Ibraheem from the fire, Moosa's stick
(staff), 'Eisa's healing capability, and revealing the Holy Quran to Mu’hammed,
peace and blessings of Allah upon them
all. Moreover, the messages they told people included prophecies about
future events, which would reinforce people’s faith when they happen.
Prophets were supported
by their ability to prophesize (foretell
about future events). As people saw these prophecies come true, they
listened more attentively to the teachings of the Prophets about God’s previous
messages.
Because
Messengers of God also brought prophecies, part of the new messages
revealed to them, they were both messengers and prophets. However, prophets
were not messengers in the sense that they were not given new messages to tell
people about. Thus, a messenger was also a prophet, but a prophet was not a
messenger.
Miracles and Prophecies Given to Prophet Muhammed
Allah, praise to Him, supported His
Messenger, Muhammed, pbbuh, with the greatest miracle, the Holy Quran, the verses of which represent clear scientific
facts people discover century after century. These are pieces of evidence that
this Book is the Word of God, which does not contain any falsehood (41: 42), as
demonstrated in Part I and other Parts of this book, particularly in the third
and fourth chapters. The Holy Quran is the greatest miracle because it is
continuous in its existence intact, without any changes, it is God’s Message to
the whole of humanity, across time. Other miracles, with which God supported
His Messengers, aimed at influencing a particular group of people, who were
alive at the time of the miracle incidence. Thus, such miracles did not target
the whole of humanity and across time, as the Holy Quran does.
Another miracle, Allah supported His Messenger with, was the Night Journey and Ascent to
Heavens (Al-Issra Wal
Mi’raj), which is the topic of Chapter 23 of this book. Allah, praise to Him,
wanted to show His Messenger some signs of His capabilities. So, He had him
flown from Makkah to Al-Quds (Jerusalem) and from there to the seven heavens,
accompanied by the angel Jibril, peace be to him, and even beyond heavens.
Then, He had him returned to his bed in Makkah, all that in a short time,
during the last part of the night. People at that time, and for centuries,
could not understand the feasibility of such journey and such ascent. However,
both issues are perfectly understood, at our present time. It’s now a known
fact that the distance between Makkah and Al-Quds (Jerusalem) can be flown in
few minutes, using fast aircrafts, particularly the military planes which fly
several times the sound speed. We have also been able to send spaceships and
devices to explore other planets in our solar system, and even beyond it. Thus,
the Prophet’s Journey and Ascent was a prophecy about human aviation on Earth
and in outer space, which is another piece of scientific evidence that the Holy
Quran is God’s Message to humanity. [162]
In addition, Allah, praise to Him, supported
His Messenger, pbbuh, with many prophecies about future events, some of
which were mentioned in the Holy Quran, and came true in few years, as
reinforcement to the believers’ faith, and glad tidings for them. An example of
such prophecies was of the Roman victory over Persians after few years from the
Roman defeat, which was revealed in verse 30: 2-4. [163]
Among the Quran prophecies, which has not
been achieved yet, is the return of ‘Eisa (Jesus), the Son of Mary, peace be to him. This prophecy
was revealed in verse 4: 159, which mentions that when he returns to Earth, all
people of the Book, including Jews and Christians (together with Muslims), will
believe in him, as the Messiah. Then, he dies. [164]
Moreover, in his ‘Hadiths (sayings), the
Prophet, pbbuh, told his Companions many prophecies, about future events. Some of these prophecies have
already come true and others are still to be seen in the future. Here are some examples of such ‘Hadith prophecies.
First, in one prophecy, the Prophet, pbbuh, told his
Companions that Muslims would defeat the two dominant powers at that time, the Roman Byzantine and Persian empires. This in fact
came true just few years after the Prophet’s death, when Muslims defeated the
Romans in Al-Yarmouk battle, in 15 Hijriya (636 AD). Then, they defeated the
Persians, in the battle of Al-Qadisiya, in the same year. These two victories
resulted in that most people, who were ruled by the two empires in the Middle
East, became Muslims. Here is the text of the ‘Hadith:
The Companion Abu Hurayrah, may Allah be
pleased with him (mAbpwh), said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “When
Kisra (the Persian Emperor) is dead, there will be no other Kisra after him, and when Kaisar (the Roman Emperor) is
dead, there will be no other Kaisar after him. By God, you are going to spend
their treasures in the way that pleases God.” [165]
Second, he
prophesized that a day will come, on which the poor
barefooted sheep herders are going to compete in constructing the highest buildings. This prophecy has come to
pass in our time, by the construction of the Khalifa Tower, in Dubai,
UAE, as the highest building in the World. This prophecy was included in the
‘Hadeeth, which was mentioned in Chapter 2, “Three Levels of Faith.” In that
‘Hadith, Jibril, peace be to him, asked the Prophet, pbbuh, about the events
which should precede the “Hour.” He said: “You’ll see the barefooted, the
poor, barefooted, naked, destitute (poor) sheep herders constructing the
highest of buildings.”
Before
the oil wealth, many people in the Arabian Gulf area were barefooted, poor, and
sheep herders, which were three adjectives used in the ‘Hadeeth. While the
fourth adjective, naked, does not apply to the Gulf Arabs, it applies to the
naked population groups, such as the Yanomamo, who lived in the Amazon rain
forest. After the discovery of oil and other raw materials there, many cities
with high-rise buildings started to emerge, such as Manaus, Santarem, and
Belem, in Brazil. [166]
Third, in a ‘Hadith narrated by Companion Abu Hurayrah,
mAbpwh, the Prophet, pbbuh, mentioned six prophecies. He said:
“The Hour (the start of the Last Day) will not come until the
(religious) scholarship disappears, earthquakes increase, time is shortened,
upheavals emerge, killing increases, and wealth increases among you until it
exceeds the need.” [167]
Five of these prophecies have come true but
the first one (disappearance of Islamic scholars and scholarship) has not
happened yet. Actually, we are blessed with abundance of scholars, their
writings, and their audio-visual contributions, as well as works of scholars from previous centuries.
This has been made possible by the availability of the world-wide internet. The
other five prophecies have been achieved at our time. There have been a lot of
earthquakes; travel time has been shortened, as a result of our fast mediums of
transportation and communication; there have been many upheavals, particularly
in the Muslim countries; there has been a lot of killing, as a result of many
wars; and wealth of nations has increased tremendously, reaching trillions of
dollars, which is unprecedented in human history. This was made possible in
some Muslim countries as a result of the oil wealth, and in the world as a
whole, as a result of issuing currencies without the gold back up, selling and
buying money as a commodity, and the ability of banks to increase their capital
by a variety of ways, such as making profits on selling loan contracts, before
even receiving interest on such loans.
Fourth, in a ‘Hadeeth narrated
by Companion Abu Hurayrah,
mAbpwh, the Prophet, pbbuh, mentioned a prophecy about Arabia. He said: “The
Hour (the start of the Last Day) will not come
… until Arabia
will return to be grasslands and rivers.” [168]
Actually, this
‘Hadith includes a newly discovered fact that current Arabian
desert was once a lush paradise of rivers, grass, and woodlands, watered by
torrential monsoon rains, about 23,000 years ago. NASA photos taken from space
have shown the valleys of these dried rivers and the geological investigations
have shown evidence of such vegetation. The prophecy will be achieved when the
climate cycle of torrential monsoon rains comes back, as argued by
geologists, or even before that by human intervention. We are now capable of
pumping up the abundant underground water to turn the desert into gardens. We
are also capable of desalinating the sea water and pumping it into huge
pipelines, like rivers, which may turn the Arabian desert into green and
grassland again.
Fifth,
among the most important prophecies, which have not happened yet, are the big signs, which should take place before the coming of the Hour (before the start of the Last
Day), such as the emergence of the Mahdi (the Guided One), descent of ‘Eisa
(Jesus), pbuh, his fight with the Dajjal (the anti-Christ) and killing him. These
are included in the following three ‘Hadeeths.
Companion
Abu Sa’id Al-Khudri, mAbpwh, said the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said:
“The Guided (Al-Mahdi) is one of my
descendants. He will have a broad forehead and a hump nose (a little high in
the middle). He will fill the Earth with justice, after a period of injustice
and oppression. And he will rule for seven years.” [169]
The
importance of Al-Mahdi’s appearance is that it is an immediate precursor to the
appearance of the fake messiah (the Anti-Christ), which will prompt the descent
of the true Messiah (‘Eisa, Jesus, the Son of Mary) from Heavens. Then, Jesus
will fight the fake messiah and kill him. The following ‘Hadeeth lists the ten
big signs (prophecies):
Companion Hudhayfa
Bin Aseed Al-Ghafari, mAbpwh, said that the
Prophet, pbbuh, asked a group of his companions about the topic of their
discussion. They said they were talking about the Hour. He said:
“It will not
happen until you see ten signs happening before it. Then, he mentioned the
smoke, the fake messiah, the beast, the sun rising from the west, descent of
‘Eisa (Jesus) peace be to him, Yajooj and Majooj (Gog and Magog), three
eclipses in the east, west, and Arabia. Finally, a fire will be coming out from
Yemen, which drives people (north) to their gathering place.” [170]
Finally,
Companion Al-Nawwas Bin Sam’an, mAbpwh, narrated a long ‘Hadith about the
descent of ‘Esa (Jesus, the Messiah), peace be to him, from Heavens. The ‘Hadith mentions the place he descends to
(Syria) and the time of his descent (during Al-Mahdi’s rule). He will pray with
Muslims in Baytul Maqdis (House of Holy in Jerusalem). He will fight the fake
messiah (the anti-Christ) and kill him. Then, he will rule by the Islamic law
before his death. [171]
Conclusion
The
Islamic proclamation of faith is the first of the five pillars of the Islamic
faith structure. It gives peace of mind to the worshippers that they are not
here by accident and they are not left lonely on Earth. Allah, the Merciful and
Compassionate Creator, out of His love and care, has completed His messages of
guidance to humanity by sending His Final Message through His final Messenger,
Muhammed, peace and blessings be
upon him.
The first part of the proclamation represents
recognition of the oneness of God, the Creator of the Universe, and the
Merciful of His creation. It also represents an acceptance of His Messages and
His Messengers.
The second part of the proclamation
recognizes Mu’hammed, pbbuh, as the final of God’s Messengers and Prophets. It also represents
acceptance of the Holy Quran, as God’s Message, which was revealed to humanity
through him.
Thus,
the proclamation of faith gives a profound meaning for the other ways of
worship. It puts them in the context of obedience to the Creator, Allah, praise to Him, by observing His
commands. This maximizes the benefits people get from performing the various
ways of worship. The end outcome for people is that they live happily in this
life and gain His everlasting reward of living in Paradise forever, in the
hereafter.
The study of
and contemplation about the Holy Quran and ‘Hadith prophecies reinforce the
faith of the believers, as it provides them with the assurance that they are on
the right path of happiness, here and in the hereafter.
Performing Islamic Prayers
***
إقَامُ
الصَّلاةِ
***
أعوذ
بالله من الشيطان
الرجيم
بسم
الله الرحمن
الرحيم
I seek refuge with Allah from the
Stoned Shaytan (Satan)
In the Name of Allah, the
Beneficent, the Merciful
"رِجَالٌ
لَّا
تُلْهِيهِمْ
تِجَارَةٌ
وَلَا بَيْعٌ
عَن ذِكْرِ
اللَّـهِ
وَإِقَامِ الصَّلَاةِ
وَإِيتَاءِ
الزَّكَاةِ ۙ
" (النور ، 24: 37)
فَإِذَا
قَضَيْتُمُ
الصَّلَاةَ
فَاذْكُرُوا
اللَّهَ
قِيَامًا
وَقُعُودًا
وَعَلَىٰ
جُنُوبِكُمْ
ۚ فَإِذَا
اطْمَأْنَنتُمْ
فَأَقِيمُوا
الصَّلَاةَ ۚ
إِنَّ
الصَّلَاةَ
كَانَتْ
عَلَى
الْمُؤْمِنِينَ
كِتَابًا مَّوْقُوتًا
(النِّسَاءُ ،
4: 103)
(Worshipping) men neither commerce nor sale
distracts from the remembrance of Allah, and performance of prayer, and giving
of zakat … (Al-Noor, 24: 37).
And when you have completed the prayer,
remember Allah standing, sitting, or (lying) on your sides. And when you feel
safe, re-establish (regular) prayer. Indeed, prayer has been decreed upon the
believers, a decree of specified times (Al-Nisa, 4: 103).
***
Introduction
A Muslim is required to
perform five prayers every day, following the teachings of the Prophet Mu’hammed, peace and blessings
of Allah be upon him (pbbuh), who received the command for this 'Ibada (way of
worship) when he met with Allah (God), praise to Him, above the seventh heaven. Then, the angel Jibreel (Gabriel), peace be upon him, taught him how to perform these prayers, including both the recitations
and the movements. [172]
Before Muslims stand for
prayer, they make wudhou' (ablution), which includes physical acts but
with clear meanings. Five times a day, washing a person's hands, mouth, nose,
face, arms, ears, hair, and feet, aims at cleanliness. This is the goal of the
wudhou' requirement. Allah,
praise to Him, has required these physical acts, not
as meaningless rituals, but to lead to a deeper meaning, cleanliness. He wants
humans to be clean and healthy (See Appendix 1 for notes about the English transliteration of Arabic sounds,
such as dh in wudhou’). [173]
The five Islamic prayers
(dawn, noon, mid-after-noon, sunset, and dusk) are all physical acts of
standing, bowing, kneeling, prostrating, and sitting down on the ground. These
prayer movements are performed in a certain way taught to Muslims by the Messenger
of Allah, Mu’hammed,
pbbuh, who said: “Pray as you saw me praying.” This ‘Hadeeth, and others, were
narrated by his Companions, collected by early Islamic scholars, and
transmitted from one generation to another. [174]
Performing Islamic
prayers, as described in ‘Hadeeths, regularly, and on time brings tremendous
benefits to worshippers. These movements, performed properly five times a day,
constitute a physical daily exercise activity, contributing to the welfare and
well-being of the human body. Standing moves the blood circulation to various
parts of the body, particularly after sleeping, sitting, or relaxation for a
long period of time. Bowing down (rukou’), for example, benefits the back
muscles and the backbone, which are stretched to relieve them from the pressure
formed as a result of sitting or standing, for long hours every day. Prostration
(sujood) provides the brain with bigger quantities of blood, with more oxygen
and nutrients, than otherwise. It also relieves the brain from the
electromagnetic waves, which we get from the air and from the electric and
electronic devices we use throughout the day. Finally, sitting down allows
thigh and leg muscles, ligaments, and tendons to be stretched, thus becoming
more flexible and healthier. [175]
At the same time, each
one of the prayer movements also involves spiritual benefits, represented by
contemplation and thinking about the meaning of the verses of the Holy Quran
and the words of praise to Allah, which are recited in each prayer movement.
These acts of contemplation and thinking have tremendous benefits in terms of
creating and maintaining internal mental peace for the worshipper. More
important is that the five prayers keep the worshippers in a continuous contact
with their Creator, which influences their behavior positively, strengthens the
human self, and contributes to its well-being.
Daily Prayer Times
The five prayers are
performed at specific times, as mentioned by the Prophet, pbbuh, and in
accordance with the continuous daily changes in the relationship between the
Earth and the Sun. As a result, there is no disagreement about that the Fajr
(dawn) prayer should be performed before the sunrise, and the Maghrib
prayer after the sunset. The Dthuhr (noon) prayer should be performed
after zawal, which is about nine minutes after the sun reaching the middle of
the sky. This is the time when a person starts to see his/her shade. Noon is
also measured as the mid-point between the sunrise and the sunset. The ‘Asr
(mid-afternoon) prayer starts when the shade of an object becomes twice of its
size. [176]
While there is an
agreement about the prayer times for the noon, mid-afternoon, and sunset prayer
times, there has been a disagreement among Muslim scholars about the start of
the Fajr (dawn)
and ‘Isha (dusk, night) prayer times. The disagreement has led to the emergence
of different methods of calculation about the start of these two prayers in
various regions of the world. This disagreement can be demonstrated by
comparing the two calendars of Um Al-Qura and the Islamic Society of North
America (ISNA) concerning the dawn and night prayers, using data from the first
day of the first months of 2019. [177]
The Fajr (dawn) prayer
time starts 17-20 minutes according to Um Al-Qura calendar, compared to the
ISNA calendar. Thus, it is possible for people, who follow Um Al-Qura, to pray
the dawn prayer before the right time. Concerning the ‘Isha (night) prayer time,
it is 19-25 minutes later according to Um Al-Qura than according to ISNA.
This
may become harder on people, who follow Um Al-Qura calendar, as they need to
stay awake for a longer period of time, to perform the ‘Isha (night) prayer,
particularly during summer, when nights become shorter. Due to these
consequences, some scholars, like Ibn ‘Uthaymeen, criticized the Um Al-Qura
calendar, which warrants a review of its calculation methods. [178]
Number of Prayer Units (Rak’as):
The Islamic prayers are composed of
specific body movements accompanying recitations from the Holy Quran and words
of praise to Allah (God). Every prayer is composed of a specific number of
units (Rak’as), each of which includes standing, bowing, prostration, and
sitting on the floor. Each of these movements is a unique physical activity,
different from what people do in their daily activities. The physical benefit
of these movements is attained when they are performed regularly, on daily
basis.
The Islamic prayers include a number
of required units (Rak'as), a minimum, as well as a number of recommended
units, except for 'Asr prayer, which is limited to the required units
only. While there are 17 required (Fardh)
units in the daily prayers, the additional recommended (Sunna) units are
17 but can be more, according to a person’s capabilities and circumstances. The
distribution of prayer units is as follows: [179]
1. Al-Fajr (The Dawn) Prayer: 2 required Rak'as (units) and 2 recommended Rak'as (units),
before.
2. Al-Dhuhr (The Noon) Prayer: 4 required Rak'as (units) and 4 recommended Rak'as (units), 2
before & 2 after.
3. Al-'Asr (The Afternoon) Prayer: 4 required Rak'as (units) and 2 recommended Rak’as (units),
before.
4. Al-Maghrib (The Sunset) Prayer: 3 required Rak'as (units) and 4 recommended Rak'as (units), 2
before & 2 after.
5. Al-'Isha (Late Night, Dusk) Prayer: 4 required Rak'as (units) and 5
recommended Rak'as (units), 2 before, 2 after, and witr (one or three units),
to conclude the day prayers. [180]
How to Perform Prayers Correctly
Several
Islamic scholars mentioned that the correct (sound) prayers need to meet eight conditions (shuroot),
fourteen pillars (arkan), and eight requirements
(wajibat). If a worshipper forgets
performing one or more of the requirements (wajibat), he/she can remedy that
with the oversight prostration, before ending the prayer. However, forgotten
pillars have to be performed in a re-prayer.
There
are many verbal and non-verbal recommended
(Sunna) acts in prayers, which are
additions, if not performed, the prayer is still correct (sound). However,
there are eight nullifiers (mubtilat) that invalidate prayers if anyone of them happens. There
are also twenty-two disliked (makrohatat) things
that should be avoided in prayers. It is noteworthy to mention that
Islamic scholars may differ in these numbers and in considering a recommended
act as a required act, or vice versa.
Here
is a brief explanation about each of the above-mentioned prayer-related six terms:
1. There are 9 conditions (shuroot) that a person should have, to be
able to establish the Islamic prayer. These are (accepting) Islam, sanity, the
ability to distinguish between things, removing impurity (uncleanliness),
purification (ablution), covering from the chest to the knees for men and the
whole body except the face and hands for women, reaching the due time, facing
the Qibla (the Ka’ba), and the intention to perform the prayer.
2. There are 14 pillars (arkan)
for the prayer to be considered as correct (sound). These are the ability to
stand up, takbeer (saying Allahu Akber, meaning Allah is Greater than anybody
else), reciting Al-Fati’ha (the first Chapter of the Holy Quran), bowing down
(with hands on the knees), standing up, prostration (with the seven body parts
touching the ground), lifting the head up, sitting down between the two
prostrations, sitting down for Al-Tashahud, the second part of Al-Tashahud,
asking Allah to bless the Prophet, pbbuh, the two salutations, calmness in all of
the prayer movements, and observing the sequence of the 14 pillars.
3. There are 8 requirements
(wajibat) for worshippers to observe as
they perform their prayers. These are saying takbeer when standing again, other
than the first one, saying: “Sub’hana Rabbiyal Adtheem” [Exalted (Praise
to) my Lord, the Great] at least once in bowing down, saying: “Sami’a Allahu
Liman ‘Hamidah (Allah hears whoever praises Him) when standing up after bowing
down, saying “Rabbana wa laka Al-‘Hamd” after standing up, saying: “Sub’hana
Rabbiyal Al-A’ala” [Exalted (Praise to) my Lord, the Highest] at least once
while prostrating, saying: “Rubbi ighfir Lee” (My Lord, forgive me)
between the two prostrations, sitting down for the first part of Al-Tashahud,
and the recitation of the first part of Al-Tashahud.
4. There are many
verbal and non-verbal recommended (Sunna) acts in prayers, which are additions, if
not performed, the prayer is still correct (sound).
The
verbal recommendations include saying the opening supplication, after the
first takbeer: “Sub’hanak Allahumma, wa Bi’hamdika, wa Tabaraka ismuka, wa
Ta’ala Jadduka, wa La ilaha Ghayruka” [Exalted You are, O Allah, praise
to You, blessed is Your Name, Seriousness of Your (Commands) is highest, and
there is no other god than You].
The
opening supplication is followed by Al-Ta’awudth, saying: “a’oudthu
billahi minal shaytanir rajeem” (I seek refuge with Allah from the stoned
Shaytan), Al-Basmala, saying: “bismil lahir ra’hmanir ra’heem” (In the Name of
Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful), saying “Aameen” (Amen) after reciting
Al-Fati’ha, recitation of a Soora or some verses after Al-Fati’ha, loud
recitation in the dawn (Fajr) prayer as well as in the first two Rak’as of the
sunset (Maghrib) and dusk (‘Isha) prayers, loud recitation for the Imam
in the Jumu’a prayer as well as in the two ‘Eids and in the supplication for
rain, saying after ta’hmeed: “mil-us samawati wa mil-ul ardhi wa mil-u
ma shi-ta min shay-in ba’du” (as big as the heavens, the Earth, and whatever
else You may will), saying more than one tasbee’h in the rukoo’ (bowing down)
and sujood (prostration), saying: “Rubbigh firly” (My Lord, forgive me) between
the two prostrations, and recitation of the full Tashahud in the last rak’a.
The
non-verbal recommendations include
raising the hands while saying the first takbeer, when bowing down (rukoo’),
and when standing up after bowing down. These also include placing the right
hand over the left hand while standing up during recitations, looking at the
point of prostration, separating the feet away from each other when standing,
grasping the knees with hands when making rukoo’, with the fingers separated
from each other, stretching the back in the rukoo’ in a way in which the head
is parallel to the ground.
When
making sujood (prostration), the external body parts need to touch the floor.
These are the forehead, the two hands, the nose, the two knees, and the toes of
both feet. The knees need to be separated. The hands need to be flat and the
fingers close to each other. For women, the hands and the elbows need to touch
the floor. Sitting needs to be in an iftirash position (on feet) between the
two prostrations and in the first tashahud, sitting in a tawarruk position (on
the floor) in the second tashahud, putting the palms of the two hands on the
thighs with fingers together between the two prostrations and in the tashahud.
When mentioning the shahada (proclamation of faith) in the tashahud, the
pointer finger of the right hand needs to be raised. Finally, worshippers need
to look to the right then to the left over their shoulders when they make
tasleem (greeting) at the end of the prayer.
5. There are 8 nullifiers (mubtilat)
that invalidate prayers
if anyone of them happens. These are speaking intentionally while knowing that
it is a nullifier of prayer to do so. However, if a person does that while
forgetting or being ignorant about this rule, it does not nullify his/her
prayer. The prayer is also nullified by laughing, eating, drinking, uncovering
the ‘awra (the clothes covering rules), significant deviation from the K’aba
direction, touching the body repeatedly and continuously, and losing ablution
(passing gas or urine).
6. There are 22 disliked
(makrohatat) things that should be
avoided in prayers, as most of them reflect lack of calmness and devotion.
These are looking sideways without necessity, looking up to the sky, touching
the floor with arms during prostration for men (only women should do that),
putting the hands on the two body sides, looking at something which may
distract, praying towards something which may distract, sitting with the buttocks
on the floor (sitting should be on the feet), touching body parts or things or
the place, Interlacing or snapping fingers, prayer at the time of serving food
(eating should precede prayer), resisting the need for going to the bathroom
(which should happen before prayers), spitting (particularly towards the Qibla
or sideways), getting busy with folding the shirt sleeves up or lifting the
hair up while standing, getting busy with lifting the hair up while
prostrating, covering the mouth, hiding the hands under the garment, always praying
on the same spot at the masjid, depending on the hands when going down to sit
(knees first for those who are capable to do so), making rukou’ (bowing down) before
reaching the worshippers’ line, eating raw onions and garlic before coming to
the masjid (due to the resulting bad smell), performing extra night prayers
while being sleepy. [181]
***
The Dawn (Fajr) Prayer, as an Example About Performing Prayer
It is noteworthy to mention that
there are differences among the Islamic schools of thought (madthahib)
about what constitutes each of the above-mentioned six terms, in relation to
the performance of the correct (sound) prayer. Accordingly, performing prayers
can be divided into the following eleven main steps,
which demonstrate how prayers can be performed. The Fajr prayer is used here as
an example because it is composed of two required Rak’as. Thus, it is the
shortest prayer.
1. Ablution (wudhou): Cleanliness before prayers
A Muslim has to be
clean, by taking showers regularly, as well as after the sexual intercourse.
Cleanliness is also performed before every prayer in the form of Wudhou (washing the external body organs
with water). This includes washing and cleaning hands, mouth, nose, face, arms,
head hair, ears inside and back, and feet. Thus, the Creator, praise to Him, wants
people to be healthy by cleaning themselves of dust, sweat, and microbes, five
times a day (There are many illustrative videos of how to make Wudhou in the internet).
If water is not
available at all (which is a unique case), a Muslim performs Tayamum, which is
an emulation of the Wudhu' actions. In addition to cleanliness, wudhu’
and Tayamum enable humans to be elevated to a higher spiritual rank, in
preparation for addressing their Creator and standing before him in the best
possible condition. [182]
2. Adthan (The
first call for prayer)
Adthan is an
announcement about the start time for a prayer. It is a calling for a group
prayer in a masjid (mosque). Therefore, it is done by one person, as mentioned in a ‘Hadeeth narrated
by Malik Bin Al-‘Huwairith, mAbpwh, who said that the Prophet, pbbuh, said: “Go
back to your people, teach them, command them (with what you have learned), and
pray like you saw me praying. When the time comes for a prayer, one of you
should make the announcement (Adthan), and the eldest among you should
lead the prayer.” [183]
The
Prophet, pbbuh, approved of the Adthan and Iqama words after hearing
them from one of his Companions, Abdullah Bin Zayd Bin Abd Rabbu, mAbpwh. He told
him that he was told these words by a man wearing green clothes, in a dream, to
be used as a call for prayers, instead of the bell (which is used by
Christians). Companion ‘Omar Bin Al-Khattab, mAbpwh, told the Prophet
that he also saw that dream. Then, the Prophet asked Companion Bilal Bin
Raba’h, mAbpwh, to call the Adthan, as he had the
most beautiful voice among his Companions. Here’s the Adthan: [184]
الْأذَانُ
اللهُ
أكْبَرُ
اللهُ أكْبَرُ
، اللهُ أكْبَرُ
اللهُ أكْبَرُ
أشْهَدُ
ألَّا إلَهَ
إلَّا اللهَ ،
أشْهَدُ ألَّا
إلَهَ إلَّا
اللهَ
أشْهَدُ
أنَّ مُحَمِّدَاً
رَسُولُ اللهِ
، أشْهَدُ
أنَّ مُحَمِّدَاً
رَسُولُ اللهِ
حَيِّ
عَلَى الصَّلاةِ
، حَيِّ عَلَى
الصَّلاةِ ،
حَيِّ
عَلَى الْفَلاحِ
، حَيِّ عَلَى
الْفَلاحِ
اللهُ
أكْبَرُ
اللهُ أكْبَرُ
لا
إلهَ إلَّا
اللهَ
Adthan (First calling for a group prayer in a masjid):
Allahu akbar (God is Greater): 4
times.
Ash hadu alla ilaha illa Allah (I
bear witness that there is no other god but Allah): Twice
Ash hadu anna Mu’hammedan rasoul
ullah (I bear witness that Mu’hammed is the Messenger of Allah): Twice
‘Hayie ‘alas salah
(Come to prayer): Twice
‘Hayie ‘alal fala'h (Come to
prosperity): Twice
Allahu akbar (God is Greater):
Twice.
La ilaha illa Allah
(There is no other god but Allah): Once
3. Iqama (The second call for prayer)
Iqama is the second announcement for
prayer, which is called directly before the start of a required prayer, whether
performed in a group or individually. It includes the same sentences used in
the Adthan but without repetition, and adding “Qad Qamat Issala, Qad
Qamat Issala” (It’s time to stand for prayer), as follows: [185]
اللهُ
أكْبَرُ
اللهُ أكْبَرُ
، أشْهَدُ ألَّا
إلَهَ إلَّا
اللهَ ، أشْهَدُ
أنَّ مُحَمِّدَاً
رَسُولُ اللهِ
حَيِّ
عَلَى الصَّلاةِ
، حَيِّ عَلَى
الْفَلاحِ ، قَدْ
قَامَتْ الصَّلاةُ
، قَدْ قَامَتْ
الصَّلاةُ
اللهُ
أكْبَرُ
اللهُ أكْبَرُ
، لا إلهَ إلَّا
اللهَ
Iqama (The second call for
prayer): Calling for the immediate start of prayer:
Allahu akbar, Allahu akbar (God is
Greater): Twice.
Ash hadu alla ilaha illa Allah (I
bear witness that there is no other god but Allah): Once.
Ash hadu anna Mu’hammedan rasoul
ullah (I bear witness that Mu’hammed is the Messenger of Allah): Once
‘Hayie ‘alas salah (Come to
prayer): once
‘Hayie ‘alal fala'h (Come to
prosperity): Once
Qad Qamates salah, qad
qamates salah (The prayer has been stood for): Twice
Allahu akbar, Allahu akbar (God is
Greater): Twice
La ilaha illa Allah
(There is no other god but Allah): Once
4.
Facing the Qibla (Al-Ka'ba)
When Muslims pray, they
must face the Qibla, which is Al-Ka'ba (The cubic-shaped House of Allah in
Makkah). This is an implementation of God’s command, contained in verse 2: 150,
as follows:
وَمِنْ
حَيْثُ
خَرَجْتَ
فَوَلِّ
وَجْهَكَ شَطْرَ
الْمَسْجِدِ
الْحَرَامِ ۚ
وَحَيْثُ مَا
كُنتُمْ
فَوَلُّوا
وُجُوهَكُمْ
شَطْرَهُ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 150).
From wherever you emerge, turn your
face towards the Sacred Mosque, and wherever you are, face towards it
(Al-Baqara, 2: 150).
Worshippers should stand
on a clean floor. For that purpose, they use a clean, small rug, if they are
away from the masjid (mosque). Healthy people must stand for prayers. However,
the sick can pray in whatever position suiting them, such as sitting or on
their sides, as stated in verse 3:91.
It is essential for
Muslims to make the effort of finding the exact direction of Al-Qibla, which
can easily be found by using smart phones. Many websites also provide the Qibla
direction for cities around the world, using a regular compass of 360 degrees.
For example, it is 52 degrees northeast, for Atlanta, Georgia, USA. [186]
5. Intention and Takbeer
As a Muslim worshipper
stands for prayer, he/she has the intention to perform it, that is why it is
unnecessary to say that he/she intends to pray. However, followers of Imam
Al-Shafi'ie pronounce the intention. Then, they lift their hands up to the
levels of their ears, making the Takbeer (saying Allahu
Akbar), which is the start of the prayers. Followers of other imams may neither
pronounce the intention nor lift their hands up when they say the Takbeer. The
Shafi’ie school of thought (madth-hab) requires the prayer leader (imam)
to say the Takbeer loudly but other worshippers should say it silently, whether
they are praying in a group or individually. The Maliki school of thought
allows saying it loudly for all, following what the Prophet, pbbuh, did it in all these
different ways, to make it easy on people, by giving them options. [187]
6. Recitation of
Al-Fati’ha
While standing up,
facing the Qibla, a worshipper places his/her right hand over the left hand,
above the belly button, and below the chest, or even without that altogether,
as this represents politeness with the Creator, praise to Him. He/she starts with “Isti’adtha,”
saying: “A’oudthu billahi minash shaytanir rajeem” (I seek refuge with
Allah from the Stoned Shaytan, “Satan”).
There is no disagreement
among the Islamic schools of thought about starting all chapters of the Holy
Quran with the “Basmallah” (mentioning the name of Allah), though it’s not
considered part of each chapter, except for Surat Al-Tawba (Chapter 9), which
does not start with it. However, there is a disagreement about whether the
“Basmallah” is part of the first Chapter (Al-Fati’ha), or not.
Despite that disagreement,
whether a worshipper is praying with a group or individually, he/she has to
start with “Isti’adtha” and the “Basmallah” before reciting Al-Fat’ha,
in the first Rak’a, and the “Basmallah” only in other Rak’as. However, there is
strong evidence of giving a prayer leader (imam) the option of saying them
loudly in the Jahri prayers (dawn, sunset, and night), as education for
worshippers, following the practice of the Prophet’s Companions, mAbpwt all. [188]
Then, a Muslim recites Al-Fati'ha (The Opening), in Arabic. This is the first Sura (Chapter)
of the Holy Quran, which represents the sixth step of performing prayers. It is
recited in Arabic, like all parts of the
prayer, as follows:
|
أعُوذُ
بِاللهِ مِنَ
الشَّيْطَانِ
الرَّجِيمِ بِسْمِ
اللَّهِ
الرَّحْمَٰنِ
الرَّحِيمِ ﴿١﴾
الْحَمْدُ
لِلَّهِ
رَبِّ
الْعَالَمِينَ
﴿٢﴾
الرَّحْمَٰنِ
الرَّحِيمِ ﴿٣﴾ مَالِكِ
يَوْمِ
الدِّينِ ﴿٤﴾ إِيَّاكَ
نَعْبُدُ
وَإِيَّاكَ
نَسْتَعِينُ
﴿٥﴾ اهْدِنَا
الصِّرَاطَ
الْمُسْتَقِيمَ
﴿٦﴾ صِرَاطَ
الَّذِينَ
أَنْعَمْتَ
عَلَيْهِمْ
غَيْرِ
الْمَغْضُوبِ
عَلَيْهِمْ
وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ
﴿٧﴾
(الْفَاتِحَةُ
، 1:
1-7). A’oudthu
billahi minash shaytanir rajeem (I seek refuge with Allah from the
Stoned Shaytan, “Satan”) Bismil lahir ra'hmanir
ra'heem (In
the name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful) (1) Al'hamdu lilahi rabbil ‘aalameen (Praise be to Allah, Lord of the Worlds) (2) Arra'hmanir ra'heem (The Beneficent, the Merciful) (3) Maliki yawmid deen (Owner of the Day of Judgment) (4) Iyaka na’budu wa iyaka nasta’een [You (alone) we worship, You (alone) we ask for help] (5) Ihdinas siratal mustaqeem (Guide us (to) the straight path) (6) Siratal ladtheena an’amta
‘alayhim Gharil maghdhoobi
‘alayhim Waladh
dhaleen (The path of those whom You have blessed, not (the path of)
those who earned Your anger, nor of those who went astray) (7) (Al-Fati'ha, I: 1-7). Ameen. |
7. Recitation of Some Verses
of the Holy Quran, After Al-Fati'ha
It is recommended that
worshippers recite some verses of the Holy Quran after the recitation of
Al-Fati’ha, in the first two Rak’as. This can be a recitation of a short Soora
(Chapter), few verses of a Soora, or longer than that, according to a person’s
circumstances and ability to memorize. The Prophet, pbbuh, used to lengthen
such recitation in the dawn (Fajr) prayer, and to shorten it in the sunset (Maghrib)
prayer (See Appendix 2, which includes the last three chapters of the Holy Quran, as
examples of short Sooras).
The best recitation is
“tarteel,” in response to God’s command in verse 73: 4, "وَرَتِّلِ
الْقُرْآنَ
تَرْتِيلًا" (recite the Quran in slow, measured
rhythmic tones). This
is achieved by joining letters and words, to slow the recitation for the
purpose of allowing enough time to think about the meanings of the recited
verses, while enjoying the Quran musical tone. [189]
8. Rukou' (Bowing down)
After the recitation of
Al-Fati’ha and some verses from the Holy Quran, a worshipper makes Takbeer
(saying Allahu Akbar). This is an indication of transition to the step of
prayer: Rukou’ (bowing down), with hands placed over the knees and the back and
the head are parallel to the floor. Then, he/she makes Tasbee'h, saying:
|
"سُبْحَانَ
رَبِّيَ
الْعَظِيمِ ،
وَبِحَمْدِهِ."
Sub'hana
rabbiyal ‘adtheem (Exalted is my Lord, the Great, and praise to Him):
at least once,
while in Rukou’ (bowing). This
is according to the Companion ‘Hudthayfa Bin Al-Yaman, mAbpwh. However, a worshipper may
increase the number of times, or add more tasbee’h (words of praise to
Allah), as narrated by the Mother of believers, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh, as follows: "سُبْحَانَكَ
الْلّهُمَّ
رَبَّنا وَبِحَمْدِكَ
، الْلَّهُمَّ
اغْفِرْ لِي."
"سُبُّوحٌ
، قُدُّوسٌ ،
رَبُّ الْمَلائِكَةِ
وَالرُّوحِ." “sub’hanak
allahuma, rabbana, wa bi’hamdika, allahuma ighfir lee” (Exalted
You are, O Allah, our Lord, and praise to You, O Allah, forgive me) “subboo’h, quddoos, rabbil mala-ikati
warrou’h” (Exalted, Holy, is the Lord of the Angels
and the Spirit). [190] |
9. Lifting the Head up, Standing
Upright, with Calm
After bowing down
(Rukou'), a Muslim worshipper moves to the ninth step of prayer, in which an
imam or an individual worshipper lifts his/her head up, stands upright, with calm, and says:
"سَمِعَ
اللهُ لِمَن
حَمِدَه."
Sami'al lahu liman 'hamidah (Allah
listens to whoever praises Him): Once.
Then, all categories of worshippers
(imam, a worshipper in a group, or an individual worshipper) say:
"رَبَّنَا
وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ."
“rabbana walakal ‘hamd” (Our Lord,
to You is praise): Once.
This was how the Prophet, pbbuh, practiced this step of
prayer, as we learn from the ‘Hadeeths narrated to us by his Companions. [191]
10. Sujood (Prostration),
lifting up the head, and sitting between the two Sujoods:
|
After standing upright
calmly, saying words of praise to Allah, a worshipper
makes takbeer (saying Allahu Akbar), as an indication of the transition
to the tenth step of prayer, prostration (Sujood), in which he/she goes all
the way down to the floor, placing his/her face on the floor. The complete
prostration requires eight body parts to touch the floor. These are the
forehead, nose, the two hand palms, the two knees, and the tiptoes of the two
feet. A minimum prostration is achieved by placing part of each body organ on
the floor, as mentioned in a ‘Hadeeth narrated by Ibn (son of) ‘Abbas, mAbpwt both. [192] |
Once in prostration on
the floor, a Muslim worshipper says the following Sujood Tasbee'h, three times,
as follows:
"سُبْحَانَ
رَبِيَ
الأعْلَى."
Sub'hana rabbiyal ‘ala (Exalted is my Lord, the Highest):
3 times.
As in the rukou’, a worshipper may increase
the number of times, or add more tasbee’h (words of praise to Allah), as
narrated by the Mother of believers, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh, as follows:
"سُبْحَانَكَ
الْلّهُمَّ رَبَّنا
وَبِحَمْدِكَ
، الْلَّهُمَّ
اغْفِرْ لِي."
"سُبُّوحٌ
، قُدُّوسٌ ،
رَبُّ الْمَلائِكَةِ
وَالرُّوحِ."
“sub’hanak
allahuma, rabbana, wa bi’hamdika, allahuma ighfir lee”
(Exalted
You are, O Allah, our Lord, and praise to You, O Allah, forgive me)
“subboo’h, quddoos, rabbil mala-ikati
warrou’h”
(Exalted, Holy, is the Lord of the Angels and
the Spirit). [193]
Then, a worshipper makes
takbeer (saying Allahu Akbar), while lifting his/her head and while sitting
calmly on the floor. Then, he/she makes takbeer (saying Allahu Akbar) again,
while going down to perform a second Sujood.
By performing the two
sujoods (prostrations), a worshipper completes one prayer unit (Rak'a). Then,
he/she stands up, while making takbeer, to perform the second Rak'a, repeating the
above-mentioned ten steps.
11. Al-Tashahud and the
Two Greetings
After performing the
prostration (Sujood) of the second prayer unit (Rak'a), a Muslim worshipper
sits down on the floor, with his/her legs bent beneath him/her, reciting Al-Tashahud (The Proclamation and Bear Witnessing), at the end of which he/she
makes greetings to both directions, starting with the right, then the left.
Al-Tashahud (pronounced atta
shahud) is recited fully when a worshipper is praying two Rak'as only, such as
in the case of Al-Fajr (Dawn) prayer and in all Sunna (voluntarily extra)
prayers, which are performed in two rak’as each. However, in the rest of the
required (Fardh) prayers, which include more than two Rak'as,
Al-Tashahud is recited in two ways. After the first two Rak'as, a worshipper
recites only the first part of Al-Tashahud but he/she recites it fully at the
end of the last Rak'a (last prayer unit). Like all parts of the prayers,
Al-Tashahud is recited in Arabic. Here it is in Arabic first, then
transliterated and translated into English. [194]
التَّشَهُدُ
Al-Tashahud (pronounced as atta shahud): The Proclamation and Bear
Witnessing
(To be recited while sitting in prayer)
الجُزْءُ
الأولُ:
التَّحِياتُ
المُبَارَكَاتُ
، وَالصَّلَوَاتُ
الطَّيبَاتُ
للهِ ، السَّلامُ
عَلَيكً
أيُهَا
النبيُّ
وَرَحْمَةُ
اللهِ
وَبَرَكَاتُهُ
السُلامُ
عَلَينَا
وَعَلى
عِبَادِ
اللهِ الصَّالِحِينَ
، أشْهَدُ
أنَّ لا إلهَ
إلا الله ، وأشْهَدُ
أنَّ
مُحَمَّداً
رَسُولُ الله
الجُزْءُ
الثَانِي:
اللَهُمَّ
صَلَّي عَلَى
مُحَمَّدٍ ،
وَعَلَى آلِ
مُحَمَّدٍ ، كَمَا
صَلَّيتَ
عَلَى
إبْرَاهِيمَ
، وَعَلَى آلِ
إبْرَاهِيم.
وَبَارِكْ
عَلَى
مُحَمَّدٍ ،
وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ
، كَمَا
بَارَكْتَ
عَلَى
إبْرَاهِيمَ
، وَعَلَى آلِ
إبْرَاهِيم ، فٍي
الْعَالَمِينَ.
إنَّكَ
حَمِيدٌ
مَجِيد.
ثُمَّ التَّسْلِيمُ
، يَمِينَاً
ثُمَّ
شِمَالاً ، مَعَ
قَوْلِ: السلامُ
عليكم ورحمةُ
الله
(وبركاتُه).
Transliteration of
Al-Tashahud:
Part I:
At ta'hiyatu, al mubarakatu, wassala
watu at tayibatu, lilah
Assalamu 'alayka ayuhan nabiyu wa
ra'hmatul lahi wa barakatuh
Assalamu
'alayna wa 'ala 'ibadil lahis sali'heen
Ash hadu alla
ilaha illal lah
Wa ash hadu anna mu’hammedan
rassoulul lah.
***
Part II:
Allahumma salli
'ala mu’hammedin, wa 'ala aali mu’hammed
Kama salayta
'ala ibraheema, wa 'ala aali ibraheem
Wa barik 'ala
mu’hammedin, wa 'ala aali mu’hammed
Kama barakta
'ala ibraheema, wa 'ala aali ibraheem
Fil 'aalamina
Innaka 'hameedun majeed.
End Greetings:
Then a worshipper ends a prayer with
greetings to the right, then to the left saying:
Assalamu 'alaykum wa ra'hmatul lahi
wabarakatuh.
***
English translation of Al-Tashahud:
Part I:
Blessed greetings and
good prayers to Allah
Peace be upon you, O
Prophet, and mercy of Allah, and His blessings
Peace be upon us and
upon the good worshippers of Allah
I bear witness that
there is no other God but Allah (while raising the pointer finger of the right
hand)
And I bear witness that
Mu’hammed is the Messenger of Allah (while raising the pointer finger of the
right hand)
Part II:
O Allah! Pray for
(bless) Mu’hammed and for the family of Mu’hammed
As You prayed for
(blessed) Ibraheem (Abraham) and for the family of Ibraheem
And bless Mu’hammed and the
family of Mu’hammed
As You blessed Ibraheem
and the family of Ibraheem
Amongst the worlds
You are Praise-Worthy,
You are Glorious
End Greetings:
Then, the prayer is completed by
saying the Islamic greetings to those on the right and to those on the left:
Peace of Allah be upon
you, His mercy, and His blessings (to the right side)
Peace of Allah be upon
you, His mercy, and His blessings (to the left side)
This is the end of Al-Fajr (Dawn)
Prayer.
***
After Prayer Tasbee'h
(Words of Praise to Allah)
There are several ‘Hadeeths which
recommend Tasbee'h (Saying words of Praise to Allah) after each prayer.
Here is the most common practice, on the basis of a ‘Hadeeth narrated by
Companion Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh,
as follows:
|
"سُبْحَانَ
اللهِ ، والْحَمْدُ
للهِ ،
واللهُ
أكْبَرُ"
(33 مَرَّةً
لِكُلٍ مِنْهَا) Sub'hana Allah (Exalted is Allah):
33 times Al'hamdu lillah (Praise to Allah):
33 times Allahu akbar (Allah is Greater):
33 times Then, Tasbee’h is closed with one
sentence, said once, as follows: "لا إلهَ
إلا اللهُ
وَحْدَهُ لا
شَرِيكَ لَهُ
، لَهُ
المُلكُ
ولَهُ
الحمدُ ،
وهُوَ على كلِّ
شَيءٍ
قديرٍ." La ilaha illallah, wa’hdahu la
shareeka lahu, lahul mulku wa lahul ‘hamdu, wahwa ‘ala kulli shay-in qadeer. There is no other god than (but)
Allah, One Who has no partners, to Him is the Dominion, to Him is praise, and
He is capable of (doing) everything. *** The number of times each Tasbee'h
can be said is dependent on a person's time and circumstances. It can be more
than the recommended number of 33, mentioned above, or less than that. [195] Conclusion There
is a special importance for prayer in Islam, as it is a daily contact with
the Creator, praise to Him, which brings peace and calm for the worshippers.
It is preceded by wudhou’ (ablution), which is cleanliness for the
external human body organs and spiritual purity for the human self. Its movements give
great benefits for the muscles and various body organs. Performing it,
regularly and on time, breaks the daily routine and budgets the daily
activities efficiently. When it is performed collectively, in a congregation,
it increases social interaction and leads to more needed and beneficial
contacts among the worshippers. When prayers are performed loudly,
during the dawn, sunset, and dusk (Fajr, Maghrib, and ‘Isha), prayers
provide worshippers with the opportunity to recite verses of the Holy Quran,
listen to it, contemplate about its meanings all the year around. One of the greatest blessings of
the prayer is that it contains the first Chapter (Soorat Al-Fati’ha) as its
main component, which include praise and greetings to the Lord, the Creator,
and a call on Him for His guidance and assistance, guidance. It also includes
asking Allah to bless and pray for His final Messenger, Mu’hammed, pbbuh, His
Messenger Ibraheem, and their families, thus acknowledging their role in
conveying the Message of God to humanity. |
=====================================================================
Appendix 1
Transliteration of Arabic sounds
There are three Arabic vowels and their three strong forms
(Tanween, i. e. adding "N"). The first is the Fat'ha, which maybe
expressed in English by the sound / a /, with its strong form of / an /. The
second is the Kasra, which maybe expressed by the sound / i /, with its strong
form of / in /. The third Arabic vowel is the Dhamma, which maybe
expressed by the sound / u /, with its strong form of / un /, as it is
pronounced in “on.”
Thus, following Arabic grammatical
rules, the six vowel forms maybe illustrated in how a common noun, such as bab
(door), maybe written and pronounced as baba, baban, babi, babin, babu, and
babun.
While all these six vowel
forms are written in the Arabic text of the Holy Quran, not all of them are
pronounced in recitation, particularly at the end of each verse. However, they
maybe pronounced when several verses are continuously recited.
Arabic written words are mainly
composed of consonants, vowels are added as symbols over or under a letter, as
in the case of the text of the Holy Quran. However, in books and written media,
only basic consonants and essential vowels are written as letters. No vowel
symbols are added, as it is expected from an average educated Arabic speaker to
know how to pronounce the words without vowel symbols.
Underlined letters in the
above Quran transliteration
Some Arabic letters and sounds have
no counterparts in the English alphabet and the English phonetic transcription.
There are nine Arabic sounds which have no equivalence in the English alphabet.
These are ( ح خ ص ض ط
ظ ع غ ق
). Throughout the chapters of this book, the closest English letters to these
Arabic letters are underlined, in order to tell readers that these are
pronounced differently in Arabic. Thus, the closest sounds expressing the
Arabic letters in parentheses, from right to left, are (h, kh, s, dh, t, tdh,
a, gh, q). However, underlining them as (h, kh, s, dh,
t, tdh, a, gh, q) conveys the message that
these are different from the English sounds expressed by the letters of the
English alphabet.
The Arabic letter and sound of Tha (
ث ) does not have an equivalent letter in English. Therefore, it
is transliterated by the two underlined English letters "th"
to indicate that this is just one Arabic letter and sound. This is the case of
the sound pronounced at the beginning of the English word
"three."
Another example is that of the
Arabic letter and sound of Dhal ( ذ ), which is transliterated by the two
underlined English letters / dh / to indicate that this is just one
Arabic letter and sound. This is the case of the sound pronounced at the
beginning of the English word "that."
This method of underlining these
letters is used in seven of the above-mentioned nine Arabic letters. However,
for the other two Arabic letters expressed by the / h / and / a / sounds, an
apostrophe before the letter is used, for each one of them to become / 'h / and
/ 'a / respectively. Using an apostrophe instead of underling a letter is for
practical reasons only. First, these two letters are more frequently used than
the other letters in the list. Second, it is easier to use the apostrophe on
keyboards than adding underlining after writing.
As an example, an apostrophe is used
before the English letter / a / to express the eighteenth letter of the Arabic
alphabet / 'ayn /, as in the case of the transliteration of the Good Name of
God, Al-'Azeez.
As an example, an apostrophe is used
before the English letter / a / to express the eighteenth letter of the Arabic
alphabet / 'ayn /, as in the case of the transliteration of the Good Name of
God, Al-'Azeez, the 16th on
the list published in Chapter 16, "Allah, As He Described Himself in the
Holy Quran."
An apostrophe is also used before
the English letter / h / to express the sixth letter of the Arabic alphabet /
'ha /, as in the case of the transliteration of the Good Name of God, Al-A'had,
the 79th on the same list
The above usage of an
apostrophe to help express the Arabic sound / 'a / may not be enough if the
sound occurs at the end of a word, such as in the case of the Good Name of God,
"Al-Samee'u," which is the 40th on the list. This Good
Name of God is pronounced as "Al-Samee' " without conjugation.
However, if the sound / 'a / occurs at the end of the word, the pronunciation
may become distorted as / as-samee'a / instead of / as-samee ' /. As a solution,
this author is using the conjugated form of the noun as a subject to become /
as-samee'u /, the closest to the Arabic pronunciation.
====================================================================
Appendix 2
من
قصار السور
التي تتلى بعد
الفاتحة في
الصلاة
Some Short Suras (Holy Quran Chapters), Which May Be Recited After Al-Fati'ha in
Prayer
سُوۡرَةُ الإخْلَّاصِ
بِسۡمِ ٱللهِ
ٱلرَّحۡمَـٰنِ
ٱلرَّحِيمِ
قُلْ
هُوَ اللَّهُ
أَحَدٌ ﴿١﴾ اللَّهُ
الصَّمَدُ ﴿٢﴾ لَمْ
يَلِدْ
وَلَمْ
يُولَدْ ﴿٣﴾ وَلَمْ
يَكُن لَّهُ
كُفُوًا
أَحَدٌ ﴿٤﴾ (الإخْلَّاصُ
، 112: 1-4).
Surat Al-Ikhlas (Transliteration
of Chapter 112 of the Holy Quran):
Bismil lahir ra’hmanir ra’heem
1. Qul hual lahu a’had
2. Allahus Samad
3. Lam yalid wa lam youlad
4. Wa lam yakun lahu kufwan
a’had
***
Soorat Al-Ikhlas (Translation
of Chapter 112 of the Holy Quran):
In the name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful
Say: He (is) Allah,
(the) One; (1)
Allah (is) the Eternal;
(2)
He did not beget (give
birth) and He was not begotten (given birth to); (3)
And there has never been anyone
equal to Him (4) (Al-Ikhlas, 112: 1-4).
==========================================================================
سُوۡرَةُ
الفَلَق
بِسۡمِ
ٱللهِ
ٱلرَّحۡمَـٰنِ
ٱلرَّحِيمِ
قُلْ
أَعُوذُ
بِرَبِّ
الْفَلَقِ ﴿١﴾ مِن
شَرِّ مَا
خَلَقَ ﴿٢﴾ وَمِن
شَرِّ
غَاسِقٍ
إِذَا وَقَبَ ﴿٣﴾
وَمِن شَرِّ
النَّفَّاثَاتِ
فِي الْعُقَدِ
﴿٤﴾ وَمِن
شَرِّ
حَاسِدٍ
إِذَا حَسَدَ ﴿٥﴾ (الْفَلَقُ
، 113: 105).
Surat Al-Falaq (Transliteration
of Chapter 113 of the Holy Quran):
Bismil lahir ra’hmanir ra’heem
1. Qul a‘oudthu birabil falaq
2. Min sharri ma khalaq
3. Wa min sharri ghasiqin idtha
waqab
4. Wa min sharrin naffathati fil
‘uqad
5. Wa min sharri ‘hasidin idtha
‘hasad
***
Surat Al-Falaq (Translation of
Chapter 113 of the Holy Quran):
In the name of Allah,
the Beneficent, the Merciful
Say: I seek refuge with
the Lord of the dawn (daybreak), (1)
From the evil (done) by
those He created; (2)
And from the evil of
night darkness as it overspreads; (3)
And from the evil of
tied knots (of witchcraft or plots); (4)
And from the evil of the
envious when he envies. (5)
(Al-Falaq, 113: 1-5).
==========================================================================
سُوۡرَةُ
النَّاس
بِسۡمِ
ٱللهِ
ٱلرَّحۡمَـٰنِ
ٱلرَّحِيمِ
قُلْ
أَعُوذُ
بِرَبِّ
النَّاسِ ﴿١﴾
مَلِكِ
النَّاسِ ﴿٢﴾
إِلَٰهِ
النَّاسِ ﴿٣﴾
مِن شَرِّ
الْوَسْوَاسِ
الْخَنَّاسِ ﴿٤﴾
الَّذِي
يُوَسْوِسُ
فِي صُدُورِ
النَّاسِ ﴿٥﴾
مِنَ
الْجِنَّةِ
وَالنَّاسِ ﴿٦﴾ (النَّاسُ
، 114: 1-6).
Surat Al-Nas, pronounced
as an-nas (Transliteration of Chapter 114 of the Holy Quran):
Bismil lahir ra’hmanir ra’heem
1. Qul a’oudthu birabin nas
2. Malikin nas
3. Ilahin nas
4. Min sharril waswasil khannas
5. Alladthi yuwas wise fi sudourin nas
6. Minal jinnati wannas
***
Surat Al-Nas,
pronounced as an-nas (Translation of Chapter 114 of the Holy Quran):
In the name of Allah,
the Beneficent, the Merciful
Say: I seek refuge with
the Lord of the people (humankind), (1)
King of the people (humankind),
(2)
God of the people
(humankind), (3)
From the evil of the
whisperer (the devil), the silent (who shuts up when people remember God by
reciting these verses and others from the Holy Quran) (4)
Who whispers into the
hearts of the people (5)
(Both) the Jinn and the
humans (6) (Al-Nas, 114: 1-6)
Note: The Jinn are invisible non-human,
intelligent creatures. Some of them are Muslims but others are not.
Giving Charity, Zakat, the Third Islamic Duty
***
إيتَاءُ
الزَّكَاةِ
كَحَقٍ
لِلْفُقَرَاءِ
عَلَى
الأغْنِيَاءِ
***
أعوذُ
باللهِ منَ
الشيطانِ
الرجيم
بِسْمِ
اللَّـهِ
الرَّحْمَـٰنِ
الرَّحِيمِ
I seek refuge with God
from the Stoned Shaytan
In the name of Allah,
the Beneficent, the Merciful
وَالَّذِينَ
فِي
أَمْوَالِهِمْ
حَقٌّ مَّعْلُومٌ
﴿٢٤﴾
لِّلسَّائِلِ
وَالْمَحْرُومِ
﴿٢٥﴾ (الْمَعَارِجُ
، 70: 24-25).
And those within whose wealth is a known
right (24) For the petitioner and the
deprived (25)
(Al-Ma’arij, 70: 24-25).
***
Introduction
Giving charity (Zakat) is the third
Islamic duty, or way of worship (‘ibada,عبادة ), after the proclamation of faith and
the establishment of prayer. The Holy Quran and the 'Hadeeth tell us that
the Arabic word “zakat” means “purification” of the human self of stinginess
(59: 9), of hoarding (3: 180), and of contamination (9: 103). [196]
The word "Zakat" is
a noun derived from the verb "zakka," which is mentioned with its
various forms in the Holy Quran. The word "zakat" is mentioned as a
noun 32 times. In 26 times of them, it is mentioned following the Command
of establishing prayer. Two other forms of the verb "Zakka" (tazakka
and yatazakka) are also mentioned with the Command of establishing prayer, in
the same verse. [197]
This
chapter includes verses dealing with the topic of giving charity (Zakat),
particularly those related to this way of worship (‘ibada) as a God's Command,
believers' duty, meaning, beneficiaries, rewards for givers, punishment to the
miserly, the rationale for giving charity, benefits to society, charity rules, and how it is operationalized.
However, there’s no claim that this chapter covers various aspects of this
topic. In particular, readers are advised to seek for professional
operationalization of how much they are required to spend annually, as their
charity (Zakat) giving.
1. The Command of Giving Charity (Zakat)
Allah,
praise to Him, has
commanded Muslims to give charity (Zakat), as their third duty, or way of
worshipping Him. In most of the times, giving charity is mentioned in the Holy
Quran directly after mentioning the establishment of prayer, as in the
following three verses.
وَأَقِيمُوا
الصَّلَاةَ وَآتُوا
الزَّكَاةَ وَارْكَعُوا
مَعَ
الرَّاكِعِينَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 43).
And
establish prayer, give charity, and bow
with those who bow (in worship) (Al-Baqara, 2: 43).
وَأَقِيمُوا
الصَّلَاةَ وَآتُوا
الزَّكَاةَ وَمَا
تُقَدِّمُوا
لِأَنفُسِكُم
مِّنْ خَيْرٍ
تَجِدُوهُ
عِندَ
اللَّـهِ ۗ
إِنَّ اللَّـهَ
بِمَا
تَعْمَلُونَ
بَصِيرٌ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 110).
And
establish prayer, give charity, and
whatever good you put forward for yourselves you will find it with Allah.
Indeed, Allah is Seeing of what you do (Al-Baqara, 2: 110).
وَأَقِيمُوا
الصَّلَاةَ وَآتُوا
الزَّكَاةَ
وَأَطِيعُوا
الرَّسُولَ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تُرْحَمُونَ (النُّورُ
، 24: 56).
And
establish prayer, give charity, and obey the Messenger, that you may
receive mercy (Al-Noor, 24: 56).
2. Giving Charity (Zakat): The Third Duty (Way of Worship) mandated on Believers
In addition to being the third Islamic duty
(way of worship), giving charity (Zakat) was also mandated on believers, before
the mission of the Final Messenger of Allah, Mu’hammed, pbbuh, as stated in the
following verses:
إِنَّمَا وَلِيُّكُمُ اللَّـهُ وَرَسُولُهُ وَالَّذِينَ آمَنُوا الَّذِينَ يُقِيمُونَ الصَّلَاةَ وَيُؤْتُونَ الزَّكَاةَ وَهُمْ رَاكِعُونَ (الْمِائِدَةُ ، 5: 55).
Your
patron is Allah, (then) His Messenger, and (then) those who have believed - who
establish prayer, give charity, and bow
(in worship) (Al-Ma-ida, 5: 55).
وَالْمُؤْمِنُونَ
وَالْمُؤْمِنَاتُ
بَعْضُهُمْ
أَوْلِيَاءُ
بَعْضٍ يَأْمُرُونَ
بِالْمَعْرُوفِ
وَيَنْهَوْنَ
عَنِ الْمُنكَرِ
وَيُقِيمُونَ
الصَّلَاةَ وَيُؤْتُونَ
الزَّكَاةَ وَيُطِيعُونَ
اللَّـهَ
وَرَسُولَهُ أُولَـٰئِكَ
سَيَرْحَمُهُمُ
اللَّـهُ إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ
عَزِيزٌ
حَكِيمٌ (التَّوْبَةُ
، 9: 71).
The
believing men and believing women are patrons to one another. They enjoin what
is right, forbid what is wrong, establish prayer, give
charity, and obey Allah and His Messenger - those whom Allah will
have mercy upon. Indeed, Allah is Exalted in Might and Wise (Al-Tawba, 9:
71).
قَالَ
إِنِّي
عَبْدُ
اللَّهِ
آتَانِيَ الْكِتَابَ
وَجَعَلَنِي
نَبِيًّا ﴿٣٠﴾
وَجَعَلَنِي
مُبَارَكًا
أَيْنَ مَا
كُنتُ وَأَوْصَانِي
بِالصَّلَاةِ
وَالزَّكَاةِ
مَا دُمْتُ
حَيًّا ﴿٣١﴾ (مَرْيَمُ ، 19: 30-31).
(‘Eisa, Jesus) said: “I am
a worshipper of Allah, Who has given me the Book and has made me a Prophet (30)
And He has made me blessed wherever I am, and has enjoined upon me prayer and charity, as long as I remain alive” (Maryam, 19: 30-31).
وَاذْكُرْ
فِي
الْكِتَابِ
إِسْمَاعِيلَ إِنَّهُ
كَانَ
صَادِقَ
الْوَعْدِ
وَكَانَ رَسُولًا
نَّبِيًّا ﴿٥٤﴾
وَكَانَ
يَأْمُرُ
أَهْلَهُ
بِالصَّلَاةِ
وَالزَّكَاةِ
وَكَانَ
عِندَ
رَبِّهِ
مَرْضِيًّا ﴿٥٥﴾ (مَرْيَمُ
، 19: 54- 55).
And
mention in the Book, Ismail (Ishmael). Indeed, he was true to his promise, and
he was a messenger and a prophet. (54) And he used to enjoin on his people prayer
and charity, and his Lord was
pleased with him (55) (Maryam, 19: 55-56).
وَوَهَبْنَا
لَهُ
إِسْحَاقَ
وَيَعْقُوبَ نَافِلَةً وَكُلًّا
جَعَلْنَا
صَالِحِينَ ﴿٧٢﴾
وَجَعَلْنَاهُمْ
أَئِمَّةً
يَهْدُونَ بِأَمْرِنَا
وَأَوْحَيْنَا
إِلَيْهِمْ
فِعْلَ
الْخَيْرَاتِ
وَإِقَامَ
الصَّلَاةِ وَإِيتَاءَ
الزَّكَاةِ وَكَانُوا
لَنَا
عَابِدِينَ ﴿٧٣﴾ (الأنْبِيَاءُ
، 21: 72- 73).
And
We gave him Is'haq (Isaac) and Ya'acoob (Jacob) in addition, and We made both
(of them) righteous. (72) And We made
them leaders, guiding by Our command. And We inspired to them the doing of good
deeds, establishment of prayer, and giving of
charity. And they were worshippers of Us. (73) (Al-Anbiya, 21: 72-73).
3. Meaning of Giving Charity (Zakat)
Allah,
praise to Him (sub’hanahu wa ta’ala), commanded His worshippers to spend for
His sake, as this disinfects and purifies them (Al-Tawba, 9: 103). It is
noteworthy that this verse describes charity as "Sadaqah," a
derivative of the verb “tasaddaqa,” which is mentioned together with its
derivatives 19 times in the Holy Quran. However, Allah, praise to Him, chose to describe the act of
giving charity, in general, as "Zakat," which means
"purification" in Arabic. So, giving charity purifies the human self
(which is part of the soul) of its shortcomings, as it elevates humans to a
higher level of compassion and kindness, in which they care about other human
beings, who are less fortunate for a reason or another. In addition to being purified by giving charity
(Zakat), the human self can also be purified by learning from God's Book, and
by following His Commands, as stated in the following verses. [198]
كَمَا
أَرْسَلْنَا
فِيكُمْ
رَسُولًا
مِّنكُمْ
يَتْلُو
عَلَيْكُمْ
آيَاتِنَا وَيُزَكِّيكُمْ
وَيُعَلِّمُكُمُ
الْكِتَابَ
وَالْحِكْمَةَ
وَيُعَلِّمُكُم
مَّا لَمْ
تَكُونُوا تَعْلَمُونَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 151).
We
also have sent among you a messenger from yourselves, reciting to you Our
verses, purifying you, and teaching you
the Book, the wisdom, and teaching you that which you did not know (Al-Baqara,
2: 151).
خُذْ
مِنْ
أَمْوَالِهِمْ
صَدَقَةً
تُطَهِّرُهُمْ
وَتُزَكِّيهِم
بِهَا
وَصَلِّ
عَلَيْهِمْ إِنَّ
صَلَاتَكَ
سَكَنٌ
لَّهُمْ وَاللَّـهُ
سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ (التَّوْبَةُ
، 9: 103).
(O, Muhammad)! Take from
their wealth a charity, which disinfects
them and purifies them, and pray for them
(call Allah to bless them). Indeed, your prayer is peace (tranquility) for
them. And Allah is Hearing and Knowing (Al-Tawba, 9:
103).
وَمَن تَزَكَّىٰ
فَإِنَّمَا يَتَزَكَّىٰ
لِنَفْسِهِ وَإِلَى
اللَّـهِ
الْمَصِيرُ (فَاطِرُ
، 35: 18).
And whoever purifies himself (by giving charity and by being
close to Allah), he only purifies himself
for (the benefit of) his soul. And to Allah is the (final) destination (Fatir,
35: 18).
قُل
لِّلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
يَغُضُّوا
مِنْ أَبْصَارِهِمْ
وَيَحْفَظُوا
فُرُوجَهُمْ ذَٰلِكَ
أَزْكَىٰ
لَهُمْ إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ
خَبِيرٌ
بِمَا يَصْنَعُونَ (النُّورُ ، 24: 30).
Tell
the believing men to lower their gaze and guard their private parts. That is purer for them. Indeed, Allah is Acquainted with
what they do (Al-Noor, 24: 30).
يَا
يَحْيَىٰ
خُذِ
الْكِتَابَ
بِقُوَّةٍ وَآتَيْنَاهُ
الْحُكْمَ
صَبِيًّا ﴿١٢﴾ وَحَنَانًا
مِّن
لَّدُنَّا وَزَكَاةً وَكَانَ
تَقِيًّا (مَرْيَمُ
، 19: 12- 13).
(Allah said): "O
Ya'hya (John)! Take (learn) the Scripture with determination." And We gave
him (good) judgment (while yet) a boy (12) And (We gave him) affection from Us and zakat (purity), and he was righteous (Maryam, 19:
12-13).
قَالَ
إِنَّمَا
أَنَا
رَسُولُ
رَبِّكِ لِأَهَبَ
لَكِ غُلَامًا
زَكِيًّا (مَرْيَمُ
، 19: 19).
(The Angel) said (to
Maryam, Mary): "I am only the messenger of your Lord, to give you a pure boy (Maryam, 19: 19).
قَدْ
أَفْلَحَ مَن زَكَّاهَا
(الشَّمْسُ
، 91: 9).
He
has succeeded who purifies it (the self)
(Al-Shams, 91: 9).
الَّذِي
يُؤْتِي
مَالَهُ يَتَزَكَّىٰ
(اللَّيْلُ
، 92: 18).
(The
righteous is the one) who gives (from) his wealth to purify himself (Al-Layl, 92: 18).
4. Beneficiaries: To Whom Charity (Zakat) Should Be Given?
The
beneficiaries of charity (Zakat) are mentioned as twelve categories of people.
These are the poor, the needy, the deprived, relatives, orphans, needy
travelers, those who ask for help (petitioners), for freeing slaves and
captives, for those in debt, for bringing hearts together (support for new
Muslims), those employed to collect it, and for the cause of Allah, as stated
in verses 9: 60, 70: 24-25, and 2: 177, as follows:
إِنَّمَا
الصَّدَقَاتُ
لِلْفُقَرَاءِ
وَالْمَسَاكِينِ
وَالْعَامِلِينَ
عَلَيْهَا وَالْمُؤَلَّفَةِ
قُلُوبُهُمْ وَفِي
الرِّقَابِ وَالْغَارِمِينَ
وَفِي
سَبِيلِ
اللَّـهِ
وَابْنِ
السَّبِيلِ فَرِيضَةً
مِّنَ
اللَّـهِ وَاللَّـهُ
عَلِيمٌ
حَكِيمٌ (التَّوْبَةُ
، 9: 60).
Charity
expenditures are for the poor,
the needy, those employed to collect it,
bringing hearts together (for Islam), freeing captives (or slaves),
those in debt, the cause of Allah,
and the (needy) traveler - an obligation (imposed) by Allah. And Allah
is Knowing and Wise (Al-Tawba, 9: 60).
وَالَّذِينَ
فِي
أَمْوَالِهِمْ
حَقٌّ مَّعْلُومٌ
﴿٢٤﴾ لِّلسَّائِلِ
وَالْمَحْرُومِ
﴿٢٥﴾ (الْمَعَارِجُ
، 70: 24-25).
And
those within whose wealth is a known right (24) For the petitioner
and the deprived - (25) (Al-Ma'arij, 70: 24-25).
لَّيْسَ
الْبِرَّ أَن
تُوَلُّوا
وُجُوهَكُمْ
قِبَلَ
الْمَشْرِقِ
وَالْمَغْرِبِ
وَلَـٰكِنَّ
الْبِرَّ
مَنْ آمَنَ
بِاللَّـهِ
وَالْيَوْمِ
الْآخِرِ
وَالْمَلَائِكَةِ
وَالْكِتَابِ
وَالنَّبِيِّينَ
وَآتَى
الْمَالَ
عَلَىٰ
حُبِّهِ ذَوِي
الْقُرْبَىٰ وَالْيَتَامَىٰ
وَالْمَسَاكِينَ
وَابْنَ
السَّبِيلِ وَالسَّائِلِينَ
وَفِي
الرِّقَابِ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 177).
Righteousness
is not that you turn your faces toward the east or the west, but righteousness
is (in) one who believes in Allah, the Last Day, the angels, the Book, and the
prophets, and gives wealth, in spite of love for it, to relatives, orphans, the needy, the traveler, those
who ask (for help), and for freeing slaves (Al-Baqara, 2: 177).
5. Rewards for Charity (Zakat) Givers
Believers
who give charity (Zakat) will have great rewards from their Lord, in this life and in the hereafter. They
will be compensated for their spending in the sake of Allah, during their first
life on Earth. However, the greater rewards will be in the hereafter, which
will include an everlasting life in Paradise, enjoying God's Mercy, and
avoiding His punishment in the Hell Fire, as stated in the following
verses:
إِنَّ
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
وَعَمِلُوا
الصَّالِحَاتِ
وَأَقَامُوا
الصَّلَاةَ
وَآتَوُا
الزَّكَاةَ
لَهُمْ
أَجْرُهُمْ
عِندَ
رَبِّهِمْ
وَلَا خَوْفٌ
عَلَيْهِمْ
وَلَا هُمْ
يَحْزَنُونَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 277).
Indeed,
those who have believed, do righteous deeds, establish prayer, and give charity (zakat) will have their reward with
their Lord, and there will be no fear concerning them, nor will they
grieve (Al-Baqara, 2: 277).
وَسَيُجَنَّبُهَا
الْأَتْقَى ﴿١٧﴾
الَّذِي
يُؤْتِي
مَالَهُ يَتَزَكَّىٰ
﴿١٨﴾ (اللَّيْلُ
، 92: 18).
But
the righteous one will avoid it (the Fire) (17) who gives (from) his wealth to purify himself (18) (Al-Layl, 92: 18).
لَّـٰكِنِ
الرَّاسِخُونَ
فِي
الْعِلْمِ مِنْهُمْ
وَالْمُؤْمِنُونَ
يُؤْمِنُونَ
بِمَا
أُنزِلَ
إِلَيْكَ
وَمَا
أُنزِلَ مِن قَبْلِكَ وَالْمُقِيمِينَ
الصَّلَاةَ وَالْمُؤْتُونَ
الزَّكَاةَ وَالْمُؤْمِنُونَ
بِاللَّـهِ
وَالْيَوْمِ
الْآخِرِ
أُولَـٰئِكَ
سَنُؤْتِيهِمْ
أَجْرًا
عَظِيمًا (النِّسَاءُ
، 4: 162).
But
those (who are) firm in knowledge among them, and the believers, believe in
what has been revealed to you (O Muhammad), and what was revealed before you.
And the establishers of prayer, the givers of
charity (zakat), and the believers in Allah and the Last Day - those
We will give a great reward (Al-Nisa, 4: 162).
وَاكْتُبْ
لَنَا فِي
هَـٰذِهِ
الدُّنْيَا حَسَنَةً
وَفِي
الْآخِرَةِ
إِنَّا
هُدْنَا إِلَيْكَ قَالَ
عَذَابِي
أُصِيبُ بِهِ
مَنْ
أَشَاءُ وَرَحْمَتِي
وَسِعَتْ
كُلَّ شَيْءٍ فَسَأَكْتُبُهَا
لِلَّذِينَ
يَتَّقُونَ
وَيُؤْتُونَ
الزَّكَاةَ وَالَّذِينَ
هُم
بِآيَاتِنَا
يُؤْمِنُونَ (الأعْرِافُ
، 7: 156).
And
decree for us a good (life) in this world and in the Hereafter. Indeed, we have
turned back to You. (Allah) said: "I afflict My punishment on whom I will,
but My mercy encompasses all things." So, I will decree it for those who
are righteous, (who) give charity (zakat),
and those who believe in Our verses (Al-A'araf, 7: 156).
جَنَّاتُ
عَدْنٍ
تَجْرِي مِن
تَحْتِهَا الْأَنْهَارُ
خَالِدِينَ
فِيهَا وَذَٰلِكَ
جَزَاءُ مَن تَزَكَّىٰ (طَهَ
، 20: 76).
(There are) gardens of
perpetual residence beneath which rivers flow, wherein they abide eternally,
and that is the reward of (the one) who purifies
himself (Ta-Ha, 20: 76).
الَّذِينَ
إِن
مَّكَّنَّاهُمْ
فِي الْأَرْضِ
أَقَامُوا
الصَّلَاةَ
وَآتَوُا
الزَّكَاةَ
وَأَمَرُوا
بِالْمَعْرُوفِ
وَنَهَوْا عَنِ
الْمُنكَرِ وَلِلَّـهِ
عَاقِبَةُ
الْأُمُورِ (الْحَجُّ
، 22: 41).
Those
who, if We give them authority on the land, establish prayer, give charity (zakat), enjoin what is right, and
forbid what is wrong. And to Allah belongs the outcome of (all)
matters (Al-'Haj, 22: 41).
وَمَا
آتَيْتُم
مِّن رِّبًا
لِّيَرْبُوَ
فِي
أَمْوَالِ
النَّاسِ
فَلَا
يَرْبُو عِندَ
اللَّـهِ وَمَا
آتَيْتُم
مِّن زَكَاةٍ
تُرِيدُونَ
وَجْهَ
اللَّـهِ
فَأُولَـٰئِكَ
هُمُ
الْمُضْعِفُونَ (الرُّومُ
، 30: 39).
And
whatever you give for interest to increase within the wealth of people will not
increase with Allah. But what you give in charity
(zakat), desiring the countenance of Allah - those are the
multipliers (of rewards) (Al-Room, 30: 39).
وَمَا
أَنفَقْتُم
مِّن شَيْءٍ
فَهُوَ يُخْلِفُهُ
ۖ وَهُوَ
خَيْرُ
الرَّازِقِينَ
(سَبَأُ
، 34: 39).
…
whatever thing you spend (for the sake of Allah), He will compensate it (for
you), and He is the Best of Providers" (Saba, 34:
39).
6. Punishment for Not Giving Charity (Zakat)
Those
who are capable to give charity (Zakat), but do not do so, will be punished in
the Hell Fire, by searing (burning) their body with the heated gold and silver,
(which) they horded and denied the less fortunate from, as stated in verses 41:
6-7 and 9: 34-35.
قُلْ
إِنَّمَا
أَنَا بَشَرٌ
مِّثْلُكُمْ
يُوحَىٰ
إِلَيَّ
أَنَّمَا
إِلَـٰهُكُمْ
إِلَـٰهٌ
وَاحِدٌ
فَاسْتَقِيمُوا
إِلَيْهِ وَاسْتَغْفِرُوهُ وَوَيْلٌ لِّلْمُشْرِكِينَ
﴿٦﴾
الَّذِينَ لَا
يُؤْتُونَ
الزَّكَاةَ وَهُم
بِالْآخِرَةِ
هُمْ
كَافِرُونَ ﴿٧﴾
(فُصِّلَتْ
، 41: 6- 7).
Say
(O Muhammad): "I am only a human like you, to whom it has been revealed
that your God is One God. So, take a straight course to Him and seek for His
forgiveness." And woe to those who
associate others with Him - (6) those, who do not
give charity (zakat), and in the Hereafter they are disbelievers (7) (Fussilat, 41: 7).
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
إِنَّ كَثِيرًا
مِّنَ
الْأَحْبَارِ
وَالرُّهْبَانِ
لَيَأْكُلُونَ
أَمْوَالَ
النَّاسِ
بِالْبَاطِلِ
وَيَصُدُّونَ
عَن سَبِيلِ
اللَّـهِ وَالَّذِينَ
يَكْنِزُونَ
الذَّهَبَ وَالْفِضَّةَ
وَلَا
يُنفِقُونَهَا
فِي سَبِيلِ
اللَّـهِ فَبَشِّرْهُم
بِعَذَابٍ
أَلِيمٍ ﴿٣٤﴾
يَوْمَ
يُحْمَىٰ
عَلَيْهَا
فِي نَارِ
جَهَنَّمَ
فَتُكْوَىٰ
بِهَا
جِبَاهُهُمْ
وَجُنُوبُهُمْ
وَظُهُورُهُمْ هَـٰذَا
مَا كَنَزْتُمْ
لِأَنفُسِكُمْ
فَذُوقُوا
مَا كُنتُمْ
تَكْنِزُونَ ﴿٣٥﴾ (التَّوْبَةُ
، 9: 34-35).
O
you who have believed, indeed many of the rabbis and the monks devour the
wealth of people unjustly and avert (people) from the way of Allah. And those
who hoard gold and silver, and do not spend it in the way of Allah - give them tidings of a painful punishment. (34)
The
Day when it (the bullion of gold and silver) will be heated in the fire of
Hell, to sear (burn) their foreheads, their flanks, and their backs. (Iit will be said): "This is what you hoarded for
yourselves. So, taste what you used to hoard." (35) (Al-Tawba, 9: 34-35).
7. Rationale for Giving Charity (Zakat)
Allah,
praise to Him, is the
Merciful and the Beneficent, who benefits all of His creations, as He described
Himself in the Holy Quran. By commanding believers to give charity (Zakat) and
care for each-other, He wants them to be like Him in His giving and generosity
to all of His creation, which benefits them in various ways.
First, all of God's commands to humans aim at
benefiting them as individuals, groups, communities, and as a world. While
cleanliness of wudu, movements of prayers, and fasting bring direct benefits to
the human body and self, giving charity brings benefits to the human self too.
This happens as a result of purifying and elevating it to a higher level of
compassion, thus contributing to the self-content and its
internal peace. Knowing that giving Zakat brings them closer to
their Lord, believers become assured of the everlasting
gratification in the hereafter, which contributes to their contentment and happiness,
during their life on Earth.
Second, Allah, praise to Him, made giving charity (Zakat) a right for the needy in the wealth of
the wealthy, as stated in verses 70: 24-25 and 6: 141. This right
stems from the fact that the success of individuals is not just dependent on
their personal characteristics. Rather, many other people and circumstances
contribute to their success, such as the blessing of being raised in a
functional family and a functional community, both of which provide them with
the right health care, education, and security. Thus, giving charity (Zakat) is
an act of giving back to the community some of what an individual takes from
it. It's a right for the needy in the wealth of those who are better off.
وَالَّذِينَ
فِي
أَمْوَالِهِمْ
حَقٌّ مَّعْلُومٌ
﴿٢٤﴾
لِّلسَّائِلِ
وَالْمَحْرُومِ
﴿٢٥﴾ (الْمَعَارِجُ
، 70: 24-25).
And
those within whose wealth is a known right (24) For the petitioner and the deprived - (25) (Al-Ma'arij, 70: 24-25).
كُلُوا
مِن ثَمَرِهِ
إِذَا
أَثْمَرَ وَآتُوا
حَقَّهُ يَوْمَ
حَصَادِهِ وَلَا
تُسْرِفُوا إِنَّهُ
لَا يُحِبُّ
الْمُسْرِفِينَ (الأنْعَامُ
، 6: 141).
Eat
of its fruit when it yields, give its due (charity)
on the day of its harvest, and do not be wasteful (excessive). Indeed, He does
not like those who are wasteful (commit excess) (Al-An'am, 6: 141).
The
same meaning is also mentioned in the following Hadith of the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, about God's
command for rulers to take charity from the wealthy and give it to the
poor:
وعَنْ
ابنِ عباسٍ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهما ، أنَّ
النبيَ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ ،
بعثَ مُعاذاً
، رضيَ اللهُ عنهُ
، إلى اليمنِ
، فقالَ (لَهُ):
"...
فأعلِمْهُم
أنَّ اللهَ
افترضَ
عليهِم صدقةً
في أموالِهِم
، تُؤخذُ مِنْ
أغنيائِهِم ، وتُرَدُّ
على
فقرائِهِم."
Companion
Ibn ‘Abbas, mAbpwt both, said that when the Prophet, pbbuh, sent (his companion) Mu'adth, to
Yemen, he said to him: "Inform them that Allah has ordained Charity on them, from their wealth, to be taken
from their wealthy, to be returned to their poor." [199]
Third, as an act of social
solidarity, giving charity (Zakat)
contributes to more stability and prosperity in society, as the needy know and
feel that they are not abandoned and left behind, as mentioned in one of the
Prophet’s ‘Hadeeths, pbbuh.
عن
النعمان بن
بشير ، رضي
الله عنهما ،
أنهُ قالَ ،
قالَ رسولُ
اللهِ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسلَّمَ: "مَثَلُ
الْمُؤْمِنِينَ
فِي
تَوَادِّهِمْ
وَتَرَاحُمِهِمْ
وَتَعَاطُفِهِمْ
، مَثَلُ
الْجَسَدِ ،
إِذَا
اشْتَكَى
مِنْهُ
عُضْوٌ
تَدَاعَى لَهُ
سَائِرُ
الْجَسَدِ
بِالسَّهَرِ
وَالْحُمَّى."
Companion
Al-Nu’man Bin (son of) Bisher, mAbpw them, said that the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, said: “The example of believers in their love, mercy, and sympathy
towards one-another is like (organs of) the body. When one organ is hurting,
other organs are affected too, with sleeplessness and fever.” [200]
However,
instability and disorder may occur in societies where the wealthy deny this
right of the poor, who may react to this denial by participation in riots,
upheavals, and revolutions. This may harm society as a whole, not just the
oppressors, as stated in verse 8: 25.
وَاتَّقُوا
فِتْنَةً
لَّا
تُصِيبَنَّ
الَّذِينَ
ظَلَمُوا
مِنكُمْ خَاصَّةً وَاعْلَمُوا
أَنَّ
اللَّـهَ شَدِيدُ
الْعِقَابِ (الأنْفَالُ
، 8: 25).
And
avoid an upheaval (trial), which will not strike those who have transgressed,
among you exclusively, and know that Allah is severe in penalty (Al-Anfal, 8:
25).
Fourth, when charity (Zakat) is given, it benefits
recipients directly, as it enables them to buy the goods and services which
they need. However, it benefits society as a whole, with its multiplier effects
on the providers, administrators, middlemen, retailers, sellers, and other
buyers. Thus, the act of giving multiplies several times in its benefits to
society. Therefore, Allah, praise to Him, promised givers multiple rewards in
response to the multiple benefits they give to society, as mentioned in verse
2: 261.
مَّثَلُ
الَّذِينَ
يُنفِقُونَ
أَمْوَالَهُمْ
فِي سَبِيلِ
اللَّـهِ كَمَثَلِ
حَبَّةٍ
أَنبَتَتْ
سَبْعَ سَنَابِلَ
فِي كُلِّ
سُنبُلَةٍ
مِّائَةُ
حَبَّةٍ ۗ
وَاللَّـهُ
يُضَاعِفُ
لِمَن
يَشَاءُ ۗ وَاللَّـهُ
وَاسِعٌ
عَلِيمٌ
(الْبَقَرَةُ ، 2: 261).
The
example of those who spend their wealth in the way of Allah is like a seed [of
grain] which grows seven spikes; in each spike is a hundred grains. And Allah
multiplies [His reward] for whom He wills. And Allah is all-Encompassing and
Knowing (Al-Baqara, 2: 261).
Finally, if the
wealthy stop paying charity (Zakat) to the poor, wealth will be circulating
among the rich only. This is counterproductive, as it leads to less circulation
of capital, and consequently, less multiplier effects on local economies, and
on the global economy at large, as pointed in verse 59: 7.
كَيْ
لَا يَكُونَ
دُولَةً
بَيْنَ
الْأَغْنِيَاءِ
مِنكُمْ ۚ (الْحَشْرُ
، 59: 7).
…
So that (wealth) will not be a perpetual distribution among the rich from among
you (Al-‘Hashr, 59: 7).
8. God’s Commands for Muslims to Follow His Messenger’s Sunna (Clarifications
of Zakat, in this case)
Allah,
praise to Him, has commanded Muslims to worship Him through performing the five
mandatory duties (‘ibadat): Performing prayers, giving charity (Zakat), fasting
the month of Ramadhan, and making the pilgrimage to His House in Makkah if they
are capable to do so. However, He did not give details in His Book about how
they can perform these duties. This task of clarifying God's commands was given
to the Messenger of Allah, Muhammed, pbbuh (16: 44), who also taught them as he
was taught by the Angel Jibril (Gabriel), peace be to him (53: 5), about how
these ways of worship can be performed.
وَأَنزَلْنَا
إِلَيْكَ
الذِّكْرَ لِتُبَيِّنَ
لِلنَّاسِ
مَا نُزِّلَ
إِلَيْهِمْ وَلَعَلَّهُمْ
يَتَفَكَّرُونَ (النَّحْلُ
، 16: 44).
And We revealed
to you the message (the Holy Quran), that you may
make clear to the people what was sent down to them, and that they
might think (about its content) (Al-Na'hl, 16: 44).
عَلَّمَهُ
شَدِيدُ
الْقُوَىٰ (النَّجْمُ
، 53: 5).
(It was) Taught
to him by (the) one (who is) intense in strength
(Al-Najm, 53: 5).
Allah,
praise to Him, has also commanded Muslims to follow His Messenger's Sunna (his
sayings, acts, and approvals), particularly his explanation of God's commands,
and how to perform their duties. God's command to Muslims to follow His
Messenger's explanation and clarification of God’s commands are found in many
verses in the Holy Quran. Here are some of them:
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
أَطِيعُوا
اللَّـهَ
وَأَطِيعُوا
الرَّسُولَ (النِّسَاءُ
، 4: 59).
فَلَا
وَرَبِّكَ
لَا
يُؤْمِنُونَ
حَتَّىٰ يُحَكِّمُوكَ
فِيمَا
شَجَرَ
بَيْنَهُمْ (النِّسَاءُ
، 4: 65).
مَّن
يُطِعِ
الرَّسُولَ
فَقَدْ
أَطَاعَ اللَّـهَ (النِّسَاءُ
، 4: 80).
وَمَا
كَانَ
لِمُؤْمِنٍ
وَلَا
مُؤْمِنَةٍ إِذَا
قَضَى
اللَّـهُ
وَرَسُولُهُ
أَمْرًا أَن
يَكُونَ
لَهُمُ
الْخِيَرَةُ
مِنْ أَمْرِهِمْ (الأحْزَابُ
، 33: 36).
وَمَا
آتَاكُمُ
الرَّسُولُ
فَخُذُوهُ
وَمَا
نَهَاكُمْ
عَنْهُ
فَانتَهُوا (الْحَشْرُ
، 59: 7).
O You, who have
believed, obey Allah and obey the Messenger (Al-Nisa, 4: 59).
But no, by your
Lord, they will not (truly) believe until they make you (O Mu’hammed their)
judge concerning that over which they dispute (Al-Nisa, 4: 65).
He who obeys
the Messenger has obeyed Allah (Al-Nisa, 4: 80).
It is not for a
believing man or a believing woman, when Allah and His Messenger have decided a
matter, that they should have any choice about their affair (Al-A'hzab, 33:
36).
And
whatever (teaching) the Messenger has given you, take it; and what he has
forbidden you about, refrain from (Al-'Hashr, 59: 7).
9. Rules and
Operationalization of Charity (Zakat): How Much Should Be Given Away?
Thus,
the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh,
taught Muslims about how to pray, including the number of units (Rak'as) in
each prayer and what to recite in each movement. He also taught them about how
to fast, and about the specific rules and rituals of the pilgrimage
(Haj). Further, his teachings covered the amounts of charity (zakat) due
on each type of wealth people may have, including financial wealth, property,
agricultural products, as well as animals and their products.
Financial Wealth
The
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh,
taught Muslims that charity (Zakat) on financial wealth is 2.5%, whether the wealth is in gold, silver,
money, or in value of merchandise, estimated in money. It is due after saving a
minimum amount of wealth for a year (Nisab), according to the lunar
calendar, which is eleven days shorter than the solar calendar, as stated in verse
2: 189 and the ‘Hadeeth narrated by the Mother of Believers, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh. [201]
يَسْأَلُونَكَ
عَنِ
الْأَهِلَّةِ
ۖ قُلْ هِيَ
مَوَاقِيتُ
لِلنَّاسِ
وَالْحَجِّ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 189).
They ask you, (O Mu’hammed),
about the new crescents (of the moon). Say, "They are measurements of time
for the people and for Hajj (Al-Baqara, 2: 189).
Concerning the minimum amount of wealth for charity (zakat) to
be due (Nisab), it is twenty golden dinars or more, which is equivalent
to 85 grams of gold in our time. It is also 200 dirhams of silver or more,
which is equivalent to 559 grams of silver in our time. When a person has this
minimum amount of wealth or more, saved for a lunar year, he/she is obligated
to give away 2.5% of it, as a charity (zakat). [202]
The
Prophet, pbbuh, “used to take from every twenty dinars half a dinar and form
every forty dinars a dinar.” He used to
say: “Bring from every forty (golden) dirhams a dirham. You do not have to give
charity on any (silver) amount until you have two hundred dirhams. Then, give
five dirhams (on them), and so on.” [203]
Stocks, Merchandise, and Profit-Producing Property
The
main view of Islamic scholars on the charity (zakat) due on various kinds of
property, which are used to produce profit (Al-Mustaghallat), such as
factories, buildings, trucks, and airplanes, is 2.5% of the annual profit.
However, there is a minority view that the charity (zakat) should be calculated
of both the property market value and the annual profit a property produces,
together.
Charity
(Zakat) is also 2.5% due on the net value of raw materials, manufactured
commodities, traded money (as a commodity), commercial stocks, and stocks of
investment funds, after subtracting administrative costs. The exception is the
charity (Zakat) due on stocks of industrial companies, which is limited to 10%
of their profits. [204]
Agricultural Products
The
Prophet, pbbuh, specified the minimum amount of charity (zakat), due in
agricultural and animal products, in the ‘Hadeeth narrated by Companion Abu
Sa’eed Al-Khudri, mAbpwh, in which the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “No charity (zakat) is due on less
than five awsuqs (610 kilograms) of dates, or less than five awaqs of silver,
or less than five adult camels.” [205]
This
means that in the case of agricultural products, the minimum quantity for
giving charity (zakat) is five awsuqs. As each one of these awsuqs was
equivalent to a Saa’ (2,035 grams) at the time of the Prophet, pbbuh. Then,
the Nisab is three hundred Saa’s, which is equivalent to 610.000
grams (610 kilograms) of our time. There is no charity (zakat) in less than
that amount. [206]
If
agricultural products are produced without cost (by rain, or water from
springs, or any natural way without irrigation), then the charity (zakat) is
calculated as 10% of these products. However, it is calculated as 5% if
irrigation is used. This is learned from the ‘Hadeeth narrated by Companion
‘Abdullah Bin ‘Omar, mAbpwt both, in which he said that the Prophet, pbbuh, ruled:
“If agricultural products are
watered by the sky (rain), or springs, or by other natural ways, the charity
due is 10%, but if these are watered by irrigation, it’s 5%.” [207]
These
two ‘Hadeeths complement each other. While the first ‘Hadeeth specifies the
amount of charity due (Nisab) on each type of the agricultural products,
the second specifies the percentage of the charity (zakat) due on such products,
according to the type of watering costs.
In
our time, major portions of agricultural products are produced in farms, which
use a lot of resources during the process of production and marketing, such as
irrigation systems, fertilizers, pesticides, packaging, and transportation. So,
these products do not represent the simple agricultural production mentioned in
the ‘Hadith. In this case, agribusiness owners can calculate their charity
(zakat) amount due on their agricultural products by deducting their costs from
sales. Then, they give a charity (zakat) of 2.5% of their annual profits,
following opinion of the majority of Islamic scholars, or 2.5% of the net
market value of the products, including the profit, following the minority
opinion.
Domestic Animals and their Products
In
our time, major portions of domestic animals and their products are produced in
farms and big ranches, which use a lot of resources during the processes of
production and marketing, such as labor, buildings, electricity, water,
feed, medicine, machines, and transportation. In this case, owners of these farms and
ranches can calculate their charity (zakat) due by deducting their costs from
sales. Then, they give a charity (zakat) of 2.5% of their annual profits,
following opinion of the majority of Islamic scholars, or 2.5% of the net
market value of the products, including the profit, following the minority
opinion. [208]
However, if the
animals graze on natural pasture, most of the year, without cost to their owners,
then charity (zakat) is due on both, the animals and their products. For a minimum of five camels, one
sheep is due, one bull calf is due on thirty cows, and one sheep is due on
forty sheep, as the Companions applied the Sunna of the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh. [209]
Important
Note:
The topic of the charity (Zakat) rules has
been addressed as general principles and general information, in this section.
Thus, readers are advised to seek for assistance from professional Islamic
scholars, concerning the operationalization of how much they are required to
spend annually, as their charity (Zakat) giving.
Conclusion
Giving
charity (zakat) is one of the main commands of Allah, praise to Him, and the
third duty (way of worship) for Muslims to observe. It is a way to purify the
human self (the moral decision-making part of the soul), which is rewarded by
living eternally in Paradise, for giving it. However, it is a right for the
poor in the wealth of the wealthy. Therefore, those who are wealthy and deny it
to the poor and the needy will be punished in the Hell Fire.
Allah,
praise to Him, wants
humans to care for and benefit each-other. When this happens, individuals,
groups, and communities experience social solidarity, stability, and
prosperity, all of which are among the great outcomes of giving charity
(Zakat). If the wealthy ignore the poor and deny them their right in the
wealth, then stagnation, instability, and disorder may happen as a
result. This is Islam at one of its manifestations, as God's message of
guidance to humanity.
***
الصَّوْمُ
وَرَمَضَانُ:
نِعْمَتَانِ
عَظِيمَتَانِ
مِنَ اللهِ لِلْمُسْلِمِينَ
***
أعوذُ
باللهِ منَ
الشيطانِ
الرجيم
بسمِ
اللهِ
الرحمنِ
الرحيم
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا كُتِبَ
عَلَيْكُمُ
الصِّيَامُ كَمَا
كُتِبَ عَلَى
الَّذِينَ
مِن قَبْلِكُمْ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تَتَّقُونَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 183).
I seek refuge with Allah from the Stoned
Shaytan (Satan)
In the Name of Allah, the Beneficent, the
Merciful
O you who have believed, fasting
has been decreed upon you as it was
decreed upon those before you, that you may become righteous (Al-Baqara, 2:
183).
Introduction
Allah, praise to Him, has decreed that Muslims should fast during the
month of Ramadhan, as the fourth way of worship (‘ibada), after the
proclamation of faith, establishing prayer, and giving charity (zakat). Like
all other ways of worshipping Allah, fasting has direct benefits to those who
observe it, empowering them spiritually and physically.
In addition, during Ramadhan, Muslims observe other ways of
worship, such as the recitation and study of the Holy Quran, giving charity,
performing night prayers (Tarawee'h), and increasing good deeds. Thus, the month of fasting
not only brings many benefits to individuals, but it also brings benefits to
communities and humanity at large. It is a school, in which people are trained
to be merciful, compassionate, and caring of each-other, on all of these
levels. As such, this Chapter addresses some of the meanings and benefits,
which are associated with fasting and the month of Ramadhan.
Meanings and Benefits of Fasting
The fasting command, as a way of worshipping Allah, praise to Him,
is mentioned in verses 2: 183-187 of the Holy Quran. When we analyze the main
five ways of worshipping Allah (the four mentioned above and the pilgrimage),
we find that all of them aim at benefiting us first. So, we live happily in
this life and in the hereafter. At the same time, Allah rejoices that we
perform these ways of worship out of love to Him and obedience to His commands. [210]
Fasting
means that Muslims should not eat, drink, smoke, and have sexual intercourse
with their spouses, during the daytime, from dawn to the sunset. Fasting also
includes abstaining from injecting anything else into the human body, which may
lead to causing negative changes in it.
Without proper understanding of Islam, fasting may be perceived as
an act of starving people and inflicting pain on them. In fact, it has so many benefits both to the body and the self, which makes it a great gift from the
Creator to people. [211]
Physically, it strengthens the body through getting rid of
unnecessarily gained fats throughout the year. If people fast properly, by
doing the same daily activities and eating normal food in quantity and quality,
they will lose weight at the end of the fasting month. It is a very well-known
fact that losing weight is prescribed by medical doctors as a solution for and
prevention of many diseases. It keeps you healthy and looking good.
Fasting is also beneficial for some organs of the body, like the
stomach and the intestines, which are bombarded for many hours every day with a
lot of foods and drinks to process and digest. Fasting the month of Ramadhan gives these digestive organs a break, during the second half of
the day, which rejuvenates them and makes them healthier. [212]
Spiritually, fasting leads to contemplation about hunger and hungry
people in a person's community and around the world. This is due to the fact
that fasting allows people to feel what it means to be hungry. That is why
Muslims are most generous in Ramadhan, as reflected in giving
more charity and increasing acts of support for the poor and the needy.
Fasting is also a training of the self to resist body desires and
control them. It follows that the strength gained by the self enables it to
resist other desires like aggression, controlling others, or taking advantage
of them, which are prevalent in our planet at this time.
Thus, Allah has promised a great reward for Muslim men and women
who fast the month of Ramadhan, as
stated in Verse 33: 35 of the Holy Quran. Moreover, fasting has been decreed as a way for gain
God’s forgiveness for various kinds of sins, as stated in the following verses
4: 92, 5: 89, 5: 95, and 58: 4.
إِنَّ
الْمُسْلِمِينَ
وَالْمُسْلِمَاتِ
وَالْمُؤْمِنِينَ
وَالْمُؤْمِنَاتِ
وَالْقَانِتِينَ
وَالْقَانِتَاتِ
وَالصَّادِقِينَ
وَالصَّادِقَاتِ
وَالصَّابِرِينَ
وَالصَّابِرَاتِ
وَالْخَاشِعِينَ
وَالْخَاشِعَاتِ
وَالْمُتَصَدِّقِينَ
وَالْمُتَصَدِّقَاتِ
وَالصَّائِمِينَ
وَالصَّائِمَاتِ
وَالْحَافِظِينَ
فُرُوجَهُمْ
وَالْحَافِظَاتِ
وَالذَّاكِرِينَ
اللَّـهَ
كَثِيرًا
وَالذَّاكِرَاتِ أَعَدَّ
اللَّـهُ لَهُم
مَّغْفِرَةً
وَأَجْرًا
عَظِيمًا ﴿الأحْزَابُ
، 33: 35﴾.
Indeed, the Muslim men and Muslim women, the believing men and
believing women, the obedient men and obedient women, the truthful men and
truthful women, the patient men and patient women, the humble men and humble
women, the charitable men and charitable women, the fasting men and fasting women,
the men who guard their private parts and the women who do so, and the men who
remember Allah often and the women who do so - for them Allah has prepared
forgiveness and a great reward (Al-A'hzab, 33: 35).
Further, fasting is so appreciated by Allah, praise to Him, that He
made it a way for wrong doers to approach Him for forgiveness, as He mentioned
in verses 4: 92, 5: 89, 5: 95, and 58: 4, as follows:
وَمَا
كَانَ
لِمُؤْمِنٍ
أَن يَقْتُلَ
مُؤْمِنًا
إِلَّا
خَطَأً وَمَن
قَتَلَ
مُؤْمِنًا
خَطَأً فَتَحْرِيرُرَقَبَةٍ
مُّؤْمِنَةٍ
وَدِيَةٌ
مُّسَلَّمَةٌ
إِلَىٰ
أَهْلِهِ
إِلَّا أَن
يَصَّدَّقُوا فَإِن
كَانَ مِن
قَوْمٍ
عَدُوٍّ
لَّكُمْ
وَهُوَ
مُؤْمِنٌ
فَتَحْرِيرُرَقَبَةٍ
مُّؤْمِنَةٍ وَإِن
كَانَ مِن
قَوْمٍ
بَيْنَكُمْ
وَبَيْنَهُم
مِّيثَاقٌ
فَدِيَةٌ
مُّسَلَّمَةٌ
إِلَىٰ
أَهْلِهِ
وَتَحْرِيرُرَقَبَةٍ
مُّؤْمِنَةٍ فَمَن
لَّمْ يَجِدْ فَصِيَامُ
شَهْرَيْنِ
مُتَتَابِعَيْنِ
تَوْبَةً
مِّنَ اللَّـهِ ۗ وَكَانَ
اللَّـهُ
عَلِيمًا
حَكِيمًا ﴿النِّسَاءُ
، 4: 92﴾.
And never is it for a believer to kill a believer except by
mistake. And whoever kills a believer by mistake - then the freeing of a believing slave
and a compensation payment presented to the deceased's family (is required)
unless they give (up their right as) charity. But if the deceased was from a
people at war with you and he was a believer - then (only) the freeing of a
believing slave; and if he was from a people with whom you have a treaty - then
a compensation payment presented to his family and the freeing of a believing
slave. And whoever does not find (one or cannot afford to buy one) - then (instead), a fast for two months consecutively, (seeking) acceptance of
repentance from Allah. And
Allah is ever Knowing and Wise (Al-Nissa, 4: 92).
لَا يُؤَاخِذُكُمُ
اللَّـهُ
بِاللَّغْوِ
فِي أَيْمَانِكُمْ
وَلَـٰكِن
يُؤَاخِذُكُم
بِمَا
عَقَّدتُّمُ
الْأَيْمَانَ فَكَفَّارَتُهُ
إِطْعَامُ
عَشَرَةِ
مَسَاكِينَ
مِنْ
أَوْسَطِ مَا
تُطْعِمُونَ
أَهْلِيكُمْ
أَوْ
كِسْوَتُهُمْ
أَوْ تَحْرِيرُرَقَبَةٍ فَمَن
لَّمْ يَجِدْ فَصِيَامُ
ثَلَاثَةِ
أَيَّامٍ ذَٰلِكَ
كَفَّارَةُ
أَيْمَانِكُمْ
إِذَا
حَلَفْتُمْ وَاحْفَظُوا
أَيْمَانَكُمْ كَذَٰلِكَ
يُبَيِّنُ
اللَّـهُ
لَكُمْ
آيَاتِهِ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تَشْكُرُونَ ﴿الْمِائِدَةُ
، 5: 89﴾.
Allah will not impose blame upon you for what is meaningless in
your oaths, but He will impose blame upon you for [breaking] what you intended
of oaths. So, its expiation (reparation) is the feeding of ten needy people
from the average of that which you feed your (own) families or clothing them or
the freeing of a slave. But whoever cannot find (or afford it) - then a fast of three days (is required). That is the expiation for
oaths when you have sworn. So, guard your oaths. Thus, Allah makes His verses clear to you
that you may be grateful (Al-Ma-ida, 5: 89).
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا لَا
تَقْتُلُوا
الصَّيْدَ
وَأَنتُمْ
حُرُمٌ وَمَن
قَتَلَهُ
مِنكُم
مُّتَعَمِّدًا
فَجَزَاءٌ
مِّثْلُ مَا
قَتَلَ مِنَ
النَّعَمِ يَحْكُمُ
بِهِ ذَوَا
عَدْلٍ
مِّنكُمْ
هَدْيًا
بَالِغَ
الْكَعْبَةِ
أَوْ
كَفَّارَةٌ
طَعَامُ
مَسَاكِينَ أَوْ
عَدْلُ
ذَٰلِكَ
صِيَامًا
لِّيَذُوقَ
وَبَالَ
أَمْرِهِ عَفَا
اللَّـهُ
عَمَّا
سَلَفَ وَمَنْ
عَادَ
فَيَنتَقِمُ
اللَّـهُ
مِنْهُ وَاللَّـهُ
عَزِيزٌ ذُو
انتِقَامٍ ﴿الْمَائِدَةُ
، 5: 95﴾.
O You who have believed, do not kill game while
you are performing pilgrimage (in Makkah
and Medina). And whoever of you kills it intentionally - the penalty is an
equivalent from sacrificial animals to what he killed, as justly judged by two
just men among you as an offering (to Allah) delivered to the Ka'bah, or an
expiation: the feeding of needy people or the equivalent of that in fasting, that he
may taste the consequence of his deed. Allah has pardoned what is past; but
whoever returns (to violation), then Allah will take retribution from him. And
Allah is Exalted in Might and Exacter of Retribution (Al-Ma-ida, 5: 95).
فَمَن
لَّمْ يَجِدْ فَصِيَامُ
شَهْرَيْنِ
مُتَتَابِعَيْنِ
مِن قَبْلِ
أَن يَتَمَاسَّا فَمَن
لَّمْ
يَسْتَطِعْ
فَإِطْعَامُ سِتِّينَ
مِسْكِينًا ذَٰلِكَ
لِتُؤْمِنُوا
بِاللَّـهِ
وَرَسُولِهِ وَتِلْكَ
حُدُودُ
اللَّـهِ وَلِلْكَافِرِينَ
عَذَابٌ
أَلِيمٌ ﴿الْمُجَادِلَةُ
، 58: 4﴾.
And he, who does not find
(a slave to free) then a fast for two months consecutively before they touch each other; and he who is unable - then the feeding
of sixty poor persons. That is for you to believe (completely) in Allah and His
Messenger; and those are the limits (set by) Allah. And for the disbelievers is
a painful punishment. (Al-Mujadila, 58: 4).
The Quran Fasting Command and Rules
While the fasting command is included in verse 2: 183 of the Holy
Quran, fasting rules are mentioned in verses 184-187. Thus, verse 183 tells us
that fasting has been ordained on Muslims as it was ordained on other believers
before them, teaching them to be pious. Verse 184 names the three
categories of Muslims who are permitted not to fast during the month of Ramadhan, though it is better for them to do so if they can.
These are the sick, the travelers, and those who can't fast because of
weakness, such as in the case of the elderly, pregnant women, and nursing
women. Verse 185 explains that those who can't fast during the month of
Ramadhan can do that when their conditions change
to normality. It also tells us about the importance of the month of Ramadhan, as the revelations of the Holy Quran started in
it, as guidance to people, who should respond by thanking Allah, praise to Him,
for this guidance. Verse 186 encourages believers to increase
calling on Allah, praise to Him, during Ramadhan,
as He has promised to answer the calls of those who call on Him, as He is close
to believers, particularly when they are fasting. Finally, verse 187 tells
Muslims that, during the month of Ramadhan, it is
permissible for them to eat and drink all night, from the sunset until dawn. It
is also permissible for them to have sexual intercourse with their spouses, but
not at the masjids.
أعوذُ
باللهِ منَ
الشيطانِ
الرجيم
بِسْمِ
اللَّـهِ
الرَّحْمَـٰنِ
الرَّحِيمِ
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا كُتِبَ
عَلَيْكُمُ
الصِّيَامُ كَمَا
كُتِبَ عَلَى
الَّذِينَ
مِن قَبْلِكُمْ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تَتَّقُونَ ﴿١٨٣﴾
أَيَّامًا
مَّعْدُودَاتٍ
ۚ فَمَن كَانَ
مِنكُم
مَّرِيضًا
أَوْ عَلَىٰ
سَفَرٍ
فَعِدَّةٌ
مِّنْ
أَيَّامٍ
أُخَرَ ۚ
وَعَلَى
الَّذِينَ
يُطِيقُونَهُ
فِدْيَةٌ
طَعَامُ مِسْكِينٍ
ۖ فَمَن
تَطَوَّعَ
خَيْرًا
فَهُوَ خَيْرٌ
لَّهُ ۚ
وَأَن
تَصُومُوا
خَيْرٌ لَّكُمْ
ۖ إِن كُنتُمْ
تَعْلَمُونَ ﴿١٨٤﴾
شَهْرُ
رَمَضَانَ
الَّذِي
أُنزِلَ
فِيهِ الْقُرْآنُ
هُدًى
لِّلنَّاسِ
وَبَيِّنَاتٍ
مِّنَ
الْهُدَىٰ
وَالْفُرْقَانِ
ۚ فَمَن شَهِدَ
مِنكُمُ
الشَّهْرَ
فَلْيَصُمْهُ
ۖ وَمَن كَانَ
مَرِيضًا
أَوْ عَلَىٰ
سَفَرٍ فَعِدَّةٌ
مِّنْ
أَيَّامٍ
أُخَرَ ۗ
يُرِيدُ اللَّـهُ
بِكُمُ
الْيُسْرَ
وَلَا
يُرِيدُ بِكُمُ
الْعُسْرَ
وَلِتُكْمِلُوا
الْعِدَّةَ
وَلِتُكَبِّرُوا
اللَّـهَ
عَلَىٰ مَا
هَدَاكُمْ
وَلَعَلَّكُمْ
تَشْكُرُونَ ﴿١٨٥﴾
وَإِذَا
سَأَلَكَ
عِبَادِي
عَنِّي
فَإِنِّي
قَرِيبٌ ۖ
أُجِيبُ
دَعْوَةَ
الدَّاعِ إِذَا
دَعَانِ ۖ
فَلْيَسْتَجِيبُوا
لِي وَلْيُؤْمِنُوا
بِي
لَعَلَّهُمْ
يَرْشُدُونَ ﴿١٨٦﴾
أُحِلَّ
لَكُمْ
لَيْلَةَ
الصِّيَامِ
الرَّفَثُ
إِلَىٰ
نِسَائِكُمْ
ۚ هُنَّ
لِبَاسٌ لَّكُمْ
وَأَنتُمْ
لِبَاسٌ
لَّهُنَّ ۗ
عَلِمَ
اللَّـهُ
أَنَّكُمْ
كُنتُمْ
تَخْتَانُونَ
أَنفُسَكُمْ
فَتَابَ
عَلَيْكُمْ
وَعَفَا
عَنكُمْ ۖ
فَالْآنَ
بَاشِرُوهُنَّ
وَابْتَغُوا
مَا كَتَبَ
اللَّـهُ
لَكُمْ ۚ وَكُلُوا
وَاشْرَبُوا
حَتَّىٰ
يَتَبَيَّنَ لَكُمُ
الْخَيْطُ
الْأَبْيَضُ
مِنَ الْخَيْطِ
الْأَسْوَدِ
مِنَ
الْفَجْرِ ۖ
ثُمَّ أَتِمُّوا
الصِّيَامَ
إِلَى
اللَّيْلِ ۚ
وَلَا
تُبَاشِرُوهُنَّ
وَأَنتُمْ
عَاكِفُونَ
فِي
الْمَسَاجِدِ
ۗ تِلْكَ
حُدُودُ
اللَّـهِ
فَلَا
تَقْرَبُوهَا
ۗ كَذَٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ
اللَّـهُ
آيَاتِهِ
لِلنَّاسِ لَعَلَّهُمْ
يَتَّقُونَ ﴿١٨٧﴾ (البقرة
2: 183-187).
I seek
refuge with Allah from the Stoned Shaytan (Satan)
In the
Name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful
O you who have believed, decreed
upon you is fasting as it
was decreed upon those (believers) before you that you may become righteous - (183)
(Fasting is for) a limited number of days. So, whoever among you is
ill or on a journey (during the month of Ramadhan)
- then an equal number of days (are to be made up). And upon those who are
unable (to fast) - a ransom (a substitute) of feeding a poor person (for each
day). And whoever volunteers excess - it is better for him. But to fast is
better for you (than not fasting) if you only knew (184)
The month of Ramadhan (is that) in
which the Quran was revealed, guidance for the people and clear proofs of
guidance and furqan (differentiation between right and wrong). So, whoever
sights (the new moon of) the month, let him fast it; and whoever is ill or on a
journey - then an equal number of other days. Allah wants for you ease and does
not want for you hardship, and (He wants) for you to complete the period (the
month of fasting), and to glorify Allah for that (to) which He has guided you; so you may be grateful. (185)
And when My worshippers ask you (O Muhammad) about Me - indeed, I
am near. I respond to the invocation of the supplicant when he calls upon Me.
So, let them respond to Me and believe in Me, that they may be guided. (186)
It has been made permissible for you, (during) the night preceding
fasting, to go to your wives (for sexual relations). They are clothing for you,
and you are clothing for them. Allah knows that you used to deceive yourselves
(by going to them when you were not supposed to). So, He accepted your
repentance and forgave you. So now, have relations with them and seek that
which Allah has decreed for you. And eat and drink until the white thread of
dawn becomes distinct to you from the black thread. Then, complete the fast
until the night (sunset). And do not have relations with them while you are
staying for worship in the mosques. These are the limits (set by) Allah. So, do
not approach them. Thus, Allah makes His ordinances clear to the people, that
they may become righteous (187)
(Al-Baqara, 2: 183-187).
More Fasting Rules from 'Hadeeth
The Prophet, peace and blessings of Allah be upon him (pbbuh),
explained other rules and
virtues of fasting and the month of Ramadhan, with more details, in his ‘Hadeeths
(sayings). Here are eight of them. [213]
1. Fasting is not just
abstaining from food and drinks, but it is also abstaining from harming others, and involvement in
insult exchange with them.
عن
أبي هريرةَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، والذي
قالَ فيهِ ،
قالَ رسولُ
اللهِ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسلمَ:
"قَالَ
اللهُ تَعَالَى:
كُلُّ عَمَلِ
ابنِ آدمَ لَهُ
، إِلَّا
الصيامَ ،
فَإِنَّهُ
لِي ، وَأَنا
أَجْزِي بِهِ.
والصيامُ
جُنَّةٌ ،
وإذا كان يومُ
صومِ أحدِكُمْ
، فَلَا
يَرْفُثْ ،
وَلَا
يَصْخَبْ.
وَإِنْ
سَابَّهُ
أحدٌ أوْ
قاتَلَهُ
فَلْيَقُلْ:
إِنِّي امرؤٌ
صائِمٌ.
والذِي
نَفْسُ
مُحَمَّدٍ
بِيَدِهِ ،
لَخُلُوفُ
فمِ الصائِمِ
عندَ اللهِ
أطيبُ مِنْ
ريحِ المسكِ.
وللصائِمِ
فرحتانِ
يفْرَحُهُمَا
، إذا أفطرَ
فرِحَ
بِفِطْرِهِ ،
وإذا لَقِيَ
ربَّهُ فَرِحَ
بِصَومِهِ."
Companion of the Prophet, Abu Hurayra, may Allah be pleased with
him (mAbpwh), said, the Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings of Allah be upon him (pbbuh),
said:
Allah, the Exalted and Glorified, said: "Every (good) deed a
child of Adam does is for his/her (direct benefit in this life and reward in
the hereafter), but fasting will yield greater reward, for it is done (in
obedience) to Me." Fasting is protection. When one of you fasts, he/she
shouldn't argue with or scream at (others). If anyone curses on (insults) him,
he/she should say: I'm fasting. By Allah, the smelling of the mouth of a
fasting person is regarded by Allah better than the smell of musk (the best perfume).
The fasting person has two happy moments: when he/she breaks the fast and when
he/she meets with his/her Creator.” [214]
2. Ramadhan starts when
Muslims see its crescent and ends when they see the crescent of the following
month (Shawwal). If it is cloudy, then they complete the month by fasting
thirty days (as lunar months are either 29 or 30 days). [215]
عَنْ
أبي هُريرةَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنهُ
قالَ ، قالَ رسولُ
اللهِ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسلمَ: "صُومُوا
لِرُؤْيَتِهِ
،
وأَفْطِرُوا
لِرُؤْيَتِهِ.
فإنْ غُبِّيَ (غٌمَّ)
علَيْكُم
فأكْمِلُوا
عِدَّةَ
شَعْبَانَ ثَلَاثِينَ.”
Companion of the Prophet, Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, said, the Messenger
of Allah, pbbuh, said:
"Fast when you see it (the new crescent) and break the fast
when you see it. If it is cloudy (that
you can't see the crescent), then complete the (month of) Sha'ban to thirty
days.” [216]
3. Muslims are encouraged to be generous to the poor and the needy throughout the
year, particularly during Ramadhan. They are also encouraged to study the Holy Quran every
night of the fasting month, following the Sunna of the Prophet, pbbuh, as we
learn from the following ‘Hadith:
عن
عبدِ اللهِ بنِ
عباسٍٍ ، رضيَ
اللهٌ عنهما ،
أنهُ قالَ: "كانَ
رَسولُ
اللَّهِ ، صَلَّى
اللهُ عليه
وسلَّمَ ،
أجْوَدَ
النَّاسِ.
وكانَ
أجْوَدُ ما
يَكونُ في
رَمَضَانَ ،
حِينَ
يَلْقَاهُ
جِبْرِيلُ.
وكانَ
جِبْرِيلُ
يَلْقَاهُ في
كُلِّ لَيْلَةٍ
مِن
رَمَضَانَ ،
فيُدَارِسُهُ
القُرْآنَ.
فَلَرَسولُ
اللَّهِ
صَلَّى اللهُ
عليه وسلَّمَ
حِينَ
يَلْقَاهُ
جِبْرِيلُ
أجْوَدُ بالخَيْرِ
مِنَ
الرِّيحِ
المُرْسَلَةِ."
Companion of the Prophet, Ibn 'Abbas, may Allah be pleased with him
and his father, said: "The Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, was the most
generous among people, and was the most generous in Ramadhan,
when he would meet with Jibril, and Jibril used to meet with him every night of
Ramadhan, to teach him the Quran. The
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, would be more generous than the flowing wind, when
he meets with Jibril." [217]
4. Fasting Muslims are encouraged to eat as soon as the sun sets, as this was the Prophet’s, pbbuh, Sunna, as we
learn from the following ‘Hadiths.
عنْ
سهلٍ بنِ سعدٍ
الساعديِّ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ
رسولَ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ وسلمَ ،
قالَ: "لا
يَزَالُ
النَّاسُ
بخَيْرٍ ما
عَجَّلُوا الفِطْرَ
(الإفطار)."
Companion of the Prophet, Sahl Bin Sa'd, mAbpwh, said, the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: "People will be in good shape as
long as they break their fast quickly." [218]
وعنْ
أنسٍ بنِ
مالكٍ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهُ ،
قالَ: "كانَ
النبيُّ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسلمَ ،
يُفْطِرُ
قبلَ أن يُصَلِّي
على رُطَباتٍ
، فإنْ لم
تكنْ رُطَباتٌ
فتميراتٌ
، فإنْ لم
تكنْ تميراتٌ
حَسَا
حَسَواتٍ
مِنْ ماء."
Companion of the Prophet, Anas, mAbpwh, said, the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, used to break his fast by eating some ripe-fresh dates before
praying (Maghrib). If he does not find fresh
dates, then he breaks his fast by eating dried dates. If he does not find dried
dates, then he would sip some water." [219]
5. Cleaning
one's mouth, using a toothbrush is a sure Sunna, as
the Prophet (pbbuh) used a miswak, made of a plant
root, to brush his teeth and clean them.
عن
أم المؤمنين ،
عَائِشَةَ ،
رضي الله عنها
، عَنْ
النَّبِيِّ ،
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
أنه قَالَ: "السِّوَاكُ
مَطْهَرَةٌ
لِلْفَمِ ،
مَرْضَاةٌ
لِلرَّبِّ."
The Mother of Believers, 'Aisha, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, also said: Siwak (cleaning teeth with a toothbrush) is a
purification of the mouth and pleasing to the Lord." [220]
6. The sick and the
travelers are given permissions not to fast during their sickness or travel, and to make that up later after the month of Ramadhan, as stated in Verse 2: 184. The Prophet, pbbuh,
observed this rule in his travel, particularly when it was hard and hot, and
ordered his companions to do so.
عَنْ
عبدِ اللهِ بنِ
عُمَرَ ، رضيَ اللهُ
عنهما ، أنهُ
قالَ: قالَ
رسولُ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ وسلَّمَ: "إِنَّ
اللَّهَ
يُحِبُّ أَنْ
تُؤْتَى رُخَصُهُ
كَمَا
يُحِبُّ أَنْ
تُؤْتَى
عَزَائِمُهُ
(فرائضه)." وللحديث
رواية أخرى:
"كَمَا
يَكْرَهُ
أَنْ تُؤْتَى
مَعْصِيَتُهُ."
Companion Abdullah, the son of 'Umar, may Allah be pleased with
them both, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: "Allah
likes for his permissions to be used, as are His commands." However, Imam
Ahmed narrated another version of the 'Hadith: "Allah likes for his
permissions to be used, as He hates for sins to be committed." [221]
7. If a person eats or drinks while forgetting about the fast, he/she should continue the fast.
فعنْ
أبي هريرةَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
تعالى عنهُ ،
قالَ ، قالَ
رسولُ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ وسلمَ: "مَنْ أكلَ
ناسيًا وهو
صائمٌ ،
فليُتمَّ صومَهُ
، فإِنما
أطعمَهُ
اللهُ وسقاه."
Companion of the Prophet, Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, said that the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: "Whoever ate while forgetting about
the fast, he should continue the fast because Allah gave him what he ate."
[222]
8. The Messenger
of Allah, pbbuh, recommended that Muslims eat the pre-dawn
meal (Su'hoor), describing it as a blessed meal. He also recommended that
people may continue to eat until about one minute before the emergence of dawn.
عنْ
أنسٍ بنِ
مالكٍ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهُ ،
أنهُ قالَ:
قالَ رسولُ
اللهِ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسلمَ: "تَسَحَّرُوا
فإنَّ في
السَّحُورِ
بَرَكَةً."
Companion
of the Prophet, Anas Bin Malik, mAbpwh, said, the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh,
said: "Eat the pre-dawn (su'hour) meal, it's a blessed meal." [223]
وعنْ عبدِ
اللهِ بن
عُمَرَ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهما ،
أنهُ قالَ:
كانَ لرسولِ
اللهِ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسلمَ ،
مؤذنانِ:
بلالٌ وابنُ
أمِّ مكتوم .
فقالَ رسولُ
اللهِ صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسلمَ: "إنَّ
بلالاِ يؤذنٌ
بليلٍ فكلوا
واشربوا حتى
يؤذنَ (تَسْمَعُوا
أذانَ)
ابنٌ أمِّ
مكتوم." قال:
ولم يكن
بينهما إلا أن
ينزلَ هذا
ويرقَ هذا.
Companion of the Prophet, ‘Abdullah Ibn
'Umar, may Allah be pleased with him and his father, said, the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, had two (companions), who call for prayers, Bilal and Ibn Um
Maktoom. The Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: "When Bilal calls
for prayer, it's still night. You can eat and drink until Ibn Um Maktoom calls
for prayer." Ibn Umar added that the difference in time between the
two calls is the difference between the first caller coming down (off the
mosque's roof) and the second caller going up.” [224]
Ramadhan's
Great Blessings
The month of Ramadhan is a great gift
from Allah, praise to Him, to Muslims, as it showers them with great blessings
in this life and in the Hereafter.
1. Fasting
has been decreed by Allah, praise to Him, during the month of Ramadhan, for its greatest
spiritual benefit, righteousness (taqwa), as mentioned in verse
2: 183 of the Holy Quran. Obedience to Allah, praise to Him, by following
His command of fasting for the full blessed month, is training of the self to
be righteous. The more such obedience is based on the contentment and
conviction to the goodness of His commands, the more righteous the self
becomes, and consequently more capable of doing various good deeds, as stated in verse 2: 177 of the Holy
Quran.
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا كُتِبَ
عَلَيْكُمُ الصِّيَامُ كَمَا
كُتِبَ عَلَى
الَّذِينَ
مِن قَبْلِكُمْ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تَتَّقُونَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2:
183).
O you who have believed, decreed upon you is fasting as it was decreed upon
those before you that you may become righteous (Al-Baqara, 2: 183).
لَّيْسَ الْبِرَّ
أَن
تُوَلُّوا
وُجُوهَكُمْ
قِبَلَ
الْمَشْرِقِ
وَالْمَغْرِبِ
وَلَـٰكِنَّ
الْبِرَّ
مَنْ آمَنَ
بِاللَّـهِ
وَالْيَوْمِ
الْآخِرِ
وَالْمَلَائِكَةِ
وَالْكِتَابِ
وَالنَّبِيِّينَ
وَآتَى
الْمَالَ
عَلَىٰ حُبِّهِ
ذَوِي
الْقُرْبَىٰ
وَالْيَتَامَىٰ
وَالْمَسَاكِينَ
وَابْنَ
السَّبِيلِ
وَالسَّائِلِينَ
وَفِي
الرِّقَابِ
وَأَقَامَ
الصَّلَاةَ
وَآتَى
الزَّكَاةَ
وَالْمُوفُونَ
بِعَهْدِهِمْ
إِذَا
عَاهَدُوا ۖ
وَالصَّابِرِينَ
فِي
الْبَأْسَاءِ
وَالضَّرَّاءِ
وَحِينَ
الْبَأْسِ ۗ
أُولَـٰئِكَ
الَّذِينَ
صَدَقُوا ۖ
وَأُولَـٰئِكَ
هُمُ الْمُتَّقُونَ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2:
177).
Goodness is
not (by) turning your faces toward the east or the west, but goodness is (represented by the one) who believes
in Allah, the Last Day, the angels, the Book, and the prophets, as well as (the
one who) gives wealth, in spite of love for it, to relatives, orphans, the
needy, the (needy) traveler, those who ask (for help), and for freeing slaves.
(Righteousness is also represented by the one) who establishes prayer, gives
charity (zakat), and those who fulfill their promise when they promise, and
those who are patient in poverty, sickness, and during battle. Those are the ones
who have been true, and those are the righteous (Al-Baqara, 2: 177).
2. The month of Ramadhan is distinguished with the Tarawee'h ( Qiyam) prayer, which is
performed after the night ('Isha) prayer. One of the great spiritual
benefits of this prayer is following the Sunna of the Prophet, pbbuh,
particularly resisting the tendency of the self to relax and sleep, after the
night prayer. In addition, as a loudly performed prayer, it is an occasion for
Muslims to recite, or listen to the recitation of, all or most of the Holy
Quran, in one month. The Tarawee’h prayer also brings happiness to the
worshippers, as it reinforces the feelings of affiliation among them. Finally,
this prayer is
concluded with the Qunoot (devotion) supplication, during the last odd
prayer unit (rak’a), which is a practical application of the following
Prophet’s ‘Hadith:
فعن
النُّعمان بن
بَشِير ، رضي
الله عنهما ،
أن النبي ،
صلى الله عليه
وسلم ، قال: "
الدُّعاءُ
هوَ العبادةُ."
ثمَّ قال: "وَقَالَ
رَبُّكُمُ
ادْعُونِي
أَسْتَجِبْ لَكُمْ
ۚ إِنَّ
الَّذِينَ
يَسْتَكْبِرُونَ
عَنْ
عِبَادَتِي
سَيَدْخُلُونَ
جَهَنَّمَ
دَاخِرِينَ" (غافر
، 40: 60).
Companion Al-Nu’man Bin Basheer, mAbpwt
both, said that the Prophet, pbbuh, said: “Calling on Allah (supplication) is the worship”
(supplication to Allah is worshipping Him). Then, he recited (verse 40: 60 of
the Holy Quran): “And your Lord says, "Call upon Me; I will respond to
you." Indeed, those who disdain My worship will enter Hell [rendered]
contemptible.” [225]
The Tarawee’h prayer also has great physical
benefits. It is an exercise for
various body organs, as it involves standing, bowing, prostrating, and sitting
on the floor, in a repeated pattern of movements. The physical benefits are
increased by the duration of the exercise, which lasts about one hour, every
night, for the entire month of fasting. This strengthens the body muscles,
activates the blood circulation, and burns out many of the calories, which are
accumulated from the Ramadhan heavy meals.
The Tarawee'h (Qiyam) prayer is composed of eight units (rak'as),
prayed in two units each, in addition to the two Shaf’ units and the last odd
(witr) unit. Thus, it is a total of eleven units (rak'as), after the 'Isha
prayer, as we learn from the ‘Hadith.
عن أم
المؤمنين
عائشة ، رضي
الله عنها ،
أنها قالت: كَانَ رَسُولُ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
يُصَلِّي
مِنْ
اللَّيْلِ
عَشْرَ
رَكَعَاتٍ
وَيُوتِرُ
بِسَجْدَةٍ ،
وَيَسْجُدُ
سَجْدَتَيْ
الْفَجْرِ
فَذَلِكَ ثَلَاثَ
عَشْرَةَ
رَكْعَةً."
The Mother of the Believers, 'Aisha, mAbpwh, said: "The
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, used to pray ten prayer units (rak'as) at night
(after 'Isha prayer, in Ramadhan),
ending (the tarawee'h prayers) with one unit (with prostration." She added
that he would pray two more dawn (fajr) rak'as, with prostrations. Thus, he
prayed (a total of) thirteen units at night (in both tarawee'h and fajr). [226]
After the death of the Prophet, pbbuh, his companions prayed more
than ten units (rak'as). For example, 'Umar, mAbpwh, prayed twenty units,
closing with the odd (witr) unit. So, it's up to the imam to pray eleven units
or more. However, the Tarawee'h prayers are not mandatory every night, as
the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, taught us by his practice of praying at
different nights in different years, as we learn from the following two
'Hadiths:
عَنْ
أَبِي ذَرٍّ الغفاري
، رضي الله
عنه ، أنه
قَالَ: قال رَسُولُ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ: "إِنَّهُ
مَنْ قَامَ
مَعَ
الْإِمَامِ
حَتَّى
يَنْصَرِفَ كُتِبَ
لَهُ قِيَامُ
لَيْلَةٍ."
Companion Abu Dhar, mAbpwh,
said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: "Whoever stands (in the Tarawee'h
prayers) with the Imam until he leaves, a night of prayer is recorded for
him/her." [227]
وعن أم
المؤمنين
عائشة ، رضي
الله عنها ،
أَنَّ
النَّبِيَّ ،
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
صَلَّى فِي الْمَسْجِدِ
، فَصَلَّى
بِصَلَاتِهِ
نَاسٌ ، ثُمَّ
صَلَّى مِنْ
الْقَابِلَةِ
، فَكَثُرَ
النَّاسُ ،
ثُمَّ
اجْتَمَعُوا
مِنْ اللَّيْلَةِ
الثَّالِثَةِ
أَوْ
الرَّابِعَةِ فَلَمْ
يَخْرُجْ
إِلَيْهِمْ
رَسُولُ اللَّهِ
، صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ.
فَلَمَّا
أَصْبَحَ
قَالَ: "قَدْ
رَأَيْتُ
الَّذِي
صَنَعْتُمْ ،
فَلَمْ
يَمْنَعْنِي
مِنْ
الْخُرُوجِ
إِلَيْكُمْ
إِلَّا
أَنِّي
خَشِيتُ أَنْ
تُفْرَضَ عَلَيْكُمْ
، وَذَلِكَ
فِي
رَمَضَانَ."
The Mother of the Believers, 'Aisha, mAbpwh, said that the Prophet,
pbbuh, prayed in the Mosque, followed by people, at the first night (of Ramadhan, after 'Isha). He also prayed at the second night
but with a bigger number of people. At the third or fourth night, people
gathered (in the Mosque waiting for him) but he did not come out to them.
In the morning, he said: "I saw what you did (last night,
waiting for me, for prayer) but I did not come out to (pray with) you because I
was afraid that it would become mandatory (on you to pray Tarawee'h every
night), in Ramadhan. [228]
3. Ramadhan is the month of giving away to the poor and
the needy, including the Iftar Zakat and various kinds of charity (Sadaqat), following the Sunna
(model) of the Prophet, pbbuh, in being the most generous to the needy as well
as studying the Quran every night, as we learn from the
following 'Hadith.
عن ابن
عباسٍ ، رضيَ
اللهٌ عنهما ،
قال: "
كان رسولٌ
اللهِ ، صلى
الله عليه
وسلم ، أجودَ
الناسِ ، وكان
أجودٌ ما
يكونٌ في
رمضان حين
يلقى جبريل ،
وكان يلقاهٌ
جبريل في كلِّ
ليلةٍ من
رمضان
فيدارسهٌ
القرآنَ ،
فلرسول اللهِ
، صلى الله
عليه وسلم ،
حين يلقاهٌ
جبريلٌ أجودٌ
من الريحِ
المرسلة."
Ibn (son of) ‘Abbas, mAbpwt both, narrated that the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, was the most generous among people, and he was most generous
during (the month of) Ramadhan, when he would meet with Jibril, peace be
to him. Jibril would meet him every night to study the Quran with him, the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, then would be more generous than the flowing wind."
[229]
وعن
ابن عباسٍ
رضيَ اللهٌ
عنهما قال: "فَرَضَ
رَسُولُ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
زَكَاةَ
الْفِطْرِ ، طُهْرَةً
لِلصَّائِمِ
مِنْ
اللَّغْوِ
وَالرَّفَثِ
، وَطُعْمَةً
لِلْمَسَاكِينِ.
مَنْ
أَدَّاهَا
قَبْلَ
الصَّلاةِ
فَهِيَ زَكَاةٌ
مَقْبُولَةٌ
، وَمَنْ
أَدَّاهَا
بَعْدَ
الصَّلاةِ
فَهِيَ
صَدَقَةٌ
مِنْ الصَّدَقَاتِ."
Ibn (son of) Abbas, mAbpwt both, said: "The Messenger of
Allah, peace and blessings be upon him (pbbuh), made Fitr Zakat
(breaking the fast charity) as a required duty, as it purifies those who fast
Ramadhan of any obscenity or prohibited desires
they may commit. It's also food for the needy. It's an accepted Zakat if it is
given before the (‘Eid) prayer, but if it is given after that, it's a charity." [230]
وعن ابن عمر ،
رضي الله
عنهما: " أنَّ
رَسولَ اللهِ ،
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ عليه
وَسَلَّمَ ،
فَرَضَ
زَكَاةَ
الفِطْرِ مِن
رَمَضَانَ علَى
النَّاسِ ،
صَاعًا مِن
تَمْرٍ ، أَوْ
صَاعًا مِن
شَعِيرٍ ،
علَى كُلِّ
حُرٍّ أَوْ عَبْدٍ
، ذَكَرٍ أَوْ
أُنْثَى ،
مِنَ
المُسْلِمِينَ."
Ibn (Son of) Omar, mAbpwt both, said: "The Messenger
of Allah, pbbuh, made the Fitr Zakat a required duty in Ramadhan, as a Saa' on every Muslim: free or in bondage, male or female.” [231]
The meaning of the ‘Hadith is that the Fitr Zakat is
a required duty in Ramadhan,
to be given to the poor, as a Saa' (unit of measurement of about 2.5
kilograms, or about 5.5 pounds) of dates or barley. The Muslim head of a
household has to give the Fitr Zakat, or its equivalence in money, on behalf of every member of his/her household.
4. For some Muslims, Ramadhan is
the month when they give the wealth Zakat, which is the third
major duty (worship) a Muslim has to do (after the proclamation of faith and
prayers). Although it may be given at any time during a year, giving it during
the month of fasting represents material assistance to the poor and the needy
and a show of solidarity with them.
5. Ramadhan is an opportunity for believers to be as close to
Allah, praise to Him, as possible through Nawafil. The ultimate prize is gaining
the love of Allah, praise to Him, as the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said in a
Qudsi ‘Hadith, that Allah, praise to Him, said:
"وما يَزالُ
عَبْدِي
يَتَقَرَّبُ
إلَيَّ بالنَّوافِلِ
حتَّى
أُحِبَّهُ."
"I will grant My Love to My worshipper, who keeps approaching
me with Nawafil." [232]
Nawafil are various voluntary acts of goodness, other than the five
ordained ways of worship (proclamation of faith, the five prayers, giving zakat
(charity), fasting the month of Ramadhan, and
making the Haj (pilgrimage) journey.
Examples of Nawafil include fasting Mondays and
Thursdays, the Six White Days, Ninth and Tenth of Mu’harram, performing extra
prayers other than the five ordained ones, mentioning the Names of Allah and
exalting Him, following the traditions of the Prophet, pbbuh, such as brushing
teeth, giving charity, and humility. [233]
6. A highlight of Ramadhan
is observing the Night of Decree ( Laylatul Qadr ), in which angels descend with the commands,
mercy, forgiveness, and Peace of Allah, praise to Him, to His worshippers. The
Prophet, pbbuh, advised Muslims to observe it, and to expect it as one
of the last four odd nights of the month of fasting. One of the greatest
blessings of that night is that the reward for worship in it is equal to the
reward of worship in one thousand nights, or about 83 years, which is the
average human life span, as we learn from the Holy Quran and the ‘Hadiths. [234]
بِّسْمِ
اللَّـهِ
الرَّحْمَـٰنِ
الرَّحِيمِ
إِنَّا
أَنزَلْنَاهُ
فِي لَيْلَةِ
الْقَدْرِ ﴿١﴾
وَمَا أَدْرَاكَ
مَا لَيْلَةُ
الْقَدْرِ ﴿٢﴾
لَيْلَةُ
الْقَدْرِ
خَيْرٌ
مِّنْ أَلْفِ
شَهْرٍ ﴿٣﴾
تَنَزَّلُ
الْمَلَائِكَةُ
وَالرُّوحُ
فِيهَا
بِإِذْنِ رَبِّهِم
مِّن كُلِّ
أَمْرٍ ﴿٤﴾
سَلَامٌ هِيَ
حَتَّىٰ
مَطْلَعِ
الْفَجْرِ ﴿٥﴾ (الْقَدْرُ
، 97: 1- 5).
Indeed, We sent the Quran down during the Night of Decree. (1)
And what do you know about the Night of Decree? (2)
The Night of Decree is better than
a thousand months. (3)
The angels and the Spirit descend
therein by permission of their Lord for every matter. (4)
Peace, it is until the emergence
of dawn. (5) (Al-Qadr, 97: 1-5).
بِسْمِ
اللَّـهِ
الرَّحْمَـٰنِ
الرَّحِيمِ
حم ﴿١﴾
وَالْكِتَابِ
الْمُبِينِ ﴿٢﴾ إِنَّا
أَنزَلْنَاهُ
فِي لَيْلَةٍ
مُّبَارَكَةٍ
ۚ إِنَّا
كُنَّا
مُنذِرِينَ ﴿٣﴾ فِيهَا
يُفْرَقُ
كُلُّ أَمْرٍ
حَكِيمٍ ﴿٤﴾
أَمْرًا
مِّنْ
عِندِنَا ۚ
إِنَّا
كُنَّا مُرْسِلِينَ
﴿٥﴾ رَحْمَةً
مِّن
رَّبِّكَ ۚ
إِنَّهُ هُوَ
السَّمِيعُ
الْعَلِيمُ ﴿٦﴾ (الدُّخَانُ
، 44: 1-6).
In the Name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful
"Ha, Meem. (1)
By the clear Book, (2)
We sent it (the Quran) down during
a blessed night. We were to warn (humankind). (3)
(At that night) every precise
matter is made distinct. (4)
A decree from Us. Indeed, We were
to send (a messenger) (5)
As mercy from your Lord, He is the
Hearing, the Knowing. (6) (Al-Dukhan,
44: 1-6).
وعَنْ
أَبِي
هُرَيْرَة ،
رضي اللهُ عنه
، أَنَّ
رَسُول
اللَّه ،
صَلَّى
اللَّه
عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ
، قَالَ: "مَنْ
قَامَ
لَيْلَة
الْقَدْر
إِيمَانًا وَاحْتِسَابًا
غُفِرَ لَهُ
مَا
تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ
ذَنْبِهِ."
Companion Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, narrated that the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, said: "Whoever stood in prayer at the Night of Decree (Laylatul
Qadr), as an act of faith (in Allah), and hope for His rewards, his previous
sins will be forgiven." [235]
وَعَنْ
عُبَادَة بْن
الصَّامِت ،
رضيَ اللهُ عنهُ
، أَنَّ
رَسُول
اللَّه ،
صَلَّى
اللَّه عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
قَالَ: "لَيْلَة
الْقَدْر فِي
الْعَشْر
الْبَوَاقِي.
مَنْ
قَامَهُنَّ
اِبْتِغَاء
حِسْبَتهنَّ فَإِنَّ
اللَّه
يَغْفِر لَهُ
مَا
تَقَدَّمَ
مِنْ ذَنْبه.
وَهِيَ
لَيْلَة وِتْر
تِسْع أَوْ
سَبْع أَوْ
خَامِسَة
أَوْ ثَالِثَة
أَوْ آخِر
لَيْلَة."
The Companion Ubada Bin Al-Samit, may
Allah be pleased with him, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh,
said: "The Night of Decree (Laylatul Qadr)
is one of the last ten (nights) of Ramadhan.
Whoever stands in prayer during them, for the sole purpose of getting their
reward, Allah forgives his/her previous sins. It is (one of the odd nights) either
23rd, 25th, 27th, or 29th, or the last night." [236]
وَعَنْ
عَائِشَةَ
رَضِيَ
اللَّهُ
عَنْهَا ، أَنَّ
رَسُولَ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
قَالَ: "تَحَرَّوْا
لَيْلَةَ
الْقَدْرِ
فِي الْوِتْرِ
، مِنْ
الْعَشْرِ
الْأَوَاخِرِ
مِنْ رَمَضَانَ."
The Mother of Believers, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, said: "Look for the Night of Decree (Laylatul Qadr), as
one of the odd nights, during the last ten nights of Ramadhan." [237]
Thus, to gain the great blessings of the Night of Decree, Muslims
try to do their best to observe it in the last ten nights of Ramadhan, by praying Tarawee'h at the Masjid, reciting
and studying the Holy Quran, giving charity (Zakat and Sadaqat), as well as
increasing their good deeds, during the month of fasting.
What
may a Muslim do at the Night of Decree (Laylatul Qadr)?
Allah,
praise to Him, promised Muslims great rewards for their worship at the Night of
Decree (Laylatul Qadr), the reward of worship in which is more than the reward
for the worship in a thousand months. Therefore, Muslims are recommended to
observe it by performing various ways of worship, such as:
1. يُستحبُّ
للمسلمِ أنْ
يؤدِّي صَلاةَ الْقِيَامِ
، أيْ صَلاةِ
التَّرَاوِيحِ ،
في ليلةِ
القدر. فعنْ
أبي هريرةَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّهُ
قالَ: قالَ
رسولُ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ وسلمَ:
"مَن قَامَ
لَيْلَةَ القَدْرِ
إيمَانًا
واحْتِسَابًا
، غُفِرَ له ما
تَقَدَّمَ
مِن ذَنْبِهِ.
ومَن صَامَ
رَمَضَانَ
إيمَانًا
واحْتِسَابًا
، غُفِرَ له ما
تَقَدَّمَ
مِن ذَنْبِهِ."
1. Performing the Qiyam (tarawee’h) and night prayers, as recommended by the
‘Hadith, which was narrated by Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, who said that the Messenger
of Allah, pbbuh, said: “Whoever stands for prayer during the Night of Decree
(Laylatul Qadr), on the basis of faith in Allah and in expectation of receiving
His rewards, Allah forgives his/her previous sins.” [238]
2. كما
يُستحبُّ لهُ الدُّعَاءُ.
فعنْ أمِّ
المؤمنينَ ،
عائشةَ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنها ، أنها
قالتْ: قُلتُ:
يا رسولَ
اللهِ ،
أرأيتَ إنْ
علمتُ ليلةَ
القدرِ ، ما
أقولُ فيها؟
قالَ: "قولي:
اللَّهمَّ
إنَّك عفُوٌّ
، تُحبُّ
العفوَ ،
فاعْفُ عنِّي."
2.
Muslims are also recommended to call on Allah (making
supplication), as narrated by the Mother of Believers, ‘Aisha,
mAbpwh, who said: O, Messenger of Allah, if I realize that I’m witnessing the
Night of Decree (Laylatul Qadr), what should I say? He said: “Say, O Allah: You are the
Forgiver, You like to forgive, forgive me.”
[239]
3. الإكثارُ
مِنْ تِلاوَةِ
الْقُرآنِ الْكَرِيمِ ،
في صلاةِ
القيامِ ،
وفي صلاةِ
الليلِ ،
التي تؤدَّى
مَثنى مَثنى ، أي
ركعتينِ ركعتين.
فعنْ عبدِ
اللهِ بنِ
عُمَرَ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهما ،
أنَّ رسولَ
اللهِ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسلمِ ، قالَ:
"صلاةُ
الليلِ
مَثنَى مَثنَى
، فإنْ خَشِيتَ
الصُّبْحَ ،
فأوْتِرْ بِرَكْعَةٍ."
3. Recitation
from the Holy Quran in the Qiyam
(tarawee’h( and night prayers, which is performed in
two units (Rak’as) each, as narrated by Abdullah Bin ‘Omar, mAbpwth both, said
that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “The night prayer is prayed in
two-rak’a each, and one at the end, before the dawn prayer.” [240]
Conclusion
Allah, praise to Him, decreed to Muslims
to fast, as He did to believers before them. Like all other ways of worshipping
Allah, fasting has direct benefits to those who fast, empowering them
spiritually and physically.
Fasting has been decreed to be during the month of Ramadhan, which also includes several other ways of worship,
such as studying the Holy Quran, giving charity, performing Qiyam prayers
(Tarawee'h), and increasing good deeds.
Fasting and the Islamic observance of the month of Ramadhan have great benefits not only to the involved
individuals but also to their families, their communities, their society, and
humanity in general.
Thus, fasting is one of the greatest signs of how much the Creator,
praise to Him, loves humanity. He ordained it for the good of humans in their
first life on Earth and for their everlasting life in the Hereafter.
Consequently, the least humans can do is recognizing this great
blessing and thanking Allah, praise to Him, for His care and for teaching them
that fasting is better for them, as we learn from verse 2: 184.
"وَأَن تَصُومُوا
خَيْرٌ
لَّكُمْ إِن
كُنتُمْ
تَعْلَمُونَ"
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 184).
But to fast is better for you, if
you only know (Al-Baqara, 2: 184).
صدق اللهُ
العظيم والحمدُ
للهِ ربِّ العالمين.
Allah has told the truth, Thanks to Him, the Lord of the
Worlds!
=====================================================================
Appendix
Physical, Mental, and Spiritual Benefits of
Fasting
***
There
are many published research articles about the physical, mental, and spiritual
benefits of fasting. Here are some of them, as examples:
During
the holy month of Ramadan, our diet should not differ very much from our normal
diet, and we should maintain our normal weight. However, if one is over-weight,
Ramadhan is an ideal time to normalize one's weight.
We
should consume slow digesting foods, which contain grains and seeds like
barley, wheat, oats, millet, semolina, beans, lentils, whole meal flour,
unpolished rice, etc. (called complex carbohydrates). We should avoid fast-burning
foods are foods that contain sugar, white flour, etc. (called refined
carbohydrates).
Fiber-containing
foods are bran-containing foods, whole wheat, grains, and seeds, vegetables
like green beans, peas, marrow, mealies, spinach, and other herbs, the leaves
of beetroot (iron-rich), fruit with skin, dried fruit especially dried
apricots, figs and prunes, almonds, etc.
The
foods eaten should be well balanced, containing foods from each food group,
i.e., fruits, vegetables, meat/chicken/fish, bread/cereals and dairy products.
Fried foods are unhealthy and should be limited. They cause indigestion,
heartburn, and weight problems.
Fasting
has been found to be an effective treatment for psychological and emotional
disorders. It helps a person to firm up his/her will, cultivate and refine
his/her taste and manners, strengthen his/her conviction of doing good, avoid
controversy, petulance and rashness, which all contribute to a sane and healthy
personality.
Besides
nurturing resistance and ability to face hardships and endurance, fasting
reflects on outward physical appearance by cutting out gluttony and getting rid
of excess fat. The benefits of fasting on health do not stop there but are
instrumental in alleviating a number of physical diseases, including those of
the digestive systems, such as chronic stomachache, inflammation of the colon,
liver diseases, indigestion, and conditions such as obesity, arterio-sclerosis,
high blood pressure, asthma, and diphtheria.
Generally speaking,
fasting hastens the destruction of the decaying tissues of the body by means of
hunger, and then builds new tissues through nutrition. This is why some
scientists suggest that fasting should be regarded as an effective means of
restoring youthfulness and longevity. However, Islamic teachings exempt from
fasting sick and old people whose health is bound to deteriorate, as stated in
verse 2: 184, mentioned above. [241]
Fasting seems to offer many of the same benefits of calorie
restriction, such as increased longevity, neuroprotection, increased insulin
sensitivity, stronger resistance to stress, some positive effects on endogenous
hormone production, and increased mental clarity. [242]
Research shows that short fasts, lasting anywhere from 20 to
36 hours can in fact reduce some risks for heart disease and diabetes--and
maybe even cancer. Intermittent fasting doesn’t necessarily lead to weight
loss, but it often does. Research shows that when people skip a meal or stop
eating for an entire day, they do tend to eat more at the next meal. But even
if they allow themselves to eat as much as they want, they don’t quite make up
for the calories they missed.
[243]
There are many benefits of fasting, which include resting the
digestive system, allowing for cleansing and detoxification of the body,
creating a break in eating patterns, promoting greater mental clarity,
cleansing and healing "stuck" emotional patterns, leading to a
feeling of physical lightness, increasing energy level, promoting an inner
stillness, and enhancing spiritual connection. [244]
The
art of fasting is an ancient tradition practiced for thousands of years for
curing illness of all kinds, rejuvenation, clarity and decision making,
cleansing and strengthening. Have you noticed that when you're sick, your
appetite diminishes? (Similarly, when animals are ill, they lie down and often
don't eat or drink.) Energy goes towards healing our bodies instead of
digesting food.
Fasting also allows for the body's enzyme system to focus on
detoxifying and breaking down toxins in the body quickly and efficiently
without the job of heavy food digestion. During fasts, toxins are being circulated
in the body in order for our organs to de-arm them. Therefore, it's not always
wise to detoxify quickly because a flood of toxins being released at once can
cause serious distress to the body that can do more harm than good. [245]
Dr. Alan Goldhamer reported that he monitored over 7000
fasts, in 25 years. He mentioned that fasting was a safe and effective means of
maximizing the body’s self-healing capacities. He added that he saw many
conditions responding to fasting. These included cardiovascular diseases,
hypertension, gastrointestinal diseases such colitis or irritable bowel
syndrome, diabetes, uterine fibroid tumors, back and neck pain, as well as
addictions. [246]
It seems that there are
many reasons to consider fasting as a benefit to one's health. The body rids
itself of the toxins that have built up in our fat stores throughout the years.
The body heals itself, repairs all the damaged organs during a fast. And finally,
there is good evidence to show that regulated fasting contributes to longer
life. "The life-span extension of these worms was the equivalent of
keeping a man alive for 600 to 700 years." [247]
The
BBC made a documentary film about fasting. Part of it was news from the
University of Southern California, where Dr. Valter Longo conducted research on
fasting. He compared a mouse which ate normally with another mouse, which was
subjected to fasting. He found that fasting leads to longer life by about 40%,
without suffering from heart diseases, diabetes, or cancer.
There
is now evidence suggesting that IGF-1 growth hormone levels can be lowered by
abstaining from eating for a certain time period, which leads to longer life
span. The reason seems to be that when our bodies no longer have access to food
they switch from "growth mode" to "repair mode".
Micheal Mosley of the
BBC embarked upon a week of 5 days of eating normal food and 2 days
fasting. After 5 weeks of fasting two days a week, the body fat went down
from 27% to 20%, the IGF-1 dropped by 50%, diabetic glucose came back to
normal, and the cholesterol greatly improved. [248]
Pilgrimage, ‘Haj, to the First House of God on Earth
***
الْحَجُّ
إلَى
أَوَّلِ
بَيْتٍ للهِ
عَلَى
الأرْضِ
***
أعوذُ
باللهِ منَ
الشيطانِ
الرجيم
بِسْمِ
اللَّـهِ الرَّحْمَـٰنِ
الرَّحِيمِ
I seek refuge with Allah from the Stoned Shaytan
In the name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful
Introduction
A Muslim is required to perform five
basic 'Ibadat, or ways of worship, or obligations. They are considered the five
pillars of the structure of Islam, which include the proclamation of faith,
prayers, giving charity (zakat), fasting the month of Ramadhan, and
making Haj, pilgrimage.
The ‘Haj, pilgrimage to the House of
Allah in Makkah, Al-Ka'ba, is the climax of being a Muslim. It is a personal
journey for God first, but it gives great satisfaction to the ‘Haaj (pilgrim),
as he/she leaves everything in this life behind when starting the journey. The
pilgrimage to Makkah is also a worldwide conference of Muslims to know one-another, as they come from
various nations, racial groups, and ethnic divisions (49: 13). Once they are
there, they praise Allah for His countless benefits and bounties they have been
enjoying. They are also instructed by Allah to be loving, caring, and tolerant
of each other, as they are equal and none of them is better than others, except
by the degree of righteousness, as stated in the ‘Hadith.
يَا
أَيُّهَا
النَّاسُ
إِنَّا
خَلَقْنَاكُم
مِّن ذَكَرٍ
وَأُنثَىٰ
وَجَعَلْنَاكُمْ
شُعُوبًا
وَقَبَائِلَ
لِتَعَارَفُوا
ۚ إِنَّ
أَكْرَمَكُمْ
عِندَ
اللَّـهِ
أَتْقَاكُمْ
ۚ إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ
عَلِيمٌ
خَبِيرٌ (الْحُجُرَاتُ
، 49: 13).
O People (Humankind), indeed, We have
created you from male and female and made you nations and tribes, that you may
know one another. Indeed, the most noble of you in the sight of Allah is the
most righteous of you. Indeed, Allah is Knowing and Acquainted (Al-‘Hujurat,
49: 13).
وعن جابرِ
بنِ عبدِ
اللهِ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهُ ، أنهُ
قالَ: قالَ
رسولُ اللهِ ،
صلَّى اللهُ
عليهِ وسلَّم:
"يا أيها
الناسُ! إنَّ
ربَّكم واحدٌ
، و إنَّ
أباكم واحدٌ ،
ألا لا فضلَ
لعربيٍّ على
عجميٍّ ، و لا
لعجميٍّ على عربيٍّ
، و لا لأحمرَ
على أسودَ ، و
لا لأسودَ على
أحمرَ ، إلا
بالتقوى. إنَّ
أكرمَكم عندَ
اللهِ
أتقاكُم."
Companion Jabir Bin Abdullah, may Allah
be pleased with him (mAbpwh), said that the Messenger of Allah, peace and
blessings be upon him (pbbuh) said: “O people (humankind), your Lord is One and
your father (Adam) is one. An Arab person is not better than a non-Arab. A
non-Arab is not better than an Arab. A red person is not better than a black
person. A black person is not better than a red person, except in his/her
righteousness (good deeds benefitting people). The most honored among you is
the most righteous.” [249]
A Muslim has to go to Makkah (Mecca) in a
pilgrimage, Haj, at least once in one’s lifetime, if one is capable to do that
physically and financially. This is a visit to the first House of God on Earth.
It is now in Saudi Arabia. There, several million Muslims gather every year,
responding to God's call, confirming their faith, and remembering the story of
the Messenger of Allah Ibrahim (Abraham), peace and blessings of Allah be upon
him, when he left his son, Isma'il, and his wife Hajar (Hagger), over there.
Then, Ibrahim called on Allah to guide people to join them in that valley, as
we learn from verse 14: 37. Thus, the pilgrimage to Makkah is part of God’s
response to His Messenger, Ibrahim, peace be to him.
رَّبَّنَا
إِنِّي
أَسْكَنتُ
مِن ذُرِّيَّتِي
بِوَادٍ
غَيْرِ ذِي
زَرْعٍ عِندَ
بَيْتِكَ
الْمُحَرَّمِ
رَبَّنَا
لِيُقِيمُوا
الصَّلَاةَ
فَاجْعَلْ
أَفْئِدَةً
مِّنَ النَّاسِ
تَهْوِي
إِلَيْهِمْ
وَارْزُقْهُم
مِّنَ
الثَّمَرَاتِ
لَعَلَّهُمْ
يَشْكُرُونَ (إبْرَاهِيمُ
، 14: 37).
Our Lord, I have settled some of my
descendants in an uncultivated valley near Your sacred House, our Lord, that
they may establish prayer. So, make hearts among the people incline toward them
and provide for them from the fruits that they might be grateful (Ibrahim, 14:
37).
In particular, pilgrims remember the
story of the slaughter and sacrifice. As Ismail grew older, Ibrahim came to
slaughter him in obedience to God. It was a test for the three of them. They
passed the test by expressing obedience to God and disobedience to the Shaytan
(Satan) by throwing stones at him.
As Ibrahim put his knife on Isma'il's
neck, the Angel Jibril (Gabriel) came with the good news that they passed the
test and Ibrahim was given a sheep to slaughter instead, as we are told by
verses 37: 102-107.
فَلَمَّا
بَلَغَ
مَعَهُ
السَّعْيَ
قَالَ يَا
بُنَيَّ
إِنِّي
أَرَىٰ فِي
الْمَنَامِ أَنِّي
أَذْبَحُكَ
فَانظُرْ
مَاذَا
تَرَىٰ ۚ
قَالَ يَا
أَبَتِ
افْعَلْ مَا
تُؤْمَرُ ۖ سَتَجِدُنِي
إِن شَاءَ
اللَّـهُ
مِنَ الصَّابِرِينَ
﴿١٠٢﴾ فَلَمَّا
أَسْلَمَا
وَتَلَّهُ
لِلْجَبِينِ ﴿١٠٣﴾
وَنَادَيْنَاهُ
أَن يَا
إِبْرَاهِيمُ
﴿١٠٤﴾
قَدْ
صَدَّقْتَ
الرُّؤْيَا ۚ
إِنَّا كَذَٰلِكَ
نَجْزِي
الْمُحْسِنِينَ
﴿١٠٥﴾
إِنَّ
هَـٰذَا
لَهُوَ
الْبَلَاءُ
الْمُبِينُ ﴿١٠٦﴾
وَفَدَيْنَاهُ
بِذِبْحٍ
عَظِيمٍ ﴿١٠٧﴾ (الصَّافَّاتُ ، 37: 102-107).
And when he reached with him [the age of]
exertion, he said, "O my son, indeed I have seen in a dream that I [must]
sacrifice you, so see what you think." He said, "O my father, do as
you are commanded. You will find me, if Allah wills, of the steadfast."
(102) And when they had both submitted and he put him down upon his forehead,
(103) We called to him, "O Abraham, (104) You have fulfilled the
vision." Indeed, We thus reward the doers of good. (105) Indeed, this was
the clear trial. (106) And We ransomed him with a great sacrifice, (107) (Al-Saffat, 37: 102-107).
Then, Ibrahim and Isma'il rebuilt
Al-Ka'ba, the Cubic House of the Lord, the most sacred place of worship for
Muslims, to which direction they face in their prayers. Pilgrims perform
rituals resembling various parts of the story, as well as orbiting the Ka'ba
and worshipping on the sacred places of Mina, Arafat, and Muzdalifa. [250]
‘Haj (Pilgrimage): The Fifth
Islamic Way of Worship ('Ibada)
Allah, praise to Him, mentions in verses
51: 56-58 of the Holy Quran that he has created humans and Jinn for the sole
purpose of worshipping Him, not to feed or benefit Him, because He the
Beneficent to all of His creation.
وَمَا
خَلَقْتُ
الْجِنَّ
وَالْإِنسَ
إِلَّا
لِيَعْبُدُونِ
﴿٥٦﴾ مَا
أُرِيدُ
مِنْهُم مِّن
رِّزْقٍ
وَمَا أُرِيدُ
أَن
يُطْعِمُونِ ﴿٥٧﴾ إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ
هُوَ
الرَّزَّاقُ
ذُو الْقُوَّةِ
الْمَتِينُ ﴿٥٨﴾(الذَّارِيَاتُ
، 51: 56-58).
And
I have not created the Jinn and humans except to worship Me. (56) I do not want from them any provision, nor do I
want them to feed Me. (57) Indeed, it is Allah who is the Provider,
the One With Power, the Strong. (58) (Al-Dthariyat, 51: 56-58).
So, why does Allah command humans to
worship Him?
When you think about these five ways of
worshipping Allah, praise to Him, you find that all of them have direct
benefits to the worshippers, making them good persons, in good families, living
in good communities, and good societies, in body and soul.
Thus, Allah, praise to Him, wants us to
follow His commands for our own good, as He is in no need for us or for our
worship of Him. But he rejoices that we attempt to be better persons and better
societies by worshipping him and following His commands by choice, as He said
in verses 22: 37 and 29: 6.
لَن
يَنَالَ
اللَّـهَ
لُحُومُهَا
وَلَا دِمَاؤُهَا
وَلَـٰكِن
يَنَالُهُ
التَّقْوَىٰ
مِنكُمْ ۚ
كَذَٰلِكَ
سَخَّرَهَا
لَكُمْ لِتُكَبِّرُوا
اللَّـهَ
عَلَىٰ مَا
هَدَاكُمْ ۗ
وَبَشِّرِ
الْمُحْسِنِينَ
(الْحَجُّ
، 22: 37).
Allah does not get their flesh and their
blood (the sacrificed animals), but He gets your piety (righteousness). Thus,
He has made them subjected to you, so you may glorify Allah that He has guided
you. And give good tidings (O Muhammad) to the good doers (Al-'Hajj, 22: 37).
وَمَن
جَاهَدَ
فَإِنَّمَا
يُجَاهِدُ
لِنَفْسِهِ ۚ
إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ
لَغَنِيٌّ
عَنِ الْعَالَمِينَ (الْعَنْكَبُوتُ
، 29: 6).
And whosoever strives, (he) strives for
himself, for Allah is in no need of (His creatures inhabiting) the Worlds (Al-‘Ankaboot,
29: 6).
Verses about ‘Haj (Pilgrimage),
as a Mandated Worship
Verses 96-97 of Surat Al-'Imran (Chapter
3) of the Holy Quran include God's command to Muslims to make the pilgrimage to
His First House on Earth, in Makkah:
إِنَّ
أَوَّلَ
بَيْتٍ
وُضِعَ
لِلنَّاسِ لَلَّذِي
بِبَكَّةَ
مُبَارَكًا
وَهُدًى لِّلْعَالَمِينَ
﴿٩٦﴾ فِيهِ
آيَاتٌ
بَيِّنَاتٌ
مَّقَامُ
إِبْرَاهِيمَ
ۖ وَمَن
دَخَلَهُ
كَانَ آمِنًا
ۗ وَلِلَّـهِ
عَلَى
النَّاسِ
حِجُّ
الْبَيْتِ مَنِ
اسْتَطَاعَ
إِلَيْهِ
سَبِيلًا ۚ
وَمَن كَفَرَ
فَإِنَّ
اللَّـهَ
غَنِيٌّ عَنِ
الْعَالَمِينَ
﴿٩٧﴾ (آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 96-97).
The
First House (of worship) appointed for humankind was that at Bakkah (Makkah), a
blessed place, and guidance to the worlds (96)
Wherein,
(there) are clear signs (of Allah's guidance), the place where Ibrahim
(Abraham) stood up (to pray), and whosoever enters it is safe. And pilgrimage
to the House is a duty on people for Allah, on whoever can find a way (to make
it). As for whoever disbelieves, (let him know that) Allah is in no need of
(His creatures inhabiting) the worlds. (97) (Aal-‘Imran,
3: 96-97).
Verse 22: 26 of the Holy Quran mentions
that the Haj (pilgrimage) was also ordained on Ibrahim, who was commanded to purify the
House of Allah and prepare it (make it ready) for pilgrims, who would come to
circumambulate (circle) the Ka’ba and to perform their
prayers around it.
In verses 22: 27-29, Allah, praise to
Him, commands His Messenger Muhammed, pbbuh, and Muslims through him, to renew
this way of worship (‘ibada), which is beneficial to them, during this lower
life (by that which they eat and by that which they earn from business
transactions) and in the hereafter (by earning God’s mercy and contentment, and
consequently His everlasting rewards).
وَإِذْ
بَوَّأْنَا
لِإِبْرَاهِيمَ
مَكَانَ
الْبَيْتِ
أَن لَّا
تُشْرِكْ بِي
شَيْئًا
وَطَهِّرْ
بَيْتِيَ
لِلطَّائِفِينَ
وَالْقَائِمِينَ
وَالرُّكَّعِ
السُّجُودِ ﴿٢٦﴾ وَأَذِّن
فِي النَّاسِ
بِالْحَجِّ
يَأْتُوكَ
رِجَالًا
وَعَلَىٰ
كُلِّ
ضَامِرٍ يَأْتِينَ
مِن كُلِّ
فَجٍّ
عَمِيقٍ ﴿٢٧﴾ لِّيَشْهَدُوا
مَنَافِعَ
لَهُمْ
وَيَذْكُرُوا
اسْمَ
اللَّـهِ فِي
أَيَّامٍ
مَّعْلُومَاتٍ
عَلَىٰ مَا
رَزَقَهُم
مِّن بَهِيمَةِ
الْأَنْعَامِ
ۖ فَكُلُوا
مِنْهَا وَأَطْعِمُوا
الْبَائِسَ
الْفَقِيرَ ﴿٢٨﴾ ثُمَّ
لْيَقْضُوا
تَفَثَهُمْ
وَلْيُوفُوا
نُذُورَهُمْ
وَلْيَطَّوَّفُوا
بِالْبَيْتِ
الْعَتِيقِ ﴿٢٩﴾ (الْحَجُّ ، 22: 26-29).
And
(mention, O Muhammad), when We designated for Ibrahim the site of the House,
(saying), "Do not associate anything with Me," and purify My House
for those who circumambulate it (perform Tawaf by orbiting it), and those who
stand, bow, and prostrate (in prayer). (26)
And
announce to the people (to come to) the Hajj (pilgrimage), they will come to
you on foot, and on every lean camel, they will come from every distant road -
(27)
(They
come to observe this worship and) they may witness benefits for themselves, and
mention the name of Allah during known days, for what He has provided for them
of (sacrificial) animals. So, eat from them, and feed the miserable poor. (28)
Then,
let them end their (i'hram ritual) restrictions, fulfill their vows, and
circumambulate (perform Tawaf) around the Shielded (and First) House
(Al-Ka'ba)." (29) (Al-Haj, 22: 26-29).
***
In his interpretation of
verse 22: 28, Ibn Katheer mentions that Muslims generally, and pilgrims in
particular, should increase mentioning the name of Allah as well as thanking
and glorifying Him, during the
first ten days of Dhul 'Hijja. In his interpretation of the "known
days,” he added that this was a reference to the duration of the Haj
(pilgrimage), which starts when pilgrims stand on the Arafat Mountain area,
continues to the ‘Eid Day, and includes
two to three days after ‘Eid.
Concerning the animals, which are
sacrificed during the Haj (pilgrimage) time (as mentioned in verse 22: 28), Ibn
Katheer reports various interpretations based on ‘Hadiths and Companions’
opinions. The general conclusion is that the major objective is feeding the
people. This includes pilgrims themselves, their acquaintances, and the poor.
This means that the verse is promoting the distribution of the sacrificed
animal meat, in any way we can. Thus, slaughtering animals, during the Haj
(pilgrimage) time, aims at benefiting people, just like all other ways of
worship (‘ibadat), as detailed in Chapter 8 of the first book about Islam by
this author (Islam: A Scientific View of God’s Message to Humanity).
A pilgrim can give all of it or half of
it to the poor, as stated in verse 22: 28, or keep one-third of it, give one-third to the
acquaintances or neighbors who do not ask, and one-third of it to the needy who
ask, according to Al-Qurtubi’s interpretation of verse 22: 36.
In explaining verse 22: 29), Al-Tabari
mentions the pilgrimage requirements, which need to be observed. These include
standing in Arafa and Muzdalifa, slaughtering animals, shaving hair, cutting
nails, throwing stones, and making circumambulation around the Ka’ba, as the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, did.
The three interpreters mentioned that the
adjective used in the verse to describe the House of Allah as
"'Ateeq" means “ancient” but they also added that it means “free from
tyrants.”
‘Haj (Pilgrimage) and the Best
of Manners
One of the most beautiful aspects of the
‘Haj (pilgrimage) is the emphasis on practicing the best of manners, which are
the manners contained in the commands of Allah, praise to Him, and the
teachings of His Messenger, pbbuh. The importance of this emphasis is
necessitated by the fact that millions of pilgrims will be together in Makkah,
during the ‘Haj (pilgrimage) days every year. In order for them to complete
their pilgrimage at ease, in love, and tolerance, they need to practice the
best of manners towards one-another.
Such emphasis on practicing the best of
manners is mentioned in verses 2: 197-202 of the Holy Quran, which contain
God’s directives to pilgrims to abstain from sexual intercourse with their
spouses as well as any obscenity in words or actions. The verses also urge
pilgrims to avoid any disobedience of God’s commands and any arguments, in
order to avoid upsetting one-another. Instead, pilgrims are recommended to do
good deeds, mention God’s name as much as they can, ask for His forgiveness,
and call on Him to give them the best in this life and in the hereafter.
بِسْمِ
اللَّـهِ
الرَّحْمَـٰنِ
الرَّحِيمِ
الْحَجُّ
أَشْهُرٌ
مَّعْلُومَاتٌ
ۚ فَمَن فَرَضَ
فِيهِنَّ
الْحَجَّ
فَلَا رَفَثَ
وَلَا
فُسُوقَ
وَلَا
جِدَالَ فِي
الْحَجِّ ۗ وَمَا
تَفْعَلُوا
مِنْ خَيْرٍ
يَعْلَمْهُ اللَّـهُ
ۗ
وَتَزَوَّدُوا
فَإِنَّ
خَيْرَ الزَّادِ
التَّقْوَىٰ
ۚ
وَاتَّقُونِ
يَا أُولِي
الْأَلْبَابِ
﴿١٩٧﴾ لَيْسَ
عَلَيْكُمْ
جُنَاحٌ أَن
تَبْتَغُوا
فَضْلًا مِّن
رَّبِّكُمْ ۚ
فَإِذَا أَفَضْتُم
مِّنْ
عَرَفَاتٍ
فَاذْكُرُوا
اللَّـهَ
عِندَ
الْمَشْعَرِ
الْحَرَامِ ۖ
وَاذْكُرُوهُ
كَمَا
هَدَاكُمْ
وَإِن كُنتُم
مِّن
قَبْلِهِ
لَمِنَ
الضَّالِّينَ
﴿١٩٨﴾ ثُمَّ
أَفِيضُوا
مِنْ حَيْثُ
أَفَاضَ النَّاسُ
وَاسْتَغْفِرُوا
اللَّـهَ ۚ
إِنَّ اللَّـهَ
غَفُورٌ
رَّحِيمٌ ﴿١٩٩﴾ فَإِذَا
قَضَيْتُم
مَّنَاسِكَكُمْ
فَاذْكُرُوا
اللَّـهَ
كَذِكْرِكُمْ
آبَاءَكُمْ
أَوْ أَشَدَّ
ذِكْرًا ۗ
فَمِنَ
النَّاسِ مَن
يَقُولُ
رَبَّنَا
آتِنَا فِي
الدُّنْيَا
وَمَا لَهُ
فِي
الْآخِرَةِ
مِنْ خَلَاقٍ ﴿٢٠٠﴾ وَمِنْهُم
مَّن يَقُولُ
رَبَّنَا
آتِنَا فِي
الدُّنْيَا
حَسَنَةً
وَفِي
الْآخِرَةِ
حَسَنَةً
وَقِنَا
عَذَابَ
النَّارِ ﴿٢٠١﴾ أولَـٰئِكَ
لَهُمْ
نَصِيبٌ
مِّمَّا كَسَبُوا
ۚ وَاللَّـهُ
سَرِيعُ
الْحِسَابِ ﴿٢٠٢﴾ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 197-202).
In the name
of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful
‘Hajj is
(during) well-known months, so whoever has made Hajj obligatory upon himself
therein (by entering the state of ihram), there is (to be for him) no sexual
activity, no disobedience, and no disputing during the Haj. And whatever good
you do, Allah knows it. And take provisions, but indeed, the best provision is
piety (righteousness). And be pious to Me, O you the ones with minds
(reasoning). (197)
There is
no blame upon you for seeking bounty from your Lord (during Haj) but when you
depart from 'Arafat, mention the name of Allah, at Al-Mash'ar Al-Haram. And
remember Him, as He has guided you, for indeed, you were before that (before
Islam) among those astray. (198)
Then
depart from the place from where the people depart and ask forgiveness of
Allah. Indeed, Allah is Forgiving and Merciful. (199)
And when
you have completed your rites, mention the name of Allah and remember Him like
your remembrance of your fathers or with (much) greater remembrance. And among
the people is he who says, "Our Lord, give us in this world," and he
will have in the Hereafter no share. (200)
But
among them is he who says, "Our Lord, give us good life in this world and
good life in the Hereafter, and protect us from the punishment of the
Fire." (201)
Those
will have a share of what they have earned, and Allah is swift in account (202)
(Al-Baqara, 2: 197-202).
The emphasis on practicing the best of
manners is also contained in the teachings of the Messenger of Allah, peace and
blessings be upon him (pbbuh), such as in the following three ‘Hadiths:
فَعَنْ
أبي هُرَيْرَةَ
، رَضِيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنهُ
قالَ: قالَ
رسولُ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ َوَسَلَّمَ:
"إنَّما
بعثتُ
لأتمِّمَ
مَكارِمَ
الأخلاقِ."
Companion Abu Hurayra, may Allah be
pleased with him (mAbpwh), said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “I
was sent to finalize (for humanity) the best of manners.” [251]
It was also emphasized in another
‘Hadith, in which pilgrims were given the good news that their sins would be
forgiven if they practice the good manners of abstaining from obscenity and
disobedience of God’s commands.
وَعَنْ
أبي هُرَيْرَةَ
، رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنهُ
قالَ: سَمِعْتُ
النبيَّ ، صَلَّى
اللهُ عليه
وسلَّمَ ،
يقولُ: "مَن حَجَّ
لِلَّهِ
فَلَمْ
يَرْفُثْ ،
ولَمْ
يَفْسُقْ ،
رَجَعَ
كَيَومِ
ولَدَتْهُ
أُمُّهُ."
Companion Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, said that
he heard the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, saying: “Whoever made a pilgrimage for
Allah, without committing obscenity or disobedience, he/she will go back like
he/she was born (without any sins).” [252]
وعَنْ
جابرٍ بنِ
عبدِ اللهِ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّهُ
قالَ: قالَ
رسولُ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ وسَلَّمَ:
"الحجُّ
المبرورُ
ليسَ له جزاءٌ
إلا الجنةَ."
قالوا يا
نبيَّ اللهِ
ما الحجُّ
المبرورُ؟
(وما
بِرُّهُ؟).
قالَ: "إطعامُ
الطعامِ
وإفشاءُ
السلامِ."
Companion Jabir Bin ‘Abdullah, mAbpwh,
said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “The accepted pilgrimage (‘haj mabroor) is rewarded by nothing
less than Paradise.”
Then, the Companions asked: O Prophet of
Allah: What is the accepted pilgrimage (‘haj mabroor)? He said: “It is that in which pilgrims
give food away and spread greetings of peace to one-another.” [253]
The Prophet's Farewell
Pilgrimage (Khutbat Al-Wada')
The Conquest of Makkah was on the 20th
day of Ramadhan, of the 8th Hijri year. In the following year, the
Prophet, pbbuh, sent Abu Bakr, mAbpwh, to Makkah, as the commander of about 300
Muslim pilgrims. In the 10th Hijri year, the Prophet, pbbuh, headed
pilgrims for the first and last time. So, Muslims called it the Farewell
Pilgrimage. During his stay in Arafat, he addressed Muslims in what became
known as his famous Farewell Address (Khutbat Al-Wada’). At night, when
he was still in Arafat, he received one of the greatest verses of the Holy
Quran (5: 3), which announced the perfection of God’s religion, as represented
by enabling Muslims to perform the pilgrimage, the fifth way of worship, as a
result of the Conquest of Makkah. It also included the announcement that Allah,
praise to Him, has completed His blessings to humans by the completion of His
religion to them. Then, the Seal of all Messengers and Prophets died 81 days
after that revelation.
الْيَوْمَ
أَكْمَلْتُ
لَكُمْ
دِينَكُمْ وَأَتْمَمْتُ
عَلَيْكُمْ
نِعْمَتِي
وَرَضِيتُ
لَكُمُ
الْإِسْلَامَ
دِينًا (الْمَائِدَةُ
،
5: 3).
This day, I have perfected your religion
for you, completed my favor upon you, and approved for you Islam, as your
religion (Al-Ma-ida, 5: 3).
The Farewell Address included a summary
of important Islamic principles, human rights, and the best of manners, which
elevate humans to reach the honored rank Allah, praise to Him, has willed for
them. So, the Prophet, pbbuh, urged Muslims to guard the life and property of
one-another, live up to the expectations of those who trust them, not to take
usurious interests on loans, end family blood feuds, and to obey Allah in that
which He allowed and prohibited. The Prophet, pbbuh, also emphasized the good
treatment of women. Further, he mentioned that Muslims will not go astray as
long as they follow the Holy Quran and the teachings of the Prophet, pbbuh. He
concluded his with the confirmation that Muslims are brothers (and sisters),
which means that they should not transgress against one-another or take
anything by force from one-another. [254]
‘Haj Rituals and ‘Eidul Ad’ha
Pilgrims perform various rituals of the
‘Haj (pilgrimage), following the teachings and actions of the Prophet, pbbuh.
Before entering Makkah, men put on the two pieces of the white I’hram cloth and
women maintain their decent clothes, covering the body, except their hands and
faces. This makes them pilgrims equal in appearance and gets them to be ready
for performing this majestic worship. When they arrive at the Holiest House of
Allah on Earth, in Makkah, they start with greeting Al-Ka'ba, with Tawaf
Al-Qudoom, which is composed of seven circumambulations around it. They perform
this ritual while the Ka’ba is to their left, which is against the movement of
the clock hands. This is in accordance with the movement law in the universe,
such as in the case of electrons in their movement around the nucleus in an
atom, or in the case of planets in their movements around the sun, or in the
movement of stars around the center of the galaxy, or the movement of galaxies
around the center of the universe. [255]
After performing the seven
circumambulations around the Ka’ba, pilgrims move to an adjacent area, where
they perform Sa'iy (fast walking for women as well as fast walking and running
for men, seven times, between the two points of Safa and Marwa). This
ritual is performed as an emulation of that which Hajar, peace be to her, did
in her attempts to look for water away from her child, Isma’il, peace be to
him, then to come back quickly to guard him against predators. Thus doing, she fast
walked and sometimes ran between the two points, seven times. Finally, the
angel Jibril, peace be to him, struck the rocks, causing water to come out to
the surface from the Zamzam well, so that they (and other people after that)
can drink from it. [256]
Then, pilgrims go to the area of Mina,
which is about seven kilometers from the Ka’ba, to rest. There, pilgrims pray
Noon (Dthuhr), mid-afternoon (‘Asr), Sunset (Maghrib), Night
(‘Isha), and Dawn (Fajr) shortened prayers but performed at their regular
times. After the sunrise of the 9th day of Dthul ‘Hijja, they
move to the area of Namira, where they stay until noon. Then, they move to the
area of ‘Arafa (‘Arafat), which is about twenty kilometers away from the Ka’ba.
There, they pray the Noon (Dthuhr) prayer as two units (rak’as), which
is directly followed by praying the mid-afternoon (‘Asr) prayer. After the
sunset, pilgrims move to the area of Muzdalifa, where they pray the Sunset (Maghrib)
and Night (‘Isha) prayers, consecutively, with one call for prayers (Adthan)
but with two announcements (Iqamas). They spend the night in Muzdalifa and
perform the Dawn (Fajr) prayer over there. While being in all these sacred
areas, pilgrims keep mentioning the name of Allah, praising and glorifying Him,
as well as calling on Him to extend His mercy and blessings to them, their
families, and their societies.
Before the sunrise of the 10th
day of Dthul ‘Hijja, pilgrims go back to Mina, where they throw the
first round of stones (Jamaratul ‘Aqaba), which includes throwing seven stones
at the symbolic location of the Shaytan (Satan), saying Allahu Akbar (God is
Grater), each time. This is followed by the slaughter of animals (a task
performed by sponsors these days), cutting their nails and some of their hair,
taking showers, and putting on regular clothes. At this point, pilgrims end
their first state of I’hram, which means that they can do anything allowed to
them, except being intimate with their spouses.
In the morning of the 10th day
of Dthul ‘Hijja, which is ‘Eidul Adh’ha Day, pilgrims go to the
‘Haram Mosque, to perform the seven circumambulations of the Ifadha
Tawaf and the Sa’iy between Safa and Marwa. Once they complete these two
rituals, pilgrims end their second state of I’hram, which allows them to go
back to their normal life, including being intimate with their spouses.
Pilgrims go back to Mina, for rest, and
to perform the remaining ‘Haj rituals. Some of them may stay there for two days
(11th and 12th of Dul-‘Hijja), during which they throw
stones at the Shaytan (Satan) symbolic location. Others may choose to
stay until the 13th day of Dthul ‘Hijja, to throw a third round of
stones, which is better. This ritual is performed as an emulation of that which
Ibrahim, peace be upon him, did when the Shaytan (Satan) tried to dissuade him
away from obeying Allah’s command of slaughtering his son. Ibrahim, peace be
upon him, rejected the Shaytan attempts by throwing stones at him, thus passing
Allah’s test. The ‘Haj (pilgrimage) is
concluded by the Farewell circumambulation (Tawaf Al-Wada’), after which
pilgrims go back to their countries. [257]
While pilgrims perform their Haj rituals
in Makkah, Muslims around the world gather in Mosques, on the 10th
day of Dthul Hijja, to celebrate the climax of the pilgrimage, ‘Eidul Adh'ha.
They exalt Allah and glorify Him. They also praise the Prophet, pbbuh, his
house, and his companions, singing the Takbeer hymn in Arabic. It's the annual
Islamic celebration commemorating the story of the sacrifice and the completion
of God's Message to humanity. Then, Muslims go home, where those who are
financially capable among them, slaughter animals, cook some of the meat, and
distribute the rest among the poor, friends, and neighbors. The ‘Eid day
is also a great opportunity to visit relatives or call them if they live
faraway. [258]
Conclusion
The ‘Haj (pilgrimage) is the fifth way of
worship (‘Ibada) in Islam, with which Allah, praise to Him, has completed His
religion and finalized His blessings to humanity. Through performing this
worship, Muslims apply the highest levels of the best manners, get to know
one-another, and stand equal before their Creator, despite the differences in
their ancestries, skin colors, languages, and wealth.
The ‘Haj (pilgrimage) is also an
acknowledgement that there is only one religion. Allah, praise to Him, has sent
it to guide humanity, in several messages, through His Messengers, at different
times. He has completed it, by the Holy Quran, which was descended to His final
Messenger, Muhammed, pbbuh.
In addition, the ‘Haj (pilgrimage)
represents the deepest and loftiest of meanings. It links Earth with heaven,
through visiting the First House of Allah on Earth and through the
circumambulation around it, which resembles the movement of the heavenly bodies
around their centers. Finally, it represents a high degree of faith, as
pilgrims leave everything in this world behind them, to be guests of Allah, in
His sacred House, asking Him to give them the greatest of His blessings: His
contentment, His love, and an everlasting life in His Paradise.
Notes, Elaboration,
and Source Documentation
* Author’s note about the translation
of the meanings of the verses and ‘Hadeeths mentioned in this book:
This author’s
translation of the meanings of the verses and the ‘Hadeeths mentioned in this
book is solely his responsibility though he consulted with several translations
of the Holy Quran, such as Sahih International, Yusuf Ali, Hilali & Khan,
as well as Qaribullah & Darwish, which are carried by www.quranexplorer.com and www.tanzil.net. The author
also made use of the interpretations offered by the three renowned the Holy
Quran (Al-Tabari, Al-Qurtubi, and Ibn Katheer).
Readers
are advised that it is the meaning of the verses which is translated and
interpreted here. It is a human effort that may be fallible and erroneous.
Further, there are differences between a translator and another and between an
interpreter and another due to differences in their linguistic, academic, and
cultural backgrounds. There is no claim of ultimate accuracy in the
translation, as verses of the Holy Quran can be best understood through the
Arabic text of revelation.
Yahiya Emerick mentioned some of the above verses on pages 24-27
of his educational book, "What Islam Is All About." (1997). New York:
IBTS.
Author’s note About the
transliteration of the Arabic sounds:
There are three Arabic vowels and their three strong forms (Tanween, i.e. adding
"N"). The first is the Fat'ha, which maybe expressed in
English by the sound / a /, with its strong form of / an /. The second is the
Kasra, which maybe expressed by the sound / i /, with its strong form of / in
/. The third Arabic vowel is the Dhamma, which maybe expressed by the
sound / u /, with its strong form of / un /.
Thus, following Arabic
grammatical rules, the six vowel forms maybe illustrated in how a common noun,
such as bab (door), maybe written and pronounced as baba, baban, babi, babin,
babu, and babun.
While all these
six vowel forms are written in the Arabic text of the Holy Quran, not all of
them are pronounced in recitation, particularly at the end of each verse.
However, they maybe pronounced when several verses are continuously recited.
Arabic written words are
mainly composed of consonants; vowels are added as symbols over or under a
letter, as in the case of the text of the Holy Quran. However, in books and
written media, only basic consonants and essential vowels are written as letters.
No vowel symbols are added, as it is expected from an average educated Arabic
speaker to know how to pronounce the words without vowel symbols.
Underlined letters in the
Quran and ‘Hadeeth transliteration
Some Arabic letters and
sounds have no counterparts in the English alphabet and the English phonetic
transcription. There are nine Arabic sounds which have no equivalence in the
English alphabet. These are ( ح خ ص ض ط ظ ع غ
ق ). Some translators underline the closest English letters to
these Arabic letters, in order to tell readers that these are pronounced
differently in Arabic. The closest sounds expressing the Arabic letters in
parentheses, from right to left, are ( h, kh, s, dh, t, tdh, a, gh, q ). However,
underlining them as ( h, kh, s, dh, t, tdh,
a, gh, q ) conveys the message that these are different
from the English sounds expressed by the letters of the English alphabet.
The Arabic letter and
sound of Tha ( ث ) does not have an equivalent letter and
sound in English. Therefore, it is transliterated by the two underlined English
letters "th" to indicate that this is just one Arabic letter
and sound. This is the case of the sound pronounced at the beginning of the
English word "three."
Another examples is that
of the Arabic letter and sound of Dhal ( ذ ),
is transliterated by the two underlined English letters / dh / to
indicate that this is just one Arabic letter and sound. This is the case of the
sound pronounced at the beginning of the English word "that."
This author uses this
same method of underlining these letters, with the exception of the two Arabic
letters expressed by the / h / and / a / sounds. Instead of
underlining them, he adds an apostrophe before the letter to become / 'h / and
/ 'a / respectively. Using an apostrophe instead of underling a letter is for
practical reasons only. First, these two letters are more frequently used than
the other letters in the list. Second, it is easier to use the apostrophe on
keyboards than adding underlining after writing.
As an example, an
apostrophe is used before the English letter / a / to express the eighteenth
letter of the Arabic alphabet / 'ayn /, as in the case of the transliteration
of the Good Name of God, Al-'Azeez, the tenth on the list.
An apostrophe is also
used before the English letter / h / to express the sixth letter of the Arabic
alphabet / 'ha /, as in the case of translating the Good Name of God, Al-A'had,
The above usage of an
apostrophe to help express the Arabic sound / 'a / may not be enough if the
sound occurs at the end of a word, such as in the case of the Good Name of God,
number 30, "Al-Samee'u." This Good Name of God is pronounced as "Al-Samee'
" without conjugation. However, because the sound / 'a / occurs at the end
of the word, the pronunciation may become distorted as / as-samee'a / instead
of / as-samee ' /. As a solution, this author is using the conjugated form of
the noun as a subject to become / as-samee'u /, the closest to the Arabic
pronunciation.
***
Notes for Chapter 1: Islam: A Brief Introduction
[1] Out of love
and appreciation, whenever the name of Allah (the God) is mentioned, Muslims
follow it with the words: “sub’hanahu wa Ta’ala” (praise to Him in His Highness).
Whenever the name of Prophet Mu’hammed is mentioned, Muslims follow it with the
words: “peace and blessings of Allah be upon him” (ppuh). This also applies to
all Prophets and Messengers of Allah. A Companion of the Prophet is honored
with the words: “May Allah be pleased with him” (mAbpwh). Appreciation for
Muslim scholars is expressed with the words: “May Allah reward him/them better
for their work.”
"Allah" is the
name which God has chosen for Himself, as stated in verse 27: 9 of the Holy
Quran. He is the Creator of life, Who is worshipped by His creations, as an
expression of gratitude for the blessings of life, care, provision, and promise
of everlasting life in the hereafter for the righteous believers among them.
The word "Allah" means "The
God," In addressing Him, a Muslim may say in Arabic "Ilahi" (my
God). However, Muslims usually refer to God with the definite article, Al,
contracted with the noun to become Allah, thus addressing Him with "Ya
Allah" (O Allah).
The definite article (the) in Arabic takes
two forms: "El" and "Al." Almost all usage of the definite
article in the Holy Quran is in the "Al" form. However, there are
three words in the Holy Quran, which include the "El" form. These are
used in reference to Prophet "El-Yas" (Elijah), his house (family)
"El-Elyasin," and Prophet "El-Yassa' " (Eisha), with the
Hamza under the Alif, the equivalent of which in English are the vowels
"E" and “I” (The Holy Quran, verse 6: 85 and verse 37: 130).
It is noteworthy that Christian Arabs also
refer to God as Allah in their Bibles, prayers, and daily discourse. A famous
Christian Arab phrase is "Allah Ma’habah," or "God is
love."
According to the Koufi Arabic grammatical
school, a noun is derived from a verb (not the other way around, as argued by
the Basra school). Thus, this Name (Allah) is derived from the verb,
“aliha,” which means that a worshipper has taken a God for his/her worship. It
is also derived from another verb, “ta-allaha,” which means that the Worshipped
has declared Himself as a God, in order to be known and worshipped by his
creations.
The Great Creator has described Himself as “Allah,” praise to
Him, which means that He is the Only God, Who brought the Dominion (Cosmos,
Universe) into existence, including what and who exist in it. As a result, His
creations are obligated to worship Him, particularly by performing prayers in
which He is constantly mentioned, as revealed in verse 14 of Soorat Ta-Ha
(Chapter 20 of the Holy Quran).
This was also mentioned in verse 9 of Soorat
Al-Naml (27), which mentions His Godhood with two other Good Names of His:
Al-‘Azeez and Al-‘Hakeem (the Exalted in Might and the Wise). In addition, in verse
30 of Soorat Al-Qasas (28), our Lord, praise to Him, describes
Himself as “Allah,” Who is the Lord of the Worlds. This means that He is the
educator, the Guard, and the Bestower of countless favors to His creations,
which are inhabiting His various worlds (dominions, universes, cosmoses). Such
favors include this first life, blessings, mercy, and the everlasting life in
His Paradise, in the hereafter, for the righteous believers, among both humans
and jinn. In these three verses, He says:
إِنَّنِي
أَنَا
اللَّـهُ لَا
إِلَـٰهَ
إِلَّا أَنَا
فَاعْبُدْنِي
وَأَقِمِ
الصَّلَاةَ
لِذِكْرِي (طَهَ ،
20: 14).
يَا
مُوسَىٰ
إِنَّهُ أَنَا
اللَّـهُ
الْعَزِيزُ
الْحَكِيمُ (النَّمْلُ ، 27: 9).
يَا
مُوسَىٰ
إِنِّي أَنَا
اللَّـهُ رَبُّ
الْعَالَمِينَ (الْقَصَصُ
، 28: 30).
Indeed, I am Allah. There is no (other)
God except Me. So, worship Me and establish prayer for My remembrance (Ta-Ha,
20: 14).
O Moosa (Moses), indeed it is I, Allah, the Exalted
in Might, the Wise (Al-Naml).
… O Moosa (Moses), indeed, I am Allah, Lord of the Worlds
(Al-Qasas, 28: 30).
Al-Ghazali said that this Name is the
greatest of God’s Good Names. All other Names are adjectives, describing it.
Therefore, it is His greatest Name. Ibn Katheer agreed with him on that opinion
but added that it could be “Al-Qayyoom” (the Sustainer of the Dominion).
Al-Sha’rawi defined this Name (Allah) as the one which includes the adjectives
of Godhood.
More about “Allah” can be found in the third
book about Islam by this author, which is titled: “Allah, His Good Names, Who
Is He? What Does He Want for Humans?”
[2] The Holy Quran mentions that all Messengers of Allah and
believers before Prophet Mu’hammed, pbbuh, were also Muslims, as stated in
Verses 2: 132-133; 3: 19, 52, 67, 84; 7: 126; 12: 101; 27: 42, 91; 28: 53; 32:
12; 51: 36; 72: 14.
وَوَصَّىٰ
بِهَا
إِبْرَاهِيمُ
بَنِيهِ وَيَعْقُوبُ
يَا بَنِيَّ
إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ اصْطَفَىٰ
لَكُمُ
الدِّينَ
فَلَا
تَمُوتُنَّ إِلَّا
وَأَنتُم
مُّسْلِمُونَ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 132).
And Ibraheem (Abraham) instructed
his sons and (so did) Ya’qoob (Jacob): "O my sons, indeed Allah has chosen
for you this religion. So, do not die except while you are Muslims"
(Al-Baqara, 2: 132).
[3] The two verses and the ‘Hadith about the meanings of
“Islam” are as follows:
بَلَىٰ
مَنْ
أَسْلَمَ
وَجْهَهُ
لِلَّـهِ وَهُوَ
مُحْسِنٌ
فَلَهُ
أَجْرُهُ
عِندَ رَبِّهِ
وَلَا خَوْفٌ
عَلَيْهِمْ
وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 112).
Yes, whoever submits his face in Islam
to Allah while being a doer of good, will have his reward with his Lord. And no
fear will there be concerning them, nor will they grieve (Al-Baqara, 2: 112).
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
ادْخُلُوا
فِي
السِّلْمِ
كَافَّةً
وَلَا
تَتَّبِعُوا
خُطُوَاتِ
الشَّيْطَانِ
ۚ إِنَّهُ
لَكُمْ
عَدُوٌّ
مُّبِينٌ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 208).
O, you who have believed: Enter into
Islam completely and do not follow the footsteps of Shaytan (Satan). Indeed, he
is to you a clear enemy (Al-Baqara, 2: 112).
The Arabic text, its English
translation, and its authentication are as follows:
عنْ أبي
هُرَيْرَهَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ رسولَ
اللهِ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ ، قالَ:
"الْمُسْلِمُ
مَنْ سَلِمَ
الناسُ من لِسَانِهِ
وَيَدِهِ ،
والْمُؤْمِنُ
مَنْ أمِنَهُ
النَّاسُ على
دِمَائِهِم
وَأمْوَالِهِم"
(صَحَّحهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 6710 ،
وقالَ إنَّهُ
صَحِيحٌ
حَسَنٌ ، وعنْ
صحيحِ النِّسَائِيِّ:
5010
، وصحيحِ
التِّرْمِذِيِّ:
2627).
Companion Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, said
that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: "The Muslim is (the person) from whose
tongue and hand people are kept safe. The Mumin is the one who is entrusted by
people concerning their blood and their wealth" (It was authenticated as a
Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 6710,
Al-Nisa-i: 5010, and Al-Tirmidthi: 2627).
The main source for the authentication
of the ‘Hadeeths mentioned in this book, and in other books by this author, is https://dorar.net, particularly with reference to the work of Shaikh Al-Albani, may
Allah reward him for his great efforts in this field.
Another
source was “Riyadh Al-Sali’heen” by Imam Al-Nawawi, which was
published in Damascus and Beirut, by Dar Ibn Katheer, in 1428/2007. It is also
carried as a photocopy or as a print, in many websites, such as:
https://archive.org/stream/waq85745waq/85745#page/n518/mode/2up and
https://ar.wikisource.org/wiki
[4] Verse 49: 14 ranks “Iman” as a higher level of faith than
“Islam,” as follows:
قَالَتِ
الْأَعْرَابُ
آمَنَّا ۖ قُل
لَّمْ تُؤْمِنُوا
وَلَـٰكِن
قُولُوا
أَسْلَمْنَا
وَلَمَّا
يَدْخُلِ
الْإِيمَانُ
فِي قُلُوبِكُمْ
ۖ (الْحُجُرَاتُ
، 49: 14).
The (Arabian) desert dwellers said, "We have believed (reached
Iman)." Say, "You have not (yet) believed; but say (instead), 'We
have submitted (entered Islam),' for faith has not yet entered your hearts
(Al-‘Hujurat, 49: 14).
Abdullah,
the Son of Omar, mAbpwt both, said that one day, the angel Jibril, peace be to
him, came to the Masjid, and asked the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, several
questions, and said that he was right in his answers. Among these were three
questions about Islam, Iman, and I’hsan. The Prophet’s answers were as follows:
Islam is to proclaim that there is no other god than
Allah and Muhammed is the Messenger of Allah, to perform the prayers, to pay
the Zakat (charity), to fast (during the month of) Ramadhan, and to make
the pilgrimage to the House (of God) if you are capable to do so.
Iman is to believe in Allah, His angels, His books,
His messengers, the Last Day, and to believe in God's precise measurement and His just decrees on everything, including (what may be perceived as) good or
bad.
I'hsan
is to worship Allah as if you are seeing him, and while you do not see Him, He
truly sees you.
This ‘Hadeeth was recorded as Sa’hee’h
by Muslim: 8, Abu Dawood: 4695, Al-Tirmidthi: 2610, Al-Nisa-i: 4990, Ibn
Maja: 63, and A’hmed: 367, with little difference between them. It is also
number 17 in the “Forty Qudsi’ ‘Hadeeths, collected by Al-Nawawi, and number 60
in his book, titled as Riyadh Al-Sali’heen.
[5] Taught to him by one intense in strength (Al-Najm, 53: 5).
عَلَّمَهُ
شَدِيدُ
الْقُوَىٰ
(النَّجْمُ ، 53:
5).
[6] Indeed, it is We who sent down the Quran, and indeed, We
will be guarding it (Al-‘Hijr, 15: 9).
إِنَّا
نَحْنُ
نَزَّلْنَا
الذِّكْرَ
وَإِنَّا
لَهُ
لَحَافِظُونَ
(الْحِجْرُ ، 15:
9).
[7] These three renowned interpreters of the Holy Quran are
known for their thorough knowledge of Arabic, as well as their comprehensive
knowledge of the Holy Quran, Sunna of the Prophet, pbbuh, and his companion’s
explanations. As a result, they provided more than one interpretation for a
word or a verse. They would often mention their opinions about which
interpretation they found closer to the meaning. Finally, they would not
hesitate to criticize some mentioned explanations, particularly when these
contradict with the Holy Quran, as its words and verses explain each other.
The complete works of these great Islamic scholars, who
interpreted the Holy Quran in different centuries, are published on many
websites, such as http://quran.ksu.edu.sa/tafseer/ .
A brief background about their birth, death, and
interpretation books, can be found at: http://islamstory.com/ar/ علماء-التفسير
Al-Tabari, Muhammed Bin Jareer was born in Tabarstan
(Iran today) in 224 Hijriya / 839 Gregorian and died in Baghdad (Iraq today),
in 310 H / 923 G. His famous interpretation of the Holy Quran is titled in
Arabic as “Jami’ Al-Bayan fi Tawil Al-Quran” (جامعُ
البيانِ في
تأويلِ
القرآنِ).
Al-Qurtubi, Abu Abdullah Muhammed Bin Ahmed Bin
Abi Bakr was born in Qurtuba (Cordova), Andalusia (Arab-Muslim Spain),
in about 600-610 H and died in South Egypt in 671 H / 1272 G. His famous
interpretation of the Holy Quran is titled in Arabic as “Al-Jami’ Li A’hkam
Al-Quran” (الجامعُ
لأحكامِ
القرآنِ).
Ibn Katheer, Isma'il Bin Omar was born in Busra Ash-Sham
(Syria today), in 701 H / 1301 G and died in Damascus, in 774 H / 1373 G. His
famous interpretation of the Holy Quran is titled in Arabic as “Tafseer
Al-Quran Al-‘Adtheem” (تفسيرُ
القرآنِ
العظيم).
[8] The Arabic texts, the English translation, and
authentication of the mentioned verse and ‘Hadeeth, about following the teachings of the Messenger,
pbbuh, and writing his Sunna, are as follows:
وَمَا
آتَاكُمُ
الرَّسُولُ
فَخُذُوهُ
وَمَا
نَهَاكُمْ
عَنْهُ
فَانتَهُوا (الْحَشْرُ
، 59: 7).
Whatever the Messenger came to you with, take
it; and whatever he prohibited you, abstain from it (Al-‘Hashr, 59: 7).
عن العرباضِ
بنِ ساريةَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ رسولَ
اللهِ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسلَّمَ ، قالَ:
"... وسَتَرَوْن
مِن بعدِي
اختلافًا
شديدًا ، فعليكم
بسنتي وسنةِ
الخلفاءِ
الراشدين
المَهْدِيين
... " (صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 2549 ، وفي
صحيحِ
الترغيبِ: 37 ، وفي
صحيح ابنِ
ماجه: 40 ،
وأخرجهُ ابنُ ماجه: 42 ،
واللفظُ لَهَ. كما
صححهُ أبو
داودَ:4607
،
والترمذيُّ: 2676 ، وأحمدُ: 17144).
Companion Al-‘Irbas Bin Sariya, mAbpwh
said that the Messenger of Allah (pbbuh) said, "…You will see much
differences after me. So, follow my Sunna and that of the guided successors …” (Authenticated
as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 2549,
in Sa’hee’h Al-Targheeb: 37, and in Sa’hee’h Ibn Maja: 40. It was
also authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Ibn Maja: 42, Abu Dawood: 4607,
Al-Tirmidthi: 2676, and A’hmed: 17144).
***
In general, the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, permitted his companion
to talk to people
about his Sunna (sayings, actions, and approvals), without restrictions.
However, he admonished them, particularly
the scribes, not to write anything he
says, except the Holy Quran.
Thus, in a ‘Hadeeth narrated by Abu Sa'eed
Al-Khudri, mAbpwh, he said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said
(addressing the scribes):
"Do not write anything about me except
the Quran, and whoever wrote anything other than the Quran, let him erase it.
However, narrate about me (verbally), without restrictions, but whoever
willingly tells lies about me, let him has his seat in the Fire" (Authenticated
as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 7,434,
by Muslim: 3,004, with few differences, by Shu’ayb Al-Arna-oat, in
Takhreej Al-Musnad: 11,344, and by Ibn ‘Habban: 64, briefly).
The Arabic text, the English translation, and
authentication of the ‘Hadeeth are as follows:
عَنْ
أَبِي
سَعِيدٍ
الْخُدْرِيِّ ،
رضي الله عنه
، أَنَّ
رَسُولَ
اللَّهِ ، صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
قَالَ: "لا
تَكْتُبُوا
عَنِّي
شَيْئًا
إلَّا الْقُرْآنَ
، فَمَنْ
كَتَبَ
عَنِّي
غَيْرَ القرآنِ
فَلْيَمْحُهُ.
وحَدِّثُوا
عَنِّي ولا حَرَجَ.
ومَنْ كَذَبَ
عَلَيَّ
مُتَعَمِّدَاً
،
فَلَيَتَبَوَّأْ
مَقْعَدَهُ
مِنَ النَّارِ
(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامِعِ: 7434
، وأخرجَهُ
مُسْلِمُ في
صحيحهِ: 3004
، باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ. كما
أخرجهُ
شُعيبٌ
الأرناؤوط ،
في تخريجِ
المُسندِ: 11344
، وابنُ
حَبَّانٍ في
صحيحِهِ: 64
، مُختصراً).
***
Concerning the acceptance and permission for
writing down ‘Hadeeths, it happened later, when there was no fear of mixing it
with the Holy Quran, as mentioned in a ‘Hadeeth narrated by ‘Abdullah Bin ‘Amr
Bin Al-‘Aas, mAbpwt both, who said that he used to write everything he
heard from the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, in order to be able to memorize it.
The Quraysh (Companions) admonished him
(about doing that). They said: “Are you writing everything you hear and (you
know that) the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, is a human being who may speak in
normal times and when he is angry?
So, I stopped writing, but I mentioned that
to the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh. He said: “Write down, by the One Who has my
soul in His Hand (Allah), nothing comes out from (my mouth) except the truth (Authenticated
as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Abu
Dawood: 3646 and A’hmed: 6510).
(Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth
by Al-Albani, briefly in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 1,196 and based on Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood:
3646, by A’hmed, in his Musnad: 6510, 6802, and by Ibn ‘Hajar Al-‘Asqalani, in
Fat’h Al-Bari: 250/1).
The Arabic text, the English translation, and
authentication of the ‘Hadeeth are as follows:
عَنْ
عبدِ
اللهِ بنِ
عَمْرٍو بن
العاص ، رضيَ
اللهً عنهما ،
أنهُ قالَ: كنتُ
أكتُبُ كلَّ شيءٍ
أسمَعُهُ مِن
رسولِ اللهِ ،
صلَّى اللهُ
عليه وسلَّمَ
، أُريدُ
حِفْظَهُ.
فنهَتْني قريشٌ
، وقالوا:
أتكتُبُ كلَّ
شيءٍ
تسمَعُهُ ،
ورسولُ اللهِ
، صلَّى اللهُ
عليه وسلَّمَ
، بشَرٌ
يتكلَّمُ في
الغضبِ
والرِّضا!
فأمسَكْتُ
عَنِ
الكِتابِ ،
فذكَرْتُ ذلك
لرسولِ اللهِ
، صلَّى اللهُ
عليه وسلَّمَ.
فأَوْمأَ بإِصْبَعِهِ
إلى فِيهِ ،
فقالَ: اكتُبْ
، فوالذي
نفْسي بيدِهِ
، ما يخرُجُ
منه إلَّا
حقٌّ (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
مُختصراً ، في
صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 1196
، وعن
صحيحِ أبي
داود: 3646
، وأخرجَهُ
أحمدُ في
مُسْنَدِهِ: 6802
، 6510 ، وابنُ
حجرٍ
العسقلاني ،
في فتحِ
الباري: 250\1).
The Umayyad Caliphate started recording
‘Hadith during the reign of ‘Omar Bin Abdul ‘Aziz, in 99-101 hijriya and that
continued throughout the Abbasside Caliphate rule.
http://islamqa.info/ar/ref/22394 and
https://dorar.net/
Names of the twenty-three scribes, according to Ibn Katheer, in his
book “The beginning and the end” (Al-Bidaya wal Nihaya):
There were 23 Scribes of Revelation, who
participated in writing down the Holy Quran, as they heard it from the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh. These were the four Guided Successors: Abu Bakr,
‘Omar, ‘Uthman, and ‘Ali, may Allah be pleased with them (mAbpwt).
The list also includes Abban Bin Sa’eed Bin
Al-‘Aas, Obay Bin Ka’b, Zayd Bin Thabit, Mu’adth Bin Jabal, Arqam
Bin Abi Al-Arqam (‘Abd Manaf), Thabit Bin Qays Bin Shammas, ‘Handthala
Bin Al-Rabee’, Khalid Bin Sa’eed Bin Al-‘Aas, Khalid Bin Al-Waleed, Al-Zubair Bin
Al-‘awwam, ‘Abdullah Bin Sa’d Bin Abi Al-Sar’h, ‘Aamir Bin Fuhayra, ‘Abdullah
Bin Arqam, ‘Abdullah Bin Zayd Bin ‘Abd Rabbahu, Al-‘Alaa Bin Al-‘Hadhrami,
Mu’hammed Bin Maslama Bin Jurays, Mu’awiya Bin Abi Sufyan, Al-Mugheera
Bin Shu’ba, and Mu’aiqeeb Bin Abi Fatima Al-Doasi (mAbpwt).
The list of the Scribes of Revelation was mentioned in pages 361-378 of Bin Katheer’s book (the Beginning and the End), with some information about each one of them, at the following link:
ص361 -
كتاب البداية
والنهاية ت
شيري - فصل أما
كتاب الوحي -
المكتبة
الشاملة (shamela.ws)
[9] This was authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by
Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Al-Tirmidthi: 2609, Al-Nisa-i: 5001,
and A’hmed: 6015. Here’s its Arabic text:
عن
عبد الله بن
عمر بن الخطاب
، رضي الله
عنهما ، قال:
سمعت رسول
الله ، صلى
الله عليه
وسلم ، يقول:
"بُني
الإسلامُ على
خمسٍ: شهادةِ
أن لا إله إلا
الله ، وأن
محمداً رسول
الله ، وإقامِ
الصلاةِ ،
وإيتاءِ
الزكاةِ ،
وحَجِ البيتِ
، وصومِ
رمضان" (صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عنْ صحيحِ
الترمذيِّ: 2609 ،
واللفظُ لهُ.
وأخرَجَهُ
النسائيُّ: 5001 ، وأحمدُ: 6015).
Another version of the ‘Hadeeth was also
authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Bukhari: 8 and Muslim: 16, with few
differences in the wording but kept the same content
The Sunna in its Arabic original version and
its translations into other languages can be found in many libraries and
internet websites, such as https://dorar.net/, which
carries the ‘Hadeeths, the main Sunna books, and indexes of the Sunna subjects.
[10] Here are the verses mentioning the five main Islamic ways
of worship (The Proclamation of Faith was mentioned in verses 3: 18 and 33: 40,
Prayers and Zakat in 2: 110, Fasting in 2: 183, and Haj in 3:197):
شَهِدَ
اللَّـهُ
أَنَّهُ لَا
إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا
هُوَ
وَالْمَلَائِكَةُ
وَأُولُو
الْعِلْمِ
قَائِمًا
بِالْقِسْطِ
ۚ لَا إِلَـٰهَ
إِلَّا هُوَ
الْعَزِيزُ
الْحَكِيمُ
(آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 18).
مَّا
كَانَ
مُحَمَّدٌ
أَبَا أَحَدٍ
مِّن رِّجَالِكُمْ
وَلَـٰكِن
رَّسُولَ
اللَّـهِ
وَخَاتَمَ
النَّبِيِّينَ
ۗ وَكَانَ اللَّـهُ
بِكُلِّ
شَيْءٍ
عَلِيمًا
(الأحْزَابُ ، 33: 40).
وَأَقِيمُوا
الصَّلَاةَ
وَآتُوا
الزَّكَاةَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 110).
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
كُتِبَ عَلَيْكُمُ
الصِّيَامُ
كَمَا كُتِبَ
عَلَى الَّذِينَ
مِن
قَبْلِكُمْ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تَتَّقُونَ (الْبَقَرَةُ ، 2: 183).
وَلِلَّـهِ عَلَى النَّاسِ حِجُّ الْبَيْتِ مَنِ اسْتَطَاعَ إِلَيْهِ سَبِيلًا ۚ (آلُ عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 97).
Allah witnesses that there is no other god
except Him, and (so do) the angels and those of knowledge. (and that He is)
maintaining (creation) with justice. There is no other god except Him, the
Exalted in Might, the Wise (Aal-'Imran, 3: 18).
Muhammad is not the father of (any) one of
your men, but (he is) the Messenger of Allah and last of the prophets.
And Allah is, of all things, Knowing (Al-A'hzab, 33: 40).
And establish Prayer and give Zakat
(Al-Baqara, 2: 110).
O you who have believed, fasting has been
decreed upon, as it was decreed upon those before you, that you may become
righteous (Al-Baqara, 2: 183).
And (due) to Allah from the people is a
pilgrimage to the House, for whoever is able to find a way to it (Aal- 'Imran,
3: 97).
[11] God’s command of avoiding intoxicant alcoholic beverages
is contained in verse 5: 90, as follows:
O you who have believed, indeed, intoxicants
(khamr), gambling, (sacrificing animals on) stone alters, and divining
arrows are but defilement from the work of Shaytan (Satan), so avoid it that
you may be successful (Al-Ma-ida, 5: 90).
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
إِنَّمَا الْخَمْرُ
وَالْمَيْسِرُ
وَالْأَنْصَابُ
وَالْأَزْلَامُ
رِجْسٌ مِنْ
عَمَلِ الشَّيْطَانِ
فَاجْتَنِبُوهُ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تُفْلِحُونَ (الْمَائِدَةُ
، 5: 90).
The
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, interpreted this verse (5: 90) as a prohibition of
intoxicant alcoholic beverages (khamr), as he stated in the following ‘Hadiths:
Abu Sa’id
Al-Khudri, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said:
“Allah, praise to Him, has prohibited intoxicants (khamr). Whoever hears about this verse
and he has any of these, he should not drink or sell it” (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth by Muslim: 1578).
عن أبي
سعيد الخدري ،
رضي الله ،
أنه قال ، قال رسول
الله ، صلى
الله عليه
وسلم: " إنَّ
اللَّهَ
تَعَالَى
حَرَّمَ
الخَمْرَ، فمَن
أَدْرَكَتْهُ
هذِه الآيَةُ
وَعِنْدَهُ
منها شيءٌ فلا
يَشْرَبْ،
وَلَا
يَبِعْ" (أخرجهُ
مُسْلِمٌ في
صحيحهِ: 1578).
Anas Bin Malik, mAbpwt both, said that the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, ordered an announcer to announce that: “Intoxicants (all forms of khamr) have been prohibited” (Authenticated
as Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Muslim: 1980, Al-Bukhari: 2464, 4620, Abu
Dawood: 3673, Al-Nisa-i: 5541, and A’hmed: 13376).
وعن
أنس بن مالك ،
رضي الله
عنهما ، أن
رسول الله ،
صلى الله عليه
وسلم ، أمَرَ
مُنَادِيًا يُنَادِي:
"أَلَا إنَّ
الخَمْرَ قدْ
حُرِّمَتْ" (أخرجهُ
مُسْلِمٌ في
صحيحهِ: 1980
، وكذلكَ
البخاريُّ:
2464 ، 4620 ، وأبو
داودَ: 3673
، والنسائيُّ:
5541 ،
وأحمدُ: 13376).
Abdullah Bin ‘Omar, mAbpwt both, said that the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, said: “Every intoxicant is a (form of) khamr, and every intoxicant is
prohibited” (Muslim: 2003).
وعن
عبد الله بن
عمر رضي الله
عنهما ، أن
رسول الله ،
صلى الله عليه
وسلم ، قال:
"كلُّ مُسْكِرٍ
خَمْرٌ وكلُّ
مُسْكِرٍ
حرامٌ" (مُسْلِمُ:
2003).
For more details about the prohibition of intoxicants (khamr),
see ruling (fatwa) number 96868, issued by the General Authority of Islamic
Affairs and Endowments (Awqaf), in the UAE, at the following link:
https://www.awqaf.gov.ae/ar/Pages/FatwaDetail.aspx?did=96868
The
renowned Islamic scholar, Yousuf Al-Qaradhawi, mentioned that drug use
is prohibited by the Shari’a (Islamic Law), without any disagreement among
Muslim scholars. One piece of evidence about its prohibition is that it does
that which intoxicants (khamr) do. He mentioned Caliph ‘Omar’s saying
about it: “Intoxicants are those which interfere in mental functioning” (Agreed
upon, ‘Omar in Lulu wal Murjan: 1905, Abu Dawood: 3669).
Al-Qaradhawi
added that drug use is also prohibited on the basis of causing tepidity
(lethargy), mentioning a ‘Hadeeth narrated by the Mother of Believers, Um
Salama, mAbpwh, who said that the Prophet, pbbuh, “prohibited the use of
substances which cause intoxication or tepidity” (Abu Dawood: 3686).
https://www.al-qaradawi.net/node/3657
***
Notes of Chapter 2: Three Levels of Faith
[12] This ‘Hadeeth, about Islam, Iman, and I’hsan,
was authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Muslim: 8, Abu Dawood: 4695, Al-Tirmidhi:
2610, Al-Nisa-i: 4990, Ibn Maja: 63, A’hmed: 367, and Ibn Manda, in Al-Iman: 2.
It was also authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h
Al-Jami’: 2672.
This ‘Hadeeth is the 17th of
"Al-Nawawi's Forty Hadiths" and the 60th in the paper
version of “Riyadh Al-Sali’heen,” by Imam Al-Nawawi, may Allah
have mercy on his soul, Dar Al-Arabiya, Beirut, Lebanon.
https://ar.wikisource.org/wiki/رياض_الصالحين/الصفحة_السابعة
The Hour starts with blowing the Trumpet. It is the first of the
four main events of the Last Day, as detailed in Chapter 24 of this book.
The apostrophe used in 'Hadith, I'hsan, and
Mu'hsin, refers to an Arabic glottal sound, which is not found in English.
The three Islamic terms of Islam, Iman, and
I’hsan have a special
religious significance. As such, any single rendering of each one of them would
be inadequate. Therefore, the best way to understand them is by listing their
meanings rather than giving just one word as a translation.
Thus,
the terms Islam and Iman have a very specific meaning, as presented above.
However, I’hsan is a term that includes all good deeds, right actions,
goodness, charity, and sincerity. It can thus be translated as “righteousness.”
Linguistically speaking, its infinitive verb (a’hsana) means to master, do
better, or be better (in words and deeds).
The
Arabic text of the ‘Hadeeth is as follows:
عَنْ
عَبْدُ
اللَّهِ بْنُ
عُمَرَ قَالَ
، حَدَّثَنِي
أَبِي عُمَرُ
بْنُ
الْخَطَّابِ
، قَالَ:
بَيْنَمَا
نَحْنُ
عِنْدَ
رَسُولِ اللَّهِ
، صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
ذَاتَ يَوْمٍ
إِذْ طَلَعَ
عَلَيْنَا
رَجُلٌ
شَدِيدُ
بَيَاضِ
الثِّيَابِ ،
شَدِيدُ سَوَادِ
الشَّعَرِ ،
لَا يُرَى
عَلَيْهِ أَثَرُ
السَّفَر ،ِ
وَلَا
يَعْرِفُهُ
مِنَّا أَحَدٌ
، حَتَّى
جَلَسَ إِلَى
النَّبِيِّ ، صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
فَأَسْنَدَ
رُكْبَتَيْهِ
إِلَى
رُكْبَتَيْهِ
، وَوَضَعَ
كَفَّيْهِ
عَلَى
فَخِذَيْهِ ،
وَقَالَ:" يَا
مُحَمَّدُ
أَخْبِرْنِي
عَنْ
الْإِسْلَامِ؟
فَقَالَ
رَسُولُ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ:
الْإِسْلَامُ
أَنْ
تَشْهَدَ
أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ
إِلَّا
اللَّهُ
وَأَنَّ
مُحَمَّدًا
رَسُولُ
اللَّهِ
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ
وَتُقِيمَ
الصَّلَاةَ
وَتُؤْتِيَ الزَّكَاةَ
وَتَصُومَ
رَمَضَانَ
وَتَحُجَّ
الْبَيْتَ
إِنْ
اسْتَطَعْتَ
إِلَيْهِ سَبِيلًا.
قَالَ:
صَدَقْتَ. قَالَ:
فَعَجِبْنَا
لَهُ
يَسْأَلُهُ
وَيُصَدِّقُهُ.
قَالَ:
فَأَخْبِرْنِي
عَنْ
الْإِيمَانِ؟
قَالَ: أَنْ
تُؤْمِنَ
بِاللَّهِ
وَمَلَائِكَتِهِ
وَكُتُبِهِ
وَرُسُلِهِ
وَالْيَوْمِ
الْآخِرِ
وَتُؤْمِنَ
بِالْقَدَرِ
خَيْرِهِ
وَشَرِّهِ. قَالَ:
صَدَقْتَ.
قَالَ:
فَأَخْبِرْنِي
عَنْ
الْإِحْسَانِ؟
قَالَ: أَنْ
تَعْبُدَ
اللَّهَ
كَأَنَّكَ تَرَاهُ
، فَإِنْ لَمْ
تَكُنْ
تَرَاهُ ،
فَإِنَّهُ
يَرَاكَ.
قَالَ:
فَأَخْبِرْنِي
عَنْ
السَّاعَةِ؟
قَالَ: مَا
الْمَسْئُولُ
عَنْهَا
بِأَعْلَمَ مِنْ
السَّائِلِ.
قَالَ:
فَأَخْبِرْنِي
عَنْ
أَمَارَتِهَا؟
قَالَ: أَنْ
تَلِدَ
الْأَمَةُ
رَبَّتَهَا ، وَأَنْ
تَرَى
الْحُفَاةَ
الْعُرَاةَ
الْعَالَةَ
رِعَاءَ
الشَّاءِ
يَتَطَاوَلُونَ
فِي
الْبُنْيَانِ.
قَالَ:
ثُمَّ
انْطَلَقَ.
فَلَبِثْتُ
مَلِيًّا ،
ثُمَّ قَالَ
لِي: يَا
عُمَرُ
أَتَدْرِي مَنْ
السَّائِلُ؟
قُلْتُ:
اللَّهُ
وَرَسُولُهُ
أَعْلَمُ.
قَالَ:
فَإِنَّهُ
جِبْرِيلُ
أَتَاكُمْ
يُعَلِّمُكُمْ
دِينَكُمْ."
(أخرجه
مسلم: 8 ،
وأبو داود: 4695 ،
والترمذي: 2610 ،
والنسائي: 4990 ،
وابن ماجه: 63 ،
وأحمد: 367 ،
باختلاف
يسير، وابن
منده في
الإيمان: 2 ، باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ بينهم.
كما صححهُ
الألباني في
صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 2672).
[13] The Arabi texts and English translation of the
two mentioned verses about those who disdain the worship of Allah, are as
follows:
لَّن
يَسْتَنكِفَ
الْمَسِيحُ
أَن يَكُونَ عَبْدًا
لِّلَّهِ
وَلَا
الْمَلَائِكَةُ
الْمُقَرَّبُونَ
ۚ وَمَن
يَسْتَنكِفْ
عَنْ عِبَادَتِهِ
وَيَسْتَكْبِرْ
فَسَيَحْشُرُهُمْ
إِلَيْهِ
جَمِيعًا ﴿١٧٢﴾
فَأَمَّا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
وَعَمِلُوا الصَّالِحَاتِ
فَيُوَفِّيهِمْ
أُجُورَهُمْ
وَيَزِيدُهُم
مِّن
فَضْلِهِ ۖ
وَأَمَّا الَّذِينَ
اسْتَنكَفُوا
وَاسْتَكْبَرُوا
فَيُعَذِّبُهُمْ
عَذَابًا
أَلِيمًا
وَلَا
يَجِدُونَ
لَهُم مِّن
دُونِ
اللَّهِ وَلِيًّا
وَلَا
نَصِيرًا ﴿١٧٣﴾ (النِّسَاءُ
، 4: 172-173).
The Messiah does not disdain to be
a worshipper of Allah, nor do the closest angels (to Allah). Whoever disdains
His worship and is too arrogant (to worship Allah), He will gather all of them
to Him (Al-Nisa, 4: 172).
And as for those who believed and did righteous deeds, He will give
them in full their rewards and grant them extra from His bounty. But as for
those who disdained and were arrogant, He will punish them with a painful torment,
and they will not find for themselves besides Allah any protector or supporter (Al-Nisa, 4: 173).
It is noteworthy that the Messiah (‘Eisa: Jesus Christ) is referred to in Verse 4: 172 as " 'abd" ( عَبْدَاً ), which means "Worshipper" of Allah, as the verse explains his actions as 'ibadah ( عِبَادَة ), "worship." This should provide enough evidence that we are God's worshippers by choice, not forced slaves, as some translators have incorrectly translated (For a detailed discussion of this issue, see Chapter 7 of this book: “Worshippers by Choice, or Forced Slaves?”).
[14] The five ways of worship (‘ibadat) are addressed in more
details in the second book
by this author about Islam, titled: “The
Five Pillars of Islam: A Scientific View of the Two Proclamations of Faith,
Prayer, Charity, Fasting, and Pilgrimage.”
The Arabic texts and the English translation
of the Holy Quran verses which mention wudhou’ and purification are as
follows:
يَا أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
إِذَا قُمْتُمْ
إِلَى
الصَّلَاةِ
فَاغْسِلُوا
وُجُوهَكُمْ
وَأَيْدِيَكُمْ
إِلَى
الْمَرَافِقِ
وَامْسَحُوا
بِرُءُوسِكُمْ
وَأَرْجُلَكُمْ
إِلَى
الْكَعْبَيْنِ
ۚ وَإِن
كُنتُمْ جُنُبًا
فَاطَّهَّرُوا
ۚ وَإِن
كُنتُم مَّرْضَىٰ
أَوْ عَلَىٰ
سَفَرٍ أَوْ
جَاءَ أَحَدٌ مِّنكُم
مِّنَ
الْغَائِطِ
أَوْ
لَامَسْتُمُ
النِّسَاءَ
فَلَمْ
تَجِدُوا
مَاءً فَتَيَمَّمُوا
صَعِيدًا
طَيِّبًا
فَامْسَحُوا
بِوُجُوهِكُمْ
وَأَيْدِيكُم
مِّنْهُ ۚ مَا
يُرِيدُ
اللَّـهُ
لِيَجْعَلَ
عَلَيْكُم
مِّنْ حَرَجٍ
وَلَـٰكِن
يُرِيدُ
لِيُطَهِّرَكُمْ
وَلِيُتِمَّ
نِعْمَتَهُ
عَلَيْكُمْ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تَشْكُرُونَ (الْمَائِدَةُ ، 5: 6).
O you who have believed, when you rise to
(perform) prayer, wash your faces and your forearms to the elbows and wipe over
your heads and wash your feet to the ankles. And if you are in a state of
janabah (after sexual intercourse), then purify yourselves (by washing). But if
you are ill, or on a journey, or one of you comes from the restroom, or you
have contacted women and do not find water, then seek clean earth and wipe over
your faces and hands with it (tayamum). Allah does not intend to make
difficulty for you, but He intends to purify you and complete His favor upon
you, that you may be grateful
(Al-Ma-ida, 6: 5).
وَيَسْأَلُونَكَ
عَنِ
الْمَحِيضِ ۖ
قُلْ هُوَ
أَذًى
فَاعْتَزِلُوا
النِّسَاءَ
فِي الْمَحِيضِ
ۖ وَلَا
تَقْرَبُوهُنَّ
حَتَّىٰ
يَطْهُرْنَ ۖ
فَإِذَا
تَطَهَّرْنَ
فَأْتُوهُنَّ
مِنْ حَيْثُ
أَمَرَكُمُ
اللَّهُ ۚ
إِنَّ
اللَّهَ
يُحِبُّ
التَّوَّابِينَ
وَيُحِبُّ
الْمُتَطَهِّرِينَ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2:
222).
And they ask
you about menstruation. Say: "It is harm. So, keep away from women, during
menstruation. And do not approach them, until they thy purify. And when they
have purified (themselves), then come to them from where Allah has commanded
you. Indeed, Allah loves those who are constantly repentant, and loves those
who purify themselves" (Al-Baqara, 2: 222).
The Arabic
text, the English translation, and the authentication of the ‘Hadeeth about the
Friday showers are as follows:
Companion Abu
Sa’eed Al-Khudri, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said:
“The Friday bath (or shower) is mandatory on every (Muslim) who reaches
puberty” )This
‘Hadeeth was authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 4155, based on Sa’hee’h
Al-Nisa-i: 1376, Ibn Maja: 900, and Abu Dawood: 34. It was also authenticated
as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Bukhari: 895 and Muslim846).
وَعَنْ
وجوبِ غُسلِ
يومِ الجمعة ،
روى أبو سعيدٍ
الخُدريِّ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ
رسولَ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسلَّمَ ،
قالَ: "غُسلُ
يومِ
الجمُعةِ
واجبٌ علَى
كلِّ محتَلِمٍ"
(صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ الجامعِ:
4155
، وعن صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 1376 ،
وابنِ ماجه: 900 ،
وأبي داودَ: 34.
وأخرجهُ
البخاريَّ: 895 ،
ومسلمُ: 846 ، في
صَحِيحَيْهِما).
The Arabic
text, the English translation, and the authentication of the ‘Hadeeth about the
cleanliness of clothes and combing the head hair, to look good, are as follows:
Companion
Jabir Bin ‘Abdullah, mAbpwh, said that when the Prophet, pbbuh, saw a man with
undone head hair, he said: “Hasn’t this (man) found (a comb), with which to do
his hair!” (When) he saw another (man) with dirty clothes, he said: “Hasn’t
this (man) found (water), with which to wash his outer garment!” )Authenticated
as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Ghayat Al-Maram: 74, as well as
by Abu Dawood: 4062, by A’hmed: 14893, with few differences, and by Al-Nisa-i:
5236, briefly).
وَعَنْ
نظافةِ
الثيابِ
وحُسنِ
الهيئةِ بتمشيطِ
الشَّعَرِ ،
روى جابرُ بنُ
عبدِ اللهِ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهُ ،
أنَّ النبيّ ،
صلَّى اللهُ عليهِ
وسلَّمَ ، رأى
رجلًا رأسَه
أشعثَ فقالَ:
"أمَا وجدَ
هذا ما يُسكنُ
بهِ شعرَهُ!" ورأى
آخرَ عليهِ
ثيابٌ وسِخةٌ
، فقالَ: "أمَا
كانَ هذا
يَجدُ ما
يَغسلُ بهِ
ثوبَهُ!" (صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في غايةِ
المرامِ: 74 ، وأخرجَهُ
أبو داودَ: 4062 ،
وأحمدُ: 14893 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ ،
والنسائيُّ: 5236 ،
مُختصراً).
[15] The
two verses, which were mentioned in this section, are as follows:
O People (Humankind)!
We have created you from a male and a female and made you peoples and tribes
that you may know one another. The most honorable of you in the sight of Allah
is the most righteous of you. Indeed, Allah is Knowing and Acquainted
(Al-‘Hujurat, 49: 13).
الْحَجُّ
أَشْهُرٌ
مَّعْلُومَاتٌ
ۚ فَمَن فَرَضَ
فِيهِنَّ
الْحَجَّ
فَلَا رَفَثَ
وَلَا
فُسُوقَ
وَلَا
جِدَالَ فِي
الْحَجِّ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 197).
Pilgrimage (‘Haj) is (in) well-known months.
So, whoever has made the pilgrimage obligatory upon himself therein, there
should be no sexual activity, no disobedience, and no disputing (argument),
during the pilgrimage (Al-Baqara, 2: 197).
[16] There are so
many verses which include scientific evidence that the Holy Quran is the Word
of God. Many of these are mentioned in various chapters of this book,
particularly Chapter 3 and Chapter 4.
[17] In proving the existence of God, philosopher
Ibn Rushd (Averroes) of
Qurtuba (Cordova) said in his book, “Tahafut Al-Tahafut”: “All created
things are ones. Each one is created by one above it, until you end up with one
without a creator above it (That is Allah).”
https://www.noorlib.ir/view/ar/book/bookview/text/13427/1/111
[18] Names of some angels were mentioned in
various verses and ‘Hadeeths, as detailed in Chapter 2 of the 4th book by this
author about Islam, titled: “Angels: The Honorable Worshippers of Allah.”
[19]
(For more discussion about the four main events
of the Last Day, see Chapter 24 of this book.
[20] Arabic texts, English translation, and authentication of
the mentioned verse and ‘Hadeeth, about the Islamic principle that life is a
test, are as follows:
وَاتَّقُوا
فِتْنَةً
لَّا
تُصِيبَنَّ
الَّذِينَ
ظَلَمُوا
مِنكُمْ
خَاصَّةً ۖ
وَاعْلَمُوا
أَنَّ
اللَّـهَ
شَدِيدُ
الْعِقَابِ (الأنْفَالُ
، 8: 25).
And avoid a trial (an ordeal), which when it
strikes, it will not be limited to those who have wronged among you. And know
that Allah is severe in penalty (Al-Anfal, 8: 25).
وعَنْ
أَبِي
بَرْزَةَ
الْأَسْلَمِيِّ
، رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ
رسولَ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ ،
قالَ: "لَا
تَزُولُ
قَدَمَا
عَبْدٍ
يَوْمَ
الْقِيَامَةِ
، حَتَّى يُسْأَلَ
عَنْ
عُمُرِهِ
فِيمَا
أَفْنَاهُ ،
وَعَنْ
عِلْمِهِ مَا
فَعَلَ بِهِ ،
وَعَنْ مَالِهِ
مِنْ أَيْنَ
اكْتَسَبَهُ
وَفِيمَا أَنْفَقَهُ
، وَعَنْ
جِسْمِهِ
فِيمَا
أبْلاهُ"
(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الترغيبِ: 126 ،
وعنْ صحيحِ
الترمذيِّ: 2417 ،
والدارمي: 537 ،
باختلاف
يسير،
والبيهقي في
"المدخل إلى
السنن
الكبرى": 494).
Companion Abu Baraza Al-Aslami, mAbpwh, said
that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “On the Day of Rising, a person will
be asked about how he spent his life, what he did with his knowledge, how he
earned his wealth and how he spent it, and how his body was torn out” (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by
Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Targheeb: 126, Al-Tirmidhi:
2417, Al-Durami: 537, and Al-Bayhaqi: 494, with few differences).
The last sentence of this section (Thus
doing, they practice their free will, which does not contradict with God’s
circumventing foreknowledge of their choices) is based on a famous saying by
the Sufi Islamic scholar, ‘Abdul Qadir Al-Jilani: “A Mumen pushes
predestination by predestination,” as discussed in Chapter 2 of fifth book by
this author about Islam..
[21] The third and highest level of the
Islamic faith, I’hsan, will be addressed (God willing) in two books. The first
(An Introduction
to Islamic Law (Shari'a): Commands of Prohibition and Admonition, in the Holy
Quran) includes God’s commands of what
He admonishes and prohibits. The second book includes “God’s commands of
justice and good deeds.” These two books have not been completed yet. However,
readers can have access to the English version of the first book, at www.ccun.org and www.aljazeerah.info.
The
noble meanings of I’hsan are expressed in many verses of the Holy Quran.
Throughout His Book, Allah, praise to Him, commands believers to practice
I’hsan (16: 90), in words and actions (41: 33), and in the treatment of parents
(17: 23). He announces His love for Mu’hsins (2: 195), assures them that they
should have neither fear nor be sad (2: 112), and promises them with the best
rewards in the hereafter (5: 85), as in the following examples:
إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ
يَأْمُرُ
بِالْعَدْلِ
وَالْإِحْسَانِ
وَإِيتَاءِ
ذِي
الْقُرْبَىٰ
وَيَنْهَىٰ عَنِ
الْفَحْشَاءِ
وَالْمُنكَرِ
وَالْبَغْيِ يَعِظُكُمْ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تَذَكَّرُونَ (النَّحْلُ
، 16: 90).
وَمَنْ
أَحْسَنُ
قَوْلًا مِّمَّن
دَعَا إِلَى
اللَّـهِ
وَعَمِلَ صَالِحًا
وَقَالَ
إِنَّنِي
مِنَ
الْمُسْلِمِينَ
(فُصِّلَتْ ، 41: 33).
وَقَضَىٰ
رَبُّكَ
أَلَّا
تَعْبُدُوا
إِلَّا
إِيَّاهُ
وَبِالْوَالِدَيْنِ
إِحْسَانًا (الإسْرَاءُ
، 17: 23).
وَأَنفِقُوا
فِي سَبِيلِ
اللَّـهِ
وَلَا تُلْقُوا
بِأَيْدِيكُمْ
إِلَى
التَّهْلُكَةِ وَأَحْسِنُوا إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ يُحِبُّ
الْمُحْسِنِينَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 195).
بَلَىٰ
مَنْ
أَسْلَمَ
وَجْهَهُ
لِلَّـهِ وَهُوَ
مُحْسِنٌ
فَلَهُ
أَجْرُهُ
عِندَ
رَبِّهِ
وَلَا خَوْفٌ
عَلَيْهِمْ
وَلَا هُمْ
يَحْزَنُونَ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 112).
فَأَثَابَهُمُ
اللَّـهُ
بِمَا
قَالُوا جَنَّاتٍ
تَجْرِي مِن
تَحْتِهَا
الْأَنْهَارُ
خَالِدِينَ
فِيهَا وَذَٰلِكَ
جَزَاءُ
الْمُحْسِنِينَ (الْمَائِدَةُ
، 5: 85).
Indeed,
Allah commands justice, good conduct (I'hsan), and giving to relatives, (and He) forbids immorality,
bad conduct, and oppression. He admonishes you that perhaps you will be
reminded (Al-Na'hl, 16: 90).
And
who is better in speech than one who invites to (the path of) Allah, and does
righteousness, and says, "Indeed, I am of the Muslims" (Fussilat,
41: 33).
And
your Lord has decreed that you do not worship except Him, and to parents, good treatment (Al-Isra, 17: 23)
And
spend in the way of Allah and do not throw (yourselves) with your (own) hands
into destruction. And do good; indeed,
Allah loves the doers of good (Al-Baqara,
2: 195).
Yes,
whoever submits his face in Islam to Allah, while being a doer of good, will have his reward with his Lord.
And, no fear, will there be concerning them, nor will they grieve (Al-Baqara,
2: 112).
So,
Allah rewarded them for what they said with gardens [in Paradise] beneath which
rivers flow, wherein they abide eternally. And that is the reward of doers of
good (Al-Ma-ida, 5: 85).
***
Notes of Chapter 3: The Scientific Evidence that God Exists
[22] The first mentioned ‘Hadeeth, which was narrated by Companion Abu
Razeen Al-‘UqayliIt was authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Ibn
‘Habban: 6141, Al-Dhahabi: 18, Al-Tabari: 1/40, 3335, with little
difference. Al-Tirmidhi: 3109 said it was a Good (‘Hasan) ‘Hadeeth.
The
Arabic text of the 'Hadeeth is as follows:
ذكر
الطبري في
تفسير هذه
الآية حديثاً
مروياً عَنْ
أَبِي رَزِين
الْعُقَيْلِيّ
، الذي قَالَ
، قُلْت : يَا
رَسُول
اللَّه ،
أَيْنَ كَانَ
رَبّنَا
قَبْل أَنْ
يَخْلُق السَّمَوَات
وَالْأَرْض؟
قَالَ: "فِي
عَمَاء ، مَا
فَوْقه
هَوَاء ،
وَمَا تَحْته
هَوَاء ،
ثُمَّ خَلَقَ
عَرْشه عَلَى
الْمَاء" (صحيح
ابن حبان: 6141
، الترمذي:
3109
، والذهبي: 18 ،
والطبري: 1\ 40 ،
باختلاف يسير).
The
second ‘Hadith, which included the Ibn ‘Abbas answer, was narrated by Sa’eed
Bin Jubair, and authenticated by Al-Albani: 584, in Takhreej Kitab
Al-Sunna.
The
Arabic text of the Ibn ‘Abbas answer is as follows:
روى
القرطبيُّ
وابنُ كثيرٍ ،
عنْ ابنِ عباسٍ
، رضيَ اللهُ
عنهما ، أنهُ
قالَ: أنَّ
الْمَاءَ كانَ
“عَلَى
مَتْنِ
الرِّيحِ" (رواهُ
سعيدٌ بنُ
جبيرٍ ، وصححهُ
الألبانيُّ: 584).
[23] The Prophet’s illiteracy,
pbbuh, is mentioned in the Holy Quran
and in the ‘Hadeeth, as follows:
"وَمَا
كُنتَ
تَتْلُو مِن
قَبْلِهِ مِن
كِتَابٍ
وَلَا
تَخُطُّهُ
بِيَمِينِكَ
ۖ إِذًا لَّارْتَابَ
الْمُبْطِلُونَ"
(العنكبوت ، 29: 48).
And you did not recite before it
any scripture, nor did you inscribe one with your right hand. Otherwise, the
falsifiers would have had [cause for] doubt (Al-‘Ankaboot, 29: 48).
وعن عبد الله
بن عمر ، رضي
الله عنهما ،
بأن رسول الله
، صلى الله عليه
وسلم ، قال: "إنَّا
أُمَّةٌ
أُمّيَّةٌ لا
نَكتُبُ ولا
نَحسُبُ" (البخاري:
1913 ، مسلم: 1080 ،
أبو داود: 2319 ،
النسائي: 2140 ،
وأحمد: 6129 ، الألباني
، صحيح الجامع:
2282).
Abdullah, Son of ‘Omar, mAbpwt both,
said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “We are an illiterate community,
we neither write nor count” (Al-Bukhari: 1913, Muslim: 1080, Abu Dawood: 2319,
Al-Nisa-i: 2140, Ahmed: 6129, Al-Albani: 2282).
There
was a research project conducted by a team of astrophysicists, led by Ilsedore Cleeves, and was published at the Science
magazine, under the title, "The
ancient heritage of water ice in the solar system," Science 26 Sep
2014: Vol. 345, Issue 6204, pp. 1590-1593.
http://science.sciencemag.org/content/345/6204/1590
A
summary of the findings of this study was published at the Los Angeles Times,
on September 27, 2014, under the title, "Water on Earth predates the solar
system, and even the sun."
http://www.latimes.com/science/sciencenow/la-sci-sn-old-water-on-earth-20140923-story.html
The Arabic
Text and the English translation of the mentioned verse are as follows:
Falsehood
cannot approach it from before it or from behind it; [it is] a revelation from
a [Lord who is] Wise and Praiseworthy (Fussilat, 41: 42).
لَّا يَأْتِيهِ الْبَاطِلُ مِن بَيْنِ يَدَيْهِ وَلَا مِنْ خَلْفِهِ ، تَنزِيلٌ مِّنْ حَكِيمٍ حَمِيدٍ (فُصِّلَتْ ، 41: 42).
[24] See
"What Is the Big Bang Theory?" by Elizabeth Howell, which was
published at Space.com, on November 7, 2017, at:
https://www.space.com/25126-big-bang-theory.html
See
also the NASA background information about the "Big Bang" and the
inflation of the universe, at:
https://science.nasa.gov/astrophysics/focus-areas/what-powered-the-big-bang
[25] For more
details about these Good Names of Allah, see the author’s third book about
Islam, titled: “Allah, His Good Names, Who Is He? What Does He Want for
Humans?”
[26] There's
an agreement that the American astrophysicist, Edwin Hubble, was the first to
write about "the expanding universe," and how its components are
separating from one-another in a huge speed, as documented in the Library of
Congress publication, published at:
https://www.loc.gov/rr/scitech/mysteries/universe.html
Mike
Wall provided an illustrated summary of the Hubble theory about the expanding
universe, at:
https://www.space.com/35459-universe-expanding-faster-hubble-constant.html
More
explanations of the Hubble Law and theory can also be found in other links,
such as:
http://www.physicsoftheuniverse.com/topics_bigbang_expanding.html
http://www.atnf.csiro.au/outreach/education/senior/cosmicengine/hubble.html
[27] See, for
example, the article written by Paul Ranter, about the first evidence for the
existence of multiple and parallel universes, which was published on May 18,
2017, at:
http://bigthink.com/paul-ratner/scientists-find-what-could-be-the-first-proof-of-parallel-universes
See
also Elizabeth Howell's article about the multiple-parallel universes, which
was published on April 28, 2016, at:
[28] Many
contemporary Islamic researchers agree with the three renowned interpreters of
the Holy Quran, on that this Verse is a prophecy about human space travel.
Among these are Abul Dayim Ku'hail, Muhammed Samir Al-'Arsh, Shaikh Muhammed
Amin Al-Shanqiti, and Muhammed Zaghlool El-Najjar.
See for example
the article written in Arabic, under the title of "The scientific miracle
in Verse 84: 19," by Husni Hamdan Hamama, which was published on October
13, 2016, at: www.alukah.net/sharia/0/108483/.
[29] In their
interpretations of the meanings of Verse 55: 33, the three renowned
interpreters did not attempt even to think about the possibility of human space
travel between Earth and heavenly bodies. Al-Tabari, who is the earliest
of them, interpreted it as the human space travel may happen during the Last
Day, when humans and Jinn may try to flee from death
by traveling to faraway zones (regions) of heavens and Earth.
Al-Qurtubi followed him in
that interpretation but added that the verb "tanfudhoo" (to
penetrate) may mean "to learn." Thus, his interpretation was that
humans and Jin will try to know about the heavens and the Earth, but they will
not know until Allah permits that, giving them help through His angels. Ibn
Katheers followed them in that the Verse describes what will happen in the Last
Day but he did not mention the zones of heavens and the Earth.
[30] The NASA report
about the discovery of the Trappist 1 planetary system is found at:
[31] For more
information about the precision and balance in gases, percentage of water, the
relationship between the Earth and the Sun, and how that relationship affects
the life of plants and animal, see the following articles, at:
https://www.calpoly.edu/~rfield/solstice.htm,
https://www.nasa.gov/vision/earth/everydaylife/jamestown-water-fs.html
[32] Al-Tabari
interpreted the verb "da'haha" as extended or flattened it for people
to earn their living. He added Verse 79: 31, as an explanation because it
mentions water and pastureland. Al-Qurtubi agreed with him, so did Ibn
Katheer but he did not analyze the word linguistically, as they did.
For
many centuries ago, Muslim scholars, including natural scientists, knew that
the Earth is circular in its shape, not flat, using the Quran verses about the
subject. Among these were Ibn 'Hazm, Al-Razi, Ibn Khurdatheba, Ibn Rasta,
Al-Mass'oudi, Al-Irdeessi, and Al-Qizweeni.
See
a survey of these Muslim scholars in the Arabic article, titled "Muslims
who proved the circular shape of Earth," by Raghib Al-Sirjani, published
at the "Islam Story" website, at:
https://islamstory.com/-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%B3%D9%84%D9%85%D9%88%D9%86_
Recently,
calculations showed that the Earth shape is less than a perfect circular globe.
The diameter of the Earth at the equator is about 43 kilometers (27 mi)
larger than the pole-to-pole diameter. As a result, the latest measurements
indicate that the Earth has an equatorial diameter of 12,756 km (7926 mi), and
a polar diameter of 12713.6 km (7899.86 mi).
Source:
What is the diameter of Earth? By Matt Williams, published at "The
Universe Today," on October 6, 2016, at:
[33] Human attempts
to find out about intelligent life on other planets has increased recently, in
various countries. China, for example, has just built the biggest
radio-telescope in the world, for this purpose, with a diameter of 500 meters.
This is bigger than the largest American telescope, which was built in Puerto
Rico, with a diameter of 350 meters. See the following link for more
information about the subject:
[34] For more information about the ocean light
zones, see: http://www.mbgnet.net/salt/oceans/zone.htm
[35] See the
summaries of the US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) for
more information about how the rain and hail form, at:
https://www.srh.noaa.gov/jetstream/global/precip.html
http://www.crh.noaa.gov/Image/mkx/2013/Finished%20Hail%20NewsStory.pdf
[36] See the following two sources about sexual and asexual
reproduction in plants:
http://biology.tutorvista.com/plant-kingdom/plant-reproduction.html
http://encysco.blogspot.com/2011/12/blog-post_30.html
Other verses which mention pairs of plants:
وَأَنزَلَ
مِنَ
السَّمَاءِ
مَاءً
فَأَخْرَجْنَا
بِهِ أَزْوَاجًا
مِّن
نَّبَاتٍ
شَتَّىٰ (طَهَ ، 20: 53).
(It
is He who) sent down from the sky rain and produced thereby pairs of various plants (Taha, 20: 53).
وَمِن
كُلِّ
الثَّمَرَاتِ
جَعَلَ
فِيهَا زَوْجَيْنِ اثْنَيْنِ (الرَّعْدُ
، 13:
3).
… and from all of the fruits He made therein two pairs (Al-Ra’d, 13: 3).
وَأَنزَلْنَا
مِنَ
السَّمَاءِ
مَاءً فَأَنبَتْنَا
فِيهَا مِن
كُلِّ زَوْجٍ
كَرِيمٍ (لُقْمَانُ
، 31:
10).
And We sent down rain from the
sky and made grow therein (plants) of every noble pair (Luqman,
31: 10).
[37] The following
source provides information about the female bee,
which works and produces honey:
https://www.perfectbee.com/learn-about-bees/types-of-bees/
See
the following source about the female ant,
which works inside and outside its colony:
https://projects.ncsu.edu/cals/course/ent425/library/tutorials/behavior/ants.html
See
the following source about the female mosquito,
which feeds on human and animal blood:
http://www.tinymosquito.com/male-mosquitoes-female-mosquitoes.html
See
the following sources about the female spider,
which builds its house (web), eats the male after mating, and some kinks even
before mating:
https://www.livescience.com/45066-virgin-female-spiders-eat-males.html
https://www.livescience.com/7555-creepy-cannibalism-female-spiders-eat-mates.html
[38] See the following source about the life span of
flies, males and female:
https://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2014/12/141201125154.htm
See
the following source about butterflies,
males and female:
https://www.butterfliesandmoths.org/
See
the following source about locusts, males
and female:
http://www.nzdl.org/gsdlmod?e=d-
See
the following source about the number of locusts in one swarm, which may reach
to about 10 billion:
http://entnemdept.ifas.ufl.edu/walker/ufbir/chapters/chapter_27.shtml
See
the following source about male and female lice:
[39] Here
is a list of references of some works about the scientific miracles of the Holy
Quran, provided just as examples, without any implication that other
researchers are less important in their work or findings.
El-Naggar,
Zaghloul. 2012. “The Scientific Connotations in the Holy Quran: The six days of
creation of the Universe, as viewed by applied sciences.” Al-Jazeerah, June 1.
El-Najjar (El-Naggar),
Zaghloul. 2005. “The Case of the Scientific
Evidence in the Holy Quran (Arabic Edition: قضية
الإعجاز
العلمي فر
القرآن
الكريم). Amazon.com.
https://www.amazon.com/Dr-Zaghloul-El-Naggar/e/B00J0B4ELG/ref=dp_byline_cont_book_1
Bucaille, Maurice. 1976. “La Bible, le Coran et la Science: Les Écritures Saintes
examinées à la lumière des connaissances modernes.” Seghers.
Bucaille, Maurice. 1986.
“The Bible, The Quran and Science: The Holy Scriptures Examined In The Light Of
Modern Knowledge.” Archive.org (The English translation was by Alastair D.
Pannell and the author, published first in Delhi: Taj).
Ibrahim, I. A. and 12 others.
1996. “A Brief Illustrated Guide to Understanding Islam.” Darus Salam.
https://www.islam-guide.com/islam-guide.pdf
Alam, Shah Manzoor. 1999. “Scientific significance in
selected Quranic verses.” Al-Imam Muhammad Ibn Saud Islamic University.
Azarpour, Ebrahim, Maral Moraditochaee, and Hamid Reza
Bozorgi. 2014. Nutritional and Biochemical Compounds of Quranic Plants.”
Biological Forum – An International Journal 6(2): 242-248.
https://www.researchtrend.net/bfij/bf12/42%20EBRAHIM%20AZARPOUR-
Emerick, Yahiya. 2005. “What Islam is All About.” Amazon.com.
https://www.amazon.com/What-Islam-All-About-Hardcover/dp/1933269022
Khan,
Mohammad Humayoun. 1982. “The
Physics of the Day of Judgment.” Al-Madinah Al-Munawarra.
[40] Three main books of Rashad Khalifa:
Khalifa, Rashad. 1973. “Miracle of Quran:
Significance of the Mysterious Alphabets.” Louis, MO: Islamic Productions
International, Inc.
Khalifa, Rashad. 1981. "The Computer Speaks: God’s
Message to the World."
Renaissance Productions
International.
Khalifa, Rashad (1982). Quran: Visual
Presentation of the Miracle. USA: Islamic Productions.
Khalifa, Rashad (1989). Quran: The Final
Testament. USA: Islamic Productions.
[41] Jarrar,
Bassam. 2001. Numeric Miracles of the Holy Quran: Chosen
Examples. Al-Bireh: Noon Center for Quranic Studies & Research.
http://www.islamnoon.com/language/chosen%20examples.pdf
بسّام
جرّار (2003): "مقدمات
عددية للمتابعة"
، منشور على
موقع مركز نون
، على الرابط التالي:
[42] Al-Rifa-i, ‘Adnan. 2009(Dec. 31). “Al-Mu’jizatul Kubra” (Arabic for “The Great Miracle”):
Pages152-159. It
is also carried on the author’s website, at:
http://www.thekr.net/media/kotob/كتاب%20المعجزى%20الكبرى.pdf
عدنان
الرفاعي (2009): "المعجزة
الكبرى: معجزة
إحدى الكبر." النسخة
الورقية: دار
الخير
للطباعة (1601):
الصفحات 152-159.
[43] [19] Al-Ka’heel, Abdul Daem. 2006. “The Marvels of the Number Seven in the
Noble Quran.” Kaheel 7.
http://kaheel7.com/Book/Marvels_BookSeven.pdf (English)
عبد
الدائم
الكحيل. 2006. "
إشراقات
الرقم سبعة في
القرآن
الكريم." كحيل 7.
http://www.kaheel7.com/book/number_seven_in_quran.pdf (عربي)
Al-Kaheel,
Abdul Daem. 2012. “Secrets of Quran Miracle: some basic guidelines to numeric
miracle.”
Available
online at:
http://kaheel7.com/eng/Book-eng/Part%20-one.pdf
Al-Kaheel, Abdul Daem. (2018). “Numerical Software of the Holy
Quran: Issue 4, the Golden Issue.”
عبد
الدائم
الكحيل. 2018.
" برنامج
إحصاء القرآن
الكريم:
الإصدار 4 ، الإصدار
الذهبي."
http://www.kaheel7.com/ar/index.php/1/1690-2014-07-03-19-11-02>.
Abdul Da-im Al-Kaheel (2006)
demonstrated the importance of number 7 in the Holy Quran by providing many
statistics about it. He used the method of lining up (joining together) numbers
of letters, verses, and chapters, resulting in cumulative numbers which are
multiples of number 7.
He mentioned many verses, which include
number 7 or its multiples, such as 7 spikes (ears) of grain (Al-Baqara, 2:
261), 70 men (Al-A’araf, 7: 155), 70 times (Al-Tawba, 9: 80), 7 cows and 7
spikes (ears) of grain (Yousuf, 12: 42), 7 gates (Al-‘Hijr, 15: 44), 7 young
men (Al-Kahf, 18: 22), 7 seas (Luqman, 31: 27), 7 heavens and 7 earths (Al-Talaq,
65: 12), 7 nights (Al-‘Haaqqa, 69: 7), and 70 dhira’s: about 20 inches
each (Al-Haaqqa, 69: 32). The word Al-Qiyama (the Rising Day) was mentioned 70
times, and the word Jahannam (the Hell) was mentioned 77 times.
In addition, he found that there are 7
chapters of the Holy Quran, which start with exalting Allah (tasbee’h). These
are Al-Issra (17), Al-’Hadeed (57), Al-‘Hashr (59), Al-Saff (61),
Al-Jumu’a (62), Al-Taghabun (64), and Al-A’ala (87).
He also found that there are 7 verses about
the creation of the heavens and the Earth in six days. These are Al-A’araf, 7:
51; Younus, 10: 3; Hood, 11: 7; Al-Furqan, 25: 59; Al-Sajda, 32: 4; Qaf, 50:
38; and Al-’Hadeed, 57: 4.
Moreover, number 7 is associated with the
number of the 7 heavens, which are mentioned in 7 verses. These are Al-Issra,
17: 44; Al-Muminoon, 23: 86; Fussilat, 41: 12; Al-Talaq, 65: 12;
Al-Mulk, 67: 3; and Noo’h, 71: 15.
Further,
he pointed to the fact that the Holy Quran is written with the 28 letters of
the Arabic alphabet, which is a multiple of number 7. Then, he mentioned that
Surat Al-Fati’ha (the first Chapter of the Holy Quran) is composed of 7 verses
(as confirmed in Surat Al-‘Hijr, 15: 87) and that it is written with 21 letters
of the Arabic alphabet, which is a multiple of number 7. He added that there
are 14 chapters of the Holy Quran, which start with separate letters
(muqatta’at) that are not repeated in other chapters. This is also a multiple
of number 7.
Finally,
he mentioned several facts which are related to number 7, such as the seven
electron shells around an atom, the seven days of the week, the seven colors of
the spectrum, the seven layers of Earth, the seven circumambulations around the
Ka’ba, and the seven runs between Safa and Marwa, during the pilgrimage in
Makkah.
[44] Al-Faqih, Khalid (Khaled) M. S. 2017. “A Mathematical Phenomenon in the
Quran of Earth-Shattering Proportions: A Quranic Theory Based on Gematria
Determining Quran Primary Statistics (Words, Verses, Chapters), and Revealing
Its Fascinating Connection with the Golden Ratio.” Journal of Arts and
Humanities: Volume 6, Number 6, MIR Center for Socio-Economic Research, MD,
USA.
https://www.theartsjournal.org/index.php/site/article/view/1192
According
to Al-Faqih (2017), the total Abjad value (AV) of the Quran is equal to the sum
of the Abjad (gematrical) values of the three divine components of the Quran.
First, the calculated Abjad value of the Quran (114 chapters, 6,236 verses,
86,967 words and 322,604 letters) equals 23,378278. Second, the total Abjad
value of the 19 letters that constitute the Bismillahis 786, thus the total Abjad value of the 112 un-numbered
Bismillahs is (112×786) = 88032.Third, the total Abjad value of the 652 letters
of the names of the 114 chapters is 40234. Thus, the total Abjad value (AV) of
the Holy Quran is the sum of the three components (23378278+88032+40234), which
equals 23,506,544.
***
Notes of Chapter 4: Creation and Evolution in the Holy Quran
[45]
The other six verses, which mention
the creation of human beings out of the earth matter (dust, dirt, or soil), are
3: 59, 18: 37, 22: 5, 30: 20, 35: 11, and 40: 67.
[46]
The following are links to studies,
which mention that life on Earth started in clay (water and dirt), as described
in Verse 32: 7.
https://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2013/11/131105132027.htm
http://www.natureworldnews.com/articles/4784/20131106/life-evolved-clay-researchers-find.htm
[47]
The following are links to studies,
which provide descriptions for the environment, in which life started on Earth.
Basically, life started in clay, where water is mixed with the earth dirt,
which includes various primary elements, including those with a stinking smell,
such as hydrogen sulfides, thus forming the stinking clay, mentioned in Verse
15: 26.
Sulfur
is a basic element, found to be necessary for various life forms. It has a very
stinking smell, as a result of its organic molecules, such as hydrogen
sulfides, which has the smelling of rotten eggs, swamps, and skunks.
http://undergroundhealthreporter.com/swamp-gas-hydrogen-sulfide/
[48]
Biologists refer to the first stage
as unicellular organisms (prokaryotes), and the second stage as multicellular
organisms (eukaryotes), which applies to the animal stage. The third stage was
that of humans, who waked upright (homo erectus), in which humans became
separate from animals. This enabled them to stand and walk on two legs, which
enabled them to see more, and consequently to process more information about
their environments. See for example Solomon, et al.
(2006).
[49]
The
‘Hadeeth which was mentioned in the interpretation of the Arabic verb “ 'adalak,”
in verse 82: 7 is as follows:
عن بسر
بن جحاش
القرشي ، رضي
الله عنه ، أن
رسول الله ،
صلى الله عليه
وسلم ، قال: "يقولُ
اللهُ : يا
ابنَ آدمَ ،
أنّى تعجزنِي
وقد خلقتكَ من
مثل هذهِ ،
حتى إذا
سويتكَ
وعدّلتكَ
مشيتَ بين
بردتينِ وللأرضِ
منك وئيدٌ (يعني
شكْوى) ، فجَمعتَ
ومنعتَ ، حتى
إذا بلغتِ
التّراقيَ قلتَ:
أتصدقُ ،
وأنّى أوانُ
الصدقةِ!" (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في السلسلةِ
الصحيحةِ: 1143 ، وأخرجَهُ
أحمدُ: 17842 ،
وابنُ أبي
عاصمٍ ، في
"الآحادِ
والمثاني": 869 ،
وابنُ أبي
الدُّنيا ، في
"التواضعِ
والخمولِ": 245 ،
باختلاف يسير).
Companion Bisr Bin Ji’hash
Al-Qurashi, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “Allah,
praise to Him, said: O Son of Adam, you cannot be out of my control, as I
created you of (clay). Then, I proportioned you rightly, and straightened you
up, to walk (on your two legs) between the two cold times (from before the Sun
rise until the Sun set), until the ground (under your feet) complains against
you. When the death comes, you wish if you have given charity, but it would be
late by then.” (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-bani, in
Al-Salsala Al-Sa’hee’ha: 1143, by A’hmed: 17842, Ibn Abi ‘Asim:
869, and Ibn Abi Al-Dunya: 245, with few differences).
[50] The Arabic
text, English translation, and authentication of the ‘Hadeeth, about performing
prayers of the two cold times, are as follows:
عنْ
أبي موسى
الأشعريِّ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَ
رسولَ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ ، قالَ:
"مَنْ صَلَّى
الْبَرْدَيْنِ
دَخَلَ الْجَنَّةَ"
(أخرجَهُ
البخاريُّ: 574 ،
ومسلمُ: 635
، في
صحيحيهما ،
وصححهُ
الألبانيُّ ، في
صحيحِ
الجامعِ:
6337).
Companion Abu Moosa Al-Ash’ari, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, said: “Whoever performs the prayers of the two cold times, he
(she) enters Paradise” (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in
Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 6337, Al-Bukhari: 574, and Muslim: 635).
[51] It is
noteworthy that though the three renowned interpreters mentioned this ‘Hadeeth
in their interpretations of verse 82: 8, it turned to be strange, left out, and
does not meet authentication conditions (غريبٌ
ومتروكٌ ولا يثبتُ).
The Arabic
text, English translation, and authentication of this “strange” ‘Hadeeth,
(narrated by one Companion only), are as follows:
عنْ
رباحٌ
اللخميِّ بنُ
قصيرٍ ، جَدُّ
موسى بن علي ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ
رسولَ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ وسلَّمَ
، قالَ: "إنَّ
النُّطفةَ
إذا
استقرَّتْ في
الرَّحِمِ
أحضرها اللهُ
كلَّ نسبٍ
بينها وبين
آدمَ فرُكِّبَ
خلقُه في
صورةٍ من تلك
الصُّورِ أمَا
قرأتَ هذه
الآيةَ في
كتاب اللهِ
(فِي أَيِّ صُورةٍ
مَا شَاءَ
رَكَّبَكَ) من
نسلكَ ما بينك
وبين آدمَ."
Companion
Raba’h Al-Lakhmi Bin Qaseer, mAbpwh, the grandfather of Moosa Bin
‘Ali, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said:
"When
the fertilized egg settles in the womb, Allah brings to it all of the genetic
connections between it and Adam. Then, He assembles it in one of these images (of
its ancestors). Haven’t you read this verse (82: 8) in the Book of Allah”:
فِي أَيِّ
صُورَةٍ مَّا
شَاء
رَكَّبَكَ (الانْفِطَارُ
، 82: 8).
In
whatever image (form) He willed, He assembled you (Al-Infitar, 82: 8).
It
was narrated by Raba’h Al-Lakhmi Bin Qaseer, mAbpwh, the
grandfather of Moosa Bin ‘Ali. Al-Albani included it in Al-Salsala Al-Sa’hee’h
(the Correct Chain): 7/988, but he said that the chain includes Mat-har
Bin Al-Haytham. Al-Haythami and Ibn ‘Hajar said that is left out. Ibn Manda
included it in his “History of Damascus: 30/18, adding that it is a strange
‘Hadeeth, as it was narrated by one person (Mat-har). Ibn Katheer
mentioned it: 8/365, in his interpretation of this verse, but he said that it does
not meet the conditions of correct Hadeeth narration.
[52]
The human mental and communication capabilities
have excelled those of their closest relatives in the animal kingdom, the
chimpanzees, as a result of the differences in the brain size and its
components. For example, the average weight of an
adult chimpanzee brain is 384 g (0.85 lb), while the average weight of a modern
human brain is 1,352 g (2.98 lb). The major reason is that while the chimpanzee
brain size does not grow after birth, the human brain size keeps growing
throughout childhood (Smithonian Institution, 2018).
https://www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?storyId=141164708
More information about this topic can be
found at:
http://humanorigins.si.edu/human-characteristics/brains
Allen
et al (2002), studied 46 adults, aged 22–49 years, of mainly European descent.
They found an average brain volume of 1273.6 cm3 for men, with a range of
1052.9 cm3 to 1498.5 cm3, and 1131.1 cm3 for women, with a range of
974.9 to 1398.1 cm3.
The
human brain size, as measured by cranial capacity, kept increasing during the
last two million years, as follows:
For Homo Habilis, who lived 2.3-1.6 million years ago (mya), it was 550-687 cm3. For Homo Erectus, who lived 1.7-0.2 mya, it was 600-1250 cm3. For Homo Heidelbergensis, who lived 800-100 thousand years ago (tya), it was 1100-1400 cm3. For Neanderthalensis, who lived 230-30 tya, it was 1200-1750 cm3. For Homo Sapiens, from 100 tya-present, it has been an average of about 1,400 cm3 (See for example: Brown et al, 2016).
http://tolweb.org/treehouses/?treehouse_id=3710
Researchers
do not use brain size or the ratio of brain size to body size as measures of
intelligence. Instead, they use the encephalization quotient (EQ), which is a
relative brain size measure that is defined as the ratio between actual brain
mass and predicted brain mass for an animal of a given size. Using the EQ
measure, humans are shown as the most intelligent specie s on the planet, as
their EQ is 6.56. Other mammals have lower EQ scores, such as 5.55 for whale
dolphins, 3.5 for macaque monkeys, 2.63 for chimpanzees, and 0.38 for blue
whales.
https://io9.gizmodo.com/5890414/the-4-biggest-myths-about-the-human-brain
In
addition to the EQ measure, intelligence also has to do with the different
components of the brain. Humans have the largest cerebral cortex of all
mammals, relative to the size of their brains. This area of the brain houses
the cerebral hemispheres, which are responsible for higher functions, such as
memory, communication, and thinking.
http://tdlc.ucsd.edu/educators/educators_myths_biggest_brain.html
[53]
In Arabic dictionaries, the word nasiya,
mentioned in Verses 11: 56 and 96: 15-16, means the forehead. In his
interpretation of Verse 11: 56, Al-Qurtubi also mentioned clearly that
the Arabic word nasiya, mentioned in the Verse, means the forehead,
which may become a lying and sinning forehead.
Here's
the Arabic text of his interpretation of the word nasiya (forehead):
"وَإِنَّمَا
سُمِّيَتْ
نَاصِيَة
لِأَنَّ الْأَعْمَال
قَدْ نُصَّتْ
وَبَرَزَتْ
مِنْ غَيْب
الْغَيْب
فَصَارَتْ
مَنْصُوصَة
فِي
الْمَقَادِير
, قَدْ نَفَذَ
بَصَر
الْخَالِق
فِي جَمِيع
حَرَكَات
الْخَلْق
بِقُدْرَةٍ ,
ثُمَّ
وُضِعَتْ
حَرَكَات
كُلّ مَنْ
دَبَّ عَلَى
الْأَرْض
حَيًّا فِي جَبْهَته
بَيْن
عَيْنَيْهِ ,
فَسُمِّيَ
ذَلِكَ الْمَوْضِع
مِنْهُ نَاصِيَة
;
لِأَنَّهَا
تَنُصّ
حَرَكَات
الْعِبَاد بِمَا
قَدَّرَ ;
فَالنَّاصِيَة
مَأْخُوذَة
بِمَنْصُوصِ
الْحَرَكَات
الَّتِي
نَظَرَ اللَّه
تَعَالَى
إِلَيْهَا
قَبْل أَنْ
يَخْلُقهَا
وَوَصَفَ
نَاصِيَة
أَبِي جَهْل
فَقَالَ : "
نَاصِيَة
كَاذِبَة
خَاطِئَة " (الْعَلَق
، 96 : 16)
يُخْبِر
أَنَّ
النَّوَاصِي
فِيهَا
كَاذِبَة
خَاطِئَة."
The prefrontal cortex (Al-Nasiya):
The
orbital frontal cortex (the ventromedial region of the frontal lobe), is
located in the lower surface of the frontal lobe, just behind the eyes,
The
frontal cortex is involved in executive control, delayed gratification,
long-term planning. The frontal lobes are connected to every other part of the
human brain. Thus, when the frontal lobes get the right input from other parts,
they produce the right output.
The
prefrontal cortex (nasiya), which is the closest to the forehead, is the
center for concentration, logic, creativity, inhibition, delayed gratification,
planning, judgment, execution, and expression (Sapolsky, 2005; Allman, 2000).
Evolution of the human brain:
The
human brain evolved in three main historical stages. The first stage is
represented by the most interior and lower part of the brain, which is the proto-reptilian formation.
This part includes the basal ganglia, mid-brain, and brainstem. It performs the
basic functions of the genetically encoded instinctual action plans, related to
primitive survival issues, such as exploration, feeding, aggression, dominance,
and sexuality.
The
second stage of the human brain evolution is represented by the paleomammalian formation, which surrounds
the proto-reptilian formation. This part includes the amygdala, hippocampus,
hypothalamus and other structures in the so-called limbic system. Its main
functions are the innate emotional and motivational systems, shaping of
behavioral responses to incoming stimuli based on instincts and past experiences,
mediating the social emotions, playfulness, and maternal nurturance.
The
third stage of the human brain evolution is represented by the neo-mammalian formation
(neocortex), which surrounds the paleomammalian formation, constituting the
largest proportion of the brain. It performs the various functions related to
the declarative Knowledge about the world derived especially from sight, sound,
and touch.
"The
degree of mushrooming of the neocortex varies widely among mammalian species,
being modest in rodents and reaching massive proportion in the cetaceans
(whales and porpoises) and great apes (the gibbons, orangutans, gorillas,
chimpanzees) and attaining its pinnacle in humans. It is the storehouse of our
cognitive skills" (MacLean, 1990).
The human brain is different from animal brains:
A
microscopic study of the human brain has revealed neural structures, enhanced
wiring, and forms of connectivity among nerve cells, not found in any animal, challenging the view that the human
brain is simply an enlarged chimpanzee brain. The study examined eight
cognitive cases of teaching, short-term memory, causal reasoning, planning,
deception, transitive inference, theory of mind, and language. In all cases,
the study found that similarities between animal and human abilities are small,
dissimilarities large. There is no disparity between brain and mind. Thus, the
mind cognition reflects the material brain capabilities (Premack, 2007). Due to
a number of subtle differences between human and chimpanzee neural progenitors
during cerebral cortex development, it is likely that the human neocortex
expansion contributed to the remarkable cognitive abilities of humans
(Mora-Bermúdez, 2016).
[54]
Homo
sapien sapiens
Anthropologists
call the predecessor of the current human species as "homo sapiens,"
which means “the “the reasonable humans,” in comparison with the previous human
species. This is the main property which characterized humans in the beginning
of the fifth stage of creation. Homo sapiens are more intelligent, more
graceful, and more beautiful than the previous human species. This is evident
in the large skull, facial features, and the coordination and proportionality
of the human body. New discoveries in Morocco show that it lived there about
300,000 years ago but most estimates mention that this species has been living
on Earth for the previous 200,000 years. In about 100,000 years ago, it started
to spread to West Asia, then to East Asia, and finally to Europe when its ice
glaciers started to recede (See Appendix 2
of Chapter 4, for more information).
Some
researchers argue that the current species (homo
sapien sapiens) has evolved tremendously in comparison with its
ancestors (homo sapiens), about 30,000 years ago. This latest evolutionary
change happened basically in the brain, particularly in the neocortex, which is
associated with the complex thinking, distinguishing humans from other mammals.
This development in the human brain led to various ways of cultural expression,
such as the beautiful paintings on cave walls, depicting animals, plants, and humans.
It also led later to the making of tools, weapons, and jewelry.
Thus,
this is the fifth stage of creation, in which the Creator's focus was on the
human brain. It is likely that Adam appeared
during the past 30,000-15,000 years, when humans reached this stage of cultural
expression, which enabled them to receive communication from their Creator.
During that period, humans were still hunter-gatherers but they started
practicing horticulture and pastoralism. However, that was well before the
agricultural revolution, which started about 8,000-6,000 years ago. Here are
some links about the new homo sapien fossil discoveries in Morocco:
http://www.columbia.edu/itc/cerc/danoff-burg/invasion_bio/inv_spp_summ/homo_sapiens_sapiens.html
https://earlyhumansdiv1.wikispaces.com/Homo+Sapien+Sapien+Clothes
[55]
Biologists and anthropologists identified
several extinct hominid (early human) species, such as Homo Erectus and the
Neanderthal. See more details in Appendix 2 of Chapter 4 of this book, which
summarizes stages of the human creation and evolution, based on the discovered
fossils.
[56] See Chapter 2
of the fifth book about Islam by this author (God’s Precise
Measurement, His Just Decrees, and the Last Day), titled: “The Last Day and Its Four Main
Events: The
Hour, Resurrection, Reckoning, and Judgment.”
[57]
See a description of the fetus external sexual
organs development, in words and photos, on the following link:
[58]
For illustrations of the first three stages of
the human embryo development, see: The Quran on Human
Embryonic Development by Ibrahim, A.
and Others, at:
http://www.islam-guide.com/frm-ch1-1-a.htm.
See
also a research paper in Arabic, titled "Stages of the fetus and blowing
of the Spirit" (أطوار
الجنين ونفخ
الروح), which also includes illustrative photos, by Abdul Jawwad Al-Sawi,
at:
More
illustrative video about the stages of the fetus development, with brief
definitions, can be accessed at:
[59]
The opinion mentioned by the
Encyclopedia Britannica, about Mernepta’h (1212-1202 BC) as the Exodus
Pharaoh, can be accessed at:
https://www.britannica.com/topic/biblical-literature/Non-European-versions#ref597585
The
two books of Maurice Bucaille, about the subject, are:
"Mummies
of the Pharaohs: Modern Medical Investigations".
https://www.amazon.com/Mummies-Pharaohs-Modern-Medical-Investigations/dp/031205131X
The
Bible, The Quran and Science By Maurice Bucaille
Translated
from French by Alastair D. Pannell and the Author
The
Joshua Mark 1250-1200 BC opinion about entry of the Israelites to Palestine is
mentioned at:
https://www.ancient.eu/canaan/
During
the 13th Century BC, which is the possible Exodus Century, Egypt was ruled by
six kings (pharaohs). These were Ramses I (1295-1294 BC), Seti I (1294-1279
BC), Ramses II (1279-1212 BC), Merneptah (1212-1202 BC), Amenmesse (1202-1200
BC), and Seti II (1200-1194).
Author and source: Joshua J. Mark is a
co-founder, editor, and a director of Ancient History Encyclopedia. He argued
against the opinion that Ramses II was the Exodus Pharaoh.
[60] See Chapter 10 of this book (Heart-Mind Relationship), in
which scientific research is presented to show that the heart has its own mind,
just like the brain has its mind. Thus, the Arabic word “صُدُورِكُمْ“ (your chests: your hearts)
means your minds, particularly in relation to wishes and desires, as in this
case of verse 17: 51.
[61]
See the following article about the
ironized fossils, found in the Mazon Creek area, in Illinois, USA, which are
displayed at the Illinois State Museum, at:
www.museum.state.il.us/exhibits/mazon_creek/about_mazon_creek.html
See photos of some fossilized organisms in
various kinds of rocks, at:
http://humanorigins.si.edu/evidence/human-fossils
https://www.google.com/search?q=fossilized+human+skeleton&biw0%3B336
For further discussion about the
resurrection of the body and the soul, see Chapter 9, " Mind, Self, Soul, Spirit,
and Happiness from an Islamic Perspective." See also Chapter 2 of the fifth book by this author about Islam,
titled: "The Last Day and Its Four Main Events: The
Hour, Resurrection, Reckoning, and Judgment.”
[62]
For
information about the relationship between skin color and the human migration
away from the equatorial African region, see Scupin (2008: 43-45, 412-439).
More information and photos about
the Japanese macaque monkeys can be found at:
[63] See the
valuable research article, which was written by Jameel ‘Hamdawi, about the
Eastern Arabian origins of the Tamazight language, spoken by the Amazigh
of North Africa, particularly the ‘Himyarite and Can’anite origins. It is
published on the “Diwan Al-Arab” website, at the following link:
[64]
See Scupin (2008: 96-124) for
more information about how different geographical regions are related to the
differences in human languages, and how a language may develop from a pidgin to
a creole, to a full language, then it may be used as a lingua franca.
[65]
For more information about the Sun
orbit around the center of our Milky Way galaxy, see the NASA article about the
subject, which is published at:
https://starchild.gsfc.nasa.gov/docs/StarChild/questions/question18.html
[66]
The Arabic dictionary, Mu’jam Al-Ma’ani Al-Jami',
mentioned that the Arabic word da'hya means an egg, and even explained it by
mentioning it in the context of this Verse (79: 30), describing the Earth as
egg-shaped:
“"دحَى اللهُ
الأرضَ ، أي
دَحَاها ،
بسَطَها
ومدَّها
ووسَّعَها ،
على هيئة بيضة للسُّكنى
والإعمار.
[67]
For more information about the
Earth climate regions, see the following article:
http://www.physicalgeography.net/fundamentals/7v.html
See the following links about the egg-shape of
the Earth:
https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/earth-is-not-round/
http://www.answering-christianity.com/egg-shaped_earth.htm
https://www.quora.com/Why-is-planet-Earth-not-a-perfect-sphere
See the following links about the egg-shape of
our solar system:
[68] See, for
example, “The Egg-Shaped Earth” (as a result of the climate changing conditions on
its outlying parts, which affect
its surface):
http://www.answering-christianity.com/egg-shaped_earth.htm (Audio by Dr. Muhammed Zaghlool Al-Najjar).
Voyager pictures reveal that our Solar System is egg-shaped -
Telegraph
[69] References for Chapter 4 (Creation
and Evolution in the Holy Quran):
Allen, JS; Damasio H; Grabowski TJ. 2002.
"Normal neuroanatomical variation in the human brain: an MRI-volumetric
study." Am J Phys Anthropol: 118 (4): 341–58.
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/12124914
Allman, John. 2000. "Evolving
Brains." Scientific American Library, W.H. Freeman, updated by Sarah Neena
Koch (2011):
http://mybrainnotes.com/memory-language-brain.html
Al-Qurtubi (Mu’hammed Bin A’hmed Bin Abi
Bakr Bin Qaz'h) was born in in the first decade of 7th Hijri Century,
in Qurtuba, Andalusia, and died in Minyat Bani Khaseeb,
South Egypt, in 671 Hijriya. His famous work containing an interpretation of
the Holy Quran is titled, "Tafseer Al-Qurtubi."
Al-Tabari (Abu Ja'far Mu’hammed Bin Jareer)
was born in Amol, Tabaristan, of today's Iran, in 224 Hijriyah, 840 Gregorian,
and died in Baghdad, in Iraq today, in 310 Hijriyah, 923 Gregorian. He is most
known for his famous interpretation of the verses of the Holy Quran, titled as
"Jāmi` al-bayān fi ta'wīl āy al-Qurān,"
popularly known as "Tafsīr Al-Ṭabarī" (Al-Tabari's
Interpretation), which took him seven years to finish, from the year 283 until
290 Hijriya.
Bin (Ibn) Katheer (Abu Al-Fida, Isma'eel Bin
'Omar) was born in Majdal, Busra, South of Syria, in 700 Hijriya but he lived,
was educated, and died in Damascus, in 774). He is most famous for his work of
interpreting the Holy Quran titled, "Tafseer Al-Quran Al-'Adtheem,"
more known as "Tafseer Bin Katheer."
Brown, Graham;
Fairfax, Stephanie; Sarao, Nidhi. "Human Evolution". Tree of Life. Tree of Life
Project.
http://tolweb.org/treehouses/?treehouse_id=3710
MacLean, Paul. 1990. "The Triune Brain in
Evolution: Role in Paleocerebral Function." Plenum, New York. A summary by
Sarah Neena Koch at:
http://mybrainnotes.com/evolution-brain-maclean.html
Mora-Bermúdez, Felipe et al. 2016.
"Differences and similarities between human and chimpanzee neural
progenitors during cerebral cortex development." NCBI, Volume 5.
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5110243/
Pascual, Leo et al. 2013. "How does
morality work in the brain? A functional and structural perspective of moral
behavior." Frontiers in Integrative Neuroscience, 7: 65.
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3770908/
Premack, David. 2007. "Human and animal
cognition: Continuity and discontinuity." Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A.
2007 Aug 28; 104(35): 13861–13867.
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1955772/
Quran, The Holy, the Arabic text and
English translations, particularly those of Sahih International and Yusuf Ali,
published at http://tanzil.net/#1:1.
Sapolsky, Robert M. 2005. "Monkeyluv and
Other Essays on Our lives as Animals." Scribner, New York.
Scupin, Raymond. 2008. "Cultural
Anthropology: A Global Perspective." 7th Edition. New Jersey: Person,
Printice Hall.
(This is a textbook used in teaching Cultural
Anthropology on the college level all over the United States. It's a survey of
research in the field).
Smithonian Institution. 2018. "Human
Characteristics: Brains." Human Origins.
http://humanorigins.si.edu/human-characteristics/brains
Solomon, Eldra P., Linda R. Berg, and Diana W.
Martin. 2006. "Biology." 7th Edition. Belmont, CA:
Books/Cole-Thomson.
This is a major biology textbook used in
teaching biology on the college level all over the United States. It's a
comprehensive survey of research in the field.
Wicks, Paul. 2003. "MRI of orbitofrontal
cortex: Approximate location of the orbitofrontal cortex." Wikimedia.
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:MRI_of_orbitofrontal_cortex.jpg
[70] Solomon, Eldra P., Linda R. Berg, and Diana W.
Martin. 2006. "Biology." 7th Edition. Belmont, CA:
Books/Cole-Thomson.
This is a major biology textbook used in teaching biology on the college level all over the United States. It's a comprehensive survey of research in the field.
[71] The following links provide
information about the discovery of homo sapien fossils in Morocco, and about
the differences between the “homo sapien sapiens” species and its predecessor, “homo
sapiens.”
http://www.columbia.edu/itc/cerc/danoff-burg/invasion_bio/inv_spp_summ/homo_sapiens_sapiens.html
https://earlyhumansdiv1.wikispaces.com/Homo+Sapien+Sapien+Clothes
[72] See Notes # 52 and 54 about the evolution of homo sapiens to homo
sapien sapiens, during the last 30,000 years. See the section titled, “God’s Warning to Adam,” in Chapter 6 of this book.
See also:
Solomon, Eldra P., Linda R. Berg, and Diana W. Martin (2006: 409-416).
For dates, Images of fossils, and descriptions
of various human species, see the Smithonian Institute, at:
http://humanorigins.si.edu/evidence/human-fossils/species
See the following links about “homo sapien
sapiens”:
http://www.columbia.edu/itc/cerc/danoff-burg/invasion_bio/inv_spp_summ/homo_sapiens_sapiens.html
https://earlyhumansdiv1.wikispaces.com/Homo+Sapien+Sapien+Clothes
***
Notes of Chapter 5: Humans, as God’s Caliphs on Earth
[73] This author consulted with several
translations of the Holy Quran verses, particularly those of Sa’hee’h
International, 'Itani, and Yusuf Ali, carried at www.tanzil.net. However, the
translation of meaning of verses in this Chapter, as well as in the book as a
whole, is his sole responsibility.
The complete works of these three great Islamic
scholars, who interpreted the Holy Quran in different centuries, are published
on paper, as well as online, such as on http://quran.ksu.edu.sa/tafseer/ and
on
http://waqfeya.com/book.php?bid=1696.
Their major works are referenced in Endnote # 7
of Chapter 1 and in Endnote # 69 of Chapter 4.
[74] The Holy Quran Index in Arabic by Muhammed Fuad
Abdul Baqi. Cairo: Dar Al-Fikr. 1406 (1986). The Arabic Title of the index is: “Al-Mu’jam
Al-Mufahras Li Alfadth Al-Quran Al-Kareem,” Pages 469-480. In
particular, there are about 26 verses, on pages 474-475, which are directly
related to human learning and God’s influence in that process.
The Holy Quran search, at www.tanzil.net,
yields 17 verses, which include the Arabic root verb
"to teach" (عَلِمَ) and its derivatives, to
refer to God’s teaching of humans. These are 2: 31, 2: 239, 2: 251, 2: 282, 5:
4, 5: 5, 5: 110, 12: 37, 12: 68, 12: 101, 21: 80, 36: 69, 53: 5, 55: 2, 55: 4,
96: 4, and 96: 5.
[75] Abdul
Rahman Bin Khaldoun was an Arab sociologist who lived in Andalusia,
North Africa, and Egypt. He was born in Tunis, in 732 H (1332 AD) and died in
Cairo in 808 H (1406 AD). He wrote his famous “Introduction to Sociology,”
about five centuries before Auguste Compte started modern sociology in France,
in the 19th century.
Ibn Khaldoun was not alone in equating
construction with civilization. Modern anthropologists have also acknowledged
that fact, associating human civilization with intensive agriculture, which was
also associated with construction of temples, palaces, theaters, dams, canals,
roads, and huge monuments and statues. That construction was not possible
without writing languages and developing various sciences, hence leading to
civilization.
[76] For
a discussion about the human self, see
Chapter 9, "Mind, Self, Soul, Spirit,
and Happiness from an Islamic Perspective."
[77] The verses, which were mentioned about the
heavy responsibilities of humans, as caliphs of God on Earth, are as follows:
وَهُوَ
الَّذِي جَعَلَكُمْ
خَلَائِفَ
الْأَرْضِ وَرَفَعَ
بَعْضَكُمْ
فَوْقَ
بَعْضٍ دَرَجَاتٍ
لِّيَبْلُوَكُمْ
فِي مَا
آتَاكُمْ ۗ
إِنَّ
رَبَّكَ
سَرِيعُ الْعِقَابِ
وَإِنَّهُ
لَغَفُورٌ
رَّحِيمٌ (الأنْعَامُ
، 6: 165).
ثُمَّ
جَعَلْنَاكُمْ
خَلَائِفَ
فِي الْأَرْضِ
مِن
بَعْدِهِمْ لِنَنظُرَ
كَيْفَ
تَعْمَلُون (يُونُسُ ، 10: 14).
قَالُوا
أُوذِينَا
مِن قَبْلِ
أَن تَأْتِيَنَا
وَمِن بَعْدِ
مَا
جِئْتَنَا ۚ
قَالَ عَسَىٰ
رَبُّكُمْ
أَن يُهْلِكَ
عَدُوَّكُمْ وَيَسْتَخْلِفَكُمْ
فِي
الْأَرْضِ فَيَنظُرَ
كَيْفَ
تَعْمَلُونَ (الأعْرَافُ
، 7: 129).
آمِنُوا
بِاللَّـهِ
وَرَسُولِهِ وَأَنفِقُوا
مِمَّا
جَعَلَكُم
مُّسْتَخْلَفِينَ
فِيهِ (الْحَدِيدُ
، 57: 7).
وَعَدَ
اللَّـهُ
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا مِنكُمْ
وَعَمِلُوا
الصَّالِحَاتِ
لَيَسْتَخْلِفَنَّهُمْ
فِي
الْأَرْضِ كَمَا
اسْتَخْلَفَ
الَّذِينَ
مِن قَبْلِهِمْ (النُّورُ
، 24: 55).
آمِنُوا
بِاللَّـهِ
وَرَسُولِهِ
وَأَنفِقُوا
مِمَّا
جَعَلَكُم
مُّسْتَخْلَفِينَ
فِيهِ ۖ فَالَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
مِنكُمْ
وَأَنفَقُوا
لَهُمْ
أَجْرٌ
كَبِيرٌ (الْحَدِيُد
، 57: 7).
وَاذْكُرُوا
إِذْ
جَعَلَكُمْ
خُلَفَاءَ مِن
بَعْدِ
قَوْمِ نُوحٍ
وَزَادَكُمْ
فِي الْخَلْقِ
بَسْطَةً ۖ فَاذْكُرُوا
آلَاءَ
اللَّـهِ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تُفْلِحُونَ (الأعْرَافُ
، 7: 69).
يَا
دَاوُودُ
إِنَّا
جَعَلْنَاكَ
خَلِيفَةً
فِي
الْأَرْضِ فَاحْكُم
بَيْنَ
النَّاسِ
بِالْحَقِّ وَلَا
تَتَّبِعِ
الْهَوَىٰ
فَيُضِلَّكَ
عَن سَبِيلِ
اللَّـهِ (صَ ، 38: 26).
أَمَّن
يُجِيبُ
الْمُضْطَرَّ
إِذَا دَعَاهُ
وَيَكْشِفُ
السُّوءَ وَيَجْعَلُكُمْ
خُلَفَاءَ
الْأَرْضِ ۗ
أَإِلَـٰهٌ
مَّعَ
اللَّـهِ ۚ
قَلِيلًا
مَّا تَذَكَّرُونَ (النَّمْلُ
، 27: 62).
قَالَ
مُوسَىٰ
لِقَوْمِهِ اسْتَعِينُوا
بِاللَّـهِ
وَاصْبِرُوا ۖ إِنَّ
الْأَرْضَ
لِلَّـهِ
يُورِثُهَا
مَن يَشَاءُ
مِنْ
عِبَادِهِ ۖ
وَالْعَاقِبَةُ
لِلْمُتَّقِينَ (الأعْرَافُ
، 7: 128).
وَاذْكُرُوا
إِذْ
جَعَلَكُمْ
خُلَفَاءَ مِن
بَعْدِ عَادٍ
وَبَوَّأَكُمْ
فِي الْأَرْضِ
تَتَّخِذُونَ
مِن
سُهُولِهَا
قُصُورًا
وَتَنْحِتُونَ
الْجِبَالَ
بُيُوتًا ۖ فَاذْكُرُوا
آلَاءَ
اللَّـهِ وَلَا
تَعْثَوْا
فِي
الْأَرْضِ
مُفْسِدِينَ (الأعْرِافُ
، 7: 74).
هُوَ
الَّذِي
جَعَلَكُمْ
خَلَائِفَ
فِي الْأَرْضِ
ۚ فَمَن
كَفَرَ
فَعَلَيْهِ
كُفْرُهُ ۖ (فَاطِرُ
، 35: 39).
فَكَذَّبُوهُ
فَنَجَّيْنَاهُ
وَمَن
مَّعَهُ فِي
الْفُلْكِ
وَجَعَلْنَاهُمْ
خَلَائِفَ وَأَغْرَقْنَا
الَّذِينَ
كَذَّبُوا
بِآيَاتِنَا (يُونُسُ ، 10: 73).
وَرَبُّكَ
الْغَنِيُّ
ذُو
الرَّحْمَةِ
ۚ إِن
يَشَأْ
يُذْهِبْكُمْ
وَيَسْتَخْلِفْ
مِن
بَعْدِكُم
مَّا يَشَاءُ كَمَا
أَنشَأَكُم
مِّن
ذُرِّيَّةِ
قَوْمٍ آخَرِينَ (الأنْعَامُ
، 6: 133).
فَإِن
تَوَلَّوْا
فَقَدْ
أَبْلَغْتُكُم
مَّا
أُرْسِلْتُ
بِهِ
إِلَيْكُمْ ۚ وَيَسْتَخْلِفُ
رَبِّي
قَوْمًا
غَيْرَكُمْ وَلَا
تَضُرُّونَهُ
شَيْئًا (هُودُ ، 11: 57).
And it is He Who has
made you successors (caliphs) of the
Earth and raised some of you above others in ranks,
so that He tests you of what He has
given you. Surely your Lord is quick in punishment, and surely, He is
Forgiving, (and) Merciful (Al-An'am, 6:
165).
Then, We made you successors (caliphs) on the
Earth, after them, to see how you would act (Younus, 10: 14).
They said: We had been hurt before and after
you came to us. He said: May your Lord destroy your enemy and make you
successors (caliphs) on the Earth. So, He sees how
you act (Al-A’araf, 7: 129).
Believe
in Allah and His Messenger and spend of that which He has made you (His) successors
(caliphs) on (Al-‘Hadeed, 57: 7).
Allah has promised
those who believe among you to make them successors on
the Earth, as He made successors of those before them (Al-Noor,
24: 55).
Believe in Allah and His Messenger and spend out
of that in which He has made you successors. For those who have believed among you and spent, there will be a great reward (Al-'Hadeed, 57: 7).
And reflect
(think about) that He made you successors (caliphs) after the people of Noah
and increased you in stature extensively. Then, remember the favors of Allah, so that you may prosper (Al-A’araf, 7: 96)
O Dawood (David)! We have made you as a
successor (caliph) on earth, so judge among people
rightly, and do not follow desire, (which may) misguide away from
the path of Allah (Saad, 38: 26).
Or, Who (else)
listens to the distressed when he
calls on Him, and Who relieves the suffering, and makes you successors
(caliphs) on the Earth? (Are you still taking) another god with Allah? It is
little that you reflect on (Al-Naml, 27: 62).
Moussa (Moses)
said to his people: Seek help from Allah and be patient (endure). The Earth is Allah's. He gives it, as inheritance,
to whoever He wills of his worshippers, and the sequel is for the
pious (Al-‘Araf, 7: 128).
Reflect (think about) that He made you
successors (caliphs) after (the people of) 'Ad; and settled you on the Earth so
that you could construct on its plains palaces; and carve dwellings out of
mountains. So, remember the favors of Allah, and do
not act on the Earth as corruptors (Al-A’araf,
7:74)
He is Who has made you successors (caliphs) on
the Earth. So, he who disbelieves, his disbelief
will be on him (He will bear the consequences) (Fatir, 35:
39).
They rejected him, so We saved him and those
with him in the ship, and made them successors (caliphs), and We drowned those who rejected Our revelations (Younus, 10: 73).
Your Lord is Self-Sufficient, (the Lord) of
Mercy. If He will, He can remove you and make
successors (caliphs) after you whom He wills, as He made you from
offspring of other people (Al-An’am, 6: 133).
(Prophet
Hood said): If they turn away (from what you told them, tell them) I have
conveyed the Message with which I was sent to you, and my Lord will make another people to succeed you,
and you will not harm Him anything (Hood, 11: 57).
Notes
for Chapter 6: Adams Contest with the Angels and Getting Out of Paradise
[78] The verses related to the topics of this book, like the rest of
the verses of the Holy Quran, are very concise and each word has a specific
meaning within a certain context, but it may have different meanings in other
contexts. That is why the linguistic translation from Arabic is not
enough. It has to be complimented with facts from the sciences, particularly
Anthropology and Biology in this case, as well as with the interpretations of
prominent early Islamic scholars, may Allah reward them for their great
efforts, such as Al-Tabari, who died in 310 Hijriya (about 922 AD),
Al-Qurtubi, who died in 671 Hijriya (about 1272 AD), and Bin Katheer,
who died in 774 Hijriya (about 1372 AD). Their interpretations have been used
throughout this book. Though this author consulted with various translations
and interpretations, the translation of the meanings of the Quran verses as
well as the interpretations related to them, in this book, are his sole
responsibility.
[79] The verses addressing the topic of God’s will to make humans as
His successors, or caliphs, on Earth, including the story of Adam, are narrated
in several Suras (Chapters) of the Holy Quran. In particular, this topic is addressed
in Al-Baqara (Chapter 2), Verses 30-39; Al-‘Imran (Chapter 3), Verses 33 and
59; Al-‘Araf (Chapter 7), Verses 11-26; Al-'Hijr (Chapter 15), Verses 26-43;
Al-Issra (Chapter 17), Verses 61-65; Al-Kahf (Chapter 18), Verse 50; and Taha
(Chapter 20), Verses 115-123.
[80] The Arabic texts, English translation, and authentication
of the verse and the two 'Hadeeths mentioned in this section, about revelation,
are as follows:
وَاتْلُ
مَا أُوحِيَ
إِلَيْكَ مِن
كِتَابِ رَبِّكَ ۖ لَا
مُبَدِّلَ لِكَلِمَاتِهِ
وَلَن تَجِدَ
مِن دُونِهِ مُلْتَحَدًا
(الْكَهْفُ ، 18: 27).
And recite, (O Mu’hammed), what has been
revealed to you of the Book of your Lord. There is no changer of His words, and
never will you find in other than Him a refuge (Al-Kahf, 18: 27).
عَنْ
عائِشَةَ ،
أُمِّ
المُؤْمِنِينَ
، رضي الله
عنها ، أنَّها
قالَتْ:
"أوَّلُ ما
بُدِئَ به
رَسولُ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى اللهُ
عليه وسلَّمَ
، مِنَ
الوَحْيِ
، الرُّؤْيا الصَّالِحَةُ
(الصَّادِقَةُ) في النَّوْمِ. فَكانَ لا يَرَى رُؤْيا
، إلَّا
جاءَتْ
مِثْلَ
فَلَقِ
الصُّبْحِ" (أخرجَهُ
مسلمُ:
160 ، والبخاريُّ: 3 ، 6982 ،
في
صَحِيحَيْهِما
، وكذلكَ
شُعيبٌ
الأرناؤوطِ: 25202 ،
والترمذيِّ: 3632 ،
وأحمدَ: 25202 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
مِثْلَ
فَلَقِ
الصُّبْحِ:
أيْ واضحةً.
The
Mother of the Believers, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh, said: “The first revelation to the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, was through the good (true)
dream at sleep. Whatever dream he would see, it comes out (when he wakes up) as
clear as the daybreak (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Muslim:
160, Al-Bukhari: 3, 6982, Shu’ayb Al-Arna-aut: 25202, Al-Tirmidthi:
3632 and A’hmed: 25202, with few differences).
وَعَنْ
عائِشَةَ ،
أُمِّ
المُؤْمِنِينَ
، رضي الله
عنها ، أنَّ
الحارثَ بنَ
هشامٍ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهُ ،
سألَ رسولَ
اللهِ ، صلَّى
اللهُ عليه وسلَّمَ:
كيف
يأتيك الوحيُ؟
فقال رسولُ
اللهِ ، صلَّى
اللهُ عليه وسلَّم:
"أحيانًا
يأتيني في مثلِ
صلصلةِ
الجرسِ ، وهو
أشدُّه
عليَّ ،
فيُفصَمُ عنِّي
، وقد وعيْتُ ما
قالَ.
وأحيانًا
يتمثَّلُ لي
الملَكُ رجلًا
،
فيُكلِّمُني
فأعي ما
يقولُ" (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 213 ،
وعَنْ صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 933.
وأخرجَهُ
البخاريُّ: 2 ،
ومسلمُ: 2333 ، في
صَحِيحَيْهِما).
وأضافت
أُمُّ
المُؤْمِنِينَ
عائشةُ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنها ،
في روايةٍ
أُخرى: "فلقد
رأيتُ رسولَ
اللَّهِ ،
صلَّى
اللَّهُ
عليْهِ
وسلَّمَ ،
يَنزِلُ
عليْهِ
الوحيُ في
اليومِ
البردِ الشَّديدِ
، فيَفصِمُ
عنْهُ ، وإنَّ
جبينَهُ
ليتفصَّدُ
عرقًا"
(صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عَنْ صحيحِ
الترمذيِّ: 3634 ،
وصححهُ ابنُ
خزيمةَ ، في
التوحيدِ: 358/1 ،
وابنُ حبانَ: 38).
The Mother of Believers, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh, also
said that (Companion) Al-'Harith Bin Hisham, mAbpwh, asked the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh: How does the revelation come to you? The Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, said: "Sometimes, like the bell-ringing, which is the hardest on
me. When it stops, (I feel that) I have undestood that which he (Jibril) said.
In other times, the angel comes to me as a man. He speaks to me, and I
understand that which he has said" (Authenticated
as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 213,
Al-Nisa-i: 933, Al-Bukhari: 2, and Muslim: 2333).
The Mother of Believers, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh, added
in another version of the ‘Hadeeth: “I saw the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, at
the end of a revelation (session), in a very cold day, with sweat flowing from
his forehead" (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, based on Al-Tirmidhi: 3634, also by Ibn Khuzayma:
358/1, and Ibn 'Habban: 38).
[81] The
Arabic text, English translation, and documentation of the verses, about
receiving revelation while asleep and the inspiration to bees, are as follows:
إِذْ
يُرِيكَهُمُ
اللَّـهُ فِي
مَنَامِكَ قَلِيلًا (الأنْفَالُ
، 8: 43).
فَلَمَّا
بَلَغَ
مَعَهُ
السَّعْيَ
قَالَ يَا
بُنَيَّ
إِنِّي
أَرَىٰ فِي
الْمَنَامِ أَنِّي
أَذْبَحُكَ
(الصَّافَّاتُ
، 37: 102).
إِذْ
قَالَ
يُوسُفُ
لِأَبِيهِ
يَا أَبَتِ إِنِّي رَأَيْتُ
أَحَدَ
عَشَرَ
كَوْكَبًا وَالشَّمْسَ
وَالْقَمَرَ
رَأَيْتُهُمْ
لِي سَاجِدِينَ
(يُوسُفُ ،
12: 4).
وَقَالَ
الْمَلِكُ إِنِّي
أَرَىٰ سَبْعَ
بَقَرَاتٍ
سِمَانٍ
يَأْكُلُهُنَّ
سَبْعٌ
عِجَافٌ (يُوسُفُ
، 12: 43).
وَأَوْحَىٰ
رَبُّكَ إِلَى
النَّحْلِ
أَنِ
اتَّخِذِي
مِنَ الْجِبَالِ
بُيُوتًا
وَمِنَ
الشَّجَرِ
وَمِمَّا
يَعْرِشُونَ (النَّحْلُ
، 16: 68).
(Remember, O Mu’hammed),
when Allah showed them to you in your sleep
(dream) as few (Al-Anfal, 8: 43).
And when he reached (the age of) exertion with
him (the age of accompanying him in work or travel), he (Ibraheem)
said: "O my son, indeed I have seen in the sleep (dream)
that I am slaughtering you (Al-Saffat, 37: 102).
(Of these stories, mention) when Yousuf
(Joseph) said to his father: "O my father, indeed, I have
seen (in a dream) eleven planets, and the sun, and
the moon; I saw them prostrating to me" (Yousuf, 12: 4).
And the king said:
"Indeed, I have seen (in a
dream) seven fat cows being eaten by seven (that were) skinny (Yousuf, 12: 43).
And your Lord revealed to the
bee, "Take for yourself of the mountains,
houses, and of the trees and of that which they construct (Al-Na'hl, 16:
68).
Moreover, many discoverers and inventors, in our
time, mentioned that they reached their discoveries or inventions during their
sleep. Examples of these are Niels Bohr, Elias Howe, Albert Einstein, Srinivasa
Ramanujan, Otto Loewi, August Kekulé, and Frederick Banting.
http://www.world-of-lucid-dreaming.com/10-dreams-that-changed-the-course-of-human-history.html
[82] The
Arabic texts, English translation, and documentation of the four mentioned verses,
about angels, are as follows:
وَمَن
يَقُلْ
مِنْهُمْ
إِنِّي إِلَـٰهٌ مِّن
دُونِهِ
فَذَٰلِكَ
نَجْزِيهِ
جَهَنَّمَ ۚ
كَذَٰلِكَ
نَجْزِي
الظَّالِمِينَ
(الأنْبِيَاءُ
، 21: 29).
لَّن
يَسْتَنكِفَ
الْمَسِيحُ
أَن يَكُونَ عَبْدًا
لِّلَّـهِ
وَلَا الْمَلَائِكَةُ
الْمُقَرَّبُونَ ۚ وَمَن
يَسْتَنكِفْ
عَنْ
عِبَادَتِهِ وَيَسْتَكْبِرْ فَسَيَحْشُرُهُمْ
إِلَيْهِ
جَمِيعًا (النِّسَاءُ
، 4: 172).
وَتَرَى
الْمَلَائِكَةَ
حَافِّينَ
مِنْ حَوْلِ
الْعَرْشِ
يُسَبِّحُونَ
بِحَمْدِ
رَبِّهِمْ ۖ وَقُضِيَ
بَيْنَهُم
بِالْحَقِّ وَقِيلَ
الْحَمْدُ
لِلَّـهِ
رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ (الزُّمَرُ
، 39: 75).
وَمَا
أُنزِلَ
عَلَى الْمَلَكَيْنِ
بِبَابِلَ
هَارُوتَ
وَمَارُوتَ ۚ وَمَا
يُعَلِّمَانِ
مِنْ أَحَدٍ
حَتَّىٰ يَقُولَا
إِنَّمَا
نَحْنُ
فِتْنَةٌ
فَلَا
تَكْفُرْ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 102).
And whoever
of them (the angels) should say, "Indeed, I am a god besides Him (Allah)," that one We would
recompense with Hell. Thus, We recompense the wrongdoers (Al-Anbiya, 21: 29).
The Messiah does not disdain to
be a worshipper of Allah, nor do the closest
angels (to Allah). And whoever disdains His worship and is too arrogant (to worship Allah), He will gather them to Himself
all together (Al-Nisa, 4: 172).
And you will see the angels surrounding the
Throne, exalting their Lord with praise. And it will
be judged among them rightly, and it will be said, "Praise to Allah,
Lord of the Worlds" (Al-Zumar, 39: 75).
… that
which was revealed to the two angels in Babyl (Babylon), Haroot and Maroot, they
do not teach (magic to) anyone unless they say, "We are a trial. So, do not
disbelieve (by practicing it)” … (Al-Baqara, 2: 102).
[83] The Arabic texts, English translation,
and authentication of the ‘Hadeeth and verses, about the creation of the angels
and the jinn, are as follows:
عن
أم المؤمنين
عائشة ، رضي
الله عنها ،
قالت ، قال
رسول الله ،
صلى الله عليه
وسلم: "خلقت الملائكة
من نور، وخلق
الجان من مارج
من نار، وخلق
آدم مما وصف
لكم" (أخرجَهُ
مسلمُ في
صحيحهِ: 2996 ،
وكذلكَ ابنُ
حبانَ: 6155 ، وصححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 3238).
The Mother of the Believers, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh,
said: “The angels were created of light, the Jinn of fire flames, and Adam was
created of what was described to you” (of clay) (Authenticated by Al-Albani, in
Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 3238, Muslim: 2996, and Ibn ‘Hibban: 6155).
فَلَمَّا
جَنَّ عَلَيْهِ
اللَّيْلُ
رَأَىٰ
كَوْكَبًا (الأنْعَامُ
، 6: 76).
الْحَمْدُ
لِلَّـهِ
فَاطِرِ
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
جَاعِلِ الْمَلَائِكَةِ
رُسُلًا أُولِي
أَجْنِحَةٍ
مَّثْنَىٰ
وَثُلَاثَ وَرُبَاعَ (فَاطِرُ
، 35: 1).
وَخَلَقَ
الْجَانَّ
مِن مَّارِجٍ
مِّن نَّارٍ (الرحمن ، 55: 15).
وَجَعَلُوا
بَيْنَهُ
وَبَيْنَ الْجِنَّةِ
نَسَبًا ۚ
وَلَقَدْ
عَلِمَتِ
الْجِنَّةُ إِنَّهُمْ
لَمُحْضَرُونَ
(الصَّافَّاتُ
، 37: 158).
So, when the night made things
invisible (covered things with
darkness), he saw a star (Al-An'am, 6: 76).
(All) praise is (due) to Allah,
Originator (Creator) of the heavens and the Earth, (Who) made the angels messengers
having wings, two
or three or four (Fatir, 35:
1).
And He created the jinn from a
smokeless flame of fire (Al-Ra'hman,
55: 15).
And they have invented a kinship between Him and
the jinn, but the jinn know well
that they will be brought (before Him for reckoning) (Al-Saffat, 37:
158).
[84] The human society passed through six
stages of development so far, which included hunting-gathering, pastoralism,
horticulture, agriculture, industrial, and post-industrial (high technology and
information) modes of production. Details about these stages can be found in
anthropology and sociology textbooks, such as:
Scupin, Raymond. "Cultural
Anthropology: A Global Perspective." 9th Edition, Pearson, Printice Hall
(2016: 134-141).
Henslin, James. "Sociology."
13th Edition, Allyn and Bacon (2018).
https://www.alibris.com/Sociology-A-Down-To-Earth-Approach-James-M-Henslin/book/6172368
According to Grinin, the cultivation of cereals
started somewhere in the Near East: in the hills of Palestine, in the Upper
Euphrates area (in Syria and Iraq), and in Egypt. He argues that, in some
cases, the traces of the first cultivated plants or domesticated animals' bones
maybe dated to a period which started about 15,000 –14,000 years ago.
Grinin L.E. Production Revolutions and
Periodization of History: A Comparative and Theoretic-mathematical Approach. /
Social Evolution & History. Volume 6, Number 2 / September 2007.
[85] Here’s
the Arabic text of Ibn Katheer’s interpretation, for the verb "descend" (ٱهۡبِطُواْ),
in Verse 2: 36:
"فَإِنْ
قِيلَ:
فَإِذَا
كَانَتْ
جَنَّة آدَم
الَّتِي أُخْرِجَ
مِنْهَا فِي
السَّمَاء ،
كَمَا يَقُول
الْجُمْهُور
مِنْ
الْعُلَمَاء
، فَكَيْف
تَمَكَّنَ
إِبْلِيس
مِنْ دُخُول الْجَنَّة
وَقَدْ
طُرِدَ مِنْ
هُنَالِكَ طَرْدًا
قَدَرِيًّا؟
وَالْقَدَرِيّ
لَا يُخَالَف
وَلَا يُمَانَع.
فَالْجَوَاب
أَنَّ هَذَا
بِعَيْنِهِ
اِسْتَدَلَّ
بِهِ مَنْ
يَقُول إِنَّ
الْجَنَّة الَّتِي
كَانَ فِيهَا
آدَم فِي
الْأَرْض ،
لَا فِي
السَّمَاء ،
كَمَا قَدْ
بَسَطْنَا
هَذَا فِي
أَوَّل كِتَابنَا
، الْبِدَايَة
وَالنِّهَايَة."
“The mainstream opinion (of the
interpreters of the Holy Quran) was that the Paradise, from which Adam was
expelled, was in heavens. If this was true, then how could Iblees (Satan) enter
it, when he was expelled from (heavens) by a divine command? (We know that) the
divine (will) can neither be opposed nor prevented. The answer is in itself the
evidence for the opinion that the Paradise, in which Adam lived was on the
Earth, not in heavens, as we (I) explained at the beginning of our (my) book,
“The Beginning and the End.”
***
Notes for Chapter 7: Worshippers by Choice or Forced Slaves
[86] Different
translations for the Holy Quran description of the Messengers of God in 17 versions of translations,
are published at www.tanzil.net, as follows:
The Holy Quran describes each one of the
Messengers of Allah as 'abd (عَبْد) in his relationship with his Lord. For
example, that was the description of 'Eissa Bin Maryam (Jesus, the Son of Mary)
in Verse 4: 172, Muhammed in 17:1, Noo'h in 17: 3, Zakariya in 19: 2,
Dawood (David) in 38: 17, Ayoob (Jobe) in 38: 41, peace and
blessings of God be upon all of them.
Verse 4: 172 explains to us that the word 'abd
(عَبْد) means "worshipper." Thus, the
Messengers are "worshippers of God." There is no doubt or confusion
about that meaning for readers who are proficient and competent in Arabic, and
who understand (or are capable to search for) the meanings of words of the
authentic Arabic text of the Holy Quran, known as Mus'haf 'Uthman. However, the
matter becomes different in the translation of these meanings to other
languages, such as English in this case. Accurate translations require
proficiency and competence of both languages, not one on the expense of the
other. Moreover, the accurate translation of the meanings of the Holy Quran
verses, in particular, requires knowledge of the Book as a whole and in
detail.
If these requirements are not met, a
translation may provide completely different meanings for the verses, such as
in the case of the above-mentioned example. Among the researched seventeen
translations of the Holy Quran, only two of them provided the correct meaning
for the word 'abd (عَبْد), which is a "worshipper." These
were the translations of Qaribullah and Darwish, as well as the translation of
Ahmed Ali, who used the archaic word "votary." In both translations,
the correctly translated
meaning was consistently used in all verses which included the researched word,
'abd (عَبْد). However, the other fifteen translations
were either inconsistent in using the correct translation, or inaccurate,
providing the incorrect translations of "servant," or
"slave," or "bondman," as illustrated in Table 1.
The word, 'ibadatihi (His
worship), in Verse 4: 172, is the Quran guidance in
explaining the singular adjective, 'abd, as "worshiper." In
translating that word, six of the translations showed an understanding of the
meaning and translated it correctly as "worship." These were the
translations of Ahmed Khan, Hilali and Khan, Qaribullah and Darwish, Saheeh
International, Sarwar, and Yusuf Ali. However, only one of them applied it
correctly to the singular adjective, 'abd, which was the translation of
Qaribullah and Darwish, who translated it correctly as a
"worshipper," in all of the six researched verses.
The other five translations showed an
understanding of the word, 'ibadatihi, and translated it correctly as "His
worship" but did not apply it to the singular adjective, 'abd, thus
lacking consistency. Sarwar applied that understanding once but by using the
noun "worship," instead of the correct singular adjective,
"worshipper." That was also the case with Yusuf Ali, who used the two
verbs, "to serve and worship," instead of the correct singular
adjective, "worshipper." Ahmed Khan translated it as a "slave,"
and Sahih International did that using the word, "servant."
Ahmed Ali did not show an understanding of the
meaning of the noun, 'ibadatihi, but he translated the singular adjective,
'abd, correctly, using the archaic word "votary," which means
"devout worshiper." Daryabadi translated it incorrectly as a
"bondman," so did Arberry, Asad, Maududi, and Shakir, using the word,
"servant."
Pickthall was inconsistent in his translations,
as he used three different words, "slave, servant, and bondman" as a
translation for the same singular adjective, 'abd. So was Yusuf Ali, who also
used three different translations, "to worship, servant, and
devotee."
By Shawwal 1439 (June 2018), four more
translations were carried by the same portal (www.tanzil.net). These
were authored by Itani, Mubarakpuri, Qarai, and Wahiduddin. All the four of
them showed an understanding for the meaning of the word 'ibadatihi by
translating it correctly, as "His worship." However, they translated
the singular adjective, 'abd, incorrectly as a "servant," in all of
the six verses researched in Table 1. Mubarakpuri was the only one who gave a
different but still incorrect translation in one of the six verses. He
translated ‘abd as a “slave” in verse 38: 17.
Table 1
Translation of the Word, 'abd (عَبْد), Describing Messengers of God
By 13 Translations of www.tanzil.net (2010) *
|
Translators |
'Issa (Jesus) Verse 4: 172 |
Muhammed Verse 17: 1 |
Nooh (Noah) Verse 17: 3 |
Zakariya Verse 19: 2 |
Dawood (David) Verse 38: 17 |
Ayoob (Job) Verse 38: 41 |
|
Ahmed
Ali |
votary |
votary |
votary |
votary |
votary |
Votary |
|
Ahmed
Khan |
bondman |
bondman |
bondman |
bondman |
bondman |
bondman |
|
Arberry |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
|
Asad |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
|
Daryabadi |
bondman |
bondman |
bondman |
bondman |
bondman |
bondman |
|
Hilali
& Khan |
slave |
slave |
slave |
slave |
slave |
slave |
|
Maududi |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
|
Pickthall
|
slave |
servant |
servant |
servant |
bondman |
bondman |
|
Qaribullah |
worshiper |
worshiper |
worshiper |
worshiper |
worshiper |
worshiper |
|
Saheeh
Inte'l |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
|
Sarwar |
worship |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
|
Shakir |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
servant |
|
Yusuf
Ali |
to
serve & worship |
servant |
devotee |
servant |
servant |
servant |
[87] In translating the word 'ibad
(عِبَاد), which is researched in Table
2, the translators were generally consistent with their
translations of the word 'abd
(عَبْد),
as mentioned in Table 1. They still mainly used the words
"servants, bondmen, and slaves," as their translations for ‘ibad
(worshippers).
Ahmed
Ali stands as the most inconsistent among them, as he used the four different
words: "creatures, votaries, devotees, and men," as translations for
the same plural adjective, 'ibad. He was followed by Asad, who used the three
different translations: "servants, beings, and men." Finally,
Pickthall also used the three different translations: "bondmen, slaves,
and men."
Only
Qaribullah and Darwish were consistent in translating the plural noun, 'ibad,
correctly as "worshipers," while Ahmed Ali and Yusuf Ali used the
correct close translations, "votaries and devotees" but
inconsistently. Sarwar used the correct translation "worshippers"
only once.
The
most remarkable observation is regarding Verse 43: 19, which describes the
angels as 'ibadul Rahman, which should be translated as "worshipers of
God, the Beneficent." In almost all translations, the reference to the
angels in this Verse was translated as "creatures, bondmen, servants,
beings, and slaves"!
The
strangest translation was "bondmen," which was used by Ahmed Khan and
Daryabadi! How can angels be described as "men," let alone
"bondmen"? Hilali and Khan, as well as Pickthall, translated it as
"slaves," which is a derogatory and disdainful adjective (as
mentioned by Bin Katheer). Angels are "honorable worshipers," as
Allah, praise to Him, describes
them in Verse 21: 26 of the Holy Quran. They are not slaves.
By
Shawwal 1439 (June 2018), four more translations were carried by the same
portal (www.tanzil.net). These were authored by Itani, Mubarakpuri, Qarai,
and Wahiduddin. All the four of them
translated the word 'ibad incorrectly as "servants,"
in all of the six verses researched in Table 2. Wahiduddin provided the only
translation, which was close to the correct meaning, in one of the six verses.
He translated ‘ibad as “human beings,” in verse 50: 11.
Table 2
Translation of the Word, 'ibad (عِبَاد)
By 13 Translations of www.tanzil.net (2010) *
|
Translators |
Verse 2: 207 |
Verse 21: 26 |
Verse 25: 63 |
Verse 37: 40 |
Verse 43: 19 |
Verse 50: 11 |
|
Ahmed Ali |
creatures |
votaries |
devotees |
creatures |
creatures |
men |
|
Ahmed Khan |
bondmen |
bondmen |
bondmen |
bondmen |
bondmen |
bondmen |
|
Arberry |
servants |
servants |
servants |
servants |
servants |
servants |
|
Asad |
servants |
servants |
servants |
servants |
beings |
men |
|
Daryabadi |
bondmen |
bondmen |
bondmen |
bondmen |
bondmen |
bondmen |
|
Hilali & Khan |
slaves |
slaves |
slaves |
slaves |
slaves |
slaves |
|
Maududi |
servants |
servants |
servants |
servants |
servants |
servants |
|
Pickthall |
bondmen |
slaves |
slaves |
slaves |
slaves |
men |
|
Qaribullah |
worshipers |
worshipers |
worshipers |
worshipers |
worshipers |
worshipers |
|
Saheeh Inte'l |
servants |
servants |
servants |
servants |
servants |
servants |
|
Sarwar |
worshipers |
servants |
servants |
servants |
servants |
servants |
|
Shakir |
servants |
servants |
servants |
servants |
servants |
servants |
|
Yusuf Ali |
devotees |
servants |
servants |
servants |
serve |
servants |
[88] The English
translation of the three verses mentioned in this section, about the extreme
reactions of the followers of Moosa (Moses) and ‘Eisa (Jesus), towards the two
Messengers of Allah, peace be upon them, are as follows:
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا لَا
تَكُونُوا
كَالَّذِينَ
آذَوْا مُوسَىٰ فَبَرَّأَهُ
اللَّـهُ
مِمَّا
قَالُوا ۚ وَكَانَ
عِندَ
اللَّـهِ
وَجِيهًا
(الأحْزَابُ ، 33: 69).
لَقَدْ
كَفَرَ
الَّذِينَ
قَالُوا
إِنَّ اللَّـهَ
هُوَ الْمَسِيحُ
ابْنُ
مَرْيَمَ ۖ
﴿٧٢﴾
لَّقَدْ
كَفَرَ
الَّذِينَ
قَالُوا
إِنَّ اللَّـهَ
ثَالِثُ
ثَلَاثَةٍ ۘ
وَمَا مِنْ إِلَـٰهٍ
إِلَّا
إِلَـٰهٌ
وَاحِدٌ ۚ ﴿٧٣﴾
(الْمَائِدَةُ
، 5: 72-73).
O you, who have believed, do not be
like those who hurt Moosa (Moses) but Allah cleared him of what they
said. And he was distinguished, in the sight of Allah (Al-A'hzab, 33:
69).
They have certainly disbelieved who
say, "Allah is the Messiah, the Son of Mary." (72) They have certainly disbelieved who say, "Allah
is the third of three." And there is no god except one God. (73)
(Al-Ma-ida, 5: 72-73).
[89] A full list of the verses of the Holy Quran, which mention the
Arabic root verb “ 'abada” (to worship) and its derivatives can be found on pages 441-445 of the Holy
Quran Index in Arabic by Mu’hammed Fuad Abdul Baqi. Cairo: Dar Al-Fikr.1406
(1986). The Arabic Title of the index is: “Al-Mu’jam Al-Mufahras Li Alfadth
Al-Quran Al-Kareem.” Moreover, an Arabic language search of the Holy Quran
words can be conducted at many websites, such as www.tanzil.net, which has been used also by
this author.
The word " 'ibad" may
refer to enslaved humans, as mentioned in one verse in the Holy Quran: “And
marry the unmarried among you and the righteous among your male slaves and
female slaves (Al-Noor, 24: 32).
وَأَنكِحُوا
الْأَيَامَىٰ
مِنكُمْ
وَالصَّالِحِينَ
مِنْ عِبَادِكُمْ
وَإِمَائِكُمْ
(النُّورُ ، 24: 32).
The word " 'ibad" may
also refer to humans generally, believers and disbelievers, in such examples as
the following four verses of Surat Ghafir (Chapter 40) of the Holy
Quran. It refers to disbelievers in several time periods in verse 31, to the
family of the Pharaoh in verse 44, to the arrogant ones in verse 48, and to the
disbelievers who announce their belief at the moment of punishment, in verse 85.
مِثْلَ
دَأْبِ
قَوْمِ نُوحٍ
وَعَادٍ
وَثَمُودَ
وَالَّذِينَ
مِن
بَعْدِهِمْ ۚ
وَمَا اللَّـهُ
يُرِيدُ
ظُلْمًا لِّلْعِبَادِ
(غَافِرُ ،
40: 31).
فَسَتَذْكُرُونَ
مَا أَقُولُ
لَكُمْ ۚ وَأُفَوِّضُ
أَمْرِي
إِلَى
اللَّـهِ ۚ
إِنَّ اللَّـهَ
بَصِيرٌ بِالْعِبَادِ
(غَافِرُ ،
40: 44).
قَالَ
الَّذِينَ
اسْتَكْبَرُوا
إِنَّا كُلٌّ
فِيهَا إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ
قَدْ حَكَمَ
بَيْنَ الْعِبَادِ
(غَافِرُ ،
40: 48).
لَمْ
يَكُ
يَنفَعُهُمْ
إِيمَانُهُمْ
لَمَّا
رَأَوْا
بَأْسَنَا ۖ
سُنَّتَ
اللَّـهِ الَّتِي
قَدْ خَلَتْ
فِي عِبَادِهِ
ۖ وَخَسِرَ
هُنَالِكَ
الْكَافِرُونَ
(غَافِرُ ،
40: 85).
Or something similar to the circumstances of the people of
Noo'h (Noah), 'Aad, and Thamood, and those who came after them. Allah does not
want to wrong the worshipers (Ghafir, 40:
31).
You will remember what I say to you. To Allah I commit my
affair, surely, Allah sees the worshipers
(Ghafir, 40: 44).
Those who were arrogant will reply: 'All of us are in it
(Hell). Allah has judged between the worshipers
(Ghafir, 40: 48).
But when they saw Our Might, their belief did not benefit
them! It is the way of Allah that has passed in His worshipers.
There, the disbelievers shall be losers (Ghafir, 40: 85).
[90] The two verses 2: 23 and 8: 41 describe the Messenger of Allah, Mu’hammed, pbbuh, with the word 'abdana (Our worshipper).
Verse 72: 19 describes him as Abdullah (worshipper of Allah). He was also described as 'abduhu (His worshipper)
in verses 18: 1, 25: 1, 39: 36, 53: 10, and 57: 9.
الْحَمْدُ
لِلَّهِ
الَّذِي
أَنزَلَ
عَلَىٰ عَبْدِهِ
الْكِتَابَ
وَلَمْ
يَجْعَل
لَّهُ
عِوَجًا (الْكَهْفُ
، 18: 1).
(All) praise is (due) to Allah, Who has sent down upon
His worshipper the
Book, and has not made therein any deviation (Al-Kahf, 18: 1).
Other Messengers of Allah and His Prophets, peace be
upon all of them, as well as good people were also described with the word 'abd
(worshipper) in its various forms. Thus, Zakariya
was described as 'abdahu (His worshipper) in verse
19: 2. Eisa (Jesus)
was described as Abdullah (worshipper of Allah) in
verses 4: 172 and 19: 30, and as 'abd (worshipper) in verse 43:
59. Dawood (David)
was described as 'abdana (Our worshipper) in verse
38: 17, and Sulayman (Solomon) was described as al-'abd (the worshipper) in verse 38:
30. Ayoob (Jobe)
was described as 'abdana (Our
worshipper) in verse 38: 41 and as al-'abd in verse 38: 44. Noo'h (Noah)
was described as 'abdan (a worshipper)
in verse 3: 17 and as 'abdana (Our
worshipper) in verse 54: 9. He was also described together with Loot (Lot) as 'abdayn
(two worshippers) in verse 66: 10. Al-Khadir was described as 'abdan (a worshipper) in verse 18: 65.
Finally, a believer, in general, is
described as 'abdun muneeb (a returning worshipper) in verses 34: 9 and
50: 8. Verse 96: 10 also mentions 'abdan Idtha
Salla (a worshipper when he/she prays).
ذِكْرُ
رَحْمَتِ
رَبِّكَ عَبْدَهُ
زَكَرِيَّا
(مَرْيَمُ ، 19: 2).
A mention of the mercy of your Lord
towards His worshipper Zakariya (Maryam,
19: 2).
[91] The Holy Quran describes a category of disbelievers as "oppressors" of themselves as well as others. Verses 7:44-45 explain this term as referring
to those who block people from the path of Allah, twist the truth, and deny the
Hereafter.
فَأَذَّنَ
مُؤَذِّنٌ
بَيْنَهُمْ
أَنْ لَّعْنَةُ
اللَّهِ
عَلَى الظَّالِمِينَ
(الأعْرَافُ ،
7: 44).
الَّذِينَ يَصُدُّونَ
عَن
سَبِيلِ
اللَّـهِ
وَيَبْغُونَهَا
عِوَجًا
وَهُم بِالْآخِرَةِ
كَافِرُونَ (الأعْرَافُ
،
7: 45).
A caller
among them announced: “The curse of Allah is on the oppressors” (Al-A'araf, 7: 44).
Those who block (people) from the path of Allah, twist
(the truth), and deny the Hereafter (Al-A'araf,
7: 45).
[92] The Arabic texts and English
translation of the mentioned verses, about God’s intervention, if He wills,
praise to Him, to help those who ask for His assistance, as well as to punish
those who refuse belief in Him, and those who strive to cause corruption on the
Earth, are as follows:
وَإِذَا
سَأَلَكَ
عِبَادِي
عَنِّي
فَإِنِّي
قَرِيبٌ ۖ أُجِيبُ
دَعْوَةَ
الدَّاعِ إِذَا
دَعَانِ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 186).
وَقَالَ
رَبُّكُمُ ادْعُونِي
أَسْتَجِبْ
لَكُمْ (غافر
، 40: 60).
وَإِذَا
تَوَلَّىٰ
سَعَىٰ فِي
الْأَرْضِ لِيُفْسِدَ
فِيهَا وَيُهْلِكَ
الْحَرْثَ
وَالنَّسْلَ
ۗ وَاللَّهُ
لَا يُحِبُّ
الْفَسَادَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 205).
فَإِنْ
أَعْرَضُوا
فَقُلْ أَنذَرْتُكُمْ
صَاعِقَةً
مِّثْلَ
صَاعِقَةِ
عَادٍ
وَثَمُودَ (فُصِّلَتْ
، 41: 13).
And when My worshippers ask you, (O
Muhammad), about Me, indeed, I am near. I respond to the invocation of the supplicant when he calls upon Me (Al-Baqara, 2: 186).
And your Lord says: "Call upon Me, I will respond to you" (Ghafir, 40: 60).
And when he goes away, he strives
throughout the land to
cause corruption therein and destroy crops and
animals. And Allah
does not like corruption (Al-Baqara, 2: 205).
But if they turn away, then say:
"I
have warned you of a thunderbolt, like the thunderbolt (that struck) 'Aad and
Thamood (Fussilat, 41: 13).
[93] See the third chapter of the
author’s fifth book about Islam (God’s Precise Measurement, His Just Decrees,
and the Last Day), titled, “God’s Precise Measurement and His Just Decrees (Al-Qadar wal Qadha).”
The relationship between choice and God’s influence,
by decree or intervention, has been a subject for discussion and research since
the early years of Islam. This includes 'Hadeeths of the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, explanations from the Companions, and research by
scholars.
Among the contemporary scholars who used the middle-ground
approach in discussing choice and predestination was Shaikh
Yousuf Al-Qaradhawi. He discussed it in a session titled "Al-Qadha
Wal-Qadar," part of his weekly show, "Islamic
Law and Life" (Al-Shari'a Wal 'Hayah), in Aljazeera TV. The text of the
entire Arabic show session can be accessed at:
http://www.aljazeerah.info/
Al-QadhaWal Qadar By Shaikh Yousuf Al-Qaradawi and at:
[94] The Arabic text, the English translation, and
authentication of the 'Hadeeth, about the no contradiction between choice and
God’s influence, are as follows:
عَنْ
أَبِي
خُزَامَةَ
السَّعْدِيِّ
، عَنْ أَبِيهِ
، يَعْمُرِ
الْعُذْرِيِّ
، رضيَ اللهُ
عنهما ، أنهُ
قالَ:
سَأَلْتُ
رَسُولَ اللَّهِ
، صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
فَقُلْتُ: يَا
رَسُولَ
اللَّهِ ،
أَرَأَيْتَ
رُقًىً
نَسْتَرْقِيهَا
، وَدَوَاءً نَتَدَاوَى
بِهِ ،
وَتُقَاةً
نَتَّقِيهَا
، هَلْ
تَرُدُّ مِنْ
قَدَرِ
اللَّهِ
شَيْئًا؟
قَالَ: "هِيَ
مِنْ قَدَرِ
اللَّهِ"
(أخرجَهُ
التِرْمِذِيُّ
، في
سُنَنِهِ: 2065 ،
وقالَ أنهُ
حسنٌ صحيحٌ ،
وحَسَّنَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في تخريجِ
مشكلةِ
الفقرِ: 11 ،
وفي
التعليقاتِ
الرَّضِيَّةِ:
152\3).
وقد
أخرجَ ابنُ
حَبَّانٍ
روايةً أخرى
للحديثِ ، في
صحيحِهِ: 6100 ، رواها
كَعْبٌ بنُ
مالكٍ ، وهيَ
كما يلي: “يا رسولَ
اللهِ ،
أرأَيْتَ
دواءً نتداوى
بِهِ ، ورُقًى
نَسترقِي بها
، وأشياءَ
نفعَلُها ،
هَلْ تَرُدُّ
مِنْ قَدَرِ
اللهِ ؟ قالَ:
"يا كَعْبُ ،
بَلْ هِيَ
مِنْ قَدَرِ
اللهِ."
Abu Khuzama Al-Sa’di, narrating from his father, Ya’mur
Al-‘Udthri, mAbpw them both, said that he asked the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, saying: O Messenger of Allah, we invoke spells, apply medicines, and practice
caution. Do these (things) avert anything from God’s decrees (predestination)?
He said: These are (also) from God’s decrees (predestination)” (Authenticated
as a ‘Hasan (Good) ‘Hadeeth by Al-Tirmidthi, in his Sunan: 2065. It was also
considered as ‘Hasan by Al-Albani, in Takhreej Mushkilat Al-Faqr: 11,
and in Al-Ta’leeqat Al-Radhiya: 152/3).
Ibn ‘Hibban included another version of the ‘Hadeeth, in his
Sa’hee’h: 6100, narrated by Ka’b Bin Malik, as follows: “O Messenger of Allah,
we apply medicines, and things we do. Do these (things) avert anything from
God’s decrees (predestination)? He said: O Ka’b! These are (also) from God’s
decrees (predestination).”
[95] The
Arabic text, English translation, and authentication of the ‘Hadeeth,
about the strong believer, are as follows:
عنْ
أبي
هُرَيْرَةَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّهُ
قالَ ، قالَ
رسولُ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسلَّمَ:
"المُؤمِنُ
القويُّ خيرٌ
وأحَبُّ إلى
اللهِ مِن
المُؤمِنِ
الضَّعيفِ ،
وفي كلٍّ
خيرٌ. احرِصْ
على ما
ينفَعُكَ ،
ولا تَعجِزْ.
فإنْ غلَبَكَ
أمرٌ ، فقُلْ:
قدَرُ اللهِ ،
وما شاءَ
فعَلَ.
وإيَّاكَ
واللَّوَّ ،
فإنَّ اللَّوَّ
تفتَحُ عمَلَ
الشَّيطانِ"
(صححهُ الألبانيُّ
، عَنْ صحيحِ
ابنِ ماجه: 3379 ،
وأخرجَهُ مُسْلِمُ
في صحيحِهِ: 2664 ،
وكذلكَ ابنُ
ماجه: 79 و 4168 ،
وأحمدُ: 2/370 ، 8777 ،
والنسائي ، في
السنن الكبرى:
10457).
Companion Abu
Hurayra, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: "The
strong believer is better and more beloved by Allah than the weak believer,
with goodness in both. Be vigilant in pursuing what benefits you, and do not be
helpless (doing nothing). If something wrong happens to you, say that Allah has
measured and did what He willed. Do not (look back, regretting what you did),
as this opens the door for the Shaytan (Satan)" (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Ibn Maja: 3379, Muslim: 2664,
Ibn Maja: 79, 4168, A’hmed: 2/370, 8777, and Al-Nisa-i, in Al-Sunan Al-Kubra:
10457).
In addition, Al-Albani authenticated another version
of the ‘Hadeeth, as ‘Hasan (Good), in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 6650, as
follows
عنْ أبي
هُرَيْرَةَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّهُ
قالَ ، قالَ
رسولُ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسلَّمَ: "المؤمِنُ
القَوِيُّ
خَيرٌ
وأحَبُّ إلى
اللهِ من
المؤمِنِ
الضَّعيفِ ،
وفي كُلٍّ
خَيرٌ ،
احْرِصْ على
ما يَنفَعُكَ
، واسْتَعِنْ
بِاللهِ ولا
تَعجَزْ ،
وإنْ أصابَكَ
شَيءٌ ، فَلا
تَقُلْ : لو
أنِّي فَعلتُ
كان كَذا
وكَذا ، ولَكِنْ
قُلْ: قَدَّرَ
اللهُ ، وما
شاءَ فَعَلَ ،
فإنَّ لو
تَفْتَحُ
عَمَلَ
الشَّيطانِ."
Companion Abu
Hurayra, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: "The
strong believer is better and more beloved by Allah than the weak believer,
with goodness in both. Be vigilant in pursuing what benefits you, ask for God's
assistance, and do not be helpless (doing nothing). If something wrong happens
to you, do not say I wish if I did this or that. Instead, say: Allah has
measured and did what He willed. (Looking back and regretting what you did)
opens the door for the Shaytan (Satan)" (Authenticated
as a Good (‘Hasan) ‘Hadeeth, by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 6650).
[96] The Arabic texts, English translation,
and authentication of the Prophet’s ‘Hadeeth, pbbuh, and the Caliph ‘Omar’s
answer, mAbpwh, about explaining the relationship between the human free choice
and God’s influence (by decree or intervention), are as follows:
عَنْ
عَبْدِ
اللَّهِ بْنِ
عَبَّاسٍ ،
رضي الله
عنهما ، أَنَّ
عُمَرَ بْنَ
الْخَطَّابِ
، رضي الله
عنه ، خَرَجَ
إِلَى
الشَّامِ ،
حَتَّى إِذَا
كَانَ
بِسَرْغَ
لَقِيَهُ
أُمَرَاءُ
الْأَجْنَادِ
أَبُو
عُبَيْدَةَ
بْنُ الْجَرَّاحِ
وَأَصْحَابُهُ
فَأَخْبَرُوهُ
أَنَّ
الْوَبَاْ
قَدْ وَقَعَ
بِأَرْضِ الشَّامِ.
وبعد أن
استشار
أصحابه ، نَادَى
عُمَرُ فِي
النَّاسِ: "إِنِّي
مُصْبِحٌ
عَلَى ظَهْرٍ
، فَأَصْبِحُوا
عَلَيْهِ."
فَقَالَ
أَبُو
عُبَيْدَةَ:
أَفِرَارًا
مِنْ قَدَرِ
اللَّهِ؟
قَالَ
عُمَرُ: لَوْ
غَيْرُكَ
قَالَهَا يَا
أَبَا
عُبَيْدَةَ!
نَعَمْ ،
نَفِرُّ مِنْ
قَدَرِ
اللَّهِ
إِلَى قَدَرِ
اللَّهِ.
أَرَأَيْتَ
لَوْ كَانَ
لَكَ إِبِلٌ
فَهَبَطَتْ
وَادِيًا
لَهُ
عُدْوَتَانِ
، إِحْدَاهُمَا
خَصِبَةٌ
وَالْأُخْرَى
جَدْبَةٌ ، أَلَيْسَ
إِنْ
رَعَيْتَ
الْخَصِبَةَ
رَعَيْتَهَا
بِقَدَرِ
اللَّهِ
وَإِنْ
رَعَيْتَ الْجَدْبَةَ
رَعَيْتَهَا
بِقَدَرِ
اللَّهِ؟
Companion ‘Abdullah Bin ‘Abbas, mAbpw
them both, said that ‘Omar Bin Al-Khattab, mAbpwh, left to Al-Sham (Palestine
in this case). A group of his (military) commanders met with him (just outside
his capital), including Companion Abu ‘Ubayda Bin Al-Jarra’h. They told him
that an epidemic had struck the land of Al-Sham. After consultation with his
Companions, he announced that he would return back to Medina (the capital
city).
Abu ‘Ubayda reacted to ‘Omar’s decision,
saying: Are you running away from
Qadarullah (God's
precise measurement and predestination)?" ‘
‘Omar
answered him promptly: I wish if somebody else had said it, other than you, Abu
‘Ubayda. Yes, we run from God's predestination to
God's predestination."
If you had a herd of camels, and you
landed with them onto a valley for grazing, and that valley was fertile (rich
in grass) in one side but infertile in another. Is it not God’s predestination
whether you took them to graze in either side?
عَنْ
عَبْدُ
الرَّحْمَنِ
بْنُ عَوْفٍ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ أنهُ
قال: سَمِعْتُ
رَسُولَ
اللَّهِ
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ
يَقُولُ: "إِذَا
سَمِعْتُمْ
بِهِ
بِأَرْضٍ
فَلَا تَقْدَمُوا
عَلَيْهِ ،
وَإِذَا
وَقَعَ
بِأَرْضٍ
وَأَنْتُمْ
بِهَا فَلَا
تَخْرُجُوا
فِرَارًا
مِنْهُ."
(مُوَطَّأُ
مالك: 687 ، صحيحُ
مُسلم: 2219 ، 1742
صحيحُ
البخاري: 5729 ،
2164. وقد صححَ
الألبانيُّ
الحديثَ
الشريفَ ، بناءً
على صحيحِ أبي
داودَ: 3103).
Companion
‘Abdul Ra’hman Bin ‘Awf, mAbpwh, said that he heard the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, saying: “If you hear about (an epidemic) in a territory, do not enter
it; and if it happens in your territory, do not leave, to escape it.”
Both of the ‘Hadeeth and ‘Omar’s answer
were recorded in Muata Malik: 687, Sa’hi’h Muslim: 1742, and Sa’hi’h
Al-Bukhari: 2164.
The ‘Hadeeth was authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, based on
Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood; 3103.
[97] Abdul Qadir Al-Jilani explained the notion
of predestination by affirming the choice of dealing with the predestination by
the predestination:
He said: “Many men stop if they reach the topic of Al-Qadha
wal Qadar (God’s precise measurement and predestination), except me. A window
of understanding has been opened for me about it. So, I contested
predestinations of the truth, by the truth, for the truth. The man is (the one)
who contest the predestination, not the one who agrees with it.”
"إنَّ
كثيراً مِنَ
الرِّجالِ ،
إذا وصلوا إلى
الْقَضَاءِ وَالْقَدَرِ
، أمْسَكُوا ،
إلَّا أنا.
فإنِّي فُتِحَتْ
لي فيهِ روزَنَةٌ
، فَنَازَعْتُ
أقْدَارَ الْحَقِّ
بِالْحَقِّ لِلْحَقِّ
، والرَّجُلُ
مَنْ يَكُونُ
مُنَازِعَاً
لِلْقَدَرِ ،
لا مَنْ يَكُونُ
مُوافِقَاً لِلْقَدَرِ."
https://taimiah.org/index.aspx?function=item&id=949&node=4137
http://portal.shrajhi.com/Media/ID/8512
His
explanation also came in a letter written by Ibn Taymiyah, titled “Worship,”
and in its explanation by Abdul Ra’heem Al-Silmi, which can be accessed at the
following link:
[98] In his book
titled "Al-'Uboudiya" (Worship), Ibn Taymiya responded to Al-Qadariya
and Al-Jabriya, showing that they were wrong in their interpretations,
particularly about their extreme views of no choice at all or complete choice.
The Arabic text of the book is published at the following website:
http://www.islamicbook.ws/amma/alabwdit.pdf
For more information about these
"self-Isolated" (Mu'tazila) groups, see Salah Najeeb Al-Duq's
article (in Arabic), titled "Al-Qadariya and Al-Jabriya," in which he
mentioned that the Prophet's Companions who lived at the time of these two
groups condemned them. Among these Companions were 'Abdullah Bin 'Umar, Jabir Bin
'Abdullah, Abu Hurayrah, Ibn 'Abbas, Anas Bin Malik, 'Abdullah Bin Abi Awfa,
and 'Uqba Bin 'Amir Al-Jihni. The article is posted on the following link:
[99] Concerning the accuracy of the translations of the Holy Quran, see
Table 1 and Table 2 of this chapter, in Endnotes 86 and 87 above.
***
Notes for Chapter 8: The
relationship Between the Spiritual and Physical Aspects of Islamic Teachings
[100] The
five Main Islamic ways of worship (the Pillars of the Islamic faith structure)
were mentioned throughout the Holy Quran but were summarized in the following
famous ‘Hadith:
عَنْ
عبدُ الله بنِ
عُمَرَ ،
رَضِيَ
اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا
، قَالَ ،
قَالَ
رَسُولُ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ:
"بُنِيَ
الْإِسْلَامُ
عَلَى خَمْسٍ
، شَهَادَةِ
أَنْ لَا
إِلَهَ
إِلَّا
اللَّهُ
وَأَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا
رَسُولُ
اللَّهِ ،
وَإِقَامِ الصَّلَاةِ
، وَإِيتَاءِ
الزَّكَاةِ ،
وَصَوْمِ
رَمَضَانَ ،
وَحَجِّ
البَيْتِ" (صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
بناءً على
صحيحِ الترمذيِّ:
2609 ،
وأخرجهُ
البخاريُّ: 8
، ومسلمُ: 16
،
والنسائيُّ: 5001
،
وأحمدُ: 6015
، وهوَ
أيضاً في
رياضِ
الصالحينَ: 1075).
‘Abdullah, the son of 'Omar Bin Al-Khattab,
mAbpw them both, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: "Islam has
been built on five (pillars): The proclamation that there is no other god than
Allah and that Mu’hammed is the Messenger of Allah, performing the prayers,
paying the zakat, fasting in Ramadhan, and pilgrimage to the House
(of God in Makkah)" (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by
Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Al-Tirmidthi: 2609, also by Al-Bukhari:
8, 4514, Muslim: 16, Al-Nisa-i: 5001, A’hmed: 6015, and Al-Nawawi, in Riyadh
Al-Sali'heen: 1075).
[101] The
proclamation of faith is mentioned in many verses in the Holy Quran, such as 2:
255, 3: 18, and 48: 29, as follows:
اللَّـهُ
لَا إِلَـٰهَ
إِلَّا هُوَ الْحَيُّ
الْقَيُّومُ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 255).
شَهِدَ
اللَّـهُ
أَنَّهُ لَا
إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا
هُوَ وَالْمَلَائِكَةُ
وَأُولُو
الْعِلْمِ قَائِمًا
بِالْقِسْطِ
ۚ لَا
إِلَـٰهَ
إِلَّا هُوَ
الْعَزِيزُ
الْحَكِيمُ (آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 18).
مُّحَمَّدٌ
رَّسُولُ
اللَّـهِ ۚ وَالَّذِينَ
مَعَهُ
أَشِدَّاءُ
عَلَى الْكُفَّارِ
رُحَمَاءُ
بَيْنَهُمْ ۖ
(الْفَتْحُ ، 48: 29).
Allah, there is no god but He,
the Eternally Living, the Sustainer of the Universe (Al-Baqara, 2: 255).
Allah has witnessed that there is no
deity except Him, and (so have) the angels and those of
knowledge, (that He is) maintaining (His creation) in justice. There is no
deity except Him, the Exalted in Might, the Wise (Aal-‘Imran, 3: 18).
Mu’hammed, the Messenger of Allah,
and those with him, are forceful against the disbelievers, (but) merciful among
themselves (Al-Fat'h, 48: 29).
[102] God’s command for
making wudhou' (washing) before prayers is mentioned in verse 5: 6 of
the Holy Quran. However, the Verse did not include cleaning the mouth, nose,
and ears. These were added details by the Prophet, pbbuh, as a Sunna.
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا إِذَا
قُمْتُمْ
إِلَى
الصَّلَاةِ
فَاغْسِلُوا وُجُوهَكُمْ
وَأَيْدِيَكُمْ
إِلَى الْمَرَافِقِ
وَامْسَحُوا
بِرُءُوسِكُمْ
وَأَرْجُلَكُمْ
إِلَى
الْكَعْبَيْنِ (الْمَائِدَةُ
، 5: 6).
O you who have believed! When (before) you rise to (perform)
prayer, wash (with water) your faces, your hands and arms to the elbows, touch
(rub) over your heads, and your feet to the heels (Al-Maida, 5: 6).
وَعَنْ
لقيطٍ بنِ
صبرةَ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهُ ،
أنَّ رسولَ
اللهِ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ ،
قالَ: "إذا
توضَّأتَ
فمَضْمِضْ" (صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
بناءً على
صحيحِ أبي
داودَ: 144).
وَعَنْ
أبي هُريرةَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ النبيَّ
، صلى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ ،
قالَ: "إذَا
تَوَضَّأَ
أَحَدُكُمْ فَلِيَجْعَلْ
في أَنْفِهِ
مَاءً ثُمَّ لِيَنْتَثِرْ ، وإذا
استْنَثَرَ
فلْيستَنثِرْ
وتراً" (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 444 ،
وأخرجهُ
مسلمُ في
صحيحهِ: 237).
Companion Laqeet Bin Sabra, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, said: "When you make wudhou',
clean your mouth (by rinsing it with water then spitting it out) (Authenticated
by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood: 144).
Companion Abu Hurayrah, mAbpwh, said that
the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: "When one
of you makes wudhou',
let him clean his nose by getting water into it then blowing it out
(Authenticated by Al-Albani as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth, in Sa’hee’h
Al-Jami’: 444, and by Muslim: 237).
Cleaning the ears and touching (rubbing)
the head with water were mentioned in the following narrations about how the
Prophet, pbbuh, did it:
رَوَتْ
الرُّبَيِّعُ
بنتُ معوذٍ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنها ، أنَّها
رَأَتْ
النبيَّ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ ،
يَتَوَضَّأُ.
قالتْ: وَمَسَحَ
رأسَهُ ما
أَقْبَلّ
مِنْهُ ، وما
أَدْبَرَ،
وصُدغَيْهِ ،
وأُذُنَيْهِ ،
مَرَّةً
واحِدَةً
(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في هدايةِ
الرواةِ: 394 ،
وأخرجهُ
الترمذيُّ: 34 ،
وأبو داودَ: 129).
وَرَوَى
الْمِقْدَامُ
بنُ مَعْدٍ
يَكْرُب ،
وعبدُ اللهِ
بنُ عَبَّاسٍ
، رضيَ اللهُ
عنهم جميعاً
، أنَّ
النبيَّ ،
صلَّى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ ، مَسَحَ
رأسَهُ
وأُذُنَيهُ ظاهِرَهُما
وباطنَهُما
(صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في السلسلةِ
الصحيحةِ: 905\1 ، وأخرجهُ
أبو داودُ: 121).
Al-Rubayi',
daughter of Mu'awidth,
mAbpwh, narrated that she saw the Prophet, pbbuh, touching
(rubbing) his head with water, front and back, his cheeks, and his
ears, once (Authenticated by Al-Albani as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth, in Hidayat Al-Ruwah: 394, also by Al-Tirmidthi: 34, and Abu Dawood: 129).
Al-Miqdam
Bin Ma’d Yakrob and ‘Abdullah Bin
'Abbas, mAbpw them all, narrated that the Prophet, pbbuh, touched (rubbed) his head and ears, inside and
outside (Authenticated by Al-Albani as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth, in Al-Silsila
Al-Sa’hee’ha: 905/1 and by Abu Dawood: 121).
[103] The Arabic
text, English translation, and authentication of the ‘Hadeeth, about following
the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, in how to perform prayers, are as follows:
عَنْ
مالكٍ بنِ
الحويرثِ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّهُ
قالَ: قالَ
رسولُ اللهِ ،
صَلَّى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ: "ارْجِعُوا
إلى
أهْلِيكُمْ،
فَعَلِّمُوهُمْ
ومُرُوهُمْ ، وصَلُّوا
كما
رَأَيْتُمُونِي
أُصَلِّي. وإذَا
حَضَرَتِ
الصَّلَاةُ ،
فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ
لَكُمْ
أحَدُكُمْ ،
ثُمَّ
لِيَؤُمَّكُمْ
أكْبَرُكُمْ"
(صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 893 ،
وفي صحيحِ
الأدبِ
المفرد: 156).
Companion Malik Bin Al-'Huwairith, mAbpwh, said that the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: "Go back to your families, teach them,
command them, and pray as you have seen me praying.
When it is time for a prayer, one of you calls (for it). Then, the eldest of
you leads" (Authenticated by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 893
and in Sa’hee’h Al-Adab Al-Mufrad: 156. It was also authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Bukhari: 631, 6008 and by Muslim: 674).
A context was mentioned in another version of the ‘Hadeeth, as
follows:
أَتَيْنَا
النبيَّ ،
صَلَّى اللهُ
عليه وسلَّمَ
، ونَحْنُ
شَبَبَةٌ
مُتَقَارِبُونَ
، فأقَمْنَا
عِنْدَهُ
عِشْرِينَ
لَيْلَةً ، فَظَنَّ
أنَّا
اشْتَقْنَا
أهْلَنَا ،
وسَأَلَنَا
عَمَّنْ
تَرَكْنَا في
أهْلِنَا ، فأخْبَرْنَاهُ
، وكانَ
رَفِيقًا
رَحِيمًا ، فَقَالَ:
ارْجِعُوا
إلى
أهْلِيكُمْ،
فَعَلِّمُوهُمْ
ومُرُوهُمْ،
وصَلُّوا كما
رَأَيْتُمُونِي
أُصَلِّي،
وإذَا
حَضَرَتِ
الصَّلَاةُ،
فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ
لَكُمْ
أحَدُكُمْ،
ثُمَّ
لِيَؤُمَّكُمْ
أكْبَرُكُم"
(أخرجَهُ البخاريُّ:
6008 ، ومسلمُ: 674 ، في
صحيحيهما).
Companion Malik Bin Al-'Huwairith, mAbpwh, said that he was
among a delegation of young men, who came to the Prophet, pbbuh (to learn from
him). They stayed with him for twenty nights (after which), he thought they
longed for returning home. He asked them about their families and he was kind
and merciful.
So, he said: "Go back to your families, teach them,
command them, and pray as you have seen me praying.
When it is time for a prayer, one of you calls (for it). Then, the eldest of
you leads" (Authenticated by Al-Bukhari: 631, 6008 and by Muslim:
674, as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth).
The command for establishing prayers is mentioned 17 times in the Holy Quran,
including 5 times in the singular masculine form, in
verses 11: 14, 17: 78, 20: 14, 29: 45, and 31: 17. It was also mentioned in the
plural feminine form once, in verse
33: 33, and in the general plural form 11 times,
in verses 2: 43, 2: 83, 2: 110, 4: 77, 4: 103, 10: 87, 22: 78, 24: 56, 30: 31,
58: 13, and 73: 20. Establishing prayer
is also mentioned 17 more times as a characteristic
of believers, followed
directly by giving Zakat (charity), in verses 2: 177, 2: 277, 4: 162, 5: 9, 5:
12, 5:55, 9: 11, 9: 18, 9: 71, 19: 31,
19: 55, 21: 73, 22: 41, 24: 37, 27: 3, 31: 4, and 98: 5. Here are three
examples of such verses:
وَأَقِمِ
الصَّلَاةَ طَرَفَيِ
النَّهَارِ
وَزُلَفًا
مِّنَ اللَّيْلِ
ۚ إِنَّ
الْحَسَنَاتِ
يُذْهِبْنَ السَّيِّئَاتِ
ۚ ذَٰلِكَ
ذِكْرَىٰ
لِلذَّاكِرِينَ
(هُودُ ، 11: 114).
وَقَرْنَ
فِي
بُيُوتِكُنَّ
وَلَا
تَبَرَّجْنَ
تَبَرُّجَ
الْجَاهِلِيَّةِ
الْأُولَىٰ ۖ وَأَقِمْنَ
الصَّلَاةَ وَآتِينَ
الزَّكَاةَ
وَأَطِعْنَ
اللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُ
ۚ إِنَّمَا
يُرِيدُ
اللَّهُ لِيُذْهِبَ
عَنكُمُ
الرِّجْسَ
أَهْلَ الْبَيْتِ
وَيُطَهِّرَكُمْ
تَطْهِيرًا (الأحْزَابُ
، 33: 33).
وَأَقِيمُوا
الصَّلَاةَ وَآتُوا
الزَّكَاةَ وَمَا
تُقَدِّمُوا
لِأَنفُسِكُم
مِّنْ خَيْرٍ
تَجِدُوهُ
عِندَ اللَّـهِ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 110).
(To
individuals) And establish prayer at the two
ends of the day and at parts of the night. Indeed, good deeds do away with
misdeeds. That is a reminder for those who remember (Hood, 11: 114).
Note: While “the two
ends of the day” refer to the Fajr and ‘Asr prayers, “parts of the night” refer
to the Maghrib and ‘Isha prayers.
The Dthuhr
(Noon) prayer is mentioned in verse 2: 238, as follows:
حَافِظُوا
عَلَى
الصَّلَوَاتِ
وَالصَّلَاةِ
الْوُسْطَىٰ وَقُومُوا
لِلَّهِ
قَانِتِينَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 238).
Maintain the (mandated)
prayers and (in particular) the middle prayer, and stand before Allah, devoutly obedient
(Al-Baqara, 2: 238).
(To women) And
abide in your houses, and do not display yourselves as (was) the display of the
former times of ignorance. And establish prayer, and give zakat, and obey Allah and His
Messenger. Allah intends only to remove from you the impurity (of sin), O
people of the (Prophet's) household, and to purify you with (extensive)
purification Al-A’hzab, 33: 33).
(To men and
women) And establish prayer and give zakat
(charity), and whatever good you put forward for yourselves you will find it
with Allah (Al-Baqara, 2: 110).
[104] The two 'Hadeeths,
about how Muslims pray and about supplication during prostration (sujood), are
as follows:
عن أبي
هريرةَ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهُ ،
أنَّهُ قالَ ،
قالَ رسولُ
اللهِ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ:
"أقرَبُ ما
يَكونُ
العبدُ من
ربِّهِ وَهوَ
ساجِدٌ ،
فأَكْثِروا
الدُّعاءَ"
(صححهُ الألبانيُّ
، في صحيحِ
الكلمِ
الطيبِ: 95 ، وعن
صحيحِ أبي
داودَ: 875
،
وصحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 1136 ،
وأخرجهُ
مسلمُ في
صحيحهِ: 482).
Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, said: "The closest the worshiper maybe to his Lord (God) is when he
is prostrating. So, make supplication there, as much (as you can) (Authenticated
as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Kalim Al-Tayib:
95, based on Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood: 875, Al-Nisa-i: 1136, and by Muslim:
482).
[105] The command for giving charity (Zakat) is
mentioned 9 times in the Holy Quran, all of which are following the command for
prayer, in the same verse. These are in verses 2: 43, 2: 83, 2: 110, 4: 77, 22:
78, 24: 56, 33: 33, 58: 13, and 73: 20.
Giving Zakat
(charity) is also mentioned as a characteristic of believers 17 times,
following establishment of prayer, as mentioned in Endnote 4, and once alone,
in verse 7: 156.
The categories
of the charity (Zakat) recipients are mentioned in verses 9: 60, 2: 177, and
70: 25, which will be listed and discussed in Chapter 13 of this book.
[106] The
command for fasting is mentioned in verse 2: 183 but it was specified to be
observed during the month of Ramadhan, in verse 2: 185, as
follows:
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا كُتِبَ
عَلَيْكُمُ
الصِّيَامُ كَمَا
كُتِبَ عَلَى
الَّذِينَ
مِن قَبْلِكُمْ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تَتَّقُونَ
(الْبَقَرَةُ ، 2: 183).
شَهْرُ
رَمَضَانَ الَّذِي
أُنزِلَ
فِيهِ
الْقُرْآنُ
هُدًى لِّلنَّاسِ
وَبَيِّنَاتٍ
مِّنَ
الْهُدَىٰ وَالْفُرْقَانِ
ۚ فَمَن
شَهِدَ
مِنكُمُ
الشَّهْرَ
فَلْيَصُمْهُ ۖ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 185).
O you who have believed, fasting (has been) decreed upon you, as it was
decreed upon those before you, that you may become righteous (Al-Baqara, 2:
183).
The month of Ramadhan is the month in which the Quran was sent down,
a guidance for people, and clear verses of guidance and the criterion (for
distinguishing right and wrong). Therefore, whoever
of you witnesses the month, let him fast it (Al-Baqara,
2: 185).
[107] The
command for the Haj, pilgrimage, is mentioned in Surat Aal-'Imran (Chapter 3),
Verse 97 of the Holy Quran, as follows:
وَلِلَّـهِ
عَلَى
النَّاسِ حِجُّ
الْبَيْتِ مَنِ اسْتَطَاعَ
إِلَيْهِ
سَبِيلًا (آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 97).
And people owe Allah a pilgrimage to the House, by whoever is able to
find thereto a way (Aal-'Imran, 3: 97).
[108] The
command for the establishment of the Friday, Jumu'a, prayer is mentioned in
Surat Al-Jumu'a (Chapter 62), Verse 9 of the Holy Quran, as follows:
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
إِذَا نُودِيَ
لِلصَّلَاةِ
مِن يَوْمِ
الْجُمُعَةِ
فَاسْعَوْا
إِلَىٰ ذِكْرِ
اللَّـهِ وَذَرُوا
الْبَيْعَ ذَٰلِكُمْ
خَيْرٌ لَّكُمْ
إِن كُنتُمْ
تَعْلَمُونَ" (الْجُمُعَةُ
، 62:
9).
O you who have believed! When the prayer is called for on the day of Jumu'a (Friday), then hasten to the remembrance of Allah, and leave
business (trading). That is better for you, if you just know (Al-Jumu'a, 62:
9).
[109] The
following are texts of three ‘Hadeeths about going to the masjid (mosque)
before the start of the khutbah (sermon) and listening to it attentively:
عَنْ أَبي
هُريرةَ ،
رَضِيَ
اللَّه
عَنْهُ ، أنه
قالَ: قالَ
رسولُ اللَّه
، صَلّى اللهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وسَلَّم:
"مَنْ
تَوَضَّأَ
فأَحْسَنَ الوُضُوءَ
ثُمَّ أَتى
الجُمُعَةَ ،
فاسْتَمَعَ
وَأَنْصتَ ،
غُفِرَ لَهُ
مَا بَيْنَ والجُمُعَةِ
إلى
الجُمُعَةِ ،
وزِيَادةَ
ثَلاثَةِ
أَيَّامٍ ،
وَمَنْ مَسَّ
الحَصَى ، فَقَدْ
لَغَا"
(أخرجهُ أبو
داودُ ، في
صحيحهِ: 1050 ،
واللفظُ له.
وكذلكَ
أخرجهُ مسلمُ:
857 ،
وُّالترمذي: 498 ،
وابنُ ماجه: 1090 ،
وأحمدُ: 9484 ،
وصححه
الألباني ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 6179 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
Abu Hurayrah, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger
of Allah, pbbuh, said: “Whoever makes proper wudhu’ (washing) before
coming to Friday (Jumu’a) prayer. Then, he/she listens attentively, he/she will
be forgiven, from a Friday prayer to another, and three more days, but if
he/she touches the floor stones (in distraction), then he/she has committed
mundane sin" (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth by Abu Dawood: 1050, Muslim: 857, Al-Tirmidthi:
498, Ibn Maja: 1090, Ahmed: 9484, and authenticated by Al-Albani as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 6179, with few differences).
وَعَنْ
أَبِي
هُرَيْرَةَ ،
رَضِيَ
اللَّهُ عَنْهُ
، أَنَّ
رَسُولَ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
قَالَ: "مَنْ
اغْتَسَلَ
يَوْمَ
الْجُمُعَةِ
غُسْلَ الْجَنَابَةِ
ثُمَّ رَاحَ
فِي
السَّاعِةِ
الأولَى ،
فَكَأَنَّمَا
قَرَّبَ
بَدَنَةً ،
وَمَنْ رَاحَ
فِي
السَّاعَةِ
الثَّانِيَةِ
فَكَأَنَّمَا
قَرَّبَ
بَقَرَةً ،
وَمَنْ رَاحَ
فِي
السَّاعَةِ
الثَّالِثَةِ
فَكَأَنَّمَا
قَرَّبَ
كَبْشًا
أَقْرَنَ ،
وَمَنْ رَاحَ
فِي
السَّاعَةِ
الرَّابِعَةِ
فَكَأَنَّمَا
قَرَّبَ
دَجَاجَةً ،
وَمَنْ رَاحَ
فِي السَّاعَةِ
الْخَامِسَةِ
فَكَأَنَّمَا
قَرَّبَ
بَيْضَةً.
فَإِذَا خَرَجَ
الْإِمَامُ ،
حَضَرَتْ
الْمَلَائِكَةُ
يَسْتَمِعُونَ
الذِّكْرَ"
(صححهُ الألبانيُّ
، في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 6063 ،
والبخاريُّ: 881 ،
ومسلمُ: 850 ، أبو
داودُ: 351 ،
والترمذيُّ: 499 ،
والنسائيُّ: 1387 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
Abu Hurayrah, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger
of Allah, pbbuh, said: “Whoever takes a bath (shower) on Friday, for
purification, then he/she goes to the masjid (mosque) early, it is considered
as if he/she sacrificed a camel (to feed the poor, for the sake of Allah).
Whoever goes after that, it is considered as if he/she sacrificed a cow. Then,
it is considered as a horned sheep, a chicken, and an egg (respectively). When
the imam comes out (to give the sermon), the angels come to listen (Authenticated
by Al-Albani, as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’:
6063, as well as by Al-Bukhari: 881, Muslim: 850, Abu Dawood: 351,
Al-Tirmidthi: 499, and Al-Nisa-i: 1387, with few
differences).
عَنْ
أَبِي
هُرَيْرَةَ ،
رَضِيَ
اللَّهُ عَنْهُ
، أَنَّ
رَسُولَ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
قَالَ: "إِذَا
قُلْتَ
لِصَاحِبِكَ
وَالْإِمَامُ
يَخْطُبُ يَوْمَ
الْجُمُعَةِ:
أَنْصِتْ ،
فَقَدْ لَغَوْتَ"
(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 737 ، وعن
صحيحِ ابن
ماجه: 918 ، وصحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 1401.
وأخرجهُ مسلمُ: 851 ،
والبخاريُّ: 934 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
Companion Abu Hurayrah, mAbpwh, said that the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “If you say to the person sitting beside you:
Listen, while the imam is giving the Friday (Jumu’a) sermon, then you have
committed a mundane talk sin” (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in
Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 737, based on Sa’hee’h Ibn Maja: 918,
Al-Nisa-i: 1401, and was recorded as Sa’hee’h by Muslim:
851 and Al-Bukhari: 934, with few differences).
The ‘Hadeeth means that you should be listening
attentively to the Friday sermon, to the extent that If a person is talking
beside you, you shouldn’t tell him to listen. Instead of speaking, make a sign
for him to stop talking.
[110] The
following ‘Hadeeth is about taking a bath (showering) before coming to
the Friday (Jumu'a) prayer:
عَن ابنِ
عُمَرَ ،
رَضِيَ
اللَّه
عَنْهُمَا ،
أَنَّ رَسولَ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلّى اللهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وسَلَّم ،
قالَ: "إِذا
جاَءَ
أَحَدُكُمُ الجُمُعَةَ
،
فَليَغْتَسِلْ"
(صححهُ الألبانيُّ
، في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 458 ،
وبناءُ على
صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 1375.
وأخرجهُ
البخاريُّ: 877 ،
ومسلمُ: 844 ، والنوويُّ
، في رياضِ
الصالحينَ: 1151).
Companion Ibn
(Son of) ‘Umar, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said:
"Each one of you (needs) to take a bath (shower) before coming to the
Friday (Jumu’a) prayer (Authenticated
as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 458,
based on Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 1375, as well as by Al-Bukhari:
877, Muslim: 844, and by Al-Nawawi, in Riyadh Al-Sali'heen: 1151).
[111] The
following ‘Hadeeth and three narrations by Companions of the Prophet, pbbuh, are
about wearing clothes of different colors, such as white, red, and green, as
well as black head dresses:
عن
سَمُرَةَ بنُ
جُنْدُبَ ، رضيَ
اللَّه عنه ،
أنه قال ،
قالَ رسُولُ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلّى اللهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وسَلَّم: "الْبَسُوا
البَيَاضَ ، فَإِنها
أَطْهرُ
وأَطَيبُ ،
وكَفِّنُوا فِيها
مَوْتَاكُمْ" (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في مُختصرِ
الشمائِلِ: 55 ، وفي
صحيحِ
الترغيبِ: 2027 ،
وبناءً على
صحيحِ
الترمذيِّ: 2810 ،
وصحيحِ
النسائي: 1895 ،
وابنُ ماجه: 3567 ،
وأحمدُ: 20166).
Sumra, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, said: “Wear white (clothes) and
use white as coffins for your dead, as it (looks) better and purer (Authenticated as
a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Mukhtasar
Al-Shama-il: 55, and in Sa’hee’h Al-Targheeb: 2027, as well as
based on Al-Tirmidthi: 2810, Al-Nisa-i: 1896, Ibn
Maja: 3567, and Ahmed: 20166).
وعن
البراءِ بنُ
عَازِبَ ،
رضيَ اللَّه
عنه ، أنه
قَالَ: كانَ
رَسولُ اللهِ
، صَلَّى
اللَّهُ عليه
وَسَلَّمَ ،
رَجُلًا
مَرْبُوعًا ،
بَعِيدَ ما
بيْنَ
المَنْكِبَيْنِ
، عَظِيمَ الجُمَّةِ
إلى شَحْمَةِ
أُذُنَيْهِ.
عليه حُلَّةٌ
حَمْرَاءُ ، ما
رَأَيْتُ
شيئًا قَطُّ
أَحْسَنَ منه
(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في مُختصرِ
الشمائلِ: 3 ،
وأخرجهُ
البخاريُّ: 3551 ،
ومُسلمُ: 2337).
Al-Baraa
Bin ‘Aazib, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, was of medium
height, having broad shoulders, with his hair hanging down on the lobes of his
ears. (I saw him) wearing a red suit, and
I have seen anyone more handsome than him (Authenticated as
a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Mukhtasar
Al-Shama-il: 3, as well as by Al-Bukhari:
3551, Muslim: 2337).
وعن
أبي رِمْثةَ ،
رفاعَةَ
التَّيْمِيِّ
، رضيَ اللَّه
عنه ، قَالَ:
رأَيتُ
رسُولَ اللَّهِ
، صَلّى اللهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وسَلَّم ،
وعلَيْه ثوبانِ
أَخْضَرانِ (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في مختصرِ
الشمائِل: 36 ،
وبناءً على
صحيحِ
النسائِيِّ: 5319 ، 5334.
وأخرجهُ أَبو
داودُ:
4206 ،
الترمذيُّ: 2812 ،
وأحمدُ: 7117 ،
وضَمَّنَهُ
النوويُّ في
رياضِ
الصالحينَ: 307 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
Abu Rimtha, Rifa’a Al-Taymi, mAbpwh, said: I
saw the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, wearing two green
(long) shirts (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in
Mukhtasar Al-Shama-il: 36, and based on Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i:
5319, 5334, as well as by Abu Dawood: 4206, Al-Tirmidthi: 2812, Ahmed: 7117, and
Al-Nawawi, in Riyadh Al-Sali'heen: 307, with few differences).
وعَنْ
جابرٍ بنِ
عبدِ اللهِ ،
رضيَ اللَّهُ
عنهُ ،
أَنَّهٌ قالَ:
دَخَلَ
النبيُّ ،
صَلّى اللهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وسَلَّم ،
مَكَّةَ ،
يَوْمَ الْفَتْحِ
، وعَلَيْهِ عِمامةٌ
سوْداءُ (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في مختصرِ
الشمائِلِ: 92
، وبناءً على
صحيحِ
الترمذيِّ: 1735
، واللفظُ لهُ
، وصحيحِ
النسائِيِّ: 5359
، 2869.
وابنِ ماجه: 3586.
وأخرجهُ
مُسلمُ في
صحيحهِ:
1358 ،
وضَمَّنَهُ
النوويُّ في
رياضِ
الصالحينَ:
784).
Jabir Bin ‘Abdullah, mAbpwh, said that the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, entered Makkah the Day of the Conquest while wearing
a black head dress (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in
Mukhtasar Al-Shama-il: 92, and based on Sa’hee’h Al-Tirmidthi:
1735, Al-Nisa-i: 5359, 2869, and Ibn Maja: 3586, as well as by Muslim:
1358, and Al-Nawawi, Riyadh Al-Sali'heen: 783,).
[112] The following are
English translations of ‘Hadeeths, about brushing one’s teeth before prayers
and about avoidance of eating raw onions, garlic, and leek (shallot) before
coming to the masjid (mosque), as the strong smell coming out of these
vegetables hurts people and angels alike. These vegetables need to be cooked
well, in order to kill their smell, as Caliph 'Omar, mAbpwh, said:
فَعَنْ
أَبِي
هُرَيْرَةَ ،
رَضِيَ
اللَّهُ عَنْهُ
، أَنَّ
رَسُولَ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
قَالَ:
"لَوْلَا
أَنْ أَشُقَّ
عَلَى
أُمَّتِي
(أَوْ عَلَى النَّاسِ
أو على
المؤمنين)
لَأَمَرْتُهُمْ
بِالسِّوَاكِ
عِنْدَ (مَعَ)
كُلِّ
صَلَاةٍ" (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الترغيبِ: 205 ، وفي
صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 5315 ،
وبناءً على
صحيحِ أبي
داودَ: 46
،
والترمذيِّ: 22 ،
والنسائيِّ: 7 ،
وابنِ ماجه: 236.
وأخرجَهُ
البخاريُّ ،
في صحيحهِ: 887 ،
ومسلمُ: 252).
Abu Hurayrah, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, said: “I would have ordered people to brush
their teeth before every prayer but I
don’t want to be hard on my Ummah (Community of believers) by making it
mandatory (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h
Al-Targheeb: 205, Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 5315, and based on Abu Dawood: 46, Al-Tirmidthi: 22,
Al-Nisa-i: 7, and Ibn Maja: 236, as well as by Al-Bukhari: 887 and
Muslim: 252).
وَعَنْ
جَابِرٍ بنِ
عبدِ اللهِ ،
رَضِيَ اللَّه
عَنْهُ ، أنه
قَالَ ، قَالَ
رسولُ اللهِ ،
صَلّى اللهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وسَلَّم:
"مَنْ أكل ثوْمًا
أوْ بصلًا ،
فلْيعتزِلْنا
،
ولْيعتَزِلْ
مسجدَنا ، ولْيقعُدْ
في بيتِه”
(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ن
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 6084 ،
وأخرجه أبو
داودَ: 3822 ،
والترمذيُّ: 1806 ،
والنسائيُّ: 707 ،
وأحمدُ: 15299 ،
ومسلمُ: 564 ،
والبخاريُّ: 5452 ،
ولكن بدونِ
"ولْيقعُدْ
في بيتِه”).
Jabir Bin ‘Abdullah, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, said: “Whoever eats (raw) garlic and onion, let him not come to
our masjid, or near us, and to stay at his home” (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 6084, as well as by Abu
Dawood: 3822, Al-Tirmidthi: 1806, Al-Nisa-i: 707, Ahmed: 15299, Muslim:
564, and Al-Bukhari:855, but without “and to stay at his home”).
وَعَنْ
معدان
بن أبي طلحة
اليعمري ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ عُمَرَ
بْنِ
الخَطَّابِ ،
رَضِيَ
اللَّه
عَنْهُ ، خطَبَ
يَوْمَ
الجُمُعَةِ ،
فَقَالَ فِي
خُطْبَتِهِ:
ثُمَّ
إِنَّكُمْ
أَيُّهَا
النَّاسُ
تَأْكُلُونَ
شَجَرَتَيْنِ
، مَا أُرَاهُمَا
إِلاَّ
خَبِيثَتَيْنِ:
الْبَصَلَ
، وَالثُّومَ.
ولَقَدْ
رَأَيْتُ
رَسولَ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلّى اللهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وسَلَّم ،
إِذَا وَجَدَ
ريحَهُمَا
مِنَ
الرَّجُلِ
فِي
المَسْجِدِ
أَمَرَ بِهِ
فَأُخْرِجَ
إِلى
الْبَقِيعِ. فَمَنْ
أكَلَهُما (كَانَ
آكِلَهُمَا)
، فَلْيُمِتْهُمَا
طبْخاً (أخرجهُ
مُسلمُ في
صحيحهِ:
567 ، وذكره
النوويُّ في رياضِ
الصالحينَ:
1704 ، وصححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
بناءَ على
صحيحِ ابنِ
ماجه: 2727 ،
وصحيحِ
النسائِيِّ:
707 ،
باتفاقٍ في
المعنى ،
واختلافٍ
يسيرٍ في اللفظِ).
Companion M’adan Bin Abi Tal’ha Al-Ya’muri, mAbpwh,
said that ‘Omar Bin Al-Khattab, mAbpwh, said in one of his Friday
(Jumu’a) sermons: "O people! You eat two (bad-smelling raw vegetables), onion and garlic. I saw the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, if he finds out that a man smells from eating them, he commands him to
get out of the masjid, to Al-Baqee’. So, if you are going to eat them, kill their smelling, by cooking them well" (Authenticated
as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Muslim: 567, Al-Nawawi, in Riyadh Al-Sali'heen:
1704, as well as by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Ibn Maja: 2727,
Al-Nisa-i: 707, with few differences).
[113] The
following two 'Hadeeths are about straitening prayer lines and completing them:
عَن
جابِرِ بْنِ
سمُرةَ ، رضي
اللَّه
عنْهُمَا ،
قَالَ: خَرجَ
عَلَيْنَا
رَسُولُ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلّى اللهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وسَلَّم ،
فَقَالَ: "أَلا
تَصُفُّونَ
كَمَا
تُصُفُّ
الملائِكَةُ عِنْدَ
رَبِّهَا؟ "
فَقُلْنَا:
يَا رسُولَ اللَّهِ
وَكَيْفَ
تَصُفُّ
الملائِكةُ
عِند ربِّها؟
قَالَ:
"يُتِمُّونَ
الصُّفوفَ
الأُوَلَ ،
ويَتَراصُّونَ
في الصفِّ" (أخرجهُ
مُسلمُ في
صحيحهِ: 430 ،
والنوويُّ في
رياضِ
الصالحينَ: 1082 ،
وصححه
الألباني ، في
صحيحِ الجامع:
2648 ، وبناءً
على صحيحِ
ابنِ ماجه: 818 ،
باتفاقٍ في
المعنى ،
واختلافٍ
يسيرٍ في اللفظِ).
Jabir Bin Sumra, mAbpwh, said that the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: "Don’t you want to line up (in your prayer), like the angels line up near their Lord?" We said: O Messenger
of Allah: How do they line up near their Lord? He said: "They complete the
lines and they stand side by side of each other" (Authenticated as
a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Muslim: 430 and Al-Nawawi in Riyadh Al-Sali'heen:
1082, as well as by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 2648 and based on Sa’hee’h
Ibn Maja: 818, with few differences).
وعن
أَنسٍ بنِ
مالكٍ ، رضيَ
اللَّهُ
عنْهُ ، قالَ:
قالَ رسُولُ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلّى اللهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وسَلَّم: "سَوُّوا
صُفُوفَكُمْ ، فإنَّ
تَسوِيَةَ
الصُّفُوفِ
مِن إِقَامة الصَّلاةِ"
(
صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 3647
، وأخرجهُ
البخاريُّ في
صحيحهِ: 723
، ومُسلمُ: 433
، والنوويُّ
في رياضِ
الصالحينَ: 1087).
Anas, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah
(pbbuh), said: "Straighten your lines, as straightening up lines is part
of performing the prayer (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by
Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 3647, Al-Bukhari: 723, Muslim: 433, and
Al-Nawawi, in Riyadh Al-Sali'heen: 1087).
[114] Here
are some verses about the prohibition of arrogance:
إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ لَا
يُحِبُّ
كُلَّ مُخْتَالٍ
فَخُورٍ (لُقْمَانَ
، 31: 18).
قِيلَ
ادْخُلُوا
أَبْوَابَ
جَهَنَّمَ
خَالِدِينَ
فِيهَا ۖ
فَبِئْسَ
مَثْوَى الْمُتَكَبِّرِينَ
(الزُّمَرُ ، 39: 72).
فَالْيَوْمَ
تُجْزَوْنَ
عَذَابَ
الْهُونِ
بِمَا
كُنتُمْ تَسْتَكْبِرُونَ
فِي
الْأَرْضِ
بِغَيْرِ
الْحَقِّ
وَبِمَا كُنتُمْ
تَفْسُقُونَ
(الأحْقَافُ ، 46: 20).
Allah does not like (those who are) self-deluded and boastful (Luqman, 31: 18).
(To them) it will be said, "Enter the
gates of Hell, to abide eternally therein, and wretched is the residence of the arrogant" (Al-Zumar, 39: 72).
So, this Day, you will be awarded the
punishment of (extreme) humiliation, because you were arrogant upon the Earth, without right, and
because you were defiantly disobedient."
***
The following two ‘Hadeeths are about avoiding
arrogance and boastfulness in treatment of others and in appearance:
عَنْ
أَنَسِ بْنِ
مَالِكٍ ، رضي
الله عنه ، قَالَ
، قَالَ
رَسُولُ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ:
"إِنَّ
اللَّهَ أَوْحَى
إِلَيَّ أَنْ تَوَاضَعُوا
،
وَلَا
يَبْغِي
بَعْضُكُمْ
عَلَى
بَعْضٍ" (صححهُ
السيوطي ، في
الجامعِ
الصغيرِ: 1693 ،
وصححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
بناءُ على
صحيحِ ابنِ ماجه:
3415 ،
وحَسَّنَهُ
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 1726).
Anas Bin Malik, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger
of Allah, pbbuh, said: "Allah has revealed to me (to tell you) to be humble, and not to transgress against each
other" (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Siyouti,
in Al-Jami’ Al-Sagheer: 1693, by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h
Ibn Maja:3415, Al-Albani also ruled that it is a Good ‘Hadeeth, in Sa’hee’h
Al-Jami’: 1726).
وعن عبدِ
اللهِ بنِ عُمُرَ
، رضي اللَّه
عنهما ، أَنّ
النَّبيّ
صَلّى اللهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وسَلَّم ،
قَالَ: "مَنْ
جَرَّ ثَوْبَهُ
خُيَلاءَ
لَمْ يَنْظُر
اللَّه
إِليهِ يَوْم
القِيَامَةِ"
(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 6188
، وفي غايةِ
المرامِ: 90
، وبناءُ على
صحيحِ أبي
داودَ: 4085 ،
وصحيحِ
الترمذي: 1731.
وأخرجَهُ
البخاريُّ في
صحيحهِ: 3665
، ومُسلمُ: 2085
، والنوويُّ
في رياضِ
الصالحينَ: 791).
‘Abdullah, the Son of ‘Omar, mAbpw them both,
said that the Prophet, pbbuh, said: "Whoever drags his thawb (long gown
reaching the floor), as a showoff, Allah
will not look at him on the Day of Rising (Authenticated by Al-Albani as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 6188, in Ghayat Al-Maram: 90, and based
on Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood: 4085, and Al-Tirmidthi: 1731, as well as by Al-Bukhari:
3665, Muslim: 2085, and Al-Nawawi, in Riyadh Al-Sali'heen:
791).
[115] Here's an English
translation of a 'Hadeeth, which prohibits men from wearing golden ornaments or
clothes made of silk:
عَنْ
أَبي مُوسى
الأشْعريِّ ،
رضيَ اللَّهُ عنهُ
، أنَّ رسُولَ
اللَّه ،
صَلّى اللهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وسَلَّم ،
قَالَ:
"حُرِّم
لِبَاسُ الحَرِيرِ
وَالذَّهَبِ
عَلَى
ذُكُورِ
أُمَّتي ،
وَأُحِلَّ
لإنَاثِهِم"
(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 3137 ، وفي
إرواء الغليل:
277 ،
وقالَ
الترمذيُّ
أنهُ حسنٌ
صحيحٌ: 1720.
وأخرجهُ
النسائيُّ: 5148 ،
وأحمدُ: 19533 ،
والنوويُّ ،
في رياض
الصالحين: 808).
Abu Mousa Al-Ash’ari, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, said: "Wearing silk and gold
is prohibited for males of my Ummah (Community of believers) but it is allowed
for the females among them (Authenticated by Al-Albani as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 3137, and in Irwa Al-Ghaleel: 277. Al-Tirmidthi
said it is a Good Sa’hee’h: 1720. It was also authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Nisa-i: 5148, Ahmed: 19533, and Al-Nawawi, in Riyadh Al-Sali'heen:
808).
[116] The
command for women to cover their body decently when they go out of their homes
is mentioned in verses 24: 31 and 33: 59 of the Holy Quran, as follows:
يَا
أَيُّهَا
النَّبِيُّ
قُل
لِّأَزْوَاجِكَ
وَبَنَاتِكَ
وَنِسَاءِ
الْمُؤْمِنِينَ
يُدْنِينَ
عَلَيْهِنَّ
مِن
جَلَابِيبِهِنَّ ذَٰلِكَ
أَدْنَىٰ أَن
يُعْرَفْنَ
فَلَا يُؤْذَيْنَ وَكَانَ
اللَّـهُ
غَفُورًا
رَّحِيمًا
(الأحْزَابُ
، 33: 59).
وَقُل
لِّلْمُؤْمِنَاتِ
يَغْضُضْنَ
مِنْ أَبْصَارِهِنَّ
وَيَحْفَظْنَ
فُرُوجَهُنَّ
وَلَا
يُبْدِينَ
زِينَتَهُنَّ
إِلَّا مَا ظَهَرَ
مِنْهَا (النُّورُ
، 24: 31).
O Prophet! Tell your wives and your daughters,
as well as the women of the believers, to bring down over themselves (part) of
their outer garments. That is more suitable (for them) that they will not be
known. So, they will not be harmed. And ever is Allah Forgiving and Merciful
(Al-A'hzab, 33: 59).
And tell the believing women to lower their
gazes, and guard their private parts, and not to expose their adornment
(beauty), except that which (necessarily) appears thereof (Al-Noor, 24: 31).
***
Notes of Chapter 9: Spirit, Soul, Mind, Self, and Happiness, from an Islamic Perspective
[117] While
this Chapter (9) addresses the differences between the concepts of the Spirit,
soul, mind, and self, the discussion about them started in Chapter 4 (Creation
and Evolution in the Holy Quran). This was
particularly in Verse Number 16, which refers to the fifth stage of the
first creation of humans, characterized by the formation of the human self. More
related information can also be found in Endnotes 52 (human mental
superiority), 53 (Al-Nasiya, the location of the human self), and 54
(homo sapien sapiens).
[118] In Ibn Katheer's
interpretation of Verse 17: 85, he mentioned that the Spirit is the source of the self (nafs),
and the self is the product of the Spirit and what it gets from the body (the
brain), as this author has argued in this book.
[119] For
more information about Reckoning and Judgment on the Last Day, see Chapter 2 of
the fifth book about Islam by this author (God’s Precise Measurement, His Just Decrees,
and the Last Day), titled, "The Last Day and its Four Main
Events: The Hour, Resurrection, Reckoning, and Judgment."
The interval, barrier, between death and resurrection
(barzakh), is mentioned in the Holy Quran and the ‘Hadeeth, as follows:
حَتَّىٰ
إِذَا جَاءَ
أَحَدَهُمُ
الْمَوْتُ
قَالَ رَبِّ
ارْجِعُونِ ﴿٩٩﴾
لَعَلِّي
أَعْمَلُ
صَالِحًا
فِيمَا تَرَكْتُ
ۚ كَلَّا ۚ
إِنَّهَا
كَلِمَةٌ
هُوَ قَائِلُهَا
ۖ وَمِن
وَرَائِهِم بَرْزَخٌ
إِلَىٰ
يَوْمِ
يُبْعَثُونَ ﴿١٠٠﴾
(الْمُؤْمِنُونَ
، 23: 99-100).
Until when death comes to
one of them (disbelievers), he says, "My Lord, send me back, (99) that I
might do righteousness in that which I left behind." No! It is only a word
he is saying: “and behind them is an interval (barrier, barzakh), until the Day they are
resurrected” (100) (Al-Muminoon, 23: 99-100).
عَنْ
كَعْبٍ بنِ
مالكٍ
الأنصاريِّ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنهُ
قالَ: قالَ
رسولُ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ:
"إِنَّما
نَسَمَةُ المُؤْمِنِ
طائرٌ يَعْلَقُ
في شَجَرِ
الجنةِ ، حتى
يَبْعَثَهُ
اللهُ إلى
جَسدِهِ يومَ
يَبْعَثُهُ" (
صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ الجامعِ:
2373).
Ka’b Bin Malik Al-Ansari,
mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “The soul of the
believer is a bird hanging on Paradise trees, until Allah sends him back to his
body, on the Day of his Resurrection (Authenticated by Al-Albani, as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 2373).
Another version of the
‘Hadeeth is as follows:
"إنَّما
نسَمةُ
المؤمنِ
طائرٌ
يُعلَقُ في
شجرِ
الجنَّةِ ، حتَّى
يرجعَ إلى
جسدِهِ يَومَ
يُبعَثُ" (صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
بناءً على
صحيحِ ابنِ ماجه: 3465 ،
وفي صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 2373 ،
باختلافٍ في
اللفظِ لا في
المعنى).
Ka’b Bin Malik Al-Ansari,
mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “The soul of the
believer is a bird hanging on Paradise trees, until it returns to his body, on
the Day of his Resurrection (Authenticated by Al-Albani, as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth, based on Sa’hee’h Ibn Maja: 3465).
[120] ’Abdullah
Bin ‘Omar, mAbpwh, narrated a ‘Hadeeth, in which his father, mAbpwh, told him that one day Jibril (Gabriel), peace be upon
him, came to the Masjid (Mosque) in Al-Medina, and asked the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, several questions, and one of them was about the meaning of
I’hsan. The Messenger of Allah answered him, saying: “I’hsan
is “to worship Allah as if you see Him, while you do not see Him, He sees you.”
Here’s the Arabic text of the question and the
answer:
قَالَ:
“فَأَخْبِرْنِي
عَنْ
الْإِحْسَانِ؟ “قَالَ: “أَنْ
تَعْبُدَ
اللَّهَ
كَأَنَّكَ
تَرَاهُ ،
فَإِنْ لَمْ
تَكُنْ
تَرَاهُ ،
فَإِنَّهُ يَرَاكَ.”
This ‘Hadeeth about defining Islam, Iman,
I’hsan, and the Hour was authenticated by Al-Albani,
as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 2672, by Muslim:
8, Abu Dawood: 4695, Al-Tirmidthi: 2610, Al-Nisa-i: 4990, Ibn Maja: 63,
Ahmed: 367, and Ibn Manda: 2, with few differences.
It is also
the 17th Nawawi ‘Hadeeth and Number 60 in Riyadh Al-Sali’heen
by Imam Al-Nawawi.
[121] Cigarette smoking is responsible for more than 480,000
deaths per year in the United States, including more than 41,000 deaths
resulting from second-hand smoke exposure.
https://www.cdc.gov/tobacco/data_statistics/fact_sheets/fast_facts/index.htm
This amounts to $170
billion in direct medical costs that could be saved every year if we could
prevent youth from starting to smoke and help every person who smokes to quit.
https://www.cdc.gov/chronicdisease/about/costs/index.htm
Excessive alcohol use led
to approximately 88,000 deaths and 2.5 million years of potential life lost
(YPLL) each year, in the United States, from 2006 to 2010, shortening the lives
of those who died by an average of 30 years. The economic costs of excessive
alcohol consumption in 2010 were estimated at $249 billion.
https://www.cdc.gov/alcohol/fact-sheets/alcohol-use.htm
Problem gambling is harmful
to psychological and physical health. People who live with this addiction may
experience depression, migraine, distress, intestinal disorders, and other
anxiety-related problems.
[122] For
more information about divorce in general, and about the relationship between
divorce and infidelity in the United States, see the author’s two academic
papers, which are published at the following two links:
https://digitalcommons.kennesaw.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1120&context=jpps
https://digitalcommons.kennesaw.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1097&context=jpps
In 2016, the number of live births to unmarried women was
1,569,796. The birth rate for unmarried women was 42.4 births per 1,000
unmarried women, aged 15-44. This represented 39.8% of all births.
https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/fastats/unmarried-childbearing.htm
In 2014, 652,639 legally-induced abortions were reported to
CDC from 49 reporting areas. The abortion rate for 2014 was 12.1 abortions per
1,000 women, aged 15–44 years, and the abortion ratio was 186 abortions per
1,000 live births. Women in their twenties accounted for the majority of
abortions in 2014, and throughout the period of analysis.
https://www.cdc.gov/reproductivehealth/data_stats/abortion.htm
In 2015, a total of 229,715 babies were born to women aged
15–19 years, for a birth rate of 22.3 per 1,000 women, in this age group.
https://www.cdc.gov/teenpregnancy/about/index.htm
The following statistics are from the “US Sexually-Transmitted
Disease Surveillance, 2017,” issued by the US Centers for Disease Control
(CDC), about the three major notifiable STDs: Chlamydia, gonorrhea, and
syphilis.
A total of 1,708,569 cases of Chlamydia
trachomatis infection were reported to the CDC, making it the most common
notifiable condition in the United States. This case count corresponds to a
rate of 528.8 cases per 100,000 people, which was an increase of 6.9%, compared
with the rate in 2016.
A total of 555,608 cases of gonorrhea
were reported to CDC, making it the second most common notifiable condition in
the United States. Rates of reported gonorrhea increased by 75.2%, since the
historic low in 2009, and increased by 18.6%, since 2016.
A total of 30,644 cases of primary and secondary (P&S) syphilis, the most infectious stages of the
disease, were reported in the United States, yielding a rate of 9.5 cases per
100,000 people. Since reaching a historic low in 2000 and 2001, the rate of
P&S syphilis has increased almost every year, by 10.5% during 2016–2017.
https://www.cdc.gov/std/stats17/2017-STD-Surveillance-Report_CDC-clearance-9.10.18.pdf
While sexually transmitted diseases (STDs) affect
individuals of all ages, STDs take a particularly heavy toll on young people.
CDC estimates that youth ages 15-24 make up just over one quarter of the
sexually active population, but account for half of the 20 million new
sexually-transmitted infections that occur in the United States each year.
https://www.cdc.gov/std/life-stages-populations/adolescents-youngadults.htm
[123] The fact that when we see a
star, it does not mean that it is still in the same location, which we see it
in. Actually, it should have left its location a long time ago but we’re
capable to capture its image right now, from our location in the universe, as
verses 56: 75-76 point to us. For more information about this scientific fact,
see the following links:
[124] The Arabic texts of the two
mentioned verses are as follows:
وَرُسُلًا
قَدْ
قَصَصْنَاهُمْ
عَلَيْكَ مِن
قَبْلُ
وَرُسُلًا
لَّمْ
نَقْصُصْهُمْ
عَلَيْكَ ۚ
(النِّسَاءُ ، 4: 164).
وَلَقَدْ
أَرْسَلْنَا
رُسُلًا مِّن
قَبْلِكَ
مِنْهُم مَّن
قَصَصْنَا
عَلَيْكَ وَمِنْهُم
مَّن لَّمْ
نَقْصُصْ
عَلَيْكَ ۗ
(غَافِرُ ، 40: 78).
And (We sent) messengers about whom We have related
(their stories) to you before, and messengers about whom We have not related to
you (Al-Nisa, 4: 164).
And We had sent messengers before you. Among them are
those (whose stories) We have related to you, and among them are those (whose
stories) We have not related to you (Ghafir, 40: 78).
The Holy Quran mentions
names of 25 Prophets and Messengers of God. These are Adam, Idrees,* Noo'h
(Noah), Hood,* Sali’h, Ibrahim (Abraham), Loot (Lot), Isma'eel
(Ishma'il), Is'haq (Isaac), Ya'qoub (Jacob), Yousuf (Joseph), Ayoub (Jobe),
Shu'ayb, Mousa (Moses), Haroon (Aaron), Dawood (David), Sulayman (Solomon),
Elyas (Elijah), Elyasa' (Elisha), Dhul Kifl, Younus (Jonah), Zakariyah,
Ya'hya (John), Al-Messiah Eisa Bin Maryam (The Messiah Jesus, Son of Mary), and
Mu’hammed (Peace and
blessings of Allah be upon all of them).
* Some researchers suggested that Idrees and
Hood could be the biblically-mentioned Anokh and ‘Aber, respectively.
However, this author has no opinion about the accuracy of such suggestions.
[125] God's commands are the subject of the sixth book by this author
about Islam, titled: "Introduction to Islamic
Law, Shari'a, Part I: Commands of
Prohibition and Admonition in the Holy Quran."
http://www.ccun.org/Introduction-to-Islamic-Law,Shari'a,Part-I
[126] The mentioned
verses, about obedience and disobedience to Allah, are from the search function
of the Holy Quran in Arabic, at www.tanzil.net.
The other source this author used for this purpose was
"The Holy Quran Index," in Arabic, by Muhammed Fuad Abdul Baqi.
Cairo: Dar Al-Fikr, 1406 (1986). The Arabic Title is: “Al-Mu’jam Al-Mufahras Li
Alfadht Al-Quran Al-Kareem.”
The mentioned verses are as follows:
تِلْكَ
حُدُودُ
اللَّـهِ ۚ
وَمَن يُطِعِ اللَّـهَ
وَرَسُولَهُ
يُدْخِلْهُ جَنَّاتٍ
تَجْرِي مِن
تَحْتِهَا
الْأَنْهَارُ
خَالِدِينَ
فِيهَا ۚ
وَذَٰلِكَ
الْفَوْزُ
الْعَظِيمُ
(النِّسَاءُ ، 4:
13).
These are the limits (set by)
Allah, and whoever obeys Allah and His Messenger will be admitted by Him to gardens (in Paradise) under which rivers
flow, abiding eternally therein; and that is the great winning (Al-Nisa 4: 13).
وَمَن
يُطِعِ اللَّـهَ
وَالرَّسُولَ
فَأُولَـٰئِكَ
مَعَ
الَّذِينَ أَنْعَمَ
اللَّـهُ
عَلَيْهِم
مِّنَ
النَّبِيِّينَ
وَالصِّدِّيقِينَ
وَالشُّهَدَاءِ
وَالصَّالِحِينَ
ۚ وَحَسُنَ
أُولَـٰئِكَ
رَفِيقًا
(النِّسَاءُ ، 4:
69).
And whoever obeys Allah and the Messenger - those will be with the ones upon whom Allah
has bestowed favor, (who include) the Prophets, the saints
(the steadfast affirmers of truth), the martyrs, and the righteous. And
excellent are those as companions (Al-Nisa 4: 69).
وَمَن
يُطِعِ
اللَّـهَ
وَرَسُولَهُ
وَيَخْشَ
اللَّـهَ وَيَتَّقْهِ
فَأُولَـٰئِكَ
هُمُ الْفَائِزُونَ (النُّورُ
، 24: 52).
And whoever obeys Allah and His Messenger and fears
Allah and is conscious of Him - those are the winners (Al-Noor, 24: 52).
وَمَن
يُطِعِ
اللَّـهَ
وَرَسُولَهُ
فَقَدْ فَازَ
فَوْزًا
عَظِيمًا (الأحْزَابُ
، 33: 71).
“... and whoever obeys Allah and His Messenger, he has already won the greatest winning” (Al-A'hzab,
33: 71).
وَمَن
يُطِعِ
اللَّـهَ
وَرَسُولَهُ
يُدْخِلْهُ جَنَّاتٍ تَجْرِي
مِن
تَحْتِهَا
الْأَنْهَارُ
ۖ وَمَن يَتَوَلَّ
يُعَذِّبْهُ
عَذَابًا أَلِيمًا
(الْفَتْحُ ، 48: 17).
And whoever obeys
Allah and His Messenger - He will admit him to gardens
beneath which rivers flow; but whoever turns away - He will punish
him with a painful punishment (Al-Fat’h, 48: 17).
وَمَن يَعْصِ اللَّـهَ
وَرَسُولَهُ
وَيَتَعَدَّ
حُدُودَهُ يُدْخِلْهُ
نَارًا خَالِدًا
فِيهَا
وَلَهُ
عَذَابٌ
مُّهِينٌ (النِّسَاءُ
، 4:
14).
And whoever disobeys Allah and His Messenger and
transgresses His (God’s) limits – He (God) will admit him to a Fire,
everlasting therein, and he will have a humiliating punishment” (Al-Nisa 4: 14).
وَمَا
كَانَ
لِمُؤْمِنٍ
وَلَا
مُؤْمِنَةٍ إِذَا
قَضَى
اللَّـهُ
وَرَسُولُهُ
أَمْرًا أَن
يَكُونَ
لَهُمُ
الْخِيَرَةُ
مِنْ أَمْرِهِمْ
ۗ وَمَن يَعْصِ
اللَّـهَ
وَرَسُولَهُ
فَقَدْ ضَلَّ
ضَلَالًا
مُّبِينًا
(الأحْزَابُ ،
33: 36).
It is not fitting for a believer,
man or woman, when a matter has been decided by Allah and His Messenger, to
have any option about their decision. And whoever disobeys Allah and His Messenger, he is
indeed clearly lost (Al-A'hzab, 33: 36).
إِلَّا
بَلَاغًا
مِّنَ
اللَّـهِ
وَرِسَالَاتِهِ
ۚ وَمَن يَعْصِ
اللَّـهَ
وَرَسُولَهُ
فَإِنَّ لَهُ
نَارَ
جَهَنَّمَ خَالِدِينَ
فِيهَا
أَبَدًا
(الْجِنُّ ، 72: 23).
But (I have for you) only a notification from
Allah, and His messages. And whoever disobeys
Allah and His Messenger - then indeed, for him is the fire of Hell; they will abide therein forever
(Al-Jinn, 72: 23).
[127] God’s
Spirit is
mentioned in verse 17: 85 twice; in reference to blowing It in Adam, in verses 15: 29 and 38: 72; in the human
being, in verse 32: 9; in ‘Eissa (Jesus), in verse 4:171; in Maryam (Mary), in
verse 66: 12; in support to believers, in verse 58:
22; and as a command in verses 16: 2, 40: 15, and 42: 52.
The word “Spirit”
is also mentioned as a description of the Senior Angel, Jibril (Gabriel), peace to him, as the “Spirit of the Holy,” in verses 2: 87, 2: 253, 5:
110, and 16: 102. He is also described as “Our
Spirit” in his mission to Maryam (Mary), in verses 19: 17 and 21:
91. He is further referred to as the “Spirit” in verses 70: 4, 78: 38, and 97:
4. Finally, he is described as the “Trusted Spirit”
in verse 26: 193.
[128] The verb ta’qiloon (you all reason)
was mentioned in 24 verses of the Holy Quran, which are: 2: 44, 2: 73, 2: 76,
2: 242, 3: 65, 3: 118, 6: 32, 6: 151, 7: 169, 10: 16, 11: 51, 12: 2, 12: 109,
21: 10, 21: 67, 23: 80, 24: 61, 26: 28, 28: 60, 36: 62, 37: 138, 40: 67, 43: 3,
and 57: 17.
The verb ya’qiloon
(they reason) was mentioned in 22 verses
of the Holy Quran, which are: 2: 164, 2: 170, 2: 171, 5: 103, 8: 22, 10: 42,
10: 100, 13: 4, 16: 12, 16: 67, 22: 46, 25: 44, 29: 35, 29: 63,30: 28, 36: 68,
39: 43, 45: 5, 49: 4, and 59: 14.
[129] God’s
praise of the believers, as the “reasoning ones”
(the ones with reasoning minds), has been mentioned in 16 verses of the Holy
Quran, which are 2: 179, 2: 197, 2: 269, 3: 7, 3: 19, 5: 100, 12: 111, 13: 19,
14: 52, 38: 29, 38: 43, 39: 9, 39: 18, 39: 21, 40: 54, and 65: 10.
[130] The
American sociologist George Herbert Mead argued that the
more roles a person takes up or plays, the more is the growth and development of the self. He also argued
that the human self has two major components. The first is the “I,” which represents
the self and body interests alone (such as satisfying self-desires and the body
physical needs). The second is the “Me,” which represents the social self, including the
learned moral values and norms of society. The self grows
and develops as a result of the interaction with others and as a result of the
interaction between its two components.
Source: Mead, George H. 1934. “Mind, Self and Society,”
edited by C. W. Morris. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Likewise, the French psychologist Sigmund Freud agreed with Mead on that the development of the
self (or personality, which he called “psyche”) can be seen as a result of the
internal interaction between its two components (the pleasure-seeking “Id” and the “Superego” or
conscience). Freud also argued that the conflict between these two components
of the self may lead a person to get closer to one of them, on the expense of
the other. That’s why the third component of the self, the “Ego,” plays the
major role of mediating between the other
two components.
Source: Freud, Sigmund. 2010 (1923). “The Ego and the Id.”
Pacific Publishing Studio (pacps).
[131] The Arabic text of the 'Hadeeth, about cloning the human body from its coccyx, on the Day of
Rising, is as follows:
عَنْ
أبي هُرَيْرَةَ
، رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّهُ
قالَ ، قالَ
رسولُ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ وسَلَّمَ:
"إنَّ في
الإنْسانِ
عَظْمًا لا
تَأْكُلُهُ الأرْضُ
أبَدًا ، فيه
يُرَكَّبُ
يَومَ القِيامَةِ."
قالُوا أيُّ
عَظْمٍ هُوَ ،
يا رَسولَ
اللهِ؟ قالَ: عَجْبُ
الذَّنَبِ" (أخْرَجَهُ
مُسْلِمُ في
صَحِيحِهِ: 2955 ، وأخرجَ
البخاريُّ
روايةً مطولةً
أخرى منهُ في
صحيحهِ: 4814
، 4935).
Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, said: "There's one bone in the human being, which never decays in
earth. It will be (the seed of) his assembly on the Day of Rising." The
(Companions) asked: O Messenger of Allah, which bone is it? He said: "The coccyx"
(Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Muslim: 2955 and by Al-Bukhari,
in a longer version: 4814, 4935).
[132] We know from
the ‘Hadeeth that the soul of a believer ascends to Paradise after death, where
it hangs on the Paradise trees and stays there until the Day of Resurrection,
when the Great Creator permits it to return to its body, to be ready for
reckoning. Souls of martyrs also end up in Paradise, but these are alive inside
birds, receiving sustenance, eating from the Paradise fruits, and sheltering in
golden lanterns hung in the shade of God’s Throne, as stated in the following
two ‘Hadeeths:
فَعَنْ
كَعْبٍ
الأنْصَارِيِّ
، رضيَ اللهُ عنهُ
، أنَّ
النبيَّ ،
عليهِ
الصلاةُ
والسلامُ ،
قالَ: "إنَّما
نسَمةُ
المؤمنِ
طائرٌ يُعلَقُ
في شجرِ
الجنَّةِ ، حتَّى
يرجعَ إلى
جسدِهِ يَومَ
يُبعَثُ" (صَحَّحَهُ
الألْبَانِيُّ
، عَنْ صحيحِ
ابنِ ماجه ،
واللفظُ لهُ: 3465 ،
وفي صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 2373 ،
باختلافٍ في
اللفظِ لا في
المعنى).
Ka’b Bin Malik Al-Ansari,
mAbpwh, said that the Prophet, pbbuh, said: “The soul of the believer is a bird
hanging on Paradise trees, until it returns to his body, on the Day of his
Resurrection (Authenticated by Al-Albani, as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth, based
on Sa’hee’h Ibn Maja: 3465 and in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami: 2373, with
few differences).
وعن
عبد الله بن
عباس ، رضي
الله عنهما ،
أن النبي ،
عليه الصلاة
والسلام ،
قال: "إنه
لَمَّا أُصِيبَ
إخوانُكم
يومَ أُحُدٍ ،
جعل اللهُ أرواحَهم
في جَوْفِ
طَيْرٍ
خُضْرٍ ،
تَرِدُ
أنهارَ
الجنةِ ،
تأكلُ من
ثمارِها ، وتَأْوِي
إلى قناديلَ
من ذهبٍ
مُعَلَّقةٍ في
ظِلِّ
العرشِ" (حَسَّنَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في تخريجِ
هدايةِ الرُّواةِ:
3776
،
وأخرجهُ أبو
داودُ: 2520 ،
وأحمدُ: 2388 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
Abdullah, Son of Abbas, mAbpwt both, said
that the Prophet, pbbuh, said: “When your brothers were struck (martyred) on
the Day (battle) of U’hud, Allah made their souls inside green birds, which comes
to the Paradise rivers, eat from its fruits, and shelters in golden lanterns
hung in the shade of (God’s) Throne” (Authenticated by Al-Albani as a Good ‘Hadeeth,
in Hidayat Al-Ruwah: 3776. It was also recorded in the books of Abu Dawood:
2520 and A’hmed: 2388, with few differences).
For more
details about resurrection and return of the self (as one of the soul components) to its body, see Chapter 2 of the fifth book
about Islam by this author (God’s
Precise Measurement, His Just Decrees, and the Last Day), titled, “The Last Day and its Four Main
Events: The Hour, Resurrection, Reckoning, and Judgment.”
***
Notes for Chapter 10: The Heart-Mind Relationship in
the Holy Quran
[133] The
mentioned numbers of verses, containing specific words related to the “heart,” are based on the search function of the
Holy Quran in Arabic, at www.tanzil.net.
The other source the author used for this
purpose was "The Holy Quran Index," in Arabic, by Muhammed Fuad Abdul
Baqi. Cairo: Dar Al-Fikr. 1406 H (1986). The Arabic Title is: “Al-Mu’jam
Al-Mufahras Li Alfadth Al-Quran Al-Kareem” (Pages 549-551).
The Arabic texts of the Holy Quran verses in
this Chapter were taken from www.tanzil.net and from www.quranexplorer.com.
The word "heart"
is mentioned in the Holy Quran 132 times, in various forms. It is mentioned 6
times as heart (qalb), 3 times as your heart (qalbuka), 8 times as his heart
(qalbuhu), once as her heart (qalbuha), once as my heart (qalbi), once as dual
hearts (qalbayn) in reference to two hearts, 21 times as hearts (quloob), 15
times as your hearts (quloobikum), 6 times as our hearts (quloobuna), 68 times
as their hearts (quloobuhum) addressing men, once as their hearts (quloobuhin)
addressing women, and once as dual hearts (quloobikuma) addressing two people.
[134] The
Holy Quran verses mentioned four categories of characteristics
a heart may have. These are good, bad,
weak, and reasoning characteristics.
In the first category of “good”
characteristics, the heart is described as sound (26: 89), repentant (50: 33),
calm or assured (16: 106), guided (64: 11), loving (33: 4), righteous (22: 32),
tranquil (48: 4), merciful (57: 27), reconciled (3: 103), good (8: 63), pure
(33: 53), decorated with faith (49: 7), faith enters it (49: 14), reconciled
with love (8: 63), softened (39: 23), and humbled (57: 16).
In the second
category of “bad” characteristics, the heart is described as harsh
(3: 169), sinning (2: 283), heedless (18: 28), swerved (9: 117), deviated (66: 4), blind (22: 46
and 2: 225), turned about (24: 37), disgusted (39: 45), closed (47: 27), cruel
(2: 74), intentional in
wrong-doing (33: 5), regretful as a result of disbelief (3: 156), wrapped with
disbelief (2: 88), hateful or has a grudge (59: 10), averse (9: 8),
angry (9: 15), hypocrite (9: 77), denier
of the hereafter (16: 22), playful or distracted (21: 3), and bigot (48:
26).
In the third
category of “weak” characteristics, the heart is described as empty
(28: 10), sick (24: 50, 33: 32, 74: 31), terribly afraid (33: 10), terrified
(3: 151), and trembling from fear (79: 8).
In the fourth category of “reasoning”
characteristics, the heart is described as able to receive inspiration (26:
194), understanding (7: 179), and reasoning (22: 46).
[135] The first 'Hadeeth
about the "humbled or not humbled heart"
was narrated by Companion Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, and authenticated by Al-Albani,
as Sa’hee’h, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 1286 as well as based on Sa’hee’h
Al-Nisa-i: 5552, Al-Tirmidthi: 3482, Abu Dawood: 1549, Al-Nisa-i: 5536,
Ibn Maja: 250, and Ahmed: 8469, with few differences.
The second 'Hadeeth about the "kind or unkind heart" was narrated by
Companion Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, and authenticated by Al-Albani, as Sa’hee’h,
in Al-Salsala Al-Sa’hee’ha: 854. He added that its narrators are trusted
(thiqat).
The third 'Hadeeth about the heart
which is capable to "imagine" was narrated by Companion Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, and
was authenticated Sa’hee’h by Al-Bukhari: 3244, 3251, 3252,
Muslim: 2824, 2826, and Al-Tirmidthi: 3292. It was also authenticated by
Al-Albani as Sa’hee’h, based on Sa’hee’h Ibn Maja: 3510 and Sa’hee’h Al-Tirmidthi: 3197.
The fourth 'Hadeeth about the jurist
heart, which is can provide a person with "edicts, or legal and
moral rulings," was narrated by Companion Wabisa Bin Ma'bid, mAbpwh, and
was authenticated by Al-Albani as ‘Hasan (Good), in Sa’hee’h Al-Targheeb:
1734.
The Arabic texts and authentication of the four ‘Hadeeths, which describe the heart, are as follows:
عن
أبي هريرة ،
رضي الله عنه
، أن النبي ،
صلى الله عليه
وسلم قال: "
اللَّهُمَّ
إِنِّي أَعُوذُ
بِكَ مِنْ
عِلْمٍ لَا
يَنْفَعُ ،
وَمِنْ قَلْبٍ
لَا يَخْشَعُ ، وَمِنْ
نَفْسٍ لَا
تَشْبَعُ ،
وَمِنْ دُعَاءٍ
لَا
يُسْمَعُ" (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامع: 1286 ، وعن
صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 5552.
وأخرجه
الترمذيُّ: 3482 ،
وأبو داوودَ: 1549 ،
والنسائيُّ: 5536 ،
وابنُ ماجه: 250 ،
وأحمدُ: 8469 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
وعن
أبي هريرة ،
رضي الله عنه
، أن رجلاً
شكا إلى رسول
الله ، صلى
الله عليه
وسلم ، قَسوةَ
قلبِهِ ،
فقالَ لَهُ:
"إنْ أردتَ تليينَ
قلبِكَ ،
فأَطعم
المسكينَ ،
وامسحْ على
رأسِ اليتيم" (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في السلسلةِ
الصحيحةِ: 854 ،
وقالَ أنَّ
رجالَهُ
ثِقاتٌ).
وعن أبي
هريرة ، رضي
الله عنه ،
قال: قال رسول
الله ، صلى
الله عليه
وسلم: "قال
الله تعالى:
أعْدَدْتُ
لِعِبَادِي
الصَّالِحِينَ
مَا لا عَيْنٌ
رَأَتْ وَلا
أُذُنٌ
سَمِعَتْ وَلا
خَطَرَ عَلَى
قَلْبِ بَشَر"
)أخرجَهُ
البخاريُّ: 3244 ،
3251 ، 3252 ، ومسلمُ: 2824 ، 2826 ،
والترمذيِّ: 3292 ،
وصححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عن صحيحِ ابنِ
ماجه: 3510 ، وعن صحيحِ
الترمذيِّ: 3197).
وعن
وابصة بن معبد
، رضي الله
عنه ، أن
النبي ، صلى
الله عليه
وسلم ، قال: "اسْتَفْتِ
قَلْبَكَ وَاسْتَفْتِ
نَفْسَكَ
(قالها
ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ).
الْبِرُّ مَا
اطْمَأَنَّتْ
إِلَيْهِ النَّفْسُ.
وَالْإِثْمُ
مَا حَاكَ فِي
النَّفْسِ
وَتَرَدَّدَ
فِي
الصَّدْرِ ،
وَإِنْ
أَفْتَاكَ
النَّاسُ
وَأَفْتَوْكَ"
(حَسَّنَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الترغيبِ: 1734 ،
وقالَ أنهُ
حسنٌ لغيرِهِ).
[136] The
nine verses which
refer to the heart as located in the human chest are
3: 154, 8: 43, 10: 57, 22: 46, 39: 7, 40: 19, 57: 6, 64: 4, and 100: 10.
[137] See
the short literature review by Khalid Al-Ebrahim, which he reviewed 24 studies
about the relationship between the heart and the
mind.
Khaled Al-Ebrahim. 2016. “The Intellectual
Heart.” Department of Surgery, King Abdulaziz University, Saudi Arabia.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/307410420_The_intellectual_heart
[138] Rayl,
A. G. S. 2016. "The High Price of a Broken Heart,"
PsychologyToday.com (June 9).
https://www.psychologytoday.com/articles/200707/the-high-price-broken-heart
[139] Martin,
Howard. 2006. "Understanding the Relationship Between Heart, Mind
& Body." In Light Times, (March).
http://www.inlightimes.com/old_site/archives/2006/03/heart-body-mind.htm
[140] Shah, S U, A White, S White, W A Littler. 2003. "Heart
and mind: (1) relationship between cardiovascular and psychiatric
conditions." Post Graduate Medical Journal, Volume 80, Issue 950.
[141] Shah, S U, Z Iqbal, A White, S White. 2003. "Heart and mind: (2) psychotropic and
cardiovascular therapeutics." Post Graduate Medical Journal, Volume 81,
Issue 951.
[142] Cynthia
Chatfield. 2004. “Your Body is your Subconscious Mind: Mind-Body Medicine
Becomes the Science of Psycho-neuroimmunolgy (PNI).” Healing Cancer. Info.
http://www.healingcancer.info/ebook/candace-pert
Pert, Candace B. 1999. “Molecules of Emotion:
The Science Behind Mind-Body Medicine.” Scribner.
https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Molecules-of-Emotion/Candace-B-Pert/9780684846347
[143] Pearsall, Paul P., Gary E. Schwartz, and Linda
G. Russek. 2005. “Organ Transplants and Cellular
Memories.” Nexus Magazine, Volume 12, Number 3 (April - May).
https://www.paulpearsall.com/info/press/3.html
***
Notes for the Introduction to the Second Book: The Five Pillars of Islam
[144] The Holy Quran mentions that all
Messengers of Allah and the righteous believers who followed them, before the
mission of the final Messenger, Mu’hammed, pbbuh, were all Muslims, as
mentioned in verses 2: 132-133 (verses 132-133 in Sourat Al-Baqara, which is
Chapter 2 of the Holy Quran); 3: 19, 52, 67, 84; 7: 126; 12: 101; 27: 42,
91;28: 53; 51: 36: and 72: 14, as mentioned in verse 2: 132, for example:
وَوَصَّىٰ
بِهَا
إِبْرَاهِيمُ
بَنِيهِ وَيَعْقُوبُ
يَا بَنِيَّ
إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ اصْطَفَىٰ
لَكُمُ
الدِّينَ
فَلَا
تَمُوتُنَّ إِلَّا
وَأَنتُم مُّسْلِمُونَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 132).
And Ibraheem (Abraham) instructed his sons and (so did) Ya’qoob (Jacob):
"O my sons, indeed Allah has chosen for you this religion. So, do not die
except while you are Muslims"
(Al-Baqara, 2: 132).
[145] The
Arabic text, English translation, and authentication of the mentioned ‘Hadeeth
and verses, about the definition of Islam and Iman, are as follows:
عنْ أبي
هُرَيْرَهَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ رسولَ
اللهِ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ ، قالَ:
"الْمُسْلِمُ
مَنْ سَلِمَ
الناسُ من
لِسَانِهِ
وَيَدِهِ ، والْمُؤْمِنُ
مَنْ أمِنَهُ
النَّاسُ على
دِمَائِهِم
وَأمْوَالِهِم"
(صَحَّحهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 6710 ،
وقالَ إنَّهُ
صَحِيحٌ
حَسَنٌ ، وعنْ
صحيحِ النِّسَائِيِّ:
5010 ، وصحيحِ
التِّرْمِذِيِّ:
2627).
Companion
Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: "The Muslim is (the
person) from whose tongue and hand people are kept safe. The Mumin is the one
who is entrusted by people concerning their blood and their wealth" (It
was authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h
Al-Jami’: 6710. He added that it is Sa’hee’h-‘Hasan, as well as based on
Al-Nisa-i: 5010, and Al-Tirmidthi: 2627).
بَلَىٰ
مَنْ أَسْلَمَ
وَجْهَهُ
لِلَّهِ
وَهُوَ
مُحْسِنٌ
فَلَهُ أَجْرُهُ
عِندَ
رَبِّهِ
وَلَا خَوْفٌ
عَلَيْهِمْ
وَلَا هُمْ
يَحْزَنُونَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 112).
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
ادْخُلُوا
فِي السِّلْمِ
كَافَّةً
وَلَا
تَتَّبِعُوا
خُطُوَاتِ الشَّيْطَانِ
ۚ إِنَّهُ
لَكُمْ
عَدُوٌّ مُّبِينٌ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 208).
Yes,
whoever submits his face (in Islam) to Allah, while being a
doer of good will have his reward with his Lord. And no fear will there be
concerning them, nor will they be saddened (Al-Baqara, 2: 112).
O you
who have believed, enter into Silm (Islam) completely
and do not follow the footsteps of Al-Shaytan (Satan). Indeed, he is to
you a clear enemy (Al-Baqara, 2: 208).
http://hadith.al-islam.com/Loader.aspx?pageid=261
https://ar.wikisource.org/wiki/
https://archive.org/stream/waq85745waq/85745#page/n518/mode/2up
[146] The
definition of the second level of faith (Iman)
came also in verse 4: 136, as follows:
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
آمِنُوا بِاللَّـهِ
وَرَسُولِهِ
وَالْكِتَابِ
الَّذِي
نَزَّلَ
عَلَىٰ
رَسُولِهِ
وَالْكِتَابِ
الَّذِي
أَنزَلَ مِن
قَبْلُ وَمَن
يَكْفُرْ
بِاللَّـهِ
وَمَلَائِكَتِهِ
وَكُتُبِهِ
وَرُسُلِهِ
وَالْيَوْمِ
الْآخِرِ فَقَدْ
ضَلَّ
ضَلَالًا
بَعِيدًا
(النِّسَاءُ، 4: 136).
O you who have believed, believe in Allah, His Messenger, the Book
that He sent down upon His Messenger, and the Book which He sent down before.
And whoever disbelieves in Allah, His angels, His books, His messengers, and
the Last Day has certainly gone far astray (Al-Nisa, 4: 136).
Definitions
of the first and second levels of faith (Islam
and Iman) came in the ‘Hadeeth which was
mentioned in its entirety at the beginning of Chapter 3 (Three Levels of Faith:
Islam, Iman, and I’hsan).
The
two parts of the ‘hadeeth, in English and Arabic, are as follows:
‘Abdullah, the Son of ‘Omar, mAbpwt both, said
that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “Islam is to proclaim that there is no other god than Allah
and Muhammed is the Messenger of Allah, to perform the prayers, to pay the
Zakat (charity), to fast (during the month of) Ramadhan, and to make the
pilgrimage to the House (of God) if you are capable to do so.” He added that “Iman is to believe in Allah, His angels, His
books, His messengers, the Last Day, and to believe in God's
precise measurement and His just decrees on everything,
including (what may be perceived as) good or bad” (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani,
in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 2672, Muslim: 8, Abu Dawood: 4695, Al-Tirmidthi:
2610, Al-Nisa-i: 4990, Ibn Maja: 63, and A’hmed: 367, with few differences).
This ‘Hadeeth
is the 17th of "Al-Nawawi's Forty Hadiths" and the 60th in
the paper version of “Riyadh Al-Sali’heen,” by Imam Al-Nawawi,
may Allah have mercy on his soul, Dar Al-Arabiya, Beirut, Lebanon.
عَنْ
عبدِ اللهِ
بنِ عُمَرَ ،
رضيَّ اللهُ
عنهما ، أنَّ
رسولَ اللهِ ،
صلى الله
عليهِ
وسلَّمَ ، قالَ:
"الْإِسْلَامُ
أَنْ
تَشْهَدَ
أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ
إِلَّا
اللَّهُ ،
وَأَنَّ
مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ
اللَّهِ ،
وَتُقِيمَ
الصَّلَاةَ ،
وَتُؤْتِيَ
الزَّكَاةَ ،
وَتَصُومَ
رَمَضَانَ ،
وَتَحُجَّ
الْبَيْتَ ،
إِنْ
اسْتَطَعْتَ
إِلَيْهِ
سَبِيلًا." أمَّا
الْإِيمَانُ
، فهوَ "أَنْ
تُؤْمِنَ بِاللَّهِ
وَمَلَائِكَتِهِ
وَكُتُبِهِ
وَرُسُلِهِ
وَالْيَوْمِ
الْآخِرِ ،
وَتُؤْمِنَ
بِالْقَدَرِ
، خَيْرِهِ
وَشَرِّهِ" (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ في
صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 2672 ،
وأخرجَهُ
مُسلمُ: 8 ،
وأبو داودُ: 4695 ،
والترمذيُّ: 2610 ،
والنسائيُّ: 4990 ،
وابنُ ماجه: 63 ،
وأحمدُ: 367 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ بينهم(.
[147] The
Arabic text, English translation, and authentication of the mentioned ‘Hadeeth,
about the five pillars of Islam, are as follows:
عَنْ عبدِ
اللهِ بنِ
ُعَمَرٍ ،
رضيَ اللهُ عنهما
، أنَّ رسولَ
اللهِ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسلَّمَ ،
قال: "بنيَ
الإسلامُ
علَى خمسٍ ،
شهادةِ أن لا
إلَه إلَّا
اللهُ ، وأنَّ
محمدًا رسولُ
اللهِ ،
وإقامِ
الصلاةِ ،
وإيتاءِ
الزَّكاةِ ،
وصومِ رمضانَ
، وحَجِّ
البيتِ"
(صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عنْ صحيحِ
الترمذيِّ: 2609 ،
واللفظُ لهُ.
وأخرَجَهُ
البخاريُّ: 8 ،
ومُسلمُ: 16 ،
والنسائيُّ: 5001 ،
وأحمدُ: 6015).
‘Abdullah, the
Son of ‘Omar, mAbpwt both, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “The Islam (structure) is built on five
(pillars): To proclaim that there is no other god but Allah and Mu’hammed is the
Messenger of Allah, establishing prayer,
giving zakat (charity), fasting (the month of) Ramadhan, and the
pilgrimage to the House (of Allah, in Makkah) (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h
Al-Tirmidthi: 2610, as well as by
Al-Bukhari: 8, Muslim: 16, Al-Nisa-i: 5001, and A’hmed: 6015).
[148] The Arabic text, English
translation, and authentication of the mentioned ‘Hadeeth, about the definition
of supplication as “the worship,” are as follows
عَنْ
النُّعْمَانِ
بنِ بَشِيرٍ
والْبَرَاءِ
بنِ عَازِبٍ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهما ، أنَّ
رسولَ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
قالَ:
"الدُّعَاءُ
هُوَ
الْعِبَادَةُ"
(صححهُ الألبانيُّ
، في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 3407 ، وفي
النصيحة: 158 ،
وزادَ "إنَّ"
في صحيحِ
الأدبِ
المفردِ: 550).
Al-Nu’man Bin Basheer and Al-Baraa Bin
‘Aazib, mAbpwt both, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said:
“supplication is the worship” (Authenticated
as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 3407, also in
Al-Nasee’ha: 158, and added the confirming preposition “inna,” in Sa’hee’h
Al-Adab Al-Mufrad: 550).
[149] As mentioned in Endnote
Number 4, the authentication of the
‘Hadeeth in which the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, defined I’hsan, as “worshipping
of Allah, as if you see Him,” is as follows:
This ‘Hadeeth
was recorded as Sa’hee’h by Muslim: 8, Abu Dawood: 4695, Al-Tirmidthi:
2610, Al-Nisa-i: 4990, Ibn Maja: 63, and A’hmed: 367, with little difference
between them. It is also number 17 in the “Forty Qudsi’ ‘Hadeeths, collected by
Al-Nawawi, and number 60 in his book, titled as Riyadh Al-Sali’heen.
The mentioned Holy Quran verses, in which
Allah, praise to Him, has told us about the meaning of "I’hsan,"
are as follows:
لَيْسَ
عَلَى
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا وَعَمِلُوا
الصَّالِحَاتِ جُنَاحٌ
فِيمَا
طَعِمُوا
إِذَا مَا اتَّقَوا
وَّآمَنُوا
وَعَمِلُوا
الصَّالِحَاتِ
ثُمَّ
اتَّقَوا
وَّآمَنُوا
ثُمَّ
اتَّقَوا وَّأَحْسَنُوا
ۗ وَاللَّهُ
يُحِبُّ
الْمُحْسِنِينَ
(الْمَائِدَةُ
، 5:
93).
الَّذِينَ
يُنفِقُونَ فِي
السَّرَّاءِ
وَالضَّرَّاءِ
وَالْكَاظِمِينَ
الْغَيْظَ
وَالْعَافِينَ
عَنِ
النَّاسِ ۗ
وَاللَّهُ
يُحِبُّ
الْمُحْسِنِينَ
(آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 134).
وَاصْبِرْ
فَإِنَّ
اللَّهَ لَا
يُضِيعُ
أَجْرَ الْمُحْسِنِينَ
(هُودُ ، 11: 115).
وَنَادَيْنَاهُ
أَن يَا
إِبْرَاهِيمُ
﴿١٠٤﴾
قَدْ صَدَّقْتَ
الرُّؤْيَا ۚ
إِنَّا
كَذَٰلِكَ
نَجْزِي
الْمُحْسِنِينَ
﴿١٠٥﴾
(الصَّافَّاتُ
، 37:
104-105).
وَالَّذِينَ
جَاهَدُوا
فِينَا لَنَهْدِيَنَّهُمْ
سُبُلَنَا ۚ
وَإِنَّ اللَّهَ
لَمَعَ
الْمُحْسِنِينَ
(الْعَنْكَبُوتُ
، 29:
69).
There is not
upon those who believe and do good deeds (any) blame concerning what they
have eaten (in the past), if they (now) fear (the punishment of) Allah, believe,
do good deeds, then fear (the punishment of) Allah and believe, then fear (the
punishment of) Allah, do good; and Allah loves the doers of good (Al-Ma-ida,
5: 93).
Those who spend (in the cause of Allah) during ease and
hardship, who restrain anger, who pardon the people, Allah loves the doers of good
(Aal-‘Imran, 3: 134).
And be patient, for indeed, Allah does not allow the
reward of those who do good to be lost (Hood, 11: 115).
We called to
him, "O Ibraheem (Abraham), (104) You have fulfilled
the vision (obeyed God)."
Indeed, We thus reward the doers of good. (105) (Al-Saffat, 37:
104-105).
And those who strive for Us, We will surely guide them to
Our ways. And indeed, Allah is with the doers of good (Al-‘Ankaboot, 29: 69).
[150] For more
details about the objective of mandating the ways of worship, see Chapter 2 of
the author’s third book about Islam (Allah, His Good Names, Who Is He? What
Does He Want for Humans?), titled “Why Did Allah Create Humans on Earth?”
The mentioned
verses, about the objective of mandating the ways of worship, are as follows:
يَا
أَيُّهَا
النَّاسُ
أَنتُمُ
الْفُقَرَاءُ
إِلَى
اللَّهِ ۖ وَاللَّهُ
هُوَ الْغَنِيُّ
الْحَمِيدُ
(فَاطِرُ ، 35: 15).
للهِ
مَا فِي
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
ۚ إِنَّ
اللَّهَ هُوَ الْغَنِيُّ
الْحَمِيدُ
(لُقْمَانُ ، 31: 26).
وَمَا
خَلَقْتُ الْجِنَّ
وَالْإِنسَ إِلَّا لِيَعْبُدُونِ ﴿٥٦﴾ مَا
أُرِيدُ
مِنْهُم مِّن
رِّزْقٍ
وَمَا أُرِيدُ
أَن
يُطْعِمُونِ ﴿٥٧﴾ إِنَّ
اللَّهَ هُوَ
الرَّزَّاقُ
ذُو الْقُوَّةِ
الْمَتِينُ ﴿٥٨﴾
(الذَّارِيَاتُ
، 51: 56-58).
لَن
يَنَالَ
اللَّهَ
لُحُومُهَا
وَلَا دِمَاؤُهَا
وَلَٰكِن يَنَالُهُ
التَّقْوَىٰ
مِنكُمْ ...
(الْحَجُّ ، 22: 37).
وَسَارِعُوا
إِلَىٰ
مَغْفِرَةٍ
مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ
وَجَنَّةٍ
عَرْضُهَا
السَّمَاوَاتُ
وَالْأَرْضُ أُعِدَّتْ
لِلْمُتَّقِينَ
(آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 133).
O People (humankind), you are (the ones) in need of Allah, (while) Allah is the Free of Need, the Praiseworthy (Fatir,
35: 15).
To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and the Earth. Indeed,
Allah is the Free of need, the
Praiseworthy (Luqman, 31: 26).
And I did not create the jinn and humankind except to worship Me.
(56) I do not want from them any provision, nor do I want them to feed Me.
Indeed, it is Allah who is the Provider, the Possessor of Strength. (58) (57)
(Al-Dthariyat, 51: 56-58).
Their meat will not reach Allah, nor will their blood, but what reaches Him is piety (righteousness)
from you (Al-‘Hajj, 22: 37).
And hasten to forgiveness from your Lord and a garden (Paradise) as wide
as the heavens and the Earth, prepared for the righteous
(Aal-‘Imran, 3: 133).
[151]
The Arabic texts and the English translation of the mentioned verses, about
training humans in this lower life, as a preparation for inhabiting God’s vast
Dominion, in the heavens and the Earth, in the hereafter, are as follows:
وَلَقَدْ
كَرَّمْنَا
بَنِي آدَمَ
وَحَمَلْنَاهُمْ
فِي الْبَرِّ
وَالْبَحْرِ
وَرَزَقْنَاهُم
مِّنَ
الطَّيِّبَاتِ
وَفَضَّلْنَاهُمْ
عَلَىٰ
كَثِيرٍ
مِّمَّنْ
خَلَقْنَا
تَفْضِيلًا (الإسْرَاءُ
، 17: 70).
إِنَّا
عَرَضْنَا
الْأَمَانَةَ
عَلَى
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
وَالْجِبَالِ
فَأَبَيْنَ
أَن
يَحْمِلْنَهَا
وَأَشْفَقْنَ
مِنْهَا وَحَمَلَهَا
الْإِنسَانُ
ۖ إِنَّهُ
كَانَ
ظَلُومًا
جَهُولًا ﴿٧٢﴾ لِّيُعَذِّبَ اللَّـهُ
الْمُنَافِقِينَ
وَالْمُنَافِقَاتِ
وَالْمُشْرِكِينَ
وَالْمُشْرِكَاتِ
وَيَتُوبَ اللَّـهُ
عَلَى
الْمُؤْمِنِينَ
وَالْمُؤْمِنَاتِ
ۗ وَكَانَ
اللَّـهُ
غَفُورًا رَّحِيمًا
﴿٧٣﴾ (الأحْزَابُ
، 33: 72-73).
وَإِلَىٰ
ثَمُودَ
أَخَاهُمْ
صَالِحًا ۚ قَالَ
يَا قَوْمِ
اعْبُدُوا
اللَّـهَ مَا
لَكُم مِّنْ
إِلَـٰهٍ
غَيْرُهُ ۖ
هُوَ أَنشَأَكُم
مِّنَ
الْأَرْضِ
واسْتَعْمَرَكُمْ
فِيهَا فَاسْتَغْفِرُوهُ
ثُمَّ
تُوبُوا
إِلَيْهِ ۚ
إِنَّ رَبِّي
قَرِيبٌ
مُّجِيبٌ
(هُودُ ، 11: 61).
وَنَزَعْنَا
مَا فِي
صُدُورِهِم
مِّنْ غِلٍّ تَجْرِي
مِن
تَحْتِهِمُ
الْأَنْهَارُ
ۖ وَقَالُوا
الْحَمْدُ
لِلَّـهِ
الَّذِي هَدَانَا
لِهَـٰذَا
وَمَا كُنَّا
لِنَهْتَدِيَ
لَوْلَا أَنْ
هَدَانَا
اللَّـهُ ۖ
لَقَدْ جَاءَتْ
رُسُلُ
رَبِّنَا
بِالْحَقِّ ۖ
وَنُودُوا
أَن تِلْكُمُ
الْجَنَّةُ
أُورِثْتُمُوهَا
بِمَا
كُنتُمْ
تَعْمَلُونَ (الأعْرَافُ
، 7: 43).
And We have certainly honored the
children of Adam, and carried them on the land and sea, and provided
for them of the good things, and preferred them over much of what We have created, with (definite)
preference (Al-Isra, 17: 70).
Indeed, We offered the Trust to the heavens and the Earth and the mountains, and
they declined to bear it and feared it. However, the
human (being) did bear it. Indeed, he was unjust (to himself) and
ignorant (about the consequences). (72) (It was) so that Allah may torment the hypocrite men and hypocrite women, and
the men and women who associate others with Him, and that Allah may accept repentance from
the believing men and believing women. And ever is Allah Forgiving and
Merciful. (73) (Al-A’hzab, 33: 72-73).
And to Thamoud, (We sent) their brother Sali’h. He said:
"O my people, worship Allah, you have no deity other than Him. He has produced you from the Earth and settled you in it.
So, ask forgiveness of Him, and then repent to Him. Indeed, my Lord is Near and
Responsive" (Hood, 11: 61).
And We will have removed whatever is
within their chests (hearts) of resentment, (while) flowing beneath
them are rivers. And they will say: "Praise to Allah, Who has guided us to
this, and we would never have been guided if Allah had not guided us. Certainly,
the messengers of our Lord had come with the truth." And they will be
called: "This is Paradise, which you
have been made to inherit, for what you used to do"
(Al-A’araf, 7: 43).
[152] The
Arabic equivalent of the conjunctive preposition “and” is one letter ( و ),
which is expressed in English by the comma ( , ).
Thus, verse 16: 90 may be translated with “and” or with the comma, as follows:
إِنَّ
اللَّهَ
يَأْمُرُ
بِالْعَدْلِ وَالْإِحْسَانِ
وَإِيتَاءِ
ذِي
الْقُرْبَىٰ وَيَنْهَىٰ
عَنِ
الْفَحْشَاءِ
وَالْمُنكَرِ
وَالْبَغْيِ
ۚ يَعِظُكُمْ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تَذَكَّرُونَ"
(النَّحْلُ ، 16: 90).
Indeed, Allah orders justice,
good conduct, giving to relatives,
forbids immorality, bad conduct, and oppression.
He admonishes you that perhaps you will be reminded (Al-Na’hl, 16: 90).
Indeed, Allah orders justice and good conduct and giving to
relatives and forbids immorality and bad conduct and oppression.
He admonishes you that perhaps you will be reminded (Al-Na’hl, 16: 90).
The Arabic texts and the English translation
of the mentioned verses, in which Allah, praise to Him, invites us to contemplate (think deeply
and ponder), remember, and reach conclusions, are as follows:
إِنَّ فِي
خَلْقِ
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
وَاخْتِلَافِ
اللَّيْلِ
وَالنَّهَارِ
لَآيَاتٍ
لِّأُولِي
الْأَلْبَابِ
﴿١٩٠﴾
الَّذِينَ
يَذْكُرُونَ
اللَّهَ
قِيَامًا وَقُعُودًا
وَعَلَىٰ
جُنُوبِهِمْ
وَيَتَفَكَّرُونَ فِي
خَلْقِ
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ رَبَّنَا
مَا خَلَقْتَ
هَٰذَا
بَاطِلًا سُبْحَانَكَ فَقِنَا
عَذَابَ
النَّارِ ﴿١٩١﴾ (آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 190-191).
Indeed, in the creation of the heavens and the Earth, and the
alternation of the night and the day, are signs for those of (reasoning) minds.
(190) Who mention Allah (while) standing, and sitting, and (lying) on their
sides, and contemplate about the creation
of the heavens and the Earth, (saying): "Our Lord, You did not create this aimlessly; You are
Exalted (above such a thing). So, shield us from the (torment in) the Fire.
(191) (Aal-‘Imran, 3: 190-191).
... فَاقْصُصِ
الْقَصَصَ
لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَفَكَّرُونَ
(الأعْرَافُ ،
7: 176).
So, relate the stories that perhaps they may
give contemplate (Al-A’araf, 7: 176).
وَهُوَ
الَّذِي
مَدَّ
الْأَرْضَ
وَجَعَلَ فِيهَا
رَوَاسِيَ
وَأَنْهَارًا
ۖ وَمِن كُلِّ
الثَّمَرَاتِ
جَعَلَ
فِيهَا
زَوْجَيْنِ
اثْنَيْنِ ۖ
يُغْشِي
اللَّيْلَ
النَّهَارَ ۚ
إِنَّ فِي
ذَٰلِكَ
لَآيَاتٍ
لِّقَوْمٍ يَتَفَكَّرُونَ
(الرَّعْدُ ، 13: 3).
He causes the night to overlap the
day. In that are signs for people who reflect
And it is He Who spread the Earth
and made therein mountains and rivers. And from all of the fruits He made
therein two mates. He causes the night to cover the day (replacing its light).
Indeed, in that are signs for a people who contemplate (Al-Ra’d,
13: 3).
هُوَ
الَّذِي
أَنزَلَ مِنَ
السَّمَاءِ
مَاءً ۖ
لَّكُم
مِّنْهُ
شَرَابٌ
وَمِنْهُ
شَجَرٌ فِيهِ
تُسِيمُونَ ﴿١٠﴾ يُنبِتُ
لَكُم بِهِ
الزَّرْعَ
وَالزَّيْتُونَ
وَالنَّخِيلَ
وَالْأَعْنَابَ
وَمِن كُلِّ
الثَّمَرَاتِ
ۗ إِنَّ فِي
ذَٰلِكَ لَآيَةً
لِّقَوْمٍ يَتَفَكَّرُونَ ﴿١١﴾
(النَّحْلُ ، 16: 10-11).
It is He Who sends down rain from
the sky, from which is drink, and from which are trees, in which you pasture (your
animals). (10) He causes to grow for you thereby the crops, olives, palm trees,
grapevines, and from all the fruits. Indeed, in that is a sign for a people who
contemplate (11) (Al-Na’hl, 16: 10-11).
وَمَا
أَرْسَلْنَا
مِن قَبْلِكَ
إِلَّا رِجَالًا
نُّوحِي
إِلَيْهِمْ ۚ
فَاسْأَلُوا أَهْلَ
الذِّكْرِ
إِن كُنتُمْ
لَا تَعْلَمُونَ
﴿٤٣﴾
بِالْبَيِّنَاتِ
وَالزُّبُرِ
ۗ وَأَنزَلْنَا
إِلَيْكَ
الذِّكْرَ
لِتُبَيِّنَ
لِلنَّاسِ
مَا نُزِّلَ
إِلَيْهِمْ
وَلَعَلَّهُمْ
يَتَفَكَّرُونَ ﴿٤٤﴾
(النَّحْلُ ، 16: 43-44).
And We did not send before you (O
Mu’hammed) except men to whom We revealed (Our messages). So, (O Muslims) ask
the people of the (former) messages, if you do not know. (43)
(We sent the Messengers) with clear proofs and written Books. And We revealed
to you (O Mu’hammed) this written Book (the Holy Quran), that you may make
clear to the people what was sent down to them and that they may contemplate
(44) (Al-Na’hl, 16: 43-44).
وَسَخَّرَ
لَكُم مَّا
فِي
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَمَا فِي
الْأَرْضِ
جَمِيعًا
مِّنْهُ ۚ إِنَّ
فِي ذَٰلِكَ
لَآيَاتٍ
لِّقَوْمٍ يَتَفَكَّرُونَ (الْجَاثِيَةُ
، 45: 13).
And He has subjected to you
whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the Earth, all from Him. Indeed, in that are signs for a
people who contemplate (Al-Jathiya, 45: 13).
كِتَابٌ
أَنزَلْنَاهُ
إِلَيْكَ
مُبَارَكٌ لِّيَدَّبَّرُوا
آيَاتِهِ وَلِيَتَذَكَّرَ أُولُو
الْأَلْبَابِ
(صَ ، 38: 29).
(This is) a blessed Book, which We
have revealed to you, (O Mu’hammed), that they might ponder (reflect) upon its verses,
and that those with (reasoning) minds may remember (Saad,
38: 29).
وَإِذَا
جَاءَهُمْ
أَمْرٌ مِّنَ
الْأَمْنِ
أَوِ
الْخَوْفِ
أَذَاعُوا
بِهِ ۖ وَلَوْ
رَدُّوهُ
إِلَى
الرَّسُولِ
وَإِلَىٰ
أُولِي
الْأَمْرِ
مِنْهُمْ
لَعَلِمَهُ
الَّذِينَ يَسْتَنبِطُونَهُ مِنْهُمْ
ۗ وَلَوْلَا
فَضْلُ
اللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ
وَرَحْمَتُهُ
لَاتَّبَعْتُمُ
الشَّيْطَانَ
إِلَّا
قَلِيلًا
(النِّسَاءُ ،
4: 83).
And when there comes to them information about (public) security or
fear, they spread it around. But if they had referred it back to the Messenger
or to those of authority among them, then the ones who (can) draw (correct) conclusions
from it would have known about it. And if not for the favor of Allah upon you
and His mercy, you would have followed Al-Shaytan (Satan), except for a
few (Al-Nisa, 4: 83).
[153] See Note number 14, which includes
verse 5: 6 about wudhou (ablution) and verse 2:222 about women’s
purification after the monthly period. See also Note number 102, which includes
‘Hadeeths about cleaning the mouth, nose, and ears; Note number 110 about
taking a bath (shower) before coming to the masjid on Friday, Note number 111
about cleanliness and purification of clothes, and Note number 112 about
brushing teeth (suwak).
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
إِذَا قُمْتُمْ
إِلَى
الصَّلَاةِ
فَاغْسِلُوا
وُجُوهَكُمْ
وَأَيْدِيَكُمْ
إِلَى
الْمَرَافِقِ
وَامْسَحُوا
بِرُءُوسِكُمْ
وَأَرْجُلَكُمْ
إِلَى الْكَعْبَيْنِ
ۚ وَإِن
كُنتُمْ
جُنُبًا فَاطَّهَّرُوا
ۚ وَإِن
كُنتُم
مَّرْضَىٰ
أَوْ عَلَىٰ
سَفَرٍ أَوْ
جَاءَ أَحَدٌ
مِّنكُم مِّنَ
الْغَائِطِ
أَوْ
لَامَسْتُمُ
النِّسَاءَ
فَلَمْ
تَجِدُوا
مَاءً
فَتَيَمَّمُوا
صَعِيدًا
طَيِّبًا
فَامْسَحُوا
بِوُجُوهِكُمْ
وَأَيْدِيكُم
مِّنْهُ ۚ مَا
يُرِيدُ
اللَّـهُ
لِيَجْعَلَ
عَلَيْكُم
مِّنْ حَرَجٍ
وَلَـٰكِن
يُرِيدُ
لِيُطَهِّرَكُمْ
وَلِيُتِمَّ
نِعْمَتَهُ
عَلَيْكُمْ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تَشْكُرُونَ (الْمَائِدَةُ ، 5: 6).
O you who have
believed, when you rise to (perform) prayer, wash your faces and your forearms
to the elbows and wipe over your heads and wash your feet to the ankles. And if
you are in a state of janabah (after sexual intercourse), then purify
yourselves (by washing). But if you are ill, or on a journey, or one of you
comes from the restroom, or you have contacted women and do not find water,
then seek clean earth and wipe over your faces and hands with it (tayamum).
Allah does not intend to make difficulty for you, but He intends to purify you
and complete His favor upon you, that you may be grateful (Al-Ma-ida,
6: 5).
The Arabic text and the English
translation of verse 2: 222, which commands avoidance of sexual intercourse
during a woman’s period and purification by taking a bath (shower) when it
ends, are as follows:
وَيَسْأَلُونَكَ
عَنِ
الْمَحِيضِ ۖ
قُلْ هُوَ
أَذًى
فَاعْتَزِلُوا
النِّسَاءَ
فِي الْمَحِيضِ
ۖ وَلَا
تَقْرَبُوهُنَّ
حَتَّىٰ
يَطْهُرْنَ ۖ
فَإِذَا
تَطَهَّرْنَ
فَأْتُوهُنَّ
مِنْ حَيْثُ
أَمَرَكُمُ
اللَّهُ ۚ إِنَّ
اللَّهَ
يُحِبُّ
التَّوَّابِينَ
وَيُحِبُّ
الْمُتَطَهِّرِينَ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 222).
And they ask you about
menstruation. Say: "It is harm. So, keep away from women, during
menstruation. And do not approach them, until they thy purify. And when they
have purified (themselves), then come to them from where Allah has commanded
you. Indeed, Allah loves those who are constantly repentant, and loves those
who purify themselves" (Al-Baqara, 2: 222).
The Arabic text and the English
translation of the ‘Hadeeth, which details women’s purification by taking a
bath (shower) at the end of the monthly period, are as follows:
عَن
أُمِّ
المؤمنينَ
عَائشَةَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ عنها
، أنَّ
أسْمَاءَ (بِنْتَ
شَكَلٍ ، الأنصاريةَ)
سَأَلَتِ
النبيَّ ،
صَلَّى اللَّهُ
عليه
وسَلَّمَ ،
عَنْ غُسْلِ
المَحِيضِ؟
فَقالَ:
"تَأْخُذُ
إحْدَاكُنَّ مَاءَهَا
وسِدْرَتَهَا ،
فَتَطَهَّرُ
فَتُحْسِنُ
الطُّهُورَ.
ثُمَّ
تَصُبُّ علَى
رَأْسِهَا ،
فَتَدْلُكُهُ
دَلْكًا
شَدِيدًا ،
حتَّى
تَبْلُغَ
شُؤُونَ
رَأْسِهَا.
ثُمَّ
تَصُبُّ
عَلَيْهَا
المَاءَ.
ثُمَّ
تَأْخُذُ
فِرْصَةً
مُمَسَّكَةً فَتَطَهَّرُ
بِهَا."
فَقالَتْ
أسْمَاءُ: وكيفَ
تَطَهَّرُ
بهَا؟ فَقالَ:
"سُبْحَانَ
اللهِ ، تَطَهَّرِينَ
بهَا"
(أخْرَجَهُ
مُسْلِمُ في
صَحِيحِهِ: 332 ،
واللفظُ له ،
وصححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 2903 ،
ولكن بدونِ
ذِكْرِ
مقدمةِ
الحديثِ وما
تلا "فقالتْ
أسماءُ" في
نِهايتهِ).
The Mother of believers, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh, said that Asmaa (the Ansari,
daughter of Shakal) asked the Prophet, pbbuh, about purification (washing),
after the monthly menstruation (period). He said: “Everyone amongst you should
use water (mixed with the leaves of) the Sidr (Lote) tree to cleanse herself
with, to purify herself thoroughly. Then, she pours water on her head and rub
it vigorously, till it reaches the roots of the hair. Then, she pours water on herself.
Afterwards, she takes a piece of cotton smeared with musk and cleanse herself
with it.” Asmaa (then) said: How does she purify herself with that? He said:
“You purify yourself by (Saying:) Sub’han Allah (Praise be to Allah). This
version of the ‘Hadeeth was authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Muslim: 332. It
was also authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albain, in Sa’hee’h
Al-Jami’: 2903, in a shorter version.
Note: Both leaves and fruit of the Sidr (Lote tree) is used in the
treatment of amenorrhoea, heavy menstrual and inter-menstrual bleeding, and
colic (Celtis australis - Wikipedia).
The Arabic text, the English
translation, and the authentication of the ‘Hadeeth about the Friday showers
are as follows:
عًنْ أبي
سعيدٍ
الخُدريِّ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ
رسولَ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسلَّمَ ،
قالَ: "غُسلُ
يومِ
الجمُعةِ
واجبٌ علَى
كلِّ محتَلِمٍ"
(صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ الجامعِ:
4155 ، وعن صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 1376 ،
وابنِ ماجه: 900 ،
وأبي داودَ: 34.
وأخرجهُ
البخاريَّ: 895 ،
ومسلمُ: 846 ،
في
صَحِيحَيْهِما).
Companion Abu Sa’eed Al-Khudri,
mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “The Friday bath (or
shower) is mandatory on every (Muslim) who reaches puberty” )This ‘Hadeeth was
authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’:
4155, based on Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 1376, Ibn Maja: 900, and Abu Dawood:
34. It was also authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Bukhari: 895
and Muslim846).
The Arabic text, the English
translation, and the authentication of the ‘Hadeeth about the cleanliness of
clothes and brushing the head hair, to look good, are as follows:
عَنْ جابرٍ
بنِ عبدِ
اللهِ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهُ ،
أنَّ النبيّ ،
صلَّى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسلَّمَ ، رأى
رجلًا رأسَه
أشعثَ فقالَ:
"أمَا وجدَ
هذا ما يُسكنُ
بهِ شعرَهُ!" ورأى
آخرَ عليهِ
ثيابٌ وسِخةٌ
، فقالَ: "أمَا
كانَ هذا
يَجدُ ما
يَغسلُ بهِ
ثوبَهُ!" (صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في غايةِ
المرامِ: 74 ، وأخرجَهُ
أبو داودَ: 4062 ،
وأحمدُ: 14893 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ ،
والنسائيُّ: 5236 ،
مُختصراً).
Companion Jabir Bin ‘Abdullah,
mAbpwh, said that when the Prophet, pbbuh, saw a man with undone head hair, he
said: “Hasn’t this (man) found (a comb), with which to do his hair!” (When) he
saw another (man) with dirty clothes, he said: “Hasn’t this (man) found
(water), with which to wash his outer garment!” )Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by
Al-Albani, in Ghayat Al-Maram: 74, as well as by Abu Dawood: 4062, by
A’hmed: 14893, with few differences, and by Al-Nisa-i: 5236, briefly).
[154] The Arabic texts and the English
translation of the two mentioned verses (49: 13 and 2: 197), about ‘Hajj, are
as follows:
يَا
أَيُّهَا
النَّاسُ
إِنَّا
خَلَقْنَاكُم
مِّن ذَكَرٍ
وَأُنثَىٰ وَجَعَلْنَاكُمْ
شُعُوبًا
وَقَبَائِلَ
لِتَعَارَفُوا ۚ إِنَّ
أَكْرَمَكُمْ
عِندَ
اللَّـهِ
أَتْقَاكُمْ
ۚ إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ
عَلِيمٌ
خَبِيرٌ (الْحُجُرَاتُ
، 49: 13).
الْحَجُّ
أَشْهُرٌ
مَّعْلُومَاتٌ
ۚ فَمَن
فَرَضَ فِيهِنَّ
الْحَجَّ فَلَا
رَفَثَ وَلَا
فُسُوقَ
وَلَا
جِدَالَ فِي
الْحَجِّ ۗ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 197).
O People (humankind), indeed, We
have created you from male and female, and made you peoples and
tribes, that you may know one another. Indeed, the most honored of you
in the sight of Allah is the most righteous of you. Indeed, Allah is Knowing
and Acquainted (Al-‘Hujurat, 49: 13).
Hajj is (during) well-known months.
So, whoever obligate Hajj upon himself therein, there should be no sexual relations, and
no disobedience, and no disputing during Hajj (Al-Baqara,
2: 197).
***
Notes
for Chapter 11: Islamic Proclamation of Faith
[155] More
information about
the benefits of performing these four ways of worship can be found in Chapter 8
of the first book about Islam by this author (Islam: A Scientific View of God’s
Message to Humanity), titled, "The
Relationship Between the Spiritual and the Physical Aspects of Islamic Teachings."
[156] For
information about the oneness of Allah (God), praise to Him, see His two Good
Names: Al-Wa’hid and Al-A’had (the One and the Uniquely One), in Chapter 4 of
this author’s book, titled: “Allah, His Good Names: Who Is He? What Does He
Want for Humans?”
[157] For
information about God’s final Messenger to humanity, see Chapter 6 of the
fourth book by this author about Islam (Messengers of Allah to His Intelligent
Creations), "Mu’hammed in the Holy
Quran,"
and Chapter 7 of the same book, titled: "Prophet Mu’hammed's Night
Journey and Ascent
to Heavens, Al-Isra Wal Mi'raj."
[158] God’s
oneness is mentioned 37 times in 36 verses, in the Holy Quran. The proclamation
that “there is no other god than (except) He” is mentioned in 30 verses. These
are 2: 163, 2: 255, 3: 2, 3: 6, 3: 18 (twice), 4: 87, 6: 102, 6: 106, 7: 158,
9: 31, 9: 129, 11: 14, 13: 30, 20: 8, 20: 98, 23: 116, 27: 26, 28: 70, 28: 88,
35: 3, 39: 6, 40: 3, 40: 62, 40: 65, 44: 8, 59: 22, 95: 23, 64: 13, and 73: 9.
In addition, there are two verses in which the
proclamation states that “there is no other god than
(except) Allah” (37: 35, 47: 19). The proclamation that “there is no other
god than (except) Me” is mentioned three times (16: 2, 20: 14, and 21: 25).
God’s oneness is also mentioned once, by Younus (Jonah), peace be to him (21:
87), and once by the Pharaoh (10: 90), when it was too late for him to
acknowledge it.
[159] In
his interpretation of verse 4: 164, Ibn Katheer discussed the ‘Hadiths
mentioning the number of God’s Messengers and Prophets, particularly the one in
which it was mentioned that there were 124,000 Prophets and 313 Messengers. He
reviewed opinions of the ‘Hadith scholars, all of whom concluded that it was a
weak, and even a fabricated ‘Hadith. The same conclusion was reached concerning
other ‘Hadiths, which mentioned numbers of Prophets and Messengers. See more
discussions about the topic at:
https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/95747/هل-صح-في-عدد-الانبياء-والرسل-شيء
The Holy Quran mentions the names of
twenty-five Messengers and Prophets, including the five major Messengers, known
as “the Ones with Determination” (Ulul 'Azm): Noo’h, Ibraheem, Moosa, ‘Eisa,
and Mu’hammed (Noah, Abraham, Moses, Jesus, and Mu’hammed), peace and blessings of Allah be upon
all of them, as follows:
آدمُ
، وإدريسُ ،
ونوحُ ، وهود
ُ، وصالحُ ،
وإبراهيمُ ،
ولوطُ ،
وإسماعيلُ ،
وإسحاقُ ، ويعقوبُ
، ويوسفُ ،
وأيوبُ ، وشعيبُ
، وموسى ،
وهارونُ ،
وداودُ ،
وسليمانُ ،
وإلياسُ ،
والْيَسَعُ ،
ويونسُ ، وذو
الكفلِ ،
وزكريا ،
ويحيى ، وعيسى
، ومحمدُ ، عليهمُ
الصلاةُ
والسلامُ
أجمعينَ.
The twenty-five Messengers and Prophets, who were mentioned in the
Holy Quran by name, are Adam, Idrees, Noo’h (Noah), Hood, Sali’h, Ibraheem
(Abraham), Loot (Lot), Isma’eel (Ishmael), Is’haq (Isaac), Ya’qoob
(Jacob), Yousuf (Joseph), Ayoob (Job), Shu’ayb, Moosa (Moses), Haroon (Aaron),
Dawood (David), Sulayman (Solomon), Elyas (Elias, Elijah), Elyasa’ (Elisha),
Younus (Jonah), Dthul Kifl, Zakariya (Zacharia), Ya’hya (John), ‘Eisa
(Jesus), and Mu’hammed, peace and blessings of Allah be upon them all.
Note: The above list of God’s Messengers and
Prophets is based on the Arabic text of the Holy Quran, with the biblical names
in parentheses. However, five of them are without biblical names because there
is no agreement on them being mentioned in the Bible. These are Idrees, Hood, Sali’h,
Shu’ayb, and Dthul Kifl. However, some authors identified them as Enoch
(Enokh), Eber, Salah (Shelah), Jethro, and Ezekeil, respectively, but
without evidence.
Eighteen
Prophets and Messengers were mentioned by name in
Verses 6: 83-86 of the Holy Quran, as
follows:
تِلْكَ
حُجَّتُنَا
آتَيْنَاهَا
إِبْرَاهِيمَ
عَلَىٰ
قَوْمِهِ نَرْفَعُ
دَرَجَاتٍ مَّن
نَّشَاءُ إِنَّ
رَبَّكَ
حَكِيمٌ عَلِيمٌ ﴿٨٣﴾ وَوَهَبْنَا
لَهُ
إِسْحَاقَ
وَيَعْقُوبَ كُلًّا
هَدَيْنَا وَنُوحًا
هَدَيْنَا
مِن
قَبْلُ وَمِن
ذُرِّيَّتِهِ
دَاوُودَ
وَسُلَيْمَانَ
وَأَيُّوبَ
وَيُوسُفَ
وَمُوسَىٰ
وَهَارُونَ وَكَذَٰلِكَ
نَجْزِي
الْمُحْسِنِينَ
﴿٨٤﴾
وَزَكَرِيَّا
وَيَحْيَىٰ
وَعِيسَىٰ
وَإِلْيَاسَ كُلٌّ
مِّنَ
الصَّالِحِينَ
﴿٨٥﴾
وَإِسْمَاعِيلَ
وَالْيَسَعَ
وَيُونُسَ وَلُوطًا وَكُلًّا
فَضَّلْنَا
عَلَى الْعَالَمِينَ
﴿٨٦﴾ (الأنْعَامُ
، 6: 83-86).
And that was
Our (conclusive) argument which We gave Ibraheem (Abraham) against his people.
We raise by degrees whom We will. Indeed, your Lord is Wise and Knowing. (83)
And We gave
(to Ibrahim), Is’haq (Isaac) and Ya’qoob (Jacob) - both We guided. And Noo’h
(Noah), We guided before; and among his descendants, Dawood (David), Sulayman
(Solomon), Ayoob (Job), Yousuf (Joseph), Moosa (Moses), and Haroon (Aaron).
Thus, We do reward the doers of good. (84)
And Zakariya (Zachariah),
Ya’hya (John), ‘Eisa (Jesus) and Elyas (Elias, Elijah) - all were of the
righteous. (85)
And Isma’eel
(Ishmael), Elyasa’ (Elisha), Younus (Jonah), and Loot (Lot) - and all
(of them) We preferred over the worlds. (86) (Al-An'am,
6: 84-86).
The remaining seven Messengers and Prophets were Dthul Kifl, Hood,
Idrees, Sali’h, Shu'ayb, Adam, and Mu’hammed, peace and blessings of Allah be upon all of them. They
were mentioned in the following verses:
إِنَّ
اللَّـهَ
اصْطَفَىٰ آدَمَ
وَنُوحًا
وَآلَ إِبْرَاهِيمَ
وَآلَ عِمْرَانَ
عَلَى
الْعَالَمِينَ (آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 33).
وَمَا
مُحَمَّدٌ
إِلَّا رَسُولٌ
قَدْ خَلَتْ
مِن قَبْلِهِ
الرُّسُلُ (آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 144).
وَإِلَىٰ
مَدْيَنَ
أَخَاهُمْ شُعَيْبًا (الأعْرَافُ
، 7: 85).
وَيَا
قَوْمِ لَا
يَجْرِمَنَّكُمْ
شِقَاقِي أَن
يُصِيبَكُم
مِّثْلُ مَا
أَصَابَ
قَوْمَ نُوحٍ
أَوْ قَوْمَ هُودٍ
أَوْ قَوْمَ صَالِحٍ وَمَا
قَوْمُ لُوطٍ
مِّنكُم
بِبَعِيدٍ (هُودُ
، 11: 89).
وَإِسْمَاعِيلَ
وَإِدْرِيسَ وَذَا
الْكِفْلِ كُلٌّ
مِّنَ
الصَّابِرِينَ (الأنْبِيَاءُ
، 21: 85).
Allah chose Adam, Noo’h, the family of
Ibrahim, and the family of 'Imran, over the worlds (Aal-'Imran, 3: 33).
Mu’hammed
is not but a messenger, (other) messengers have passed on before him (Aal-'Imran,
3: 144).
And to (the people of) Madyan, (We sent) their
brother Shu'ayb (Al-A'araf, 7: 85).
And O my people! let not (your) dissension from
me cause you to be struck by that similar to what struck the people of Noo’h or
the people of Hood or the people of Sali’h. And the people of Loot
are not from you far away (Hood, 11: 89).
And (mention) Isma’eel, Idrees, and Dthul-Kifl;
all were of the patient (Al-Anbiya, 21: 85).
[160] There
are, at least, six verses of the Holy Quran, which refer to God’s religion (His
messages to humanity) as Islam. These are 3: 19, 3: 85, 5: 3, 6: 125, 39: 22,
and 61: 7.
There are also, at least, 27 verses of the Holy
Quran, which refer to the previous Prophets, Messengers of Allah, and their
followers as Muslims (those who submit their will to God). These are 2: 128, 2: 131, 2: 132, 2: 133, 3: 20, 3: 52, 3: 67, 3:
84, 5: 44, 5: 111, 6: 14, 6: 163, 7: 126, 10: 72, 10: 84, 11: 14, 12: 101, 27:
42, 27: 81, 27: 91, 28: 53, 29: 46, 39: 12, 40: 66, 46: 15, 51: 36, and 72: 14.
[161] The
Holy Quran verses mention twelve Messengers of Allah and thirteen
of His Prophets,
by name. Here are the verses mentioning the twelve Messengers, using the
infinitive verb form /arsala/ (to send a messenger) or the noun /rasool/
(messenger):
1. We had certainly sent Noo’h (Noah)
(as a messenger) to his people (Al-A’araf, 7: 59; Hood, 11: 25).
لَقَدْ
أَرْسَلْنَا نُوحًا
إِلَىٰ
قَوْمِهِ
(الأعْرَافُ ،
7: 59 ، هُودُ ، 11: 25).
2.
When their brother Hood said to them, "Will you not fear Allah?
(124) Indeed, I am to you a trustworthy messenger (125) (Al-Shu’ara, 26:
124-125).
إِذْ
قَالَ لَهُمْ
أَخُوهُمْ هُودٌ
أَلَا
تَتَّقُونَ ﴿١٢٤﴾
إِنِّي
لَكُمْ
رَسُولٌ
أَمِينٌ ﴿١٢٥﴾
(الشُّعَرَاءُ
، 26:
124-125).
3. When their brother Sali’h said to
them, "Will you not fear Allah? (124) Indeed, I am to you a trustworthy messenger
(125) (Al-Shu’ara, 26: 124-125).
إِذْ
قَالَ لَهُمْ
أَخُوهُمْ صَالِحٌ
أَلَا
تَتَّقُونَ ﴿١٤٢﴾
إِنِّي
لَكُمْ
رَسُولٌ
أَمِينٌ ﴿١٤٣﴾
(الشُّعَرَاءُ
، 26: 142).
4.
And We have already sent Noo’h (Noah) and Ibraheem (Abraham) and
placed in their descendants prophethood and scripture; and among them is he who
is guided, but many of them are defiantly disobedient (Al-‘Hadeed, 57: 26).
وَلَقَدْ
أَرْسَلْنَا
نُوحًا وَإِبْرَاهِيمَ
وَجَعَلْنَا
فِي
ذُرِّيَّتِهِمَا
النُّبُوَّةَ
وَالْكِتَابَ
ۖ فَمِنْهُم
مُّهْتَدٍ ۖ
وَكَثِيرٌ
مِّنْهُمْ
فَاسِقُونَ
(الْحَدِيدُ ،
57:
26).
5. And indeed, Loot (Lot) was among the messengers
(Al-Saffat, 37: 133).
وَإِنَّ
لُوطًا
لَّمِنَ
الْمُرْسَلِينَ
(الصَّافَّاتُ
، 37: 133).
6.
And mention in the Book, Isma’eel (Ishmael). Indeed, he was true to his
promise, and he was a messenger and a prophet (Maryam, 19: 54).
وَاذْكُرْ
فِي
الْكِتَابِ إِسْمَاعِيلَ
ۚ إِنَّهُ
كَانَ
صَادِقَ
الْوَعْدِ
وَكَانَ
رَسُولًا
نَّبِيًّا
(مَرْيَمُ ، 19: 54).
7.
And Moosa (Moses) said, "O Pharaoh, I am a messenger from
the Lord of the worlds (Al-A’araf, 7: 104).
وَقَالَ
مُوسَىٰ يَا
فِرْعَوْنُ
إِنِّي
رَسُولٌ مِّن
رَّبِّ
الْعَالَمِينَ
(الأعْرَافُ ،
7:
104).
8. Go both (Moossa and Haroon, Moses and
Aaron) to Pharaoh and say, 'We are a messenger of the Lord of the
worlds (Al-Shu’ara, 26: 16).
So, go both to him (Pharaoh) and say, 'Indeed, we both
are two messengers of your Lord. So, send with us the Children of
Israel, and do not torment them (Ta Ha, 20: 47).
فَأْتِيَا
فِرْعَوْنَ
فَقُولَا إِنَّا
رَسُولُ
رَبِّ
الْعَالَمِينَ
(الشُّعَرَاءُ
، 26: 16).
فَأْتِيَاهُ
فَقُولَا إِنَّا
رَسُولَا
رَبِّكَ
فَأَرْسِلْ
مَعَنَا
بَنِي إِسْرَائِيلَ
وَلَا
تُعَذِّبْهُمْ
ۖ (طَهَ ، 20: 47).
In verse 26: 16, both Moossa and Haroon (Moses
and Aaron) were presented as one Messenger of Allah. However, in verse 20: 47,
they were presented as two Messengers of Allah. Thus, the meaning is that they
were two Messengers carrying one message, asking the Pharaoh to allow the
Israelites to leave Egypt. Actually, Allah chose Moossa to be His Messenger,
but he asked his Lord to send Haroon with him because he was more eloquent.
9. And indeed, Elyas (Elijah) was from
among the messengers (Al-Saffat, 37: 123).
وَإِنَّ
إِلْيَاسَ
لَمِنَ
الْمُرْسَلِينَ
(الصَّافَّاتُ
، 37: 123).
10.
And indeed, Yoonus (Jonah) was from among the messengers (Al-Saffat,
37: 139).
وَإِنَّ
يُونُسَ
لَمِنَ
الْمُرْسَلِينَ
(الصَّافَّاتُ
، 37: 139).
11.
The Messiah, ‘Eisa (Jesus), the son of Mary, was but a messenger of
Allah (Al-Nisa, 4: 171).
إِنَّمَا
الْمَسِيحُ
عِيسَى ابْنُ
مَرْيَمَ
رَسُولُ
اللَّـهِ
وَكَلِمَتُهُ
أَلْقَاهَا
إِلَىٰ
مَرْيَمَ
وَرُوحٌ
مِّنْهُ ۖ
(النِّسَاءُ
، 4: 171).
12.
Mu’hammed was not the father of (any) one of your men, but (he is) the messenger
of Allah and last of the prophets (Al-A’hzab, 33: 40).
مَّا
كَانَ
مُحَمَّدٌ
أَبَا أَحَدٍ
مِّن رِّجَالِكُمْ
وَلَـٰكِن
رَّسُولَ
اللَّـهِ وَخَاتَمَ
النَّبِيِّينَ
ۗ وَكَانَ
اللَّـهُ
بِكُلِّ
شَيْءٍ
عَلِيمًا
(الأحْزَابُ ، 33: 40).
***
Adam and Dawood
(David), peace be to them, were unique, among Prophets, in that Allah sent them Words and Psalms,
to be recited in His praise, and for them to ask for His forgiveness and His
support.
فَتَلَقَّىٰ
آدَمُ مِن
رَّبِّهِ
كَلِمَاتٍ
فَتَابَ
عَلَيْهِ ۚ
إِنَّهُ هُوَ
التَّوَّابُ
الرَّحِيمُ
(الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 37).
وَآتَيْنَا
دَاوُودَ
زَبُورًا
(الإسْرَاءُ ،
17: 55).
Then
Adam received from his Lord Words, and He accepted his repentance
(Al-Baqara, 2: 37).
…
and to Dawood (David) We gave (the book of) Psalms (Al-Isra, 17: 55).
***
The
five Determined Messengers of Allah (Ulul
‘Azm) were mentioned in the following two verses:
فَاصْبِرْ
كَمَا صَبَرَ
أُولُو
الْعَزْمِ مِنَ
الرُّسُلِ
(الأحْقَافُ ،
46: 35).
شَرَعَ
لَكُم مِّنَ
الدِّينِ مَا
وَصَّىٰ بِهِ نُوحًا
وَالَّذِي أَوْحَيْنَا
إِلَيْكَ
وَمَا
وَصَّيْنَا
بِهِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ
وَمُوسَىٰ وَعِيسَىٰ
ۖ
(الشُّورَى ،
42: 13).
So,
be patient (O Mu’hammed), as were those of determination among the messengers
(Al-A’hqaf, 46: 35).
He
has ordained for you of the religion what He enjoined upon Noo’h (Noah), and
that which We have revealed to you (O Muhammed), and what We enjoined upon Ibraheem
(Abraham), Moosa (Moses), and ‘Eisa (Jesus) (Al-Shoora, 42: 13).
[162] The
calculated flying distance from Makkah (Mecca) to Al-Quds (Jerusalem) is equal
to 769 miles and the current fastest human aircraft (NASA X-43) has a speed of
6,598 miles per hour. This means that the distance between Makkah and Al-Quds
can be traveled in less than seven minutes (exactly 6 minutes and nine
seconds). This is the current human capability, let alone the future progress,
and not to mention the divine capability of God, Who assigned the
one-with-power, Jibril (Gabriel’s),
peace to him, for that job.
https://militarymachine.com/fastest-military-jets/
The calculated
flying distance from Makkah to Jerusalem is equal to 769 miles.
https://www.distancecalculator.net/from-mecca-to-jerusalem
For information about the possible speed of
human space travel, see:
http://www.bbc.com/future/story/20150809-how-fast-could-humans-travel-safely-through-space
[163] When
the Persians defeated the Romans in 614-615 AD, Muslims were sad, because Romans were closer to them
in faith, as they were considered among People of the Book (Christians). Verses
30: 2-5 were revealed, giving glad tidings to the believers that the Romans
would defeat the Persians in few (3-9) years. This Quran prophecy came true in
about eight years, in 622-624 AD.
بِسْمِ
اللَّـهِ
الرَّحْمَـٰنِ
الرَّحِيمِ
الم
﴿١﴾
غُلِبَتِ
الرُّومُ
﴿٢﴾ فِي
أَدْنَى
الْأَرْضِ
وَهُم مِّن
بَعْدِ
غَلَبِهِمْ سَيَغْلِبُونَ
﴿٣﴾ فِي
بِضْعِ
سِنِينَ ۗ لِلَّـهِ
الْأَمْرُ
مِن قَبْلُ
وَمِن بَعْدُ ۚ
وَيَوْمَئِذٍ
يَفْرَحُ
الْمُؤْمِنُونَ
﴿٤﴾
بِنَصْرِ
اللَّـهِ ۚ
يَنصُرُ مَن
يَشَاءُ ۖ
وَهُوَ
الْعَزِيزُ
الرَّحِيمُ
﴿٥﴾ (الروم
، 30: 1-5).
In the name of Allah, the Beneficent, the
Merciful
Alif, Lam, Meem (A, L, M, Arabic letters). (1)
The Romans (Byzantines) have been defeated (2) In the lowest land. But they,
after their defeat, will overcome. (3) Within some (three to nine) years. To
Allah belongs the command, before and after. And on that day, the believers
will rejoice, (4) for the support of Allah. He gives support to whom He wills,
and He is the Exalted in Might, the Merciful. (5) (Al-Room, 30: 1-5).
Moreover, verse 30: 2 described the location of
the battles, in which the
Romans were defeated, as the “lowest land” (lowest part of Earth), a term which
was not correctly understood by Muslim scholars before the last few decades of
the 19th Century. The battles took place on Al-Ghoar (low land) of
Bilad Al-Sham (currently known as Syria, Jordan, and Palestine), where the
Jordan River and the Dead Sea are located. It’s a well-known fact now that this
is the lowest area on Earth, as it is more than 400 meters below the sea level.
Thus, this verse turned to be one among the scientific miracles of the Holy
Quran, mentioned in the context of this prophecy.
See Zaghlool Elnaggar’s interpretation
of verses 30: 1-5, at the following link:
http://www.elnaggarzr.com/pg/51 / غلبت
الروم
See also: Holland, Cecilia. 2018. “Heraclius
Brings Persia to Its Knees.” History Net, in which the author mentioned the
Quran verse and the year the Romans were defeated by the Persians, i.e. 614.
[164] Among the prophecies which have not been
reached yet is the return of ‘Eisa (Jesus) to the Earth and the belief of all of the People of the Book in him as the Messiah,
which is revealed in verse 4: 159:
"وَإِن
مِّنْ أَهْلِ
الْكِتَابِ
إِلَّا لَيُؤْمِنَنَّ
بِهِ قَبْلَ
مَوْتِهِ ۖ وَيَوْمَ
الْقِيَامَةِ
يَكُونُ
عَلَيْهِمْ شَهِيدًا"
(النساء ، 4: 159).
And all the
People of the Scripture will surely believe
in him (Jesus) before
his death. And on the
Day of Resurrection, he will be a witness against them (Al-Nisa, 4: 159).
Word by word
translation:
And there is
none from the People of the Scripture but that he will surely believe in (Jesus)
before his death. And on the Day of Resurrection, he will be a witness on them
(Al-Nisa, 4: 159).
The Holy Quran
tells us, in verse4: 157, that Jesus, peace be to him, did not die, in his
first mission on Earth, as Allah lifted him to heavens. He’ll be there until he
is commanded to descend to Earth for his second mission, during which all
People of the Book (including Jews) will believe in him. Then, he will die upon
completing that second mission
(This also was the
interpretation of Al-‘Hasan, Al-Dha’hak, and Sa’eed Bin Jubair, as
narrated by Al-Tabari).
وَقَوْلِهِمْ
إِنَّا
قَتَلْنَا
الْمَسِيحَ
عِيسَى ابْنَ
مَرْيَمَ
رَسُولَ
اللَّـهِ وَمَا
قَتَلُوهُ
وَمَا
صَلَبُوهُ
وَلَـٰكِن
شُبِّهَ
لَهُمْ ۚ وَإِنَّ
الَّذِينَ
اخْتَلَفُوا
فِيهِ لَفِي
شَكٍّ
مِّنْهُ ۚ مَا
لَهُم بِهِ
مِنْ عِلْمٍ
إِلَّا
اتِّبَاعَ
الظَّنِّ ۚ
وَمَا قَتَلُوهُ
يَقِينًا (النساء
، 4: 157).
And their
saying, "Indeed, we have killed the Messiah, ‘Eisa (Jesus), the son of
Mary, the messenger of Allah." And they
did not kill him, nor did they crucify him; but (another man) was made to
resemble him to them. And indeed,
those who differ over it are in doubt about it. They have no knowledge of it,
except the following of assumption. And they did not kill him, for certain
(Al-Nisa, 4: 157).
[165] The prophecy
of the total defeat of the Persian empire on the hands of Muslims came true
during the rule of Caliph ‘Uthman, mAbpwh, in 651 (AD). The Byzantine empire
was totally defeated by Muslims during the rule of Caliph Muhammed II, the
Conqueror (Al-Fat’h), who conquered its capital, Constantinople (Istanbul), in
1453 AD.
The ‘Hadeeth,
about the fate
of the Persian emperor (Kisra) and the Roman emperor (Kaisar), was
authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h
Al-Tirmidthi: 2216. It was also authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Bukhari:
3120 and Muslim: 2918.
Here is the
Arabic text of the ‘Hadeeth:
فعن
أبي هريرة ،
رضي الله عنه
، أن رسُول
اللهِ ،
صَلَّى اللهُ
عليهِ وَسَلَّمَ
، قال: "إِذَا
هَلَكَ
كِسْرَى
فَلَا كِسْرَى
بَعْدَهُ ، وَإِذَا
هَلَكَ
قَيْصَرُ
فَلَا
قَيْصَرَ بَعْدَهُ
، وَالَّذِي
نَفْسِي
بِيَدِهِ
لَتُنْفَقَنَّ
كُنُوزُهُمَا
فِي سَبِيلِ
اللَّهِ" (صححه
الألباني ، عن
صحيحِ
الترمذيِّ: 2216.
كما صححهُ البخاريُّ
: 3120 ،
ومُسلمُ: 2918).
For more information about the meanings of
the ‘Hadeeth, see the article written by Muhammed Ibrahim Al-Sa’di, at the
following link:
حديث:
«إذا هلك قيصر
فلا قيصر»
بيان ورفع
إشكال | مركز
سلف للبحوث
والدراسات
(salafcenter.org)
[166] The ‘Hadeeth about sheep herders erecting the highest buildings
was mentioned in full at the beginning of Chapter 2 (The Three Levels of Faith:
Islam, Iman, and I’hsan) of the first book by this author about Islam (Islam: A
Scientific View of God’s Message to Humanity).
The Arabic
text, English translation, and authentication of the ‘Hadeeth is as follows:
"أن
ترى الحفاة
العراة
العالة رعاء
الشاء يتطاولون
في البنيان."
(A day will come, on which you see) “the poor, barefooted, naked, sheep herders
are competing in (constructing) the highest buildings.”
This ‘Hadeeth was
authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Muslim: 8, Abu Dawood: 4695, Al-Tirmidthi:
2610, Al-Nisa-i: 4990, Ibn Maja: 63, A’hmed: 367, with few differences, and Ibn
Manda: 2.
This prophecy can
also be applied to the “naked” population groups which used to live in the
Amazon forests of South America. After the discovery of oil and other minerals
over there, in the second half of the twentieth Century, big cities with
high-rise buildings had started to emerge, such as the Brazilian cities of Manaus,
Santarem, and Belem. Many
of these “naked” population groups moved out of the forest, to live in such
cities. The general meaning of this prophecy is that construction and advanced
technology will spread to various regions of this planet, even the poorest of
them.
The
other part of the prophecy: (A day will
come, on which you see) “the slave woman gives birth to her female owner” is
explained in www.dorar.net as a prophecy which had come true in the past, when
slavery was practiced all over the world. An example of that was when a little
girl would become a slave as a result of kidnapping or war. Then, she may
become a free woman by accepting Islam. As time passes, her biological mother
may be brought as a slave too. She may buy her not knowing that she was her
mother.
[167] The ‘Hadeeth which includes the six prophecies was authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Bukhari:
1036 and Muslim: 157 It was also authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani,
in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 7428, but with five prophecies, without mentioning the
last one (until the wealth increases, to be a surplus).
The Arabic
text of the ‘Hadith is as follows:
عن
أبي هريرة ،
رضي الله عنه ،
قال: قال
النبي ، صلى
الله عليه
وسلم: "لا تقوم
الساعة حتى
يُقبَض العلم ،
وتَكثُر
الزلازل ،
ويتقارَب
الزمان ،
وتظهر الفِتن ،
ويَكثُر
الهرَج (وهو
القتل) ، حتى
يَكثر فيكم
المال ،
فيَفيض" (رواه
البخاري: 1036 ، ومُسلمُ: 157. وصححه
الألباني ، في
صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 7428
، ولكن بخمس
نبوءات ، أي
بدون ذكر
النبوءة الأخيرة:
حتى
يَكثر فيكم
المال ،
فيَفيض).
[168] The ‘Hadeeth
which includes the prophecy that “The Hour (the
start of the Last Day) will not come … until Arabia will return to be grasslands
and rivers” was authenticated
as Sa’hee’h by Muslim: 157,
Ibn ‘Hibban: 6700, and Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 7429.
The Arabic
text of the ‘Hadith is as follows:
فعن أبي
هريرة ، رضي
الله عنه ، عن
رسول الله ،
صلى الله عليه
وسلم ، أنه
قال: "لَا
تَقُومُ
السَّاعَةُ ...
حَتَّى تَعُودَ
أَرْضُ
الْعَرَبِ
مُرُوجًا
وَأَنْهَارًا" (أخرجه مُسلمُ: 157 ، في
صحيحِهِ ،
وكذلكَ ابنُ
حِبانٍ: 6700 ، والألبانيُّ
، في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 7429).
For
details about Arabia’s past
lush paradise of rivers, grass, and woodlands,
which were watered by torrential monsoon rains, see:
Parton,
Ash et al. 2015. “Alluvial fan records from southeast Arabia reveal multiple
windows for human dispersal.” Geology, 43 (4): 295-298.
See
Marshall’s article, in which he summarized Parton’s main findings about
Arabia’s rivers and grasslands, 23,000 years ago:
Marshall, Michael. 2015. “Arabia was once a
lush paradise of grass and woodlands.” BBC (February 23).
http://www.bbc.com/earth/story/20150223-arabia-was-once-a-lush-paradise
See
also an explanation, in Arabic, for the ‘Hadith about Arabia’s past rivers and
vegetation, by Zaghlool El-Naggar, at:
http://www.elnaggarzr.com/pg/483/أرض%20العرب%20مروجا%20وأنهارا.html
[169] The ‘Hadeeth, which includes the prophecy
about the appearance of Al-Mahdi (the guided one) was authenticated
as Sa’hee’h by Abu Dawood: 4285, Al-‘Hakim: 8670, and by Al-Albani, in
Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 6736.
The Arabic text of the ‘Hadith is as follows:
عن
أبي سعيد
الخُدري ، رضي
الله عنه ،
قال: قال رسول
الله ، صلى
الله عليه
وسلم: "المهدي
مني ، أجْلى
الجَبهة ،
أقْنَى الأنف ،
يَملأ الأرض
قسطًا وعدلاً ،
كما مُلِئتْ
جَورًا
وظلمًا ،
ويَملِك سبع
سنين" (رواه
أبو داود: 4285 ، والحاكم:
8670 ، وصحَّحه
الألباني في
صحيح الجامع: 6736).
[170] The ‘Hadeeth, which includes the ten prophecies, which are
considered among the big signs before the Hour, including the descent of the Messiah, peace
be upon him, was authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Muslim: 2901, Abu Dawood:
4311, but with a different order, and was also authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 1635, based on Sa’hee’h Ibn
Maja: 3282, 3294, and Sa’hee’h Al-Tirmidthi: 2183.
The Arabic
text and the authentication of the ‘Hadeeth is as follows:
عن
حذيفة بن
أَسيد
الغفاري ، رضي
الله عنه ،
قال: اطَّلع
النبي ، صلى
الله عليه
وسلم ، علينا
ونحن نتذاكر،
فقال: "ما
تَذاكرون؟"
قالوا: نذكر
الساعة. قال: "إنها
لن تقوم حتى
ترونَ قبلها
عشر آيات.
فذكَر
الدُّخان
والدجَّال ،
والدابَّة ،
وطلوع الشمس
من مغربها ،
ونزول عيسى
ابن مريم ، صلى
الله عليه
وسلم ، ويأجوج
ومأجوج ،
وثلاثة خسوفٍ:
خسف بالمشرق ،
وخسْف
بالمغرب ،
وخسْف بجزيرة
العرب. وآخر
ذلك نار تَخرج
من اليمن
تَطرد الناس
إلى مَحشرهم" (أخرجُه
مسلمُ:
2901 ،
وأبو داودَ: 4311
، ولكنْ
بترتيبٍ
مختلفٍ
للنبوءاتِ ،
وصححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 1635 ، وعن
صحيحِ ابنِ
ماجه: 3282 ، 3294 ، وصحيحِ
الترمذيِّ: 2183.).
[171] The ‘Hadeeth, which includes the appearance
of the Mahdi, coming out of the Dajjal (anti-Christ), and the
descent of ‘Eisa (Jesus) and his rule
on Earth was narrated by Al-Nawwas Bin Sam’an and Abu Umama Al-Bahili, mAbpwt both. It was
authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Muslim: 2937, Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h
Al-Jami’: 7875, Abu Dawood: 4322, briefly, and Ibn Maja: 4077, with few differences.
The three-prophecy ‘Hadiths were mentioned and
explained in the following three articles. The first article is written by Mu’hammed
Bin Abdul Salam, in Arabic, titled “The Prophet’s Prophecies are True (2013),
which can be accessed on the following link:
https://www.alukah.net/sharia/0/50918/
See also
"Prophecies of the Prophet,
pbbuh,” at:
http://www.alsiraj.net/prophecy/html/page00.html
See also "Prophecies of the Nobel Prophet, pbbuh,” (2008), at:
https://rasoulallah.net/ar/articles/article/3864
See also the book, written about the subject,
by Abdul Sattar Al-Shaikh, in four volumes (2,064
pages), titled, “Prophecies of the Messenger, pbbuh: Lessons and Parables,” which was issued by the
Qatari Ministry of Endowment and Islamic Affairs, in 1433 Hijriya, 2012.
"نبوءات
الرسول ، صلى
الله عليه
وسلم: دروس وعبر"
، تأليف عبد
الستار الشيخ (1433\2012)
، من إصدار
وزارة
الأوقاف
والشئون
الإسلامية ،
في قطر.
https://www.moswrat.com/books_view_27593.html
***
Notes
for Chapter 12: Performing Islamic Prayer
[172] Prayers
were ordained on Muslims during "Prophet Muhammed's Night
Journey and Ascent to Heavens, Al-Isra Wal Mi'raj,"
which is the topic of Chapter 7 of the fourth book about Islam, by this author
(Messengers of Allah to His Intelligent Creations).
God’s command for Muslims to perform the daily
prayers is mentioned 17 times in the Holy Quran, five of which are in the
singular masculine form “aqim al-salata” (pronounced: aqim assalata),
in verses 11: 14, 17: 78, 20: 14, 29: 45, and 31: 17.
The command is mentioned once in the plural
feminine form “aqimna al-salata,” in verse 33: 33, and is mentioned
eleven times in the plural masculine form “aqimo al-salata” (which
addresses both men and women), in verses 2: 43, 2: 83, 2: 110, 4: 77, 4: 103,
10: 87, 22: 78, 24: 56, 30: 31, 58: 13, and 73: 20.
Performing prayers is also mentioned in the
Holy Quran 17 more times, as a characteristic of the believers, in verses 2:
177, 2: 277, 4: 162, 5: 9, 5: 12, 5: 55, 9: 11, 9: 18, 9: 71, 19: 31, 19: 55,
21: 73, 22: 41, 24: 37, 27: 3, 31: 4, and 98: 5.
The Arabic text, English translation, and
authentication of the ‘Hadeeth, about how the angel Jibreel, peace be upon him,
taught the Prophet, pbbuh, how and when to perform the Islamic prayers, are as
follows:
عَنْ
عبد الله بن
عباس ، رضيّ
اللهُ عنهُ ،
أنَّ النبيَّ
، صلى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ ،
قال: "أمَّني
جبريلُ عليهِ
السَّلامُ
عندَ البيتِ
مَرَّتينِ.
فصلَّى
الظُّهرَ في
الأولى منهما
حينَ كانَ
الفيءُ مثلَ
الشِّراكِ.
ثمَّ صلَّى
العصرَ ، حينَ
كانَ كلُّ
شيءٍ مثلَ
ظلِّهِ. ثمَّ
صلَّى
المغربَ ،
حينَ وجبتِ
الشَّمسُ
وأفطرَ
الصَّائمُ.
ثمَّ صلَّى
العِشاءَ حينَ
غابَ
الشَّفقُ.
ثمَّ صلَّى
الفجرَ حينَ
بَرِقَ
الفجرُ
وحُرِّمَ
الطَّعامُ
علَى الصَّائمِ.
وصلَّى
المرَّةَ
الثَّانيةَ
الظُّهرَ ، حينَ
كانَ ظِلُّ
كُلِّ شيءٍ
مثلَه ، لوقتِ
العصرِ
بالأمسِ. ثمَّ
صلَّى العصرَ
، حينَ كانَ
ظِلُّ كلِّ
شيءٍ مثليهِ.
ثمَّ صلَّى
المغربَ ، لوقتِه
الأوَّلِ.
ثمَّ صلَّى
العِشاءَ
الآخرةَ ،
حينَ ذَهبَ
ثُلُثُ
اللَّيلِ.
ثمَّ صلَّى الصُّبحَ
، حينَ أسفرتِ
الأرضُ.
ثمَّ
التفتَ إليَّ
جبريلُ ،
فقالَ: يا
مُحَمَّدُ ،
هذا وقتُ
الأنبياءِ
مِنْ قبلِكَ ،
والوقتُ فيما
بينَ هذينِ
الوقتينِ"
(قال عنهُ الألبانيُّ
بأنهُ حسنٌ
صحيحٌ ، بناءً
على صحيحِ الترمذيِّ:
149. وأخرجهُ
أبو داودُ: 393 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ ،
وأحمدُ:
1/ 333 ، باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ جدَّا).
معنى
"والوقتُ ما
بينَ هذينِ
الوَقتينِ"
إنَّ وقتَ
كلِّ صلاةٍ ما
بينَ أوَّلِ
وقتِها كما
بيَّنه في
اليومِ
الأولِ ،
وبينَ آخرِ
وقتِها كما
بيَّنه في
اليومِ
الثاني ؛
فالصَّلاةُ
في أولِه
ووسطِه
وآخرِهِ.
‘Abdullah Bin ‘Abbas, mAbpwt both, said that the Prophet, pbbuh,
said: “Jibreel led me in prayer twice, near the House (of Allah, the Ka’ba). In
the first time, he prayed Al-Dthuhr (the Noon
prayer) when the shade of
a person is on the string of his shoes. Then, he prayed Al-‘Asr (the
Mid-Afternoon prayer) when the shade of everything is equal to it. Then, he
prayed Al-Maghrib (the Sunset prayer) when the sun disappeared, and (it
is the time for) the fasting to break the fast. Then, he prayed Al-‘Isha (the Dusk
prayer) when the twilight disappeared. Then, he prayed Al-Fajr (the Dawn
prayer) when the dawn emerged, and (it is the time in which) the food is
prohibited for the fasting.
In the second time (when Jibreel led me in prayer), he prayed Al-Dthuhr
(the Noon prayer) when the shade of everything was equal to it. Then, he prayed Al-‘Asr
(the Mid-Afternoon prayer) when the shade of everything was twice as equal to
it. Then, he prayed Al-Maghrib (the Sunset prayer) as mentioned before.
Then, he prayed Al-‘Isha (the Dusk prayer) when one-third of the night passed.
Then, he prayed Al-Fajr (the Dawn prayer) when the daybreak started on the Earth
(حينَ
أسفرتِ
الأرضُ).
Then, Jibril looked at me and said: “O Mu’hammed! This is the time
of the Prophets before you. The time (for prayer) is between these two times” (Authenticated
by Al-Albani, as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hasan (correct-good) ‘Hadeeth, based on Sa’hee’h
Al-Tirmidthi: 149. It was also authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Abu
Dawood: 393 and by A’hmed: 1/333, with few differences).
This means that the prayer can be performed directly when its time
is up (as he pointed on the first day), or at the latest of its time (as he
pointed on the second day), or between the two times.
[173] God’s command of wudhou’ is mentioned in verse 5: 6 of the
Holy Quran, which also included Tayamum, in lieu of Wudou’, in the cases of
sickness, travel, or absence of water, as follows:
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا
إِذَا قُمْتُمْ
إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ
فَاغْسِلُوا
وُجُوهَكُمْ
وَأَيْدِيَكُمْ
إِلَى
الْمَرَافِقِ
وَامْسَحُوا
بِرُءُوسِكُمْ
وَأَرْجُلَكُمْ
إِلَى
الْكَعْبَيْنِ
ۚ وَإِن
كُنتُمْ
جُنُبًا فَاطَّهَّرُوا
ۚ وَإِن
كُنتُم
مَّرْضَىٰ أَوْ
عَلَىٰ
سَفَرٍ أَوْ
جَاءَ أَحَدٌ
مِّنكُم
مِّنَ
الْغَائِطِ
أَوْ
لَامَسْتُمُ
النِّسَاءَ
فَلَمْ
تَجِدُوا
مَاءً
فَتَيَمَّمُوا
صَعِيدًا
طَيِّبًا
فَامْسَحُوا
بِوُجُوهِكُمْ
وَأَيْدِيكُم
مِّنْهُ ۚ مَا
يُرِيدُ
اللَّـهُ
لِيَجْعَلَ
عَلَيْكُم
مِّنْ حَرَجٍ
وَلَـٰكِن
يُرِيدُ
لِيُطَهِّرَكُمْ
وَلِيُتِمَّ
نِعْمَتَهُ
عَلَيْكُمْ
لَعَلَّكُمْ
تَشْكُرُونَ
(الْمَائِدَةُ
، 5: 6).
O you who
believe! Before you perform the prayer, wash your faces and your hands up to
the elbows, rub (by passing wet hands over) your heads, and (wash) your feet up
to ankles. If you are in a state of Janaba (i.e. had a sexual discharge),
purify yourself (bathe your whole body). If you are ill or on a journey or any
of you comes out of the restroom, or you have been in contact with women (i.e.
sexual intercourse) and you find no water, then perform Tayamum with clean
earth and rub therewith your faces and hands. Allah does not want to place you
in difficulty, but He wants to purify you, and to complete His Favour on you,
that you may be thankful (Al-Ma-ida, 5: 6).
Among some of
the ‘Hadeeths mentioning benefits of prayers, and indirectly health benefits of
wudhou’, is the one narrated by Companion Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, as
follows:
عَنْ
أبي
هُرَيْرَةَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أَنَّهُ
سَمِعَ
رَسُولَ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
يَقُولُ:
"أَرَأَيْتُمْ
لو أنَّ
نَهْرًا
ببَابِ
أَحَدِكُمْ ،
يَغْتَسِلُ
منه كُلَّ
يَومٍ خَمْسَ
مَرَّاتٍ ،
هلْ يَبْقَى
مِن دَرَنِهِ
شيءٌ؟ قالوا:
لا يَبْقَى
مِن دَرَنِهِ
شيءٌ. قالَ:
فَذلكَ مَثَلُ
الصَّلَوَاتِ
الخَمْسِ ،
يَمْحُو اللَّهُ
بهِنَّ
الخَطَايَا" (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عن صحيحِ
النسائيِ: 461 ،
والترمذيِّ: 2868 ،
والبخاريِّ: 528 ، ومسلم: 667).
Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh,
said that he heard the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, saying to his Companions: “If
one of you has a river in front of his (home) door, where he takes a bath in it
five times a day, would that leave any dirt on his body? They said: That would leave
no dirt on his body. He said: That is the similitude of the five prayers, with which
Allah erases sins (Authenticated
by Al-Albani, as a Sa’hee’h (correct) ‘Hadeeth, based on Sa’hee’h
Al-Nisa-i: 461 and Al-Tirmidthi: 2868. It was also authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Bukhari:
528 and by Muslim; 667).
[174] The Arabic text, English translation, and
authentication, of the mentioned ‘Hadeeth, are as follows:
عَنْ
مالكٍ بنِ
الحويرثِ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنه ، أنَّ
رسولَ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسلَّمَ ، قالَ
لَهُ
وَلِمَنْ
كانَ معهُ:
"ارْجِعُوا إلى
أهْلِيكُمْ ،
فَعَلِّمُوهُمْ
ومُرُوهُمْ ، وَصَلُّوا
كما
رَأَيْتُمُونِي
أُصَلِّي.
وإذَا
حَضَرَتِ
الصَّلَاةُ ،
فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ
لَكُمْ
أحَدُكُمْ ،
ثُمَّ
لِيَؤُمَّكُمْ
أكْبَرُكُمْ"
(البخاريُّ: 631 ، 6008 ،
ومسلم: 674 ،
وابنُ
الملقنِ: 600\4 ،
وصَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 893 وفي
صحيحِ الأدبِ
المفرد: 156).
Companion
Malik Bin Al-‘Huawyrith, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said
to him and to those with him: “Go back to your people, teach them, and order
them (to observe God’s commands), and pray as you saw me praying. When the time
for prayer is up, one of you calls for prayer. Then, the eldest among you leads
(the prayer)” (Authenticated, as Sa’hee’h, by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h
Al-Jami’: 893 and in Sa’hee’h Al-Adab Al-Mufrad: 156. It was also
authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Bukhari: 631, 6008 and by Musim:
600/4).
The five
prayers (dawn, noon, mid-afternoon, sunset, and dusk) were mentioned in several
verses in the Holy Quran, particularly 2: 238, 11: 114, 17: 78, 2: 238, and 30:
17-18, as follows:
حَافِظُوا
عَلَى
الصَّلَوَاتِ
وَالصَّلَاةِ
الْوُسْطَىٰ
وَقُومُوا
لِلَّـهِ
قَانِتِينَ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 238).
وَأَقِمِ
الصَّلَاةَ
طَرَفَيِ
النَّهَارِ
وَزُلَفًا
مِّنَ
اللَّيْلِ ۚ
إِنَّ الْحَسَنَاتِ
يُذْهِبْنَ
السَّيِّئَاتِ
ۚ ذَٰلِكَ
ذِكْرَىٰ
لِلذَّاكِرِينَ
(هُودُ ، 11:
114).
أَقِمِ
الصَّلَاةَ
لِدُلُوكِ
الشَّمْسِ إِلَىٰ
غَسَقِ
اللَّيْلِ
وَقُرْآنَ
الْفَجْرِ ۖ
إِنَّ
قُرْآنَ
الْفَجْرِ
كَانَ مَشْهُودًا
(الإسْرَاءُ
، 17: 78).
فَسُبْحَانَ
اللَّـهِ
حِينَ
تُمْسُونَ وَحِينَ
تُصْبِحُونَ ﴿١٧﴾
وَلَهُ
الْحَمْدُ
فِي
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
وَعَشِيًّا
وَحِينَ
تُظْهِرُونَ ﴿١٨﴾
(الرُّومُ ، 30: 17-18).
Maintain
the (five) prayers, and (especially) the middle prayer. And stand (in prayer),
supplicating to Allah (Al-Baqara, 2: 238).
And
establish prayer at the two ends of the day and at parts of the night. Indeed,
good deeds do away with misdeeds. That is a reminder for those who remember
(Hood, 11: 114).
Establish
prayer at the movement of the sun (from its meridian) until the darkness of the
night; and (recite) the Quran of dawn. Indeed, the recitation (of the Quran) at
dawn is ever witnessed (Al-Isra, 17: 78).
So Exalted
is Allah, when you reach the evening and when you reach the morning. (17) And
to Him is (due all) praise throughout the heavens and the earth. And (Exalted
is He) at mid-afternoon and when you are at noon. (18) (Al-Room, 30: 17-18).
Ibn Katheer’s Interpretation
In his interpretation of verse 2: 238, Ibn
Katheer mentioned that it is agreed upon among students of the Companions
(tabi’in) that “the middle prayer” is a reference to the mid-afternoon (‘Asr)
prayer, as it is in the middle between two prayers before (dawn and noon) and
two prayers after (sunset and dusk). He also mentioned a ‘Hadeeth narrated by
Ali Bin Abi Talib, mAbpwh, that the Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be
upon him (pbbuh), said on the Day of A’hzab: “They distracted us from the
middle prayer, mid-afternoon (‘Asr) prayer” (Ibn 'Hazm: 235/4).
Companion Ibn Mass’aud also narrated, in another version of the 'Hadith, that
the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “the middle prayer is the mid-afternoon
(‘Asr) prayer” (Al-Bukhari: 6396, Muslim: 627).
In his interpretation of verse 11: 114, Ibn
Katheer included interpretations of the Prophet’s Companions, may Allah be
pleased with them. He mentioned that “the two ends of the day” is a reference
to the dawn prayer (Fajr) at one end of the day and the noon (Dhuhr) and
afternoon (‘Asr) prayers at the other end. Further, “parts of the night”
is a reference to the sunset (Maghrib) and dusk prayers (‘Isha).
Verse 17: 78 mentioned three prayers: the
noon (Dthuhr), the dusk (‘Isha), and dawn (Fajr) prayers.
Companion Ibn ‘Abbas, mAbpwh, mentioned that
verse 30: 17 referred to two prayers in the evening: sunset (Maghrib) and dusk
(‘Isha) as well as one prayer in the morning: dawn (Fajr). He added that verse
30: 18 referred to two prayers: the noon (Dhuhr) and afternoon (‘Asr)
prayers.
Moreover, the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh,
mentioned
the five prayers in several ‘Hadeeths, one of which was narrated by Companion ‘Abdullah
Bin ‘Omar, mAbpwh and his father, which is stated in
Endnote # 176 below.
[175] One of the most important conditions of the
proper prayer is calmness and taking the needed time to perform its movements
and recitations, without rushing any of them. We learn that from a ‘Hadith
narrated by Companion Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, who said that the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, entered the masjid (mosque) one day, then a man also
entered and prayed. He came to greet the Prophet, who told him” Go back and
pray because you did not pray.” The man performed the prayer three times but
got the same answer from the Prophet. Then, the man asked the Prophet to teach
him how to pray because he did not know any different way to do it. The Prophet
told him: “When you stand for prayer, say “Allahu Akbar” (Allah is greater than
anybody), then recite some of what you know of the Quran. Then, bow down
(making rukou’) calmly and taking your time. Then, lift your head standing
upright. Then, prostrate (make sujoud) calmly and taking your time. Then, lift
your head and sit down calmly and taking your time. Do this in all of your
prayers” (Authenticated by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Al-Tirmidthi:
303 and Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 884, as well as by Al-Bukhari: 6251,
Muslim: 397).
For more information about
conditions and rules of the proper prayer, see the following articles by Shaikh
Abdul Aziz Bin Baz, Shaikh Mu’hammed Sali'h Al-Munajjid, and
Sa'id Bin Ali Bin Wahf Al-Qa'htani:
https://www.facebook.com/FdyltAlshykhbdalzyzAbnBazRhmhAllhTaly/posts/916902398423957/
https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/65847/اركان-الصلاة-وواجباتها-وسننها
https://www.ahlalhdeeth.com/vb/showthread.php?t=341250
Al-Qa'htani's book "أركان
الصلاة
وواجباتها،
وسننها،
ومكروهاتها،
ومبطلاتها في
ضوء الكتاب والسنة" can be downloaded
at the following site:
https://d1.islamhouse.com/data/ar/ih_books/single4/ar_pillars_of_prayer.pdf
There are many
articles and research papers about the physical benefits of performing prayers,
such as the one by Qistas Ibrahim Al-Nu’aymi, titled “The miracle of prayer,”
which was published on January 27, 2013, at:
http://www.jameataleman.org/main/articles.aspx?article_no=1794
Here’s another
article by Majid Bin Khinjar Al-Bankani, titled “Benefits and fruits of
prayer,” which was published on May 15, 2017. He mentioned the prayer
conditions and rules and listed 52 benefits and fruits of preforming prayers
properly. It can be accessed at:
[176] The Arabic text, English translation, and
authentication of the ‘Hadeeth, about the five prayer times, are as follows:
عَنْ
عَبْدِ
اللَّهِ بْنِ
عَمْرٍو ، رضي
الله عنه ،
أَنّ رَسُولَ
اللَّهِ
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ
، قَالَ: "وَقْتُ
الظُّهْرِ
إِذَا
زَالَتِ
الشَّمْسُ ،
وَكَانَ
ظِلُّ
الرَّجُلِ
كَطُولِهِ ، مَا
لَمْ
يَحْضُرِ
الْعَصْرُ.
وَوَقْتُ
الْعَصْرِ ،
مَا لَمْ
تَصْفَرَّ
الشَّمْسُ.
وَوَقْتُ
صَلَاةِ
الْمَغْرِبِ
، مَا لَمْ
يَغِبْ
الشَّفَقُ.
وَوَقْتُ
صَلَاةِ
الْعِشَاءِ إِلَى
نِصْفِ
اللَّيْلِ
الأَوْسَطِ.
وَوَقْتُ
صَلَاةِ
الصُّبْحِ ،
مِنْ طُلُوعِ
الْفَجْرِ ،
مَا لَمْ
تَطْلُعِ
الشَّمْسُ.
فَإِذَا
طَلَعَتِ
الشَّمْسُ ،
فَأَمْسِكْ
عَنِ الصَّلَاةِ
، فَإِنَّهَا
تَطْلُعُ
بَيْنَ قَرْنَيْ
شَيْطَانٍ"
(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيح
الجامعِ: 7115 ،
وكذلكَ مسلم: 612 ،
وأبو داود: 396 ،
والنسائي: 522 ،
وأحمد: 6966 ،
واللفظ له).
Companion ‘Abdullah Bin ‘Amr, mAbpwh, said
that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said:
The time for Dhuhr (noon) prayer is
when the sun moves from the middle of the sky, when a man’s shade is equal to
his height, and continues until ‘Asr (mid-afternoon). Then, ‘Asr
(mid-afternoon) prayer time extends until the sun becomes yellow. The Maghrib
(sunset) prayer extends until the twilight disappears. The ‘Isha (dusk, night)
prayer time extends until mid-night. The morning (Fajr) prayer extends from
dawn (Fajr) until before the sunrise. Do not pray when the sun is rising (Authenticated
by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 7115 as well as by Muslim: 612, Abu
Dawood: 396, Al-Nisa-i: 522, and A’hmed: 6966).
Note: The apostrophe used in ‘Asr and the
underline used in Dthuhr and Maghrib indicate the presence of
Arabic sounds, which do not exist in English. See the Appendix for more
information about the transliteration of Arabic sounds.
[177] The following table includes a comparison
between Fajr (dawn) and Isha (dusk, night) prayer times, according to the two
calendars of Um Al-Qura and the Islamic Society of North America (ISNA),
marking the first day of the first five months of 2019. The information about
the two calendars is from the same site: https://www.muslimpro.com/Prayer-times-Atlanta-GA-GA-United-States-4180439
A comparison
between Fajr (dawn) and Isha (dusk, night) prayer times, according to the two calendars
of Um Al-Qura and the Islamic Society of North America (ISNA)
|
Difference in Minutes |
Um Al-Qura |
ISNA |
First Day of 2019 Months |
Prayers |
|
17 17 17 18 20 *** 19 22 25 24 19 |
6:11 6:06 5:41 5:58 5:14 *** 19:13 19:41 20:07 21:31 21:54 |
6:28 6:23 5:58 6:16 5:34 *** 18:54 19:19 19:42 21:07 21:35 |
1/1/2019 2/1/2019 3/1/2019 4/1/2019 5/1/2019 *** 1/1/2019 2/1/2019 3/1/2019 4/1/2019 5/1/2019 |
Fajr (Dawn) *** ‘Isha (Night) |
[178] The start of dawn (fajr) is defined by our ability to distinguish
between white and black threads, as stated in Verse 2: 187:
وَكُلُوا
وَاشْرَبُوا
حَتَّىٰ
يَتَبَيَّنَ
لَكُمُ
الْخَيْطُ
الْأَبْيَضُ
مِنَ الْخَيْطِ
الْأَسْوَدِ
مِنَ
الْفَجْرِ (الْبَقَرَةُ
، 2: 187).
And eat and drink until the white
thread becomes distinct to you from the black thread, of the dawn (Al-Baqara,
2: 187).
The Messenger of Allah, pbbuh,
pointed that we need to distinguish between the false dawn and the true dawn,
in several 'Hadeeths, two of which are as follows:
عَنْ
ابنِ عباسٍ ،
رضي الله
عنهما ، أنهُ
قالَ: قالَ
رسولُ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ:
"الفَجرُ
فَجرانِ:
فأمَّا
الأوَّلُ
فإنَّه لا
يُحَرِّمُ
الطَّعامَ
ولا يُحِلُّ
الصَّلاةَ ،
وأمَّا
الثَّاني
فإنَّه
يُحَرِّمُ الطَّعامَ
ويُحِلُّ
الصَّلاةَ"
(صححهُ الحاكمُ
، في
المستدرَكِ ،
على
الصحيحينِ: 1569
، وأخرجهُ
البيهقي: 8260
، في
السُّنَنِ
الكبرى: 216\4
، واللفظ له ،
وقالَ عنهُ
أنهُ غريبٌ
وروي مُسنداً
وموقوفاً).
Ibn ‘Abbas, mAbpwt both, said that
the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: "There are two dawns: The first does
not allow (dawn) prayer but does not prohibit food (eating the pre-dawn meal in
Ramadhan: su'hour). However, the second prohibits food (ends the
pre-dawn meal) but allows (the dawn) prayer (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-‘Hakim, in Al-Mustadrak: 1569 and by Al-Bayhaqi: 8260, in Al-Sunan
Al-Kubra: 216/4, who added that it was narrated only by Ibn ‘Abbas).
وعَنْ
جابرٍ بنِ
عبدِ اللهِ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ
رسولَ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ وسلَّمَ
، قالَ:
"الفجرُ
فجرانِ.
فأمَّا
الفجرُ الذي
يكونُ كذنَبِ
السَّرْحانِ
فلا يُحِلُّ
الصلاةَ ،
ولَا
يُحَرِّمُ
الطعامَ.
وأَما الفجرُ
الذي يذهبُ
مُسْتَطِيلًا
في الأفُقِ ،
فإِنَّه
يُحِلُّ
الصلاةَ ،
ويُحَرِّمُ
الطعامَ"
(صححه
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 4278
؛
وأخرجهُ الحاكمُ
، في
المستدركِ
على
الصحيحينِ: 688
، والبيهقيُّ
، في
السُّنَنِ
الكبرى: 1837
، 377\1 ، وقالَ
عنهُ أنهُ
رُويَ
موصولاً
ومرسلاً ، وهوَ
أصحُّ ،
ورُويَ مِنْ
وجهٍ آخَرَ
مُسْنداً
وموقوفاً).
Jabir
Bin Abdullah, mAbpwt, said that the Messenger
of Allah, pbbuh, said: "There are two dawns. One (with light which) looks
like a wolf tail (vertical and rectangluear in shape), which does not allow the
(dawn) prayer but does not prohibit food (eating the pre-dawn meal: su'hour).
The other (dawn light), which is rectangular on the horizon, allows prayer and
prohibits
(Authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 4278, by Al-‘Hakim, in Al-Mustadrak:
688, and by Al-Bayhaqi: 1837, in Al-Sunan Al-Kubra: 1/377, who added that it
was narrated only by Jabir Bin Abdullah and sometimes without mentioning the
narrator).
Thus, there are three main
differences between the true dawn and the false dawn. First,
while the false dawn is vertically rectangular in the sky, the true dawn is
horizontally rectangular in shape. Second, while the false dawn (light) is
followed by darkness, the light of the true dawn increases, without darkness.
Third, while the false dawn (light) has darkness above it, the true dawn light
reaches the sky, connecting with the horizon (dorar.net).
Source: https://dorar.net/hadith/sharh/92342
***
See, for
example, an explanation of the ‘Hadith, to determine the prayer times,
including the difference between the two types of dawn, at the following link:
https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/9940/مواقيت-الصلوات-الخمس
Ibn ‘Uthaymin’s explanation of prayer times
can be found at the following link:
https://ar.islamway.net/fatwa/12787/رسالة-في-مواقيت-الصلاة
Ibn ‘Uthaymin’s criticism of the Um Al-Qura
calendar, particularly how it precedes the astronomical calculations by five
minutes, in the case of Makkah city, can be found at the following link:
https://ar.islamway.net/fatwa/12786 /فصل-في-أوقات-الصلوات-المفروضة
[179] The Holy Quran did not specify the number of
prayer units (Rak’as), which was left to the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, to tell
Muslims about. In a 'Hadeeth narrated by Malik Bin Al-'Huwairith, mAbpwh, he
said, “Pray as you saw me praying” (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth
by Al-Bukhari: 631 and 6008, Muslim: 674, Ibn Al-Mulaqqin: 600/4, and
Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 893 and in Sa’hee’h Al-Adab
Al-Mufrad: 156).
He also
mentioned that the morning (dawn) prayer is two units (Rak’as). This was in a
‘Hadeeth narrated by Qays Bin 'Amr Bin Sahl Al-Ansari, mAbpwh, who said
that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, saw a man praying after the required (Fardh)
morning prayer. He said: “The morning prayer is two Rak’as.” The man said: “I
did not pray the (recommended) two Rak’as before. So, I’m praying them now.”
The Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, did not say anything (Authenticated as Sa'hee'h
by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood: 1267).
Concerning the
required Rak’as of the noon and mid-afternoon prayers, we learn about them from
a ‘Hadeeth narrated by Abu Sa’id Al-Khudri, mAbpwh. He said that the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, used to recite about thirty verses in each of the
first two Rak’as of the Dthuhr (noon) prayer, and half of that in the
other two Rak’as. Concerning the mid-afternoon (‘Asr) prayer, he used to recite
about fifteen verses in each of the first two Rak’as, and half of that in the
other two Rak’as (Authenticated as Sa'hee'h by Ibn ‘Haban: 1825 and by
Al-‘Ayni: 4/21, with few differences).
The mother of
the believers, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh, mentioned that there are three Rak’as in the
sunset (Maghrib) prayer and four in the night (‘Isha) prayer. This was
in her ‘Hadeeth, in which she said that, at the beginning, the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, was decreed to pray two Rak’as in all prayers, except the sunset
(Maghrib), which was three Rak’as. Then, Allah, praise to him, decreed
(to His Messenger) that the noon, mid-afternoon, and night prayers be four
Rak’as each. In the case of travel, the four Rak’as can be decreased to two (Authenticated
as Sa’hee’h by A’hmed: 25806, 26338, Al-Bukhari: 350, Muslim:
685, Al-Nisai-i: 453, and Al-Albani, in Al-Salsala Al-Sa’hee’ha: 6/765).
For more
authentications of this ‘Hadeeth, see the following link:
For more 'Hadeeths,
which mention the number of units (rak'as) in each prayer, see following
article published on the site of "Multaqa Ahl Al-'Hadith":
https://www.ahlalhdeeth.com/vb/showthread.php?t=122679
In
his book (Al-Awsat fis Sunan wal Ijma’), Ibn Al-Monthir mentioned that
there is a consensus among Muslim scholars that the required noon,
mid-afternoon, and night prayers are four Rak’as each. The sunset prayer is
three Rak’as and the dawn (morning) prayer is two Rak’as.
In
his book (Bada-i’ AI-Sana-’i), Al-Kasani mentioned that there are 17
required Raka’s, in the five prayers. These are two, four, four, three, and
four, respectively. We knew that from the Prophet’s actions and words, as he
said: “Pray as you saw me praying” (Al-Bukhari: 6008). Because God’s Book does not include
details about the number of Rak’as, we learned that from the Prophet, pbbuh,
who clarified that to us in words and actions, as he did about charity amounts
and pilgrimage actions.
https://fatwa.islamweb.net/fatwa/index.php?page=showfatwa&Option=FatwaId&Id=128245
[180] There are ten basic, recommended Rak’as. In
addition, there are six Rak’as, which precede the mid-afternoon, sunset, and
night prayers. Finally, an odd number of Rak’as is recommended, as a close of
prayer, before going to bed, one at least. Thus, there is a minimum of 17
recommended Rak’as, as mentioned in the following four ‘Hadiths:
عَنْ
ابنِ عُمَرَ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُما ، أنهُ
قالَ:
"حَفِظْتُ
مِنَ
النَّبِيِّ ،
صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
عَشْرَ
رَكَعَاتٍ: رَكْعَتَيْنِ
قَبْلَ
الظُّهْرِ،
وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ
بَعْدَهَا ،
وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ
بَعْدَ المَغْرِبِ
فِي بَيْتِهِ
،
وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ
بَعْدَ
العِشَاءِ
فِي بَيْتِهِ
، وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ
قَبْلَ
صَلاَةِ
الصُّبْحِ"
(البخاريُّ: 1180 ،
ومسلمُ: 729).
Abdullah, the son of ‘Omar, mAbpw them, said that he learned from the Prophet, pbbuh, to perform ten
Rak’as: Two before the required noon (Dthuhr) prayer and two after it,
two Rak’as after the sunset (Maghrib) prayer at his home, two Rak’as
after the night (‘Isha) prayer at his home, and two Rak’as before the morning
prayer (Al-Bukhari: 1180, Muslim: 729).
وَعَنْ عبدِ اللهِ
بنِ مغفلٍ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنهُ
قالَ ، قالَ
النبيُّ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ: "بَيْنَ
كُلِّ
أَذَانَيْنِ
صَلاَةٌ ،
بَيْنَ كُلِّ
أَذَانَيْنِ
صَلاَةٌ" ،
ثُمَّ قَالَ
فِي
الثَّالِثَةِ:
"لِمَنْ
شَاءَ" (البخاريُّ:
601 \ 627 ، ومسلمُ: 838 ،
وصححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عن صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 680).
Abdullah
Bin Mughfil, mAbpwh, said that the Prophet, pbbuh, said: “Between every two calls for prayer (Adthan
and Iqama), there is a (recommended) prayer. He repeated that twice. Then, he
said in the third time: “to whoever wants” (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by
Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 680, by Al-Bukhari:
601/627, and by Muslim: 838).
عَنْ
أبي بصرةَ
الغفاريِّ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنهُ
قالَ ، قالَ
النبيُّ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ وَسَلَّمَ:
"إنَّ اللهَ
زادَكم صلاةً
، وهي الوترُ،
فصلّوها بين
صلاةِ
العشاءِ إلى
صلاةِ الفجرِ(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في قيامِ
رمضانَ: 26 ، وابنُ
رجبٍ ، في
فتحِ الباري: 235\6 ،
وقالَ إنَّ
إسنادَهُ
جيدٌ ).
Abu
Basra Al-Ghifari, mAbpwh, said that the Prophet, pbbuh, said: “Allah has added the odd (witr)
prayer for you, which can be performed from after the night (‘Isha ) prayer
until before the dawn (Fajr) prayer (Authenticated
as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani,
in Qiyam Ramadhan: 26, and by Ibn Rajab, Fat’h Al-Bari:
235/6, who said that its authentication is good).
وَعَنْ
أبي أيوبَ
الأنصاريِّ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ
النبيَّ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسّلَّمَ ، قالَ:
" الوترُ
حقٌّ واجبٌ.
فمنْ شاء
أوترَ بثلاثٍ
فليوترْ ،
ومَنْ شاء أنْ
يوترَ
بواحدةٍ
فليوترْ
بواحدةٍ"
(أخرجَهُ
الدارُقُطني
، في
السُّنَنِ: 142\2 ،
وأضافَ بأنَّ
قولَهُ "واجبٌ"
ليسَ بمحفوظٍ
، كما أخرجَهُ
أبو داودَ: 1422 ،
والنسائيُّ: 1710 ،
وابنُ ماجةَ: 1190).
Abu Ayyoub Al-Ansari, mAbpwh, said that the Prophet, pbbuh,
said: “The Witr (odd) is
a due (and a) mandatory prayer. Whoever wills it as three Rak’as, let
him do it. Whoever wills it as one Rak’a, let him do it as one (Authenticated
by Al-Darqutni, in Al-Sunnan: 142/1, adding his reservation about the
word “mandatory.” It was also authenticated by Abu Dawood: 1422, Al-Nisa-i: 1710,
and Ibn Maja: 1190).
[181] See the brief letter written by
Shaikh Abdul Azeez Bin Baz, about the prayer conditions, pillars, requirements,
recommendations, and dislikes, titled, “The Important Lessons to the Whole
Community,” which was published on the site of “Baitul Islam,” on February 11,
2021, at the following link:
الدروس
المهمة لعامة
الأمة - عربي -
عبد العزيز بن
باز (islamhouse.com)
See also the
brief notes of Mu’hammed Sali’h Al-Munajjid, about the prayer pillars,
requirements, and recommendations, on his site, “Islam: A Question and an
Answer.” His notes are based on the ‘Hanbali school of thought book, “The
Student Guide” (Daleel Al-Talib), published on December 4, 2004, at the
following link:
https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/65847/اركان-الصلاة-وواجباتها-وسننها
Further, see
the article of Sa’eed Bin ‘Ali Bin Wahf Al-Qa’htani, titled: “The prayer
pillars, requirements, recommendations, dislikes, and nullifiers, based on the
Book and the Sunna,” in which he detailed these terms, with documentation from
the Holy Quran and the Sunna. It was published at the site of “Baytul Islam,”
on the 18th of Sha’ban, 1420 Hijriya, November 26, 1999, at the
following link:
https://d1.islamhouse.com/data/ar/ih_books/single4/ar_pillars_of_prayer.pdf
For more details on these topics, including agreements and
disagreements among Islamic scholars, see for example the book of ‘Abdul
Ra’hman Bin Mu’hammed ‘Awadh Al-Jizairi (dies in 1360 Hijriya), titled “Fiqh,
According the Four Schools of Thought. It was published by Dar Al-Kutub
A-‘Ilmiyah, Beirut, Lebanon, 2nd edition, in 1424 Hijriya, 2003, in
five volumes. It can be accessed at the following link:
كتاب
الفقه على
المذاهب
الأربعة -
المكتبة الشاملة (shamela.ws)
[182] The wudhou’ (ablution) and tayamum command
is mentioned in verse 5: 6 of the Holy Quran, which was mentioned in Endnote 173 above.
Companion ‘Ammar Bin Yasir, mAbpw them, narrated that the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, explained how to make Tayamum, saying: “It’s enough for you to do this
with your hands.” Then, he struck the floor with his hands once. Then, he
touched the right hand with the left. Then, he touched the back of each hand
with the other hand, and he touched his face with his hands (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 316, by Al-Bukhari: 343, and
by Muslim: 587, with few differences).
عَنْ
عمارٍ بنِ
ياسرٍ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهما ،
أنَّ رسولَ
اللهِ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسلَّمَ ،
قالَ: "إنما
يكفيكَ أنْ
تقولَ بيديكَ
هكذا." ثم ضربَ
بيديهِ
الأرضَ ضربةً
واحدةً ،
ثُمَّ مسحَ الشِّمالَ
على اليمينِ ،
وظاهِرَ
كفيهِ ووجههِ"
(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عن صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 316 ،
وأخرجهُ
البخاريُ: 343 ،
ومُسلمُ: 587 ، في
صحيحَيْهِما
، باختلافٍ
يسير).
In another
version of the ‘Hadeeth, narrated by Abu Moosa Al-Ash’ary, mAbpwh, the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “It’s enough for you to do this with your
hands.” Then, he struck the ground (the floor) with his hands. Then, he blew
(the dust) out of them. Then, he touched his face and the back of his hands (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Muslim: 368).
وَعَنْ
أبي موسى
الأشعريِّ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ
رسولَ اللهِ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسلَّمَ ، قالَ:
"إنَّما
كانَ
يَكْفِيكَ
أنْ تَقُولَ
هَكَذَا."
وضَرَبَ
بيَدَيْهِ
إلى الأرْضِ ،
فَنَفَضَ
يَدَيْهِ ،
فَمَسَحَ
وجْهَهُ
وكَفَّيْهِ" (أخرجهُ
مُسلمُ في
صحيحهِ: 368).
In a
third version of the ‘Hadeeth, narrated by ‘Abdul Ra’hman Bin Abzi, mAbpwh, the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “The ground dust is enough for you.” Then, he
struck the ground with his hands. Then, he blew (the dust) out of them. Then,
he touched his face and parts of his arms (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h
Al-Nisa-i: 315, but without mentioning his arms, as the palms of his hands is
the correct one).
وَعَنْ
عبدِ الرحمنِ
بنِ أبزي ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهُ ،
أنَّ رسولَ
اللهِ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسلَّمَ ،
قالَ: "إنْ
كانَ الصعيدُ
لَكافيكَ."
وضرَبَ
بكفَّيهِ إلى
الأرضِ ، ثم
نفَخَ فيهِما
، ثم مسَحَ وجهَهُ
، وبعضَ
ذراعَيهِ"
(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عن صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 315 ،
ولكن دونَ
"ذراعيهِ" ،
والصوابُ
"كفيهِ").
[183] The ‘Hadeeth narrated by Companion Malik Bin
Al-‘Huwairith, mAbpwh, about
calling for prayer (Adthan) was authenticated as Sa’hee’h by
Al-Bukhari: 631, 6008, Muslim: 674, Ibn Al-Mulaqqin: 600/4, and by Al-Albani,
in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 893, and in Sa’hee’h Al-Adab Al-Mufrad:
156).
[184] The Arabic text, English translation, and
authentication of the ‘Hadeeth, about the Prophet’s approval of the first call
for prayer (Adthan) and the second call to start prayer (Iqama), are as
follows:
عَنْ
عَبْدِ
اللَّهِ بْنِ
زَيْدِ بنِ عبدِ
رَبِّهِ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّهُ
قَالَ :
لَمَّا
أَمَرَ
رَسُولُ
اللَّهِ ، صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
بِالنَّاقُوسِ
يُعْمَلُ
لِيُضْرَبَ
بِهِ لِلنَّاسِ
لِجَمْعِ
الصَّلَاةِ ،
طَافَ بِي
وَأَنَا
نَائِمٌ
رَجُلٌ
يَحْمِلُ
نَاقُوسًا
فِي يَدِهِ.
فَقُلْتُ: يَا
عَبْدَ
اللَّهِ ،
أَتَبِيعُ
النَّاقُوسَ؟
قَالَ: وَمَا
تَصْنَعُ بِهِ؟
فَقُلْتُ:
نَدْعُو بِهِ
إِلَى
الصَّلَاةِ.
قَالَ:
أَفَلَا
أَدُلُّكَ
عَلَى مَا هُوَ
خَيْرٌ مِنْ
ذَلِكَ؟
فَقُلْتُ
لَهُ: بَلَى. قَالَ:
تَقُولُ:
Companion
‘Abdullah Bin Zayd Bin ‘Abd Rabbuh, mAbpwh, said that when the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, commanded that a bell be struck for people to gather for prayer,
I saw when I was asleep a man carrying a bell with his hand. I said (to him): O
worshipper of Allah, would you sell the bell? He said: What do you (want to) do
with it? I said: We (use it to) call for prayer. He said: Can I tell you about
what is better than that? I said: Yes. He said: Say:
اللَّهُ
أَكْبَرُ
اللَّهُ
أَكْبَرُ،
اللَّهُ
أَكْبَرُ
اللَّهُ
أَكْبَرُ،
أَشْهَدُ أَنْ
لَا إِلَهَ
إِلَّا
اللَّهُ ،
أَشْهَدُ أَنْ
لَا إِلَهَ
إِلَّا
اللَّهُ ،
أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ
مُحَمَّدًا
رَسُولُ
اللَّهِ ،
أَشْهَدُ
أَنَّ
مُحَمَّدًا
رَسُولُ
اللَّهِ ، حَيَّ
عَلَى
الصَّلَاةِ ،
حَيَّ عَلَى
الصَّلَاةِ ،
حَيَّ عَلَى
الْفَلَاحِ ،
حَيَّ عَلَى
الْفَلَاحِ ،
اللَّهُ
أَكْبَرُ
اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ
، لَا إِلَهَ
إِلَّا
اللَّهُ.
Allah is
Greater, Allah is Greater, Allah is Greater, Allah is Greater.
I bear witness
that there is no other god but Allah, I bear witness that there is no other god
but Allah.
I bear witness
that Mu’hammed is the Messenger of Allah, I bear witness that Mu’hammed is the
Messenger of Allah.
Come for
prayer, come for prayer.
Come for
success, come for success.
Allah is
Greater, Allah is Greater.
There is no
other god but Allah.
قَالَ
: ثُمَّ
اسْتَأْخَرَ
عَنِّي
غَيْرَ بَعِيدٍ
، ثُمَّ
قَالَ:
وَتَقُولُ
إِذَا أَقَمْتَ
الصَّلَاةَ:
اللَّهُ
أَكْبَرُ
اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ
، أَشْهَدُ
أَنْ لَا
إِلَهَ إِلَّا
اللَّهُ ،
أَشْهَدُ
أَنَّ
مُحَمَّدًا
رَسُولُ
اللَّهِ ،
حَيَّ عَلَى
الصَّلَاةِ ،
حَيَّ عَلَى
الْفَلَاحِ ،
قَدْ قَامَتْ
الصَّلَاةُ ،
قَدْ قَامَتْ
الصَّلاةُ ،
اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ
اللَّهُ
أَكْبَرُ ،
لَا إِلَهَ
إِلَّا
اللَّهُ.
Then, he walked back a little bit from me. Then, he said: When you
stand for prayer, say:
Allah is
Greater, Allah is Greater.
I bear witness
that there is no other god but Allah.
I bear witness
that Mu’hammed is the Messenger of Allah.
Come for
prayer.
Come for
success.
The prayer is
stood for (stand for prayer).
The prayer is
stood for (stand for prayer).
Allah is
Greater, Allah is Greater.
There is no
other god but Allah.
فَلَمَّا
أَصْبَحْتُ ،
أَتَيْتُ
رَسُولَ اللَّهِ
، صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
فَأَخْبَرْتُهُ
بِمَا
رَأَيْتُ.
فَقَالَ:
إِنَّهَا
لَرُؤْيَا
حَقٌّ إِنْ
شَاءَ اللَّهُ
، فَقُمْ مَعَ
بِلَالٍ ،
فَأَلْقِ عَلَيْهِ
مَا رَأَيْتَ
،
فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ
بِهِ ، فَإِنَّهُ
أَنْدَى
صَوْتًا
مِنْكَ.
فَقُمْتُ
مَعَ بِلَالٍ
، فَجَعَلْتُ
أُلْقِيهِ عَلَيْهِ
وَيُؤَذِّنُ
بِهِ.
When I woke up
in the morning, I came to the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, and told him about
what I saw (in my dream). He said: By God willing, it is a true vision. Stand
with (Companion) Bilal and recite to him what you (heard in your vision), so he
would call (people) with it, as he has a more beautiful voice than yours. So, I
recited it to him (sentence by sentence), and he called with it (loudly).
قَالَ:
فَسَمِعَ
ذَلِكَ
عُمَرُ بْنُ
الْخَطَّابِ
وَهُوَ فِي
بَيْتِهِ ،
فَخَرَجَ
يَجُرُّ
رِدَاءَهُ
وَيَقُولُ:
وَالَّذِي
بَعَثَكَ
بِالْحَقِّ
يَا رَسُولَ
اللَّهِ ،
لَقَدْ
رَأَيْتُ
مِثْلَ مَا
رَأَى.
فَقَالَ رَسُولُ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ:
فَلِلَّهِ
الْحَمْد" (رَوَاهُ
أحْمَدُ: 15881،
وأبو دَاوُدَ: 499 ،
وَصَحَّحَهُ
الألْبَانِيُّ
، عَنْ صَحِيحِ
أبِي دَاوُدَ: 469).
Then, (the
narrator of the ‘Hadeeth, Companion ‘Abdullah Bin Zayd Bin ‘Abd Rabbuh) said
that ‘Omar Bin Al-Khattab, mAbpwh, heard (the call) while he was in his
house. So, he came out dragging his cloak (outer garment), saying: O Messenger
of Allah, by the One Who sent you with the truth (Allah), I saw (in my dream)
what he had seen. Then, the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: All praise to
Allah (This ‘Hadeeth was authenticated as Sa’hee’h by A’hmed: 15881, Abu
Dawood: 499, and Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood: 469).
[185] There are two different versions for the
shorter call to start prayer (Iqama), both approved by the Prophet, pbbuh. The
first version is composed of eleven sentences, which is used in this Chapter.
It is the one mentioned in the ‘Hadeeth narrated by Companion Abdullah Bin Zayd
Bin Abd Rabbuh, in Endnote Number 184 above.
The second
version of the Iqama is composed of seventeen sentences, by repeating the same
sentences of the first version, several times, as mentioned in another ‘Hadith
by Companion Abu Ma’hthoura Sumra Bin Mi’yar, mAbpwh. The first sentence
is repeated four times, instead of two. Then, all other sentences are repeated
twice, instead of once, except the last sentence, which is called once.
This ‘Hadeeth was
authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Tirmidthi: 192, Abu Dawood: 502, Al-Nisa-i:
632, Ibn ‘Habban: 1681, and Ibn Maja: 709. It was also ruled as ‘Hasan-Sa’hee’h
Hasan by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 2764, based on Sa’hee’h
Abu Dawood: 474, Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 630, and Sa’hee’h Ibn Maja:
588.
[186] The Arabic text and the
English translation of verse 3: 191, which mentions God’s permission for the
sick to pray in any way that suits them, such as standing, sitting down, or
lying on their sides, are as follows:
الَّذِينَ
يَذْكُرُونَ
اللَّهَ قِيَامًا
وَقُعُودًا
وَعَلَىٰ
جُنُوبِهِمْ وَيَتَفَكَّرُونَ
فِي خَلْقِ
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضِ
رَبَّنَا مَا
خَلَقْتَ هَٰذَا
بَاطِلًا
سُبْحَانَكَ
فَقِنَا
عَذَابَ
النَّارِ (آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 191).
(Believers with
reasoning minds) Who mention Allah while standing,
or sitting, or (lying) on their sides, and contemplate about the
creation of the heavens and the Earth, (and say): "Our Lord, You did not
create this aimlessly; Exalted You are, shield us from the torment of the Fire
(Aal-‘Imran, 3: 191).
Concerning the effort to find the exact Qibla direction, a Qibla
compass of 40 zones can do this when the magnetic needle is made to point to a
specific number referring to the location of performing prayers. Then, the
arrow refers to the Qibla.
For example, number 34 refers to the southern US states of
Georgia, Alabama, and Mississippi, while number 33 refers to the eastern US
states of Florida, South Carolina, North Carolina, Virginia, and
D.C. several other eastern states in the US are referred to as number 33
(for more information (See the map: http://daltonislamiccenter.org/Files/Finding Al-Ka'aba
Direction When Praying). A third method is using the Sundial shadow, as explained and
illustrated in the same source.
[187] For more information about the intention and
Takbeer in prayer, as well as the Shafi’ie opinion, as expressed by Al-Nawawi,
see the following article:
https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/204511/المأموم-يسر-بتكبيرات-الانتقال-ولا-يجهر-بها
The Arabic text, English
translation, and authentication of the ‘Hadeeth, which mentions praise to Allah
after rukou’, are as follows:
عن عَبْدِ
اللَّهِ بْنِ
عُمَرَ، رَضِيَ
اللَّهُ
عَنْهُمَا ،
أنه قَالَ:
"رَأَيْتُ
رَسُولَ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى اللهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
إِذَا قَامَ
فِي
الصَّلاَةِ
رَفَعَ
يَدَيْهِ
حَتَّى
يَكُونَا
حَذْوَ
مَنْكِبَيْهِ
، وَكَانَ
يَفْعَلُ
ذَلِكَ حِينَ
يُكَبِّرُ لِلرُّكُوعِ
، وَيَفْعَلُ
ذَلِكَ إِذَا
رَفَعَ
رَأْسَهُ
مِنَ
الرُّكُوعِ ،
وَيَقُولُ:
سَمِعَ
اللَّهُ
لِمَنْ
حَمِدَهُ ،
وَلاَ
يَفْعَلُ
ذَلِكَ فِي
السُّجُودِ " (البخاري: 736 ،
ومسلم: 390).
Companion
‘Abdulllah, the Son of ‘Omar, mAbpw them both, said: “I saw the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, when he used to stand for prayer, he would lift his hands up to
the level of his shoulders. He also did that when he would make takbeer before
bowing (rukou’), and when he would lift his head after bowing (rukou’). Then,
he would say: “sami’ allahu liman hamida”
(Allah hears those who praise Him).
However, he did not do that in prostration (sujood)” (Al-Bukhari: 736
and Muslim: 390).
https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/298825/صفة-رفع-اليدين-في-الصلاة-وماذا-على-المصلي-لو-أخطا-فيها
[188] Saying
the “Isti’atha” is in
response to God’s command, in verse 16: 98, which states:
فَإِذَا
قَرَأْتَ
الْقُرْآنَ
فَاسْتَعِذْ
بِاللَّـهِ
مِنَ
الشَّيْطَانِ
الرَّجِيمِ (النحل
، 16: 98).
When you
recite the Quran, seek refuge in Allah from the stoned Shaytan (Satan)
(Al-Na’hl, 16: 98).
Shaikh ‘Abdul
‘Azeez Bin Baz said that when a worshipper is praying individually or following
an imam, he/she needs to say the “Isti’atha” and the “Basmalla”
silently, before the recitation of Al-Fati’ha. However, the imam has the option
of saying them loudly, as education to the people following him, as this was
the practice of the Prophet’s Companions, including Abu Hurayra, may Allah be
pleased with them all. The Bin Baz opinion can be accessed at:
أhttps://binbaz.org.sa/fatwas/8510/أحكام-الاستعاذة-والبسملة-في-الصلاة
Before
the recitation of Al-Fati’ha, a worshipper needs to place his right hand over
the left hand, above the belly button, and below the chest, according to the
Shafi-i school of thought. Followers of the ‘Hanafi and ‘Hanbali schools of
thought, also, place their right hands over the left hands, but below the belly
button. However, followers of Imam Malik keep their hands to their sides. In of
these cases, the objective is to show politeness when addressing Allah, praise
to Him, as mentioned by Imam Nawawi, in his explanation of Muslim, which posted
on Islam web, at the following two links:
https://fatwa.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/74043/ and https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/4749/
[189] Companion
Abu Hurayra. mAbpwh, said:
“I have never followed (an imam) who is closest to the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh,
in performing prayer than so and so (the name of that person was not
mentioned). He would lengthen the first two Rak’as of the noon (Dhuhr)
prayer and shorten the other two Rak’as. He would also shorten the
mid-afternoon (‘Asr) prayer. He would recite short chapters (Suras) in
the sunset (Maghrib) prayer, middle-long chapters in the night (‘Isha) prayer,
and long chapters in the dawn (Fajr) prayer (Al-Albani: 814,
Al-Nissa-i: 982, Ahmed: 10882).
These three categories of chapters (suras) form
the last section of the Holy Quran, which is referred to in the above ‘Hadith
as “Al-Mufassal.” It is composed of most of the last four parts of the
Holy Quran, starting from Surat Qaf (Chapter 50). There is an agreement that
short chapters (suras) start from Al-Dhu’ha (93) to Al-Nas (114). Followers
of Imam Shafi-i and Imam Malik agree that Al-‘Hujurat (49) is the first of the
long chapters but they disagreed about the last. While Shafi-is consider
Al-Naba’ (78) as the last of the long chapters, Malikis consider Al-Nazi’at
(79) as the last long chapter. Followers of Imam Ahmed Bin ‘Hanbal consider Qaf
(50), as the first of the long chapters (suras) and consider Al-Naba’ (78) as
the last in this category. The middle-long chapters are the ones left in
between the long and the short chapters (Sooras).
For more information about Fiqh (explanation)
according to the four schools of thought, see the book written by ‘Abdul
Ra’hman Al-Jizairi, published at the following link:
كتاب
الفقه على
المذاهب
الأربعة -
المكتبة الشاملة (shamela.ws)
See also the following article by Mu’hammed
Sali’h Al-Munajjid, concerning an explanation to the meaning of “Al-Mufassal”
(dividing the last section of the Holy Quran into long, middle-long, and short
chapters) at:
https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/143301/تحديد-المفصل-من-القران-وطواله-وقصاره
[190] The Arabic texts, English translation, and
authentication of three ‘Hadeeths, about words of praise to Allah (tasbee’h),
in the prayer rukou’ and sujood, are as follows:
عَنْ
حُذيفةَ بنِ
اليمانِ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّهُ
صلَّى إلى
جنبِ
النَّبيِّ ،
صلى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ ،
ليلةً فقرأَ ،
فَكانَ إذا
مرَّ بآيةِ
عذابٍ وقفَ
وتعوَّذَ ،
وإذا مرَّ
بآيةِ رحمةٍ
وقفَ فدعا.
وَكانَ يقولُ
في رُكوعِهِ:
"سُبْحَانَ
ربِّيَ
العظيمِ" وفي
سُجُودِهِ:
"سُبْحَانَ
ربِّيَ
الأعلى"
(صححهُ الألباني
، بناءً على
صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 1007 ،
و 1068 ،
ولكنهُ
ضَعَّفً
الرواياتِ
الأخرى التي
تشتملُ على
عددِ
مَرَّاتِ
التسبيحِ:
"ثلاثاً").
Companion ‘Hudthayfa
Bin Al-Yaman, mAbpwh, said that once at night, he prayed beside the Prophet,
pbbuh. When he recited a verse containing torment, he would stop and ask Allah
for protection. When he recited a verse containing mercy, he would stop and
supplicate. He would say during his rukou’: “Sub’hana rabbiyal ‘adtheem”
(praise to my Lord, the Great). He would say in his sujood: “Sub’hana rabbiyal
a’ala” (praise to my Lord, the Highest).
This ‘Hadeeth
was authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h
Al-Nisa-i: 1007, 1068. However, he called other versions as “weak,” for
mentioning that he repeated the tasbee’h: three times.
وعَنْ أمِّ
المؤمنينَ
عائشةَ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنها ،
أنَّ رسولَ
اللهِ ، صلَّى
اللهُ عليهِ وسَلَّمَ
، كانَ يقولُ
في ركوعِهِ
وسُجُودِهِ:
"سُبُّوحٌ
قُدُّوسٌ ،
ربُّ
الملائكةِ
والرُّوح"
(أخرجهُ
مُسْلِمُ في
صحيحِهِ: 487 ، وصححَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عن صحيحِ أبي
داودَ: 872 ، والنسائي: 1133).
The Mother of believers, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, used to say in his bowing down (rukou’): “subboo’h,
quddoos, rabil mala-ikati warrou’h” (Exalted, Holy, is the Lord of the Angels
and the Spirit) (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Muslim: 487 and by
Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood: 872 and Sa’hee’h
Al-Nisa-i: 1133).
وعَنْ أمِّ
المؤمنينَ
عائشةَ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنها ،
أنها قالتْ
أيضاً: كانَ
النبيُّ ،
صَلَّى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ
يُكْثِرُ أنْ
يقولَ في
رُكُوعِهِ
وسُجُودِهِ:
"سُبْحَانَكَ
اللَّهُمَّ
رَبَّنَا وبِحَمْدِكَ
، اللَّهُمَّ
اغْفِرْ لِي.
يَتَأوَّلُ
الْقُرْآنَ" (صححَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عن صحيحِ البخاري: 4293 ،
794 ،
ومسلم: 484 ، وأبي
داودَ: 877 ، والنسائي: 1122 ، وابنِ
ماجه: 889 ، وأحمد: 24163 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
يَتأوَّلُ
القرآنَ ،
يعني:
يَفْعَلُ ما
أُمِر به فيه.
فيَتأوَّلُ
ما جاءَ في
القُرآنِ مِن
الأمْرِ
بالتَّسبيحِ
والاستِغْفارِ
، في نحوِ
قولِه تعالى:
"فَسَبِّحْ
بِحَمْدِ
رَبِّكَ
وَاسْتَغْفِرْهُ"
(النَّصْرُ ، 110: 3).
The Mother of
believers, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh, also said that the Prophet, pbbuh, used
to say more tasbee’h in his bowing down (rukou’) and prostration (sujood):
“sub’hanak allahuma, rabbana, wa bi’hamdika. Allahuma ighfir lee”
(Exalted You are, O Allah, our Lord, and praise to You. O Allah, forgive me). He
used to apply the Quran (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Al-Bukhari: 4293, 794, Muslim:
484, Abu Dawood: 877, Al-Nisa-i: 1122, Ibn Maja: 889, and A’hmed: 24163, with
few differences).
This was an application of what has been
revealed in the Holy Quran, of the tasbee’h and asking for forgiveness, such as
the command of “Exalt and praise your Lord and ask Him for forgiveness” (Al-Nasr,
110: 3).
[191] The Arabic
texts, English translation, and authentication of the mentioned ‘Hadeeths,
about what to be said and done, when a worshipper stands upright after rukou’,
are as follows:
عَنْ أبي هُرَيْرَةَ
، رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ
رَسولَ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى اللهُ
عليه وسلَّمَ
، َقالَ: "إذَا
قُمْتَ إلى
الصَّلَاةِ فَكَبِّرْ
، ثُمَّ
اقْرَأْ ما
تَيَسَّرَ معكَ
مِنَ
القُرْآنِ ،
ثُمَّ
ارْكَعْ
حتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ رَاكِعًا ،
ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ
حتَّى
تَعْدِلَ
قَائِمًا ، ثُمَّ
اسْجُدْ
حتَّى
تَطْمَئِنَّ
سَاجِدًا ،
ثُمَّ
ارْفَعْ
حتَّى
تَطْمَئِنَّ
جَالِسًا ،
وافْعَلْ
ذلكَ في
صَلَاتِكَ
كُلِّهَا"
(أخرجهُ
البخاريُّ ،
في صحيحهِ: 757 ، ومسلمُ: 397 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
Companion Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, said: “When you stand for prayer, make a takbeer (say: Allahu
Akber: Allah is Greater). Then, recite some of what you know of the Quran.
Then, bow down (make rukou’), until you become calm while making
rukou’. Then, lift (your head) until you stand upright. Then, prostrate
(make sujood) until you become calm while prostrating. Then, lift (your head)
until you sit down calmly, and do that in all of you prayers” (Authenticated
as Sa’hee’h by Al- Al-Bukhari: 757 and Muslim:
397, with few differences).
وعَنْ أبي هُرَيْرَةَ
، رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ
رَسولَ
اللَّهِ ،
صَلَّى اللهُ
عليه وسلَّمَ
، َقالَ:
"إِذَا قالَ
الإمَامُ: سَمِعَ
اللَّهُ
لِمَن
حَمِدَهُ ،
فَقُولوا: اللَّهُمَّ
رَبَّنَا لكَ
الحَمْدُ. فإنَّه مَن
وافَقَ
قَوْلُهُ
قَوْلَ
المَلَائِكَةِ
، غُفِرَ له
ما تَقَدَّمَ
مِن ذَنْبِهِ"
(أخرجهُ
البخاريُّ ،
في صحيحهِ: 796 ، ومسلمُ: 409).
Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, also said that the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “When he prayer leader (the imam) says: “Sami’a Allahu
liman ‘hamida” (Allah hears whoever praises Him), say: “Allahumma,
Rabbana, lakal ‘hamd” (O Allah, our Lord, to You belongs the praise). Whoever
says what the angels say his previous sins will be forgiven” (Authenticated
as Sa’hee’h by Al- Al-Bukhari: 796 and Muslim:
409).
وعَنْ أبي هُرَيْرَةَ
، رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ
رسولَ اللهِ ،
صَلَّى اللهُ
عليهِ وسَلَّمَ
، كانَ إذَا
قامَ إلى
الصَّلاةِ
يُكبِّرُ
حينَ يقومُ ،
ثمَّ
يُكبِّرُ
حينَ يرْكعُ ،
ثمَّ يقولُ: "سَمِعَ
اللَّهُ
لِمَنْ
حَمِدَهُ" ، حينَ
يرفعُ صلبَهُ
منَ
الرَّكعةِ.
ثمَّ يقولُ
وَهوَ قائمٌ: "ربَّنا
لَكَ الحمدُ." ثمَّ
يُكبِّرُ
حينَ يَهوي
ساجدًا ، ثمَّ
يُكبِّرُ
حينَ يرفعُ
رأسَهُ. ثمَّ
يُكبِّرُ حينَ
يسجدُ ، ثمَّ
يُكبِّرُ
حينَ يرفعُ
رأسَهُ. ثمَّ
يفعلُ ذلِكَ
في الصَّلاةِ
كلِّها ، حتَّى
يقضيَها.
ويُكبِّرُ
حينَ يقومُ
منَ الثِّنتينِ
بعدَ الجلوسِ
(صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عنْ صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 1149 ، وأخرجَ
البخاريُّ
روايةً أخرى
في نفس المعنى: 795).
In a third ‘Hadeeth, Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, said that the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, used to make a takbeer (saying: Allahu Akber: Allah
is Greater) whenever he stood for prayer. Then, he would make it when he bowed
down (made rukou’). Then, he would say: “Sami’a Allahu
liman ‘hamida” (Allah hears whoever praises Him), whenever he lifted his
head after the rukou’. Then, he would say, while standing up: Rabbana, lakal
‘hamd” (Our Lord, to You belongs the praise). Then, he would
make a takbeer when he fell to the ground for prostration (sujood), when he
lifted his head, then when he made the (second) prostration, and after it. He
did that in the rest of the prayer units (rak’as), until he completed (his)
prayer. He (also) would make a takbeer when he stood up after the second prayer
unit (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 1149. In addition, Al-Bukhari authenticated
as Sa’hee’h in another version, with same
meaning: 795).
[192] The
Arabic texts, English translation, and authentication of the mentioned
‘Hadeeth, about how the complete prostration (Sujood) is achieved, are as
follows:
عَنْ ابنِ
عباسٍ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهما ،
أنَّ النبيِّ
، صلى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ ،
قالَ: "
أُمِرْتُ أنْ
أسْجُدَ علَى
سَبْعَةِ
أعْظُمٍ: علَى
الجَبْهَةِ ،
(وأَشَارَ
بيَدِهِ) علَى
الأنْفِ
(أنْفِهِ)
واليَدَيْنِ
، والرُّكْبَتَيْنِ
، وأَطْرَافِ
القَدَمَيْنِ.
ولَا نَكْفِتَ
الثِّيَابَ
والشَّعَرَ"
(صححهُ الألبانيُّ
، في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 1369 ، وأخرجهُ
البخاريُّ في
صَحِيحِهِ: 812 ، ومسلم: 490 ،
والنسائيُّ: 1096 ، 1097 ، باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
Companion Ibn
(son of) ‘Abbas, mAbpwt both, said that the Prophet, pbbuh, said: “I was
commanded to prostrate on seven bones: On the forehead, (then he pointed with
his hand to it), on the nose, palms, knees, and toe tips” (Authenticated
as Sa’hee’h by
Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 1369, and by
Al-Bukhari:
812, Muslim: 490, and Al-Nisa-i: 1096, 1097, with few differences).
[193] See Endnote Number 190, which contains the
‘Hadeeth narrated by Companion ‘Hudthayfa
Bin Al-Yaman, mAbpwh, concerning what the Prophet, pbbuh, used to say in the
bowing down (rukou’) and prostration (Sujood).
[194] Al-Tashahud
(pronounced atta shahud) is composed of words mentioned by the Prophet, pbbuh, which we have received through
‘Hadeeths narrated by his Companions, such as ‘Omar, Ibn ‘Abbas, and Ibn Mas’ood,
mAbpw them. As a result, there are slight differences between one narration and
another but all of them are correct.
For example,
in Ibn Mas’ood’s version of the ‘Hadeeth, the name of Allah is mentioned at the
beginning of the first sentence:
"التَّحِياتُ
للهِ
وَالصَّلَوَاتُ
الطَّيبَاتُ" (Greetings to Allah, and good prayers).
However, Ibn ‘Abbas mentioned it at the end: “"التَّحِياتُ
المُبَارَكَاتُ
، وَالصَّلَوَاتُ
الطَّيبَاتُ
لله (Blessed greetings and good prayers to Allah). Finally, in ‘Omar’s
version, the name of Allah is mentioned four times and the adjective “blessed”
is replaced with “pure”: "التَّحِيَّاتُ
لِلَّهِ ،
الزَّاكِيَاتُ
لِلَّهِ ،
الطَّيِّبَاتُ
لِلَّهِ ،
الصَّلَوَاتُ
لِلَّهِ" (Greetings to Allah, pure
(characteristics) to Allah, good (characteristics) to Allah, and good prayers
to Allah). All these versions of the ‘Hadeeth were authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Muslim: 402, 405 and by Al-Bukhari: 3370, 6265.
Here is the ‘Hadeeth narrated by Ibn ‘Abbas, mAbpwh, which
mentions the first part of Al-Tashahud:
عنْ عبد الله
بن عباس ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُما ، أنَّهُ قال:
"كانَ
رَسولُ اللهِ
، صَلَّى
اللَّهُ عليه
وسلَّمَ ،
يُعَلِّمُنَا
التَّشَهُّدَ
كما يُعَلِّمُنَا
القُرْآنَ.
فَكانَ يقولُ:
التَّحِيَّاتُ
المُبَارَكَاتُ
، الصَّلَوَاتُ
الطَّيِّبَاتُ
لِلَّهِ.
السَّلَامُ
عَلَيْكَ
أيُّها
النبيُّ ، ورَحْمَةُ
اللهِ
وبَرَكَاتُهُ.
السَّلَامُ
عَلَيْنَا ،
وعلَى
عِبَادِ
اللهِ
الصَّالِحِينَ.
أشْهَدُ أنْ
لا إلَهَ
إلَّا
اللَّهُ ، وأَشْهَدُ
أنَّ
مُحَمَّدًا
رَسولُ
اللَّهِ" (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عنْ صحيحِ أبي
داودَ: 974 ، والترمذي:
290
،
والنسائيِّ: 1174 ، وابنِ
ماجه: 743.
وأخرجهُ
مُسْلِمٌ في
صحيحِهِ: 403 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
Companion ‘Abdullah Bin ‘Abbas, mAbpwt both, said: The Messenger
of Allah, pbbuh, used to teach used to teach us the Quan. He used to say: "Blessed greetings and good
prayers to Allah. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and mercy of Allah, and His
blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the good worshippers of Allah. I bear
witness that there is no other God but Allah and I bear witness that Mu’hammed
is the Messenger of Allah (Authenticated
as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Abu
Dawood: 974, Al-Tirmidthi: 290, Al-Nisa-i: 1174, Ibn Maja: 743, and
Muslim: 403, with few differences).
Here are two versions of a ‘Hadeeth narrated by Ka’b Bin ‘Ajra,
mAbpwh, which mention the second part of Al-Tashahud:
عنْ
كعبٍ بنِ
عجرةً ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهُ ،
أنهُ قالَ:
إنَّ النبيَّ
، صَلَّى
اللهُ عليه وسلَّمَ
، خَرَجَ
عَلَيْنَا.
فَقُلْنَا: يا
رَسولَ
اللَّهِ ، قدْ
عَلِمْنَا
كيفَ نُسَلِّمُ
عَلَيْكَ ،
فَكيفَ
نُصَلِّي
عَلَيْكَ؟ قالَ:
فَقُولوا:
"اللَّهُمَّ
صَلِّ علَى
مُحَمَّدٍ ،
وعلَى آلِ
مُحَمَّدٍ ،
كما
صَلَّيْتَ
علَى آلِ
إبْرَاهِيمَ
، إنَّكَ
حَمِيدٌ
مَجِيدٌ.
اللَّهُمَّ
بَارِكْ علَى
مُحَمَّدٍ ،
وعلَى آلِ
مُحَمَّدٍ ،
كما بَارَكْتَ
علَى آلِ
إبْرَاهِيمَ
، إنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ
مَجِيدٌ"
(أخرجَهُ
البخاريُّ: 6357 ، ومسلمُ: 406 ، في صَحِيحَيْهِمَا).
Companion Ka’b Bin ‘Ajra, mAbpwh, said that the Prophet, pbbuh,
came out to us. We said: O Messenger of Allah, we have known how to greet you.
How can we pray on you? He said: Say: “O Allah! Pray for (bless) Mu’hammed
and for the family of Mu’hammed, as You prayed for (blessed) the family of Ibraheem
(Abraham). You are Praise-Worthy, You are Glorious. O Allah! Bless Mu’hammed
and the family of Mu’hammed, as You blessed the family of Ibraheem. You are
Praise-Worthy, You are Glorious (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Bukhari:
6357 and Muslim: 406).
Here is the second version of the ‘Hadeeth:
وفي
روايةٍ أخرى
عنْ كعبٍ بنِ
عجرةً ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهُ ،
أنهُ قالَ:
إنَّ النبيَّ
، صَلَّى اللهُ
عليه وسلَّمَ
، خَرَجَ
عَلَيْنَا.
فَقُلْنَا: يا
رَسولَ
اللَّهِ ،
السَّلامُ
علَيكَ قد
عَرفناهُ ،
فَكيفَ
الصَّلاةُ
علَيكَ؟ قالَ:
قولوا:
اللَّهمَّ
صلِّ علَى
محمَّدٍ ، وعلى
آلِ محمَّدٍ ،
كما صلَّيتَ
علَى إبراهيمَ
، وآلِ
إبراهيمَ ،
إنَّكَ حميدٌ
مجيدٌ. وبارِك
علَى محمَّدٍ
، وعلى آلِ
محمَّدٍ ، كما
بارَكتَ علَى
إبراهيمَ ،
وآلِ
إبراهيمَ
إنَّكَ حميدٌ
مجيدٌ (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صفةِ الصلاةِ: 166 و167 ، عنْ
صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 1286 و 1287 ، وابنِ
ماجه: 746،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
Companion Ka’b Bin ‘Ajra, mAbpwh, said that the Prophet, pbbuh,
came out to us. We said: O Messenger of Allah, we have known how to greet you.
How can we pray on you? He said: Say: “O Allah! Pray for (bless) Mu’hammed
and for the family of Mu’hammed, as You prayed for (blessed) Ibraheem (Abraham)
and for the family of Ibraheem. You are Praise-Worthy, You are Glorious. O
Allah! Bless Mu’hammed and the family of Mu’hammed, as You blessed Ibraheem and
the family of Ibraheem. You are Praise-Worthy, You are Glorious (Authenticated
as Sa’hee’h by Al-Bukhari: 6357 and Muslim: 406).
[195] Based
on ‘Hadeeth, tasbee’h after every prayer is a Sunna (recommended, not
mandatory), whether it is done in 33 times each, more than that, or less,
dependent on a person’s circumstances. It is recommended that each one of the
three tasbee’h sentences be said 33 times. Thus, the total is 99 times. Then,
the tasbee’h is concluded with the following, said once:
"لا
إلهَ إلا
اللهُ ،
وحدَهُ لا
شريكَ لَهُ ،
لَهُ الملكُ
ولَهُ
الْحَمْدُ ،
وهُوَ على كُلِّ
شَيءٍ قديرٍ."
“There is no other god than (but) Allah, (the) One
Who has no partners. To Him is the Dominion and praise, and He is Capable of
(doing) everything.”
Here is the text of the mentioned ‘Hadith:
عن أبي هُرَيْرَةَ
، رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، والذي
قالَ فيهِ
أنَّ النبيَّ
، عليهِ
الصلاةُ
والسلامُ: "مَنْ
سَبَّحَ
اللهَ في
دُبُرِ كُلِّ
صلاةٍ ثلاثًا
وثلاثينَ ،
وحَمَدَ
اللهَ ثلاثًا
وثلاثينَ ،
وكَبَّرَ
اللهَ ثلاثًا
وثلاثينَ ، فتلكَ
تسعٌ وتسعونَ.
وقالَ تمامَ
المائةِ: لا إلهَ
إلا اللهُ
وَحْدَهُ لا
شريكَ لَهُ ،
لَهُ
الْمُلْكُ ،
ولَهُ
الْحَمْدُ ،
وهوَ على كُلِّ
شَيءٍ قديرٌ ،
غُفِرتْ
خطاياهُ وإنْ
كانتْ مثلَ
زَبَدِ
البحرِ"
(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ، في
صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 6286 ،
وأخرجهُ
البخاريُّ: 820 ،
ومسلمُ: 597 ، في
صَحِيحَيْهِما).
Companion
Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, said that the Prophet, pbbuh, said: “Whoever exalts Allah
after every prayer thirty-three (times), praises Allah thirty-three (times),
and makes takbeer thirty-three (times), then these total ninety-nine. The completion
of one hundred is saying “There
is no other god than (but) Allah, (the) One Who has no partners, to Him is the
Dominion and praise, and He is Capable of (doing) everything.” Whoever says
these (words of praise to Allah), his sins will be forgiven even if they are as
much as the sea foam” (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jani: 6286, by Al-Bukhari: 820, and by Muslim: 597).
***
Notes for Chapter 12: Giving Zakat (Charity)
[196] The
Holy Quran verses tell us that the Arabic word “zakat” means “purification” of
the human self of stinginess (59: 9), of hoarding (3: 180), and of
contamination (9: 103), as follows:
خُذْ مِنْ
أَمْوَالِهِمْ
صَدَقَةً تُطَهِّرُهُمْ
وَتُزَكِّيهِم
بِهَا (التَّوْبَةُ
، 9: 103).
وَمَن
يُوقَ شُحَّ
نَفْسِهِ
فَأُولَـٰئِكَ
هُمُ
الْمُفْلِحُونَ (الْحَشْرُ
، 59: 9).
وَلَا
يَحْسَبَنَّ
الَّذِينَ يَبْخَلُونَ بِمَا
آتَاهُمُ
اللَّـهُ مِن
فَضْلِهِ هُوَ
خَيْرًا
لَّهُم ۖ بَلْ
هُوَ شَرٌّ
لَّهُمْ ۖ
(آلُ
عِمْرَانَ ، 3: 180).
Take from their wealth a charity (zakat), which purifies them and by which they are elevated
(Al-Tawba, 9: 103).
And whoever is protected from the stinginess of his self (part of the soul) - it is those who
will be the successful (Al-'Hashr, 59: 9).
And let not those, who withhold
what Allah has given them of His bounty, ever think that it is better for them.
Rather, it is worse for them (Aal-'Imran, 3: 180).
In addition, the purification of the human self leads to its
righteousness, and that performing the mandated ways of worship, including
charity (zakat), is rewarded by an eternal life in Paradise, as we learn from
the following two ‘Hadeeths:
عن زيدٍ
بنِ أرقمَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ النَّبيَّ
، صلى الله
عليهِ
وسلَّمَ كانَ
يقولُ:
"اللَّهُمَّ
آتِ نَفسِي
تقواها
زَكِّها أنتَ
خيرُ مَن
زكَّاها"
(أخرجهُ مسلمُ
في صحيحهِ: 2722 ، وصححهُ
الألبانيُّ
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 1286 ، وفي
تخريجِ كتابِ
السنةِ: 320 ، وعن
صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 5473 ، 5553).
Companion Zayd Bin Arqam, mAbpwh,
said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “O Allah, give my self its
righteousness, purify it, You are the Best to purify it” (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth by Muslim: 2722 and by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 1286,
in Takhreej Kitab Al-Sunna: 320, and based on Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i:
5473, 5553).
عَنْ
أبي أيوبَ
الأنصاريُّ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، أنَّ رسولَ
اللَّهِ ،
صلَّى
اللَّهُ
عليهِ وسَلَّمَ
، قالَ "ما
مِنْ عبدٍ ،
يعبُدُ اللهَ
لا يُشرِكُ به
شيئًا ،
ويُقيمُ
الصَّلاةَ ،
ويُؤتي الزَّكاةَ
، ويصومُ
رمضانَ ،
ويجتنِبُ
الكبائرَ ،
إلَّا دخل
الجنَّةَ
(صححهُ
الألباني ، في
صحيحِ
الموارِدِ: 19 ،
وأخرجَهُ
النسائيُّ: 4009 ،
وأحمدُ: 23502 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ ، وابنُ
حبانٍ: 3247 ،
واللفظُ
لَهُ).
Companion Abu Ayyoob Al-Ansari,
mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “If a worshipper of
Allah worships Him, without taking anything as a partner with Him, (by)
performing prayer, giving charity (zakat), fasting Ramadhan, and
avoiding big sins, he will enter Paradise” (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Mawarid: 19, Al-Nisa-i: 4009,
Ahmed: 23502, with few differences, and by Ibn ‘Habban: 3247, who produced this
version).
[197] The
verse statistics mentioned in this Chapter and throughout the book are drawn
from two Arabic indexes of the Holy Quran. The first is the search function of
an online source, www.tanzil.info.
The second is a paper index, titled, "The Holy Quran Index," by Muhammed
Fuad Abdul Baqi. Cairo: Dar Al-Fikr.1406 (1986). The Arabic Title of the index
is: “Al-Mu’ajam Al-Mufahras Li Alfadth Al-Quran Al-Kareem.”
"الْمُعْجَمُ
الْمُفَهْرَسُ
لألْفَاظِ الْقُرْآنِ
الْكَرِيمِ"
، تأليف محمد
فؤاد عبد
الباقي
(القاهرةُ ،
دارُ الفكرِ: 1406
هجرية ، 1986
ميلادية).
The word "Zakat," which means
"purification" or "giving charity," was mentioned as a noun
in the Holy Quran 32 times. In 26 times, it was mentioned following the
mention of establishing prayer, as the second and third duties (ways of
worship), which Allah, praise to Him, ordained on Muslims, as stated in the
following verses:
2: 43, 2: 83, 2: 110, 2:
177, 2: 277, 4: 77, 4: 162, 5: 12, 5: 55, 9: 5, 9: 11, 9: 18, 9: 71, 19: 31,
19: 55, 21: 73, 22: 41, 22: 78, 24: 37, 24: 56, 27: 3, 31: 4, 33: 33, 58: 13,
73: 20, and 98: 5.
The word "Zakat" was also mentioned
as a noun, meaning “charity” and "purification of the human self" but
without being mentioned together with prayer, in verses 7: 156, 23: 4, 30: 39,
and 41: 7.
Further, the word "Zakat" was
mentioned as a noun, in verse 18: 81, and in verse 19: 13, as an adjective describing
Prophet Ya’hya (John), peace be to him.
Verse 35: 18 contained mentioning prayer as
well as two forms of the verb “zakka, which are tazakka and yatazakka.
Other derivatives of the verb "zakka"
were mentioned 20 times in the Holy Quran but without being linked with the
duty of establishing prayer, as stated in the following verses:
2: 129, 2: 151, 2: 174, 3: 77, 3: 164, 4: 49
(twice), 9: 103, 20: 76, 24: 4, 24: 21, 35: 18 (twice), 53: 32, 62: 2, 79: 18, 80: 3, 80: 7, 87: 14,
91: 9, and 92: 18.
Finally, adjectives derived from the verb
“zakka” were mentioned 6 times in the Holy Quran, as stated in verses 2: 232, 18:
19, 18: 74, 19: 19, 24: 28, and 24: 30.
[198] The
word “sadaqa," which means "charity" was mentioned as a
singular noun 5 times, in the Holy Quran, in the following verses: 2: 196,
2: 263, 4: 114, 9: 103, and 58: 12.
It was also mentioned as a plural noun (sadaqaat)
9 times, in verses 2: 264, 2: 271, 2: 276, 4: 4, 9: 58, 9: 60, 9: 79, 9: 104,
and 58: 13.
Moreover, it was mentioned as an adjective in 3
verses, which are 12: 88, 33: 35, and 57: 18.
Finally, it was mentioned as a verb in 3
verses, which are 2: 280 (tasaddaqoo), 5: 45, and 12: 88 (tasaddaqa).
Note about the translation of the Arabic
conjunctive letter (
و )
The English translation of the meanings of the
verses of the Holy Quran in this book, including this chapter, is based on the “Sahih
International” and other translations of the Holy Quran, which are published at
www.tanzil.net. However, this author is solely responsible
for the changes he has made to the translations, the transliteration of the Arabic
letter sounds, the use of parentheses to a clarify the meaning of the Arabic
text, and the use of the English comma instead of the Arabic conjunctive word
"and" when there's a sequence of related words or phrases.
The Arabic conjunctive letter ( و ) is sometimes
translated by this author as a comma (,)
instead of translating it as "and"
because both the comma and the Arabic letter و have the same meaning and perform the same
function. Thus, in some cases, this
translation conforms to the English language norm of using commas to separate
related words or phrases, with using "and" before the last word or
phrase in a sequence.
Here is an illustration about the difference in
the translation, as applied to verse 2: 83, which has seven Arabic
conjunctive و letters, separating related words or
phrases, in a sequence:
وَإِذْ
أَخَذْنَا
مِيثَاقَ
بَنِي
إِسْرَائِيلَ
لَا
تَعْبُدُونَ
إِلَّا
اللَّـهَ وَبِالْوَالِدَيْنِ
إِحْسَانًا وَذِي
الْقُرْبَىٰ وَالْيَتَامَىٰ
وَالْمَسَاكِينِ
وَقُولُوا
لِلنَّاسِ
حُسْنًا وَأَقِيمُوا
الصَّلَاةَ وَآتُوا
الزَّكَاةَ ثُمَّ
تَوَلَّيْتُمْ
إِلَّا
قَلِيلًا مِّنكُمْ
وَأَنتُم
مُّعْرِضُونَ (البقرة
، 2: 83).
The following is a translation of Verse 2:83,
using an emphasized English comma (,), as a translation for the Arabic conjunctive
letter (و ) :
And (O Muhammed, mention to people the time)
when We took the covenant from the Children of Israel (enjoining upon them to):
"Do not worship except Allah, do good to parents, relatives, orphans,
the needy,
speak to people (with) good (words),
establish prayer, and give zakat." Then, you (Children of
Israel) turned away, except a few of you, and you were refusing (Al-Baqara, 2: 83).
The following is a translation of the same
Verse, 2:83, using the English conjunctive word
"and" as a translation for the
Arabic conjunctive letter و :
And (O Muhammed, mention to people the time)
when We took the covenant from the Children of Israel (enjoining upon them to):
"Do not worship except Allah and do
good to parents and relatives and orphans and
the needy and speak to people (with) good
(words) and establish prayer and give zakat." Then, you (Children of
Israel) turned away, except a few of you, and you were
refusing (Al-Baqara, 2: 83).
[199] The Arabic text, English translation, and
authentication of the ‘Hadeeth, about charity (zakat) as wealth, taken from the
wealthy to be returned to the poor, are as follows:
عنْ عَبْدِ
اللهِ بنِ
عَبَّاسٍ ،
رضيَ اللهُ عنهُ
، أنَّ رسولَ
اللَّهِ ،
صلَّى
اللَّهُ عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ ،
بعَثَ معاذًا
إلى اليمَنِ فقالَ
لَهُ: "إنَّكَ
تأتي قومًا
أهْلَ كتابٍ ،
فادعُهُم إلى
شَهادةِ أن لا
إلَهَ إلَّا
اللَّهُ ،
وأنِّي رسولُ
اللَّهِ. فإِن
هُمْ أطاعوا
لِذلِكَ ،
فأعلِمهُم
أنَّ اللَّهَ
افتَرضَ
عليهم خمسَ
صلواتٍ في
اليومِ
واللَّيلةِ. فإن
هُمْ أطاعوا
لذلِكَ ،
فأعلِمهُم
أنَّ اللَّهَ
افترضَ
عليهِم
صدَقةَ في
أموالِهِم ، تؤخَذُ
من
أغنيائِهِم
وتُردُّ علَى
فُقرائِهِم.
فإن هُم
أطاعوا
لذلِكَ ،
فإيَّاكَ
وَكَرائمَ
أموالِهِم
واتَّقِ
دَعوةَ
المظلومِ ،
فإنَّها ليسَ
بينَها وبينَ
اللَّهِ
حجابٌ" (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عن صحيحِ
الترمذيِّ: 625 ،
وأخرجَهُ
البخاريُّ: 1496 ،
ومسلمُ: 19 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
Companion
‘Abdullah Bin ‘Abbas, mAbpwt both, said that when the Prophet, pbbuh, sent (his Companion)
Mu'adth, to Yemen, he said to him: "You are going to some of
the People of the Book. Call them to the proclamation that there is no other
God but Allah, and that I am the Messenger of Allah. If they obey you in that,
then tell them that Allah has ordained on them (to perform) five prayers at
(every) day and night. If they obey you in that, then inform them that Allah
has ordained a Charity on them, from
their wealth, to be taken from their wealthy, to be returned
to their poor. If
they obey you in that, do not take the best of their wealth (take the average,
instead) and avoid the supplication of the oppressed, as there is no barrier
between it and Allah" (This ‘Hadeeth was authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Tirmidthi: 625. It was also
authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Bukhari: 1496 and by Muslim: 19, with
few differences).
[200] The
‘Hadeeth, about believers in their love, mercy, and sympathy towards
one-another are like organs of the body, was
authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Muslim: 2586, Al-Bukhari: 6011, and Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’:
5849, and in Takhreej Mushkilat Al-Faqr: 105).
[201] The Arabic text, English
translation, and authentication of the ‘Hadeeth, about the charity (zakat)
annual due date, are as follows:
عَنْ
أمِّ
المؤمنينَ
عَائِشَةَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنها ، أنها
قالتْ:
"سَمِعْتُ
رَسُولَ اللَّهِ
، صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ، يَقُولُ:
"لَا زَكَاةَ
فِي مَالٍ
حَتَّى يَحُولَ
عَلَيْهِ
الْحَوْلُ"
(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيح
الجامعِ: 7497 ،
وعن صحيحِ
ابنِ ماجه: 1461.
وفي إرواءِ
الغليلِ ،
بروايةِ عبدِ
اللهِ بنِ
عُمَرٍ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهما: 787.
وأخرجهُ
الترمذيُّ: 631 ،
والدارُقطنيِّ:
2/90 ،
والبيهقيُّ: 7572 ،
باختلاف
يسيرٍ).
The Mother of the Believers, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh, said that she heard the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, saying: “No charity (zakat)
is due on wealth until it is saved for a year” (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 7497, based on Sa’hee’h Ibn
Maja: 1461, and in Irwa-il Ghaleel, with the narration of ‘Abdullah Bin
‘Omar, mAbpwt both: 787. It was also authenticated as Sa’hee’h by
Al-Tirmidthi: 631, Al-Dar Qutni: 2/90, and Al-Bayhaqi: 7572, with
few differences).
[202] See
Al-Ghufayli (2008: 160) concerning
the estimation of the twenty dinars as the equivalent of 85 grams of gold and
the five awaqs as the equivalent of 559 grams of silver.
الغفيلي
، عبد الله
منصور. 2008.
"نوازل
الزكاة: دراسة
فقهية
تأصيلية
لمستجدات
الزكاة." رسالة
لنيل شهادة
الدكتوراه في
الفقه من كلية
الشريعة ،
بجامعة
الإمام محمد
بن سعود
بالرياض. طبعتها
دار الإيمان
للطباعة
والنشر ، عام 1429 ه \ 2008 م.
Al-Ghufayli,
Abdullah Mansoor. 2008. “Nawazil Al-Zakat: Dirasa Fiqhiya Tasiliya limustajdat
Al-Zakat” (Contemporary Issues of Zakat: An Analytical Study). A Ph.D.
Dissertation (in Arabic), accepted by Shari’a College, Imam Muhammed Bin Saud
University, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, in 1428 / 2007. Published by Iman Press and
Publication, in 1429 / 2008.
https://ia802305.us.archive.org/16/items/waq94992/94992_text.pdf
[203] The Arabic texts, English translation, and
authentication of the two ‘Hadeeths, about the minimum amount of
charity (zakat) in gold and silver, are as follows:
عَنْ
عبدِ اللهِ
بنِ عُمَرَ
وأم المؤمنين
، َعَائِشَةَ
، رضيَ اللهُ
عنهم جميعاً ،
"أَنَّ
النَّبِيَّ ،
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ
، كَانَ
يَأْخُذُ
مِنْ كُلِّ
عِشْرِينَ
دِينَارًا
فَصَاعِدًا
نِصْفَ
دِينَارٍ ،
وَمِنْ
الْأَرْبَعِينَ
دِينَاراً
دِينَاراً" (صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عَنْ صحيحِ
ابنِ ماجه: 1460 ،
وقالَ عنهُ في
إرواءِ
الغليلِ: 3/289:
للحديثِ
شواهدُ يتقوى
بِها).
‘Abdullah Bin ‘Omar and the Mother of Believers, ‘Aisha,
mAbpwt, said that the Prophet, pbbuh, used to take (as charity) one-half of a
dinar out of every 20 dinars, and one dinar out of every forty dinars
(Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h of Ibn
Maja: 1460. He also mentioned, in Iraw-il ‘Ghaleel: 3/289, that there
are pieces of evidence which strengthen this ‘Hadeeth).
وعَنْ
عَلِيِّ بْنِ
أَبِي
طَالِبٍ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، عَنِ
النَّبِيِّ ،
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ
عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
أَنَّهُ
قَالَ: "هاتوا
رُبُعَ
العشورِ ، مِن
كلِّ أربعينَ
درهمًا درهمٌ.
وليسَ عليكُم
شيءٌ (يعني في
الفضة) ،
حتَّى تتِمَّ
مائتَي
درهَمٍ. فإذا
كانَت مائتَي
دِرهمٍ ،
ففيها خمسةُ
دَراهمَ. فَما
زادَ ، فعلَى
حِسابِ
ذلِكَ"
(صححَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عَنْ صحيحِ
أبي داودَ: 1572
،
وأخرجَهُ
ابنُ
خُزَيْمَه في
صَحِيحِهِ: 4\57).
Caliph ‘Ali Bin Abi Talib, mAbpwh, said that the Prophet, pbbuh,
said: “Bring (as a charity) a quarter of ten (2.5%): One dirham out of every
forty dirhams (of silver), but you do not have to give charity (zakat) until
you have had two-hundred dirhams (in a year). If you have had two hundred
dirhams (saved for a year), then (the charity) due on them is five dirhams (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by
Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h of Abu Dawood: 1572 and by Ibn Khuzayma:
4/57).
[204] See the summary of the two
opinions of Islamic scholars (the majority and the minority), presented by Al-Ghufayli,
about the charity (zakat) due on the merchandise and the profit-producing
property (2008: 125-135) and on stocks and industrial companies (2008: 154-160,
170-177, 182-184, and 228).
[205] The ‘Hadith narrated by Abu Sa’id Al-Khudri,
mAbpwh, about the minimum quantity of dates required for charity (zakat) to be
given, was authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h
Al-Jami’: 5416 and based on Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 2473. It was also authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Bukhari: 1459.
There is
another version of this ‘Hadeeth, as follows:
عَنْ
جابرٍ بنِ
عبدِ اللهِ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ،
أنَّ رسولَ
اللهِ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ وسَلَّمَ
، قالَ: "ليسَ
فِيما دُونَ
خَمْسِ أواقٍ
مِنَ
الوَرِقِ
صَدَقَةٌ ،
وليسَ فِيما دُونَ
خَمْسِ
ذَوْدٍ مِنَ
الإبِلِ
صَدَقَةٌ ،
وليسَ فِيما
دُونَ
خَمْسَةِ
أوْسُقٍ مِنَ
التَّمْرِ
صَدَقَةٌ"
(أخرجَهُ
مسلمُ في صحيحِهِ:
980).
Companion Jabir Bin ‘Abdullah, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of
Allah, pbbuh, said: “No charity (zakat) is due on less than five awaqs (200 dirhams of coined) silver, or less than five adult camels,
or less than five awsuqs (610 kilograms) of dates” (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Muslim: 980).
[206] See Al-Ghufayli (2008: 98-103, 107),
for a detailed discussion about the calculation of the minimum value of
agricultural products (610.5 kilograms), on which charity (zakat) is due.
[207] The Arabic text, English translation, and
authentication of the mentioned ‘Hadeeth, about the quantity of grans and
fruits, on which charity (zakat) is due (Nisab), are as follows:
عَنْ عبدِ
اللهِ بنِ
عُمَرَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهما ، أنَّ
النبيَّ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ ، قد
سَنَّ: "فِيما
سَقَتِ
السَّمَاءُ
والعُيُونُ
أَوْ كانَ
عَثَرِيًّا ،
العُشْرُ. وما
سُقِيَ
بالنَّضْحِ ،
نِصْفُ العُشْرِ"
(صححَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عنْ صحيحِ
الترمذيِّ: 640 ،
وأخرجهُ
البخاريُّ في
صحيحِهِ: 1483 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
Companion ‘Abdullah Bin ‘Omar,
mAbpwt both, said that the Prophet, pbbuh, ruled that (charity is due) by “one-tenth
(10%) on (agricultural products) watered by natural means. It is one-half of a
tenth (2.5%) on what is watered by irrigation” (Authenticated as
Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Al-Tirmidthi: 640
and by Al-Bukhari: 1483, with few differences).
There is
another version of the ‘Hadeeth, as follows:
عَنْ
عبدِ اللهِ
بنِ عُمَرَ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهما ، أنَّ
النبيَّ ، صلى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسلمَ ، قد
سَنَّ: "فِيما
سَقَتِ السَّمَاءُ
والأنهارُ
والعُيونُ ،
أو كانَ بَعلًا
، العُشرُ.
وما سُقِيَ
بالسَّواني
والنَّضحِ ،
نِصفُ
العُشرِ"
(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عَنْ صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 2487 و 2488).
Companion ‘Abdullah Bin ‘Omar,
mAbpwt both, said that the Prophet, pbbuh, ruled that (charity is due) by
“one-tenth (10%) on (agricultural products) watered by (natural means): the sky
(rain), rivers, springs, and underground water. It is one-half of a tenth
(2.5%) on what is watered by irrigation with efforts (fetching, or lifting, or
pumping water)” (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 2487 and 2488).
It is noteworthy that the Arabic word “’athri” in the first version
of the ‘Hadeeth was replaced with the word “ba’li” in the second version. However,
both words refer to plants which grow in wetlands, or plants with deep roots
which are capable of reaching underground water, such as date-palm trees.
[208] See Al-Ghufayli
(2008: 115-122) concerning the calculation of the charity (zakat) due on
domestic animals, which are used for profit from selling their products, in our
time.
[209] If animals are used for commercial purposes,
such as selling and buying them or their products, then the animals are treated
as a business, and the 2.5% charity (Zakat) rate applies.
If animals are
used for their products and for reproduction purposes but graze on natural
pasture, most of the year, then charity (Zakat) is due on them. For a minimum
of five camels, one sheep is due, one bull calf is due on thirty cows, and one
sheep is due on forty sheep. For more details, see Al-Ghufayli (2008:
115-122).
Details of specifying
charity (Zakat) on animals are mentioned in a ‘Hadeeth narrated by Caliph ‘Ali,
and in a directive by Caliph Abu Bakr, mAbpwt both.
Here’s the
Arabic text, English translation, and authentication of the ‘Hadeeth narrated
by Caliph ‘Ali, mAbpwh, are as follows:
عَنْ
عَلِيِّ بْنِ
أَبِي
طَالِبٍ ،
رضيَ اللهُ
عنهُ ، عَنِ
النَّبِيِّ ،
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ
وَسَلَّمَ ،
أَنَّهُ
قَالَ: "هاتوا
رُبُعَ
العشورِ ، مِن
كلِّ أربعينَ
درهمًا درهمٌ
وليسَ عليكُم
شيءٌ (يعني
في الفضة) ، حتَّى
تتِمَّ
مائتَي
درهَمٍ. فإذا
كانَت مائتَي
دِرهمٍ ،
ففيها خمسةُ
دَراهمَ. فَما
زادَ فعلَى
حِسابِ ذلِكَ.
وفي
الغَنمِ في
أربعينَ شاةً
شاةٌ. فإن لم
يَكُن إلَّا
تسعٌ
وثلاثونَ
فلَيسَ عليكَ
فيها شيءٌ
(وساقَ صدَقةَ
الغنَمِ مثلَ
الزُّهريِّ).
قالَ:
وفي البقَرِ ،
في كلِّ
ثلاثينَ
تَبيعٌ ، وفي
الأربعينَ
مُسِنَّةٌ.
وليسَ علَى
العوامِلِ
شيءٌ.
وفي
الإبلِ ،
فذَكَرَ
صدقتَها كما
ذَكَرَ الزُّهريُّ
، قالَ: وفي
خَمسٍ
وعشرينَ ،
خَمسةٌ منَ
الغنمِ. فإذا
زادَت واحدةً
، ففيها ابنَةُ
مخاضٍ. فإن لم
تَكُن بِنتُ
مخاضٍ ، فابنُ
لبونٍ ذَكَرٌ
، إلى خمسٍ
وثلاثينَ.
فإذا زادت واحدةً
، ففيها بنتُ
لبونٍ ، إلى
خمسٍ
وأربعينَ.
فإذا زادَت
واحِدةً ،
ففيها
حِقَّةٌ
طروقَةُ
الجملِ إلى
ستِّينَ.
ثمَّ
ساقَ مِثلَ
حديثِ
الزُّهريِّ ،
قالَ: فإذا
زادَتْ
واحِدةً ،
يَعني واحدةً
وتسعينَ ، ففيها
حِقَّتانِ
طَروقتا
الجمَلِ ، إلى
عشرينَ
ومائةٍ. فإن
كانَتِ
الإبلُ
أَكْثرُ من ذلِكَ
، ففي كلِّ
خمسينَ
حِقَّةٌ.
ولا
يفرَّقُ بينَ
مُجتَمِعٍ ،
ولا يُجمَعُ
بينَ
مُفتَرِقٍ ،
خَشيةَ
الصَّدقةِ. ولا
تُؤخَذُ في
الصَّدقةِ
هرِمةٌ ، ولا
ذاتُ عَوارٍ ،
ولا تَيسٌ ،
إلَّا أن
يشاءَ
المصدِّقُ" (صححَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عَنْ صحيحِ
أبي داودَ: 1572).
Caliph Ali, mAbpwh, said that the Prophet, pbbuh, said: "Bring (as a
charity) a quarter of a ten (2.5%). A dirham is payable on every forty dirhams
(of silver), but you are not liable for giving it until you have accumulated
two hundred dirhams. When you have two hundred dirhams, five dirhams are
payable, and that proportion is applicable to larger amounts.
"Regarding sheep, for every forty sheep,
one sheep is due. But if you possess only thirty-nine, nothing is payable on
them." He further narrated the tradition about the sadaqa (zakat)
on sheep like that of Al-Zuhri).
"Regarding cattle, a yearling bull calf is
payable for every thirty, and a cow in her third year for forty, and nothing is
payable on working animals.
Regarding (the zakat on) camels, he mentioned
the rates that Al-Zuhri mentioned in his tradition. He said: "For
twenty-five camels, five sheep are to be paid. If they exceed by one, a
she-camel in her second year is to be given. If there is no she-camel in her
second year, a male camel in its third year is to be given, up to thirty-five.
If they exceed by one a she-camel in her third year is to be given, up to
forty-five. If they exceed by one, a she-camel in her fourth year which is
ready to be covered by a bull-camel is to be given." He then transmitted
the rest of the tradition like that of Al-Zuhri.
He continued: If they exceed by one, i.e. they
are ninety-one to hundred and twenty, two she-camels in their fourth year,
which are ready to be covered by a bull-camel, are to be given. If there are
more camels than that, a she-camel in her fourth year is to be given for every
fifty. Those which are in one flock are not to be separated, and those which
are separate are not to be brought together. An old sheep, one with a defect in
the eye, or a belly goat is not to be accepted as a sadaqa (zakat) unless
the collector is willing (This ‘Hadeeth was authenticated as Sa’hee’h by
Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood: 1572).
Translation by “qaalarasulallah.com,” at: http://qaalarasulallah.com/hadithView.php?ID=21573
A detailed explanation of the ‘Hadith is posted
on the Islam Web, at:
https://library.islamweb.net/newlibrary/display_book.php?flag=1&bk_no=55&ID=2660
A valuable treatment of the topic of charity
(zakat), by a contemporary author, is in the following Arabic book:
القحطاني
، سعيد بن علي
بن وهف (1431 هـجرية
، 2010 ميلادية)
، "الزكاة في
الإسلام في
ضوء الكتاب
والسنة: مفهوم
ومنزلة
وحِكَمٌ
وفوائد
وأحكام وشروط ومسائل"
، الطبعة
الثالثة.
الناشر: مركز
الدعوة
والإرشاد
بالقصب ، السعودية.
Al-Qa’htani, Sa’eed Bin Wahf, 2010 (3rd
Edition). “Charity (Zakat) in Islam, According to the Book (Quran) and Sunna,”
Center for Calling and Guidance, in Qasab (1431/2010).
https://al-maktaba.org/book/33994, https://islamhouse.com/ar/books/193637/
https://www.noor-book.com/كتاب-الزكاة-في-الإسلام-في-ضوء-الكتاب-والسنة-pdf
https://ar.islamway.net/book/3496/الزكاة-في-الإسلام
A detailed analysis of the topic of charity (zakat) by an early
Muslim scholar is in the Book of Zakat (Kitab Al-Zakat), part of the treatise
written by Al-‘Hafidth Al-Maqdisi, who died in 744 hijriya (1343 AD).
المقدسي
، الحافظ أبي
عبد الله بن
محمد بن أحمد
عبد الهادي (
توفي عام 744
هجرية ، 1343
ميلادية). "تنقيح
التحقيق في
أحاديث
التعليق." حققه
سامي بن محمد
بن جادالله
وعبد العزيز
بن ناصر
الخياني. وهو
من إصدار
"أضواء
السلف" بالرياض
، عام 1428 هجرية (2007
ميلادية).
Al-Maqdisi, Al-‘Hafidth. 2007. “Tanqee’h Al-Ta’hqeeq fi A’hadeeth
Al-T’aleeq.” (Arabic) Edited by Sami Mu’hammed A’hmed Jadallah
and Abdul ‘Azeez Nasir Al-Khayani. Published in Riyadh by
Adhwa Al-Salaf, in 1428 hijriya (2007 AD).
The book is also carried by several websites,
such as:
https://archive.org/details/waq77126
***
The Arabic
text, English translation, and authentication of the directive issued by Caliph
Abu Bakr to Companion Anas, mAbpwt both, before sending
him to collect charity (Zakat) from the people of Ba’hrain, are as follows:
وعن
أنسِ بنِ
مالكٍ ، رضي
الله عنه ، أن
أبا بكر ، رضي
الله عنه ، كتب
له هذا الكتاب ،
لما وجهه إلى
البحرين ،
لجمع الزكاة
من أهلها:
"
بسم الله
الرحمن
الرحيم ، هذه فريضة
الصدقة ، التي
فرض رسول الله
، صلى الله
عليه وسلم ،
على المسلمين
، والتي أمر
الله بِها
رسوله ، فمن سُئِلَها
من المسلمين
على وجهها
فليعطها ، ومن
سُئل فوقها
فلا يعط.
في
أربع وعشرين
من الإبل فما
دونها من
الغنم ، من كل
خمس شاة ،
فإذا بلغت
خمسًا وعشرين
إلى خمسٍ
وثلاثين
ففيها بنت
مخاض أنثى.
فإذا
بلغت ستًّا
وثلاثين إلى
خمس وأربعين ،
ففيها بنت
لبون أنثى.
فإذا
بلغت ستًّا
وأربعين إلى
ستين ففيها
حقة طروقة
الجمل (الفحل).
فإذا
بلغت واحدة
وستين إلى خمس
وسبعين ففيها جذعة.
فإذا
بلغت (يعني
ستًّا وسبعين)
إلى تسعين
ففيها ابنتا
لبون.
فإذا
بلغت إحدى
وتسعين إلى
عشرين ومائة
ففيها حقتان
طروقتا الجمل
(الفحل).
فإذا
زادت على
عشرين ومائة
ففي كل أربعين
بنت لبون وفي
كل خمسين حقة.
ومن لم
يكن معه إلا
أربع من الإبل
،
فليس
فيها صدقة إلا
أن يشاء ربّها.
فإذا بلغت
خمسًا من
الإبل ، ففيها
شاة (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في إرواءِ
الغليلِ: 794 ،
ومطولاً في
صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 4269 ،
وعنْ صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 2446. كما
صححهُ
البيهقيُّ: 85\4 ، 86\4 ،
وأحمدُ: 51\1 ،
وابنُ حَجَرٍ
، في فتح
الباري: 3/319 ،
برواياتٍ
مختلفةٍ).
Rules of charity (Zakat) due on domestic
animals, which graze on natural pasture lands, were given by the first Caliph,
Abu Bakr, mAbpwh, in his
directive to Companion Anas
Bin Malik, mAbpwh, who was going to collect charity (zakat) from the people
of Ba’hrain. In that directive, he used the example of getting charity on camels in kind
(in the form of sheep, cows, and camels), as follows:
In the name of
Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful
This is the
duty of charity, which the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, ordained on
Muslims, and which Allah has commanded His Messenger with. Whoever is asked of
Muslims to pay it rightly, he/she should give it. Whoever is asked to pay more
than that, he/she should not give.
In (case of) 5-24 camels, a charity (zakat) of
one sheep is due.
In (case of) 25-35 camels, the due charity
(zakat) is one female sheep, which is in its second year of age and whose
mother is pregnant (Bint makhadh untha, بنت لبون
أنثى).
In (case of) 36-45 camels, the due charity
(zakat) is one female sheep, which is in its third year of age and whose mother
has given birth (Bint laboon untha, بنت
مخاض أنثى).
In (case of) 46-60 camels, the due charity
(zakat) is one female camel, which is in its fourth year of age (huqqa
tarooqa Al-Jamal, حقة
طروقة الجمل).
In (case of) 61-75 camels, the due charity
(zakat) is one female camel, which is in its fifth year of age (Jathe-a, جذعة).
In (case of) 76-90 camels, the due charity
(zakat) is two female camels, which are in their third year of age and whose
mothers have given birth (Binta laboon, بنتا
لبون).
In (case of) 91-120 camels, the due charity
(zakat) is two female camels, which are in their fourth year of age (huqqatan tarooqatan
Al-Jamal, حقتان
طروقتا الجمل).
In (case of) more than 120 camels, the due
charity (zakat), on every 40 camels, is a female camel, which is in its third
year of age and whose mother has given birth (Bint makhadh, بنت
لبون).;
or on every 50 camels, is a female camel, which is in its fourth year of age
(huqqa, حقة).
(صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في إرواءِ
الغليلِ: 794 ،
ومطولاً في
صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 4269 ،
وعنْ صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 2446. كما
صححهُ
البيهقيُّ: 85\4 ، 86\4 ،
وأحمدُ: 51\1 ،
وابنُ حَجَرٍ
، في فتح
الباري: 3/319 ،
برواياتٍ
مختلفةٍ).
This ‘Hadeeth was authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Albani, in Irwa-il Ghaleel: 794, as a longer version in Sa’hee’h
Al-Jami’: 4269 and based on Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 2446. It was also
authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Bayhaqi: 85/4, 86/1, شىي
لاغ Ibn
‘Hajar, in Fat’h El-Bari: 3/319, with different versions.
Note: While in most cultures there’s only one word in
reference to camels, the Arabian culture is unique in using several names for
the animal, on the basis of its sex and age, as the resulting differences have
different marketable values.
Explanation of the Arabic terms used in Caliph
Abu Bakr’s directives, from Ibn
‘Hajar (3/319), is as follows:
من
الغنم ، قال
ابن حَجَرٍ ،
رَحِمَهُ
اللهُ: كذا
للأكثر، وفي
رواية ابن
السكن بإسقاط
"من"
وصوَّبَها
بعضهم.
وقال
عياض: من
أثبتها
فمعناه
زكاتـها ، أي
الإبل من
الغنم. ومن
للبيان لا
للتبعيض ، ومن
حذفها فالغنم
مبتدأ ،
والخبر مضمر
في قوله: "في كل
أربع وعشرين"
وما بعده
وإنما قدم
الخبر، لأن
الغرض بيان
المقادير
التي تجب فيها
الزكاة. والزكاة
إنما تجب بعد
وجود النصاب ،
فَحَسُنَ
التقديم."
بنت
المخاض ، هي
التي أتى
عليها حول
ودخلت في الثاني
وحملت أمها ،
والمخاض:
الحامل ، أي
دخل وقت حملها
وإن لم تحمل.
بنت
لبون وابن
لبون ، هو
الذي دخل في
ثالث سنة ،
فصارت أمه
لبوناً بوضع
الحمل.
حقة
، وهي التي
أتت عليها
ثلاث سنين
ودخلت في الرابعة.
جذعة
، وهي التي
أتت عليها
أربع سنين
ودخلت في
الخامسة ،
فليس فيها
صدقة إلا أن
يشاء ربّها،
فإذا بلغت
خمسًا من
الإبل ففيها
شاة (ابن حجر ،
في فتح الباري:
3/319).
Abu Bakr's rules about the charity (zakat) due
on domestic animals are explained in detail by many scholars, such as Sa'eed
Bin ‘Ali Al-Qa'htani, at www.alukah.net.
Abu Bakr's rules were also explained briefly by
Mu’hammed Bin Sali’h Al-'Uthaymeen, at:
http://www.ibnothaimeen.com/all/books/article_18068.shtml
Notes for Chapter 14: Fasting and Ramadhan
[210] For
more details about the benefits we gain from performing Islamic ways of worship
(‘ibadat), see Chapter 8, of the first book about Islam by this author (Islam:
A Scientific View of God’s Message to Humanity), titled: "The Relationship between
the Spiritual and the Physical Aspects of Islamic Teachings."
According to the ISNA calendar, used in many
websites, such as islamiccity.com,
the start of the "true dawn" (الفجر
الصادق) varies throughout the year, from 68 minutes before the
sunrise, in March and October, to 83 minutes before the sunrise in June.
For more information about the "true dawn,"
see Endnote # 178 of Chapter 2 of the
second book about Islam by this author (The Five Pillars of the Faith
Structure), titled: "Performing Islamic Prayers."
[211] For a
discussion about the human self, see
Chapter 9 , of the first
book about Islam by this author (Islam: A Scientific View of God’s Message to
Humanity), titled: “Mind, Self, Soul,
Spirit, and Happiness from an Islamic Perspective
[212] There
are many research articles about benefits of fasting to the body, mind, and
soul, some of their results are summarized in the Appendix,
at the end of this Chapter.
[213] The
main sources for 'Hadiths in this Chapter, about rules of fasting (and in the
book as a whole), are the Books of Al-Bukhari and Muslim, as well as the Sunan
books, which are posted in many websites, and authenticated by the 'Hadith
scholars. Some of the 'Hadiths have also been mentioned by the renowned Islamic
interpreters of the Holy Quran (Al-Tabari, Al-Qurtubi, and Ibn Katheer). Some
of the main websites, which provide 'Hadith sources are: https://dorar.net/hadith, http://hdith.com/, https://www.ahlalhdeeth.com/, and http://hadith.al-islam.com.
Another source for ‘Hadiths in this Chapter was
"Riyadh Al-Sali’heen (Gardens of the Righteous),by Imam Abu
Zakariya Yahya Bin Sharaf Al-Nawawi (died in 671 Hijriya)." Beirut,
Lebanon: Dar Al-Arabiya Press, Pages 307-310), which contains 1903
strongly-documented 'Hadiths.
The authentication of the 'Hadiths mentioned in
this Chapter, in particular, is quoted in parentheses, from Al-Durar Al-Suniya website
(https://dorar.net/hadith),
which is supervised by Alawi Abdul Qadir Al-Saqqaf, may Allah reward him and
his team better for their service to researchers, particularly their inclusion
of the ‘Hadeeth authentication by Shaikh
Al-Albani, may Allah have mercy on his soul.
[214] (Authenticated by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 4328, as
well as by Al-Bukhari: 1904, Muslim: 1151).
[215] There are two main methods to determine
the new lunar crescent every month, including the month of Ramadhan. The first is the eye-sighting method (which also
includes using telescopes) to see the new crescent every month. For more information about this method, see the following article
at:
http://www.crescentwatch.org/cgi-bin/cw.cgi
The
second is the astronomical-calculation method, on the basis of which
astronomers prepare calendars showing dates and times of new lunar crescents
for many years in the future. For more information
about this method, see the following article at:
[216] (Authenticated by Al-Albani as Sa’hee’h, based
on Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 2123, as well as by Al-Bukhari: 1909 and
Muslim: 1081, with few differences).
[217] (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Bukhari: 6, 3220 and Muslim: 2308. It was also authenticated by
Al-Albani, as Sa’hee’h, Mukhtasar Al-Shama-il: 303, with agreement on
the content though some difference in wording).
[218] (Authenticated by Al-Albani as Sa’hee’h, based on Sa’hee’h Al-Tirmidthi:
699, also by Al-Bukhari: 1957 and Muslim: 1098, with few differences).
[219] (Authenticated by Al-Albani as Sa’hee’h, based on Sa’hee’h
Al-Tirmidthi: 696, also by Abu Dawood: 2356, and
A’hmed: 12676, with few differences).
[220] (Authenticated by Al-Albani as Sa’hee’h, in Sa’hee’h Al-Targheeb:
209, and in Irwa-il Ghaleel: 66, as well as based on Sa’hee’h ibn
Khuzayma: 135 and Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 4, with few differences).
[221] (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Targheeb: 1060, in Asl
Sifat Al-Talaq: 523/2, and in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 1885 (by
adding “Ta’ala”). It was also authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Ibn ‘Habban:
354 and Al-Tabarani: 11880).
[222] (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by
Al-Bukhari: 6669 and Muslim: 1155).
[223] (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Bukhari:
1923 and Muslim: 1095, as well as by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Ibn Maja:
1382, Sa’hee’h Al-Tirmidthi: 708, and Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 2145,
with few differences).
[224] (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Bukhari:
2656 and Muslim: 1092, as well as by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i:
636, who mentioned the word “tadtheen” instead of “adthan”).
[225] (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 3407, as well as based on Sa’hee’h
Ibn Maja: 3101, Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood: 1479, Al-Tirmidthi: 3247,
and Al-Nisa-I, in Al-Sunan Al-Kubra: 11400, with few differences).
[226] (Authenticated by
Al-Albani a Sa’hee’h,
based on Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood: 1334, as
well as by Al-Bukhari: 1138 and Muslilm764, with few differences).
[227] (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, in Irwa-il
Ghaleel:447 and in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 2417, as well as by Abu Dawood: 1375,
Ibn Maja: 1327, Al-Nisa-i: 1605, and A’hmed: 21419, with few differences).
[228] (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, based
on Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood: 1373, as well as by Al-Nisa-i: 1603,
Al-Bukhari: 1129 and Muslim: 761, with few differences).
[229] (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, in
Al-Adab Al-Mufrad: 224 and in Mukhtasar Al-Shama-il:303, as well
as by Al-Bukhari: 3220, Muslim: 2308, Ibn ‘Habban: 6370, Al-Tirmidthi:
1687, Al-Nisa-i: 2094, and Ibn Maja: 2254, with few differences).
[230] (Authenticated by Al-Albani as a
‘Hasan ‘Hadeeth, based on Sa’hee’h Ibn Maja: 1492. It was also
authenticated by Abu Dawood:1609 and Ibn Maja: 1827, who both said that it is
Sa’hee’h or ‘Hasan, with few differences).
[231] (Authenticated by Al-Albani as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth, based on Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 2502. It was also authenticated
as Sa’hee’h by Al-Nisa-i: 2503, Al-Tirmidthi: 287/3, Ibn ‘Habban:
3301, Al-Bukhari: 1504, and Muslim: 984, with few differences).
[232] (This is part of a long ‘Hadeeth, which was
authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’:
1782. It was also authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Bukhari: 6502
and by Ibn Taymiya, in Majmou’ Al-Fatawa: 316/25, differing in “wala yazal”
instead of “wama yazal”).
[233] Here are more verses and ‘Hadiths about Nawafil:
First, verses about expressing love for Allah and His Messenger, by following the Islamic
teachings:
" قُلْ
إِنْ
كُنْتُمْ
تُحِبُّونَ
اللَّهَ فَاتَّبِعُونِي
يُحْبِبْكُمُ
اللَّهُ وَيَغْفِرْ
لَكُمْ
ذُنُوبَكُمْ
وَاللَّهُ
غَفُورٌ
رَحِيمٌ " (آلُ عِمْرَانَ:
، 3:
31).
Say: If
you love Allah, then follow me, and Allah will love you, and forgive your sins, He is Forgiving,
Merciful (Aal-‘Imran, 3: 31).
يَا
أَيُّهَا
الَّذِينَ
آمَنُوا مَنْ
يَرْتَدَّ
مِنْكُمْ
عَنْ دِينِهِ
فَسَوْفَ يَأْتِي
اللَّهُ
بِقَوْمٍ يُحِبُّهُمْ
وَيُحِبُّونَهُ أَذِلَّةٍ
عَلَى
الْمُؤْمِنِينَ
أَعِزَّةٍ
عَلَى
الْكَافِرِينَ
يُجَاهِدُونَ
فِي سَبِيلِ
اللَّهِ وَلا
يَخَافُونَ
لَوْمَةَ
لائِمٍ
ذَلِكَ
فَضْلُ
اللَّهِ
يُؤْتِيهِ مَنْ
يَشَاءُ
وَاللَّهُ
وَاسِعٌ
عَلِيمٌ (الْمَائِدَةُ
، 5: 54).
O you who have believed, whoever of you should revert from
his religion - Allah will bring forth (in place of them) a people He will love and who will love Him, (who are)
humble toward the believers, powerful against the disbelievers; they strive in
the cause of Allah and do not fear the blame of a critic. That is the favor of
Allah; He bestows it upon whom He wills. And Allah is all-Encompassing and
Knowing (Al-Ma-ida, 5: 54).
قُلْ
إِن كَانَ
آبَاؤُكُمْ
وَأَبْنَاؤُكُمْ
وَإِخْوَانُكُمْ
وَأَزْوَاجُكُمْ
وَعَشِيرَتُكُمْ
وَأَمْوَالٌ
اقْتَرَفْتُمُوهَا
وَتِجَارَةٌ
تَخْشَوْنَ
كَسَادَهَا وَمَسَاكِنُ
تَرْضَوْنَهَا
أَحَبَّ
إِلَيْكُم
مِّنَ
اللَّـهِ
وَرَسُولِهِ وَجِهَادٍ
فِي سَبِيلِهِ
فَتَرَبَّصُوا
حَتَّىٰ
يَأْتِيَ
اللَّـهُ
بِأَمْرِهِ ۗ
وَاللَّـهُ
لَا يَهْدِي
الْقَوْمَ
الْفَاسِقِينَ
(التَّوْبَةُ
، 9: 24).
Say: "If your fathers, your sons, your brothers, your
wives, your relatives, wealth which you have obtained, commerce wherein you
fear decline, and dwellings with which you are pleased are more beloved to you than
Allah and His Messenger and struggle in His cause, then wait until Allah issues
His command. And Allah does not guide the disobedient people (Al-Tawba, 9: 24).
Second, ‘Hadiths about doing more and more Nawafil (various voluntary acts of goodness),
which get a believer closer and closer from Allah, until Allah loves him/her.
God’s love for a believer will lead to supporting him/her on various levels.
عن أبي
هريرة ، رضي
الله عنه ،
قال:
قال رسولُ
الله ، صلى
الله عليه
وسَلَّمَ: "إن
الله قال: مَن
عادى لي وليِّاً
فقد آذنتُه
بالحرب ، وما
تَقَرَّبَ
إليَّ عبدي
بشيء أَحبَّ
إليَّ مما
افترضتُهُ
عليه. وما
يزال عبدي
يَتَقَرَّبُ
إليَّ
بالنوافل حتى
أُحِبَّه.
فإذا أحببتُه
، كنتُ
سَمْعَه الذي
يَسمعُ به ،
وبَصَرَهُ
الذي يُبصِرُ
به ، ويَدَهُ
التي يَبطِشُ
بها ،
ورِجْلَه
التي يَمشِي
بها. وإنْ
سألني
لأُعطِيَنَّه
، ولئن استعاذ
بي
لأُعيذنَّه" (صَححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 1782 ،
وأخرجَهُ البخاريُّ:
في صحيحِهِ: 6502 ، وابنُ
تيميةَ ، في
مجموعِ
الفتاوى: 316\25 ، واختلفَ
بِذِكْرِ
"ولا يزالُ" ،
بدلاً من "وما
يزالُ").
Companion Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, said that
the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said that Allah, praise to Him, said: “Whoever
is hostile to one of my close worshippers, I will launch war on him. The best my worshipper can
try to be closer to Me is doing what I ordained for him to do. If he does more
than that (nawafil) and continue to do that to be closer to Me, then I will love him. When I love my worshipper, I will
be his hearing with which he hears, his sight with which he sees, his hand with
which he strikes, and his leg with which he walks. If he asks Me, I will give
him, and if he seeks refuge with me, I will grant him My protection” (Authenticated
as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 1782,
as well as by Al-Bukhari: 6502 and Ibn Taymiya, in Majmou’ Al-Fatawa:
316/25, differing in mentioning “La yazal” instead of “ma yazal”).
وعن أبي
هريرة ، رضي
الله عنه ،
قال: قال رسول
الله ، صلى
الله عليه
وسلم: "إنَّ
اللهَ تعالى إذا أحبَّ
عبدًا دعا
جبريلَ ،
فقال: إني
أُحِبُّ فلانًا
فأَحبَّه ،
فيُحبُّه
جبريلُ. ثم
ينادي في
السماءِ ،
فيقولُ: إنَّ
اللهَ تعالى
يحبُّ فلانًا
فأَحِبُّوه.
فيُحبُّه
أهلُ السماءِ
، ثم يُوضَع
له القَبولُ
في الأرضِ.
وإذا أبغض
عبدًا ، دعا
جبريلَ ، فيقولُ
: إني أُبغِضُ
فلانًا ،
فأَبْغِضْه.
فيبغضُه
جبريلُ ، ثم
ينادي في أهلِ
السماءِ: إنَّ
اللهَ
يُبغِضُ
فلانًا
فأَبغِضوه. فيُبغِضونه
، ثم يوضعُ له
البغضاءُ في
الأرض" (صَحَّحَهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 1705 ،
وأخرجهُ
مسلمُ في
صحيحهِ: 2637).
Companion Abu Hurayra, mAbpwh, said that the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: If Allah loves one of Hs worshippers, He calls Jibril saying: I love that person, love him. So, Jibril loves
him. Then, (Jibril) calls in heaven, saying: Allah loves that person. So, love
him. Then, the inhabitants of heaven love him. As a result, he is liked on
Earth. However, If Allah dislikes a person, He calls Jibril saying: I dislike
that person, dislike him. So, Jibril dislikes him. Then, (Jibril) calls in
heaven, saying: Allah dislikes that person. So, dislike him. Then, the
inhabitants of heaven dislike him. As a result, he is disliked on Earth (Authenticated
as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 1705
and by Muslim: 2637).
وعن أم
المؤمنين ،
عائشة ، رضي
الله عنها ، أنَّ
رَسولَ اللهِ ،
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ عليه
وسلَّمَ ،
بَعَثَ
رَجُلًا علَى
سَرِيَّةٍ ، فَكَانَ
يَقْرَأُ
لأَصْحَابِهِ
في
صَلَاتِهِمْ ،
فَيَخْتِمُ ب قُلْ
هو اللَّهُ
أَحَدٌ.
فَلَمَّا
رَجَعُوا ، ذَكروا
ذلكَ
لِرَسولِ
اللهِ (للنبيِّ)
، صَلَّى
اللَّهُ عليه وسلَّمَ.
فَقالَ:
سَلُوهُ
لأَيِّ شيءٍ
يَصْنَعُ
ذلكَ؟
فَسَأَلُوهُ ،
فَقالَ:
لأنَّهَا
صِفَةُ
الرَّحْمَنِ ،
فأنَا
أُحِبُّ أَنْ
أَقْرَأَ
بهَا. فَقالَ
رَسولُ اللهِ ،
صَلَّى
اللَّهُ عليه
وسلَّمَ: "أَخْبِرُوهُ
أنَّ اللَّهَ
(تعالى)
يُحِبُّهُ" (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عن صحيحِ
النسائيِّ: 992
،
وأخرجهُ
البخاريُّ: 7375
، ومسلمُ: 813
، وابنُ
حبانٍ: 793)
The Mother of Believers, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh, said
that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, appointed a man as a commander on a company
(group) of soldiers (whom he sent in a tour of duty). While leading them in
prayer, he used to recite Surat Al-Ikhlas (Chapter 112 of the Holy
Quran) at the end of each prayer. When they returned, they mentioned that to
the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, who told them to ask him about why he did that?
They asked him. He said: Because it’s a description of Al-Ra’hman (Allah), and
I like to recite it. The Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: Tell him that
Allah, praise to Him, loves him” (Authenticated
as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i:
992, as well as by Al-Bukhari: 7375, Muslim: 813, and Ibn ‘Hibban: 793).
Third, ‘Hadiths about Nawafil prayers, which are recommended to be
performed at home:
عن عبد
الله بن عمر
، رضي الله
عنهما ، عن النبي
، صلى
الله عليه وسلم
، أنه
قال:
“اجْعَلُوا
فِي
بُيُوتِكُمْ مِنْ
صَلَاتِكُمْ
، وَلَا
تَتَّخِذُوهَا
قُبُورًا" (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عن صحيحِ أبي
داودَ: 1448 ، 1043 ،
وأخرجهُ البخاريُّ: 1187 ، 432 ، ومسلمُ: 777 ، في
صحيحيهِما ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
Abdullah, Son of
‘Omar, mAbpwt both, said that the Prophet, pbbuh, said: “Make some of your
prayers at your homes. Otherwise, your homes become like graves” (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood: 1043, 1448, as well as by Al-Bukhari:
1187 and Muslim: 777, with few differences).
وعن
جابر بن عبد الله ، رضي
الله عنه ،
قال: قال رسول
الله ، صلى
الله عليه
وسلم: "إذا قضى
أحدُكم
صلاتَه في
مسجدِه ،
فليجعل لبيتِه
نصيبًا من
صلاتِه ،
فإنَّ
اللَّهَ
جاعلٌ في بيتِه
من صلاتِه
خيرًا" (أخرجهُ
ابنُ حبانٍ: 2490 ،
ومسلمُ: 778 ،
في صحيحيهِما
، وصححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
في صحيحِ
الجامعِ: 731).
Jabir,
Son of Abdullah, mAbpwh, said that the Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: “When
one of you finish his prayer in his masjid, let him perform some prayers in his
house, as Allah will make it good for him to pray there” (This was a meaning
translation for this ‘Hadeeth, which was authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 731, as well as by Ibn ‘Hibban: 2490 and
Muslim: 778).
Fourth,
a ‘Hadith about the number of Sunna prayer units (rak’as):
ثبت
أن النبي ، صلى
الله عليه
وسلم ، كان
يصلي عشر
ركعات من
السنن
الرواتب. فعن عبد
الله بن عمر ، رضي
الله عنهما ،
أنه قال: حفِظتُ
عن رسولِ اللهِ
، صلَّى اللهُ
عليهِ وسلَّمَ
، عشرَ ركعاتٍ:
ركعتَينِ
قبلَ الظهرِ ،
وركعتَينِ
بعدَ الظهرِ ،
وركعتَينِ
بعدَ المغربِ ،
وركعتَينِ
بعدَ العشاءِ ،
وركعتَينِ
قبلَ صلاةِ
الفجرِ (صححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عن صحيحِ الترمذيِّ:
433 ،
وأخرجَهُ
البخاريُّ: 1180 ،
ومسلمُ: 729 ،
باختلافٍ
يسيرٍ).
It was documented that the Prophet, pbbuh, used
to pray ten prayer units (rak’as) of Sunna, as we learn from a ‘Hadith, which
was narrated by Abdullah, Son of ‘Omar, mAbpwt both, who said: Following the
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, I learned to pray ten (Sunna) rak’as: two before the
Noon (dthuhr) prayer, two after the Noon prayer, two after the sunset
(Maghrib) prayer, two after the night prayer (‘Isha), and two before the dawn
(Fajr) prayer (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, based on Sa’hee’h
Al-Tirmidhi: 433, as well as by Al-Bukhari:
1180 and Muslim: 729, with few differences).
[234] Ibn Katheer, may Allah reward him for his great work, mentioned the Ibn Abbas
interpretation of the first verse of Surat Al-Qadr
(Chapter 97) of the Holy Quran. He said that it means descending the Holy
Quran at once at that Night of Decree, from
the Preserved Board (Al-Law’h Al-Ma’hfoudth), above the seventh heaven to the
House of Might (Baytul ‘Izzah), in the nearest heaven. Then, Jibril, peace be
upon him, would reveal it to the Prophet, pbbuh, in 23 years after that.
In
interpreting the third verse of Surat Al-Qadr (Chapter 97) of the Holy Quran, Ibn
Katheer said that worshipping Allah at that night is better rewarded than
worshipping Him for a thousand months, or about 83 years and 4 months, that is
an average person's lifetime.
In
interpreting the fourth verse, Ibn Katheer said that the angels descend from
heavens at that night to bless worshippers and ask Allah to accept their calls,
Du'a, saying Amen. They come with mercy and blessing, surrounding believers in
their prayers and their Quran studies, and carrying God's commands about
various affairs. The whole night will be in peace until dawn, as Satan won't be
able to do harm to believers.
Al-Qurtubi, may Allah reward him for his
great work, mentions that it is the Night of Decree, in
which Allah praise to Him decrees what He wills for a year, concerning
important issues related to people, such as deaths, life spans, and earnings.
He then charges the four senior angels to implement His decrees. These are Israfeel, Mika-eel,
‘Ezra-eel, and Jibreel, peace be upon all of them.
Al-Tabari, may Allah
reward him for his great work, mentioned that the Holy Quran was descended as a whole to the Nearest
Heaven at the
Night of Decree, in which Allah, praise to Him, decides affairs of the coming
year, including such serious issues as life spans, deeds, and earnings.
Worshipping
Allah, praise to Him, at that Night is better (in rewards) than one thousand
months (of worship). The Spirit, Jibril, descends with the angels, by
permission from their Lord, Allah praise to Him, to carry out His will about
people's serious affairs, such as their life spans and earnings. It is peace
until the emergence of dawn.
[235] (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h Al-Jami’: 6441 and in Sa’hee’h
Al-Targheeb: 992, as well as based on Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood: 1372, Sa’hee’h
Al-Tirmidthi: 683, and Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 5042. It was also
authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Bukhari: 1901 and Muslim: 760,
with few differences).
[236] (Ibn ‘Hajar Al-‘Asqalani included this
‘Hadeeth in his book, “Al-Khisal Al-Mukaffira: 1/56, saying that
its narrators are trustworthy. It was also authenticated by A’hmed: 22765, Al-Dhiya,
in Al-A’hadeeth Al-Mukhtara, and Al-Tabarani, in Musnad Al-Shamiyeen:
1119, with few differences).
[237] (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h
Al-Jami’: 2922 and by Al-Bukhari: 2017).
[238] (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h
Al-Jami’: 6441, in Sa’hee’h Al-Targheeb: 992, as well as based on
Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood: 1372, Sa’hee’h Al-Tirmidthi: 683, and
Sa’hee’h Al-Nisa-i: 5042. It was also authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Bukhari: 1901 and Muslim: 760, with few difference).
[239] (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani, in Sa’hee’h
Al-Jami’: 4423, in Sa’hee’h Al-Targheeb: 3391, as well as by
Al-Tirmidthi: 3513 and Ibn Maja: 3850, with few differences. . It was
also authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Nisa-i: 7712 and A’hmed: 25384).
[240] (Authenticated as a Sa’hee’h ‘Hadeeth by Al-Bukhari:
990, Muslim: 749, A’hmed Shakir: 7/96, and Shu’ayb Al-Arna-aut: 5032, adding
the meaning of the word “mathna” as two rak’as, meaning two prayer units).
[241] Syed,
Akramulla 2017. “Fasting and Health: Ramadhan Fasting - Key to a good
Health.” Ez Soft Tech, December 14.
[242] Sisson, Mark.
2011. “The Myriad Benefits of Intermittent Fasting.” Mark’s Daily Apple.
https://www.marksdailyapple.com/health-benefits-of-intermittent-fasting/
[243] Reinagel, Monica.
2011 (circa). “What are the Health Benefits of Fasting?” Quick and Dirty Tips.
[244] Haas, Elson. 2011
(circa). “The Benefits of Fasting, Affecting our physical, mental, emotional,
and spiritual aspects.” All About Fasting.
[245] Hynd, Rachel.
2015. “Fasting has many benefits for the body.” Chicago Tribune, February 24.
https://www.chicagotribune.com/lifestyles/health/sns-green-effective-fasting-benfits-story.html
[246] Goldhamer, Alan.
2020. “Discover the Benefits of Fasting.” Health Promoting.
[247] Carroll, Will. 2013. “The Health Benefits of
Fasting.” Submission.
[248] Mosley,
Michael. 2012. “The power of intermittent fasting.” BBC, August 5.
Article Link: http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/health-19112549
Notes for Chapter 15: Pilgrimage (‘Hajj) to the
First House of God on Earth
[249] This ‘Hadeeth was authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Albani, in Ghayat Al-Maram: 313 and in Al-Salsalat Al-Sa’hee’ha:
2700. It was also authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Abu Na’eem, in ‘Hulyat
Al-Awliya: 3/100, and by Al-Bayhaqi, in Shu’ab Al-Ieman: 5137, with few
differences. The Prophet, pbbuh, said at the end of this ‘Hadeeth: “Have not I conveyed”
(the Message)? They (believers) said: “Yes, O Messenger of Allah.” He said:
“Then, let those present convey to the absent.”
[250] The ‘Haj (pilgrimage) rituals can be watched in
many videos posted on the internet, such as:
[251] Authenticated as a Sa'hee’h ‘Hadeeth
by Al-Albani, in Al-Salsala Al-Sa'hee’ha: 45, adding that in another
version of the ‘Hadeeth, “makarim Al-Akhlaq” was replaced by “Sali’h
Al-Akhlaq.” The ‘Hadeeth was also authenticated as Sa'hee’h by
Al-Zurqani, in Mukhtasar Al-Maqasid: 184, by A’hmed: 8952,
and by Al-Bayhaqi: 7978, with few differences.
[252] Authenticated as a Sa'hee’h ‘Hadeeth
by Al-Bukhari: 1521 and Muslim 1350.
[253] Authenticated as a ‘Hasan ‘Hadeeth by Al-Albani,
in Sa'hee’h Al-Jami’: 3170 and in Sa'hee’h Al-Targheeb: 1104,
where he said that it was Sa'hee’h for other ‘Hadeeths. It was also
authenticated as Sa'hee’h by A’hmed: 14522, by Al-Fakihi, in Akhbar
Makkah: 879, and by Al-Tabarani, in Al-Mu’jam Al-Awsat: 8405.
However, Al-Albani authenticated
this ‘Hadeeth as Sa'hee’h in another version he included in Sa'hee’h
Al-Jami’: 4136, which was also authenticated as Sa'hee’h by Al-Bukhari:
1773 and Muslim: 1349, as follows:
"الْعُمُرَةُ
إلى الْعُمُرَةِ
كفارَةٌ لما
بينهما ، والْحَجُّ
الْمَبْرُورُ
ليسَ لَهُ
جزاءٌ إلَّا
الجنَّةَ."
“Between one ‘Umra and another is an
atonement, and “the accepted
pilgrimage (‘haj mabroor)
is rewarded by nothing less than Paradise.”
[254] In their interpretation of verse 5: 3 of the
Holy Quran, the three renowned interpreters (Al-Tabari, Al-Qurtubi,
and Ibn Katheer) mentioned that it was revealed to the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, during his Farewell Pilgrimage, on the 9th of Dthul
‘Hijja, of the 10th Hijri year, on a Friday night, in Arafat. This
was confirmed by ‘Omar Bin Al-Khattab, Ali Bin Abi Talib,
Mu’awiya Bin Abi Sufian, Abdullah Bin ‘Abbas, and Sumra Bin Jundub, may Allah
be pleased with them all. Al-Suddi said that no prescriptive or prohibitive
commands were revealed after it. The Prophet, pbbuh, returned to Medina and
died 81 days after that revelation.
Here’s a translation of the
meanings of the Prophet’s farewell address (Khutbat Al-Wada’),
from the Arabic text, which was authenticated by Al-Albani, in Fiqh Al-Sunna:
454 as well as by Al-Bukhari: 4406 and Muslim: 1679, in their Sa’hee’h
‘Hadeeth books.
أيُّها
النَّاسُ:
اسمعوا قولي ،
فإنِّي لا
أدري لعلِّي
لا ألقاكم
بعدَ عامي هذا ،
بِهذا
الموقِفِ
أبدًا.
أيُّها
النَّاسُ:
إنَّ دماءَكم
وأموالَكم عليْكُم
حرامٌ ، إلى
أن تلقَوا
ربَّكم
كحُرمةِ
يومِكم هذا ،
وَكحُرمةِ
شَهرِكم هذا.
وإنكم ستلقونَ
ربَّكم ،
فيسألُكم عن
أعمالِكم.
وقد
بلَّغتُ ، فمن
كانت عندَهُ
أمانةٌ فليؤدِّها
إلى منِ
ائتمنَهُ
عليْها.
وإنَّ
كلَّ ربًا
موضوعٌ ، ولكن
لَكم رؤوسُ أموالِكم
، لا تظلِمونَ
ولا
تُظلَمونَ.
قضى اللَّهُ
أنَّهُ لا
ربًا ، وإنَّ
ربا
العبَّاسِ بنِ
عبدِ
المطَّلبِ
موضوعٌ
كلُّهُ.
O People (Humankind): Listen to
that which I say because I don’t know if I’ll meet with you on this spot, after
this year.
O People (Humankind): Your life
and wealth are sacred (should be protected), just like this day and this month
are sacred. You’re going to meet with your Lord, and He will hold you
accountable of your deeds.
I have delivered the message (of
Allah). Whoever is entrusted with any goods, he/she needs to return them to
those who trusted them with (Fulfill your responsibilities towards the people
who trusted you).
Usury (multiplied and exploitative
interest rate) is prohibited (and should be waived). Keep your capital (original amounts of loans) and return the
usurious interest (to the borrowers). Nobody should be a transgressor (taking
usurious interests) or transgressed upon (paying usurious interests). Allah has
decreed that there should be no usury. (As a result), all usurious interests
due to Al-‘Abbas Bin Abdul Muttalib (the Prophet’s uncle) is all waived.
وإنَّ
كلَّ دمٍ كانَ
في
الجاهليَّةِ
موضوعٌ ،
وإنَّ أوَّلَ
دمائكم أضعُ
دمَ ربيعةَ
بنِ الحارثِ
بنِ عبدِ
المطَّلب ،
وَكانَ
مستَرضَعًا
في بني ليثٍ ،
فقتلتْهُ
هُذيلٍ. فَهوَ
أوَّلُ ما
أبدأُ بِهِ من
دماءِ
الجاهليَّةِ.
أما
بعدُ أيُّها
النَّاس: إنَّ
الشَّيطانَ قد
يئِسَ أن
يعبدَ في
أرضِكم هذِهِ
أبدًا ، ولَكنَّهُ
أن يطاعَ فيما
سوى ذلِكَ فقد
رضِيَ بهِ ،
مِمَّا
تحقِّرونَ من
أعمالِكم ،
فاحذروهُ على
دينِكُم.
أيُّها
النَّاسُ:
"إِنَّمَا
النَّسِيءُ
زِيَادَةٌ
فِي
الْكُفْرِ ۖ
يُضَلُّ بِهِ
الَّذِينَ
كَفَرُوا
يُحِلُّونَهُ
عَامًا وَيُحَرِّمُونَهُ
عَامًا
لِّيُوَاطِئُوا
عِدَّةَ مَا
حَرَّمَ
اللَّـهُ
فَيُحِلُّوا
مَا حَرَّمَ
اللَّـهُ ۚ "
(جزء من الآية
الكريمة 9: 37) ،
ويحرِّموا ما
أحلَّ اللَّه.
وإنَّ
الزَّمانَ
قدِ استدارَ
كَهيئتِهِ يومَ
خلقَ اللَّهُ
السَّمواتِ
والأرضَ ، وَ
"إِنَّ
عِدَّةَ
الشُّهُورِ
عِندَ اللَّـهِ
اثْنَا
عَشَرَ
شَهْرًا فِي
كِتَابِ اللَّـهِ
يَوْمَ
خَلَقَ
السَّمَاوَاتِ
وَالْأَرْضَ
مِنْهَا
أَرْبَعَةٌ
حُرُمٌ ۚ "
(جزء من الآية
الكريمة 9: 36)
، ثلاثةٌ
متواليةٌ ،
ورجبُ الَّذي
بينَ جُمادى
وشعبانُ.
Every right based on a blood
(murder), which was before Islam, should be waived. The first I waive is the
right based on the murder of Rabi’a Bin Al-‘Harith Bin Abdul Muttalib
(the Prophet’s cousin), who was taken care of as a child by Bani Layth but was
killed by (a member of the tribe of) Hudthayl. This is the first
pre-Islam blood-based right which I waive (stop).
O People (Humankind): The Shaytan
(Satan) is hopeless that you may worship him in this land of yours forever, but
he is content to be obeyed in other things, such as your small misdeeds. Beware
of his attempts to dissuade you away of (the teachings of) your religion.
O People (Humankind): Indeed, the postponing
(of restriction within sacred months) is an increase in disbelief, by which
those who have disbelieved are led (further) astray. They make it lawful in one
year and unlawful in another year, to correspond to the number made unlawful by
Allah, and make lawful what Allah has made unlawful (part
of Al-Tawba, 9: 37). Thus, they make unlawful what Allah has made lawful.
Time is still the same as Allah
created the heavens and the Earth, and "the number of months with Allah is
twelve months, in the Book of Allah, the day He created the heavens and the
earth. Of these, four are sacred" (Al-Tawba,
9: 36), three of them are consecutive and Rajab, which is between Jumada and
Sha’ban.
أمَّا
بعدُ أيُّها
النَّاسُ:
فإنَّ لَكم
على نسائِكم
حقًّا ،
ولَهنَّ
عليْكم حقًّا.
لَكم عليْهنَّ
أن لا
يوطِئْنَ
فُرُشَكم
أحدًا تَكرَهونَه
، وعليْهنَّ
أن لا يأتينَ
بفاحشةٍ مبيِّنةٍ.
فإن فعلنَ ،
فإنَّ
اللَّهَ قد
أذنَ لَكم أن
تَهجُروهنَّ
في المضاجِعِ
، وتضرِبوهنَّ
ضربًا غيرَ
مبرِّحٍ. فإنِ
انتَهينَ ، فلَهنَّ
رزقُهنَّ
وَكسوتُهنَّ
بالمعروفِ. واستوصوا
بالنِّساءِ
خيرًا ،
فإنَّهنَّ
عندَكم
عَوانٍ ، لا
يملِكنَ
لأنفسِهنَّ
شيئًا. وإنَّكم
إنَّما
أخذتُموهنَّ
بأمانةِ
اللَّهِ ،
واستحللتُم
فروجَهنَّ
بِكلمةِ
اللَّهِ.
فاعقلوا
أيُّها
النَّاسُ
قولي ، فإنِّي
قد بلَّغتُ.
وقد ترَكتُ
فيكم ما إنِ
اعتصمتُم بِهِ
فلن تضلُّوا
أبدًا ، أمرًا
بيِّنًا:
كتابَ اللَّهِ
وسنَّةَ
نبيِّهِ .
أيُّها
النَّاسُ:
اسمعوا قولي
واعقِلوهُ: تعلمُنَّ
أنَّ كلَّ
مسلمٍ أخو
للمسلِمِ ،
وأنَّ
المسلمينَ
إخوَةٌ. فلا
يحلُّ لامرئٍ
من أخيهِ إلا
ما أعطاهُ عن
طيبِ نفسٍ منه
، فلا تظلِمُنَّ
أنفسَكمُ.
اللَّهمَّ
، هل بلَّغتُ؟
قالوا:
اللَّهمَّ نعَم. فقالَ
رسولُ
اللَّهِ ،
صلَّى
اللَّهُ
عليهِ وسلَّم:
اللَّهمَّ
اشْهَدْ.
O People (Humankind): Men and
women have rights (and obligations) towards each other (that they need to
observe). A woman should not allow anybody whom her husband dislikes to enter
their home. A woman also should not commit adultery or be harmful to her
husband, with words or actions. If she does, Allah has permitted her husband
(to punish her) by depriving her of his bed and by beating her slightly. If
women stop (committing the wrong doing), provide for them with the expected
food and clothes. Treat women nicely because they are devoted in assisting you
in your life. You should also treat them nicely because you have taken them (as
partners) with a pledge to Allah to do so and because you have access to their
bodies, with the word of Allah.
O People (Humankind): Think about
that which I say, which I have delivered (to you). I have left with you the
Book of Allah and the Sunna of His Prophet. As long as you follow them, you
will never be lost.
O People (Humankind): Think about
that which I say. You know that every Muslim is a brother (or a sister) to the
other Muslim and that Muslims are brothers (and sisters) to each other. It
follows that nobody should take something from his/her brother (or sister)
except that which is given to him/her willingly and happily. So, don’t do
injustice to yourselves (by taking something by force from somebody else).
O Allah: Have I delivered (Your
message)? The pilgrims answered: O Allah, yes (he did).
Then, the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, said: O Allah, be my witness (that they said that I have delivered Your
Message to them).
[255] See a video by Zaghlool Al-Najjar, about the
meanings of circumambulation (Tawaf) around the Ka’ba, at: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pZJqbL6Czm4
See an article by ‘Imad Mujahid
about the scientific meanings of circumambulation (Tawaf) around the
Ka’ba, which was published by the Jordanian Al-Dustoor newspaper, on July 23,
2012:
[256] See the Arabic texts, English translation,
and authentication of the following four ‘Hadiths about Sa’iy, Zamzam, and
throwing stones:
قالَ
جابرٌ بنُ عبد الله
، رضي الله
عنهما ، لأم
المؤمنين
عَائِشَةَ ، زَوْجِ
النبيِّ ،
صَلَّى اللهُ
عليه وسلَّمَ:
وأَنَا
يَومَئذٍ
حَديثُ
السِّنِّ:
أرَأَيْتِ
قَوْلَ
اللَّهِ
تَبَارَكَ
وتَعَالَى: "إنَّ
الصَّفَا
والْمَرْوَةَ
مِن
شَعَائِرِ اللَّهِ
فمَن حَجَّ
البَيْتَ أوِ
اعْتَمَرَ
فلا جُنَاحَ
عليه أنْ
يَطَّوَّفَ
بهِمَا" (الْبَقَرَةُ: 2: 158).
فَما
أُرَى علَى
أحَدٍ شيئًا
أنْ لا
يَطَّوَّفَ
بهِمَا؟
فَقالَتْ
عَائِشَةُ:
كَلَّا ، لو
كَانَتْ كما
تَقُولُ ،
كَانَتْ: فلا
جُنَاحَ عليه
أنْ لا
يَطَّوَّفَ
بهِمَا.
إنَّما أُنْزِلَتْ
هذِه الآيَةُ
في
الأنْصَارِ ،
كَانُوا
يُهِلُّونَ
لِمَنَاةَ ،
وكَانَتْ
مَنَاةُ
حَذْوَ
قُدَيْدٍ.
وكَانُوا
يَتَحَرَّجُونَ
أنْ
يَطُوفُوا
بيْنَ
الصَّفَا
والمَرْوَةِ
، فَلَمَّا
جَاءَ
الإسْلَامُ ،
سَأَلُوا
رَسولَ ،
اللَّهِ
صَلَّى اللهُ
عليه وسلَّمَ
، عن ذلكَ.
فأنْزَلَ
اللَّهُ
(الآية الكريمة)
(أخرجَهُ الْبُخَارِيُّ
، في
صَحِيحِهِ: 4495 ، وصححهُ
الألبانيُّ ،
عن صحيحِ أبي
داوودَ: 1901 ،
وذلكَ
بروايةِ
عُروةَ بنِ
الزُّبيرِ).
Jabir Bin Abdullah, mAbpwh, once when he was still young, asked the
Mother of Believers, the Prophet’s wife, ‘Aisha, mAbpwh, about the meaning of
verse 2: 158, which states: “Indeed, Al-Safa and Al-Marwah are among the
manifestations of worshipping Allah. So, whoever makes (a full) pilgrimage to
the House (during the ‘Haj season) or makes a mini pilgrimage in other times (‘Umrah),
there is no blame upon him for walking between them.”
He said to her: I do not see (from the verse) that there is an
obligation on any (pilgrim) to walk between them. She said: No, if it was like
you said, then it should have been: “there is no blame upon him for not
walking between them.” She added that this verse was revealed to the people of
Medina (Al-Ansar), who used not to make Sa’i before Islam. It told them
clearly to start doing it (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by Al-Bukhari: 4495 and by Al-Albani,
based on Sa’hee’h Abu Dawood: 1901, as narrated by ‘Urwa Bin Al-Zubair).
وَعَنْ
عَمْرو بنِ
دينارٍ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهُ ،
أنَّهُ قالَ:
سَأَلْنَا
ابْنَ عُمَرَ
، رَضِيَ
اللَّهُ عنْهما
، عَنْ رَجُلٍ
طَافَ
بالبَيْتِ في
عُمْرَةٍ ،
ولَمْ يَطُفْ
بيْنَ
الصَّفَا
والمَرْوَةِ
، أَيَأْتي
امْرَأَتَهُ؟
فَقالَ:
قَدِمَ
النبيُّ ،
صَلَّى اللهُ
عليهِ
وسلَّمَ ،
فَطَافَ
بالبَيْتِ
سَبْعًا ، وصَلَّى
خَلْفَ
المَقَامِ
رَكْعَتَيْنِ
، فَطَافَ
بيْنَ
الصَّفَا
والمَرْوَةِ
سَبْعًا ،
"لقَدْ كانَ
لَكُمْ في
رَسولِ
اللَّهِ أُسْوَةٌ
حَسَنَةٌ" (الأحْزَابُ: 33: 21).
وسَأَلْنَا
جَابِرَ بنَ
عبدِ اللَّهِ
، رَضِيَ
اللَّهُ
عنْهما ،
فَقالَ: لا
يَقْرَبَنَّهَا
حتَّى
يَطُوفَ
بيْنَ
الصَّفَا
والمَرْوَةِ (البخاريُّ:
395 ، 1793 ، ومسلمُ: 1234 ، وذلكَ
بروايةِ عبدِ
اللهِ بنِ
عُمَرَ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهما).
‘Amr
Bin Dinar, mAbpwh, said that he asked Companion Abdullah Bin ‘Omar, mAbpwt
both, about a man who made Tawaf (the seven circumambulations around the
House of Allah), would that be considered a full mini pilgrimage (‘Umrah), so
he can be intimate with his wife? He said (answered): The Prophet, pbbuh, made
Tawaf (the seven circumambulations around the House of Allah). Then, he prayed
two units (rak’as) and made Tawaf (walked) between Al-Safa and
Al-Marwa. Bin ‘Omar added verse 33: 21, which states: “There has certainly been
for you in the Messenger of Allah an excellent example (to follow).
‘Amr
Bin Dinar, mAbpwh, also asked Jabir Bin Abdullah, mAbpwt both, the same
question. He said: He should not be intimate with his wife until he makes Tawaf
(walking) between Al-Safa and Al-Marwa (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h
by Al-Bukhari: 395, 1793 and by Muslim: 1234, as narrated by ‘Abdullah
Bin ‘Omar, mAbpwth both).
وَعَنْ
عبدِ اللهِ بنِ
عباسٍ ، رضيَ
اللهُ عنهما ،
أنَّ
إبراهيمَ جاءَ
بإسماعيلَ ،
عليهما
السلامُ ،
وهاجَرَ.
فوضعَهُما
بمكةَ في
موضعِ زمزمَ.
فذَكَرَ
الحديثَ ، ثم
جاءتْ مِنَ
المروةِ إلى
إسماعيلَ وقد
نَبَعَتْ
العَيْنُ ،
فجعلتْ
تَفْحَصُ
العَيْنَ
بيدِها هكذا ،
حتى اجتمع الماءُ
مِنْ شِقِّهِ
، ثُمَّ
تأخذُهُ
بقَدَحِها
فتجعلُهُ في
سِقَائِها.
فقالَ رسولُ
اللهِ ، صلَّى
اللهُ عليهِ
وسَلَّمَ: "يَرحَمُها
اللهُ ، ولو
ترَكَتْها
لكانتْ عينًا
سائحةً تجري
إلى يومِ
القيامةِ" (صححهُ
أحمدُ شاكر: 4\77 ، وشعيبُ
الأرناؤوط: 2285 ،
وأخرجَهُ
أحمدُ: 2285 ،
واللفظ له ،
والطبريُّ في
التفسير: 17/20).
Abdullah
Bin ‘Abbas, mAbpwt both, said that Ibrahim brought Isma’il and Hajar, peace be
upon them all, to Makkah, and placed then at the Zamzam location. He told the
‘Hadith about their story, until he said: Then, as she came from Al-Marwa to
Isma’il, she saw water coming out of the spring. She started to examine the
spring with her hand, until the water accumulated from the spring crack. Then,
she began to collect the water into her cup, then into her container. The
Messenger of Allah, pbbuh, said: May Allah have mercy on her, if she just let
the water come out by itself, it would have been a flowing spring, until the
Day of Rising (Authenticated as Sa’hee’h by A’hmed Shakir: 4/77, Shu’ayb
Al-Arna-aut: 2285, A’hmed: 2285, and Al-Tabari, in the
interpretation: 17/20).
عن
التابعي محمد
بن مسلم بن
شهاب الزهري ،
رضي الله عنه
، أنه قال:
سمِعتُ
سالِمَ بنَ
عَبدِ اللهِ ،
رضي الله عنه
،
يُحَدِّثُ
عن أبيه ،
أنَّ رسولَ
اللهِ ، صلَّى
اللهُ عليه وسلَّمَ
، كان إذا
رَمى
الجَمرةَ
التي تَلي المسجِد
، مسجِدَ
مِنًى ،
يَرميها
بسَبعِ حَصياتٍ
، يُكَبِّرُ
كُلَّما رَمى
بحَصاةٍ.
ثم
تقَدَّمَ
أمامَها
فوقَفَ
مُستَقبِلَ
البَيتِ
رافِعًا
يَدَيْه
ويَدْعو ،
وكان يُطيلُ
الوُقوفَ. ثم
يأتي
الجَمرةَ
الثانيةَ فيَرميها
بسَبعِ
حَصياتٍ ،
يُكَبِّرُ
كُلَّما رَمى
بحَصاةٍ. ثم
يَنحَدِرُ
ذاتَ
اليَسارِ ممَّا
يَلي الواديَ
، فيَقِفُ
مُستَقبِلَ
البَيتِ
رافِعًا
يَدَيْه
يَدْعو. ثم
يأتي الجَمرةَ
التي عِندَ
العَقَبةِ ،
فيَرميها
بسَبعِ
حَصياتٍ ،
يُكَبِّرُ
كُلَّما رَمى
بحَصاةٍ.
ثُمَّ
يَنصَرِفُ
ولا يَقِفُ
عِندَها. وأضاف
الزهري: كان
ابنُ عُمَرَ
يَفعَلُ ذلك (شعيب
الأرناؤوط ،
عن سنن
الدارقطني: 2684).
Muhammed Bin Muslim Bin Shihab
Al-Zuhri, who followed the Prophet’s companions, mAbpwh, said: I heard Salim
Bin Abdullah, mAbpwh, narrating from his father, that the Messenger of Allah,
pbbuh, used to make takbeer (saying Allahu Akber, meaning Allah is Greater)
every time he threw stones at the location adjacent to the Mina Mosque.
Then, he would proceed, facing the
direction of the House (of Allah), lifting his arms up and making supplication,
in a long stance there. After that, he would come to the second location, to
throw seven stones and making takbeer every time he threw a stone. Then, he
would go left beside the valley, stand there facing the House, lifting his arms
up, and making supplication. Finally, he would come to the location beside
Al-‘Aqaba, where he would throw seven stones, making takbeer every time he
threw a stone, but leaving without making a supplication. Al-Zuhri added that
the Son of ‘Omar used to do that, also (Shu’ayb Al-Arna-oot, based on Sunan
Al-Darqutni: 2684).
[257] For more details about the ‘Haj (pilgrimage)
rituals, see the website of the Saudi Ministry of ‘Haj and ‘Omra, at the
following links:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bxwwkHN3Noc (Arabic)
Readers can also read about the
‘Haj rituals, according to Al-Albani, Al-‘Uthaymeen, and Al-Munajjid, on the
following links:
http://www.aljazeerah.info-IDescriptionof-Haj-and-Umrah-By-Al-Albaani-and-Ibn-Al-'Uthaymeen (English Text)
https://islamqa.info/en/31822 (Al-Munajjid: English text)
https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/31822/صفة-الحج (Al-Munajjid: Arabic text, Rituals)
https://islamqa.info/ar/articles/77/الحج-فضله-ومنافعه (Al-Munajjid:
Arabic text)
https://ar.islamway.net/article/2669/صفة-الحج-والعمرة
(ابن عثيمين)
https://www.noor-book.com/كتاب-اختصار-مناسك-الحج-والعمرة-للشيخ-الألباني-pdf
[258] Ibn ‘Abbas, mAbpwt both, used to make takbeer
after prayers, starting from Dthuhr prayer on the Day of Arafa until the
end of the Tashreeq days (12th or 13th of Dthul
‘Hijja). He used to say the following (Shu'ayb Al-Arna-aut, Shar'h
Al-Sunna: 146/7):
عنِ
ابنِ عباسٍ ،
رضي الله
عنهما ، أنَّه
كان يُكبِّرُ
عُقَيبَ
صَلاةِ
الغَداةِ
يَومَ
عَرَفةَ ، إلى
آخِرِ
أيَّامِ
التَّشريقِ ،
دُبُرَ كُلِّ
صَلاةٍ ،
يَقولُ: اللهُ
أكبَرُ
كَبيرًا ، اللهُ
أكبَرُ
كَبيرًا ، اللهُ
أكبَرُ ، وللهِ
الحَمدُ ، اللهُ
أكبَرُ
وأجَلُّ ، اللهُ
أكبَرُ ما
هَدانا (شعيب
الأرناووط ،
تخريج شرح
السنة: 7/146).
Companions of the
Prophet and their followers, mAbpwt all, did not report on a specific or one
way to say the ‘Eid Takbeer. The different versions were their individual
initiatives, containing glorification and thanks to Allah, praise to him, as
well as asking Allah to bless His Messenger, his house, and his Companions. Contemporary
scholars, like Ibn Baz, permitted individual takbeer, but not the collective
one.
حكم
التكبير
الجماعي قبل
صلاة العيد (binbaz.org.sa)
The most commonly used form of
takbeer among Muslims is the one used by Imam Al-Shafi-i (Al-Um: 2/520), as
well as by Ibn Qudama and Al-Nawawi, may Allah reward them for their works in
service of Islam and Muslims. It is as follows:
الله أكبر
، الله أكبر ،
الله أكبر ، لا
إله إلا الله.
الله أكبر
، الله أكبر ،
الله أكبر ، ولله
الحمد.
اللهُ
أكبرُ كبيرا ،
والحمدُ للهِ
كثيرا ، وسبحانَ
اللهِ بكرةً
وأصيلا.
اللهمَّ
صلِّي على
سيدنا محمد ،
وعلى آلِ سيدنا
محمد
وعلى
أزواجِ سيدنا
محمد ، وعلى
أصحابِ سيدنا محمد
وعلى
ذريةِ سيدنا
محمدٍ ، وسلم
تسليماَ كثيرا.
لا إلهَ
إلا الله ،
ولا نعبدُ إلا
إياه ، مخلصينَ
لهُ الدينَ ،
ولو كرهَ
الكافرون.
لا إلهَ
إلا الله وحده
، نصرَ عبده ،
وأعزَّ جنده ،
وهزمَ
الأحزابَ
وحده
الله أكبر
، الله أكبر ،
الله أكبر ، لا
إله إلا الله.
الله أكبر
، الله أكبر ،
الله أكبر ، ولله
الحمد.
Sources about Takbeer:
التكبير
في العيدين
أنواعه وصيغه (islamweb.net)
http://albayan.co.uk/article2.aspx?ID=3046
https://www.albawabhnews.com/1512547
https://www.elwatannews.com/news/details/527662
Here's the translation and transliteration of
the Eidul Ad'ha Takbeer (Hymn):
|
Allah is Greater, Allah is Greater, Allah is Greater. *** There is no other god than (but) Allah. *** Allah is Greater, Allah is Greater, Allah is Greater, *** and to Allah, praise is due. *** Allah is Greater, Ever Greater *** Much praise is due to Him, *** Exalted is Allah: Morning and evening *** O Allah, bless our Master Mu’hammed, *** and the Family of our Master Mu’hammed, *** and the Wives of our Master Mu’hammed, *** and the Companions of our Master Mu’hammed, *** and the offspring of our Master Mu’hammed, *** And give them a lot of peace greetings. *** There is no other god than (but) Allah, *** And we worship nobody else but Him. *** We are devoted to His religion, even if disbelievers dislike
it. *** There is no other god than Allah, only Him, *** He supported His worshipper. *** And He gave His soldiers the upper hand. *** And He defeated the parties (of disbelievers), by Himself
only. *** Allah is Greater, Allah is Greater, Allah is Greater, *** There is no other god but Him. *** Allah is Greater, Allah is Greater, Allah is Greater, *** And to Allah praise is due. |
Allahu Akbar, Allahu Akbar,
Allahu Akbar, *** La ilaha illa Allah *** Allahu Akbar, Allahu
Akbar, Allahu Akbar, *** Wa lilahil ‘hamd *** Allahu Akbaru
Kabeera *** Wal ‘hamdu lilahi
katheera *** Wa subahana Allahi bukratan wa asseela *** Allahumma salli ‘ala sayidina Mu’hammed, *** Wa ‘ala aali sayidina Mu’hammed, *** Wa ‘ala azwaji sayidina Mu’hammed, *** Wa ‘ala as’habi sayidina Mu’hammed, *** Wa ‘ala dthuriyati sayidina Mu’hammed, *** Wa sallim tassleeman katheera *** La ilaha illa Allah *** Wa la na’abudu illa iyah *** Mukhliseena lahu ideena, wa lau karihal kafiroon *** *** La ilaha illa Allahu wa’hdah *** Nasara ‘abdah *** Wa ‘azza jundah *** Wa hazamal a’hzaba wa’hdah *** *** Allahu Akbar, Allahu Akbar, Allahu Akbar, *** La ilaha illa Allah *** Allahu Akbar, Allahu
Akbar, Allahu Akbar, *** Wa lilahil hamd |
